-
Continuous Integration
Advanced Scrum software development processes implementing Extreme Programming's Continuous Integration (CI) technique allows team members to integrate their work and achieve a new level of technical excellence. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how to provide a greater degree of efficiency and confidence in a software development project by introducing CI.
-
Overview of Kanban
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to add comments to test steps in Microsoft Test Runner.
-
Scrum
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the basic features of the Scrum agile approach.
-
Introduction to the IBM Notes Interface
In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains what can be done with MDbg.
-
Troubleshooting Application Performance
In this video Jason Row demonstrates how to troubleshoot application performance in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how Jenkins authenticates applications.
-
Working with Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use collections safely in Java programs.
-
Configuring Session Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to configure additional session collection settings using the Properties dialog box.
-
Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the project (process) templates.
-
Properties
Python uses properties to maintain the state of an established class. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to establish the properties of a class and; without using getter and setter methods; use them in the class instance.
-
Installing on Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to install PhoneGap on Windows.
-
Serialization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to write and read objects using serialization.
-
Introduction to SQL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of SQL and how it can be used to access data in a database.
-
Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to use variables in Scala; and describe type inference.
-
Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to run reports.
-
Configuring Workspaces
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and save workspaces in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Applying Stroke and Fill
After watching this video; you will be able to apply stroke and fill in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Creating a New Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new project.
-
Formatting
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to format; position; and layer controls; and use fonts.
-
Apply Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to apply a custom style.
-
Using Comments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use and manage comments.
-
Switches
After watching this video; you will be able to toggle an item between states using a switch.
-
Working with Android Action Bars
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Android action bars.
-
Native Android Debugging and Testing Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to debug your app in Android.
-
Native iOS Debugging and Testing Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to debug your app in iOS.
-
Installing Oracle JDK
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Oracle JDK in your machine.
-
Installing Python
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Python in your machine.
-
Launching your App in iOS and Android Simulator
After watching this video; you will be able to test the app in iOS and Android simulator.
-
Preparing for your First Application
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the steps required before creating your first Titanium app.
-
The Prerequisites for
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the prerequisites required for working with Titanium.
-
Tracking Position and Heading Information
After watching this video; you will be able to retrieve GPS position and heading information.
-
Working with iOS Background Services
After watching this video; you will be able to work with iOS background services.
-
Working with iOS Core Motion Modules
After watching this video; you will be able to work with iOS Core Motion modules.
-
Working with iOS Interactive Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to work with iOS interactive notifications.
-
Working with iOS Local Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to work with iOS local notifications.
-
Working with Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to use menus in your app.
-
Working with Orientation
After watching this video; you will be able to detect orientation and adapt your UI based on the orientation.
-
Working with the Google Map Kit v2
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Google Map Kit v2.
-
Working with the iOS Map Kit
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the iOS Map Kit.
-
Working with the Properties API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the properties API in your app.
-
Working with Web Services
After watching this video; you will be able to work with web services in your app.
-
Working with XML and JSON Data
After watching this video; you will be able to work with XML and JSON data in your app.
-
Debugging your App in Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to debug your app through Studio.
-
Deploying your App in Android Device
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy your app in an Android device.
-
Deploying your App in iOS Device
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy your app in an iOS device.
-
Features and Components of Appcelerator Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Appcelerator platform and its components.
-
Implementing Animations
After watching this video; you will be able to implement animations in your app.
-
Installing Appcelerator Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Appcelerator Studio in your machine.
-
Adding Platform-specific Views
After watching this video; you will be able to create platform-specific views for your app.
-
Background and History of
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the background and history of Titanium.
-
Create an App to Capture Image
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app to capture an image through device camera and save it in a phone.
-
Creating a Data Model
After watching this video; you will be able to create a data model for your app.
-
Using Tab Views and Scrolling Views
After watching this video; you will be able to use tab views and scrolling views in your app.
-
Working with a SQLite Database
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the SQLite database in your app.
-
Working with Android Services
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Android services.
-
Working with Android Themes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Android themes.
-
Working with Audio and Video APIs
After watching this video; you will be able to work with audio and video APIs.
-
Working with Camera API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Camera API.
-
Working with Custom Fonts
After watching this video; you will be able to work with custom fonts.
-
Working with Dialogs
After watching this video; you will be able to use dialog boxes in your app.
-
Working with Android Intents
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Android intents.
-
Working with Android Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Android notifications.
-
Working with Dynamic Menu
After watching this video; you will be able to use dynamic menu in your app.
-
Working with Filesystem Access and Storage API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with filesystem access and storage API in your app.
-
Working with Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to use forms in your app.
-
Working with Icons and Splash Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to work with icons and splash screens.
-
Working with Images and ImageView API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with images and ImageView API.
-
Create and Test an App in Android Device
After watching this video; you will be able to create and publish an app with Appcelerator Studio and test it on a phone.
-
Annotations
In Eclipse; you can use annotations within your C++ program to jump through the codes. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses types of annotations.
-
Using OneDrive
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate OneDrive with your app to store files and data.
-
Using Semantic Zoom
In Windows Store apps; you can use the Semantic Zoom control to allow your app users to easily navigate in a large data set. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Semantic Zoom.
-
Using Regular Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to how to use regular express to help in input validation.
-
Web Hosting
In Web API Design; your application can be self-hosted as well as hosted in ASP.NET. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Web API Controller Class option to create a folder and add controllers.
-
Modules
In Ruby; you can use modules just like in other languages to easily add a set of related functions or methods that are contained within a single package or namespace. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a module and use it within a Ruby program.
-
Determining Application Compatibility
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use the API level to determine application compatibility.
-
Data Binding a Custom Data Source
In Windows Store apps; when you create a custom class for data binding; you need to make sure that the class implements the INotifyPropertyChanged interface to properly update the class changes in the bound control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up a custom class for data binding.
-
Data Binding Basics
In C#; you can use the data binding feature to keep your interface in sync with the data models. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the basics of data binding in the Windows Store Apps.
-
Data Binding Using Type Conversions
When you create your Windows Store apps using C#; you can use a Converter along with your data binding to transform your data before it is displayed. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to perform data binding by using type converters.
-
Data Binding with Collections
In Windows Store apps; you can use GridView and ListView to display lists of items and if those items are stored in a collection type; you can display them easily in your controls by using data binding. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to bind controls to collections.
-
Using the WebView Control
In C#; you can use the WebView control to load web contents into apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the WebView control in our Windows Store Apps.
-
Wearable Technology
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the increased demand for app integration with wearable technology.
-
Life Cycle Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how apps are started and ended.
-
Authorization
In Web API Design; there is built-in support for authorization that you can implement. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the authorize attribute to verify if a user has access without specifying an id.
-
Denial of Service Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how denial of service attacks can occur.
-
Reporting
After watching this video; you will be able to describe reporting in agile projects.
-
SOAP
When working with Web API Design; it can be very beneficial to implement SOAP to assist in the process. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the usefulness of SOAP and advantages in includes; such as using XML envelopes.
-
Input Validation
Ruby on Rails contains several validation rules that you can add to the ActiveRecord model. In this video; Mike Mcmillan demonstrates how input validation rules work in data records.
-
Nonfunctional Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the nonfunctional software testing type.
-
Security Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between common security testing techniques for social media and mobility app elements.
-
Pipelining and Chaining in Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to implement pipelining and function chaining.
-
Binary Search Tree – Deleting Elements
In this video; Steve Scott outlines the steps to delete nodes from a binary search tree by using C++.
-
Binary Search Tree – Inserting Elements
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to insert nodes in the binary search tree by using C++.
-
Binary Search Tree – Performing a Search
To perform a search in a Binary Search Tree; or BST; you need to start at the root node and then successively traverse to the left or the right nodes to find your target. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to search for a target in a BST; with an example in C++.
-
Graph Searching – Breadth First Search
In this video; Steve Scott demonstartes how to perform a breadth first search by using C++.
-
Graph Searching – Depth First Search
In this video; Steve Scott outlines the steps to perfom the depth first search by using C++.
-
Graph Sorting – Topological Sort
In this video; Steve Scott demonstartes how to perform a topological sort on a Directed Acyclic Graph; also known as DAG by using C++.
-
Hashed Data Structures – Handling Collisions
Separate chaining is a method of handling collisions in a hashed data structure. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to handle collisions in hashed data structures.
-
Hashed Data Structures – Perfect vs Non-Perfect Hashing
In this video; Steve Scott discusses perfect hashing; with the C++ example of the pearson_hash function.
-
Hashed Data Structures – The Hash Function
In this video; Steve Scott describes the hash function in C++.
-
Introduction to Algorithms
In this video; Steve Scott defines what an algorithm is informally and discusses a few aspects of algorithms programmers need to consider.
-
Introduction to Data Structures
In this video; Steve Scott defines a data structure and explains its importance in computer science.
-
Introduction to Dynamic Arrays
In this video; Steve Scott defines and uses dynamic arrays in C++.
-
Introduction to Hashed Data Structures
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the working of hashed data structures with an example.
-
Introduction to Queues
After mastering the fundamentals of software development; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains queues in C#.
-
Introduction to Recursion Using Binary Search
Binary search involves breaking a problem into smaller subproblems. In this video; Steve Scott outlines the steps to perform binary search on a sorted array by using C++.
-
Introduction to Sorting – Bubble Sort
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the bubble sort function being used to sort integers in C++.
-
Introduction to Static Arrays
In this video; Steve Scott defines and uses static arrays in C++.
-
Introduction to the Binary Search Tree
A Binary Search Tree; or BST; is the data structure consisting of a set of nodes where each node refers to two other nodes. In this video; Steve Scott describes the Binary Search Tree; with an example in C++.
-
Introduction to the Linked List
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use linked lists with an example in C++.
-
Introduction to the Stack
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the process of implementing a fixed-size stack of integers in C++.
-
Introduction to Time and Space Complexity
In this video; Steve Scott defines the complexity of an algorithm in terms of Big O notation.
-
Representing Graphs – Adjacency List
You can represent a graph by using an adjacency list where each node has an array of adjacent nodes to indicate edges between them. In this video; Steve Scott outlines the steps to create an adjacency list and represent the graph by using C++.
-
Representing Graphs – Adjacency Matrix
A graph can be represented by a square matrix where the dimension is given by the number of nodes in the graph. In this video; Steve Scott outlines the steps to represent graphs with an adjacency matrix by using C++.
-
Sorting Using a Mergesort
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use mergesort to sort the unsorted elements by using C++.
-
Sorting Using a Quicksort
Quicksort is a dividing conquer algorithm for sorting. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the quicksort to sort the elements by using C++.
-
Arithmetical Operations on Pointers
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to implement arithmetic operations on pointers in ANSI C.
-
Assignment; Increment; and Decrement Operators
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use assignment; increment; and decrement operators in C programs.
-
Changing Data Sizes
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to change the data size of variables in ANSI C programs.
-
Character Input and Output
In this video; Charles Robinson compares and describes the use of getchar(); getch(); and getche() for character input and display in ANSI C.
-
Command Line Arguments
After watching this video; you will be able to create a main function that takes command line arguments in Python.
-
Compiling and Executing C Programs
In this video; Charles Robinson outlines the steps that a C compiler will go through in order to execute a C program.
-
Creating Linked Lists
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to create linked lists in ANSI C.
-
Data Types and Qualifiers
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the basic data types and qualifiers used in ANSI C.
-
Debugging C Programs
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses the assert macro and methods to debug ANSI C programs.
-
Declaring and Initializing Unions
A union is a custom data type used to allow different types of data to reference the same memory area. In this video; Charles Robinson compares the use of structures and unions in ANSI C.
-
Declaring Pointers
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to declare pointers for different data types in ANSI C.
-
Declaring Structures
Structures are used to store multiple pieces of data in one variable. In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to create structures in ANSI C.
-
Displaying the Date and Time
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the ctime and asctime functions to output date and time values in ANSI C.
-
Dynamic Memory Allocation - Reallocation of Memory
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to reallocate memory in ANSI C.
-
Dynamic Memory Allocation for Arrays
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use dynamic memory allocation (DMA) for arrays in ANSI C.
-
Dynamic Memory Allocation for Strings
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use dynamic memory allocation (DMA) for strings in ANSI C programs.
-
Dynamic Memory Allocation for Structures
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use dynamic memory allocation (DMA) for structures in ANSI C programs.
-
Error Handling in File Management Scenarios
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to perform error handling in file management scenarios in ANSI C.
-
Escape Sequences and Symbolic Constants
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use escape characters and symbolic references in a C program.
-
Escape Sequences and Symbolic Constants and Enumeration Constants
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use enumeration constants in C programs.
-
File Inclusion with the #include Directive
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the #include preprocessing directive in a C program to include files.
-
Format Specifiers
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use format specifiers in ANSI C.
-
Functions and Header Files
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses functions and header files in a C program.
-
Functions with No Return Type or Parameters
In ANSI C; a function is called by specifying the name of the function followed by a list of arguments. In this video; Charles Robinson describes functions with no return types and no parameters in ANSI C.
-
Functions with Parameters and Return Type
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses functions with parameters and return type in ANSI C.
-
Functions with Parameters but No Return Type
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses functions with parameters but no return type in ANSI C.
-
Functions with Return Type and No Parameters
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses functions with no parameters but with a return type in ANSI C.
-
Generating Random Values with Built-in Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the rand and srand functions to generate random values in ANSI C.
-
Generic Pointers
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use generic pointers in an ANSI C program.
-
Goto; Break; and Continue in Loops
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses using goto; break; and continue in loops with ANSI C.
-
Grouping Functions with Header Files
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to generate user-defined header files to group functions in ANSI C programs.
-
Logical Operators and the Conditional Operator
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to implement logical and conditional operators in ANSI C.
-
Macro Definition and Removal with the #define and #undef Directives
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the #define and #undef preprocessor directives in ANSI C.
-
Manipulating Program Execution with Built-in Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use built-in functions in ANSI C.
-
Manipulating Strings
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to manipulate a string in ANSI C.
-
Maths Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use mathematical functions in ANSI C.
-
Multi-Dimensional Arrays
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use multi-dimensional arrays in ANSI C.
-
Nesting For Loops
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses nesting for loops in a C program.
-
Nesting if-else Statements
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates the use of nested if-else statements in ANSI C programs.
-
One-Dimensional Arrays
One-dimensional arrays are among the most common data structures. In this video; Charles Robinson introduces and reviews the use of one-dimensional arrays in ANSI C.
-
Opening and Closing Files
FILE is a data type which holds information about an open file. In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to open and close files in ANSI C.
-
Operator Precedence and Associativity
In this video; Charles Robinson describes examples of operator precedence and associativity in C.
-
Pointers and Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to pass an address to a function and return an address from a function in ANSI C.
-
Pointing to a String
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to point to a string in ANSI C.
-
Pointing to an Array
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to point to an array in ANSI C.
-
Pointing to Pointers
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use a pointer to point to another pointer in an ANSI C program.
-
Pointing to Structures
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to point to a structure in ANSI C.
-
Random Access to a File
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use fseek for random access to a file in ANSI C.
-
Reading and Writing Strings and Characters
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to read and write strings and characters in ANSI C.
-
Reading or Writing File Content One Block at a Time
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the functions used to read or write a file one block at a time in ANSI C.
-
Reading or Writing File Content One Character at a Time
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to read or write a file one character at a time in ANSI C.
-
Reading or Writing File Content One Line at a Time
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to read file content one line at a time in ANSI C.
-
Recursive Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to implement recursive functions in ANSI C programs.
-
Referencing Union Members
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to access a union in ANSI C.
-
Relational Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to describe relational operators and describe how to test Java String variables for equality.
-
Rounding Values with Built-in Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the built-in ceil and floor functions in ANSI C.
-
Storage Class Modifiers
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the storage class modifiers in ANSI C.
-
Storage Class Specifiers
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the storage class specifiers in ANSI C.
-
Storing Pointers in Arrays
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to store pointers in an array in ANSI C.
-
Strings and Character Arrays
Arrays and strings are closely related. In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use character arrays and strings in ANSI C.
-
Structures and Arrays
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to define an array with a structure data type in ANSI C.
-
Structures and Bit Fields
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use and declare bit fields in C programs.
-
Structures and Functions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to work with structures and functions in ANSI C.
-
The #pragma Directive
The #pragma directive in C programs contains many arguments for controlling various aspects of compilation. In this video; Charles Robinson discusses the #pragma directive in an ANSI C program.
-
The C Preprocessor
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the C preprocessor (CPP) to compile the header files and their functions in ANSI C.
-
The Comma Operator
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the comma operator in C programs.
-
The Conditional Operator
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use the conditional operator in ANSI C programs.
-
The for Statement
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to set a for loop in an ANSI C program.
-
The if-else Statement
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the function of the if-else statement in ANSI C.
-
The printf() Function
In ANSI C; the printf function writes formatted data to the standard output stream (stdout). In this video; Charles Robinson introduces and discusses the printf function within an ANSI C program.
-
The scanf() Function
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the use of the scanf() function in ANSI C programs.
-
The Sizeof Operator
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to implement the sizeof operators in C programs.
-
The Structure of a C Program
In this video; Charles Robinson provides an introduction to the overall characteristics of ANSI C programs.
-
The switch Statement
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use switch statements and reviews the rules for working with switch statements in ANSI C.
-
Two-Dimensional Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use two-dimensional arrays in Java.
-
Type Conversion
In this video; Charles Robinson describes implicit and explicit type conversions and how to implement type conversion in C.
-
Unconditional Branching with the Goto Statement
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the use of goto statements for unconditional branching in ANSI C programs.
-
Using bool
In this video; Charles Robinson describes data types introduced in C99 and demonstrates how to use bool data type in C.
-
Using Character and String Constants
In this video; Charles Robinson describes character-string constants and how to represent integers with character constants in C.
-
Using Conditional Compilation Directives
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the conditional compilation directives in an ANSI C program.
-
Using Nested Structures
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use nested structures in ANSI C.
-
Using Numeric Constants
In this video; Charles Robinson describes numeric constants in ANSI C.
-
Using Preprocessor Directives for Diagnostics
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how the preprocessor directives help to diagnose important information in an ANSI C program.
-
Using the Address-Of Operator
In this video; Charles Robinson describes pointers and demonstrates how to use the Address-of operator in ANSI C programs.
-
Using the Dereference Operator
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the dereference operator in ANSI C programs.
-
Using the do…while Loop
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to implement a do…while loop in ANSI C.
-
Using the if Statement
In this video; Charles Robinson introduces and reviews using the if statement in ANSI C.
-
Using the Signed and Unsigned Data Modifiers for Sign Bits
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use signed and unsigned data modifiers for sign bits in ANSI C.
-
Using the While Statement
A code loop allows a programmer to execute any block of code lines repeatedly. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use the while loop in ANSI C.
-
Using Variables
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use variables in ANSI C.
-
Variable Scope
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the variable scope for C programs; blocks; nested blocks; and functions in ANSI C.
-
Volatile Variables
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use the volatile storage class modifier in ANSI C.
-
Working with Arrays
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to work with arrays in ANSI C.
-
Working with Linked Lists
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to manipulate linked lists in ANSI C.
-
Working with Unions
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use unions in ANSI C.
-
Writing a C Program
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to write a simple C program.
-
Writing Structures and Arrays to File
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to write structures and arrays to files in ANSI C.
-
Creating an MVVM App with F#
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MVVM app with F#.
-
Enums and Discriminated Unions
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast and work with discriminated unions and enums in F# programs.
-
Exception Handling
After watching this video; you will be able to handle exceptions in F# programs.
-
Handling Strings
After watching this video; you will be able to manipulate string values in F# programs.
-
Implementing Recursive Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use recursive functions for numeric computing in F#.
-
Introducing Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with functions in F# using let and do bindings.
-
Lazy Evaluation
After watching this video; you will be able to implement lazy evaluation of expressions in F#.
-
Managing Mutability
After watching this video; you will be able to use the mutable and ref keywords to manage mutability in F# programs.
-
Partial Application in Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use partial application in F# functions.
-
Using Computational Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to use computational expressions in F#.
-
Using Conditional Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to use conditional expressions in F#.
-
Using Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use methods in F# programs.
-
Using Structures
After watching this video; you will be able to use structures in F# programs.
-
Using the Unit Type
After watching this video; you will be able to use the unit type in F# programs.
-
Using Tuples
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the tuple data type in F# programs.
-
Working with Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use classes including class constructors and properties as part of domain driven design in F# programs.
-
Working with Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to use for...to; for...in; and for...while loops in F#.
-
Git Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Git is; and why it's unique among VCS tools.
-
Ignoring Files
After watching this video; you will be able to identify when and how to ignore files.
-
Advanced Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to perform some of the more advanced configurations of Git.
-
Fetching and Pulling
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to get content from a remote repository.
-
Introduction to Branching
After watching this video; you will be able to describe branching in Git.
-
Merging Feature Branches
After watching this video; you will be able to perform a merge.
-
Remotes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what a remote is and how it manifests in a local repository.
-
Resolving Merge Conflicts
After watching this video; you will be able to resolve merge conflicts with an edit collision and a removed file conflict.
-
Resolving Rebase Conflicts
After watching this video; you will be able to resolve rebase conflicts.
-
Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what version control is and how it is used.
-
Advanced Committing
After watching this video; you will be able to perform partial commits.
-
Basic Committing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what the index is.
-
Basic Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the basic configurations for Git.
-
Basic Terminology
After watching this video; you will be able to define terms like "repository"; "commit"; "remote"; and others that may be confusing.
-
Branch Management
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the renaming and deleting of branches.
-
Branching Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe several common branching models.
-
Checking Statuses
After watching this video; you will be able to perform status checks in Git.
-
Clearing the Working Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to clean the working directory.
-
Cloning Repositories
After watching this video; you will be able to clone existing repositories.
-
Collaboration Etiquette
After watching this video; you will be able to identify good ideas for presenting your work to others.
-
Creating Aliases
After watching this video; you will be able to create aliases in Git.
-
Creating Repositories
After watching this video; you will be able to create repositories in Git.
-
Diff and Log Tricks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the language used for describing commits and ranges of commits.
-
Distributed Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe several workflow models.
-
Filter-Branch
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the most powerful history-rewriting tool in Git's feature set.
-
Git Hosting
After watching this video; you will be able to describe several hosting options for organizations wanting to use Git.
-
Git Internals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe basic fundamental building blocks of refs and objects.
-
GitHub Basics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe basics such as what GitHub is; accounts; repositories; organizations; and teams.
-
GitHub Integrations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe several ways in which GitHub integrates with other services.
-
GitHub Markdown
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the tools GitHub provides for team interaction.
-
GitHub Mentions and Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the two ways of managing notifications; and describe individual and team mentions.
-
GitHub Pull Requests
After watching this video; you will be able to describe pull-request workflow and collaboration.
-
GitHub Workflow
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how GitHub supports distributed workflows.
-
Interactive Rebasing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what the rebase interactive command will do.
-
Levels of Reset
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the three levels of reset and how they differ.
-
Pushing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to send content to a remote repository.
-
Rebasing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what rebasing is and when to use it.
-
Renaming and Deleting Files
After watching this video; you will be able to perform renaming and deleting of files.
-
Shell Tricks
After watching this video; you will be able to use shell tricks to enhance Git even further.
-
Tagging
After watching this video; you will be able to describe both forms of tag and when to use them.
-
Undoing Merges
After watching this video; you will be able to unmerge a branch either for later merge or permanently.
-
Unstaging and Amending
After watching this video; you will be able to correct mistakes made in the last commit.
-
Using the Reflog
After watching this video; you will be able to use the reflog to view the history of a ref.
-
Viewing History
After watching this video; you will be able to view the commit history in Git.
-
Advanced Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and work with some of the more advanced features associated with functions in Go.
-
Arrays in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to work with arrays in Go programs; including declaring and initializing them.
-
Concurrency in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how concurrency is implemented in Go and the benefits of writing concurrent programs.
-
Creating a Concurrent Program in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to create a concurrent program in Go.
-
Functions in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to work with functions; including passing arguments and returning values.
-
Go Channels
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of channels in Go programs and how to use unbuffered and buffered channels.
-
Go Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and work with Go's implementation of interfaces.
-
Go Packages and Imports
After watching this video; you will be able to work with packages and imports; and recognize the more commonly used packages from the Go standard library.
-
Go Pointers
After watching this video; you will be able to work with pointers in Go programs; including passing by value and passing by reference.
-
Hello World! in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize a simple Go program and how it is created and executed.
-
Introducing Go
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the background and basic features of the Go programming language.
-
Manipulating Slices
After watching this video; you will be able to manipulate Go slices using Go's built-in make; copy; and append functions.
-
Maps in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to declare; initialize; and manipulate maps in Go.
-
Methods in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use methods in your Go programs.
-
Slices and Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with slices within functions and methods of your Go programs.
-
Slices and the Slice Header
After watching this video; you will be able to declare and initialize slices in Go programs.
-
Structs in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to work with structs in your Go programs.
-
The defer Statement in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and work with the defer statement in Go programs.
-
The for Statement in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and work with the for statement in Go programs.
-
The if Statement in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and work with the if statement in Go programs.
-
The switch Statement in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and work with the switch statement in Go programs.
-
Types in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the basic types in the Go language and describe type inference.
-
Using Flow Control Statements in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to write a Go program that uses flow control statements.
-
Using Slices in a Go Program
After watching this video; you will be able to write a Go program that creates and manipulates a slice.
-
Variables and Constants in Go
After watching this video; you will be able to declare and initialize variables and constants in Go.
-
Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to perform some common functions like increasing JIRA memory; installing a license; and requesting support from Atlassian.
-
Backup/Restore
After watching this video; you will be able to back up and restore your JIRA data.
-
Configure Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to alter an existing workflow and link in custom screens.
-
Creating a JIRA Project and Logging Issues against the Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create a project with two issues and assign to a user.
-
Custom Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom fields.
-
Custom Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom screens from standard and custom fields.
-
Dashboards
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage dashboards.
-
Editing Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to use JIRA's text fields to better format text.
-
E-mail
After watching this video; you will be able to configure e-mail to work with JIRA.
-
Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new issue for a project.
-
JIRA Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure JIRA with its many installation options.
-
JIRA_HOME
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the JIRA folder structure and its storage disposition.
-
Labeling/Linking
After watching this video; you will be able to label an issue and link issues together.
-
Mass Edits
After watching this video; you will be able to change multiple issues at the same time.
-
Moving/Scheduling
After watching this video; you will be able to move an issue and schedule an issue.
-
Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to create and browse a new project.
-
Search/Filter Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to search for issues; save search criteria; and share those with others.
-
Sub-tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize sub-tasks and how they differ from issues.
-
Time Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to use JIRA to track time spent on issues.
-
User Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how users and groups are administered.
-
User Profile
After watching this video; you will be able to access device owner data in the User Profile.
-
Versions/Components
After watching this video; you will be able to use Versions and Components in a JIRA project.
-
Watching/Voting
After watching this video; you will be able to watch and vote on an issue.
-
3-D Plots
After watching this video; you will be able to generate 3-D plots in MATLAB.
-
Accessing Web Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of the MATLAB Symbolic Math toolbox.
-
Adding Functionality to a GUI
After watching this video; you will be able to add functionality to a GUI button.
-
Basic MATLAB Scripts
After watching this video; you will be able to create and save MATLAB scripts.
-
Calculating Basic Statistics
After watching this video; you will be able to use MATLAB functions to calculate descriptive statistics for data.
-
Creating and Saving a GUI
After watching this video; you will be able to build and save a GUI.
-
Creating Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with functions in MATLAB.
-
Creating Image Plots
After watching this video; you will be able to create image plots in MATLAB.
-
Creating Plots
After watching this video; you will be able to create line plots to visualize data in MATLAB.
-
Debugging Code
After watching this video; you will be able to publish MATLAB code.
-
Formatting Plots
After watching this video; you will be able to annotate and format plots in MATLAB.
-
Installing MATLAB
After watching this video; you will be able to define the purpose of MATLAB software and install it.
-
Linear Equations
After watching this video; you will be able to write linear equations as matrices and resolve them using MATLAB.
-
Navigating and Using the MATLAB Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate and use the MATLAB interface.
-
Publishing Code
After watching this video; you will be able to debug code in MATLAB.
-
Using Built-in Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use built-in functions in MATLAB.
-
Working with Data Files
After watching this video; you will be able to import data files for processing and use MATLAB functions to read and write Excel files.
-
Working with Data Structures
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with data structures in MATLAB.
-
Working with GUIDE
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of the MATLAB Statistics and Machine Learning toolbox.
-
Working with MATLAB
After watching this video; you will be able to practice processing and visualizing data in MATLAB.
-
Working with Matrices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with matrices and matrix operations in MATLAB.
-
Working with Polynomials
After watching this video; you will be able to implement polynomial operations and fit polynomials to data in MATLAB.
-
Working with Vectors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with vectors and vector operations in MATLAB.
-
Adding a Servlet to a Web Project
After watching this video; you will be able to add a servlet to a Maven web project.
-
Adding Test-scoped Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to add test-scoped dependencies for unit and integrating testing using Maven profiles.
-
Building; Testing; and Packaging a Project
After watching this video; you will be able to build and test a basic Maven project.
-
Built in Archetypes
After watching this video; you will be able to identify available Maven archetypes and select one for use.
-
Configuring and Using Plugins
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use Maven plugins.
-
Create a Web Project in Maven
After watching this video; you will be able to create projects in Maven.
-
Create Reports and Deploy a Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create reports and use deployment options for a Maven project.
-
Creating a Release
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven Release plugin to release a project.
-
Creating an Archetype
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use a Maven archetype.
-
Creating Assemblies
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven Assembly plugin to create distributions.
-
Customized Site Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to customize content and configuration for Maven site generation.
-
Deploying to a Remote Repository
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a Maven project to a remote repository.
-
Developing a Basic Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to develop a basic Maven plugin.
-
Filtering Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to filter resources for Maven projects.
-
Generating a Multi-module Project
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast multi-module projects with inheritance and create a Maven parent project with multiple modules.
-
Generating a Web Project
After watching this video; you will be able to use the maven-archetype-webapp to generate a web application.
-
Generating Test Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven Surefire plugin to generate test reports.
-
Integrating Maven with Eclipse
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate and use Maven functionality via Eclipse.
-
Integrating Maven with Intellij IDEA
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate and use Maven functionality within Intellij IDEA.
-
Integrating Maven with NetBeans
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate and use Maven functionality within NetBeans.
-
Manual Installs and External Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to use the install plugin to manually install a dependency for a Maven project and configure an external dependency.
-
Maven Build Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Maven build profiles.
-
Navigating a Project Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Maven project and navigate its structure.
-
Overview of Controlling Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to manage transitive dependencies and identify available dependency scope settings.
-
Overview of Dependency Management and Repositories
After watching this video; you will be able to outline how dependency management is implemented by Maven using repositories.
-
Overview of Maven
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Maven and the functionality it provides.
-
Overview of Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to identify types of tests available for Maven projects.
-
Overview of the Maven Lifecycles and Phases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Maven Lifecycles and phases; the relation to goals; and associated plugins.
-
Plugin Repositories
After watching this video; you will be able to define plugin repositories and describe settings in pom.xml.
-
Preparing a Release
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare for a Maven release.
-
Repository and Dependency Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure repositories in a Maven settings.xml file and describe how dependencies are identified and managed in pom.xml.
-
Running Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Surefire and Failsafe plugins to run tests for Maven projects.
-
Setting up Maven
After watching this video; you will be able to verify system requirements; install Maven; and set required Maven environment variables and paths.
-
Snapshots and Repositories
After watching this video; you will be able to use snapshot settings and specify a repository for snapshots.
-
Specifying Resource Directories
After watching this video; you will be able to specify resource directories for Maven projects.
-
The POM File
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features of a pom.xml.
-
Troubleshooting Maven
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot Maven with tasks such as analyzing Maven output and dependencies; and using debug mode.
-
Using the AntRun Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven AntRun plugin.
-
Using the Build Helper Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven Build Helper plugin.
-
Using the Build Number Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven Build Number plugin to obtain and expose a build number.
-
Using the Cobertura Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Cobertura plugin to generate reports regarding test coverage.
-
Using the Exec Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven exec plugin.
-
Using the FindBugs Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the findbugs plugin to look for bugs in Maven projects.
-
Using the Javadoc Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Javadoc plugin to generate javadocs for Maven projects.
-
Using the Remote Resources Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the remote resources plugin to enable Maven projects to share resources.
-
Using the Shade Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven Shade plugin to combine; hide or change dependencies into a single artifact.
-
Using the Site Lifecycle
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Maven site lifecycle plugin to create site documentation.
-
Working with Build Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to activate and de-activate Maven build profiles.
-
GRASP - Controller
Controller is one of the key principles of the GRASP notation in Object-Oriented Design. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the role of the Controller principle in the GRASP pattern and how it can be implemented.
-
GRASP - Polymorphism
Polymorphism is the ability to use an object as if it were an object of its superclass while still using its overridden methods. Polymorphism is one of the key principles of the GRASP notation .In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the role of the Polymorphism in the GRASP pattern and how it can be used.
-
Business Drivers for WCF and
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses the business drivers for combining Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) and Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Creating WCF Services for
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to install Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) components for use in an SOA environment.
-
Hosting WCF Services for
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes the options for hosting Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Services for SOA.
-
Organizational Benefits
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes the organizational benefits of SOA.
-
Processes
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses processes in Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Technologies
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes the key technologies of SOA.
-
Tracing and Message Logging in WCF Apps
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes tracing and message logging in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) tasks.
-
WCF Data Contracts
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes the role of Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Contracts in relation to SOA messaging.
-
WCF Message Contracts
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes the role of Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) message contracts in relation to SOA.
-
WCF Performance Counters
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) performance counters.
-
WCF Service Contracts
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service contracts in relation to SOA.
-
XML
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes eXtensible Markup Language (XML) and its role in SOA services.
-
XML Serialization
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes Extensible Markup Language (XML) serialization and deserialization using Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) in relation to SOA.
-
Accessing and Modifying Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to work with modyfying dictionaries in Swift.
-
Advanced Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to work with advanced operators in Swift.
-
Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to work with arrays in Swift.
-
Basic Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic operators in Swift.
-
Computed Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to use computed properties with instances of enumerations; structures; and classes in Swift.
-
Computed Property Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce extensions and use them to add computed properties to classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Constant And Variable Function Params
After watching this video; you will be able to define functions using variable and inout function parameters.
-
Constants and Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of constants and variables in Swift.
-
Control Transfer Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use the break; fallback; and continue statements in switch statements and loops in Swift programs.
-
Converting Value Types
After watching this video; you will be able to use built-in functions to convert values to different types in Swift.
-
Default and Variadic Function Parameters
After watching this video; you will be able to define functions using default and variadic parameters.
-
Deinitialization
After watching this video; you will be able to implement deinitialization for classes in Swift.
-
Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to work with ways to create dictionaries in Swift.
-
DownCasting
After watching this video; you will be able to implement DownCasting in Swift.
-
Enumerations
After watching this video; you will be able to use enumerations in Swift.
-
Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to declare and use a function in Scala.
-
Functions and External Parameter Names
After watching this video; you will be able to use external names when defiining functions.
-
Generic Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce generics and use generics to write reusable functions in Swift.
-
Generic Types
After watching this video; you will be able to use generics to write reusable types in Swift.
-
if and if-else Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use if and if-else statements in Swift.
-
Implementing Access Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe general access level guidelines and describe how to implement custom access levels for specific entities in Swift.
-
Importing Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to import a framework and use one or more of its classes in a Swift program.
-
Initialization
After watching this video; you will be able to implement initialization for classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Initializer and Method Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce extensions and syntax; and use them to add initializers and methods to classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Instance Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use instance methods with instance of classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Nested Types
After watching this video; you will be able to nest enumerations; structures; and classes in Swift.
-
Numeric Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to use numeric data types in Swift.
-
Optional Chaining
After watching this video; you will be able to implement optional chaining in Swift.
-
Optional Values
After watching this video; you will be able to use optional values in Swift.
-
Overloading Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to overload operators in Swift.
-
Property and Variable Observers
After watching this video; you will be able to use property and variable observers in Swift.
-
Protocols
After watching this video; you will be able to use protocols as blueprints for functionality in Swift.
-
Range and Tuple Matching and Value Binding with Switch
After watching this video; you will be able to use switch statements with range and tuple matching and value binding as well as where.
-
Range Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to use the closed range and half-open range operators in Swift.
-
Resolving Strong Reference Cycles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe automatic reference counting (ARC) and describe and resolve strong reference cycles in Swift.
-
Stored and Lazy Stored Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to use stored and lazy stored properties in instances of enumerations; structures; and classes in Swift.
-
String and Character Types
After watching this video; you will be able to use string and character data types in Swift.
-
Structures
After watching this video; you will be able to use structures in Swift.
-
Subscript and Nested Type Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to use extensions to add subscripts and nested types to classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Subscripts
After watching this video; you will be able to use subscripts with classes; structures and enumerations in Swift.
-
Swift Playgrounds
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use Swift playgrounds in Xcode.
-
Switch Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use switch statements; including switch with range matching.
-
The for in Loop Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use for in loop statements with closed and half-open ranges and the stride function in Swift.
-
The REPL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Swift REPL in Xcode.
-
The Structure of a Swift Program
After watching this video; you will be able to describe at a high level the Swift language and structure of a Swift program.
-
The while and do while Loop Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use while and do while loop statements in Swift.
-
Tuples
After watching this video; you will be able to work with tuples in Swift.
-
Type Casting for Any and AnyObject
After watching this video; you will be able to implement type casting for Any and AnyObject in Swift.
-
Type Checking and DownCasting
After watching this video; you will be able to implement type checking in Swift.
-
Type Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to define type methods for classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Type Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to define type properties for classes; structures; and enumerations in Swift.
-
Working With Function Types
After watching this video; you will be able to define and pass around function types.
-
Building Timers
Unity allows developers to build timers into a game to create a sense of urgency in the player. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to create a float or integer countdown timer that runs in a UI on stage and is subject to a conditional statement.
-
Creating GameObjects and Components
The Unity User Interface (UI) allows you to import; create; and manage GameObjects; comprised of Components; the Transform properties of which allow their manipulation in the UI's different Views. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to add a GameObject to a Scene; its uses and properties; shows you how add Components to it; and manipulate it in multiple Views.
-
Creating Lighting Effects
In Unity; there are many lighting effects that you can use to modify the mood of a scene. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to create and apply various lighting effects found in the Light Cookies package.
-
Exploring Light Types
In Unity; you can add and manipulate lights to illuminate a scene; and help set the mood of the game. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to add lighting; explores the different lighting types; which properties can be adjusted for maximum effect.
-
Exploring the Interface
The Unity Editor User Interface (UI) comprises five Views organized for easy; efficient; and customizable navigation and functionality. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to make optimal use of the multiple interdependent features of the Scene; Hierarchy; Project; Inspector; and Game Views.
-
Exploring Scripting
Scripting in Unity can be done in multiple scripting languages; and allows for interactivity to be added to a game. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to use scripting to enhance a Unity game using the MonoDevelop Unity scripting editor.
-
Introducing the Game Panel
The Unity User Interface (UI) Game View allows you to view; interact; and test your game's properties in real time. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to use Game View to view your Scene and its live stats; and how to set its resolution to different sizes and platforms.
-
Painting Grass on Terrain
In Unity; you can add grass to terrain in order to add detail to your game environment. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to use a grass texture from an assets package to add detail to the terrain.
-
Painting the Terrain
The Unity User Interface (UI) allows you to paint textures onto your Terrain GameObject; lending it greater immersion and mapping it to your chosen environment. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to import a Terrain Assets package to edit; blend; and layer textures when painting them onto your Terrain using the GameObject's Component brushes and tools.
-
Painting Trees on Terrain
The Unity User Interface (UI) allows you to paint Trees onto your Terrain; enhancing the gamer's immersion into your chosen environment. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to import a Terrain Assets package and add; edit; select; modify; and paint arrays of trees – subject to changes in Density; Height; Color and other properties – to your Terrain GameObject.
-
Scripting Basic Functions
Unity allows developers to use built-in functions; or define their own functions; to run groups of code at specific times. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to use the built-in functions Start and Update to perform an action; and how to display a message on screen using a user-defined function.
-
Setting Up the Terrain Geometry
The Unity Terrain GameObject allows you to swiftly establish and set up an immersive; engaging; and gamer-friendly Terrain geometry. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to add a Terrain GameObject and its Components to your Scene; and how to use the Transform menu's multiple Terrain brushes and tools to shape your Terrain geometry.
-
Using an Audio Source
Unity allows developers to add an audio source to a first person controller to enhance gameplay and the gamer's experience. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to create a game object to which the audio source is added; and how to configure it to increase and decrease in volume according to the controller's distance from the object.
-
Using the First Person Controller
Unity includes a useful built-in package that allows you to easily create a First Person action game. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to use this supplied character component by importing the Character Controller package and customizing a character object.
-
Using the Scene Panel
Unity allows developers to create; move; and manipulate game objects in the Scene; which can be viewed and navigated in a number of ways. In this video; Paul Engin demonstrates how to orbit the Scene; transform; scale; and rotate objects; and change the Scene view type; such as textured or wireframe. He also demonstrates how to manipulate the Scene Gizmo.
-
Using the Save Phone Number Task in a Windows Phone 8 App
The Open Data Protocol; or OData client library for Windows Phone can be used to give your Windows Phone 8 app access to OData-based web services. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the save phone number task from within a Windows Phone 8 app and view the result on an emulator.
-
Using the Search Task
The Windows Phone 8 Search Task allows you to give users the ability to search the web easily when you build a new application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to take advantage of the Search Task to launch web searches directly from your Windows Phone 8 Apps.
-
Using the SMS Compose Task
In Windows Phone 8 app; you can allow users to send SMS messages from your app. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to the SmsComposeTasks to launch the messaging application from the Windows Phone 8 app.
-
Using the System.Net.Sockets API to Connect to a TCP Socket Server
A Windows Phone 8 app can be connected to a socket server by creating a socket client and using it to send an asynchronous connect request to the server. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the System.Net.Sockets API to connect to a TCP socket server.
-
Using the System.Net.Sockets API to Receive Data Over a TCP Socket Connection
In a Windows Phone 8 app; after establishing a connection to a socket server; you can send and receive data over that connection by using a context object and a data buffer. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the System.Net.Sockets API to receive data over a TCP socket server connection.
-
Accommodating Display Change with Screen Orientation Changes
In Windows Phone 8; you can effect a rotation and change the display. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to program an app to have the content layout change with changes in the device rotation.
-
Adding and Deleting Items from an App's Local Database Using XAML and C#
In a Windows Phone 8 app; regular database interaction involves adding and deleting items from it. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add; view; and delete items from an app's local database using XAML and C#.
-
Adding and Deleting Items from an App's Local Database Using XAML and VB
In Windows Phone 8 apps; regular database interaction involves adding and removing items to it. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add and delete items from an app's local database by using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Adding Background Images
In Windows Phone 8 app; you can add a background image to the main page. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add an asset as a background image in a Windows Phone 8 app.
-
Adding Event Listeners to UI Elements using XAML and C#
Most Windows Phone 8 apps require some degree of user interactivity; and so you need to program your UI elements to respond to user input gestures. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to attach an event listener to a button in a Windows Phone 8 app.
-
Adding Icons to the App Bar with XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 Apps development; the application bar allows the users to see and select from the various options in the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create an application bar and how to add buttons by using XAML and C#.
-
Adding Icons to the App Bar with XAML and VB
In Windows Phone 8 Apps; the application bar is one of the most used controls that allows users to quickly see and select from the various options in the application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to create an application bar and also how to add buttons with icons to the bar using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Adding Margins to UI Container Elements
In Windows Phone 8 App Development; adding margins to the content in TextBlocks and TextBoxes significantly improves the presentation on the app page. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to add margins to UI container elements.
-
Adding Menu Items to the App Bar with XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 Apps; the application bar is an important control that helps you to quickly use the various options in the application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to create an application bar and also how to add menu items to the bar using XAML and C#.
-
Adding Menu Items to the App Bar with XAML and VB
In Windows Phone 8 Apps; the application bar is an important control that helps to choose and use the various options in the application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to create an application bar and also how to add menu items to the bar using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Adding Password Protection to an App's Local Database
In Windows Phone 8 App development; you may either encrypt sections of data in your app's local database or encrypt the entire database by adding a password or pin protection. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to add password protection to an app's local database.
-
Basic Page Navigation with XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can add pages to your app and navigate between them. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add pages and how to navigate between the pages by using XAML and C#.
-
Basic Page Navigation with XAML and VB
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can add pages to your app and navigate between them by using XAML and Visual Basic. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add pages and how to navigate between the pages by using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Best Practices for Managing App Local Folder
In a Windows Phone 8 app; proper management of the app's local folder can significantly influence app performance. In this video; Wesley Miller explains some best practices for managing an app's local folder.
-
Binding a ListBox to an Observable Collection of Data Items Using XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8; you can access and display an app's local database items by binding the collection of database items to a control in the UI. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to bind a ListBox to an observable collection of database items to be displayed on the page using XAML and C#.
-
Configuring the Application Manifest for Deploying an App to Windows Store
To deploy a Windows Phone 8 application to the Windows store; you configure the application manifest file with the required information. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to configure the application manifest file for deploying an application to the Windows store.
-
Connecting to an App's Local Database Using XAML and C#
In a Windows Phone 8 app; the app's local database stores app-specific data that may persist throughout the app's lifecycle states. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to connect to an app's local database by using XAML and C#.
-
Copying a Reference Database to an App's Local Folder
In Windows Phone 8; storing an app's reference database in the installation folder allows only read operations on it; while storing it in the local folder allows read and write operations. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to copy a reference database from an app's installation folder to its local folder by using XAML and C#.
-
Creating a Database Table for an App's Local Database
In Windows Phone 8 App Development; an app's local database table will have a primary key as well as other columns used to store data records. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to create a database table for an app's Local Database using XAML and C#.
-
Creating a Folder and Writing Data to a Text File Using XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 App; the storage folder class is used for reading and writing data to a file within an app's local folder. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to create a folder and write data to a text file by using XAML and C#.
-
Creating a Push Notification Channel To Receive Tile Notifications in a Windows Phone 8 App
Windows Phone 8 app development allows users to set up a push notification client to receive the notification responses. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to create a push notification channel for receiving tile notifications in a Windows Phone 8 app.
-
Creating an ASP.NET Page for Sending Tile Notifications in Windows Phone 8
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows users to create a web page that sends the tile notification after the push notification channel has been created. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how create an asp.net page that can be used to send tile notifications.
-
Using the System.Net.Sockets API to Receive Data Over a UDP Socket Connection
Windows Phone 8 app development allows you to send and receive data over a socket server connection using a context object and a data buffer. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the System.Net.Sockets API to receive data over UDP socket server connection.
-
Using the System.Net.Sockets API to Send Data Over a TCP Socket Connection
In a Windows Phone 8 app; after establishing a connection to a socket server; you can send and receive data over that connection by using a context object and a data buffer. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the System.Net.Sockets API to send data over a TCP socket server connection.
-
Using the System.Net.Sockets API to Send Data Over a UDP Socket Connection
In a Windows Phone 8 app; after establishing a connection to a socket server; you can send and receive data over that connection by using a context object and a data buffer. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the System.Net.Sockets API to send data over a UDP socket server connection.
-
Creating Design Assets Consistent with Windows Phone 8 Design Requirements
In a Windows Phone 8 app; you need to use design assets that match the design requirements to have improved display and user experience with your application. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to create design assets that are consistent with the Windows Phone 8 design requirements.
-
Customizing Background Colors
In Windows Phone 8 App Development; you can add color to certain elements and help the user to better interact with the app. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to add and change colors of text blocks.
-
Customizing Colors to Change with a User Theme
Windows Phone 8 App allows you to customize colors as per the user's theme. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to apply dynamic color styles that are linked to user preferences.
-
Customizing Fonts
In Eclipse; you can customize the fonts and colors of the code elements as per your preferences. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to change fonts in Eclipse.
-
Customizing the Development Environment for Windows Phone 8 SDK
The Windows Phone 8 SDK environment is highly customizable in terms of the look; feel; and functionality. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to customize the development environment and interface as per specific needs and preferences.
-
Decrypting Data Using XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can decrypt confidential data before being able to access it in raw form for further processing. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to decrypt data in a Windows Phone 8 App by using XAML and C#.
-
Decrypting Data Using XAML and VB
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows users to decrypt the data before being able to access it in raw form. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to decrypt data in a Windows Phone 8 app using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Defining the Data Context for an App’s Local Database Using VB
In a Windows Phone 8 app's data context; the local database connection string is specified and passed at a base class before the database table is created. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define the data context for an app's local database by using Visual Basic.
-
Defining the Data Context for an App's Local Database
In Windows Phone 8 App Development; the local database connection string is specified and passed to the database class before the database table is created. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define the data context for an apps local database.
-
Encrypting Data Using XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 App; encrypting passwords and database connection strings are important to app security. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to encrypt data in a Windows Phone 8 app by using XAML and C#.
-
Encrypting Data Using XAML and VB
While developing apps for Windows Phone 8; users need to encrypt data such as passwords; as they are vital to app security. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to encrypt data in a Windows Phone 8 app using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Handling Errors in User Input Fields
In Windows Phone 8 app development; it is important to capture and handle errors. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a try-catch block to detect and handle errors in user input fields.
-
Handling Push Notification Events For Tile Notifications in a Windows Phone 8 App
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows users to set up a push notification client to receive the tile notification responses from the Microsoft Push Notification service. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to add code for handling push notification events.
-
Hiding and Displaying UI Components on Screen in Response to User Input
In a Windows Phone 8 app; you may sometimes want to show or hide elements on the page to have more control over user interactions with your app. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to programmatically show and hide UI elements on screen in response to user inputs.
-
Implementing Type Conversions on User Input
In a Windows Phone 8 app; when accepting form data input via a textbox field; you may need to convert the current data type before performing specific processing. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to convert from string to floating point and double precision data types for processing input as numbers.
-
Overview on Administering Web Service Security for Windows Phone 8 Apps
When a Windows Phone 8 app exchanges data with the web service over the Internet; that data becomes vulnerable to interception by unauthorized parties unless solid security procedures are implemented to facilitate the transfer. In this video; Wesley Miller provides an overview of how to administer web service security.
-
Painting with Linear Gradient Brushes
Windows Phone 8 apps; allows you to make use of color by using brushes to paint your objects and controls to the screen. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the different ways to make use of the Linear Gradient Brush to apply linear gradients to the objects and controls in your app.
-
Painting with Radial Gradient Brushes
In Windows Phone 8; you can add color to the interface by using brushes to paint your objects and controls to the screen. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use the Radial Gradient Brush in Windows Phone 8 to apply radial gradients to the objects and controls.
-
Painting with Solid Color Brushes
In Windows Phone 8; you can use brushes to paint objects and controls that will be displayed on the screen. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use the Solid Color Brush in Windows Phone 8 to apply solid colors through the objects and controls in your app.
-
Posting a Tile Notification to the Microsoft Push Notification Service
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows users to send tile notifications to the Microsoft Push Notification Service and receive a response with the content for updating the app tile. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to create the tile message; prepare the notification payload; send the notification; and then receive and process the response from the push service.
-
Reading Data from a Text File Using XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can use the Storage folder class for reading and writing data to a file within an app's local folder. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to read data from a text file by using XAML and C#.
-
Restricting User Input to Numbers
Windows Phone 8 App provides you the ability to constrain selected fields so that the user can only enter numbers. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to apply restrictions to an input field.
-
Submitting an App to Windows Store via Developer Dashboard
When you are ready to deploy your Windows Phone 8 app to the Windows store; you will be required to configure app info such as app name; category; selling price; marketing details; and screenshots. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to submit an app via the Windows Developer Dashboard.
-
Testing an App in the Windows Phone Emulator
The Windows Phone 8 comes with a software emulator that can be used to simulate application functionality on a real-world Windows Phone. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test a sample application by using the Windows Phone WVGA Emulator.
-
Testing an App Using the Application Deployment Tool
In Windows Phone 8; the Application Deployment tool allows you to access your application from a XAP file and test it in an emulator on a local machine. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the Application Deployment tool to test an application in the Windows Phone WVGA Emulator on a local machine.
-
Understanding ItemViewModel from the ViewModel Structure
In Windows Phone 8 App; the ViewModel structure consists of two components; one of which is the ItemViewModel. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses the structure of the C# code behind file for the ItemViewModel component.
-
Understanding MainViewModel from the ViewModel Structure
In Windows Phone 8 app development; the ViewModel structure consists of two components: an ItemViewModel and a MainViewModel. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses the structure of the C# code behind file for the MainViewModel component.
-
Using StackPanel for Horizontal Layouts
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can organize your content on screen by using the StackPanel component. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to use the StackPanel to horizontally arrange elements on screen.
-
Using StackPanel for Vertical Layouts
Windows Phone 8 App allows you to organize your content on screen by using the StackPanel component. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to use the StackPanel to vertically arrange elements on screen.
-
Using the Camera Capture Task
In Windows Phone 8 App Development; you can use the CameraCaptureTask to take pictures using your device's camera. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the CameraCaptureTask to pull in images.
-
Using the Game Invite Task to Send Invites for a Multiplayer Session
In Windows Phone 8 apps; you can use the game invite task to provide a consistent user experience. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the game invite task to display a screen; which can be used to invite players to a multiplayer gaming session from a Windows Phone 8 app.
-
Using the ISETool to Copy an App’s Local Folder Contents to Computer
In Windows Phone 8 App Development; you can use the Isolated Storage Explorer tool to access the contents of an app's local folder. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use ISE tool from the command line to copy the contents of an app's local folder to the computer's hard drive.
-
Using the ISETool to List the Contents of an App’s Local Folder
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows you to use the Isolated Storage Explorer tool to access the content of an app's local folder once the app has been deployed on an emulator. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the ISE tool from the command line to list the contents of an app's local folder.
-
Using the ISETool to Replace an App’s Local Folder Content With Content from Computer
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows you to use the Isolated Storage Explorer tool to access the contents of an app's local folder once the app has been deployed on an emulator. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the ISE tool from the command line to replace the contents of an app's local folder content.
-
Using the IsolatedStorageSettings Class to Manage App Settings in XAML and C#
In Windows Phone 8; you can store the Windows Phone 8 app settings as key-value pairs in your app's local folder. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the IsolatedStorageSettings class to add; read; and remove app settings using XAML and C#.
-
Using the IsolatedStorageSettings Class to Manage App Settings in XAML and VB
In Windows Phone 8; you can store the Windows Phone 8 app settings as key-value pairs in your app's local folder using Visual Basic. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the IsolatedStorageSettings class to add; read; and remove app settings using XAML and Visual Basic.
-
Using the Map Directions Task
The Windows Phone 8 App Development allows you to use the MapsDirectionsTask to provide directions from point A to point B. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the MapsDirectionsTask.
-
Using the Maps Task
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can display one or more points of interest on a map for the users of the app. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Maps Task in Windows Phone 8 Applications.
-
Using the Phone Call Task
Windows Phone 8 App Development allows users to make phone calls directly from the app. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the PhoneCallTask to launch a phone call from your app.
-
Using the Photo Chooser Task with XAML and C# in a Windows Phone 8 app
Windows Phone 8 app development allows you to use the PhotoChooserTask to select and display images. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the PhotoChooserTask to select and display images from the photo hub using XAML and C#.
-
Using the Photo Chooser Task with XAML and VB in a Windows Phone 8 app
Windows Phone 8 app development allows you to use the PhotoChooserTask to provide the user with consistent experience on the Windows Phone 8 device. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the PhotoChooserTask to select and display images from the photo hub using XAML and VB.
-
Using the Save Appointment Task
The Windows Phone 8 App Development allows users to create and save appointments. In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the SaveAppointmentTask to configure and save new appointments.
-
Using the Web Browser in Your Applications
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can display a web site both internally and externally on a web browser. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to display a web site internally and externally by using the WebBrowserTask class and WebBrowser control in Windows Phone 8 App.
-
Working with the Panorama Control
In Windows Phone 8; the Panorama Control is used to help setup the panorama effect in the phone apps. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use the Panorama Control.
-
Working with the TextBox Control
In Windows Phone 8 App; you can use the TextBox control to get input from the user. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the TextBox control in Windows Phone 8 App.
-
Access Control
In Ruby; you can use Access Control to call methods and instance variables in a class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define a simple name class to show you how Access Control works.
-
Build Triggers
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how Jenkins can build jobs based on the occurrence of an event.
-
Building Jobs with Jenkins
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Maven and Freestyle job types.
-
Code and Build Promotion
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java code and the techniques in promoting it.
-
Deployment Automation
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java and Apache Tomcat to automate Java builds.
-
Different Types of Jenkins Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different types of Jenkins jobs.
-
Distributed Builds
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Jenkins can be used to distribute builds to multiple machines.
-
Installing Jenkins as a Windows Service
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process for installing Jenkins as a Windows service.
-
Introduction to Jenkins as a Continuous Delivery Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare; configure; and set up a deployment of Jenkins.
-
Jenkins Automation
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the different ways to automate Jenkins through the command line interface and other methods.
-
Jenkins Security Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Jenkins implements security.
-
Measuring Quality
After watching this video; you will be able to compare the different ways metrics can be used in Jenkins to measure code quality.
-
Monitoring Jenkins Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Jenkins user interface and recognize how to monitor jobs.
-
Non-Java Options
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how Jenkins can be used for non-Java applications.
-
Organizing Jenkins Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to organize jobs as the number of jobs grow.
-
Overview of Continuous Delivery
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the concept of continuous delivery.
-
Parameterized Builds
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to add parameters into a workflow.
-
Polling the SCM
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how Jenkins can poll for software changes.
-
Running Jenkins as a Standalone Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use Jenkins as a standalone application.
-
Running Jenkins on an Application Server
After watching this video; you will be able to use Jenkins as a web application.
-
Scheduling Build Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how jobs can be scheduled in Jenkins.
-
The Jenkins Ecosystem
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the Jenkins ecosystem works and where to find job examples and plugins.
-
Using Jenkins
After watching this video; you will be able to describe in detail the Jenkins tool and how Jenkins implements continuous delivery.
-
Working with Git
After watching this video; you will be able to use version control to get code into Jenkins.
-
Daily Standups and Progress Reporting
In advanced Scrum; the daily standup is one of four meetings that make up the Scrum framework. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the daily standup to raise awareness of issues and refer action items and problems to external meetings.
-
Dealing with Unpredictability
The advanced Scrum principles of iterative and incremental planning and delivery; allows you to mitigate the unpredictable nature of a software development project. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the Scrum empirical processes for dealing with unpredictable software development and the advantages of Scrum over the Waterfall development model.
-
Definition of "Done"
"In Advanced Scrum; the definition of ""Done"" determines whether a feature or user story has reached the status of the potentially shippable product increment. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the definition of ""Done""; which can be subjective based on who is establishing the criteria."
-
Detecting Potential Risks
Advanced Scrum development uses an empirical process framework that allows you to quickly and efficiently detect and mitigate the risks associated with software development projects. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how specific Scrum roles; artifacts; and meetings improve the quality and frequency of communication that helps development Teams mitigate risk.
-
Distributed Scrum Challenges
Advanced Scrum provides a framework of artifacts; roles; and meetings that can be used in distributed development environments worldwide. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the need for timely; accurate; and deliberate communication between cross-functional and co-located Scrum Team members.
-
Emergent Design
Advanced Scrum practices allow you to respond to change and allow the design to emerge in a flexible and responsive way by harnessing the evolutionary nature of Agile software development through Emergent Design. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how Emergent Design provides a solution to changing requirements and the evolving skills of Team members in software development projects.
-
Establishing Accountability
In Scrum; the expectation/accountability loop is a mechanism that conveys requirements and measures accountability for software development project teams. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how accountability is communicated and measured in Scrum teams.
-
Estimating User Stories
In advanced Scrum; the Scrum Team provides detailed estimates of the tasks associated with completing user stories. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the Planning Poker method to reach consensus within the team on a relative estimate for each user story.
-
Evaluation of User Stories
Advanced Scrum requires that User Stories are created by the Product Owner and project stakeholders. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how User Stories are prioritized in the Product Backlog before evaluation by the Scrum Team and committal to the Sprint Backlog.
-
Excessive Durations
In an Advanced Scrum development process; the excessive duration of iterations can negate the advantage of receiving feedback and increase risk to the project. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the negative impact an iteration that goes beyond four weeks can have on the Team and the overall project.
-
Excessive Process Changes Per Iteration
In Scrum; continual improvement and integration through the software development process involves an iterative and incremental approach. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how to plan and prioritize the process of continuous integration.
-
Excessive User Stories
In Advanced Scrum; a user story is a short narrative describing a feature of a system. Some user stories provide excessive detail and tend to become large. This is known as an Epic – a large user story made up of smaller; more granular user stories. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses excessive user stories.
-
Feature-driven Sprints
In Advanced Scrum; you will learn about feature-driven sprints. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates two ways for scoping a sprint by using either time-boxing or feature-boxing; including a basic comparison of their features.
-
General Communications Best Practices
In Scrum; it is vital for software development teams to maintain deliberate and frequent communication. Technology can play a key role in facilitating communications across distributed Scrum teams. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates the best practices for communicating within distributed software development teams.
-
Identifying Risk and Sequencing
Advanced Scrum project management principles necessitate that the Team is responsible for educating the Product Owner on the impact of technical risks and sequencing tasks associated with a user story. In this video; Kevin McManus uses an application's authentication requirements to describe the Product Owner and Team's responsibilities regarding user story technical details.
-
Importance of the Product Increment
In an advanced Scrum software development process; the Product Increment is a key artifact delivered after each Sprint that allows feedback to be provided based on a working product. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates the Product Increment and the importance of satisfying the customer through early and continuous delivery of valuable software.
-
Incomplete Product Backlog
In Scrum; the product backlog is the primary repository for specifying the requirements and associated priorities that drive the overall work of a software development team and influence the outcome of a project. In this video; Kevin McManus explains how the risks posed by an incomplete product backlog may be prevented and mitigated.
-
Inconsistent Scheduling
By addressing inconsistent scheduling in an advanced Scrum development environment; leveraged Teams supporting multiple projects can effectively find a balance in maximizing utilization while being agile. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how to mitigate the negative impact of context switching by managing the number of projects and project requirements when assigning projects to Team members.
-
Inexperienced Team
You may have an inexperienced Scrum team who lack the know-how to work with the process framework. The ScrumMaster can act as the facilitator or coach to help the team learn about the Scrum process. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how to alleviate the problems associated with a lack of experience in Scrum.
-
Lack of Estimation Data
Advanced Scrum teaches you how to overcome a lack of estimation data used to determine initial velocity. You can; for example; make an educated guess; use commitment-driven planning; or use a similar team's history as a starting point. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how to obtain an initial velocity without initial estimation data.
-
Lack of Sprint Retrospective Meetings
In Scrum; the Sprint Retrospective meeting is a built-in mechanism that allows Scrum teams to continually improve and refine the software development process. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses why it is important to hold regular Sprint Retrospective meetings which enable Scrum teams to make improvements and build recommendations into the next sprint.
-
Lack of Sprint Reviews
In Scrum; Sprint Review meetings are an opportunity for the Product Owner; the ScrumMaster; and the software development team to communicate; receive feedback from the stakeholder; and view a demonstration of the working software. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the purpose and benefits of Sprint Review meetings in Scrum.
-
Negative Impacts of Team Changes on Velocity
Team changes in an advanced Scrum software development process can negatively affect the velocity when failing to give careful consideration to the capabilities of new members and the impact of team members leaving. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses evaluating new Team member's skill sets and mitigating Team redundancy to maintain a predictable velocity.
-
Non-Attendance
In an advanced Scrum development process; the daily stand-up meeting acts as the heartbeat of the project and any non-attendance should be addressed and resolved as soon as it becomes apparent. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the motivation of the daily stand-up meeting; the significance of Team member attendance; and how to deal with non-attending members.
-
Outside Interference
Addressing outside interference in an advanced Scrum development process allows the Team to remain focussed and helps prevent Sprint objectives from being derailed. In this video; Kevin McManus uses a scenario to illustrate how the Scrum Master can protect a developer from the outside interference of a business stakeholder and keep the Sprint on track.
-
Polishing the Cannonball
In an Advanced Scrum software development environment; addressing a mode of "polishing the cannonball" will allow you to adhere to the Agile principle of keeping it simple. In this video. Kevin McManus uses a scenario to illustrate how adding unnecessary functionality without consulting the Team or Product Owner can introduce risk to a Sprint.
-
Positive Impacts of Team Changes on Velocity
An advanced Scrum development process allows changes to be made to the composition of the Team; providing additional capacity and experience that will ultimately impact positively on the Team's overall velocity. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how the addition of Team members that include experienced personnel; domain experts; seasoned Scrum Masters; and engaged Product Owners can improve velocity.
-
Predictable Process
Advanced Scrum software management allows you to improve upon the Waterfall process when developing software products with a high degree of predictability. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how the well-defined features in a financial software package can be managed successfully following the waterfall approach with the benefits of delivering software at incremental steps.
-
Prioritization of User Stories
Advanced Scrum requires that the Product Owner prioritize User Stories in the Product Backlog to avoid ambiguity in the development environment. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how prioritizing User Stories by business risk and value facilitates flexible development without impacting deadlines.
-
Product Owner Proxy
Advanced Scrum requires that; if the Product Owner is absent; the role and its responsibilities must be transferred in full to a proxy. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how appointing a Product Owner proxy mitigates against assumptions by the Scrum Team.
-
Refactoring
After watching this video; you will be able to perform refactoring in Java.
-
Release Planning Meeting Overview
Advanced Scrum requires that a high-level set of logical; flexible project milestones be established during a release planning meeting. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how to prioritize requirements and set a time frame in which to complete a Scrum project's tasks.
-
Responsibilities of the Product Owner
Advanced Scrum requires that a Product Owner collaborates with the Scrum Team and external stakeholders to prioritize User Stories in a Product Backlog. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how the Product Owner mitigates assumptions about project requirements and determines their completion.
-
Responsibilities of the ScrumMaster
Advanced Scrum requires that the ScrumMaster guides the Scrum Team through Sprints to project completion. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how the ScrumMaster resources and protects the Scrum Team while gathering requirements with the Product Owner for future Sprints.
-
Responsibilities of the Team
Advanced Scrum requires that the Scrum Team contributes to and completes the requirements of the prioritized Product Backlog. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how the Scrum Team discharges its responsibilities to the ScrumMaster and Product Owner by adhering to Agile principles.
-
Risks of Ignoring Technical Debt
In the Scrum framework; changes implemented during software development may result in a technical debt. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses a scenario which illustrates the risks that build when a technical debt is ignored or is not promptly addressed by the software development team.
-
Scrum as a Control Tool
In advanced Scrum; you can establish accountability within the Scrum Team across the Product Owner; the ScrumMaster; and the team itself. In this video; Kevin McManus uses an analogy to show how Scrum can act as a control tool and emphasizes the importance of setting clear expectations.
-
Sprint Duration Issues
Addressing Sprint duration issues in an advanced Scrum software development process allows you to benefit from delivering potentially shippable product increments in a relatively short timeframe. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the risks associated with Sprint durations that are either too long or too short; and the advantage of delivering valuable software at the correct frequency.
-
Test-driven Development
Advanced Scrum practices allow you to reinforce iterative and incremental software design; and produce high quality applications by repeatedly conducting unit tests on source code using the Extreme Programming test-driven development (TDD) technique. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the TDD methodology; and how TDD and refactoring benefits development in a Continual Integration (CI) environment.
-
The Agile Philosophy Core Values
In advanced Scrum; the Agile philosophy has four core values. In this video; Kevin McManus uses Scrum and Extreme Programming to illustrate multiple Agile methods used in combination with the Agile core values.
-
The Agile Philosophy Principles
In advanced Scrum; there are twelve Agile philosophy principles. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the Scrum Agile method to discuss the appropriate sprint duration to deliver working software.
-
The Communications Richness Spectrum (CRS)
Advanced Scrum's communication richness spectrum (CRS) ranks the efficacy of communication media while allowing for flexibility and diversity. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how to convey and process information between Scrum Team members of different personality types and language groups.
-
The Daily Standup (Pigs & Chickens)
In an advanced Scrum development process; the focused nature and productive success of the daily stand-up meeting relies on clear understanding of who does and who doesn't participate. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the Chicken and Pig fable to illustrate the difference between those who actively participate in the daily stand-up; and those who attend in a listen-only capacity.
-
Absent Product Owner
Advanced Scrum requires the Product Owner to act as a critical intermediary between external stakeholders and the Scrum Team. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the Product Owner's crucial functions and considers factors contributing to; and mitigating against; his or her absence.
-
Adding Additional Work
In Advanced Scrum; the addition of tasks or user stories to an existing Sprint Backlog needs careful consideration by the Product Owner to prevent jeopardizing the delivery of Sprint commitments. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how additional work is evaluated by the Product Owner and the importance of consulting the Product Owner before adding tasks to a Sprint.
-
Addressing Ambiguity in Requirements
Defining requirements at the appropriate level of detail within an advanced Scrum software development project; addresses vagueness and ambiguity; helping to ensure that the Team delivers a product that meets the customer's expectations. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how to take a hypothetical requirement from a subjective specification to a well-defined and verifiable requirement.
-
Agile Philosophy and Extreme Programming
In advanced Scrum; you will find that Extreme Programming (XP) is based on five values. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the XP values to do a comparison with the principles and values of the Agile philosophy.
-
Agile Philosophy and Kanban
In advanced Scrum; Kanban relies on visuals to show the status of products as they progress through a particular workflow. In this video; Kevin McManus uses a project to illustrate the visual flow of all requirements flowing from the To Do to the Done columns in the progress chart.
-
Agile Philosophy and Lean
In advanced Scrum; a number of Lean Software Development principles draw inspiration from Agile principles. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the amplify learning principle to allow the team to reflect on how to become more effective.
-
Agile Philosophy and Scrum
In advanced Scrum; you will find that Scrum consists of three roles; three artifacts; and four meetings; and is governed by four values and twelve principles of the Agile philosophy. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the three Scrum roles to explain the responsibilities of the Product Owner; ScrumMaster; and team.
-
Allowing Room for Discovery
The iterative and incremental nature of the advanced Scrum process and correlation with Agile principles allows room for discovery in the requirements during the course of a software development project. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how Scrum's empirical process allows requirements to evolve; allowing the Team to move forward with the project's development.
-
Assembly Line Example
Advanced Scrum requires that the software-development environment accommodates and implements dynamic; creative; people-driven processes that enhance Team capability. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how the Scrum development environment differs from that of a robotic; automated assembly line.
-
Benefits of Addressing Technical Debt
In Scrum; a software development project involves decisions and concessions over deadlines and requirements that may result in a technical debt. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses a scenario where a Scrum team has to deal with the technical debt incurred by implementing a suboptimal solution because of a deadline concession.
-
Burndown Charts
In advanced Scrum; you can use a burndown chart to track the number of hours expended during a sprint. In this video; Kevin McManus uses an example to show the trend line for a project that is on schedule.
-
Code Reviews and Redundancy
Advanced Scrum practices allow you to streamline the code review process and develop a level of Team redundancy by implementing paired programming redundancy. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the benefits of paired programming and the principle of a mastermind when two developers collaborate on a single piece of code.
-
Commitment-driven Planning
Advanced Scrum involves an understanding of commitment-driven planning; which is a form of sprint planning. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how commitment-driven planning focuses on the team and their efforts to work together to achieve a goal. This commitment is not just to the work; but also towards each other.
-
Conflicting Product Goals
Advanced Scrum requires that the Product Owner avoid conflicting product goals by setting User Story priorities. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how a Product Backlog featuring User Stories of equal priority produces sequencing issues before being prioritized by the Product Owner.
-
Consulting the Team
Advanced Scrum principles require continual consultation and collaboration with the Scrum Team to ensure that the best possible product is delivered on time and without any unwanted surprises along the way. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the principles contained in the Agile Manifesto that give structure to the communication between the Product Owner; Scrum Master; and the Development Team.
-
The Importance of Team Velocity
Team velocity in advanced Scrum software management is a valuable metric that allows you to measure the work a Team can achieve in a Sprint and predict future output. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates the velocity metric and the contributing factors for determining the natural velocity of a Scrum Team following the Agile principle of sustainable development.
-
The Power of Leverage
In advanced Scrum; you will find a myriad of industries leveraging the power of Scrum and Agile methods. In this video; Kevin McManus uses the three basic questions to exchange updates and data at the daily standup meetings.
-
Unavailable Product Backlog
Advanced Scrum requires that a Product Backlog prioritizes its business; technical; and other requirements. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how a Product Backlog's availability relies on its requirements being prioritized to maximize business value and mitigate risk.
-
Unprepared Team
In Scrum; it is imperative that the software development team is adequately prepared for using an Agile software development framework that involves iterative and incremental planning and development. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the challenges of introducing a new process framework like Scrum in an organization.
-
Unrealistic Expectations
In Scrum; collaboration; coordination; and communication are the three Agile core practices that allow the software development team to mitigate the potential of unrealistic expectations. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses how Scrum teams can manage expectations and promote confidence in their ability to deliver customer expectations within set timeframes.
-
User Registration Iteration 1
Advanced Scrum requires a phased; iterative approach to software development. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how a web application's first iteration is realized by the Scrum Team committing to its estimates and the development of the application's deliverable components.
-
User Registration Iteration 2
Advanced Scrum requires a phased; iterative approach to software development. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how a web application's second iteration is realized by the Team adhering to Scrum processes following the Product Owner's approval of its component deliverables.
-
User Registration Iteration 3
Advanced Scrum requires a phased; iterative approach to software development. In this video; Kevin McManus demonstrates how a web application's third iteration is realized by the Scrum Team adhering to Scrum processes and delivering a potentially shippable product increment.
-
Utilizing Technology for Effective Communications
Advanced Scrum requires the appropriate use of technology for effective communication between Scrum Team members. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the uses of e-mail; instant messaging; telephone calls; and video conferencing; and makes recommendations for enhancing their efficacy.
-
Variable Sprint Durations
In Advanced Scrum; a team's natural velocity is described as the number of user stories a team can accomplish on a sustainable basis. This velocity is calculated using uniform sprint durations due to the higher degree of predictability. Conversely; variable duration affects velocity because it provides less predictability. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses variable sprint durations.
-
Velocity-driven Planning
In Advanced Scrum; you learn about two forms of sprint planning – commitment-driven and velocity-driven. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses velocity-driven planning; explores the assumptions that allow you to create uniformity between sprints; and examines an example of velocity-driven planning.
-
Wrong Product Owner
Advanced Scrum requires the Product Owner to play a critical intermediary role between external stakeholders and the Scrum Team. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses a successful Product Owner's skill sets and considers scenarios in which inappropriately-qualified candidates might be appointed.
-
A Scrum Tester
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of an agile tester within the specific context of a Scrum life cycle.
-
Acceptance Test-driven Development
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how acceptance test-driven development is applied in agile projects.
-
Agile and Independent Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to outline options for using independent testers on agile projects.
-
Agile Project Work Products
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the project work products that are important to agile testers.
-
Agile Software Development and the Agile Manifesto
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the statements of value expressed in the Agile Manifesto; on which the principles of agile software development are founded.
-
Collaborative User Stories
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how collaborative user stories are created to capture requirements in agile projects.
-
Communicating Test Status and Product Quality
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how test status; progress; and product quality can be communicated in an agile project.
-
Communication and Information-sharing Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of tools used for communication and information sharing in agile teams including agile testers.
-
Creation of User Stories
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the techniques for collaborative creation of user stories; such as INVEST; and describe the components of a user story.
-
Definition of Done
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the importance of the definition of done in test levels and in different stages in the agile process.
-
Early and Frequent Feedback
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how the agile software development model incorporates early and frequent feedback.
-
Estimation of Testing Effort
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to estimate testing effort in an agile project based on content and risk.
-
Extreme Programming (XP)
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the basic features of the XP agile approach.
-
Functional and Nonfunctional Black Box Test Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how functional and nonfunctional black box testing techniques can be applied in agile testing.
-
Identify Agile Testing Techniques and Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to practice identifying testing techniques in agile approaches and tools in agile projects.
-
Identify Testing Features in Agile Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to identify features of testing and the skill set of an agile tester in agile approaches .
-
Kanban
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the Kanban management approach that can be incorporated into agile projects.
-
Managing Risk Regression
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how risk regression in agile development can be managed using evolving manual and automated test cases.
-
Quality Risks in Agile Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how quality risk analysis takes place in agile projects.
-
Release and Iteration Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the agile concepts of release and iteration planning.
-
Role of an Agile Tester
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of a tester in an agile team.
-
Skills of an Agile Tester
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the skill set an agile tester should have.
-
Task Management and Tracking Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of task management and tracking tools used in agile projects and available to agile testers.
-
Test Basis in Agile Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of test bases; including user stories that are available to agile testers.
-
Test Development and Configuration Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the tools available for agile test design; development; and execution and outline available configuration management tools; including virtualization tools for agile tests.
-
Test Levels
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test pyramids; testing quadrants; test levels; and testing types in the context of agile projects.
-
Test-driven and Behavior-driven Development
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the complementary techniques of test-driven development (TDD); acceptance test-driven development; and behavior-driven development used in agile projects.
-
The Twelve Principles of the Agile Manifesto
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the twelve principles of the Agile Manifesto; on which agile software development is based.
-
The Whole Team Approach
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the whole team approach promoted by agile software development.
-
Agile Test Levels
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test levels in the context of agile testing.
-
Agile Testing and Development Activities
After watching this video; you will be able to compare testing and development activities in traditional and agile approaches.
-
Agile Testing and Configuration Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe testing and test configuration management in the context of agile projects.
-
Agile; Scrum; and Kanban
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between Agile; Scrum; and Kanban.
-
Behavioral Aspects in Applying Kanban
After watching this video; you will be able to select correct description of the behavioral aspect of interest on a Kanban project.
-
Creating an Online Kanban Board
After watching this video; you will be able to create an online Kanban board using the default template for your project.
-
Evolution of Methodologies
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize limitations of the waterfall approach.
-
Foundational Lean Concepts
After watching this video; you will be able to match foundational Lean concepts to their description.
-
Identifying and Reducing Wastes
After watching this video; you will be able to label example of waste to the waste category in Lean.
-
Introduction to Kanban Boards
After watching this video; you will be able to describe features of Kanban Boards.
-
Kanban and Pull
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of Kanban-pull system.
-
Kanban and Visual Signs in the Real World
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between visual display and visual control signs.
-
Kanban Drivers and Application
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize drivers and application of Kanban.
-
Kanban in IT and Software Development
After watching this video; you will be able to identify key considerations for Kanban in IT and software development.
-
Kanban Process: Creating a Kanban Board
After watching this video; you will be able to list activities in creating a Kanban board.
-
Key Concepts in Kanban Application
After watching this video; you will be able to match key concepts in Kanban application to their descriptions.
-
Lead Time and Cycle Time
After watching this video; you will be able to compare lead time to cycle time in a given scenario.
-
Lean and Kanban
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of Lean and Kanban.
-
Limiting WIP
After watching this video; you will be able to use Little's law for reducing lead time by limiting WIP.
-
Making Policies Explicit
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize examples for making policies explicit on Kanban projects.
-
Managing Flow
After watching this video; you will be able to match techniques for alleviating bottlenecks to their correct description.
-
Mindset and Cultural Change
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between cultures using the Schneider Culture model.
-
Software Development Life Cycle
After watching this video; you will be able to match SDLC phases to activities carried out in them.
-
The Kanban Process
After watching this video; you will be able to list steps in the Kanban Process in the correct order.
-
The Theory of Constraints
After watching this video; you will be able to describe principles of the Theory of Constraints.
-
The Visual Workplace
After watching this video; you will be able to select valid examples of visual workplace.
-
Ways to Limit WIP
After watching this video; you will be able to select most plausible way to limit WIP in a given scenario.
-
WIP and Flow
After watching this video; you will be able to differentiate between WIP and flow.
-
Working for Continuous Improvement
After watching this video; you will be able to label examples with the Kanban metric being used for monitoring and control.
-
Accumulation of Technical Debt
SCRUM is a software practice that can be used to keep technical debt in check. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how technical debt accumulates.
-
Business and Data Patterns for Splitting User Stories
SCRUM is a software practice which has some business and data patterns that can be used to breakdown User Stories. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to use the business data patterns to breakdown large User Stories into small feature slices.
-
Committed and Involved Roles
In Agile; when practicing Scrum software development; roles are defined as committed or involved. Each role has a set of rules that need to be understood to complete a Scrum project successfully. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the chicken and pig fable to define the two types of project members and the rules they must obey in Scrum development.
-
Encouraging Self-Organizing Team Behavior
The Scrum framework dictates that the Scrum Team should be cross-functional and self-organizing; choosing how best to accomplish their work without outside interference and with the encouragement of the Scrum Master. In this video; Brigitte Birze describes how the Scrum Master can encourage the Scrum Team to be self-organized and achieve optimal performance while upholding the Scrum Values.
-
Ending a Scrum Project
In Agile; a Scrum project ends when all the milestones are met in the Sprints; or the product owner and stakeholders decide to end the project. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the roadmap release schedule to determine the end of a Scrum project.
-
Epics and User Stories
SCRUM is a software practice that enables breaking down of large User Stories known as EPICs. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to break down EPICs into multiple User Stories.
-
Fat Product Backlog Items (PBI)
The Scrum Project's Fat Product Backlog items (PBIs) contain too much information; or too many loosely-related items; to be testable or made Sprint ready. In this video; Brigitte Birze identifies the shortcomings of fat PBIs containing oversized functionalities and ill-defined requirements; before suggesting they be split into smaller User Stories containing single slices of functionality subject to clear acceptance criteria.
-
Gathering Data and Insights to the Sprint Retrospective Meeting
In Scrum; the Sprint Retrospective Meeting is an opportunity for the team to review events from the last sprint and devise measurable actions that they can implement to improve performance. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how Scrum artifacts can provide information from the last sprint and give insights into how performance can be improved for the following sprints.
-
Heuristics for Splitting User Stories
SCRUM is a software practice which has some heuristics that can be used to determine how to breakdown User Stories. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to use the heuristics to split the User Stories into small feature slices.
-
Identifying and Reducing Technical Debt
SCRUM is a software practice that enables you to mitigate technical debt. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to identify and reduce technical debt.
-
INVEST User Story Guidelines
SCRUM is a software practice which uses the INVEST guidelines to set the quality of the User Stories. In this video; Brigitte Brize discusses how to use the INVEST guidelines while developing the User Stories.
-
Limiting Work in Progress
SCRUM is a software practice that encourages members of a team to work in parallel to ensure on time delivery. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how limiting work In-Progress helps the team stay focused; increasing their velocity and the quality of the work completed in each sprint.
-
Making the Complex Simple – Patterns for Splitting User Stories
SCRUM is a software practice which has some patterns that help to breakout the simple from complex and vice-versa and split the User Stories. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to use simple and complex patterns to split the User Stories.
-
Managing the Sprint
SCRUM is a software practice that allows teams to work as a cohesive unit to reach a common goal. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to manage the sprint cycle.
-
Principles Behind the Agile Manifesto
The Agile Manifesto was created based on 12 main principles. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses and explains each of the 12 principles behind the Agile Manifesto.
-
Product Backlog Items (PBI)
The Scrum Project's Product Backlog items (PBIs) comprise multiple outstanding tasks; including User Stories; spikes; risks and defects; defining customer requirements which constitute the Product Backlog. In this video; Brigitte Birze defines multiple PBIs and explains how User Stories are defined; constructed; prioritized and groomed for inclusion into the Sprint Backlog during Sprint Planning.
-
Protecting the Sprint
In Agile; protecting the Sprints ensure that the Scrum framework functions properly. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Scrum values and rules to assist the Scrum Master; team members; and stakeholders to protect the Sprints.
-
Scrum and Culture Change
In Agile; implementing Scrum involves a fundamental transformation of the way work is managed in a company as emphasis changes from command and control to trust; communication; and collaboration. In this video; Brigitte Birze highlights the culture changes influenced by the different roles when implementing Scrum and discusses the recommended best practices when assigning Scrum roles.
-
Scrum and Deferring Detailed Specifications
In Scrum; deferring specifications helps ensure that the Scrum Team is focused on the highest priority items in the Product Backlog. In this video; Brigitte Birze highlights the advantages of deferring the definition of detailed specifications until a User Story is ready to be pulled into a Sprint and describes how the User Story changes throughout the project's lifecycle.
-
Scrum Values
In Agile; the five Scrum values; namely focus; courage; openness; commitment; and respect; can mean different things to team members. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the five Scrum values to explain how to provide a foundation for teamwork and continuous improvement for a team.
-
Sizing User Stories
In software practices based on Scrum; there are various tools and options for sizing user stories in the product backlog. In this video; Brigitte Birze explains how to size user stories during the Product Grooming Meeting.
-
SMART Tasks
SCRUM is a software practice which uses SMART tasks while implementing the User Stories. In this video; Brigitte Brize discusses how to use SMART tasks to breakdown tasks while implementing the User Stories.
-
Team Velocity
SCRUM is a software practice that allows teams to record and track their velocity after each Sprint. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to use a Teams Velocity to estimate the time required to complete backlog items in future releases.
-
The 4 SCRUM Artifacts
The four Scrum artifacts; namely the Product Backlog; the Sprint Backlog; the Burn Down Chart; and the Product Increment; are objects created during the Scrum Project to provide transparency to the project's and the Team's progress. In this video; Brigitte Birze expands on each artifact and explains its role in the context of the Scrum Team and Scrum Theory.
-
The Agile Manifesto
The Agile Manifesto is the umbrella over all of the Agile software frameworks. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses why and how the Agile Manifesto was created and what the very important values are to finding Agile.
-
The Backlog Grooming Meeting
In Scrum; the Product Backlog Grooming Meeting is an opportunity for the team to review the top priority items in the product backlog. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the importance of product backlog grooming to help ensure that top level user stories are well understood and ready for the next sprint.
-
The Burn Down Chart
The daily updated Scrum Sprint Burn Down Chart depicts the Scrum Team's progress against an ideal Burn Down line mapped to the time and story points available. In this video; Brigitte Birze compares three Burn Down Charts and explains how blockages and spikes marking areas of uncertainty can prevent the Scrum Team accruing all its story points during a Sprint.
-
The Customer User Story
In Scrum; the consumer user stories in the product backlog need to bridge the communication gap between the customer and the technical team. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the importance of a customer user story that can clearly convey what is required so that the technical team can deliver value to the end user.
-
The Definition of Done (DoD)
In Scrum; the Definition of Done (DoD) tool is a checklist of the tasks that need to be completed during the software development process. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how the Definition of Done can be applied to all tasks and processes during software development for quality assurance.
-
The INVEST Estimable Criteria
In Scrum software practices; the 'E' in the INVEST guidelines for writing high quality user stories stands for Estimable. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses estimating features; and how this affects the way in which user stories should be created.
-
The INVEST Independent Criteria
In Scrum software practices; the 'I' in the INVEST guidelines for writing high quality user stories stands for Independent. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses why independence is important; and how this affects the way in which user stories should be created.
-
The INVEST Negotiable Criteria
In Scrum software practices; the 'N' in the INVEST guidelines for writing high quality user stories stands for Negotiable. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses why being negotiable and collaborative is important; and how this affects the way in which user stories should be created.
-
The INVEST Small Criteria
In Scrum software practices; the 'S' in the INVEST guidelines for writing high quality user stories stands for Small. In this video; Brigitte Birze explains why user stories should be small; and how this affects the way in which user stories should be created.
-
The INVEST Testable Criteria
In Scrum software practices; a user story must have testable acceptance criteria on which the team; Product Owner; and customers can agree when it's "Done". In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the acceptance criteria to test the user story's implementation and determine when it is "Done".
-
The INVEST Valuable Criteria
In Scrum software practices; the 'V' in the INVEST guidelines for writing high quality user stories stands for Valuable. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses the importance of value in user stories; and how this affects the way in which user stories should be created.
-
The Management Role
In Agile; the Scrum framework dictates that there's no Project Manager in the core Scrum roles. However; the manager is a stakeholder whose collaboration with the development team is critical to the successful execution and delivery of the final product. In this video; Brigitte Birze highlights the role of the Project Manager and their responsibilities in the Scrum environment.
-
The Product Backlog
The Scrum Project's Product Backlog; consisting of User Stories and other Product Backlog items (PBIs) defining final product features; is populated by the Product Owner following interaction with customers and stakeholders. In this video; Brigitte Birze explains how the Product Backlog constitutes a prioritized; ordered list of user product requirements to which the Scrum Team commits itself at Sprint Planning.
-
The Product Increment
The Scrum Product Increment is the current working software in potentially shippable form; demonstrating to the customer functionality developed during the Sprint that satisfies the Product Backlog's highest-priority items. In this video; Brigitte Birze compares Scrum Theory to the Waterfall Process and explains the value Scrum Theory offers by delivering Increments of working code at the end of each Sprint.
-
The Product Owner Role
In Scrum; the Product Owner is a key role; owning the product vision and providing a vital link between the stakeholders and the Development Team. In this video; Brigitte Birze describes how the Product Owner represents the interests of all stakeholders and collaborates with the Development Team to define the features of the product and prioritize the Product Backlog.
-
The Scrum Daily Standup Meeting
In Scrum software practices; Daily Standup meetings keep the project team updated on the project's progress. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Daily Standup meetings to explain the roles of the Scrum Master and Scrum Team as they keep up-to-date with the project's progress and eradicate impediments as they occur.
-
The Scrum Empirical Process
In Agile; the Scrum Empirical Process allows people from cross-functional groups to communicate and collaborate on a particular project. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Scrum Empirical Process to explain how inspection; adaptation; and transparency can improve how people work together toward common goals.
-
The Scrum Meetings
The four meetings; namely the Sprint Planning; Sprint Review; Sprint Retrospective; and the Backlog Grooming meetings; reoccur within each Sprint in a Scrum project at specific times. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses a Sprint to explain each Scrum meeting; when they occur; who attends what meetings; and what discussions take place in each meeting.
-
The Scrum Team Role
In software development using Scrum; a self-organized and empowered Scrum Team includes the expertise necessary to build and deliver the product increment at the end of each Sprint. In this video; Brigitte Birze describes the characteristics of a Scrum Team; their relationship with the other Scrum roles; and their responsibilities in ensuring the product is successfully delivered.
-
The ScrumMaster Role
In software development using Scrum; the Scrum Master owns the Scrum process and is responsible for protecting the Team during a Sprint and ensuring they live by the values and practices of Scrum. In this video; Brigitte Birze highlights the key responsibilities of the Scrum Master that allows the team to produce high quality results while following the Scrum process.
-
The Spike Product Backlog Item
SCRUM is a software practice that enables a team to gather information about an issue and come up with a strategy. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to set clear objectives for a SPIKE to come up with the correct outcome for the issue.
-
The Sprint
In Agile; Sprints divide the lifespan of your project into manageable time-intervals for monitoring and reviewing of your Product Increment. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses Sprints to explain how the Product Increment is developed throughout the lifecycle of your project.
-
The Sprint Backlog
The Scrum Sprint Backlog consists of Product Backlog items (PBIs) selected by the Scrum Team; Product Owner; and Scrum Master during Sprint Planning for completion as "Done" in a single Sprint. In this video; Brigitte Birze explains how the Scrum Team commits to a Sprint Backlog comprising well-understood; actionable items; the completion of which is essential to the Sprint Goal.
-
The Sprint Planning Meeting
In Scrum software practices; the Sprint Goal and Sprint Backlog are created during the Sprint Planning meeting. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Sprint Planning meeting to determine the plan; as well as a list of items that must be completed during the Sprint.
-
The Sprint Retrospective Meeting
In Scrum software practices; the Sprint Retrospective meeting is held after a Sprint for the project team to review and reflect on how to become more effective. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Sprint Retrospective meeting to show how the Scrum Master; Scrum Team; and Product Owner can adapt their practices and behaviours toward continual process improvement.
-
The Sprint Review Meeting
In Scrum; the Sprint Review Meeting is an opportunity to demonstrate work completed in the last sprint to both the Scrum team and the stakeholders. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how the Sprint Review Meeting enables and encourages customer collaboration.
-
The Story Board
SCRUM is a software practice that enables teams to manage projects by breaking them down into simpler tasks. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses the concept of the Story Board in SCRUM and how to use it to categorize User Stories and track the team’s progress during a sprint.
-
The Three Scrum Roles
In Agile; the Scrum framework defines three core roles with their own functions and ownership of specific parts of the process who work closely together to deliver increments of high value to the customer. In this video; Brigitte Birze highlights the key functions of the Product Owner; Scrum Team; and Scrum Master and how they combine during a Sprint.
-
The User Story Lifecycle
Teams can work on several projects using SCRUM. Each User Story has a lifecycle; it starts out as an idea which is written down; prioritized; estimated; and finally accepted into the Sprint Backlog where the feature is created in the Product Increment. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses the lifecycle of a User Story.
-
User Story Breakdown
Using SCRUM; teams break down the project into smaller; easy to accomplish tasks. User Stories are created to capture features the user wants. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses how to break a Project down into User Stories.
-
User Story Overview
SCRUM is a software development framework that allows a team to work in sync; yet separately to complete a User Story. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses User Stories and how they capture the features and functionalities that the customer wants to see in the final product.
-
User Story Tasks
SCRUM is a software practice which has tasks that are used to describe how the team will implement a particular User Story and is used to measure the team’s progress and keep the entire team on track. In this video; Brigitte Brize discusses how to use tasks to implement a User Story.
-
What is Scrum?
Scrum is an incremental; iterative; Agile framework for software project development. In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses and explains how Scrum works and what some of the key concepts of Scrum are.
-
Why Do Teams Break Down User Stories into Tasks
In software practices based on Scrum; there are various tools and options for splitting user stories into tasks. In this video; Brigitte Birze explains how and why user stories are split into smaller user stories to fit into a single sprint.
-
Why Should User Stories be Small?
In Scrum; a high quality user story that is ready for use in a sprint should be sized appropriately. Smaller stories are easier for the team to understand; estimate and complete. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how smaller user stories boost the team’s productivity and avoid the potential bottlenecks that may occur when user stories are too large.
-
Bitwise Operators
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to implement bitwise operators in C programs.
-
Abstract and Interface Classes
A C++ abstract class is a base class that defines a pure virtual function; or virtual function reliant on child classes; to provide its implementation. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the power of abstract classes by creating a pure virtual function; the implementation of which is defined by child classes.
-
Allocating and Releasing Dynamic Memory
C++ provides vast improvements over C that allow you to dynamically allocate variables; and then explicitly tell the program to free the memory for reuse when you're done with the variable. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the advantages of dynamically allocating and returning memory to the free store compared to the old way of allocating memory from the heap.
-
Allocating and Releasing Objects
C++ allows developers to allocate and release instantiated objects using dynamic memory. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use the C++ new and delete commands (instead of malloc and free) to call constructors and destructors dynamically. She also covers object scope and how to pass objects so they remain in scope.
-
Assert
In C and C++; the assert macro is a useful development tool that allows you to identify program errors by alerting you when an argument expression is false and providing useful information. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to debug code using an assert macro and how to disable the assert before going to production using DEBUG.
-
Assignment Operators
The C++ equal sign assignment operator assigns a right-hand side expression (rvalue) to the left-hand side expression (lvalue). In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the properties of the equal sign assignment operator and its use.
-
C++ and the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)
C and C++ provide tools and configuration options that you can use to compile and link a program from the command line. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use the GNU C++ compiler; or GCC; to compile an executable file from the command line.
-
C++ Comments and Whitespace
C++ allows developers to insert C/C+ block comments as well as inline comments in their code. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to work with block comments; inline comments; tabs; and whitespace to ensure that the code remains easily readable while explaining algorithms; functions; and useful inline information.
-
C++ Data Types
C++ provides you with seven built-in data types of a set size to use for your declared functions and variables. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the sizes and uses of C++'s built-in data types; and how to declare them.
-
C++ Enumerators
C++ allows you to define enumerations; or data types set to a defined set of named constants; as user defined data types. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the structure and syntax of enumerated data types and their use by building a dinner menu in simple English.
-
C++ Functions
C++ functions allow you to assign names to sequences of statements; which you can then execute by invoking the function. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the structure of syntax of C++ functions; before invoking multiple declared function types.
-
C++ I/O Streams
C++ allows developers to perform I/O using streams which form an abstraction between the user and the media used to read and write data. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to work with the three basic I/O streams of cout; cin; and cerr; and how to use them to write to and read from the console.
-
C++ Projects in Eclipse
In the Eclipse CDT for C++ development; the workbench is an easily customizable; integrated environment which includes a range of useful features you can take advantage of while working on your projects. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the layout of the workbench; and creates a sample project to illustrate some of the included features.
-
C++ Projects in Visual Studio
In C++ development; the Visual Studio IDE readily integrates the .NET framework with Microsoft Windows. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to setup a C++ project in Visual Studio; switch solutions; run and debug projects; and create a new project from scratch.
-
C++ Syntax Differences From C
In C and C++; you use the same programming structure; but there are a few key differences. In this video; Brigitte Birze explains the syntax differences between C and C++.
-
C++ Tokens; Digraph and Trigraph Sequences
In C++; digraphs and trigraphs are sequences of two and three characters respectively that you can use when the keyboard does not include keys to cover the entire character set of the language. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to implement digraph and trigraph sequences in your code; allowing the preprocessor to translate them into the appropriate symbol.
-
Chaining Constructors
Understanding how C++ allows you to chain constructors when instantiating an object in a hierarchy of classes can help you to avoid errors when creating a complex object containing multiple classes. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses a three class hierarchy to demonstrate how constructors are chained in C++.
-
Chaining Destructors
In C++; when you have a hierarchy of classes; each with its own destructor; you can chain the destructors to ensure that the destructor in every class in the hierarchy is called when the object is freed. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use the virtual keyword to chain destructors in a class hierarchy and avoid leaking memory.
-
Compound Assignment Operators
C++ Compound Assignment Operators allow you to perform arithmetic or bitwise operations on a variable and assign the result to the same variable. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates C++'s multiple compound assignment variables; before using each compounded operator to perform an operation.
-
Configuring C++ Toolchains in Eclipse
In the Eclipse CDT for C++; you need to enable toolchains to provide the C++ compilers; linkers; libraries; and utilities you will need to fully develop your application. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to access a range of toolchains suitable for use with different platforms; such as Windows or Linux; and add one to a project.
-
Creating New Data Types
C++ allows you to use aliases; enumerated data types; and structs; as well as create new classes; to build more complex data types than those offered by the seven in-built data types and their modifiers. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the structure and function of each; before instantiating and outputting an example of each.
-
Data Type Modifiers
C++ provides you with four modifiers that allow you to modify either the size of its seven built-in data types; or how they are interpreted by the compiler. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates C++'s four data type modifiers and how to combine them with its data types to achieve a desired size and behavior.
-
Default Function Arguments
C++ allows developers to specify default arguments for functions; whereby they define a general case that can be overridden by the calling code. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to define default arguments; how to override them in code; and notes that default arguments defined in a function declaration cannot be overridden.
-
Dynamically Allocated Arrays and Pointer Access
C++ allows you to access the elements of a dynamically allocated array via pointers and pointer arithmetic. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how arrays on the stack differ from arrays allocated dynamic memory accessed via a pointer; and shows you how to allocate; point to; and initialize dynamic memory to an array before deleting it.
-
File I/O Stream Classes
C++ allows developers to use stream classes for file input and output; in addition to the basic I/O provided by cin; cout; and cerr. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use ofstream; ifstream; and fstream; which are derived from istream and ostream; and warns that these classes don't open files automatically.
-
Handling Exceptions
C++ provides an elegant way to react to exceptional circumstances in your program by transferring control to an exception handler. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to enclose code in a try-catch block to inspect for exceptions and then throw any exceptions that arise to exception handlers.
-
Headers and Source Files
In C++; you can break your code out into a series of source and header files to make working with large applications more manageable. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to divide the code into header and source file pairs; allowing an object to be modified without requiring recompilation of the code that uses it.
-
Inline Functions
C++ provides the inline function that eliminates function overhead and optimizes your code by instructing the compiler to place a copy of the function's code at each point where the function is called at compile time. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to define an inline function; and highlights some of the advantages inline functions have over macros.
-
Memory Allocation and Scope
In C++; allocating memory when a variable is declared determines its scope which is vital knowledge when accessing each of the variable types. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how global; static; dynamic; and local variables are allocated memory and how their persistency is determined by their scope.
-
Nothing Statements and Scope
C++ allows you to define multiple variables with the same name; provided the names are declared in different regions of the program called the scope of the name. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the different levels of scope and how they affect variables when implementing nested statements in your program.
-
Null Terminated Strings
Using the end of string (EOS) character; C++ allows you to successfully create and use null terminated strings in character arrays. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to run a character array without the EOS; allowing it to write beyond its allocated memory; endangering the program; then includes the EOS character and reruns the array without error.
-
Objects and Function Arguments
C++ allows you to pass class objects as arguments to functions just like any other variable; and protect the state of the object by making the function argument a constant. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to pass an object by value; by pointer; and by reference; and how to use the const keyword to protect an object.
-
Operator Overloading
C++ allows developers to overload operators to change their implementation according to their arguments. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use operator overloading to change how a user-defined type and a C++ operator interact; the conditions under which operator overloading works; and warns that operator overloading can make code difficult to read and understand.
-
Overloaded Functions
C++ allows you to create overloaded functions; multiple functions with the same name that have different parameters; thereby reducing program complexity and making the code easier to read. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to define a parameter list; explains how the preprocessor implements name mangling; and illustrates using overloaded functions.
-
Overloading New and Delete
C++ allows developers to control the location of memory allocated to objects using the new function. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to avoid allocating global- or system-shared memory by overloading the new and delete functions. She also demonstrates that allocating static storage upfront speeds up the code; and how using overloaded new and delete can trace memory bugs.
-
Pointers as Function Arguments
C++ allows you to determine how changes to the parameter in a function will affect the variables in the calling code by utilizing pointers to pass function arguments. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to modify function arguments in C++ by passing a variable by value; by pointer; and by a reference to a pointer.
-
References
References were introduced in C++ to allow you to establish a name as an alias for an existing variable that can never be changed as long as that code remains in scope. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to declare and use reference variables while highlighting their similarities and differences with pointers.
-
References as Function Arguments
C++ allows you to pass an argument to a function by reference; which is more efficient than passing by value because it doesn't copy the argument. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to pass an argument by reference while highlighting how this differs from passing by value and passing by pointer.
-
References as Function Return Values
In C++; references can be declared as the return value to a function. This is valuable when doing object-oriented programming. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use a reference to place a function call as the lvalue to an assignment operator.
-
Relational and Logical Operators
C++ allows you to compare the equality or inequality of variables and perform AND; OR; and NOT actions using relational operators and logical operators; respectively. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to best use these operators and their operator precedence.
-
String Class (std:string)
The string class in C++ provides automatic memory allocation and frees up memory. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use the C++ string class to increase memory efficiency during your project's development.
-
The C++ Preprocessor
The C++ preprocessor allows you to massage your code and perform substitutions before processing by the compiler. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how the C++ preprocessor includes header files; performs macro expansions; and enables conditional compilation.
-
The C++ Program Structure
In C and C++; you use the same programming structure; so knowing C will give you an advantage when learning C++. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses C++ to break down a complete C++ program.
-
The Copy Constructor
In C++; the copy constructor is a special kind of constructor which is used to create a copy of an already existing object of a class type. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the need for a copy constructor when passing a function by value and how to control what is copied by defining your own copy constructor.
-
The Do While Loop
In C++; the do-while loop is similar to the while loop; except that test conditions occur at the bottom of the loop; which guarantees that your block of code will execute at least one time. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the do-while loop's syntax; and uses a do-while loop to initialize an array; perform computation; and test user input.
-
The For Loop
In C++; the for loop is the most common loop that allows you to perform a sequence of statements a specific number of times while a condition holds true. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to initialize a for loop to process an array; before highlighting the use of null statements in for loops and nested for loops.
-
The If Statement
In C++; the if statement allows you to control the flow of your program and make decisions on what code to execute based on whether a given condition is true or false. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the if statement to provide conditional branching and change an application's path based on the value of an expression.
-
The While Loop
The while loop is the simplest loop in C++; allowing programs to repeatedly execute a statement or block of code as long as a certain test condition is true. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses a while loop to initialize an array; perform a computation; and control user input; and demonstrates how to break out of a while loop.
-
Using Const with Function Arguments
In C++; you can use const to protect a parameter if you don't want a function to change the value of a parameter. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use const to protect the value of arguments or pointers.
-
Using Const with Pointers
In C++; const can be used in a pointer declaration to make a constant of the pointer addressed or the value it’s pointing to. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use const with pointers to protect what the pointer is pointing to and its value; as well as protect where the pointer is actually pointing to.
-
Using Const with Variables
You can use the C++ const modifier in a variable declaration to make the variable a constant. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use the const keyword to create a constant value in C++.
-
Using Date and Time in C++
C++ inherits date and time functions from C that allow you to manipulate the system time and format the output in your C++ program. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to work with date and time in C++ using some of the important functions that are part of the standard library.
-
Using Pointer
C++ pointers are variables holding the addresses of values in memory; including variables; objects; or structs. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to define a pointer and details its unique operators.
-
UTF-16; UTF-32 and Wide Characters
The 2011 ISO C++ standard introduced the use of the fixed-width 16-bit and 32-bit character types to accommodate large international character sets. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the standard C++ 8-bit ANSI character set; the compiler-specific wchar_t data type; and configures her compiler to recognize and output the new platform-independent character types.
-
Virtual Functions
C++ virtual functions allow polymorphism whereby a single object type of a class may display different behaviors to the same input. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates a virtual function of a base class; implementations of which are given different behaviors by children of the base class.
-
Wide String Class (std:wstring)
The C++ Wide String Class allows you to hold strings that require more than eight bits per character; and provides automatic memory allocation along with a set of string manipulation methods. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to use the Wide String class to perform a range of tasks.
-
Accessing Array Members
In C++ programming; memory is managed manually and is not done by the complier. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to access array members in C++.
-
Adding Private Members to Classes
In C++; you can create private classes; methods; and properties within the base class. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create private class members.
-
Adding Protected Members to Classes
In C++; you can use inheritance to protect members of a base class to keep them private. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to code protected members in C++.
-
Adding Public Members to Classes
In C++; usually the class properties are private and methods are public. For a class to be accessible to other classes; it must have some public members. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create public members in a class.
-
Creating a Class Constructor
Constructors are an important part of class design and are used to initialize the properties of the class before the class is actually used. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to construct a class with a constructor.
-
Creating a Class Deconstructor
In C++; you can execute a deconstructor when a class or objects of that class pass out of scope within the program; or when memory for that class is deallocated. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a deconstructor within a class in C++.
-
Creating a Namespace Alias
In C++ programming; alias can be created for the namespaces and used instead of it. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create and use namespace alias in C++.
-
Creating an Array of Pointers
In C++ programming creating an array of pointers is possible. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to write a code to create an array of pointers.
-
Creating Classes and Objects
In OOD; you can define and implement classes and objects. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to create a class and instantiate a Java object.
-
Creating Classes Defined with struct
A structure (struct) is more common in C than in C++. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a class defined with struct.
-
Creating Classes Defined with union
In C++; a union is associated with a discriminator variable; which states which properties are valid within a class. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a class defined with a union.
-
Creating Multi-dimensional Arrays
In C++ programming; you can create multi-dimensional arrays that allow you to create grids of data. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses multi-dimensional arrays in C++.
-
Creating Pointers to Classes
In C++; you have to pass classes or instances of classes to other classes within the program. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create pointers to classes in C++.
-
C-style Strings
In C++ programming; many legacy codes use C-style string functions. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the C-style string in C++.
-
Declaring a Namespace
In C++ programming; classes can be declared within a namespace. The namespace avoids collision with other classes that have similar function names. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to declare a namespace.
-
Declaring and Initializing Arrays
In C++ programming; arrays are an important data structure. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to create and initialize an array.
-
Declaring and Using Pointers in C++
In C++ programming; you have to understand the operators that are associated with pointers. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to declare pointers.
-
Declaring Class Templates
In C++ programming; classes can be created using the class templates that can work with multiple data types. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to declare a class template in C++.
-
Declaring Friend Classes
C++ programming lets you design your objects within a program and make a class accessible publicly or privately. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to use the friend keyword in C++.
-
Declaring Friend Functions
The unique friend function in C++ allows you to access a class’s private members and methods; from within outside the class. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to code a program using the friend function.
-
Declaring Function Templates
In C++ programming; function templates can be used to make the functions more flexible and to work with multiple data types. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to declare a function template in C++.
-
Executing C++ Pointer Arithmetic
In C++ programming pointer arithmetic is used to know the next available memory address for an object. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to create a pointer arithmetic.
-
Overloading Operators in Classes
In C++; you can overload the operators to change their meaning by using functions. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use functions to overload operators.
-
Passing Arrays to Functions
In C++ programming; the creation of code gives access to utility functions that work on arrays. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how create a code to pass arrays to a utility function.
-
Passing Pointers to Functions
In C++ programming it is not efficient to directly pass a multidimensional array to a function. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to pass a function to a pointer.
-
Returning Arrays from Functions
In C++ programming allows you to return arrays from functions by value or pointer. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the best methods for returning arrays.
-
Returning Pointers from Functions
C++ is an object oriented programming language. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to return a pointer from a function.
-
Setting a Pointer to an Array
In C++; you can create a pointer to a multi-dimensional array to pass the array from one function to another. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to create a pointer to an array.
-
Static Members of Classes
In C++; static members of classes are not expressed in the instances of the class but from within the class itself. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses a static member and the syntax used to express it in C++.
-
The std Namespace
In C++ programming; the std namespace contains the commands and headers that are frequently used like cout; iostream; string; and regex. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the std namespace in C++.
-
The STL <chrono> Header
In C++; the chrono header is used to write programs that deal with time. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the chrono header in C++.
-
The STL <exception> Header
In C++ programming; the exception header provides several different types and methods to handle conditions that cause error. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the methods available in the exception header.
-
The STL <random> Header
In C++ programming; the rand function can be used to generate a random number. The rand function is available with the random header library in C++ 2011 standard. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the rand function to generate random numbers in C++.
-
The STL <regex> Header
In C++ programming; regular expressions for string pattern matching can be implemented using the regex library. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the regex library functions in C++.
-
The STL <string> Header
In C++ programming; functions that can be performed on a string are available in the string library. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the string library in C++.
-
The STL <tuple> Header
In C++ programming; tuples are a list that can contain a set of primitive data types. The tuple library has several functions that can be used to work on tuples. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the tuple library functions in C++.
-
Understanding Pointers
In C++ programming knowing what pointers are and how to use them is very important. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses pointers and how they are used.
-
Understanding Traditional Inheritance
C++ programming was the first language that used traditional inheritance. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to create traditional inheritance in C++.
-
Using a Namespace
In C++ programming; you can use classes within a namespace. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to add namespace and use it in the code.
-
Using C++ Null Pointers
In C++ programming; a null pointer is a special type of pointer that does not point to any specific memory address. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the null pointer.
-
Using Class Templates
In C++ programming; classes can be declared as templates to work with multiple data types. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the class template in C++.
-
Using Function Templates
In C++ programming; function templates are used to work with multiple data types. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the function template in C++.
-
Using Multiple Inheritance
C++ programming allows for multiple inheritances from multiple parent classes. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how multiple inheritances work.
-
Working with Default Constructors
In C++ progamming; while working with a number of overloaded constructors within a class; you will need a default constructor for executing the class. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to code a default constructor in C++.
-
Working with Overloaded Constructors
In C++; you may need to use overloaded constructors to pass many properties of different data types to a constructor. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to code overloaded constructors.
-
forward_list
In C++; the forward_list is an efficient data structure; optimized for traversing your list of data in the forward direction. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the forward_list STL Container in C++.
-
list
For developers working with lists all the time; there is an STL container called "list" in C++ that is perfect for working with lists of data. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to code lists in C++.
-
map
The map in C++ is an STL container is optimized to use key value pairs. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to use maps in C++.
-
queue
In C++ it’s easy to garner information using the STL Container "queue". You can push values on to the queue; get the size of the queue; and find out what value is at the front or back of the queue data at any given time. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to use queues in C++.
-
set
In C++; the STL container “set” is used when you have data where each member needs to be unique. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the code for "set" in C++.
-
stack
In C++; a stack is a commonly used STL container. It is used to manage data that is last in; first out. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to code stacks in C++.
-
vector
In C++ by using vectors; the memory for the object is managed by the container itself. This means that you don’t need to allocate memory if the size of your array changes. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the use of vectors in C++.
-
Binary Files
Not all files can be saved as text; audio files or images for example; need to be saved as binaries. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses processing binary files in C++.
-
Encryption
In C++ there are a number of encryption libraries that can be used to encrypt data. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to encrypt data manually using standard C++ code.
-
Input Streams
Input streams are an important concept in C++. Without input streams it would not be possible to receive any type of input from the user. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to code for input streams.
-
Output Streams
In C++ you don’t have to program how content appears on the screen; you can use an output stream for this. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses how to code for output streams.
-
Stream Pointers
Streams are a very important abstraction in C++. Streams go between the C++ environment and the computing environment that the user interacts with. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the concept of stream pointers.
-
Text Files
C++ is a programming language that allows for the easy manipulation of text files. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses the text file interface for C++.
-
Creating a Basic C++ Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic C++ application.
-
Using C++ Functions; Exceptions; Strings
After watching this video; you will be able to create an application that uses C++ functions; exceptions; and strings.
-
Working with C++ OOP Basics
After watching this video; you will be able to create an application that incorporates OOP techniques.
-
Arithmetic Binary Functors
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use arithmetic binary functors: plus; minus; multiplies; divides; modulus.
-
Exercise: Working with Algorithms in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to work with modifying and non-modifying algorithms in C++.
-
Introduction to Functors in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what functors are and their uses.
-
Introduction to STL Algorithms in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key features of STL algorithms including non-modifying vs. modifying..
-
Logical Binary Functors
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use logical_and; logical_or binary functors.
-
Relational Binary Functors
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use relational binary functors: equal_to; not_equal_to; greater; greater_equal; less; less_equal.
-
Unary Functors
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use negate and logical_not functors.
-
Using Modifying Algorithms with Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use modifying algorithms with containers.
-
Using Non-modifying Algorithms with Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use non-modifying algorithms with containers.
-
Using std::adjacent_find in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::adjacent_find in C++.
-
Using std::binary_search in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::binary_search in C++.
-
Using std::copy and copy_backward in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::copy and copy_backward in C++.
-
Using std::count and count_if in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::count and count_if in C++.
-
Using std::equal_range in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::equal_range in C++.
-
Using std::fill and fill_n in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::fill and fill_n in C++.
-
Using std::find_end in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use the std::find_end in C++.
-
Using std::find_first_of in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use the std::find_first_of in C++.
-
Using std::generate and generate_n in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::generate and generate_n in C++.
-
Using std::includes
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::includes.
-
Using std::inplace_merge
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::inplace_merge.
-
Using std::iter_swap in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::iter_swap in C++.
-
Using std::lower_bound and upper_bound in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::lower_bound and upper_bound in C++.
-
Using std::merge
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::merge.
-
Using std::min_element and max_element
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::min_element and max_element.
-
Using std::mismatch and equal in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::mismatch and equal in C++.
-
Using std::partition and stable_partition in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::partition and stable_partition in C++.
-
Using std::random_shuffle in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::random_shuffle in C++.
-
Using std::remove and remove_if in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::remove and remove_if in C++.
-
Using std::replace in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::replace in C++.
-
Using std::reverse and reverse_copy in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::reverse and reverse_copy in C++.
-
Using std::rotate in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::rotate in C++.
-
Using std::search and search_n in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::search and search_n in C++.
-
Using std::swap and swap_ranges in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::swap and swap_ranges in C++.
-
Using std::transform in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::transform in C++.
-
Using std::unique and unique_copy in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::unique and unique_copy in C++.
-
Using STL Sorting with Containers in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use STL Sorting with Containers in C++.
-
Using STL Sorting with Objects in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use STL Sorting with Objects in C++.
-
Using stl: find_if in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use the std::find_if in C++.
-
Working with Containers in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to work with sequential and associative containers in C++.
-
Working with I/O and Functors in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to incorporate I/O and Functors in a C++ application.
-
Working with STL Operations for Sets
After watching this video; you will be able to work with STL Operations for Sets.
-
Using standard permutations in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use std::next_permutation; prev_permutation; and is_permutation in C++.
-
Anticipating Errors in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to anticipate potential errors in C/C++ code.
-
Assertions in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in your programming code.
-
Buffer Overflows in C/C++ Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what buffer overflows are and their impact.
-
Casting in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify why casting in the C++ style is preferred to the C style.
-
Clean Code for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what clean code is.
-
Code Readability in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the importance of good readability for planning and maintaining code.
-
Constraining User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to constrain user input to prevent bad data input.
-
Creating a Secure C/C++ Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create a secure C/C++ application.
-
Creating Clean Testable Code for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create clean testable methods.
-
Data Validation in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate some common data validation techniques employed to create secure C/C++ applications .
-
Dealing with Bad Data
After watching this video; you will be able to specify how to deal with bad data in your C# applications.
-
Defensible Methods in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to create examples of defensible methods in C/C++.
-
Defensive Coding in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of defensive coding.
-
Employing Iterative Design for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key features of iterative design.
-
Error Codes and Messages in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to create a C/C++ application that incorporates error codes and messages into its error handling.
-
Error Handling in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify error-handling techniques to promote defensive coding.
-
Error Processing and Global Objects in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use error processing and global objects.
-
Format String Attacks in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent Format String vulnerabilities in C/C++ applications.
-
Functions in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to keep functions focused and concise.
-
Handling Errors Locally in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to handle errors locally in C/C++ code.
-
If and Switch Statements in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use if and switch statements in creating defendable code.
-
Injection Attacks in C/C++ Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Code injection attacks are.
-
Introduction to Testing for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of testing your code.
-
Low-level Design Inspections for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to perform low-level design inspections.
-
Method Parameters and Return Values in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the techniques for applying defensive techniques for method parameters and return values in C/C++ methods .
-
Mitigating Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to mitigate injection attacks in C/C++ applications.
-
Operator Overloading in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to properly use operator overloading in C/C++.
-
Potential Software Risks in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the potential risks faced by software applications.
-
Potential UI Application Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to list potential risks to C# UI applications.
-
Pre and Post Conditions in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to apply pre and post conditions to C/C++.
-
Preventative Planning in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to list some key approaches to preventing problems during the planning stage .
-
Preventing Buffer Overflows
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent buffer overflows.
-
Preventing DLL Highjacking in C/C++ Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to prevent DLL highjacking in C/C++ applications.
-
References and Pointers in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the best way to use references and pointers and why you should avoid raw pointers.
-
Secure Coding Practices for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the top secure coding practices for C/C++.
-
Unit Tests for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to perform unit tests using Visual Studio for C/C++.
-
Using Exceptions in C/C++ Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to use exceptions in C/C++ applications.
-
Using Pseudocode for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to use pseudocode to develop programming solutions.
-
Utilizing Exceptions in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use exceptions to handle errors .
-
Variables in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to implement variable declarations for defendable code.
-
Why Do Risks Exist in C/C++ ?
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key reasons why risks are a recurring issue.
-
Working with Accessor Methods in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the correct way to access internal class data.
-
Working with Loops in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe why for loops are preferred to while loops.
-
Writing Testable Code for C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to write testable code in C/C++.
-
Working with Data in C/C++
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to properly interface with data in C/C++.
-
Comparing Pairs
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to compare pair objects using generic relational operators.
-
Introduction to STL Associative Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key types and features of STL Associative Containers including when they should or shouldn't be used and show a sample.
-
Introduction to STL Sequential Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key features of STL Sequential Containers including when they should or shouldn't be used and show a sample.
-
Introduction to Templates in C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key features of C++ templates; including when they should or shouldn't be used and show a sample.
-
STL Sequential Containers: Working with Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to work with objects as container elements.
-
Swapping Pairs
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use std: swap with pairs.
-
Working with Objects in Sets and Maps
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to incorporate objects into set and map.
-
Working with Pair Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to create and use pairs.
-
Preventing Code Injections
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent code injections in Java.
-
Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in a Python program.
-
Assignments and Conditional Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to avoid assignments in conditional expression for defensive programming in Java.
-
Bitwise and Logical Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to distinguish and use bitwise and logical operators in conditional expressions.
-
Callers and Access Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify permission issues with callers that you need to consider when programming defensively in Java.
-
Checking Method Return Values
After watching this video; you will be able to apply secure checks on method return values.
-
Coding and Testing Secure User Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to implement and test secure user authentication.
-
Conditional Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use conditional expressions when coding defensively.
-
Conversions and Promotions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with conversions to narrower types in Java and identify issues with promotions such as long to double.
-
Creating a Custom Security Policy File
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom security policy file to grant permissions in Java.
-
Defending Against Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive programming techniques to defend against attacks in Java programs.
-
Defending against Path Traversal Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to prevent path traversal attacks.
-
Defensible Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to create examples of defensible methods in C#.
-
Features of Defensive Coding
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of defensive coding in Java.
-
Handling Sensitive Data
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to code defensively to avoid compromising data confidentiality.
-
Integer Overflow Vulnerability
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what integer overflow is and how to prevent it.
-
Issues with Floating Point Values
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with floating point values.
-
Issues with Mutability
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with mutability in Java classes.
-
Issues with Operations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with arithmetic operations in Java programs.
-
Logs and Unsanitized Data
After watching this video; you will be able to identify why unsanitized data should not be logged in Java programs.
-
Object and Reference Equality
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the difference between abstract object and reference equality in Java programs.
-
Password Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to use secure password storage.
-
Permissions and Callback Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to identify permission issues with callback methods that you need to consider when programming defensively in Java.
-
Preventing LDAP Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent LDAP injection in Java.
-
Preventing XML Injections
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent XML injection attacks in Java.
-
Preventing XPath Injections
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent Xpath injections in Java.
-
Race Conditions in Concurrent Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to handle concurrency securely by avoiding race conditions in Java programs.
-
Releasing Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to release Java resources in the event of an exception.
-
Safe Concurrency
After watching this video; you will be able to handle concurrency securely by ensuring proper synchronization; happen-before; and safe publication semantics.
-
Secure Network Communications
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Secure Network Communications in Java programs.
-
Secure User Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to securely authenticate users in a Java application.
-
Securing Access
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques in communication; authorization and access control to create a secure Java application.
-
Serialization and Deserialization
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to work defensively with serialization and deserialization in Java.
-
Setting Up an LDAP Server
After watching this video; you will be able to set up a local LDAP server; create a connection; and populate the server with directory entries.
-
SQL Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent SQL injection attacks in Java.
-
Strings and Locale-Depedent Data
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with using strings to compare locale-dependent data.
-
Strings and Noncharacter Data
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with encoding non-character data as a string.
-
Terminating Programs
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to corrrectly terminate Java programs.
-
The Value of Null
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use null values in creating defendable code.
-
Unsanitized Data and Format Strings
After watching this video; you will be able to identify why unsanitized data should be excluded from format strings.
-
Untrusted Method Parameters
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the techniques for applying defensive techniques for method parameters and return values in Java methods.
-
Using Thread-Safety-Related Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to use thread-safety-related annotation in Java programs.
-
Utilizing Exceptions Correctly
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use exceptions appropriately in Java to handle errors.
-
Validating Input
After watching this video; you will be able to how to use input validation in a C# application.
-
Working with Constructors
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to work defensively with constructors in Java.
-
Working with Contexts
After watching this video; you will be able to identify permission issues with contexts that you need to consider when programming defensively in Java.
-
Working with doPrivileged
After watching this video; you will be able to identify access control issues with java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged in Java programs.
-
Working with Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to work with loops correctly in Java to avoid unintentional wrapping of loop counters.
-
Working with Strings
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to work with strings in Java programs.
-
Working with Synchronization Semantics
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues with dynamic SQL in Java applications.
-
Working with Zip Files
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the issues that can occur when handling ZIP and GZIP files in Java.
-
XML Entity Expansion Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent againts XML entity expansion attacks in Java.
-
Code Defensively in Java
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive practices to code in Java.
-
Applets – Creating a Simple Hello Applet! Applet
Java applets; built in the NetBeans IDE; allow you to create programs executed from a Web server through a Web browser. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new project; a Java class library; and an applet file before defining the applet class in the Source editor.
-
Applets – Creating a Simple Swing Applet
The NetBeans IDE allows you to build Java applets containing Swing controls that provide a rich user interface for Web applications. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a JApplet Form; which he populates with controls from the Palette and Properties windows in the GUI Builder's Design view.
-
Calendar API – Working with Dates
Java's Calendar API offers you a set of methods for working efficiently and effectively with dates. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the Calendar API to create; format; and compare Date objects using the getInstance; set; and before and after methods.
-
Calendar API – Working with Time
Java's Calendar API offers you a set of methods for working efficiently and effectively with time. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the Calendar API to create; format; and compare time objects using the getInstance; set; and before and after methods.
-
Classes – Autogenerating Constructor Definitions
In Java; you can automatically generate definitions for constructors to save time while developing your code. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to automatically create a fully parameterized constructor; a default constructor; and a constructor that includes both defined parameters and default values.
-
Classes – Autogenerating HashCode() and Equals()
There are a number of methods in Java that can be autogenerated. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate the hashCode() and equals() methods automatically without the need for programming assistance.
-
Classes – Creating a Serializable Class
Java serialization; which enables object persistence; allows you to save class data to a file. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new class and makes it serializable by importing and implementing the java.io.Serializable interface.
-
Classes – Creating Constructors – Default and Partial Constructors
Java allows you to create default class constructors that initialize fields to the default data for their types; thereby covering all that class's instantiation possibilities. In this video; Mike McMillan creates a default constructor containing no arguments or parameters beneath a fully-paramaterized constructor; and sets its fields to their default values.
-
Classes – Creating Constructors – Fully Parameterized Constructors
`In Java; a class definition needs to include at least one constructor which it uses to properly instantiate an object. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a fully parameterized constructor where each parameter is mapped to one of the fields in the class definition so it can initialize all the fields contained within the class.
-
Classes – Creating Fields
In Java; the data in a class is called a field. Fields; like all variables; must be declared before they're used. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare a new class; how to define three fields for the class; and how to assign data to the fields and display them to the console.
-
Classes – Creating Methods
For a date class in Java; an increment method will change the date object from the current day to the next day. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use an increment method to change the date in your program.
-
Classes – Default and Partial Constructors
A default constructor in Java is a constructor that initializes fields to the default data for their types. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a default constructor where each field is set to a default value.
-
Classes – Fully Parameterized Constructors
A fully-parameterized constructor in Java is a constructor that initializes all the fields of the class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a fully parameterized constructor where each parameter is mapped or corresponds to one of the fields in the class definition.
-
Classes – Implementing the equals() Method
An equals method can be created and used in Java to compare different objects. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use an equals method to determine whether or not two dates are the same.
-
Classes – Reading a Serialized Object
In Java; once class data has been written to a file; the data needs to be accessible so it can be retrieved at a later date and read from the file back into a program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to deserialize data so you can access all the methods and members of a class previously written to a file.
-
Classes – The toString() Method
The toString method in Java is used to display the current state of an object. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use the toString method to display the state of a specific object.
-
Classes – Write a Serialized Object to Disk
In Java; once a class is serializable you can write the object to any output stream; such as a disk; and restore the data at a later time with relatively little effort. In this video; Mike McMillan highlights the code that is required to create an output object and write class data to a disk.
-
Collection API – ArrayLists Introduced
ArrayLists are one of the most useful data structures in Java. They support dynamic arrays that can grow; allowing you to easily add and remove elements as needed; regardless of position; and automatically increasing and decreasing in size. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare and initialize an ArrayList before adding and retrieving elements from it.
-
Collection API – Converting ArrayList to Array
In Java; there are situations when converting from an ArrayList to an array is a more efficient option; such as when you are performing calculations on an ArrayList containing a lot of numbers. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the toArray method to convert an ArrayList of integers into an array containing all of the elements in proper sequence.
-
Collection API – Removing Items from ArrayList
In Java; one of the useful features of an ArrayList is the ability to easily remove items from the list regardless of its position and have the ArrayList dynamically resize and avoid any resulting gaps. In this video; Mike McMillan creates an ArrayList of names before using the remove method to remove an item from the list.
-
Collection API – Reverse; Min and Max Algorithms
In Java; you can reverse data in a collection and find the maximum and minimum values. In this video; Mike McMillan uses algorithms from the Java collections library to reverse numbers and find the maximum and minimum numbers.
-
Collection API – Sorting Data
In Java; you can quickly generate and sort any type of data. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the sort algorithm from the Java collections library to sort a list of random numbers.
-
Collection API – Using an Iterator
In Java; collection classes allow you to use iterators to cycle through a collection; obtaining or removing elements. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an ArrayList; use an iterator; and set up a loop to traverse a collection of data.
-
Collection API – Using the HashMap Class
The Java Collection API allows you to use the HashMap class to store and retrieve key/value pairs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the uses of in-memory associative structures; imports the HashMap library; and creates a HashMap storing data as key/value pairs which he retrieves and alters using the get and remove methods.
-
Collection API – Using the TreeMap Class
In Java; you can store data structured as key-value pairs. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the TreeMap class to build a very simple phonebook that stores key-value pairs of data.
-
Collection API – Using the TreeSet Class
In Java; the TreeSet collection class provides an implementation of the Set interface that uses a tree structure to store objects in sorted; ascending order; allowing for fast access and retrieval times. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the TreeSet class and use the subset() method to retrieve a range of values from the set.
-
Compiling Packages with Command Line
Java allows your programs to become a part of the larger Java organizational structure. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to build and execute packages from the command line.
-
Contexts and Dependency Injection – Retrieving a Message From the Managed Bean
In Java; the Expression Language can be used to retrieve a message from a managed Bean. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to retrieve a message from a managed Bean using the Expression Language to modify the contents of the index.xhtml page.
-
Contexts and Dependency Injection – Setting Up a Project and a Bean
Using Contexts and Dependency Injection in Java; you can create managed Beans that could be injected into many different applications in a loosely coupled way. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set up a new project and create a bean that can be injected into different applications.
-
Contexts and Dependency Injection – Upgrading a Managed Bean to an Enterprise Bean
In the Java Development Environment; you can upgrade a managed bean into an Enterprise Java bean by adding one of two annotations. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to import the java.ejb.Stateless and Stateful modules before adding the @Stateless or @Stateful annotations after the managed bean's @Named annotation.
-
Creating a Custom Class
Custom classes in Java allow you to model real-life objects. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write a custom class to model a vehicle.
-
Creating an API – Creating a Class Library Project
In Java; when creating an API; the first step is to create a Java Class Library (JCL) that will allow a class to exist outside of the main project. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a class defined as a JCL and provide the functionality to enable the library to be utilized in other projects.
-
Creating an API – Creating a Static Class
Static classes in Java are created when you want a programmer to have access to a set of methods that don't actually require a class instance. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to build a static class library that can be imported into other projects.
-
Creating an API – Importing a Class Library
When creating an API in Java; once a Java Class Library has been created you can import the class library easily into other programs providing access to a set of useful facilities. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new NetBeans project; import a Java Class Library; and use it to create an object.
-
Server Pages – Creating the Web App and a Class
In Java; you can create a JavaServer pages application by creating an application shell in a Java class to handle that data.
-
Creating an API – Using Static Class Methods
While creating a Java API; you can import static class libraries into your projects and use the static class methods to define constants and take data from the parameters to make calculations without referencing variables. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use a Java Class Library that contains only static class methods in a new NetBeans project.
-
Creating an Interface
Creating an interface in Java allows you to consume and utilize the actual methods of a class. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a contract between two classes for a class to take on a specific role.
-
Creating and Compiling with the Command Line
Java allows you to compile code from the command line. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write simple Java code and compile and execute from the command line.
-
Custom Annotations – Setting Up a Project and Enabling Project Lombok
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to set up a project using the Project Lombok custom annotation processor. In this video; Mike McMillan downloads the Project Lombok JAR file; imports it into a project and; enables its annotation processing capabilities.
-
Custom Annotations – Using Project Lombok to Generate Code
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to generate boilerplate code using the Project Lombok custom annotation processor. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the Project Lombok custom annotation processor to automatically generate constructors; methods; getters and setters for a declared class.
-
Database Programming – Configuring MySQL Server Properties
The Java NetBeans IDE allows you to perform all the common database administration tasks associated with configuring MySQL Server properties. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to register a MySQL Server installation and configure the Basic and Admin properties in the MySQL Server Properties dialog box from the Services tab of the My NetBeans page.
-
Database Programming – Creating a Database and Table
The Java NetBeans IDE allows you to create a MySQL database and one or more tables from the NetBeans Services tab. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and configure a database using the Create MySQL Database Wizard; and create and populate a table with Variable Character (varchar) fields using the create table command in the Source editor.
-
Database Programming – Inserting and Viewing Rows
The NetBeans IDE allows you to enter data into the rows of a MySQL database table graphically or using standard SQL statements. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to access an existing table from the NetBeans IDE's Services tab; enter data using the insert command in the Source editor; then display the table in the Output window.
-
Database Programming – Updating and Deleting Rows
In Java; common database administration tasks; such as updating and deleting rows; can be performed graphically or by using SQL statements. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how you can modify a table or delete rows of data using NetBeans.
-
DB Programming CRUD Project – Generating Entity Classes and Web Services
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to generate Entity classes mapping your application to your database and its necessary Web Services; automatically. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the New RESTful Web Services from Database Wizard to create and connect both the Entity classes and RESTful Web Services.
-
DB Programming CRUD Project – Setting Up and Building Entity Class
In Java; you need to build an entity class for your database application with a GUI. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Entity Classes from Database option to build an entity class.
-
DB Programming CRUD Project – Wrapping Entity Class in Module
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to wrap a newly-created Entity class in a module so that you can use it in a database application. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the NetBeans IDE's New Library Wrapper Module Project Wizard to wrap an Entity class JAR file in a module.
-
DB Programming CRUD Project – Wrapping Supporting Jars in Modules
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to wrap its required supporting Java Archives (JARs) in modules for use by your database application. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the NetBeans IDE's New Library Wrapper Module Project Wizard to wrap supporting Eclipse JAR files and the MySQL client JAR into modules.
-
Declaring Primitive Variables
Java allows you to declare and initialize primitive variables. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to do simple arithmetic using primitive variables.
-
Exceptions – Finally Block
In Java; the finally block always executes when the try block exits; even when there is an unexpected exception. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how you can finish up your exception handling tasks by using a finally block to clean up code.
-
Exceptions – Handling Multiple Exceptions
In Java; there are many ways in which a complicated program could crash. While you can handle some exceptions with one catch block; it's more effective if you try to account for all possible exceptions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how you can write multiple catch blocks to handle multiple possible exceptions.
-
Exceptions – Handling Simple Exceptions
Exception handling in Java helps you manage errors and determine how they should be handled to ensure better functioning of the systems you create. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates examples of simple program errors and explains how to handle them with Exceptions.
-
Field Access Control
Helper methods in Java are methods that are used in conjunction with other methods in the class definition; but are not part of the public interface of a class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use the helper method to manage the values of fields.
-
File API – Getting Directory Info
In Java; the File API can be used to get information about a directory allowing you to easily display a directory list or files located in a specific directory. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to associate a directory with a file object and display an array containing the directory information.
-
File API – Getting File Info
In Java; the File API can be used to retrieve file information by calling methods that allow you to display attributes for a particular file such as size; its path; and whether it's writable. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to associate a file object with a physical file; and how to retrieve and display the file's information.
-
File API – Reading a Text File
In Java; the File API has a set of methods for connecting a Java program to a text file; allowing you to read the file data into a variable before displaying the output. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to associate a text file with a BufferedReader object; read its contents; and display it.
-
File API – Writing a Text File
In Java; the File API has a set of methods that allow you to write data to a new or existing file on your hard drive using minimal lines of code. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new text file and associate it with a BufferedReader object; then write content to it from a text variable.
-
Final Variables
Java allows developers to declare final fields – known as constants in other languages – when you need variables that will not change throughout the lifetime of a program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare final fields and shows how these fields can't be changed once declared.
-
Generics – Defining a Generic Class
In Java; as with generic methods; generic classes are used to declare one or more type parameters providing a greater flexibility than classes whose data types are fixed at compile time. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define a generic class and instantiate class objects.
-
Generics – Defining a Generic Interface
In Java; the Generic type is used for the return types of methods and for parameters. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a Generic interface and build a class that implements it.
-
Generics – Defining a Generic Method
In Java; generic methods allow you to specify; with a single declaration; a flexible solution whereby both the return and parameter types are defined at runtime rather than compile time. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define a generic method for sorting an array of objects; then invokes the generic method with Integer and String arrays.
-
Generics – Using a Generic Interface
After a Generic interface has been created in Java; and the class is implemented using the interface; the interface should be tested. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to properly test a Generic interface using a simple program.
-
Getter Methods
Java allows developers to preserve the data-hiding feature of Object Oriented Programming by using getter methods to retrieve values from private fields. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write getter methods and display the values they retrieve.
-
GlassFish Server Application Client – Creating a Class Library and the Enterprise App
Creating a Java Class Library that provides a remote interface is important to create an EJB Enterprise application. In this video; Mike McMillan explains how to create a Java Class Library using NetBeans.
-
GlassFish Server Application Client – Creating a Session Bean
In Java; you can create a Session Bean in a remote interface. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to create and use a Session Bean in a remote interface.
-
Graphics API – Drawing a Grid Programmatically
The Graphics API in Java allows you to create and use various built-in shapes. However; you can also create a custom shape programmatically. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to draw a grid using methods found in the Graphics API.
-
Graphics API – Drawing a Line
The Graphics API in Java allows you to create and use various built-in shapes. However; you can also create a custom shape programmatically. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to draw a line using methods found in the Graphics API.
-
Graphics API – Drawing Shapes
In Java; you can use the graphics API to draw a variety of different shapes. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the graphics 2D library to draw a rectangle; an oval; and an arc.
-
Graphics API – Working with Color
In Java; you can change the outline and fill the area of a shape with any color. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the setColor method to define the colors of a rectangle; an oval; and an arc.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Button Group
Java allows developers to create radio buttons on a GUI form using a Button Group. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a Button Group to a form; assign each radio button to the group; and test the functionality of the radio buttons.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Button to a Subcontainer
In Java; when developing a form in a GridBagLayout; you can edit the layout of an existing subcontainer by adding GUI components such as buttons. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to switch from the main container to a subcontainer in the Grid Area before adding a button to the subcontainer in a GridBagLayout using the GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Combo Box
Java allows developers to create a drop-down list on a GUI form using a Combo Box. This can be done at design time or programmatically at runtime. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a Combo Box to a form and specify a list of values at design time.
-
GUI Development – Adding a File Chooser to an Application
Java enables developers to add File Chooser functionality to a GUI application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to bind an event to a button; add a File Chooser component to the button; and write the code for the File Chooser.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Label and a Text Field
Java allows developers to add a label with a blank text field for user input on a GUI form. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to insert a Text Field next to a Label; align it; change its properties; and clear it for user input.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Menu Bar and Menu Items
Java enables developers to add a menu bar with menu items and accelerators to a GUI application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a menu bar to an application; add menu items and a separator to the menu bar; and add accelerator keys to each menu item.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Panel
Java allows developers to group related controls on a GUI form using the Panel feature. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a simple panel; size it; move it; and add a border from a list of predesigned border. He also demonstrates how to change the border to suit requirements.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Row to a GridBag Layout
The NetBeans GridBag Customizer allows you to easily add rows and change the existing layout of a Java form when developing your GUI in a GridBagLayout. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to insert a new row into a form and add new components and constraints to the new row using the GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Adding a Tool Bar to a Form
Java enables developers to add a toolbar to a form in a GUI application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a toolbar to a form as well as toolbar buttons.
-
GUI Development – Adding an Icon and Tool Tip Text to a Toolbar Item
Java enables developers to use icons and tooltips instead of text for buttons on a toolbar. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a suitable icon to a button on a toolbar; and provide a tooltip to indicate the function of the button.
-
GUI Development – Adding an Image to a Form
Java enables developers to add an image to a GUI form. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new Java application project that contains a JFrame form and import an existing image into the form.
-
GUI Development – Adding Buttons
Java allows developers to add buttons to trigger events in a GUI application; such as a form. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add buttons to a GUI form; size and position them; and change the text.
-
GUI Development – Adding Check Boxes
In Java; you can use check boxes to allow a user to choose one or more options from a list. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the Palette feature to add check boxes to a graphical user interface.
-
GUI Development – Adding More Components to a GridBag Layout
When developing Java forms in the NetBeans IDE; the GridBagLayout allows you to easily add GUI components to an existing form; tailoring it to your needs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add labels and text forms beneath the existing GUI components in a GridBagLayout using the GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Adding Radio Buttons
In Java; you can use radio buttons to ensure that a user only chooses one option from a list. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the Palette feature to add radio buttons to a graphical user interface.
-
GUI Development – An Overview of the GridBag Customizer
The GridBag Customizer in Java enables you to control the placement of components of a user interface. In this video; Mike McMillan explores and discusses the parts of the GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Anchoring Buttons in a GridBag Layout
The NetBeans IDE GridBag Customizer enables you to easily anchor buttons within the layout when designing a Java GUI; allowing you to determine where the buttons are placed. In this video; Mike McMillan adds buttons to a form and changes the Anchor property in the Property Sheet of the Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Creating a File Chooser File Filter and Running the File Chooser App
Java enables developers to restrict the types of files the File Chooser imports into a GUI application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a TextFilter class and override abstract methods to ensure that File Chooser can only display and import plain text files.
-
GUI Development – Exploring the GUI Builder
In Java; you can develop GUI programs using the GUI Builder. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the GUI Builder application to explore the Design; Source; History; Palette; Properties; and Navigator features of the GUI Builder.
-
GUI Development – Handling Button Click and Running a GUI Program
In Java; you can easily clear fields in a form by a simple click of a button. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use Java code to set up a form; enter data into a text field; and then click the Clear Form button to clear a text field in the form.
-
GUI Development – Modifying the Spacing of a GridBag Layout
When designing a Java form in a GridBagLayout using the NetBeans IDE; you can easily change the space between the GUI component and the edge of its display area using the GridBag Customizer. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to modify the Inset constraints by adjusting their property values; and how to do so visually in the Property Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Preview Mode
In Java; you can view your form at any time without actually running the program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the preview mode feature to view the design of a form and check if it works correctly.
-
GUI Development – Providing an Exit Button
In Java; when developing a graphical user interface (GUI); good design practice recommends that you provide an Exit button so the user has an intuitive and clean manner of closing the program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add an Exit button to a form and write the handling code so the button can perform the closing operation.
-
GUI Development – Reorganizing a GridBag Layout
When developing a Java form in a GridBagLayout; the NetBeans IDE GridBag Customizer can save you time by allowing you to reorganize the GUI components as desired. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to modify the layout of a form by repositioning and resizing an existing text field on the same row as another text field.
-
GUI Development – Retrieving Item from Combo Box
In Java; you can select items from a combo box and then process them as you wish. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the combo box feature to concatenate a user's data; which they have selected separately; into a single box.
-
GUI Development – Setting an Image as the Background of a Frame
Java enables developers to import an image into a JFrame form; but doesn't support background images per se. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to place a transparent JPanel over the JLabel that holds the image; and how to use the JPanel as the parent for all components.
-
GUI Development – Setting the Weights of Controls in a GridBag Layout
The GridBag Customizer in Java helps you control the resizing of controls when an application is running. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement automatic resizing of controls using the GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Starting a New Project
In Java; it's easy to start a new project. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the New Project feature to start and name a new project.
-
GUI Development – Using Subcontainers in a GridBag Layout
When developing a Java form in a GridBagLayout; subcontainers provide you with finer control over the layout by allowing you to group and manipulate GUI components as if they were a single component. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to enclose components in a subcontainer and set the constraints using the NetBeans IDE GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Using the GridBag Customizer – Moving Controls and Resizing
The GridBag Customizer in Java helps you reposition and resize controls that you have placed on a form. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to place and resize controls using the GridBag Customizer.
-
GUI Development – Using the GridBag Customizer – Setting Constraints and Previewing Layout
Layout constraints in Java help you ensure that a control will fill the space needed in a GridBag layout. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set layout constraints in a GUI; and preview a layout while in design mode.
-
GUI Development – Working with Numbers
When developing a graphical user interface in Java; the data type needs to be converted from a String type after the user has entered numbers into a text field before the numbers can be used in calculations. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the String.valueOf() method to parse the input from String to the correct data type.
-
Inheritance – Abstract Classes
In Java; you can use abstract classes to create a class hierarchy if you don’t want to instantiate any objects of the class that forms the basis of the hierarchy. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how abstract classes can be used in different ways; as they include fields and method definitions.
-
Inheritance – Composition Instead of Inheritance
In Java; Composition can be a better choice than Inheritance when you need to build complex class hierarchies. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates what Composition is and why it may be preferable to Inheritance when building complex classes.
-
Inheritance – Creating Super and Sub Class Objects
In Java; you can create objects in the superclass and the subclass. In this video Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create objects in the superclass and the subclass and check that their methods are working correctly.
-
Inheritance – Defining a Sub Class
In Java; a subclass can inherit fields and methods from the main class; or superclass. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a subclass which inherits fields from the superclass by taking advantage of the power of object-orientated programming.
-
Inheritance – Final Classes
In Java; you can use a final class for improved efficiency and security as it blocks other classes from extending it. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how and when you might want to create a final class.
-
Inheritance – Mixing Super and Sub Class Objects
In Java; one of the powerful features of object-orientated programming is the ability to instantiate a subclass object using a superclass type. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates what type of object mixing is allowed when working with superclasses and subclasses.
-
Inheritance – Overriding Methods
In Java; there are special requirements to consider when you override methods that are part of the object hierarchy; such as the toString method. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write an override for the toString method in the superclass and subclass.
-
Inheritance – Overriding Super Class Methods
In Java; changing a superclass’s method definition in a subclass is called overriding. Overriding is important; because most times the superclass definition can't be used exactly as is. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to override a superclass method in the subclass.
-
Inheritance – Protected Fields
Java inheritance allows you to use protected fields that enable you to easily access fields in a superclass from within its subclasses. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define fields in a superclass as private by implementing private access modifiers; before accessing the private fields from within a subclass.
-
Inheritance – Protected Methods
Similar to protected fields; Java inheritance allows you to declare a method as protected in a superclass; enabling the method to be called from a subclass with a minimum amount of coding; but without breaking data encapsulation. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the protected access modifier and demonstrates how to create and implement a helper method.
-
Inheritance – Separate Class Files
In Java; inheritance allows you to move your class definitions from within your main program file into separate files making it easier to view and maintain the main program file. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a Java class library for storing class definitions in separate files.
-
Inheritance – Storing Objects in ArrayList
The ArrayList is a useful Java data structure; and through inheritance you'll be able to store objects from a superclass and subclass type in a single collection. In this video; Mike McMillan creates an ArrayList from superclass and subclass type objects before demonstrating how to retrieve data at runtime by specifying the correct object methods.
-
Inner Class – Local Inner Class Example
Java allows developers to define inner classes within another class definition or within more limited scopes; such as inside a loop. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use a local inner class in a class definition.
-
Inner Class – Simple Member Class Definition
In Java; a member class is a simple non-static inner class defined within an outer class that provides encapsulation and allows you to access methods in the enclosing class from within the inner class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define a member class and utilize it as part of an outer class.
-
Inner Class – Using Inner Class as a Helper Class
Java allows developers to use an inner class as a helper class to abstract out some of the methods done by the main class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to specify an inner class; which has access to the fields and methods of its outer class; for use as a helper class.
-
Interface – Abstract Class as Partial Interface
In Java; an abstract class can be considered a partial interface and provides an excellent way to create planned inheritance hierarchies and define default behavior. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to change an interface into an abstract class and define methods in the base while designing a class hierarchy.
-
Interface – Defining Methods Not in the Interface
In Java; when a class implements an interface; you can define methods additional to those specified by the interface that need to be defined. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the methods specified in the Shape interface while drawing a circle; and defines a setter method that doesn't exist in the interface to set the circles radius.
-
Interface – Definition and Example
In Java; for a class to compile correctly it needs to implement all the methods listed for a particular interface. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how interfaces are used to build a class hierarchy and defines the Shape interface and its required methods so that it can be implemented by a class.
-
Interface – Extending Interfaces
An interface can extend another interface in Java; allowing you to create an inheritance chain similar to a hierarchy of subclasses starting from a superclass. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to extend an interface and implement a class based on a set of extended interfaces.
-
Server Pages – Modifying the Input.html Page
In Java; you can modify the default pages created in a JSP app to fit the application. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to modify default pages in a JSP app.
-
Interface – Implementing an Interface
In Java; an interface is a collection of abstract methods that a class needs to define when implementing the interface; thereby inheriting the methods. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a class that implements an interface and how to define the methods specified for the particular interface.
-
Interface – Interface Reference
In Java; you can declare and assign values to static final fields that can be shared among a set of extended interfaces. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare an object to be of an interface type by instantiating it with a particular class that implements the interface.
-
Interface – Variables in Interfaces
In Java; you can provide abstraction in your programs by creating collection types based on an interface reference and store objects that implement the interface in the collection object. In this video; Mike McMillan extends the Shape interface to the Constants interface in order to compute the area of a circle.
-
IO Library – Getting String Data from the User
Java allows developers to get string input from users with the BufferedReader class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to import the correct libraries; specify a variable for storage; and create a BufferedReader object; which interfaces between the program and the user output device.
-
Beans – Adding a Third Party Bean
A large market of third-party JavaBeans exist that you can download and use in your Java programs to take advantage of the functionality provided by these reusable software components. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a JFrame form in a new project; add a third-party bean to the NetBeans Palette; and use it in the form.
-
Beans – Creating a Numeric Slider Control
In Java; JavaBeans are often controls; such as a numeric slider; that you can create and reuse in other Java applications. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to bind a text field to a slider while creating a numeric slider bean in the NetBeans IDE.
-
DB – Creating a Table by Writing a SQL Statement
In Java; you can create a table by writing SQL commands. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Execute Command feature to create a table with SQL commands written into the SQL editor.
-
DB – Creating a Table From an External Script
Java DB enables developers to import external scripts to create tables in NetBeans. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write a script; import it into NetBeans; and run it to create a new table in a specific database.
-
DB – Creating a Table Using the Create Table Dialog Box
In Java; you can use a table to store the data of your database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Create Table dialog box to create a table.
-
DB – Entering Data Using the Insert Records Button
In Java; there is more than one method to enter data into a table. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Insert Records button to enter data into a table.
-
DB – Entering Data Using the SQL Editor
In Java; you can use SQL statements to enter data into your table. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the SQL editor to enter data into a table.
-
DB – Starting the Server and Creating a Database
Java's built-in database; also known as a Derby; can be a good alternative if you are not using another relational database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Start Server feature to start a server before creating a database.
-
DB – Updating and Deleting Data
Java DB enables developers to work with database records using SQL commands or the user interface. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to start the server; view data; and insert and delete a record using SQL and the user interface.
-
Expression Language – Alternative Notation for Retrieving Bean Data
Java Expression Language allows you to use either dot notation or array notation to reference a bean and its properties. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to specify both notations to achieve the same results.
-
Expression Language – Introduction to Expression Language
In Java; you can use the Expression language to access the bean properties in JSP and also perform other calculation. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the expression language to access the bean properties in JSP.
-
Expression Language – Setting Up a Servlet in Stand-Alone Mode
Java Expression Language allows developers to set up a servlet in stand-alone mode so that a project can run Expression Language without a Java server page. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new stand-alone Java web app using Expression Language.
-
Expression Language – Some Examples of Executing Higher-Order Functions
Java Expression Language allows developers to call higher-order functions as an alternative to using looping techniques. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use count; sum; and map from the Expression Language processor in stand-alone mode.
-
ME – Creating the initialize() Method and the CommandAction Method
In Java; a project needs an Initialize method and a CommandAction method to create the handle events and get things started. In this video; Mike McMillan explains how to create these methods in the HelloMIDlet.java file.
-
ME – Finishing the Source Editor Version of Hello; World! for a Mobile Device
In Java; the final steps in a project are creating a text box and handling the exitCommand. In this video; Mike McMillan explains how to create the code for these two methods in Java ME.
-
ME – Installing and Activating the ME Platform in NetBean
The Java ME SDK is used to create applications for mobile devices. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to install NetBeans.
-
ME – Installing the ME SDK
The Java ME SDK allows users to use Java to create applications for mobile devices such as tablets and phones. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to install the Java ME SDK.
-
ME – Installing the Visual Designer and Setting Up the Project
To set up a new Java ME project; you need to install the Visual Designer for mobile applications. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to install the Visual Designer and start a project.
-
ME – Starting the Project and Changing the Super Class Using the Source Editor
In Java to create a MIDP application the correct project type needs to be specified. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to create a MIDP application; the correct project type and the super class of that project type.
-
ME – Visual Mobile Designer – Finishing the Project
In Java; you can use the Visual Designer to build your applications after the project is set up. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to build applications.
-
FX – Adding a Button to a FX Application
JavaFX enables developers to add buttons to forms. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a button to a form.
-
FX – Adding a Grid Pane to a Borderpane Layout
In JavaFX; a GridPane gives you the ability to design a grid using rows and columns. In this video; Mike McMillan explains and demonstrates how to use a GridPane to create a login section and add it to a BorderPane layout.
-
FX – Adding a Horizontal Flow Pane to a Borderpane Layout
In JavaFX; a horizontal flow pane is a layout tool that you can use for a set of icons that you want to appear in two columns in your BorderPane layout. In this video; Mike McMillan explains and demonstrates how to create a horizontal flow pane with icons.
-
FX – Adding a Title to a Borderpane Layout Using a Vbox
In JavaFX; you can create titles using many different layout styles. In this video; Mike McMillan explains and demonstrates how to create a title using a vertical box layout.
-
FX – Adding a Vertical Pane to a Borderpane Layout
In JavaFX; vertical panes allow you to display data in a vertical manner; such as list of items to select. In this video; Mike McMillan explains and demonstrates how to add a vertical pane to a BorderPane layout.
-
FX – Adding an Anchor Pane to a Borderpane Layout
In JavaFX; an AnchorPane allows you to anchor nodes to a specific part of a pane; so that if the pane is resized; the nodes move relative to the resizing of the pane. In this video; Mike McMillan explains and demonstrates how to use an AnchorPane to layout the buttons for a BorderPane.
-
FX – Adding Text Fields and Labels to a FX Application
JavaFX enables developers to add controls to applications. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add text fields and labels for entering user information to a JavaFX form.
-
FX – Creating a Borderpane and Horizontal Box
JavaFX provides several layout models for creating user interfaces In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a border pane to store different layouts; as well as how to place buttons in a horizontal pane inside the border pane's top region.
-
FX – Creating a Hello; World! Application
Java enables developers to create a Hello World application in Java FX; which can be used for desktop and Internet-rich environments. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to code a Java FX application that displays a message when a button is clicked.
-
FX – Displaying Text After a Button Click in a FX Application
JavaFX enables developers to display a text message to the user when they've clicked a button on a form. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write the code for an event handler that handles a button-click and displays specified text when the action is successful.
-
FX – Starting a New Form and Setting the Layout
JavaFX enables developers to create applications with rich user interfaces. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to start creating a new application by modifying the default Hello World application provided by JavaFX.
-
FX – Using CSS to Style the User Interface
JavaFX enables developers to us Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) to create sophisticated styles for Internet applications. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and modify a CSS file; and add a reference to it in the application code.
-
Server Pages – Creating a Server Pages File to Handle Data Input and Running the App
In Java; you can create a JSP file; to create a JSP Web App; which handles the input from the index page. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to create a JSP file to handle the input from the index page.
-
JSF Application – Adding Properties; Getters; and Setters to the Managed Bean
In Java; you can add getter and setter methods for the properties of your managed bean in Java. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Getter and Setter option to generate getter and setter methods for two properties.
-
JSF Application – Creating and Defining a Managed Bean
In Java; you can use a managed bean to process user data for your JSF application. In this video; Mike McMillan; demonstrates how to use the JSF Managed Bean feature to add a managed bean to your JSF application.
-
JSF Application – Introduction and Creating a JSF Project
There are several advantages of using the JSF framework when building Java web applications. In this video; Mike McMillan; demonstrates how to use the New Project feature to create a new JSF framework project.
-
Multi-Threading – Creating a Second Thread
In Java; you can create multi-threaded programs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Runnable interface option in a class to create a second thread in a multi-threaded program.
-
Multi-Threading – Creating a Second Thread by Extending Thread
In Java; there are multiple ways to create multi-threaded programs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Super class to create a second thread in a multi-threaded program.
-
Multi-Threading – Running Code Inside Multiple Threads
In Java; you can execute a multi-threaded program with threads that get user input and threads that do calculations. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use two threads to execute a multi-threaded program.
-
Nested Loops
Nested loops in Java allow you to do complex programming and coding. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates a typical situation and a typical structure for nested loops.
-
Network – Creating a Datagram Client Part 1
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to create a datagram client by creating a socket and an input and output object. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new NetBeans Java application; configure a Socket object; and program the InputStream and OutputStream objects.
-
Network – Creating a Datagram Client Part 2
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you to configure your datagram client to handle input and output to and from a server. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an input object; handle input and output from and to the server; and close the datagram client.
-
Network – Creating a Datagram Server Part 1
Java's NetBeans IDE enables datagram networking; a connectionless networking where packets are sent and received in any order and reassembled after delivery. In this video; Mike McMillan begins writing a datagram network server by establishing a port number and starting the server.
-
Network – Creating a Datagram Server Part 2
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you; after starting a datagram server; to wait for a client to send a connection request and to accept it. In this video; Mike McMillan creates a client object and accepts a request from the client.
-
Network – Creating a Datagram Server Part 3
Java's NetBeans IDE enables you; after starting a datagram server and accepting a client's connection request; to read in client data and respond to it. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to respond to a client's message and break off communication.
-
Network – Creating a Multicast Client
In Java; a Multicast Socket client must be given a port address. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to create a Multicast Client.
-
Network – Creating a Multicast Client and Connecting to Multicast Server
In Java; after setting up the properties; the Multicast Client must receive data from the user and send it to the server. In this video; Mike McMillan discusses how to write the code for these tasks and test the Multicast Client server project.
-
Network – Getting URL Information and Web Page Content
In Java; you can retrieve a web page's information along with its content. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the network API to retrieve a web page's protocol; host; and port information; as well the content within the page.
-
Network – Running the Datagram Server and Client
Java is an object-oriented computer programming language designed to have as few implementation dependencies as possible. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to test the Datagram Server and Client by running both programs and sending a message from the client to the server.
-
Network – TCP Socket Client – Defining Fields and Constructor
Java allows developers to create a TCP/IP socket client. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set up the environment for a TCP/IP client before implementing the Run method.
-
Network – TCP Socket Client – Defining the Main() Method
Java allows developers to create a TCP/IP socket client. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to finish creating the client by defining the Main() method and implementing a try/catch statement to handle exceptions.
-
Network – TCP Socket Client – Defining the Run() Method
Java allows developers to define a TCP/IP socket client. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Run() method used to communicate with the TCP/IP socket server.
-
Network – TCP Socket Server – Defining Fields and Constructor
Java allows developers to create socket clients that communicate with a socket server. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set up the environment for a TCP/IP socket client before implementing the Run() method.
-
Network – TCP Socket Server – Defining the Main() Method
Java allows developers to create a TCP/IP socket server. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to finish the socket server code by implementing the Main() method; which starts the server and waits for input from a client.
-
Network – TCP Socket Server – Defining the Run() Method
Java allows developers to create a TCP/IP socket server to send and receive data to and from TCP/IP socket clients. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to specify the Run() method using a while loop; as well as a try-catch statement to handle exceptions.
-
Network – TCP Socket Server – Setting Up the Environment
Java allows developers to create TCP/IP socket servers and clients. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to begin defining the first half of the Run() method used by a socket server to send and receive data to and from clients.
-
NIO API – Copying Files
Java's NIO API allows you to copy a source file's contents to a target file or destination using the Files.copy method. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to convert a source and a target file to Paths objects calling the get method; before calling the Files.copy method and the arguments needed to overwrite the target file.
-
NIO API – Reading a File with Buffer Mapping
Java's IO and NIO API classes allow you to use BufferMappingInput class methods to read data from a file. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use a try-with-resource block to open a channel to map a file into a buffer which he then outputs and reads.
-
NIO API – Writing a File with Buffer Mapping
Java's IO and NIO API classes allow you to use BufferMappingOutput class methods to write data to a file. In this video; Mike McMillan uses a try-with-resource block and the Paths.get method to open a channel allowing him to write data converted to bytes to a file mapped to a buffer.
-
Object References
Java class objects are referenced objects possessing properties you must consider when operating on them. In this video; Mike McMillan creates a new object and assigns it an already instantiated object to link them; as well as any references to them; even if one changes its properties.
-
Regular Expressions – Finding a Simple Match
In Java; you can create a regular expression and use it to find a simple match. In this video; Mike McMillan uses a simple regular expression to find matches in a string.
-
Regular Expressions – Finding Spaces and Words in a String
In Java; you can count the number of words; numbers; and spaces in a sentence using expressions. In this video; Mike McMillan uses regular expressions to count spaces and non-spaces in a string.
-
Regular Expressions – Stripping Tags from HTML Document
In Java; you can use regular expressions to modify text; fix the spelling of words; and rearrange text. In this video; Mike McMillan uses regular expressions to strip out HTML tags from text in a document.
-
Remote EJB – Creating a Session Bean and a Business Method
In Java; you can call a program component; also known as a session bean; from another program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Session Bean feature to create a session bean that returns a message when called from another program.
-
Remote EJB – Creating the Class Library and EJB Module
In Java; you can create program components that can be called from other remote programs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the New Project feature to create a Java Class Library and an Enterprise JavaBeans module.
-
Remote EJB – Setting Up and Testing the Application Client
In Java; you can access a remote session bean from any application client that has access to the bean. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Enterprise Application Client feature to set up an application client to access a remote session bean via the GlassFish Server.
-
RESTful Web Services – Setting Up a Project
In Java; NetBeans is an excellent way to build a RESTful web service. In this video; Mike McMillan; demonstrates how to use the New Project feature to create a RESTful web service in the NetBeans environment.
-
Scanner API – Getting Numeric Data from User
Java's NIO API Scanner library's Scanner class allows you to obtain numeric user-input data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a Scanner object using System.in as its argument and the nextInt and nextDouble methods to prompt users to input an integer and a floating-point number.
-
Setter Methods
Java setter methods allow you to access and change the values of private fields in class-based or object-oriented programming. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the necessary syntax to create a void setter method (which doesn't return a value) in his class definition.
-
Software as a Service – Adding Methods to the Servlets
Java allows developers to create software as a service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the second step in creating a photo manager app by adding an Amazon S3 Bucket to the processRequest method of each of the three servlets created in step one.
-
Software as a Service – Defining Servlets for a Photo Manager Using Amazon S3 Buckets
Java allows developers to create software as a service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the first step in creating a photo manager app; which is defining a series of servlets; using Amazon S3 Buckets.
-
Software as a Service – Finishing Up the Method Definitions and Doing Some Housekeeping
In Java; the getPhoto method helps you retrieve photos. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to finish up defining the getPhoto method; copy a picture to the web pages directory; and set the public and secret keys.
-
Static Variables
Java static variables hold their value with each instantiation of a new class object. They don't depend on class instances and can be read and written by any object of a class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a count static variable for the Java Date class to track an object count.
-
String API – Comparing Strings
In Java; you can compare strings for equality and sorting purposes. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the compareTo method to determine if two strings are equal to each other.
-
String API – Extracting Characters
Java API provides various tools and options for extracting characters from string objects. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how both single characters as well as a range of characters can be extracted from sub strings and string objects using the charAt and getChars extraction methods.
-
String API – Modifying Strings with Substring()
Java API provides various tools and options for modifying strings and substrings. In this video; Mike McMillan explains how to modify the contents of a string object using the substring() method.
-
String API – Searching Strings
In Java; you can search a string to find either a character or a set of characters. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the string class methods which can be used for searching strings.
-
String API – String Concatenation and Literal Assignment
The two primary operations performed on strings in Java are assignment and concatenation. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to perform string concatenation and literal assignment.
-
String API – String Constructors
In Java; you can use class constructor statements to build strings instead of using direct assignment. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create strings using String class constructors.
-
StringBuilder API – Creating StringBuilder Objects
Java's NIO API StringBuilder class; unlike the String class; offers dynamic capacity; allowing you to add; remove; and append string data without having to create new objects. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to assign a string to a StringBuilder object and adds to it by concatenation; then explains the class's length; capacity; and append methods.
-
StringBuilder API – Getting Data About StringBuilder Objects
Java's NIO API StringBuilder class offers multiple methods you can use to retrieve data from StringBuilder objects. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the CharAt method for returning a specific character; and the substring method which retrieves either a specified index or a string starting at a specific position through to the end of the string.
-
StringBuilder API – Modifying StringBuilder Objects
Java's NIO API StringBuilder class offers multiple methods for inserting strings and characters into StringBuilder objects. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates three methods used to insert or change object data: setCharAt for replacing specific characters; insert which allows you to insert data at specific points; and reverse which reverses the characters making up a StringBuilder object string.
-
StringTokenizer API – Tokenizing a String
The Java NIO API StringTokenizer class allows you to tokenize a string using key/value pairs; thereby creating an object the data of which you can parse more effectively. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a StringTokenizer object; and uses the hasMoreTokens and nextToken methods to loop through and write out the tokenized data.
-
This Keyword
The this keyword in Java allows you to differentiate current objects when using parameter names identical to the fields of a class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to change the parameters of a Date class definition to match the Date class fields to which they are assigned using the this keyword.
-
Using Complex Conditionals
Java’s complex conditionals allow you to test multiple conditions or ranges for a variable. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to code an IF-ELSE block to make a complex decision.
-
Using ’s Switch Statement
Java allows you to use the switch case break statement to make numerous equivalency comparisons. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the switch statement and calculate tax on salary.
-
Using Simple Conditionals
Simple conditionals in Java allow you to branch the flow of control. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to add conditionals to your code.
-
Using the Array Object
Arrays in Java allow you to store more than one item of data; such as all the players on a team. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to code an array.
-
Using the ArrayList Class
ArrayLists in Java offer you a dynamic way to keep a list of data. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use an ArrayList to change and resize an array.
-
Web App with DB – Adding a Cascading Style Sheet to the Project
To define how the HTML elements in your Java web app will display and enhance the overall appearance of the web interface; you can create and implement a Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) using the NetBeans IDE. In this video; Mike McMillan creates and populates a new CSS file before linking it to the index.jsp and response.jsp pages.
-
Web App with DB – Adding a Connection Pool to a Project
After creating a Java web app; the NetBeans IDE enables you to easily implement connectivity between the server and the database by setting up a connection pool that allows multiple users to connect to your web app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare a connection pool using the GlassFish categories New JDBC Connection Pool wizard.
-
Web App with DB – Adding a JDBC Resource
Creating a JDBC resource in the NetBeans IDE enables you to easily provide your Java web app with a means of connecting to a database with connection pooling functionality. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to configure a new JDBC resource for a GlassFish server that's used by a web app for connection pooling.
-
Web App with DB – Adding a Reference to the Data Source From the Web App
After creating the connection pool and JDBC resource for the server; you need to instruct the Java web app to use the data source you configured. In this video; Mike McMillan uses NetBeans IDE to create an entry in an application's web.xml deployment descriptor.
-
Web App with DB – Adding the Database Driver JAR File to the Server
Before deploying your Java web app; it is important to add the database driver's JAR file to the server to enable the server to communicate properly with your application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to locate the database driver's JAR file and add it to project's Libraries directory.
-
Web App with DB – Finishing Up the Index.jsp Page
When creating a Java web app that connects to a database server; the NetBeans IDE enables you to easily prepare the index.jsp page by implementing an HTML form that captures user data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a form to the application's welcome page that allows users to select options from a drop-down list.
-
Web App with DB – Setting Up the Project and the Index.jsp Page
The NetBeans IDE enables you to easily begin developing a Java web app that connects to a database server by creating a new Java web project and setting up the index.js page. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the New Project wizard to create an empty web app before making the initial preparations to the index.jsp page in the editor.
-
Web App with DB – Writing a Response.jsp Page
In Java; after creating an index.jsp page for a web app that connects to a database server; you need to create a response.jsp page to display data you retrieve from the database in a structured manner. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a response.jsp page in the NetBeans IDE and prepare an HTML table in the editor.
-
Web Application – Creating a Hello; World! Application
"The NetBeans IDE runs on the Java platform and provides a simplified software development process that allows you to easily create a basic ""Hello; world!"" web application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a NetBeans IDE project and build and run a web application that displays the greeting; ""Hello; world!""."
-
Web Application – Creating a User Input Form
The NetBeans IDE allows you to easily develop Java web applications that let you interact with the user and obtain data by way of a simple user input form. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a NetBeans IDE project and create a form for collecting the first and last name from the user.
-
Web Application – Displaying User Data in Servlet Page
The NetBeans IDE allows you to easily display input data back to the user in a webpage after it has been posted to a server by writing a Java web application servlet. In this video; Mike McMillan uses variables to retrieve user data from a request object before writing the code that will display the data in a servlet page.
-
Web Application – Posting User Data to the Server
Once a Java web application has been created to obtain data from the user; you can easily post the data from the user input form to the web server using NetBeans. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a servlet and use the HTTP POST method to get information from the Web and store it on a server.
-
Web Services – Creating a Application to Consume a Web Service
In Java; after you have deployed a web service; many different types of applications can access it. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the New Project feature to create a Java application that consumes a web service.
-
Web Services – Creating a JSP Application to Consume a Web Service
In Java; you can consume a web service in a JSP application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use Java EE 6 to create a JSP application that consumes a web service.
-
Web Services – Creating a Servlet to Consume a Web Service
A standard Java application and a servlet can consume a web service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Servlet feature to create a servlet that consumes a web service.
-
Web Services – Creating a Web Service and Adding an Operation
In Java; you can create a web service to allow two devices to communicate over the Web. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Java Web category to create a web service and an operation to perform when connected to a web service.
-
Web Services – Deploying and Testing a Web Service
In Java; you can deploy and test a web service in the NetBeans Web Services environment. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Projects tab to deploy and test a web service.
-
A Sample Java EE Application
After watching this video; you will be able to step through and describe a sample Java EE application.
-
Adding a Logger to a Java EE application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Logger instance and add it to a Java EE application.
-
Annnotation Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of annotations and how they are currently used in Java EE 7.
-
Annotating Resource Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how REST resource methods can be annotated.
-
Basic Servlets
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Servlet API and an example of a basic servlet.
-
Calling a Root Resource
After watching this video; you will be able to describe a root resource and how to call it in a Java web application.
-
Comparing JSPs to Servlets
After watching this video; you will be able to compare use of JSPs to servlets for presentation in a Java web application.
-
Configuring Servlets
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to configure servlets with annotations and deployment descriptors.
-
Configuring Web Application Components
After watching this video; you will be able to describe web context root and alias mapping; data scope; page design; and tools in the context of Java web applications.
-
Consuming Content
After watching this video; you will be able to describe entity types supported by JAX-RS; Content-Type headers; and how RESTful content is consumed.
-
Container-managed Security
After watching this video; you will be able to describe container-managed security in the Java EE platform.
-
Deployment Descriptors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of deployment descriptor files in Java EE applications and list some vendor-specific deployment descriptors.
-
Enterprise Application Technologies and Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe enterprise application infrastructure technologies with separation of logic from services; and describe Java EE profiles.
-
Handling Logging
After watching this video; you will be able to describe logging handlers in Java EE applications.
-
HTTP Methods and Status Codes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the HTTP methods and status codes that can be used with REST applications.
-
Installing the GlassFish Server
After watching this video; you will be able to install the GlassFish server from the NetBeans IDE.
-
Java Application Server Implementations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of Java EE servers and the available implementations.
-
Java EE IDEs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of an IDE and list some of the IDEs that support Java EE development.
-
Java EE Platform Tiers and Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Java EE requirement for a tiered architecture; the N-tiered model; and Java EE tiered architecture.
-
Java EE Technology Specifications
After watching this video; you will be able to define Java EE technology specifications and how to access them and describe how they define APIs and also in some cases services.
-
Java Web Application Types
After watching this video; you will be able to give an overview of the components of server-side and client-side Java web applications.
-
JavaBeans
After watching this video; you will be able to describe JavaBeans and how they can be used in Java EE applications.
-
JavaScript Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and work with arrays in JavaScript.
-
JavaScript Data Types and Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe JavaScript data types and describe how to declare and work with variables.
-
JavaScript Functions and Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and call a JavaScript function and describe function and global scope.
-
JavaScript Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and work with JavaScript objects.
-
JAX-RS and Web Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the code for a JAX-RS resource and a consuming web client.
-
JSF and JSP EL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe code for a JSF facelet and describe how to use the JSP expression language in JSP and facelet pages.
-
JSP Declarations; Expressions; and Scriptlets
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use JSP declarations; expressions; and scriptlets.
-
JSP Directives
After watching this video; you will be able to describe JSP technology directives.
-
JSP Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available scopes for JavaServer Pages and how to access and work with scoped elements.
-
JSP taglib Directive and EL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the JSP taglib directive to extend tags that JSP can interpret and how to use Expression Language (EL) in JSP.
-
Method Chaining
After watching this video; you will be able to describe method chaining and how it is used by JAX-RS.
-
Overview of AJAX
After watching this video; you will be able to describe AJAX (Asynchronous JavaScript and XML).
-
Overview of Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and contrast the use of annotations with deployment descriptors in Java EE applications.
-
Overview of Java EE Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce Java EE technology group and outline the requirements of enterprise applications.
-
Overview of Java Web Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the reasons for web applications; and the standards associated with Java web applications.
-
Overview of JavaServer Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to describe JavaServer Pages and contrast them with servlets.
-
Overview of JSON
After watching this video; you will be able to describe JSON (JavaScript Object Notation).
-
Overview of Web Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of web services in web applications.
-
Resource Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe REST resource collections.
-
REST Resource Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe resources and their design in web applications.
-
Security Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe common security annotations for the Java EE platform.
-
Selecting a Java EE Application Server
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the considerations for selecting a Java EE server and describe the benefits of the Glassfish server.
-
Servlet Responses
After watching this video; you will be able to set response headers and create the response body for a servlet in a Java EE application.
-
Servlet Session Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how servlet sessions are managed.
-
Servlets and JSPs
After watching this video; you will be able to compare servlets and JSPS; and describe code for both components.
-
The HTTP Request-Response Model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the HTTP request-response model is used in Java EE applications.
-
User Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how user roles are used in the Java EE security model.
-
Using Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe annotation elements; placement; and retention in Java EE applications.
-
Using MVC in Java Web Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how MVC can be used in Java web applications and describe the Java MVC architecture.
-
Using the Security API
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Security API in Java EE applications.
-
Web Component Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and contrast Java EE web components: servlets; JSP components; and JSF facelets.
-
Working with DOM Elements Using JavaScript
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with the DOM (Document Object Model) using JavaScript .
-
Working with JavaBeans
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the considerations for creating and working with JavaBeans.
-
Working with JavaScript
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast JavaScript with Java and show how to run; debug; and test JavaScript code.
-
Working with JSP
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with JSP in a Java Web application.
-
Working with Loggers
After watching this video; you will be able to practice creating and working with loggers in a Java EE application.
-
Working with the Logger Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the java.util.logging.Logger class in Java EE applications.
-
Writing a Test Application
After watching this video; you will be able to write a simple test application in NetBeans and deploy it to GlassFish.
-
Constructors and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use constructors and methods in Java.
-
Method Arguments and Return Values
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Java method arguments and return values.
-
Alternate Looping Constructs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and compare Java loop constructs and the continue keyword.
-
Best Practices for Exception Handling
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best and poor practices for exception handling in Java programs.
-
Catching an Exception
After watching this video; you will be able to implement exception handling in a Java program.
-
Chaining if Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to chain if statements in a Java program.
-
Class fields and methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to define fields and methods in a Java class.
-
Client/Server Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe two- and three-tier client/server architecture and describe a sample Java application in that context.
-
Compiling and Running a Program
After watching this video; you will be able to compile and run a Java program and view its output.
-
Conditional Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of conditional operators including the ternary operator in Java.
-
Converting an Array to an ArrayList
After watching this video; you will be able to convert a Java array to an ArrayList class and use the ArrayList to manipulate list values.
-
Creating a Class Hierarchy
After watching this video; you will be able to create a hierarchy of classes in a Java application.
-
Creating a JAR File
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use NetBeans to create a JAR file.
-
Creating a Java Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Java class and use the Output window to view any syntax errors.
-
Creating a Main Method
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Java main method to a class.
-
Creating an Overloaded Constructor
After watching this video; you will be able to create an overloaded constructor in a Java class and call the constructor to create an object.
-
Creating and Extending Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and extend abstract classes in Java.
-
Creating Classes for the Java Soccer League Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create classes for the sample Java Soccer League application.
-
Declaring and Instantiating Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to declare and instantiate objects in Java.
-
Doing More with Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java array objects.
-
Encapsulating a Class
After watching this video; you will be able to encapsulate a Java class.
-
Encapsulating Fields with the NetBean Refactor Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to practice encapsulating fields with the NetBeans Refactor Feature.
-
Enhancing an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how an application can be extended and enhanced.
-
Features of the Installed JDK
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of the installed JDK on Linux and Windows.
-
Handling Exceptions: An overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Java handles exceptions.
-
Handling Multiple Exceptions and Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to handle multiple exceptions and errors in Java programs.
-
Introducing Lambda Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how lambda expressions are used in Java.
-
Introducing Polymorphism
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ways polymorphism can be implemented in Java.
-
Introducing Static Methods and Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Java static methods and variables.
-
Introducing the int and double Numeric Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the int and double numeric data types in Java.
-
Introducing the Java Technology
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Java's role in the world; identify Java technology product groups; and list the stages of a Java product life cycle.
-
Introducing the NetBeans IDE
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of an IDE; and create; compile; and troubleshoot a Java project and class in NetBeans IDE.
-
Introducing Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe variables in Java and outline the guidelines for naming variables.
-
Introduction to Computer Programs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics and purpose of a computer program.
-
Introduction to Method Overloading
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Java methods can be overloaded.
-
Introduction to Overloaded Constructors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Java constructors can be overloaded.
-
Introduction to Overriding Methods in the Superclass
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to override methods in a Java superclass.
-
Java Classes and Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Java classes and packages.
-
Key Features of the Java Language
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key features of the Java language.
-
Loops and Array Items
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use loops to process array items and describe how to use the break statement in Java.
-
Managing Data in the Sample Soccer Game Application
After watching this video; you will be able to manage data in Java using the toString method and the Comparable interface and a Lambda expression.
-
More about Primitive Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java primitive data types - integral; floating point; textual; and logical.
-
More Ways to Use if/else Constructs
After watching this video; you will be able to work with if/else constructs in Java.
-
Objects and Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe objects and classes in Java.
-
Overloading a Method
After watching this video; you will be able to create an overloaded method in a Java class.
-
Overriding a Method in a Superclass
After watching this video; you will be able to override a method in a Java superclass.
-
Overview of Catching Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to catch exceptions in Java.
-
Overview of Compiling and Running a Java Program
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to compile and run a Java program and describe the ways a Java program can output data.
-
Overview of Encapsulation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how encapsulation can be applied to hide fields in Java classes.
-
Overview of Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how inheritance is implemented in Java.
-
Overview of Parsing the args Array
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to parse the Java args array.
-
Overview of Promoting and Casting Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Java variables can be promoted or cast.
-
Overview of Switch Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how switch statements are used in Java.
-
Overview of the ArrayList Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Java ArrayList class.
-
Overview of the String Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Java String class.
-
Overview of the String Variable
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with the Java String variable.
-
Overview of the StringBuilder Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Java StringBuilder class.
-
Overview of Throwing Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to throw exceptions in Java.
-
Packages
Python allows you to use custom modules and packages. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create custom modules and packages; and define different functions within the modules.
-
Parsing the args Array
After watching this video; you will be able to parse the Java args array.
-
Passing Arguments to a Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how arguments are passed to a method.
-
Polymorphism in the JDK Foundation Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe polymorphism in the JDK foundation classes.
-
Processing an Array of Items
After watching this video; you will be able to use a loop construct to process an array in a Java program.
-
Propagation of Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the propagation of exceptions in Java.
-
Setting up the Java Development Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to install; set up; and verify the JDK on Windows.
-
Static Methods and Variables in the JDK Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe some static methods and variables in the JDK libraries.
-
The Main Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of the main method in a Java program.
-
The Remaining Numeric Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Java numeric operators including modulus; increment; and decrement operators.
-
Using a LocalDateTime Object
After watching this video; you will be able to declare and use a LocalDateTime object in a Java program.
-
Using a Loop to Process an Array
After watching this video; you will be able to use a loop to process an array in Java.
-
Using a Predicate Lambda Expression
After watching this video; you will be able to use a predicate lambda expression in a Java program.
-
Using an Array
After watching this video; you will be able to declare; initialize; and use an array in a Java program.
-
Using and Manipulating Numbers
After watching this video; you will be able to use and manipulate numbers in a Java program.
-
Using Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to use fields in classes and structures in F# programs.
-
Using if Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use if statements in a Java program.
-
Using Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use interfaces in Java.
-
Using Standard Mathematical Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use standard mathematical operators in Java.
-
Using String Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to use String variables in a Java program.
-
Using Subclasses and Superclasses
After watching this video; you will be able to describe use of subclasses and superclasses in Java.
-
Using the instanceof Operator
After watching this video; you will be able to use the instanceof operator to test the type of a Java object.
-
Using the Java API Docs
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Java API documentation.
-
Using the List Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the List interface in Java.
-
Using the Math.random Method
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Math.random method in a Java application.
-
Using the NetBeans Debugger
After watching this video; you will be able to use the NetBeans debugger to debug a Java application.
-
Using the String Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use String methods to manipulate text in Java.
-
Using the switch Construct
After watching this video; you will be able to use the switch construct in a Java program.
-
Using the Ternary Operator
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ternary operator in a Java program.
-
Working with an Array of Items
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with arrays in Java.
-
Working with an ArrayList
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an ArrayList in a Java program.
-
Working with Conditions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with conditions in Java programs.
-
Working with Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to declare long; float; and char Java data types and cast one type to another.
-
Working with Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to declare; call; and test a method in a Java program.
-
Working with Object References
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java object references.
-
Working with the StringBuilder Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Java StringBuilder class.
-
Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to design general-purpose base classes by using abstract classes in Java.
-
Adding Methods to an Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to use default and static methods in Java interfaces.
-
Analyzing Transactions with Stream Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java stream methods to count the number of transactions and determine the min and max values in a collection for transactions.
-
Anonymous Inner Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use anonymous inner classes in Java.
-
Applying the Abstract Keyword
After watching this video; you will be able to apply the Abstract keyword to a Java class.
-
Catching Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to catch checked and unchecked exceptions in a Java program.
-
Collection Iteration and Lambdas
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to iterate through a collection using a Lambda expression.
-
Comparing Classes; Interfaces; and Lambda Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how classes; interfaces; anonymous inner classes and lambda expressions can be used to provide similar code functionality in Java.
-
Creating a Custom Generic Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create a custom generic class using the type inference diamond.
-
Creating and Using Java Subclasses
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and use Java subclasses.
-
Creating Custom Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to catch exceptions in Java.
-
Dates and Times across Time Zones
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with dates and times across time zones in Java.
-
Declaring Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to throw an exception in Java.
-
Extending an Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to extend an interface in Java.
-
Extending and Throwing Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to extend and throw exceptions in Java programs.
-
FindFirst and Lazy Operations
After watching this video; you will be able to compare forEach loop to a findFirst short-circuit terminal operation in a Java program.
-
Immutable Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create an immutable class in Java.
-
Implementing a Deque
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to implement a ArrayDeque using the Deque interface in the Java Collection API.
-
Implementing a TreeMap
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to implement a TreeMap using the Map interface in the Java Collection API.
-
Implementing a TreeSet
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to implement a TreeSet using the Set interface in the Java Collection API.
-
Implementing an ArrayList
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast the implementation of an ArrayList in Java without and with generics.
-
Implementing an Inner Class as a Helper Class
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an inner class as a helper class in Java.
-
Implementing the Singleton Design Pattern
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to implement the singleton design pattern.
-
Introduction to Overriding Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to override methods in Java and use virtual method invocation.
-
Java Technology
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the features of Java technology and describe the Java Community Process (JCP).
-
Lambda Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features of C# Lambda expressions.
-
Managing Stream Data
After watching this video; you will be able to collect; combine; and group stream data results in Java.
-
Method References and Method Chaining
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to call an existing method using a method reference and how methods can be chained in Java lambda expressions.
-
Nested Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and used nested classes in Java.
-
Ordering Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Comparable and Comparator interfaces to sort Java collections.
-
Overloading Methods and Constructors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how methods and constructors can be overloaded in Java.
-
Overriding Methods and Applying Polymorphism
After watching this video; you will be able to override and overload methods and apply polymorphism in Java.
-
Overview of Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Java Collections Framework.
-
Polymorphism
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to apply polymorphism in Java.
-
Primitive Variables and Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to recall primitive variables and operators in Java.
-
Review of a Java Class Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the structure of a simple Java class with a main method; Java naming conventions; and how to compile and run a program.
-
Review of Conditions; Loops; and Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to recall use of if-else and switch statements; iteration with loops and creating arrays in Java.
-
Review of Java Fields; Constructors; and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to recall Java fields; constructors; and methods.
-
Review of String and StringBuilder
After watching this video; you will be able to recall String and StringBuilder classes for working with strings in Java.
-
Saving; Grouping; Partitioning; and Creating Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to save; group and partition data using the Collectors class in Java.
-
Sorting a Stream
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to sort stream data using the collect method and Collectors class in Java.
-
Static Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with static classes in Java.
-
Stream Data Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the methods available for manipulating data in the Java Stream API.
-
Stream map; flatMap; and peek Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the map; flatMap; and peek methods in the Stream API; extract data from an object using map; and return data elements to a stream using peek.
-
Stream Operations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of stream operations in Java and overview map and peek.
-
Stream Search Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the java.util.stream search methods; and their use of optional classes and lazy processing.
-
The Core Interfaces of the java.util.function Package
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to implement the core interfaces – Predicate; Consumer; Function; and Supplier – in the java.util.function package.
-
The final Keyword
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the final keyword can be used in Java.
-
The java.time API
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the java.time API.
-
The Stream API
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Stream API and how it can be used to process Java collection elements in parallel.
-
Using Access Levels
After watching this video; you will be able to use access levels—private; protected; default; and public—in Java classes.
-
Using Binary Versions of Base Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the binary versions of built-in functional interfaces in Java.
-
Using Casting
After watching this video; you will be able to implement casting in Java.
-
Using Encapsulation in Java Class Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use encapsulation in Java class design.
-
Using Java Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java interfaces in a Java application.
-
Using Primitive Versions of Base Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the primitive versions of built-in functional interfaces in Java.
-
Using the Builder Pattern
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Builder pattern to create a Java class.
-
Using the Unary Operator Functional Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the UnaryOperator functional interface in Java.
-
Using try-with-resources Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use try-with-resources statements in Java.
-
Working with the LocalDate Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use the LocalDate class to display a date in Java.
-
Working with the LocalDateTime Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use the LocalDateTime class to display a date and time in Java.
-
Working with the LocalTime Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use the LocalTime class to display a time in Java.
-
Writing Lambda Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to write lambda expressions for a Java application.
-
Byte Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with input and output streams in byte format in Java.
-
Calculations with and without Stream Pipelines
After watching this video; you will be able to perform calculations without a stream pipeline and with a pipeline.
-
Chaining Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how input and output streams are chained in Java.
-
Character Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with input and output streams in character format in Java.
-
Creating a Network Client using java.util.concurrent
After watching this video; you will be able to create a network client using the java.util.concurrent package.
-
Formatting Dates
After watching this video; you will be able to format dates in Java.
-
Input/Output Basics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of input and output in Java.
-
Local Formats for Dates and Currency
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to apply local formats to date and currency values in Java.
-
Managing Operations with the JDBC API
After watching this video; you will be able to manage operations performed using the JDBC API.
-
Operating System Task Scheduling
After watching this video; you will be able to describe operating system task scheduling in Java.
-
Parallel Execution in Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process for decomposing and then merging work in a Java stream.
-
Parallel Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to make a stream pipeline execute in parallel in Java.
-
Parallelism
In Clojure; you can use parallelism to optimize operational performance across resources. In this video; James Lee demonstrates the pmap function's ability to run Clojure tasks in parallel; optimizing performance.
-
Performance Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to list the key performance considerations for parallel streams in Java.
-
Potential Threading Problems
After watching this video; you will be able to identify potential threading problems.
-
Property Files
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of a properties file and how to load and use properties files for Java applications.
-
Reading and Writing Data from the Console
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to read and write data from the console.
-
Reduction
After watching this video; you will be able to define reduction in relation to streams in Java.
-
Resource Bundles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe resource bundles.
-
Reviewing Streams
After watching this video; you will be able to review the key characteristics of streams in Java.
-
Serializing and Deserializing a ShoppingCart
After watching this video; you will be able to serialize and derserialize a ShoppingCart using Java.
-
Stream Pipelines
After watching this video; you will be able to list the key assumptions needed to use a parallel pipeline.
-
The Fork-Join Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Fork-Join framework in Java.
-
The JDBC API
After watching this video; you will be able to define the JDBC API and describe how to use it to connect to a database; submit queries; and retrieve results.
-
Using an ExecutorService
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use an ExecutorService to concurrently execute tasks.
-
Using Synchronized Code Blocks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use synchronized code blocks to manage atomicity.
-
Using the Files Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Files class to check; delete; copy; or move a file or directory.
-
Using the Fork-Join Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the Java Fork-Join framework.
-
Using the java.util.concurrent Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the java.util.concurrent collections to manage threads.
-
Using the Path Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Path interface to operate on file and directory paths.
-
Using the Stream API with NIO.2
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the Stream API with NIO.2.
-
Working with Date/Time Methods; Classes; and Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use classes; interfaces; and methods associated with date and time in Java.
-
Working with Dates and Times across Time Zones
After watching this video; you will be able to work with dates and times across different time zones in a Java application.
-
Working with the Derby Database and JDBC
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Derby database and JDBC.
-
A Minimal Configuration Approach to Database Authentication
When using Java-Spring to create a login page for a web application using Spring Security; you can minimize the configuration involved. In this video; Andy Alfred uses Spring Security to show how to configure using a database with minimal configuration.
-
Accessing Request Parameters In Handler Methods
In Java-Spring; you can access request parameters within a Spring controller's handler method. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to access request parameters within a Spring controller's handler method.
-
Accessing System Properties Using Spring Expression Language
Java-Spring allows you to use the Spring Expression Language in the Spring Tool Suite to access predefined system properties when setting up expressions. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use Spring Expression Language to access information regarding the operating system that a particular application is running on.
-
Adding Logout Functionality Through Spring Security
In Java-Spring; you can use Spring Security to add logout functionality to Spring MVC applications. Without this functionality being added; users would have to close their browser and reopen it in order to log out of the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how logout functionality can be added and routed through the login controller.
-
Authenticating Users From a Database
Java-Spring allows you to use a database as the source of information for use in web application authentication. In this video; Andy Alfred uses Spring Security to demonstrate how to set up a MySQL database to gather user information used in a login setup.
-
Autowiring Constructors using Annotation Configuration
Spring allows you to autowire constructors by matching bean types to constructor parameters. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to autowire constructors using annotation configuration.
-
Autowiring Properties using Annotation Configuration
Autowiring allows the container to adapt its component creation behavior to the configured environment. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to autowire properties of Spring applications using Annotation Configuration.
-
Benefits of Aspect Oriented Programming
At times; you may need to include functionality in your object-oriented applications that make it cumbersome and hard to manage. Java-Spring's aspect-oriented programming provides a way to have the functionality required and make the overall application more manageable. In this video; Andy Alfred; discusses the benefits of using aspect-oriented programming with object-oriented applications.
-
Builiding a Java Project with Maven
In Java-Spring; you can use the Maven build tool to set up spring applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to build a simple Java project by using Maven.
-
Calling Stored Procedures Using SimpleJdbcCall
In using Java's Spring framework to build web applications and systems; you need to be familiar with performing inserts using the SimpleJdbc classes. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the SimpleJdbcCall class to call stored procedures in a database.
-
Configuring a Connection Pool as a DataSource
In Java-Spring; you can configure the connection pool as a DataSource. This can then be configured to connect to a database. Certain DataSource classes only provide one database connection at a time; but a connection pool allows multiple users to access the database. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the configuration process of the connection pool as a DataSource.
-
Configuring a DataSource
In Java-Spring; you can configure a DataSource to connect Spring applications to a database; such as MySQL database. There are several different classes that can be used to configure a DataSource; such as the DriverManagerDataSource class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the process of accessing and configuring a DataSource.
-
Configuring DB Access in Spring
In Java-Spring; you can configure Spring applications to work with backend databases. To do this; you need to set up several components; including a database driver class; data source; and Data Access Object (DAO). In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up each of these components.
-
Configuring Spring Beans from External Property Files
In Java-Spring; you can store data separately in an external property file outside your source code and you can configure beans to get information from these external property files. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure Spring beans from external property files.
-
Configuring Spring Beans via Constructor Injection
In Java-Spring; you can set a bean property by using constructor injection. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure beans by using constructor injection.
-
Configuring Spring Beans via Setter Injection
In Java-Spring; you can use setter injection to assign a property to a bean as an attribute along with the value being injected. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure Spring beans using setter injection.
-
Configuring Spring Beans with Non-Default Constructors
You can configure Spring beans to work with non-default constructors in the Spring Tool Suite. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure Spring beans to use custom constructors.
-
Configuring web.xml in a Spring MVC Application
In Java-Spring; the web.xml file can be set to tell the servlet container which servlets are being deployed. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to configure a web.xml file in a Spring MVC application.
-
Constructor Injection Using Java Based Configuration
In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the constructor injection when using Java configured Spring applications.
-
Creating a Java Configured Spring Application
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to transition from an XML configured Spring application to a Java Configured Spring Application.
-
Creating a Servlet Config File in a Spring MVC Application
In Java-Spring; you can use xml servlet configuration files to define the beans that your Spring MVC file will use. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a servlet configuration file in a Spring MVC application.
-
Creating a Simple Spring Application
Using the Spring framework; you can easily create rich and complex software projects. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a simple Spring application for Java developers using Spring Tool Suite.
-
Creating A Spring MVC App With Java Based Configuration
In Java-Spring; you can create a Spring MVC application using a Java-based configuration. Rather than using an XML file; a Java class is created to provide the configuration for the Spring MVC application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to bring an XML configuration over to a Java class file.
-
Creating A Spring MVC Form
In Java-Spring; the Spring form tag library can be used to convert a regular HTML form to a Spring MVC form. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a Spring MVC form.
-
Creating an Aspect in Spring
In this video; Andy Alfred; uses a demonstration to illustrate how you can create an aspect in Spring to remove cross-cutting concerns from your application methods and classes.
-
Creating an Aspect Using Annotations
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to declare pointcut expressions in your aspect and also combine pointcut expressions in order to create more complex patterns to meet your application's requirements.
-
Creating an XML Application Context for Spring Security
Java-Spring allows you to start configuring Spring Security using XML. Before you can start providing security configuration; you need to set up the Spring bean configuration file to work with the security namespace. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create an XML application context for Spring Security.
-
Creating Controllers in Spring MVC Applications
In Java-Spring; controllers provide methods that initiate the process of performing the actual work in the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create controllers in a Spring MVC application.
-
Creating Data Access Objects
In Java-Spring; Data Access Objects (DAOs) play an important role in database interaction within Spring applications. DAOs contain methods that are exposed to the application in order to interact with the data within databases. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the process of creating DAOs for use with databases.
-
Creating Views For Spring MVC Applications
Various view technologies can be used to create views in Java-Spring. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create views for Spring MVC applications.
-
Customizing Component Scanning
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates customizing component scanning in Java-Spring.
-
Customizing Spring Security
In Java-Spring; you can use Spring Security to define custom features with Spring Security to secure Spring MVC web applications. In this video; Andy Alfred uses Java-Spring to define custom login and logout pages; and discusses the URLs involved in login successes and login failures.
-
Declaring DAOs in an Xml Config
With Java's Spring framework; you can build Web applications and systems if you know how to declare a Data Access Object (DAO) in an XML configuration. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to declare DAOs within XML in Spring for Java.
-
Declaring pointcuts and Combining Expressions
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to declare pointcuts and combine pointcut expressions into more complex matching arrangements; when working with aspects in Spring applications.
-
Defining Methods that Enhance the Spring Model
In Spring Tool suite for Java-Spring; you can add attributes to the Spring application model by defining methods that add to it. This allows you to organize the Controller code better. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to define methods to run before any handler methods; and add attributes to the Spring model.
-
Expected Return Types Using queryForObject
Using Java's Spring framework allows you to build web applications and systems. To do this; you need to be familiar with various return types when using queryForObject in Spring. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the queryForObject method of the JdbcTemplate class to ensure you receive the expected results from a database query.
-
Getting A MySQL Database Driver For A Spring Application
Spring applications in Java-Spring allow you to access any one of several popular databases; including MySQL database. A MySQL database driver class is required to connect the database to the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the process of getting a MySQL database driver for a Spring application.
-
Getting Familiar with Advice Types
In Spring MVC applications for Java-Spring; advice is the actual code or method that runs to satisfy a crosscutting concern in your application. There are several types of advice that may be used; including Before Advice; After Returning Advice; After Throwing Advice; After (finally) Advice; and Around Advice. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses these advice types in detail.
-
Getting Familiar with AOP Terminology
You will encounter some very specific terms when you start using aspect-oriented programming in Java-Spring. In this video; Andy Alfred; defines some common aspect-oriented programming terms.
-
Getting Familiar with Handler Methods
In Java-Spring; handler methods are defined using the @RequestMapping annotation and are mapped to a specific URL or URL pattern. Handler methods allow you to enrich the Spring model by adding or editing information before indicating what view the model should be passed to. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features and functions of handler methods.
-
Getting Familiar with Pointcuts
In Aspect-Oriented Programming (AOP) for Java-Spring; pointcuts identify one or more join points where advice should be executed. Pointcuts have two basic parts – a signature; which defines the name and parameters of the pointcut; and a pointcut expression; which determines the JoinPoints to be matched. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features of pointcuts.
-
Getting Familiar With Some Spring MVC Features
In this video; Andy Alfred provides an overview of Spring MVC features in Java-Spring.
-
Getting Familiar With Spring Form Tags
In this video; Andy Alfred explains Spring form tags for Java-Spring.
-
Getting Familiar with Spring Security JSP Tags
When using Spring Security for Java-Spring; you can use JSP tags to access security information and apply constraints directly from within the JSPs. There are a number of tags that can be used; including authorize; authentication; accesscontrollist; csrfInput; and csrfMetaTags. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features and functions of JSP tags.
-
Getting Familiar with the JdbcTemplate Class
In Java-Spring; the JdbcTemplate class is one of the most common classes used for executing queries against a database in a Spring application. The JdbcTemplate class is provided as part of the Spring Jdbc Jar and is easier to use than the JDBC API in executing queries. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the JdbcTemplate class in greater detail.
-
Getting Familiar with the SimpleJdbc Classes
In this video; Andy Alfred discusses SimpleJdbc classes in Java-Spring.
-
Getting JoinPoint Info in Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to get joinPoint information from within your advice; when working with aspects in Spring applications.
-
Getting Set Up to Use Spring Security
In Java-Spring; you can use the Spring Tool Suite to configure Spring application to implement security. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure the Spring Web MVC Application to implement security using Spring Security in an example.
-
Getting Spring MVC Using Maven
In Java-Spring; you can use Maven to get access to the Spring MVC Framework so that you can create Spring MVC web applications. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to get access to the Spring MVC Framework through Maven.
-
Handling a Database Exception
Java's Spring framework allows you to build web applications and systems. When doing so; it is important to know how to handle database exceptions. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to handle a database exception using the Spring Tool suite.
-
Implicit Bean Registration With Java-Based Configuration
It is possible to configure Spring so that it will look through source files and based on annotations found in those files; register beans automatically or implicitly. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to achieve this using implicit bean registration.
-
Indicating Authentication Errors on a Custom Login Page
Java-Spring allows you to create custom login pages as part of security configuration; and they can be configured to indicate authentication errors to users when login is unsuccessful. This allows users to understand the reason for the unsuccessful login; rather than appearing to be an application error. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure these indications.
-
Inner and Outer Beans
The Spring framework is a platform that makes developing rich and complex software projects a more manageable process. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and use an anonymous Inner Bean that is used to configure an Outer Bean property.
-
Inserting Data into a Database
In Java-Spring; you can set up Data Access Objects (DAOs) to retrieve single records and map them to custom classes created within the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a query that returns a single record from a table based on parameters and values that are set up in Spring.
-
Matching Annotations Using Pointcut Patterns
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates matching annotations using pointcut patterns.
-
Matching Method Names Using Pointcut Patterns
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to match method names using pointcut patterns; in Spring applications.
-
Matching Method Parameters Using Pointcut Patterns
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates matching method parameters using pointcut patterns in Java-Spring.
-
Matching Packages and Classes Using Pointcut Parameters
In this video; Andy Alfred discusses matching packages and classes using pointcut parameters in Java-Spring.
-
Matching Requests Based On Headers
In Java-Spring; you can use some advanced @RequestMapping features to map requests based on header values. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to match requests based on headers.
-
Matching Requests Based On Url Parameters
In Java-Spring; you can match requests based on URL parameters by setting up the Spring MVC application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up a Spring MVC application to match requests based on URL parameters.
-
Matching Return Types Using Pointcut Patterns
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to set up pointcut expressions as patterns that only match to method executions where those methods return a specific type you are interested in.
-
Narrowing Request Mapping Using HTTP Request Methods
Java-Spring allows you to use the Spring MVC web application to implement narrowing requests within the web server framework. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to narrow request mappings to only work if a particular HTTP request method is used.
-
Performing Batch Updates
In Java-Spring; the batch update method of the Jdbc Template class allows you to process multiple updates at the same time. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to perform batch updates on a database table using a single prepared statement.
-
Performing Inserts Using SimpleJdbcInsert
When using Java's Spring framework to build web applications and systems; it is important to be familiar with the SimpleJdbc classes and their function. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the SimpleJdbcInsert class to set up and perform inserts with minimal configurations.
-
Providing a Custom Login Page
In Java-Spring; Spring Security can be used to create a custom login page to provide additional security for Spring web MVC applications. The form used to log in can be customized; as can the pages users are brought to once they are logged in. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to customize login pages.
-
Providing a Custom Login Page through a Controller
In Java-Spring; you can create a custom login page to provide additional security for Spring web MVC applications through a controller. Creating the login page through a controller in this way allows for greater flexibility for customization. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to customize login pages with a controller.
-
Redirecting in Spring MVC
When using the Spring Tool suite for Java-Spring; you may need to use redirects to make Spring MVC applications more robust. Redirects can be useful in many ways; such as preventing duplicate processes taking place if information from a form is submitted multiple times; for example. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to set up redirects for Spring MVC applications.
-
Referring to Pointcut Expressions
When pointcut expressions are tied to your before advice statements you need to include them each time you set up a class. However; Java-Spring does offer an efficient alternative. In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to refer to pointcut expressions so they can be used multiple times or reused when you configure your aspects.
-
Registering Beans Using The Component Scanner
In Java-Spring; you can use the Component Scanner to implicitly define and register beans. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure and use the Component Scanner to avoid manual XML configuration within a Java Spring application.
-
Removing Data From A Database
Java-Spring allows you to use the Jdbc Template class to delete a database record. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up the Jdbc Template class and configure the update method to delete an existing record from a database table.
-
Retrieving Records From a MySQL Database
In Java-Spring; you can retrieve record from a MySQL Database table using a Data Access Object (DAO) along with the JdbcTemplate class. DAOs contain methods that are exposed to the application in order to interact with the data within databases. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure DAOs for retrieving records from a MySQL Database.
-
Retrieving Single Records As Objects
In Java-Spring; you can set up Data Access Objects (DAOs) to retrieve single records and map them to custom classes created within the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a query that returns a single record from a table based on parameters and values that are set up in Spring.
-
Running A Spring MVC Application With Tomcat
In Java-Spring; Tomcat can be used as a servlet container to run Spring MVC applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to run a Spring MVC application using Apache Tomcat.
-
Securing a URL Using Expressions
Java-Spring allows you to use expressions to secure URLs with Spring Security. This can be used to ensure that only users with specific roles; such as administrators; can access certain links and navigate to particular URLs. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use expressions to add security to Spring applications by securing URLs.
-
Serving Static Files from a Spring MVC App
In the Spring Tool suite for Java-Spring; Spring MVC applications can be configured to serve static files such as PDFs; images; or spreadsheets. A folder is created to store imported static files; and its location is mapped in servletConfig. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure Spring MVC applications to serve static files.
-
Setter Injection Using Java-Based Configuration
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use setter injection when configuring Spring applications using a Java-based configuration.
-
Setting Bean Properties
In Java-Spring; you can configure properties for Spring beans such that they are included in the classes that the bean itself is associated with. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set properties on beans.
-
Setting Bean Properties using the p Namespace
In Java-Spring; you can use the p namespace to configure the bean properties by using attributes instead of the property tag. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the p namespace.
-
Setting Collection Type Properties on Beans
In Java-Spring; you can set the collection type properties on classes that the beans are associated with. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure the beans to set collection type properties.
-
Setting Init And Destroy Methods on Beans
The Spring framework is a platform that makes developing rich and complex software projects a more manageable process. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to define methods that run after a bean is instantiated and before a bean is destroyed.
-
Setting Properties Using Spring Expression Language
In Java-Spring; you can use Spring Expression Language dependency injection in the Spring Tool suite to assign values to properties. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to assign values to properties within predetermined classes in an example.
-
Setting Up a MySQL Database for Spring Security User Authentication
In Java-Spring; you can set up a database in such a way that you can use it for Spring Security authentication and authorization. In this video; Andy Alfred uses Spring Security to demonstrate the configuration of a MySQL database for authentication and authorization.
-
Setting Up a Security Filter
In Java-Spring; you can use the Spring Tool Suite to set up security features in Spring Security. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Spring Security feature to implement filtering to intercept HTTP requests before they arrive at servlets.
-
Spring and Maven
You can use Maven build tool to set up the Spring applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates Spring and Maven.
-
Spring AOP Pointcut Designators
In Java-Spring; Spring Aspect-Oriented Programming (AOP) supports only a subset of pointcut designators that are found in the complete AspectJ language. These include execution; within; this; target; args; @target; @args; @within; @annotation; and bean. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features of these pointcut designators.
-
Spring Autowiring byConstructor
The Spring framework is a platform that makes developing rich and complex software projects a more manageable process. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to Autowire Bean properties based on custom constructors.
-
Spring Autowiring byName
The Spring framework is a platform that makes developing rich and complex software projects a more manageable process. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to Autowire Bean properties based on name.
-
Spring Autowiring byType
The Spring framework is a platform that makes developing rich and complex software projects a more manageable process. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to Autowire Bean properties based on class type.
-
Spring Default Autowiring
The Spring framework is a platform that makes developing rich and complex software projects a more manageable process. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to be able to use default autowiring in a Spring bean configuration file.
-
Spring Security and Encrypted Database Passwords
In Java-Spring; you can use Spring Security to encrypt database information for use in authentication so that passwords are not stored as plain text in the database. The MD5; SHA; and BCrypt classes can be used to encode and encrypt passwords; and the authentication provider configured. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses these processes in greater detail.
-
Stereotype Annotations
In Java-Spring; stereotype annotations refer to markers for classes that fulfill a specific role within a Spring application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses stereotype annotations.
-
Supporting Basic Database Operations Using Spring
Java-Spring applications can perform several basic operations on databases. These functions include creating; retrieving; updating; and deleting records in the database. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how JDBC and the JdbcTemplate class can be used to execute basic operations in databases for Spring.
-
The Autowired Annotation and the Required Option
When you're using the @Autowired annotation; Spring will check to make sure that property is wired properly. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the required attribute of @Autowired to avoid exceptions.
-
The Spring MVC Workflow
Developing web applications with Java-Spring requires a good understanding of the Spring MVC application workflow. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the Spring MVC workflow.
-
Understanding Access Control Using Expressions
Java-Spring allows you to use expressions with Spring Security to determine features of Access Control. In this video; Andy Alfred uses Java-Spring to explain the implementation methods for expressions; and provides examples of the common expressions used.
-
Understanding Alternative Annotations in Spring
Annotations in Spring allow you to move the configuration of a Spring app away from XML files and into the actual source files. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the purpose of using alternative annotations in Spring.
-
Understanding Bean Scopes
When creating Spring Applications with Java-Spring; you have various options for setting bean scopes. Common bean scopes include the Singleton scope and the Prototype scope. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses these two basic bean scope options; and provides an overview of the bean scope options that you can use with Spring MVC web applications.
-
Understanding Database Exception Handling in Spring
When using applications in Java-Spring to interact with databases; various exceptions may arise in the event of something going wrong. Spring translates any database-related exceptions into classes in its own exception hierarchy; so developers do not need to write specific exception-handling code. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses database exception handling in Spring.
-
Understanding the Components of a Spring MVC Configuration
Several different aspects or components come into play when you configure a Spring MVC application in Java-Spring. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the components of a Spring MVC configuration.
-
Understanding the Process of Spring Security Database Authentication
Java-Spring allows you to configure Spring Security to use authentication data from a database. There are a number of steps involved in this process; including configuring a data source; creating a data access object; and setting up an authentication provider with the data access object. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses this process in greater detail.
-
Updating Data in a Database
In Java-Spring; you can use the Jdbc Template update method to update a record in a database table. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use a Spring application to update a record in a database table in Java.
-
Uploading Files Using Commons FileUpload
The Spring Tool suite in Java-Spring allows you to upload files in the Spring MVC application by using the Commons FileUpload dependency. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use a MultipartResolver object in conjunction with the Commons FileUpload dependency to upload files in the Spring MVC application.
-
Using a Properties File to Configure a Data Source
Java-Spring allows you to use a properties file to configure a DataSource to connect Spring applications to a database; such as MySQL Database. It is good practice to externalize connection information into a properties file and use Spring to load the values from there. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the process of configuring a DataSource using a properties file.
-
Using a View Resolver in Spring MVC Applications
In Java-Spring; view resolvers map view names to actual views. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use a view resolver in Spring MVC applications.
-
Using Annotations to Set Init and Destroy Methods on Beans
The init and destroy methods can be set up using XML but can also be created using annotations. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the @PostConstruct and @PreDestroy annotations to set up the init and destroy methods for Spring beans.
-
Using Autowiring With Java-Based Configuration
In this video; Andy Alfred explains two ways to configure Java-based Spring configurations to allow you to start autowiring them.
-
Using Bean Properties As SQL Parameters
Java-Spring allows you to create SQL statements that are based on properties from registered classes or beans. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use bean properties to create SQL statements with Java.
-
Using Database Transactions in Spring
In Java's Spring framework; you can build web applications and systems. In order to do so; you need to know how to work with database transactions. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with database transactions using the Spring Tool Suite.
-
Using HTTP Basic Authentication
When using Java-Spring to set up authentication for a web application; you can use HTTP Basic Authentication methods. In this video; Andy Alfred uses Spring Security to demonstrate the process of setting up HTTP Basic Authentication.
-
Using Maven for Dependency Management
In Java-Spring; you can use Maven to manage the dependencies while creating your Java applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use Maven for dependency management.
-
Using Named Parameters
In Java-Spring; you can set up query statements using NamedParameters to create placeholders. NamedParameters can help reduce confusion; making it easier to understand the statements. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features and demonstrates how to use NamedParameters in SQL queries.
-
Using Spring Expression Language in Annotation Configuration
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates using Spring expression language in annotation configuration in Java-Spring.
-
Using Spring Expression Language in XML Configuration
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates using Spring expression language in XML configuration in Java-Spring.
-
Using Spring Security in Memory Authentication
In Java-Spring; you can use the Spring Security to secure web applications with authentication. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up In-Memory Authentication for a web application.
-
Using the @SessionAttributes Annotation
The Spring Tool suite for Java-Spring allows you to use the @SessionAttributes annotation to add or store session data. This is done by setting up a ModelAttribute as a SessionAttribute; and Spring ensures that this particular attribute is available for the duration of the session. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the @SessionAttributes annotation.
-
Using the Args Pointcut Designator
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the args pointcut designator in Java-Spring.
-
Using the Authentication Tag
In Java-Spring; the authentication tag allows you to access information about the user currently logged in that can potentially be displayed in JSPs. JSP tags are accessed using a dependency and enabled with a declaration. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure the authentication JSP tag.
-
Using the Authorization Tag
In Java-Spring; you can use the authorization tag to lock down certain portions of the JSPs; depending on whether the currently logged-in user is authorized to see those portions. JSP tags are accessed using a dependency and enabled with a declaration. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to configure the authorization JSP tag.
-
Using the Bean Pointcut Designator
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates using the bean pointcut designator in Java-Spring.
-
Using The Inject Annotation
Inject is a JSR-330 annotation used in Spring. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the @Inject annotation to set up autowiring in a Spring resource.
-
Using the Named Annotation
The Java Specification Request 300; or JSR 330; was all about dependency injection and brought about the @Named annotation. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to transition from @Component annotation to the @Named annotation in Spring applications.
-
Using The Qualifier Annotation
The qualifier annotation is useful when you have more than one bean of the same type and want to wire only one of them with a property. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the @Qualifier annotation to work through ambiguities in an autowiring setup.
-
Using The Required Annotation
The @Required annotation is used to force properties to be set. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the @Required annotation to specify that the value of a bean property is required to be dependency injected.
-
Using The Resource Annotation
Dependency injection involves providing dependencies to an object instead of having it construct them. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the @Resource annotation to set up dependency injection using annotations.
-
Using the Safe Navigation Operator
In this video; Andy Alfred discusses using the safe navigation operator in Java-Spring.
-
Using The Value Annotation
Value annotations read properties from your Java class property files. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use annotations to set up values for properties.
-
Validating a Spring MVC Form
In Java-Spring; you can use the Spring Tool suite to perform validation on the Spring MVC forms. To do this; you use the Spring MVC application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to initiate form validation and the reasons for its necessity.
-
What is a Spring Bean?
Spring beans are a mapping of application classes with unique identifiers that a spring application can use. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the concept of spring beans.
-
What is Annotation Configuration?
In this video; Andy Alfred discusses annotation configuration in Java-Spring.
-
What is Java Based Configuration?
Java-based configuration eliminates the need for XML when developing and configuring Java-Spring apps. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use Java-based configuration when creating Spring apps.
-
What is Spring Expression Language?
In Java-Spring; Spring Expression Language (SpEL) is an expression language used to support manipulating and querying the object graph at the same time; and while it is built to work with the rest of the Spring framework; it can also work independently of it. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features of SpEL and its various uses.
-
What is Spring MVC?
Spring MVC is a part of the Spring Framework that makes it easier to create rich web applications based on the MVC design pattern. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how Spring MVC works.
-
What is Spring Security?
In Java-Spring; Spring Security is the standard for securing Spring-based applications; whether they are standalone or web-based Spring MVC applications. Spring Security can be used to implement common security concepts; such as authentication; authorization; and security namespace. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features and function of Spring Security.
-
What is Spring Tool Suite?
The Spring Tool Suite is an eclipse-based IDE or Integrated Development Environment that you can use to create Spring applications. In this video; Andy Alfred explains what is Spring Tool Suite and what it can be used for.
-
What is Spring?
Spring is a framework that helps you to develop Java applications more easily. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to create a basic Spring application out of an existing Java project.
-
Working with After (Finally) Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with the after advice type; when setting up aspects in Spring applications.
-
Working with After Returning Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with after returning advice type; when setting up aspects in Spring applications.
-
Working with After Throwing Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with the after throwing advice type; when setting up aspects in Spring applications.
-
Working with Around Advice
The around advice type is the most powerful advice type. In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with the around advice type; when setting up aspects in Spring applications.
-
Working with Aspects in a Java Based Configuration
In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates working with aspects in a Java based configuration in Java-Spring.
-
Working with Bcrypt Hash
Java-Spring allows you to add security to a database by storing the password in a Bcrypt Hash format in a database. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how store a password for a particular user using the Bcrypt Hashing Algorithm so that it is not visible in plain text.
-
Working with Before Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with before advice when setting up aspects in Spring applications.
-
Working with Cookies in Spring MVC
In the Spring Tool suite for Java-Spring; the Spring MVC applications allows you to work with cookies. A handler method accessing the HttpServletResponse can be used to add new cookies; and the @CookieValue annotation can be used to retrieve cookies. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with cookies in Spring MVC.
-
Working with Exceptions in Around Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with exceptions in the around advice type; when setting up aspects in Spring applications.
-
Working with MD5 Hash
In Java-Spring; you can use MD5 Hashes to configure Spring Security that is backed using a database. While the MD5 Hash is not necessarily the most secure encryption; it is better than just storing a password in plain text. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use Spring Security to add an extra layer of security with MD5 Hashes.
-
Working with Return Values and Parameters in Around Advice
In this video; Andy Alfred; demonstrates how to work with parameters and return values within the around advice type; in Spring applications.
-
Working with the Spring Application Context
Java-Spring allows you to work with the application context file in many ways. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the different ways of working with the spring application context file.
-
Creating a Basic Node.js Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic Node.js application.
-
Building a Data-driven App
After watching this video; you will be able to use JDBC and the Swing API to build a data-driven Java SE 6 app.
-
Building a Multithreaded App
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java SE 6 to build a multithreaded application.
-
Creating a Basic Business Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create and run a basic business application.
-
Creating a Multithreaded Application
After watching this video; you will be able to generate a multithreaded Java business application.
-
Creating Classes and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate specification of classes and associated methods as part of a Java business application
-
Creating Objects and Enums
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java enumerations and objects within a Java business application.
-
Exercise: Building a Basic Java Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use the basic building blocks of Java to create a basic Java application.
-
Exercise: Optimizing a Java Application
After watching this video; you will be able to build Java classes and use Java features such as inheritance; interfaces; and abstract classes to optimize a Java application.
-
Implementing Inheritance
In OOD; you can use inheritance to define new classes based on existing classes. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates key aspects of inheritance with some examples.
-
Using Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Using File I/O in a Java App
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java SE 6 File I/O API to build an application.
-
Using Flow Control
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate use of selection statements; for loops; while and do-while loops into a Java business application.
-
Using Generics
After watching this video; you will be able to use generics to develop a Java application.
-
Using Java Utilities and Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java SE 6 utilities; assertions; and appropriate error handling to build a Java business application.
-
Working with Abstract Classes and Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate abstract classes and interfaces as part of a Java business solution.
-
Working with Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java standard and custom annotations within the context of the development of a Java business application.
-
Working with Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for working with exceptions.
-
Working with Java Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate use of primitive Java data types; strings; and arrays into a business application.
-
Working with Java I/O
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate Java I/O including use of the Scanner class; Formatter class; and serialization within a Java business application.
-
Working with Java Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate use of Java operators into a Java business application.
-
Working with Java Packages and Access Modifiers
After watching this video; you will be able to create and import a specific Java package; import static methods and variables into a source file; and identify the access levels of the class members in that package as part of a Java business solution.
-
Working with Java Reference Types
After watching this video; you will be able to clone; compare; and cast Java reference types within the context of a Java business application.
-
Working with Java Utilities
After watching this video; you will be able to use members of the java.util package as part of the development of a Java business application.
-
Working with Static and Final Modifiers
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate static and final modifiers within a Java business application.
-
Building a Concurrent App
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java SE 7 to build a concurrent application.
-
Creating a Concurrent App
After watching this video; you will be able to generate a concurrent Java business application.
-
Using Generics and Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to use generics and collections to develop a Java application.
-
Using Java Assertions and Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java SE 7 assertions and appropriate error handling to build a Java business application.
-
Using Localization
After watching this video; you will be able to implement localization features in a Java SE 7 business app.
-
Working with Java NIO
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate Java NIO within a business application.
-
Building Finite State Machine Actors
After watching this video; you will be able to build actors with finite state machine behavior.
-
Configuring Akka
After watching this video; you will be able to configure settings for an actor system in Akka.
-
Configuring Mailboxes
After watching this video; you will be able to configure various actor mailbox types.
-
Creating a Basic Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic application.
-
Creating a Simple Akka Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic Akka application that reponds to messages and uses the Akka testkit.
-
Creating a Supervision Strategy
After watching this video; you will be able to use supervision strategies to create fault tolerance.
-
Creating Futures
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use Akka futures.
-
Creating Persistence
After watching this video; you will be able to create actors with persistent states.
-
Defining Actor References; Paths; and Addresses
After watching this video; you will be able to define actor paths; addresses; and how actor references work with actors.
-
Defining Actors and Actor Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to define actors; their functions; and actor systems.
-
Defining Message Delivery Reliability
After watching this video; you will be able to define message delivery reliability.
-
Describing Concepts and Terminology
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the main concepts used by Akka.
-
Describing Supervision and Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how actors supervise and monitor others.
-
Describing the Java Memory Model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Java Memory Model and how it works with actors and Futures.
-
Downloading Akka
After watching this video; you will be able to download and install Akka.
-
Introducing Akka
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Akka and its advantages.
-
Managing Futures
After watching this video; you will be able to compose and manage Akka futures.
-
Routing Messages
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure routers to route messages to actors.
-
Testing Actor Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to test an actor system using the Akka testkit.
-
Using Actors
After watching this video; you will be able to create; send messages between; manipulate; and stop actors.
-
Using Dispatchers
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use different types of dispatchers.
-
Using Typed Actors
After watching this video; you will be able to create; send messages between; manipulate; and stop typed actors.
-
Working with Agents
After watching this video; you will be able to create; read; update; and configure agents.
-
Decision Tables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe decision tables and the benefits they provide.
-
Reading Flow Charts
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and recognize program flow through the use of flowcharts.
-
Class Constructor Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and use class constructors; including the default constructor and overloaded constructors.
-
Memory Stack and Heap
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between the stack and heap memory allocation.
-
Selecting a Data Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to compare the performance implications of different data structures and how to determine which data structure to use.
-
Storing Programs and Instructions in Memory
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how a computer stores your program code and instructions in memory.
-
Accessing Calendars
After watching this video; you will be able to read events and data from a calendar.
-
Action Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ActionBar to implement a tabbed interface.
-
Adding a CardView
After watching this video; you will be able to use a CardView to display information.
-
Adding a RecyclerView
After watching this video; you will be able to use a RecyclerView to display a collection of data.
-
Adjusting System Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various Xamarin system properties.
-
Android Assets
After watching this video; you will be able to specify what Android assets are and how they're used.
-
Android Callable Wrappers
After watching this video; you will be able to invoke managed code from your Xamarin project.
-
Android Class Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to create classes to support an application.
-
Android Ice Cream Sandwich
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 4.0.
-
Android Jelly Bean
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 4.1.
-
Android KitKat
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 4.4.
-
Android Lollipop
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 5.0.
-
Android Marshmallow
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of the current Android 6.0 beta.
-
Android Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Android resources are and their purpose.
-
Android Speech-to-Text
After watching this video; you will be able to use Android to interpret written text from spoken words.
-
Android Templates in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe the Android templates available in Visual Studio.
-
Android Text-to-Speech
After watching this video; you will be able to use Android to speak written text.
-
Android Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to create unit tests to validate code correctness.
-
Android Wear Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of UI controls specific to Android Wear.
-
API Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe design goals of the Xamarin API.
-
App Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure your application's properties.
-
Application Linker
After watching this video; you will be able to Control the behavior of the Linker.
-
Application Profiling
After watching this video; you will be able to profile your application for performance metrics.
-
Application Troubleshooting
After watching this video; you will be able to utilize common troubleshooting techniques.
-
Autocomplete
After watching this video; you will be able to provide autocomplete functionality on a text input.
-
Background Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to use services to perform background tasks in your application.
-
Binding a Java Library
After watching this video; you will be able to create a binding project to wrap a Java library.
-
Binding Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the design of the Xamarin bindings.
-
Binding Provider
After watching this video; you will be able to connect the ContentProvider to the application interface.
-
Build Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various actions that control how a file is processed during build.
-
Build Properties and Targets
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the components of the build process.
-
Building APKs for Specific ABIs
After watching this video; you will be able to target your build at a specific ABI.
-
C# Overview for Java Developers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe similarities and differences between Java and C#.
-
Callable Wrappers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the usage of Callable Wrappers.
-
Calling the Dispose Function
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Dispose function with caution.
-
Configuration Options in the Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the configuration options in the emulator.
-
Configure and Build Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to verify settings and build your app.
-
Connect a GridView Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to connect an adapter to a GridView.
-
Connected Services
After watching this video; you will be able to intergrate connected services with your app.
-
Connecting the CardView UI
After watching this video; you will be able to display items from the data source in the CardView UI.
-
ContentProviders Database Class
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of Content Providers to access data.
-
Cordova Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Apache Cordova.
-
CPU Architectures
After watching this video; you will be able to specify target architecture(s) for your application.
-
Create a GridView Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to create an adapter for a GridView.
-
Create a RecyclerView Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to create an adapter class for the RecyclerView.
-
Create a Splash Screen
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Splash Screen to your application.
-
Create a Table Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to connect a CardView to a data source.
-
Create an App
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Apache Cordova app.
-
Create ContentProvider Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a class to interface with the database.
-
Creating a Basic Android Application
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the key steps involved in creating a basic application using Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Creating a Data Class for RecyclerView
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a class to be used by RecyclerView.
-
Creating an Android App in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to create a basic Android application using Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Creating an Android Wear App
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android Wear application.
-
Creating Cross-platform Apps in Visual C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the cross-platform features of Visual C++.
-
Cross-platform Development
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cross-platform development.
-
Date Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to select dates using the Date Picker.
-
Debug Log
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use the debug log.
-
Debug Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to find and correct bugs in your application.
-
Debugging in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to debug Xamarin applications in Visual Studio.
-
Debugging on Hardware
After watching this video; you will be able to debug your application on Android hardware.
-
Deploy on Multiple Platforms
After watching this video; you will be able to build your application on multiple platforms.
-
Deploying and Running an Android Application
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the key steps involved in deploying an application using Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Design a UI
After watching this video; you will be able to lay out basic Android UI elements.
-
Designer Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to use the interface designer.
-
Developing Cross-platform in Visual C++
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android activity app in C++.
-
Device Rotation
After watching this video; you will be able to handle the orientation of the device in your application.
-
Enable ADB Debugging in your Application
After watching this video; you will be able to enable support for debugging your application with ADB.
-
Enable Application Debugging
After watching this video; you will be able to provide ADB support in your application.
-
Features You Can Test
After watching this video; you will be able to Android For .NET Developers: Features You Can Test.
-
Form Elements
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic user interface elements.
-
Gallery
After watching this video; you will be able to display items in a scrollable gallery.
-
Getting Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to install the tools for cross-platform development in Visual Studio 2015.
-
Google Play Services on an Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to Set up an emulator that supports google play services for use in demos in this section.
-
Graphics and Animation
After watching this video; you will be able to Utilize simple graphics and animations in your app.
-
Grid Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface using a grid layout.
-
Installing Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to install required dependencies manually.
-
Installing Visual Studio Emulator for Android
After watching this video; you will be able to install Visual Studio Emulator for Android.
-
Installing VS Tools for Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to install the tools to develop using Visual Studio and Cordova.
-
Installing Xamarin for Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate the process for installing Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Introduction to Android Wear
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and utility of the Android Wear API.
-
Introduction to Garbage Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the details of garbage collection in Xamarin.
-
Introduction to the Android UI
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the fundamental elements of the Android user interface.
-
Introduction to the Xamarin.Android Build Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the steps involved in building a Xamarin.Android APK.
-
Java Activation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between Java and C# constructors.
-
Java Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe methods to make use of existing Java components.
-
Keystore Signatures
After watching this video; you will be able to obtain your app's cryptographic signature.
-
Launching an Application
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to define the activation experience for your Windows Store apps; allowing you to configure the initial look and feel whenever the user launches the app. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to launch an app using the OnLaunched method and the LaunchActivatedEventArgs class to provide event information.
-
Launching the Emulator from the CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to start the emulator from the command line.
-
Linear Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface with a linear layout.
-
ListViews and Adapters
After watching this video; you will be able to use List Views to display lists of data.
-
Localizing Android Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use resources to localize an Android application.
-
Manage Plugins
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Cordova plugins.
-
Managing Package Size
After watching this video; you will be able to control the resulting size of your application package.
-
Material Theme
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Android 5.0 visual style.
-
Modifying Calendars
After watching this video; you will be able to add and update calendar events.
-
Naming Conventions and Similarities
After watching this video; you will be able to describe differences in naming conventions for similar structures.
-
Native Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to access platform-specific projects with Cordova.
-
Navigation Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to adjust the visibility of the navigation bar.
-
Network and Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor network traffic with Fiddler.
-
Object-Oriented Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to describe similarities and differences between Java and C# for Object-Oriented programming.
-
Packaging Android Wear
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Android Wear apps are packaged.
-
Popup Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of pop-up menus.
-
Porting Java Code to C#
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to port code from Java to C#.
-
Publish Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your application.
-
Publishing an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to publish an application.
-
Relative Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface with a relative layout.
-
Requirements and Limitations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the system requirements and limitations of the Visual Studio Emulator for Android.
-
Running in the Ripple Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to run your app within the Ripple Simulator.
-
Running on Android
After watching this video; you will be able to run your app within the Android OS.
-
Running on Windows Phone
After watching this video; you will be able to run your app within the Windows Phone OS.
-
Saving UI State on Device Rotation
After watching this video; you will be able to save state so your program doesn't lose data when the user rotates the device.
-
Screen Sizes
After watching this video; you will be able to write applications that work with multiple screen sizes.
-
Setting up Android Wear
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare your Xamarin.Android install for developing Android Wear apps.
-
Sign Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to sign your application with your certificate.
-
System Calendars
After watching this video; you will be able to retrieve the list of calendars on the system.
-
Table Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface with a table layout.
-
Targeting Specific Android Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to target specific frameworks using Xamarin and Visual Studio.
-
TextureView
After watching this video; you will be able to display video or OpenGL content.
-
The AndroidManifest.xml File
After watching this video; you will be able to describe settings available in the AndroidManifest.xml file.
-
Time Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to specify times using the Time Picker.
-
Understanding Android Activities
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Android activities are and how they are used.
-
Understanding Android Intents
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use Android intents to communicate within an Android application.
-
Understanding Android Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how basic navigation works in an Android application.
-
Using Audio
After watching this video; you will be able to work with audio in your application.
-
Using Google Maps API
After watching this video; you will be able to plot a position on Google Maps.
-
Using Location Services
After watching this video; you will be able to use location services to determine device location.
-
Using Native Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of and bundle native libraries into your APK.
-
Using the Android SDK Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to launch and use the SDK manager.
-
Using the JNI
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java code via the Java Native Interface.
-
Viewing the Application Debug Log
After watching this video; you will be able to view the debug log from an application to aid in troubleshooting.
-
WebView
After watching this video; you will be able to display web content in a web view.
-
Working with Android Fragments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Android Fragments are and specify their purpose.
-
Working with Multiple Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to work with multiple screens in an Android application.
-
Writing GC-friendly Code
After watching this video; you will be able to write code with an eye to efficient garbage collection.
-
Writing Responsive Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your application doesn't suffer from an unresponsive GUI.
-
Xamarin Application Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how a Xamarin.Android application interfaces with the Android platform.
-
Your First Wear App
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android Wear application.
-
N-Tier – Adding an Administrative User
In N-Tier; a RESTful Architecture allows you to use ASP.NET MVC 4 and Visual Studio to assign membership and authorization roles to your Web API. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to assign administrative; global; and anonymous memberships and authorization roles to MVC 4 controller classes by defining specific or global authorization rules; or by using the AllowAnonymous attribute.
-
N-Tier – Creating a Home Controller
In N-Tier application architecture; the ASP.NET MVC framework's controller structure in Microsoft Visual Studio automatically generates a HomeController class that implements the Home page of your app that can be modified with minimal coding effort. In this video; Mike McMillan adds a HomeController to an MVC application before modifying the functionality of the class to return a string.
-
N-Tier – Creating a Store Controller
In an application architecture using an N-Tier approach; Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to easily create a StoreController that implements the browsing functionality of your app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a StoreController class; add and modify methods that respond to URL requests; and determine what should be returned to the user.
-
N-Tier – Creating a View Template
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; using view templates in Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to customize the HTML content sent to browsers visiting your app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to change the HomeController class to return a view; and how to customize the _Layout.cshtml file and have it return specific content in a view.
-
N-Tier – Modifying the Scaffolding View
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to add ASP.NET Scaffolding to your project; quickly providing code that interacts with your data models that you can modify to suit your specific requirements. In this video; Mike McMillan uses scaffolding to create a new controller before demonstrating how to edit the auto generated view code.
-
N-Tier – Providing Data Access for the Application
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; the Entity Framework (EF) allows you to create model objects in Microsoft Visual Studio so you can access data stored in a database in an object-oriented way. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to complete the preliminary work necessary for the EF and code-first to be configured for a project.
-
N-Tier – Querying the Database
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; once configured; the Entity Framework (EF) allows you to query information in a database from within your application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare a field on the StoreController to hold an instance of a class maintained by the EF and update the Store Index to query the database.
-
N-Tier – Setting Up a Shopping Cart - Adding Classes
N-Tier Architecture allows developers to create a shopping cart for an online store app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add classes to a shopping cart and various checkout processes; such as the Cart class; Order class; and OrderDetail class.
-
N-Tier – Setting Up a Shopping Cart – Managing the Business Logic
N-Tier Architecture allows developers to build business logic into controllers based on the purpose of the app they are developing. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the business logic inherent in a shopping cart controller for adding and removing items from the cart using various methods; such as GetCart and AddToCart.
-
N-Tier – Shopping Cart Wrap-Up – Defining Validation Rules for an Order
In N-Tier; a RESTful Architecture allows you to use ASP.NET MVC 4 and Visual Studio to create validation rules and regular expressions that ensure completion of the Checkout process's form fields. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add the MVCMusicStore.Models namespace's using statements; write validation rules for form fields; and define a regular expression validating an e-mail address.
-
N-Tier – Shopping Cart Wrap-Up – Managing Check-Out
In N-Tier; a RESTful Architecture allows you to use ASP.NET MVC 4 and Visual Studio to create a CheckoutController to manage your Web API's checkout procedure. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how the AddressAndPayment GET and POST methods; nested in a Try...Catch block; facilitate data entry and validation; so you can add; save; process; and complete orders.
-
N-Tier – Starting a New Project
When developing an application architecture using an N-Tier approach; Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to quickly and easily start a new project using a predefined template. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an empty Model-View-Controller (MVC) project in Visual Studio before you start your application development.
-
N-Tier – Using a Model to Pass Information to a View
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; the Model-View-Controller pattern allows you to pass information from controller actions which return ActionResults to view templates by using models to create a dynamic web site in Visual studio. In this video; Mike McMillan creates model classes before modifying the StoreController to use views which display information from the model.
-
N-Tier – Using Data Annotations for Model Validation
In N-tier; validation can be done by adding Data Annotations to Model Classes. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add Data Annotations to the Album class file to use Data Validation on data entered into the application.
-
N-Tier – Working with the Store Manager Controller Code
The StoreManagerController allows us to examine the auto generated code that is provided when creating a controller with scaffolding in Microsoft Visual Studio within an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach. In this video; Mike McMillan highlights the action code in the StoreManagerController class that lets you retrieve; create; edit; and delete items from the Store.
-
REST – Adding a Task Class
Before creating controllers in a Representational State Transfer (REST) style of software architecture; you should add a Task class that defines the different methods for performing tasks within the application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a Task class; implement its properties; and declare the property accessors in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
REST – Creating a REST Service – Starting the Project
In a REST style of architecture; Microsoft Visual Studio provides project templates that allow you to quickly and easily start a new project when creating a RESTful service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new ASP.NET MVC 4 Web App; and the folders in Solution Explorer that will be used to develop a RESTful service.
-
REST – Examining the Routes
When creating a new project in Microsoft Visual Studio that implements the REST style of architecture; the project templates for MVC include preconfigured URL routes that specify the URL pattern that is mapped to a handler. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the routes in the RouteConfig.cs file and how to modify the scaffolding for a RESTful service.
-
REST – Implementing the Delete Method
REST Architecture provides developers with a Delete method to remove a repository. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Delete method in a REST service.
-
REST – Implementing the Get Method
When creating a service based upon the REST style of architecture; once a controller's repository has been established it is necessary to implement controller Get() methods that return the tasks from the repository. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to return all the tasks from the repository and how to return tasks based upon id using Get() methods.
-
REST – Implementing the Post Methods
REST Architecture provides developers with a Post method to request the origin server to accept an entity as a subordinate resource. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Post method in a REST service.
-
REST – Implementing the Put Method
REST Architecture provides developers with a Put method so you can create or update within a REST service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Put method in a REST service by placing it within a try-catch statement.
-
REST – Mapping URLs
Before developing an application using the REST style of software architecture; it's important to plan the mapping of URLs for the servers to establish how they look for a particular REST service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to plan the mapping between create; read; update; and delete (CRUD) operations; HTTP methods; and request URIs for a task service.
-
REST – Overview of Implementing a REST Service
In a Representational State Transfer (REST) architectural style; RESTful services allow an application to publish Web services that are accessed by other applications to exchange data as an alternative to other more complex mechanisms. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the basic principles when implementing a RESTful Web service.
-
REST – Resource Representations
In REST Architecture; five common media types can be used for resources. In this video; Mike McMillan details the five common media types and explains their advantages and disadvantages.
-
REST – Resources and URIs
A RESTful Architecture and its services allow you to design URIs and make certain resources available to your Web API. In this video; Mike McMillan explains the need for a RESTful service to be hypertext driven; to provide a base URI; a Web-supported Internet media type; operations using HTTP methods; and either a Collection or an Element resource URI.
-
REST – Setting the TaskController
REST Architecture allows developers to build a TasksController which controls the Controllers. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an ITaskRepository interface using an ITaskRepository.cs file containing method declarations; and a public interface ITaskRepository.
-
REST – Uniform Interface
In REST Architecture; all services operate using the same uniform interface. In this video; Mike McMillan explains the four qualities; or properties; that the uniform interface must have.
-
REST – What is REST?
Representational State Transfer (REST) architecture is a set of constraints applied to components; connectors; and data elements within a distributed hypermedia system based on the architecture of the World Wide Web. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the architectural properties of REST architecture as well as the constraints which; when applied to the system; define a system as RESTful.
-
REST – Working with Controllers
Creating a service based upon the architecture of REST requires a controller that exposes the methods performed on a task resource; and Microsoft Visual Studio provides useful scaffolding options that you can implement and modify as required. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a new controller; then modify the arguments and return types of the methods.
-
Adding a jQuery Effect
You can add jQuery effect to show and hide HTML elements. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a jQuery effect in ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Adding a jQuery UI Widget
You can add and display a jQuery UI widget in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a jQuery UI widget in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Adding a jQuery Utility
A jQuery utility can be used to position content in ASP.NET MVC 4 application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a jQuery utility in ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Adding a New Layout Page
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add and use a new layout page in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Adding a New MVC 4 Unit Test
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a test project and add a new unit test for the web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new MVC 4 unit test in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Adding a New Page in a Web Forms Application
In ASP.NET; you can develop web pages and web forms for an application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new web forms page in a web forms application.
-
Adding a New Page in a Web Pages Application
In ASP.NET; you can develop web pages and web sites for an application by using Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new web page in a web pages application.
-
Adding a New Page in an MVC 4 Web Application
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can add a new page in your web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new view to an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Applying a JavaScript Resource to the UI
this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure an XML media-type formatter to handle circular object references in XML in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Applying a Site Layout Page to a Web Forms Application
Web forms applications are created using the web forms project template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply a site layout page to a web form page.
-
Applying a Site Layout Page to a Web Pages Application
In ASP.NET; you can apply a site layout page to a newly added web page in a web pages application in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply the site layout page.
-
Applying a Site Layout Page to an MVC 4 Web Application
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can apply a site layout page to an MVC 4 Web Application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply a site layout page to a newly added view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Applying an MVC 4 Controller Action Filter
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can directly apply action filters to MVC 4 Controller actions in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply an MVC 4 Controller action filter.
-
Applying an SSL Certificate
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to prevent cross-site scripting (XSS) by using HTML encoding in ASP.NET.
-
Applying Route Constraints
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define MVC routes and apply constraints to them. This allows you to define patterns by which URLs can be matched to controllers; and constraints can be applied to the controllers. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define MVC routes and apply constraints to them.
-
Arranging Scheduled Diagnostics Collection
In this video; Jason Row outlines how to arrange scheduled diagnostics collection in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Bundling and Minifying Scripts
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to bundle and minify application scripts in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Carrying Out Async Testing
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to perform an unit test using an async controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Choosing a Connection Loss Strategy
In this video; Wesley Miller outlines some key factors that impact the choice of a WebSocket connection loss strategy in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Combining Razor Code Blocks with Markup
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to combine MVC Razor code blocks with HTML markup to render view content in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Compressing and Decompressing Data Using Gzip
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to check the browser client's HTTP request encoding header for Gzip compression support in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Compressing and Decompressing Data Using Storage
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to check the browser client's HTTP request encoding header for deflate compression support in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Configuring a Custom Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to configure a custom membership provider in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Configuring a SQL Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure a SQL Membership Provider in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Configuring and Testing a Custom Role Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to configure and test a custom role provider in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Configuring Authentication Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure authentication settings in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Configuring Clients that Consume Custom STS Tokens
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a client web application that consumes custom Security Token Service (STS) tokens in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Startup Projects option to select multiple startup projects for the client application.
-
Configuring Controller Route Parameters
You can configure route parameters to get content from the custom controller. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure MVC controller route parameters in an ASP.Net MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Configuring Cryptography Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to encrypt and decrypt connection strings in a Web.config file in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Configuring Custom Error Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure a custom error page when a MVC web application encounters an exception in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Configuring Database Connections Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure database connection settings in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Configuring Diagnostics Using Azure Diagnostics API
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to respond to the Azure start; run; and stop events in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Configuring View Compilation Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure view compilation settings in ASP.NET.
-
Connecting an On-Premises Server to Azure Cloud Service
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can configure an Azure Cloud service project to access and retrieve data from an on-premises server in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Startup Project option to select multiple startup projects.
-
Connecting to a SQL Server Express Local Database
In this video; Wesley Miller connects an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to a SQL Server database.
-
Connecting to a Windows Azure SQL Database
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to connect an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to a Windows Azure SQL database in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Consuming JSON Data
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to retrieve and display JSON data in an ASP.NET Web API framework.
-
Consuming Tokens from a Custom Security Token Service
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a web application that is capable of consuming security tokens issued from a custom Security Token Service in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the SWTConstants class to store constants that are used as token claim identifiers.
-
Consuming XML Data
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ASP.NET Web API Framework to retrieve and display XML data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a Custom Model Binder
In this video; Wesley Miller creates and uses a custom model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action method using query strings in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a Custom Model Binder using Form Values
In this video; Wesley Miller creates and uses a custom model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action using form field values in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a Custom Security Token Service Class
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom Security Token Service class. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the GetScope method to set the encrypting scope property.
-
Creating a Custom Security Token Service Login Page
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom Security Token Service that issues simple web tokens to an ASP.NET client application in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Login_Authenticate method to check if the username field is empty when the user clicks the Login button.
-
Creating a Custom Validation Rule
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom data validation attribute and apply it to a model class property in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a Fake HTTP Context Class
In this video; Wesley Miller outlines the steps to create a fake HTTP context class that can be used to construct unit tests for Web API routes.
-
Creating a JavaScript Resource
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure the JSON MediaTypeFormatter to handle circular object references in JSON in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a New Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to add new records to a SQL Server Express database.
-
Creating a New MVC 4 Web Application
Using ASP.Net MVC applications; you can cleanly separate UI logic from data management concerns and can also support user authentication and account management. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a new ASP.Net MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a New MVC Model Class
In this video; Wesley Miller creates a model class and accesses data from class properties in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a New Web Forms Application
Web forms applications are created using the web forms project template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a new web forms application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a New Web Pages Application
In ASP.NET; you can create a web pages application by using the Web Site (Razor v2) project template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a new web pages application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a Windows Azure Cloud Service
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to create an MVC 5 Application and convert it to a Windows Azure cloud service project. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a Windows Azure Cloud service project using Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an Async Controller
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create an async controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating an MVC 4 Unit Test Project
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use a unit test project for creating test methods that can be used on MVC controller actions. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a unit test project in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an On-Premises Server Solution
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to create an on-premises server solution. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a console application in Visual Studio 2013 to be used as an on-premises server solution for a hybrid web application.
-
Creating and Authorizing User Roles
A role can be defined as a group of users who will be authorized to have certain access privileges throughout an application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use ASP.NET authorization to create a new user role and add users to it in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Creating Custom HTML Helper Classes
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom HTML helper class in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating Custom Security Tokens
With ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a Visual C# class library that uses the Windows Identity Foundation (WIF) framework to work with a custom security token format in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a Visual C# class library that uses the WIF framework to work with a custom security token format.
-
Creating MVC Model Classes with Relationships
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to implement a relationship between two model classes in an ASP.NET application.
-
Creating New Applications with Mobile Template
In this video; Wesley Miller develops a basic ASP.NET MVC 4 web application using the Mobile Application template in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating Roles and Adding Users
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create roles and add users in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating Satellite Resource Assemblies
Satellite resource assemblies are libraries that contain translated resources appropriate for multi-language applications. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create satellite resource assemblies in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Customizing Data Annotation Error Messages
In this video; Wesley Miller customizes validation error messages in ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Debugging an Application Using Remote Desktop Protocol
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to debug an application using remote desktop protocol in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Debugging an Azure Application Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to use IntelliTrace to debug a Windows Azure application.
-
Decompressing Data Using Deflate
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use Gzip compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Defining a Custom MVC 4 Action Filter
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can define a CustomController action filter in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define a custom MVC 4 action filter.
-
Defining a Custom URL Decryption Method
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define a custom URL decryption method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Defining a Custom URL Encryption Method
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstartes how to define a custom URL encryption method in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Defining an Area
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define and register new areas in an application. This allows you to create manageable code for the application that is separated according to the area it belongs to. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define areas in an ASP.NET MVC4 web application.
-
Defining an MVC 4 Controller Action Result
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can define a new MVC controller ActionResult. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define an MVC 4 controller ActionResult.
-
Defining an MVC Route to Handle a URL Pattern
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define routes that can handle incoming URLs that contain parameter patterns. This allows you to define an MVC route to handle a custom URL pattern. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how ASP.NET routes can be defined to handle incoming URLs that contain parameter patterns.
-
Defining Routes that Ignore URL Pattern
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define routes that ignore URL patterns. This allows you to configure the runtime application to follow certain routes; while overlooking others. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define routes that ignore URL patterns.
-
Defining Web API Controller Routes
In ASP.NET MVC4 web applications in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to configure routing tables. This allows you to define new Web API controller routes. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define Web API controller routes.
-
Deleting an Existing Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller uses MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to delete existing records from a SQL Server Express database.
-
Deploying a Secure ASP.NET Web Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to deploy a secure ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to Windows Azure.
-
Deploying to IIS
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to IIS for local testing.
-
Deploying to Windows Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application to an Azure web site.
-
Designing a Hybrid Web Application
A hybrid web application is hosted in multiple locations and consists of on-premise and cloud-based solutions for data storage and management. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses key factors regarding the purpose and design of a hybrid web application developed in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Detecting Browser Features Using DOM Objects
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the DOM object to determine if the browser supports web performance API.
-
Disabling Request Validation for a Property
The AllowHtml attribute allows individual control over how request validation is applied. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the AllowHtml attribute to disable request validation in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Disabling Request Validation for an Action Method
The ValidateInput attribute can be used to enable or disable input validation. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ValidateInput attribute to handle unvalidated URL Requests.
-
Displaying a Custom Error Page Using Global.asax
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the Global.asax file to display custom error pages for the users in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Displaying a Custom Error Page Using HTTPHandler
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to display a custom error page using the HTTPHandler attribute in ASP.NET applications.
-
Displaying Custom Error Pages Using Web.config
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to edit the Web.config file to display custom error pages for different status codes in an ASP.NET application.
-
Displaying Data
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a Json media type formatter to format HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Displaying Dynamic Content in a Cached Page
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Response.WriteSubstitution method to display dynamic data in a cached MVC 4 web application view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Enabling and Configuring Application Health Monitoring
ASP.NET MVC 4 requires you to enable and configure application health monitoring. Tracking the health of your MVC application can be done easily with the addition of the health monitoring element in your system.web. In the video; Jason Row demonstrates how to enable and configure MVC application health monitoring.
-
Encrypting Application Configuration Sections
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to encrypt a section of an application configuration file in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Enforcing Conditions Using Code Contracts
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to enforce conditions using code contracts. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to enforce conditions using code contracts for the times in your code where you have to be defensive in your programming approaches.
-
Generating URL Links to Web API Controllers
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the HttpRouteUrl helper to generate URLs in an MVC view that invoke Web API controller methods in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Getting Started with a Custom Security Token Handler
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom security token handler class that allows a web application to handle custom security tokens. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the SimpleWebTokenTypeUri class constant to specify the custom token type.
-
Globally Registering an MVC 4 Controller Action Filter
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can configure an MVC controller route with parameters for your web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up an MVC controller route with parameters in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Handling Exceptions Across Multiple Application Layers
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to handle exceptions across multiple application layers in ASP.NET.
-
Handling First Chance Exceptions
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to handle first chance exceptions in ASP.NET code.
-
Handling MVC 4 Unit Test Errors
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can locate and resolve errors for unit tests. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to handle MVC 4 unit test errors in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Handling Token Formats for SAML tokens
Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) 2.0 is an XML-based protocol that uses security tokens to pass on information about an end user. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure a Secure Token Service (STS) to manage SAML tokens in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Hosting an Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to deploy and host an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Identifying Configuration File Hierarchy
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates configuration file hierarchy in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Identifying MVC 4 Controller Route Data
Using MVC 4 controllers; you can have their application routes configured with the appropriate URL patterns so that they work properly. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to obtain and display controller route data in an ASP.Net MVC 4 Web Application view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Post
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP Post method in a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing a Repository Class
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to create and use a data repository class to implement data management logic in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Basic Unit Tests
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create and implement unit tests for a web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement basic unit tests in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Deferred Validation
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement deferred request validation in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Federated Authentication Using Azure
Federated authentication is a claims-based type of authentication that allows users to share their identity across multiple services. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use federated authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Partial Views
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create and render a Partial view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Start; Run; and Stop Events
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to respond to Start; Run; and Stop events in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Tracing and Logging
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to implement tracing and logging. Logging plays a key role in debugging issues with your application and you can make use of the System.Diagnostics.Trace class in order to create log files. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to implement tracing and logging.
-
Implementing WCF Service Authorization
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to implement Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service authorization.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Delete
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement the HTTP Delete method in a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Get
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP Get method for a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Put
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP Put method in a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Instantiating Model Objects from Controller Actions
In this video; Wesley Miller instantiates an MVC model class object from a controller class action and displays object property values in a view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Linking Between Areas
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to generate hyperlinks between areas. These hyperlinks allow you to gain access to controllers and their actions across different areas. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create links between areas in a project.
-
Obtaining Application Route Data
The ASP.NET MVC4 web application in Visual Studio 2013 allows you to obtain and display application route data. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to do this using an ASP.NET MVC4 web application template.
-
Overriding a User Browser
In this video; Wesley Miller uses jQuery Mobile in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to create a page link that can be used to switch between desktop view and mobile view when using a mobile browser user agent.
-
Overriding Web API Controller Action Names
Using ASP.NET MVC4 for web applications in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to override web API controller action names. To do this; you apply the ActionName attribute to the required actions in a specified pattern. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to do override action names.
-
Parametizing Queries to Prevent SQL Injection Attacks
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the parameterized SQL queries to prevent SQL injection attacks in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Planning a Web Farm
In this video; Wesley Miller describes planning a web farm in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Planning Applications for Various Screen Resolutions
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to write CSS that automatically adjusts the web page display from a desktop screen to a mobile device screen in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Preparing for Application Deployment
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to prepare for application deployment by changing settings in the Web.config file using ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Preventing Caching in ASP.NET MVC Application
In this video; Wesley Miller prevents view content caching using the SetCacheability method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Preventing Cross-Site Request Forgeries
Cross-site request forgery is a type of malicious web site exploitation where unauthorized commands are transmitted from a user at a trusted site. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to prevent cross-site request forgery attacks in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Preventing XSS Attacks using HTML Encoding
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use HTML form encoding to prevent cross-site scripting attacks in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Programmatically Authorizing User Roles
With ASP.NET MVC 4; you can programmatically create new roles in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use ASP.NET authorization to create a new role and add a user to that role in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013.
-
Reading an Existing Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller uses MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to read existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
Reading and Writing Binary Data Asynchronously
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to read and write binary data asynchronously in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Reading and Writing String Data Asynchronously
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to read and write string data asynchronously over a WebSocket connection using ASP.NET MVC 4 in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Redirecting to Other Areas
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to redirect controller actions between areas. This involves adding ActionLinks that link controllers to actions in other areas and then adding a redirect flag to the controller. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to redirect controller actions from one area to another.
-
Registering Web API Controller Routes
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to register Web API controller routes. This provides you with greater control over your web APIs. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to register Web API controller routes.
-
Rendering a Menu Control Using MVC SiteMap Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the MvcSiteMapProvider NuGet Package to render a menu control in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application view.
-
Reporting Validation Errors in UI using jQuery
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the jQuery Validation plugin to carry out client-side validation in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Retrieving Certificates and Configuring a Custom STS
With ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom Security Token Service (STS) that issues Simple Web Token (SWT) tokens to an ASP.NET client application in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom STS in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013.
-
Salting and Hashing Passwords for Secure Storage
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to encrypt passwords before storing them in a database by using the salting and hashing techniques in an ASP.NET application.
-
Seeding a SQL Server Express LocalDB Database
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a database initializer class with Entity Framework 6 to create and seed a SQL Server Express database with sample data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Session Management in a Distributed Environment
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses session management in a distributed environment for an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Setting Up a Custom Membership Provider Model
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a model for a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Setting Up a Custom Role Provider Model
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a model for a custom role provider in ASP.NET applications.
-
Setting Up a Custom URL Decryption Helper Class
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a Custom URL Decryption Helper Class in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Setting Up a Custom URL Encryption Helper Class
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set Up a Custom URL Encryption Helper Class in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Setting Up a SQL Membership Provider Model
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a SQL membership provider model in ASP.NET.
-
Setting Up Forms Authentication User Login
In this video; Wesley Miller describes forms authentication for user login functionality in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Setting Up Forms Authentication User Registration
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up forms authentication for user registration in an ASP.NET web application.
-
Signing Application Data to Prevent Tampering
A redirection attack deflects communication intended for one destination to a different location. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to protect against open redirection attacks in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Storing Custom Settings in a Configuration File
After watching this video; you will be able to store custom application settings in a configuration file for an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Testing a Custom Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to test a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Testing a SQL Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test a SQL membership provider in ASP.NET applications.
-
Testing Custom URL Decryption
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstartes how to test custom URL decryption in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Testing Custom URL Encryption
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement a custom URL encryption logic in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Testing Forms Authentication using Simple Membership
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to authenticate forms by using a simple membership provider in ASP.NET web applications.
-
Testing HTTP DELETE on the Client
In this video; Wesley Miller outlines the steps to test HTTP DELETE on the client.
-
Testing HTTP POST on the Client
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test HTTP POST on the client.
-
Testing HTTP PUT on the Client
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP "PUT" method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Testing Role Creation and Authorization
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test role creation and authorization in an ASP.NET web application.
-
Troubleshooting Application Errors
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you need be able to troubleshoot application errors. Information is the key when you’re trying to troubleshoot such errors; and many times it’s all about having the right process to follow. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to troubleshoot application errors.
-
Troubleshooting Application Security
In ASP.NET MVC 4 development; you will need to troubleshoot application security. Security should always be a major consideration in every feature that you add to your MVC application. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to troubleshoot and application to implement security.
-
Updating an Existing Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller uses MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to edit existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
Using a Content Delivery Network
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the deflate compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using a Custom Display Mode
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user smartphone models in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using AJAX to Make Partial Page Updates
In ASP.NET; you can use Ajax with jQuery to make partial page updates in your application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use Ajax to make partial page updates.
-
Using an AJAX Helper Script
You can use Ajax helper function to make an asynchronous HTTP request to the server. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use an Ajax helper function to make an asynchronous HTTP request to a server in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using an Async Await
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the async await; the asynchronous programming model in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using an XML Media-Type Formatter
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use an XML media-type formatter to format the display of HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Application State to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use application state to save and read state information in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Async Controller Actions
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create an asynchronous controller action in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Async Timeouts
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use asynchronous timeouts in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Controller Action Names in Custom Web API Routes
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to collect diagnostics on demand in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Cookies to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create and add a structured cookie to an HTTP response in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Using Cookies to Manage User Sessions
Authentication cookies are used to verify users and to enable secure interaction with a system. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a forms authentication cookie to manage a user session.
-
Using Glimpse to Monitor Network Activity
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the Glimpse tool to observe client and server network activity in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using HTML Helpers
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use HTML Helper methods to create and render form elements in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using jQuery to Call a Web Service
You can use jQuery to call web services with Ajax in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use jQuery to call a web service.
-
Using jQuery to Modify HTML Elements
HTML elements can be created and modified through jQuery in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to modify DOM elements in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Using JS Libraries from a Content Delivery Network
JavaScript libraries from a Content Delivery Network can be used in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the JavaScript libraries from the Content Delivery Network.
-
Using LINQ Queries with Method and Query Syntax
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a LINQ to Entities query with a combination of method and query syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using LINQ Queries with Method Syntax
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use a LINQ to Entities query with method syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using Modernizr to Detect Browser Features
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use NuGet Package Manager for installing JavaScript libraries. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use Modernizr to detect and respond to client browser features in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using NuGet to Add a JavaScript Library
The NuGet package manager can be used to install JavaScript libraries in Visual Studio. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use NuGet to install a JavaScript library.
-
Using Page Inspector to Browse an Application
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the Page Inspector to browse application code and examine layout and styling in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using Profile Properties to Store State Information
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the application state to save and read the state information in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Using Query Strings to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a query string to pass information from view to view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Using Session State to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller describes the use of the sessionState variable to save and read state information for the current browser session.
-
Using the DataType Data Annotation
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DataType data annotation on a model class object property to affect how the property value displays in an MVC 4 view.
-
Using the Default Model Binder
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the default MVC model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using the DisplayFormat Data Annotation
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayFormat data annotation on a DateTime field to customize the display format in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Using the DisplayName Data Annotation
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayName annotation on a model class object property to customize property label display in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Using the Entity Framework Code First Workflow
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the Entity Framework code-first approach to generate a SQL Server Express database from an MVC model class in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the Entity Framework Database First Workflow
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Entity Framework database-first approach to produce MVC models; controllers; and views from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using the Entity Framework Model First Workflow
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to use the Entity Framework model-first approach to generate a SQL Server database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the MVC 4 Unit Test Assert Class
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use the Assert class within unit test to perform various tests for a web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the MVC 4 unit test Assert class in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the Task Parallel Library
The task parallel library supports parallel event processing in web applications. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the task parallel library to manage concurrent and independent tasks by using ASP.NET MVC 4 in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using Validation Annotations
In this video; Wesley Miller validates user input data by applying data annotations to a model property in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Using Web API Parameter Bindings
Using ASP.NET MVC4 for web applications in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to perform parameter binding. This allows you to prevent a specified controller method from being invoked as an action. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use web API parameter binding.
-
Using Web API Routes with Controller Action Names
ASP.NET MVC4 for web applications in Visual Studio 2013 allows you to implement a custom web API route that uses a controller action name in its route template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use web API routes with controller action names.
-
Validating and Writing Custom Tokens
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can validate and write custom tokens. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the ValidateSignature method to validate the signature of the token.
-
Validating Audience; Parsing and Creating Token Claims
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can display claims information from incoming tokens on a web page in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the ParseToken method to parse the token into a collection of claims.
-
Working with Async Exceptions
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to handle asynchronous exceptions in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Working with Browser Plug-ins
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create user-friendly routes to build information hierarchy by using the ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Working with Crash Dumps
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with crash dumps in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Working with Custom Authentication
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement custom authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Working with Display Modes
In this video; Wesley Miller creates view files for generic desktop and mobile browser display modes and tests the ASP.NET MVC 4 display modes feature in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with Event Logs
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with event logs to monitor servers in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Working with IIS Startup Tasks
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a batch file to perform startup tasks in ASP.NET.
-
Working with MVC 4 Controller Action Selectors
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use action names and accept verbs to define action selectors for an MVC controller in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to work with MVC 4 controller action selectors.
-
Working with Performance Counters
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with Performance Counters in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Working with the Data Cache
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the hasFeature method to determine browser support for a specific feature in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Working with the DisplayModeProvider
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user tablet models in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with the HTTP Cache
In this video; Wesley Miller implements an HTTP browser cache in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with the Output Cache
In this video; Wesley Miller implements the OutputCache attribute in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with the TempData Object
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the TempData object to persist the view data through a redirect action in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Working with the ViewBag Object
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ViewBag object to persist data among views in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Working with the ViewData Object
The ViewData dictionary object can be used to pass data from a controller to a view in key-value pairs. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ViewData object to pass data from a controller to a view.
-
Working with Vendor-Specific Extensions
In this video; Wesley Miller creates a cache profile in web.config and implements it with the OutputCache attribute on an MVC 4 controller action in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with Windows Authentication
Authentication is vital in preventing unauthorized users from accessing a network infrastructure. In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to work with Windows authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Writing Code Blocks in Razor
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to write a simple Razor code block in C# that dynamically processes user input in an MVC view.
-
Writing Comments in Razor
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to write comments in MVC Razor code in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Writing Semantic Markup for a Screen Reader
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to create a unit test to test the default web API route in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Accessing an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to access a Microsoft Azure Redis cache from a Microsoft Azure web site developed using an ASP.NET MVC 5 application template.
-
Accessing Remote Azure Sites using Server Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to access and interact with a remote Microsoft Azure web site using the Server Explorer in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure a new Microsoft Azure Redis Cache using Microsoft Azure Portal Preview.
-
Implementing Real-Time Communications using SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to use the SignalR library to implement real-time communications in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
Specifying Override Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to specify an override filter in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
Testing Multiple Browsers Using Browser Link
After watching this video; you will be able to create a web test using the Browser Link feature in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Class Hierarchy – Creating Interfaces
In C# Programming; interfaces are valuable programming tools because they separate the definition of objects from their implementation. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to create an interface.
-
Class Hierarchy – Indexers
In C# Programming; you can create an indexer property to give easy access to the items in your array or collection. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to use indexers.
-
Consuming Data – Binary Serialization
In C# Programming; you can use binary serialization to send data efficiently to another process. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use binary formatter to create and save a file.
-
Consuming Data – Forcing Query Execution
C# Programming enables you to use specific methods to force LINQ to store a static copy of the result in memory. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how a record added to a database does not display in a queried list until the query is rerun.
-
Consuming Data – JSON Data
C# Programming enables you to see JSON data returned from a web service in raw format or; using the DataContractJsonSerializer instance; stream it through; and use it as an object in your application. In this video; Joe Barrett establishes a JSON stream; calls ReadObject method on it; and incorporates it as an object into his application.
-
Consuming Data – JSON Serialization
In C# Programming; you can use JSON serialization to get C# objects from JSON data. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to use JSON serialization.
-
Consuming Data – Linq to XML Data
C# Programming enables you to use the LINQ to XML provider to easily import XML file elements; attributes; and values into your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to load a document and parse its XML elements.
-
Consuming Data – Linq to XML Data Part 2
C# Programming's LINQ to XML functionality enables you to parse attributes and values; loop through collections containing multiple elements of the same name; and extract the data you need. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to parse XML attributes and their values and loop through attributes and extract needed data.
-
Consuming Data – Selecting from a Database
C# Programming enables you to select data from a database using Language Integrated Query (LINQ); which models data types as classes or properties. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the ADO.Net Entity Data Model to demonstrate how provider-data types are abstracted and defined as entities and functions.
-
Consuming Data – Selecting with Anonymous Types
C# Programming enables you to use anonymous types in a Select statement to define properties and extract data from a query's object entities. In this video; Joe Barrett explains the properties and syntax of anonymous types; and compiles a query.
-
Consuming Data – Stored Procedures in a Model
In C# Programming; you can use stored procedures in a data model either by themselves or as an easy way to insert; update; or delete an entity. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to add a stored procedure to a model.
-
Consuming Data – Updating Through a Model
C# Programming enables you to connect to and update single database records through the Entity Framework model. In this video; Joe Barrett compiles a query using an anonymous type; the SingleOrDefault method; the Console.ReadLine method; and the SaveChanges method.
-
Consuming Data – Using LINQ Operators
In C# Programming; you can use Language Integrated Query; or LINQ; operators to find particular pieces of information from arrays. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use LINQ operators and methods such as length; joins; orderby; and aggregate functions.
-
Consuming Data – Webservice Data
In C# Programming; you can convert XML data received from a web service into other usable formats. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to translate web service data to other formats.
-
Consuming Data – XML Serialization
In C# Programming; you can perform XML serialization to obtain XML data from an object. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the process of using XML Serialization to create objects from XML data and vice versa.
-
Consuming Types – Class Based on IDisposable
In C# Programming; you can release unmanaged resources by implementing the IDisposable interface. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to work with the IDisposable interface and outlines the steps required to create and implement this interface.
-
Consuming Types – Class Based on IEnumerable
In C# Programming; you can implement the IEnumerable interface to enable your classes to respond to the "foreach" loop. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to implement the IEnumerable interface.
-
Consuming Types – Converting Ref Types
In C# Programming; reference type variables are flexible pointers that lead to real data. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to work with reference type variables in the .NET framework.
-
Consuming Types – Creating and Using Classes
Class is a type that is foundational to object-oriented programming in C#. In C# Programming; you can create templates and use it as many times as you want. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to create a custom class template used to group together variables.
-
Consuming Types – Creating and Using Enums
In C# Programming; you can use enums to allow you to assign symbolic names to integral values and make your code more readable. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use enums.
-
Consuming Types – Creating Structure
In C# Programming; you can use structs; which are value types; to encapsulate small groups of related variables. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create structs.
-
Consuming Types – Extension Methods
C# Programming enables you; using extension methods; to add functionality to a class without extending it through inheritance. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create an extension method.
-
Consuming Types – Implementing IComparable
In C# Programming; you can enable collection sorting by implementing the IComparable interface. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IComparable interface.
-
Consuming Types – Inheritance
In C# Programming; you can build inheritance into classes that you create to maximize code reuse and maintainability. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use inheritance.
-
Consuming Types – Reflection
In C# Programming; you can use the System.Reflection namespace to find out information about members; properties; methods; and events of a specific type. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use System.Reflection namespace.
-
Consuming Types – Using CodeDOM
In C# Programming; you can generate code at runtime with other code by using CodeDOM. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of CodeDOM.
-
Consuming Types – Using Constructors
In C# Programming; constructors are methods inside a class that are executed automatically whenever the class is instantiated. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how constructors are created and used in a .NET application.
-
Consuming Types – Using Generic Methods
In C# Programming; you may have to deal with multiple overloads that are caused by creating a method that accepts different parameter types. In this video; Joe Barrett uses Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 to create a Generic Method to solve this problem.
-
Consuming Types – Using IConvertible
In C# Programming; the .NET interface IConvertible provides you with more control over the ways your object converts to another data type. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement IConvertible in Visual Studio.
-
Consuming Types – Using IFormattable
In C# Programming; you can use the IFormattable interface to provide users with easy-to-use data formatting options. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the IFormattable interface.
-
Consuming Types – Using Optional and Named Parameters
In C#; you can use optional and named parameters to enable you to create flexibility in calling methods. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use optional and named parameters.
-
Consuming Types – Using the Dynamic Runtime
In C# Programming; you can interoperate with other languages that don't use type creation by using the C# language. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the dynamic runtime.
-
Consuming Types – Converting Value Types
In C# Programming; values can be expressed as more than one type. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to convert value data types.
-
Debugging and Security – Basic Encryption
In C# Programming; you can implement encryption using classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use a basic symmetric encryption algorithm.
-
Debugging and Security – Encrypting Streams
In C# Programming; Streams are used extensively. You can use the CryptoStream object to encrypt and decrypt other Streams. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to chain the CryptoStream object to other objects that implement Streams as part of the encryption and decryption process.
-
Debugging and Security – Global Assembly Cache
C# Programming enables you to install and deploy strong-named components into and from the Global Assembly Cache (GAC) using drag and drop; the gacutil command-line tool; and the Windows Installer. In this video; Joe Barrett uses gacutil to deploy an assembly into the development environment before using the Windows Installer to create and install a production-environment MSI.
-
Debugging and Security – Hashing
In C# Programming; you can use hashing to verify data integrity. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to add a hash to encrypt data and verify whether or not it's been modified.
-
Debugging and Security – Managing Certificates
In C# Programming; you can use X509 certificates to verify the identity between the server and the client. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to view certificates and attach certificates to a request.
-
Debugging and Security – Strongnaming
C# Programming enables you to strong name assemblies for storage in the .Net Framework’s Global Assembly Cache(GAC) using the Developer Command Prompt for VS2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the sn tool and various switches to generate a unique key pair which he then assigns to an assembly.
-
Debugging and Security – Symmetric vs. Asymmetric
In C# Programming; you can use symmetric and asymmetric algorithms to encrypt and secure data. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the differences between symmetric and asymmetric encryption.
-
Debugging and Security – Using Regex
In C# Programming; you can use the Rich Regular Expression; or Regex; syntax for pattern matching. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Regex class with the Match method.
-
Debugging and Security – Validation Connection Streams
In C# Programming; you can use SQL connection class and SqlConnectionStringBuilder class to get secure database connections. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to validate connection strings.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Compiler Directives
C# Programming allows you to use the compiler directives in the C# programming language to configure in Debug and Build modes. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses the various ways in which the DEBUG constant can be defined.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Creating Performance Counters
In C# Programming; you can use the performance counters to give metrics to your performance applet. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create performance counters.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Tracing
C# Programming comes with diagnostic and debugging tracing functionality. In this video; Joe Barrett; explains how to troubleshoot your application after deployment by using tracing functionality.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Working with Trace Switches
C# Programming allows you to configure trace switches for diagnostics and debugging. In this video; explores how you can identify application problems by using trace switches.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Writing to Event Logs
In C# Programming; event logging provides you with a way of recording important events in the applications that you can view in the Event Viewer. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to write to event logs.
-
Enforcing Encapsulation – Auto-Implemented Properties
In C# Programming; you can use auto-implemented properties as a concise way to implement properties that don't require controlled or moderated access. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use auto-implemented properties.
-
Enforcing Encapsulation – Defining Properties
By defining properties in C# Programming; you can enforce encapsulation to preserve the integrity of an object's state data and set valid values for the variables in a class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use property procedures.
-
Enforcing Encapsulation – Explicit Interface Implementation
n C# Programming; when your class implements more than one interface; you should explicitly implement interface members to avoid name clashes and help enforce encapsulation in your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett highlights two interfaces that use the same methods before demonstrating how to use explicit interface implementation to avoid any conflicts.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Anonymous Methods
In C# Programming; you can use delegates to call anonymous methods; which are more flexible than lambda expressions; are defined on the line; and are attached to the delegate. In this video; Joe Barrett compiles an anonymous method and uses it with an already defined method and invocation; to generate the results he needs.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Creating and Using Delegate Types
C# Programming allows you to create delegates to call methods. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create and use a delegate.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks– Lambda Extensions
In C# Programming; you can use delegates containing lambda expressions; or parameters and variables; to invoke a single undefined method from an invocation list at runtime. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of lambda expressions; noting their substitution for concrete methods and the syntax used by the compiler when according them an anonymous name.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Subscribing to Events
In C# Programming; consuming classes can subscribe to C# events declared by delegates. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to raise the TransactionFailed event to allow the subscribers to handle the event.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Using Built-In Delegate Types
In C# Programming; you can use delegates in C# to call a method of a certain signature at runtime. The delegates can be custom or built-in types. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use built-in delegates within the .NET framework.
-
Implementing Exception – Handling Creating Custom Exception Classes
In C# Programming; you can create your own custom exceptions in addition to the exceptions provided by the .NET framework. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to create a custom exception class.
-
Implementing Exception – Handling Exceptions with Multiple Catch Blocks
In C# Programming; you can use multiple catch blocks to handle exceptions. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to implement multiple catch blocks.
-
Implementing Exception – Handling Finally Block
In C# Programming; you can use the finally block at the end of a try-catch pattern to check whether or not an exception occurs. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the finally block.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Continuation Tasks
In C# Programming; you can implement continuation tasks in the order in which tasks should be completed. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create task threads in which each task begins based on the completion of the previous task.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Using Parallel For Statement
C# Programming allows you to use the Parallel For statement to implement multithreading. In this video; Joe Barrett; explores how you can take advantage of the asynchronous functionality provided in C # to use the Parallel For statement to schedule work on multiple threads.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Using Parallel LINQ
C# Programming allows you to use Parallel LINQ to obtain data in a more efficient way. In this video; Joe Barrett uses demonstrates the uses of Parallel LINQ.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Using Tasks
In C# Programming; you can use tasks to schedule work on different threads. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the task object to schedule and start tasks.
-
Implementing Program – Flow the Switch Statements
The switch statement in C# Programming is a control statement that allows you to have multiple selections based on a constant value of a variable and determines the control flow when executing a program. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of switch statements.
-
Implementing Program – For and ForEach Statements
Looping is a basic operation in any programming language including C# Programming. The for and foreach statements in C# Programming are iteration statements that you can use to execute a statement a number of times; thereby creating loops when implementing program flow. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the for and foreach statements.
-
Implementing Program – Operators and Eval Expressions
In C# Programming; you can use operators to specify the functions the variables should perform in an evaluating expression. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use operators and evaluating expressions.
-
IO Operations – Asynchronous IO
C# Programming allows you to implement and leverage parallelism through asynchronous functionality and create responsive; robust .NET applications using the async and await keywords. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the await keyword; applied to the result of the async keyword; prevents performance bottlenecks thereby enhancing an application's responsiveness.
-
IO Operations – Network Credentials
In C# Programming; the NetworkCredential object can be used to pass user credentials securely. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the SecureString class in conjunction with the NetworkCredential object to pass user credentials safely.
-
IO Operations – The GZipStream
C# Programming enables you to perform lossless file compression and decompression while detecting any possible data corruption by utilizing the gzip data format through the GZipStream class. In this video; Joe Barrett introduces the GZipStream class and demonstrates how it is used to compress and decompress GZipStream objects.
-
IO Operations – Using Filestreams
C# Programming enables you to read from; write to; open; and close files on a file system using the FileStream; stream-based class. In this video; Joe Barrett explains the syntax of the FileStream constructor before demonstrating how to create a byte array implementing FileStream to stream in file data and then write the data to a new file.
-
IO Operations – System.NET
In C# Programming; the System.NET namespace helps you to easily access files and use FTP and HTTP effectively. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use file request to read from and write to a file.
-
Managing Object – Lifetime Garbage Collection
C# Programming includes the garbage collection functionality in .NET which automatically disposes of objects. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the garbage collection functionality.
-
Managing Object – Lifetime Managing Unmanaged Resources
C# Programming enables you to use a dispose pattern to impose order on the lifetime of an object that accesses unmanaged resources and is not automatically reclaimed by the garbage collector. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Dispose method provided by the IDisposable interface to eliminate unmanaged objects in a class.
-
Managing Program Flow – Locking
In C# Programming; you use locking to make sure data can only be accessed by one thread at a time. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Lock statement; to prevent data from being accessed by multiple threads at a time.
-
Managing Program Flow – Synchronization
The .NET Framework functionality in C# Programming allows you to provide exclusive access to a resource by utilizing synchronization that lets one thread communicate an event to another through signaling. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use synchronization events.
-
Managing Program Flow – Thread-Safe Methods
In C# Programming; you can use Interlocked classes for thread safe numeric access. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses thread-safe methods.
-
Managing Program Flow – Throw vs. Rethrow
C# Programming enables you to throw an exception from an area of code where an error has occurred; and rethrow the exception by specifying the exception in the throw statement. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the throw and rethrow exceptions.
-
Manipulating Strings – Basic String Methods
When manipulating strings; or parts of strings in C# Programming; there are some basic string methods that you can use. In this video; Joe Barrett highlights some of the basic methods used to manipulate strings.
-
Manipulating Strings – Culture Specific String Manipulation
C# Programming enables you; through the .NET Framework and the CultureInfo format-provider object; to simultaneously format and render culture-specific dates and numbers. In this video; Joe Barrett uses C# Programming to illustrate the capabilities of IFormatProvider geographic and language parameters defined by the string.Format method and used by the CultureInfo object.
-
Manipulating Strings – Searching in Strings
C# Programming's String.Remove method enables you search a string and return a new string from which specified characters have been removed. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use String.Remove method and foreach statements to iterate backwards through a character array; resulting in a new string.
-
Manipulating Strings – String Formatting
With C# Programming; you can use multiple methods within the .Net Framework to format different data types and render them as strings. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use string formatting to format string to a specific type; using the example of dates and currency to show when re-formatting may be required.
-
Manipulating Strings – StringBuilder Class
In C# Programming; you can use the StringBuider object to handle string variables. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the StringBuilder object.
-
Manipulating Strings – StringReader and Writer
In C# Programming; you can use the StringReader and StringWriter objects to handle large blocks of text. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the StringReader and StringWriter objects.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Implementing Dot Net Interfaces
In C# Programming; you use classes to perform specialized tasks. In this video; Joe Barrett uses Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 to implement the IComparable interface and CompareTo method in order to display items in a specific order.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Initializing Adding and Removing
C# Programming enables you to add complete collections to a List object using the AddRange method. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the AddRange method to add an ArrayList to a List object; and demonstrates methods you can use to expand or reduce the List object’s capacity by specified increments; as items are added or removed.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Type vs Non-Type Collections
In C# Programming; you can use collections that accept objects and collections that accept other types. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses the advantages of typed vs non-typed collections.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Using Dictionary Object
In C# Programming; you can use dictionary objects to control the type of data for a key and the values within a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to store and retrieve data using dictionary objects.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Using List Object
In C# Programming; you can use the List object to provide indexed access to a group of items; similar to an array; but with the ability to expand automatically like a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to configure a List object.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Using Queue Object
In C# Programming; you can use queue objects if you prefer easy-to-use; first-in-first-out collection types. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use queue objects.
-
Anticipating Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to anticipate potential errors in C# code.
-
Buffer Overflows in C# Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what buffer overflows are and their impact.
-
Creating a Secure C# Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create secure C# applications.
-
Defensive Coding Defined
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features o defensive coding.
-
Dynamic SQL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe some of the pitfalls of using dynamic SQL.
-
Employing Iterative Design
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key features of iterative design.
-
Error Codes and Messages
After watching this video; you will be able to create a C# application that incorporates error codes and messages into its error handling.
-
Error Processing and Global Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use error processing and global objects.
-
Handling Errors Locally
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to handle errors locally in C# code.
-
If and Switch Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use if and switch statements in creating defendable code.
-
Injection Attacks in C# Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to identify what form injection attacks typically take in C# applications.
-
Low level Design Inspections
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to perform low level design inspections.
-
Method Parameters and Return Values
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the techniques for applying defensive techniques for method parameters and return values in C# methods.
-
Path Traversal Problems
After watching this video; you will be able to list the potential problems that path traversal may cause.
-
Potential Software Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the potential risks faced by software applications.
-
Potential XML Risks in ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to describe potential XML risks in ASP.NET applications.
-
Pre and Post Conditions
After watching this video; you will be able to apply pre and post conditions to C#.
-
Preventing DLL Highjacking in .NET Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to prevent DLL highjacking in .NET applications.
-
Preventing NTLM Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent NTLM attacks.
-
Preventing Problems Before They Start
After watching this video; you will be able to list some key approaches to preventing problems during the planning stage.
-
Unit Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to perform unit tests using Visual Studio for C#.
-
Using Exceptions in C# Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to use exceptions in C# applications.
-
Using Pseudocode
After watching this video; you will be able to use pseudocode to develop programming solutions.
-
Utilizing Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use exceptions to handle errors.
-
Verifying Service Identities
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to verify service identities.
-
WCF and Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to illustrate how authentication works in WCF.
-
What is Clean Code
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what clean code is.
-
Why Do Risks Exist?
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key reasons why risks are a recurring issue.
-
Windows Shatter Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent shatter attacks in .NET applications.
-
Working with WindowsIdentity
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to work with the WindowsIdentity class.
-
Writing Testable Code
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to write testable code in C#.
-
Creating a Database Using Create
Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to return a new database instance using the DatabaseProviderFactory classes Create method and passing in the name of the database. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to create database instances from the default database in the configuration file and also by passing in a connection string.
-
DAB – CreateDefault
The Data Access Application Block in Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to easily create a new database instance using the DatabaseProviderFactory classes CreateDefault method. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to configure the database factory to read the configuration from the App.config file using the CreateDefault method in a ViewModel.
-
DAB – Executing Stored Procedure
Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to easily access data in a database by executing a stored procedure using a database instance in the Data Access Application Block. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to retrieve data simply by executing a parameterless stored procedure; before executing a stored procedure with parameters to retrieve specific results.
-
DAB – Inline SQL Statement
In addition to executing stored procedures; Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to use database instances in the Data Access Application Block to access data by executing inline QSL statements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to run a simple SQL query; pass in the CommandType parameter; and modify an inline SQL statement.
-
DAB – Retrieving Scalar Values
Enterprise Library's ExecuteScalar method allows you to extract single scalar values from a database based on queries selecting either a single data row or single value. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to query a database for single scalar values using both inline SQL statements and SQL stored procedures.
-
DAB – Using Accessors
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Database Access Application Block allows you to easily extract data and have it returned as an enumerable collection of objects by using accessors. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates using the SprocAccessor class to retrieve data as a sequence of objects and how to sort and filter the results client side.
-
EHB – Logging and Exception
Enterprise Library allows you to use a Log handler to wrap or replace an exception while retaining its original exception information. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to configure an exception policy using chained handlers and event logs to record elaborate error-exception information while passing generic information to the user.
-
EHB – Replacing an Exception
Enterprise Library's Exception Handling block allows you to use the ReplaceHandler to replace exceptions. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the ReplaceHandler in conjunction with the ReplacingAnException method and a new ExceptionPolicyEntry to replace an existing exception.
-
EHB – Using Configuration Settings Exception Manager
Enterprise Library's ExceptionManager class allows you to configure the Exception Handling block either in your App.config file or programmatically. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to configure your exception handling policies and handlers in the config file; enabling their programmatic declaration in a method.
-
EHB – Wrapping an Exception Return Value
Enterprise Library allows you to wrap exception return values; enabling you to retain exceptions and provide users with user-friendly exception messages. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to chain the Logging and Replace handlers so that the latter provides users with a generic; user-friendly message when an exception is thrown.
-
UEL – Data Access
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Data Access Application Block provides solutions for reading and displaying of data. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Data Access Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Exception Handling Block
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Exception Handling Application Block provides solutions for managing exceptions that occur in various architectural layers of your application. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Exception Handling Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Library Logging
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Logging Application Block simplifies the implementation of common logging functions. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Logging Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Library Validation
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Validation Application Block provides a range of features for implementing structured and easy to maintain validation mechanisms. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Validation Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Semantic Logging
Microsoft Visual Studio's Microsoft Enterprise Library provides configuration options for handling and simplifying Semantic Logging. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to install and configure the Enterprise Library Semantic Logging Block.
-
UEL – Transient Fault Handling
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Transient Fault Application Block allows you to handle transient faults by providing the necessary logic. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to install a Common Infrastructure Block; and a Transient Fault Application Block.
-
Adding Audio and Video to a Windows Store App
While developing Windows Store apps; you can add audio and video clips to your app by using the MediaElement class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add audio and video features to an app.
-
Changing the Visual Appearance of a Control
In C#; you can use templates to change the visual structure of a control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to change the visual appearance of a control.
-
Controlling the layout of the GridView and ListView Controls
In C#; you can select default layouts for both the GridView and ListView controls by using the ItemsPanel Property. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to control the layout of the GridView and ListView.
-
Creating An App Tile
In Windows Store apps; you can create an app tile and display it on the Start screen. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and configure an app tile.
-
Creating and Using Styles
In C#; you can use styles that allow you to define values for specific properties on elements that can then be reused. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and use styles in Windows Store Apps.
-
Creating Badge Notifications
In Windows Store apps; you can create badge notifications to set up badges over your app tiles. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create badge notifications.
-
Creating Custom Transport Controls
In Windows Store Apps; you can implement custom transport controls by using the MediaElement class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create custom transport controls.
-
Creating Files in Windows Store Apps
When creating Windows Store apps; you need to work with files. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to easily create new files from within Windows Store apps.
-
Creating Folders in Windows Store Apps
While developing Windows Store apps; you need to create files and folders. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to easily create folders in Windows Store apps.
-
Creating Simple Animations in Windows Store Apps
You can use C# to add animations and enhance the look and feel of a Windows Store App by adding purposeful movement. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and use a simple storyboard animation in Windows Store Apps.
-
Creating Toast Notifications
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can create toast notifications to display pop-up messages on the upper right-hand corner of the device. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to work with toast notifications.
-
Determining The Window Mode of an App
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can use the ApplicationView class to determine the different types of orientation modes and make changes based on that information. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to determine the different types of windowing modes of an app.
-
Extending Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use an extended style in a universal Windows app.
-
Formatting GridView Items
After watching this video; you will be able to set up a data template for formatting and displaying grid view items and make a data template reusable among multiple grid views in universal Windows apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Background Tasks
In C#; you can develop applications with background tasks that can be used even when the application is not in the foreground. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates background tasks in Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Gesture Events
Windows Store Apps use gestures to enable a smooth and flowing interaction between users and the elements on the screen. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses some of the concepts related to working with gestures.
-
Getting Familiar With Pickers
In Windows Store apps; pickers allow users to provide your apps with access to information and data outside the normal reach of a Windows Store app. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the uses and types of pickers.
-
Getting Familiar with Styles and Templates
In C#; you can use styles to define values for specific properties on elements that can be reused and use templates to change the visual structure of controls. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates some of the concepts involved in working with styles and templates in Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with the AppBar
In C#; you can use app bar control that can slide in from both the upper and lower edges of a Windows Store App to display other controls and elements. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how app bar control is used in Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Tiles and Toasts
You can make your Windows 8.1 apps more useful and convenient for end users by using the tiles and toasts features. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses about the advantages of using the tiles and toasts features in the Windows Store apps.
-
Guidelines for Using GridView; ListView; and FlipView Controls
When developing Windows Store apps; you can use the GridView; ListView; and FlipView controls to display collections of items. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the guidelines on how and when to use these data presentation controls in Windows Store apps.
-
Guidelines For Using Semantic Zoom
In Windows Store Apps; you can follow guidelines to use the Semantic Zoom. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the guidelines to use the Semantic Zoom in Windows Store Apps.
-
Guidelines when using Secondary Tiles
In Windows Store apps; you can use some guidelines when using secondary tiles. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses guidelines when using secondary tiles.
-
Handling Navigation Events
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate between two pages using Frame.Navigate and pass data between two pages using Frame.Navigate.
-
Implementing a Share Source
Using C++; you can provide data from our app to other apps by using the Share source contract. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement Share source.
-
Implementing a Share Target
In Windows Store apps; you can implement the Share Target contract within your apps to enable your apps to be able to accept content that is being shared by other applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement a Share Target.
-
Implementing Search Using a SearchBox Control
In Windows Store Apps; you can use the SearchBox control to allow users to search for app contents from within the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to and use the SearchBox control.
-
Implementing Search Using the Search Charm
While developing Windows apps using C#; you can implement the Search feature to search for your app. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to implement the search feature using Search charm.
-
Integrating Text To Speech
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can implement the text-to-speech functionality in your app. In this video. Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement the text-to-speech functionality.
-
Intro to Animations in Windows Store Apps
Using C#; you can add animations to enhance the look and feel of Windows Store Apps by adding purposeful movement. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the types of animations found in Windows Store Apps.
-
Intro to Application Views
You can use C# to display your Windows Store Application in multiple visual states or orientations. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses some of the different window modes that come into play when creating Windows Store Apps.
-
Intro to Navigation in Windows 8.1
In C#; you can set up proper navigation within multiple pages of your Windows Store App. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement effective page navigation in a Windows Store App.
-
Intro to Pointers
In C#; you can develop Windows Store apps using pointers. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the concept of a Pointer and how it is used when creating Windows Store Apps.
-
Intro To WinRT Controls
Using C#; we can develop Windows Store apps with the help of WinRT Controls. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses about WinRT Controls and some of the benefits they provide.
-
Introduction to Windows 8.1 Platform
Windows 8.1 is a free update to Windows 8 provided by Microsoft. Windows 8.1 contains additional features and improvements over Windows 8. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the different versions of the Windows 8.1 platform.
-
Introduction to Windows Store Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Windows Store apps are and on which devices they can run.
-
Introduction to XAML
You can use XAML or Extensible Application Markup Language to create user interfaces for your Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use XAML in a Windows Store app.
-
Making an App Tile Dynamic
In Windows Store apps; you can make your app tiles dynamic and update them to provide new information. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to make an app tile dynamic.
-
Navigating Between Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to implement on-page navigation in universal Windows apps.
-
Overview of an app's Application Data Store
Any Windows Store app has a dedicated storage called application data store; which you can use to store information specific to an application. In this video; Andy Alfred explains what makes up an application's data store and the best ways to take advantage of it.
-
Overview of the Windows.Storage Namespace
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; the Windows.Storage namespace provides a lot of functionality to easily manage files; folders; and application settings. In this video; Andy Alfred explains some of the common classes in the Windows.Storage namespace.
-
Picking Contacts Using the ContactPicker
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can use the ContactPicker class to easily allow app users to select contacts from the People app or any other app that supports selecting contacts. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the ContactPicker.
-
Picking Files with the FileOpenPicker
In Windows Store apps; the FileOpenPicker class gives you an easy and consistent way to allow your app users to select one or more files that they can then access from within their apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the FileOpenPicker class.
-
Reading From The Local App Data Store
You can use C# to read data from the Local App Data Store that stores settings; files; and folder for Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to read data that was previously stored in an application’s Local App Data Store.
-
Saving To the Local App Data Store
While developing Windows Store apps Using C#; you can use the Local App Data Store to save settings; files; and folders related to your application. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to save data to an app's Local App Data Store.
-
Scheduling Local Tile Notifications
In Windows Store apps; you can schedule a tile notification to occur at some point in future when you want your app tile to be updated. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to schedule local tile notifications.
-
Setting up Headers on ListView and GridView Controls
In C#; you can select an appropriate header for the application interface you have designed which can be ListView or GridView. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up headers in the ListView and GridView controls.
-
Storing and Retrieving User Credentials
You can use C# to set up the functionality of storing; removing; and retrieving user credentials for your Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to store and retrieve user credentials.
-
The Application Tab in Manifest Designer
In C#; you can use the Manifest Designer to configure certain portions of your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Application tab in Manifest Designer.
-
Using The FlipView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to add items manually to a FlipView control in XAML and C# and respond to the SelectionChanged event of a FlipView control.
-
Using the Flyout Control
In Windows Store apps; you can use Flyout controls to temporarily show any kind of content related to the current user action; to collect user information; or ask for user confirmation. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Flyout control.
-
Using the Grid Control
In Windows Store applications; you can use the Grid Control to define a grid area with columns and rows and place elements in your interface. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Grid Layout Control.
-
Using the GridView Control
In C#; you can develop interactive and fluid Windows Store apps using GridView Control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the use of GridView control to display a list of items.
-
Using the Image Control
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Image control in a Windows Store App.
-
Using the ListView Control
In C#; you can use ListView control to view items in a vertical scrolling list in your Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the ListView control to add items manually or add items by binding to a collection of items.
-
Using the MenuFlyout Control
In C#; you can use MenuFlyout control to add simple menus to clickable drop-down buttons. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the MenuFlyout control when you start creating your Windows Store apps.
-
Using The Navigation Stack
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Navigation Stack in a Windows Store app.
-
Using the ProgressBar and ProgressRing Controls
In C#; you can use ProgressBar and ProgressRing controls that inform the user about the progress of an ongoing task; such as a file upload or download. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the ProgressBar and ProgressRing controls in a Windows Store App.
-
Using the StackPanel Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the StackPanel control to implement a layout in a universal Windows app.
-
Using the TemplateBinding Markup Extension
In Windows Store apps; you can use the TemplateBinding markup extension to link the value of a property in your ControlTemplate to a value that can be set when that particular control is created in your XAML file. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the TemplateBinding markup extension.
-
Using the VariableSizedWrapGrid Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the VariableSizedWrapGrid control in a universal Windows app.
-
Using VisualStateManager To Handle View Changes
In C#; the VisualStateManager allows to define different view states for an application. When an app changes size; the predefined states ensure that the app is displayed in the best possible way for its new size. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the VisualStateManager and VisualStateGroups to handle changes in applications view.
-
Windows Store App Orientations
Windows Store Apps running on Windows 8.1 can potentially need to run across a wide range of devices and orientations. When web developers need to develop apps that not only look good but also work well regardless of device or orientation. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates some of the different ways and orientations in which a user can view Windows Store Apps
-
Working with App Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to use the settings pane to work with app settings.
-
Working with Control Template States
In C#; you can use the visual states in an application's ControlTemplate to define how the control appears when its state changes. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to change the default appearance and animation of a control as it transitions through its visual states in Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with Layout Controls
In C#; you can use WinRT layout controls to structure the layout of interface elements while creating Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the layout subset of WinRT controls and how to use them for developing Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with MediaElement Events
In Windows Store apps using C#; you can work with the MediaElement class and work with the events that you can interact with using C#. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how we can work with the Media events or the MediaElement events that are raised.
-
Working With Merged Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to create a merged resource dictionary and use resources in a merged resource dictionary.
-
Working with Multimedia
In Windows Store Apps using C#; you can work with rich media such as audio and video. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to get started working with media when we create our Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with Resources in Code Behind Files
In C#; you can access resources from code behind files; though they are declared and used in XAML files. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use resources in code behind files.
-
Working with Selection Controls
In C#; you can use selection controls provided by WinRT to provide users a familiar and consistent set up interface elements that they can use when they need to make a decision between options or states. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how we can start working with selection controls when we start developing our Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with the Package Manifest in Visual Studio 2013
In Windows Store apps; the package manifest is an XML file that contains information required to register your app with the Windows Store. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the package manifest.
-
Working With The Resources Property of an Element
In C#; you can use the resources property to define resources that can be reused by that element and any of its children. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with resources property in a Windows Store App.
-
Working with the Roaming Data Store
In Windows Store applications; you can use the roaming data store to save settings; files; and folders that you want to synchronize across all the devices on which a user has installed your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to save and retrieve data stored in a roaming data store.
-
Working with Tiles; Badges; and Toasts
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can use tiles; badges; and toasts to provide information about an application when it is not available on the primary view. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the concepts of tiles; badges; and toasts.
-
Working with User Credentials
In Windows Store Apps; you can use user credentials to save usernames and passwords for the users. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to work with the user credentials.
-
XAML and WinRT Namespaces
While developing Windows Store applications; web developers can use XAML to create user interface and WinRT APIs to access to the required services from the underlying operating system. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to access both XAML and the WinRT APIs.
-
Saving To Files Using the FileSavePicker
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can use the FileSavePicker to allow app users to select any file that they can then use for saving application data. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the FileSavePicker.
-
Working With Data in Windows Store Apps
While working on Windows Store Applications; you can select the source of data for your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the types of data source for Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Windows 8.1 UI Features
The Windows 8.1 User Interface encompasses a lot of design elements and principles that make it stand out on its own. To make sure the apps are as user friendly as possible; you need to take advantage of the familiarity a user has with these interface elements. In this video; Andy Alfred displays some notable UI features of Windows 8.1
-
Getting Familiar with XAML Syntax
While developing Windows Store App; you can use XAML syntax to edit simple and complex properties of class instances and even set up event handlers. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the features of XAML syntax.
-
Grouping Data Using The GridView Control
In C#; you can fetch and show group data using GridView Control for Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how we can display grouped data in a GridView Control.
-
Guidelines for Implementing Search
In Windows Store apps; you can implement Search in many ways. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the guidelines for implementing Search.
-
Guidelines for Toast Notifications
A toast is a unique feature in Windows Store apps and it is important that you follow the guidelines associated with using toasts and toast notifications. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the guidelines to using toast notifications.
-
Guidelines for Using AppBars
In Windows Store applications; you can use app bars to make your application intuitive for your users. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the guidelines for using app bars.
-
The Capabilities Tab in Manifest Designer
In C#; you can use the Capabilities tab in the Manifest Designer to specify the capabilities of your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Capabilities tab in Manifest Designer.
-
The Content URIs Tab in Manifest Designer
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can use the Content URIs tab in the Manifest Designer to add URIs to your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Content URIs tab in Manifest Designer.
-
The Declarations Tab in Manifest Designer
In Windows Store apps; declarations help us to define the contracts and extensions that our apps support. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Declarations tab in the manifest designer.
-
The Packaging Tab in Manifest Designer
In Windows Store apps; you can use the Packaging tab in the manifest designer to identify and describe the package properties. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the Packaging tab.
-
The Push Notification Process for Windows Store Apps
In C#; you can set up push notifications for your Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the process of push notification.
-
The Visual Assets Tab in Manifest Designer
In C#; you can use the Manifest Designer to set up graphical elements for your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Visual Assets tab in Manifest Designer.
-
Transcoding Media
In Windows Store apps; convert a media file to another type. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to convert media file to another type.
-
Understanding Charms and Contracts
Using C++; you can define contracts and charms which integrate OS-provided functionality across our apps in a consistent and familiar manner. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the charms available in Windows 8.1 and the contracts needed to work with them.
-
Understanding Process Lifetime Management
You can use C# to keep track of your application's data; state; and context to ensure that users transition in and out of the application without losing a step. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates some concepts of process lifetime management in Windows Store Apps.
-
Understanding Resources and Resource Dictionaries
In C#; you can use a resource that allows you to declare shared objects that can then be reused throughout an application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses some of the concepts involved with resources for Windows Store Apps.
-
Understanding State Management
While developing Windows Store Apps using C#; you can develop applications with state management to ensure that the app's data and context is never lost between sessions. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the concept of state management in Windows Store Apps.
-
Understanding the Windows.Security.Web namespace
In C#; you can use Windows.Security.Authentication.Web namespace to integrate Windows Store apps with popular online web services. In this video; Andy Alfred explains Windows.Security.Authentication.Web namespace that allows that us to provide authentication features.
-
Understanding Type Converters in XAML
You can use Type Converters in XAML to provide string values for objects; which otherwise requires few extra C# codes. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the advantages of Type Converters in XAML.
-
Unpinning a Secondary Tile
You can use C# to set up the functionality to pin and unpin tiles for your Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to unpin a secondary tile.
-
Using a Settings Flyout
In Windows Store apps; you can create a Settings Flyout to allow the user to change the app settings. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use a Settings Flyout.
-
Using a Tooltip
In C#; you can use tooltips which display pre-defined text when the user points at onscreen control in Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create tooltips in XAML and C#.
-
Using Common WinRT Controls 1
The WinRT controls are a rich set of controls provided to us for use when developing Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use some of the more common WinRT controls.
-
Using Common WinRT Controls 2
The WinRT controls are a rich set of controls provided to us for use when developing Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use some of the more common WinRT controls.
-
Using HTTPClient to DELETE Remote Data
In Windows Store apps; you can remove data from the server by submitting a delete request. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the HTTPClient class to submit a delete request.
-
Using HTTPClient to GET Remote Data
In Windows Store Apps; you can perform a GET request to get the remote data. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the HTTPClient class to perform a GET request in our Windows Store Apps.
-
Using HTTPClient to PUT and POST Remote Data
In Windows Store apps; you can submit data to the server by using the post and put methods of the HttpClient class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the HTTP put and post requests.
-
Using ListBox and ComboBox Controls
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the TextBox; the PasswordBox; and RichEditBox controls.
-
Using Mouse Events
In Windows Store Apps; you can use some different mouse interactions to get the full experience of the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with mouse interactions in the Windows Store Apps.
-
Using Periodic Tile Notifications
In Windows Store apps; you can set up periodic tile notifications for your app tiles to fire at a certain interval; and every time that interval occurs; these notifications will update your app tiles. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use periodic tile notifications.
-
Using Pointer Events
In C#; you can use pointer events that are triggered when the user interacts with your Apps using a pointer type input. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use pointer events in a Windows Store App.
-
Using Secondary Tiles
In Windows Store apps; you can pin secondary tiles functionality to the Windows start screen. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use secondary tiles.
-
Using Text Input Controls
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Image control in a Windows Store App.
-
Using the AppBar Control
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can use the AppBar control to display navigation controls and tools. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the AppBar control.
-
Using the Blank App Template
In C#; web-developers can use a Blank App Template to create and define user interfaces of Windows applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to select a Blank App Template and its use in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the DatePicker and TimePicker Controls
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications that enables the user to select date and time. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the DatePicker and the TimePicker controls in a Windows Store App.
-
Using Delegates
In iOS Application Development; the delegate pattern allows one object in a program to act on behalf of another object so you can customize the behaviour of objects from within a central object. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to delegate an action to the view controller from a UITextField object with the UITextFieldDelegate protocol.
-
Asynchronous Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to implement asynchronous workflows in F#.
-
Casting and Conversion
After watching this video; you will be able to use conversion or casting to change type including collection types and objects in F#.
-
Charting Basics
After watching this video; you will be able to implement basic charts with F#.
-
Constraining Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe generics in F# and apply constraints to generic type parameters.
-
Data Parallelism
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize contrast threading and the TPL; and implement basic data and task parallelism in F#.
-
Dynamic Charting
After watching this video; you will be able to implement dynamic charts with F#.
-
Implementing Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to implement interfaces and use object expressions in F# programs.
-
Introducing F#
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce F#; F# templates and F# interactive in Visual Studio; create a console app; and outline options for creating other types of F# applications.
-
Lambda Expressions and Closures
After watching this video; you will be able to use lambda expressions to define anonymous functions and closures in F#.
-
Message-based Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to implement message-based programming in F#.
-
Modules; Namespaces; and Signature Files
After watching this video; you will be able to generate F# signature files to reference modules and namespaces for F# programs.
-
Querying Data
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic query expressions in F# programs.
-
Querying Multiple Data Sources
After watching this video; you will be able to use expressions in F# to query multiple data sources.
-
Type Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to extend existing types with type extensions in F#.
-
Using Access Control Specifiers
After watching this video; you will be able to use access control specifiers in F# programs.
-
Using Active Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to use active patterns in pattern matching expressions in F#.
-
Using Events
After watching this video; you will be able to use events in F# programs.
-
Using Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to work with lists in F#.
-
Using Match Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to create patterns and implement pattern matching expressions in F#.
-
Using Null Values and Options
After watching this video; you will be able to enable null values and use the option type in F# programs.
-
Using Records
After watching this video; you will be able to define records; contrast them with classes; and use records in F# programs.
-
Using Sequences
After watching this video; you will be able to use collections and work with data sequences in F#.
-
Using Sets and Maps
After watching this video; you will be able to work with datasets and maps in F#.
-
Using Static Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to specify class constructors and members as static in F# programs.
-
Using Type Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to influence type inference by changing literals and using annotations in F#.
-
Working with Abstract Classes
In OOD; you can use abstract classes and define common methods and variables for their subclasses. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates concepts of abstract classes.
-
Working with Units of Measure
After watching this video; you will be able to use units of measure including generic units of measure in F#.
-
Using Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to work with data arrays in F# including multidimensional and jagged arrays.
-
Create a Stacked Calculator with F#
After watching this video; you will be able to use F# to creating the functions required to generate a stacked calculator.
-
Developing an MVVM Using F#
After watching this video; you will be able to use asynchronous workflows in an MVVM F# application.
-
Introduction to Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics and capabilities of various types of databases; including table structure.
-
.NET Core
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and use of .NET Core; a runtime that can be targeted by ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications.
-
ASP.NET Core 1.0 Services in MVC 6 Views
After watching this video; you will be able to access ASP.NET Core 1.0 services from within ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC views.
-
ASP.NET Core Project's Nuget Package
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application looks like on disk when compiled for DNX.
-
Built-In Start Page
After watching this video; you will be able to render a default Start page for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 web application.
-
Configure Method
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Configure method to determine how an ASP.NET 5 application responses to requests.
-
ConfigureServices Method
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ConfigureServices method to configure services used by an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Configuring a Web Application in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to configure environment variables for an Azure web site.
-
Constructor Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to use components from the dependency injection (DI) container injected into the constructor of consuming classes in ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Create an ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create an ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC web application.
-
Create and Configure a Web Site
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple ASP.NET Core 1.0 web site in Visual Studio 2015.
-
Creating a Tag Helper
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC tag helper.
-
Creating a View Component
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use a view component in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Creating an Asynchronous View Component
After watching this video; you will be able to create an asynchronous view component in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Creating ASP.NET Core 1.0 Services
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom ASP.NET Core 1.0 services.
-
Dynamic Development with .NET Compiler
After watching this video; you will be able to debug the changes in running code using Roslyn; the .NET Compiler Platform.
-
Examining the Runtime Info Page
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Runtime Info page to view runtime details of an ASP.NET Core 1.0 web application.
-
Framework Versions
After watching this video; you will be able to target specific .NET versions and types and switch between them.
-
From Web API 2 to ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the differences between Web API 2 as a standalone framework and ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Implications of Open-Source ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the implications of the change to an open-source model for ASP.NET.
-
Introduction to Tag Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the uses of ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC tag helpers.
-
Introduction to View Components
After watching this video; you will be able to describe view components and how to use them in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Link and Script Tag Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the built-in Link and Script Tag helpers in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Logging in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the logging infrastructure and hooks built into ASP.NET Core 1.0; and use a default logger.
-
Logging Levels in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the various logging levels in ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Middleware for Directory Browsing
After watching this video; you will be able to configure middleware to enable an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application to support directory browsing.
-
Middleware for Serving Static Files
After watching this video; you will be able to configure middleware to enable an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application to handle requests for static files.
-
Migrating HTTP Modules to Middleware
After watching this video; you will be able to migrate existing HTTP modules to ASP.NET Core 1.0 middleware.
-
New Features of ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to identify new features of ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
New Project Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new file and project structure for ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications; in Visual Studio and on disk.
-
Overview of Dependency Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the out-of-box dependency injection (DI) container works.
-
POCO Controller Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with controllers that do not inherit from the base Controller classes in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Property-Based Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to use components from the dependency injection (DI) container injected into properties of consuming classes.
-
Registering Components for Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to register components into the dependency injection (DI) container for use in an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Replacing the Web.config File
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of the Web.config file and use it to configure an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Request and Application Services
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between request and application services.
-
Services for Dependency Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to design services for ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications so they can be consumed using built-in dependency injection mechanisms.
-
Services in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the roles that services play in ASP.NET Core 1.0 projects and explain how services are incorporated in ASP.NET 5 applications.
-
Services Lifetime in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and use appropriate lifetime options for ASP.NET Core 1.0 services.
-
Session Middleware
After watching this video; you will be able to configure middleware to handle session state in ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications.
-
Startup Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use the new primary startup mechanism for ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications.
-
Strongly Typed Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to use built-in ASP.NET Core 1.0 tools to create a strongly-typed configuration object.
-
The DNX Execution Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and use of the DNX execution environment with ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
The Middleware Pipeline
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the roles of middleware in ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
The project.json File
After watching this video; you will be able to use the project.json file to modify project settings.
-
Unit Testing with Dependency Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to perform unit testing of classes that depend on injected dependencies.
-
Using a Third-Party Logger
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a third-party logger for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Using Different DI Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to replace the out-of-box dependency injection (DI) container with an alternative one.
-
Using Environment Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to use environment variables to configure an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application in Visual Studio.
-
Using the appSettings.json File
After watching this video; you will be able to use the config.json file to configure an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Using the Built-In Exception Handler
After watching this video; you will be able to work with out-of-box exception handling tools for ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Using the Environment Tag Helper
After watching this video; you will be able to use the environment tag helper in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC to adjust the behavior and output of views based on the runtime environment.
-
Using the TraceSource Logger
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the TraceSource logger for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Working with the Developer Exception Page
After watching this video; you will be able to access detailed exception information for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Writing Middleware
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom middleware and inject it into the pipeline for ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Running a JAR File from the Command Line
After watching this video; you will be able to run a sample application JAR file from the command line.
-
Creating a Cross Product Result
In LINQ; when querying a database; you can request a cross product result from two tables by using two from clauses in your query. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to use multiple from clauses and how to use the orderby clause and return unnamed result properties.
-
Deferred Execution of a Query
In LINQ; deferred execution is a key advantage because the database will not be queried until the results of that query are iterated over. In this video; James Stevens discusses how deferred execution works and explains some ways to control when exactly the query is executed.
-
Deleting Rows from a Table
LINQ allows users to remove rows of data from an SQL database. In this video; James Stevens explains how to check if an object exists in an entity data model; remove existing relationships to other data objects; and then remove it from the data model and the SQL database.
-
Inserting Rows into a Table
In LINQ; you can use different rows of data into an SQL database. In this video; James Stevens demonstrates how to create an object in an entity data model and persist that change to the SQL database.
-
Iterating over Related Tables in an Entity Model
In LINQ; an entity data model can be used to access an SQL database. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to iterate over tables that are not explicitly defined in the from clause of a LINQ query and how LINQ automatically infers which tables should be included in the SQL query.
-
Joining Sets of Objects with
In LINQ; you can create relationships between the objects and then run queries on the data by using the join query verb. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to use the join query verb to join two lists of objects.
-
Restricting Query Results
In LINQ; when you run a query on an SQL database; you can restrict the number of rows of data that are returned by the query with the where clause. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to restrict some LINQ queries with the where clause and demonstrates how to compose complex where parameters.
-
Retrieving Related Objects with an Entity Model
In LINQ ; when you run a query; you can access related tables in the database by using the relations defined in the data model. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to access related tables in a LINQ query and how this process affects the deferred execution of a query.
-
Submitting a Query and Handling Conflicts
LINQ automatically configures queries to be as efficient as possible and attempts to avoid query conflicts. In this video; James Stevens explains how LINQ automatically attempts to avoid query conflicts.
-
Updating Values with a Query
In LINQ; you can make the required code to update a database; easier to parse and much more readable. In this video; James Stevens demonstrates how to make a change in the database and how that change is persisted to SQL.
-
Using in Microsoft .NET Applications
LINQ provides a number of benefits over writing codes for accessing the data in the user's system. In this video; James Stevens discusses the advantages of using LINQ and the types of data that can be used with LINQ.
-
Using to Create Result Objects from a Query
In LINQ; you can retrieve a set of anonymous objects or typed objects as your result set. In this video; James Stevens discusses the differences between the result sets and demonstrates how to create a class to hold the LINQ query results.
-
Using to Query a Simple List of Objects
In LINQ; you can query the lists or any other data structure holding the objects for a Microsoft .Net application. In this video; James Stevens demonstrates how to use a basic LINQ query on a list and how to use the from and select queries.
-
Writing Queries to Create Relationships
In LINQ; we can form logical relationships between tables to represent how the data is related. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the where clause to create logical relationships between tables.
-
Writing Queries with the Method Syntax
In LINQ; the Method syntax allows users to accomplish all tasks that can be done using by a Query syntax. In this video; James Stevens explains how to convert a complex LINQ query to the Method Syntax.
-
Configuring a Web API Host Server for Streaming
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can easily configure your web API host servers to stream content without having to explicitly handle the self-host streaming settings in the configuration. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure a web API host server for streaming.
-
Adding an Assembly to the Global Assembly Cache
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; there are multiple ways you can add an assembly to the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the gactutil tool to add an assembley; as well as add an assembly using a Setup project in a more production friendly environment.
-
Adding Content to a Blob Store in Azure
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can easily access Blobs inside of a container; add a new Blob to the container; or delete an existing Blob. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to add content to a Blob Store.
-
Azure Caching
Caching in Microsoft Azure is a highly scalable solution providing fast access to data and significantly improving the performance of both on-premises and cloud-based applications alike. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to provision a new cache in Azure Redis Cache; access its data storing capabilities from within an application; and provide a session state store.
-
Azure Configuration for an Application Package
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow users to easily deploy and configure application packages directly to Azure from within Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an Azure web application package to an Azure Web Site host.
-
Azure Storage Queues
Microsoft Azure's Queue service allows the REST-based storage of queues; to which messages can be sent or read off as necessary. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of Azure's cloud-based Queue storage accounts to host and manage queues.
-
Azure Table Storage
Microsoft Azure's Table service allows the scalable storage of tabular; non-relational data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of Azure Table storage accounts to host tables; and introduces the use of partition and row keys to manage cloud-based table data.
-
Basic WCF Service Using Configuration Files
When creating and deploying a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service for Microsoft Azure and Web Services; configuration files provide a flexible option for defining endpoint and service behaviors; and customizing how your WCF service is exposed to clients. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure the elements within an App.config file in Visual Studio.
-
Basic Xpath Queries
Microsoft Azure ADO.NET's use of the XPath query language allows the targeted extraction of XML data subsets. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use XPath to query XML elements; subelements; and attributes and perform evaluations and aggregations.
-
Batching Requests for Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; batching is a Web API feature that allows clients to optimize server calls by grouping several API requests into one request to return them as a single HTTP response. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure batching on the client and server side; before performing a multipart batch request to Web API.
-
Cache Updating Using CacheDependency
Microsoft Azure's ASP.NET allows the use of a CacheDependency to trigger the flushing and updating of Web service caches. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to code cache dependencies subject to changes made to a file on disk.
-
Cache Updating Using SQL Server Query Notifications
Microsoft Azure's ASP.NET allows the use of a SqlCacheDependency to trigger the expiration of a cache item. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to code a SqlCacheDependency subject to changes made to a SQL Server table.
-
Choosing a Web Service Technology
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to choose from a selection of web service technologies; depending on your needs. There are three primary web technologies available on the .NET stack – WCF; WCF Data Services; and Web-API. In this video; Hilton Giesenow provides an overview of these web service technologies; and how to choose between them.
-
Configuring an Entity Framework Data Provider
In Microsoft Azure; you can build; deploy; and manage applications through an open and flexible entity framework cloud platform. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an entity framework data provider.
-
Configuring an Upgrade Domain for an Azure Application
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can maintain uptime while upgrading different instances of an application on different servers. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to set Web Roles in order to maintain uptime while updating or upgrading your application across different upgrade domains.
-
Configuring Assembly Binding Redirects
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to configure redirections of assembly bindings to the appropriate version should your web application reference different versions of the same assembly. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to check assembly references and configure assembly binding redirects.
-
Configuring Azure Configuration Settings
Microsoft Azure cloud service projects contain configuration files that allow you to setup and configure the worker or web roles packaged with your application and deployed to Azure. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure roles for an Azure cloud service using the service definition and service configuration files from Solution Explorer in Visual Studio.
-
Implementing SignalR with Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement SignalR into your applications from a publisher and subscriber perspective and see it all working end to end. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to incorporate SignalR into a Web API project; access the SignalR client side libraries; and bundle configurations to reference them easily in your application.
-
Implementing SSO over OAuth 2.0 for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow single sign-on (SSO) over OAuth 2.0 for Web APIs. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement SSO over OAuth 2.0 by requiring user authentication against a Microsoft account before accessing a Web API.
-
Implementing Streaming for Web API Services
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; streaming allows you to reduce overheads and transfer large volumes of data in manageable chunks to the clients consuming Web API-based services in a continuous stream. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement an asynchronous streaming task using the PushStreamContent class in a Web API.
-
Implementing Streaming Messaging for WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allows for buffered messaging as a default. Users are able to view the implementation of streaming mode on both the client and user side. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement streamed messaging and how to send and receive large media messages.
-
Implementing Transactional WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to write a transaction inside a service operation; although not all bindings work with transactions distributed between client and server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement transactional WCF services.
-
Implementing WCF Service Certificates
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement WCF service certificates to secure your WCF service using the certificate-based approach. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to install and configure certificates and configure the client and the server so they are able to mutually authenticate each other.
-
Implementing WCF Services on Azure Queues
By introducing Message queues when using Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you eliminate the need for the client and the server to communicate directly; and thus open up a more secure; asynchronous channel of communication. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to introduce this asynchronous communication service by integrating WCF services in the Azure Service Bus queue.
-
Including Package Certificates
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; it’s possible to include a certificate in the package you create to deploy an IIS application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the MSDeploy tool to include an SSL certificate in a web deployment package.
-
Insert Messages in Azure Queues
After creating a queue using the Microsoft Azure Queue storage service; you are them able to create a CloudQueueMessage with message content and add it to the top of the queue. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically insert a message containing string or binary content into a Windows Azure Storage queue; and specify a maximum message lifespan.
-
Installing and Updating NuGet Packages
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; NuGet is a package management system for .NET that allows you to easily incorporate third party libraries into your solution from within Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Package Manager Console and Manage NuGet Packages dialog box in Visual Studio to find; install; and update NuGet packages.
-
Introducing Caching
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support ASP.NET's easy-to-use caching mechanism that allows you to store objects in memory and significantly improve the performance of your applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the difference between caching values and storing session state items in an ASP.NET MVC application.
-
Introducing Entity Framework's Modeling Languages
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Entity Framework's modeling and mapping languages allow you to query entities in the conceptual model and translate the operations to relational data source commands. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the languages that describe the conceptual model; storage model; and mapping between these models in an Entity Framework application.
-
Introducing LINQ
Microsoft Azure and Web Services have the ability to query data sources using LINQ (Language Integrated Query). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how querying data sources can be made easier using LINQ in the .NET Framework.
-
Introducing the Azure Portal
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can add content to a blob store. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the server explorer and its tools; views storage; queues; and tables; and illustrates the difference between the Azure portals and the Azure STK.
-
Introducing WCF Data Services
In Microsoft Azure; you can use Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Services to build Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) web services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the advantages and disadvantages of various styles and approaches; including WCF Data Services; to implement WCF web services.
-
Introducing WCF; Contracts; Bindings; and Addresses
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) provides a platform for deploying network-distributed services via endpoints made up of an address; a binding; and a service contract (ABC). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how the ABC of WCF service endpoints forms the basis of communication that allows WCF services to be consumed by client applications.
-
Introducing Web API
In Microsoft Azure; you can use Web API which offers a new approach to building Representational State Transfer (REST)-style web services in the .NET stack. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the advantages and disadvantages of different approaches to web service technology; including Windows Communication Framework (WCF); WCF Data Services; and Web API.
-
Introduction to Entity Framework Queries
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Entity Framework is an object-relational mapper that allows you to efficiently query and perform CRUD (create; read; update; delete) operations against a backend data source. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses an Entity Framework data model to demonstrate how to perform a query and insert operation using Entity Framework.
-
Introduction to Web Services and Windows Azure
Microsoft Azure and Web services allow database systems to communicate with one another. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Windows Azure operates using cloud technologies to connect to databases; as well as read data from and write data to databases.
-
IQueryable and Ienumerable using LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; when working with LINQ to Entities as part of Entity Framework; you need to be aware of LINQ types and the repercussions that these can have on your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement IQueryable and IEnumerable types using LINQ to Entities.
-
Lazy and Eager Loading in Entity Framework
Two important concepts in Entity Framework for Microsoft Azure and Web Services are Lazy and Eager Loading. Lazy Loading is the default setting and is useful in accessing properties without a value from the SQL Database; but can have a major impact on performance. In this video; Hilton Giesenow explains the differences between Lazy and Eager Loading.
-
LINQ To Objects Queries
You can use Microsoft Visual Studio to integrate LINQ into Microsoft Azure hosted applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to get started with working with LINQ and integrating it into an application using the preferred syntax.
-
Adding Filters to Queries for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services use of the OData Protocol allows the easy extraction of service entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the programmatic use of query operators; LINQ queries; statements; and methods to compile queries at the client end.
-
Address-Specific Resources in WCF Data Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services RESTful resourcing and addressing allows the easy extraction of service entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to access service entities in the browser and use query operators to filter; sort; select; and format data subsets.
-
ADO.NET – Synchronous and Asynchronous Operations
You can make Microsoft Azure hosted web services asynchronous by changing the ADO.NET code within Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses synchronous code to demonstrate how to fire operations off explicitly; use tasks; or use the built-in asynchronous pattern to make the ADO.NET code asynchronous.
-
ADO.NET – Using DataSet to Update Data
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer allows INSERT; UPDATE; and DELETE operations to be performed on a strongly typed DataSet. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use strongly typed InsertCommands to insert; update; and delete records.
-
ADO.NET – Using DbCommand to Update Data
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer's SqlCommand type allows you to use the CREATE; READ; UPDATE; and DELETE operations. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to establish a SqlConnection to a database before inserting; updating; and deleting a table's data.
-
ADO.NET – Working with SQL Server Stored Procedures
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer allows the conversion of SqlCommand types and code using ADO.NET DataSets to stored procedures. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to replace SQL query text with stored procedures and Insert; Read; and Update data using a strongly typed DataSet.
-
Advanced LINQ Queries
You can use Microsoft Visual Studio to execute advanced LINQ queries in Microsoft Azure hosted applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates some of the advanced aspects of LINQ; including SingleOrDefault; Paging; and Grouping.
-
Application Packaging and Deployment in .NET
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; rather than running applications locally; .NET applications have to be deployed to production environments. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates what deployment involves; what types of content may be deployed; and what steps typically accompany the deployment process. He also describes why it’s important to package applications properly before deploying them.
-
Applying Caching Policies
Microsoft Azure's ASP.NET allows the application of short-lived and sliding caching policies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to program these policies and uses ASP.NET's pseudorandom number generator to test them in the browser.
-
Assembly Signing and Strong Naming
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can strong name an assembly in order to put it in the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates why it is important to strong name an assembly; how to do strong naming; and how to use an assembly out of the GAC.
-
Asynchronous LINQ to Entities Queries
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; through LINQ to Entities; the Entity Framework provides methods you can use to make backend database interaction asynchronous. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates asynchronous methods; including FindAsync; FirstAsync; SingleOrDefaultAsync; ToListAsync; AsyncReadOperations; and AsyncWriteOperations.
-
Automatic Deployment from a TFS Build Server
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Team Foundation Server (TFS) Build Service allows you to automatically deploy web applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to leverage a publish profile and configure a TFS Build definition from within Team Explorer in Visual Studio.
-
Automating a Build from a TFS Build Server
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to automate the building and publishing of your applications from within Team Foundation Server (TFS). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to automate the creation and publishing of a build; using the TFS.
-
Azure Blob Storage
Microsoft Azure Blob storage allows global access to large; unstructured amounts and types of data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of storage accounts to host cloud-based Blobs within containers; and introduces the Azure Content Distribution Network (CDN).
-
Configuring IIS Server Settings with SetParameters
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Visual Studio default parameters can be configured either with a parameters.xml file or by creating a connection string by including an entity in the framework module. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how change settings in the Setparameters.xml; as well as change settings manually in the IIS.
-
Configuring Routing for Web API Services
Routing in Web API is how a URI is matched to an action; allowing you to define how your application responds to incoming HTTP requests when developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure routing against the primary routing table as well as through an attribute-based approach within a Web API project.
-
Configuring WCF Endpoints; Bindings; and Behaviors
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; it's sometimes necessary to set the configuration for a WCF service programmatically; using the API. You can also use the attributes approach to configure services. In this video Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure WCF inside code; using the API.
-
Configuring WCF Routing
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can configure a Relay Service to assist with the communication between a Client and a server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the concept of a Relay Service; and examines the Client and server implementations to see how everything ties together.
-
Configuring WCF Service and Client Discovery
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; with WCF service and discovery you can create a service; host it; provide details and call the service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses discovery to show you how to dynamically identify the endpoint that a service is running on.
-
Configuring WCF Service Behaviors
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow the configuration of behaviors controlling services between runtime modes or environments. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the attributes of a WCF Services service behavior and generates an exception on the client.
-
Configuring WCF Service Bindings
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to configure WCF Service bindings. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure the bindings that support underlying TCP protocols beyond addressing.
-
Configuring WCF Service Endpoints
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to configure WCF Service endpoints. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an endpoint to switch between TCP and HTTP protocols.
-
Configuring WebSocket Bindings for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WebSockets allow for an almost unrestricted channel to be opened for the exchange of messages between Client and the server over a continual period of time. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement and configure WebSockets in the WCF world.
-
Connecting to a Local NuGet Repository Cache
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to access the NuGet package cache; which stores recently used packages as part of the local user's temporary files. This can be useful if you're working offline; or are unable to connect to the nuget.org repository. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to connect to a local NuGet repository cache.
-
Consuming Web API Services Asynchronously
Calling Web API service operations asynchronously from within client applications in Microsoft Azure and Web Services; saves execution time and allows the client to continue processing without interruption. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the SendAsync method to send data asynchronously to a connected object.
-
Consuming Web API Services Using HttpClient
In Microsoft Azure; you can call a Web application programming interface (API) service from .NET applications using the Microsoft HTTP Client Libraries. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Microsoft HTTP Client Libraries to retrieve; create; update; and delete data in a Web API service.
-
Create and Delete Queues in Azure
Microsoft Azure Queue storage service allows you to manage queues that are used to exchange messages and communicate tasks either in cloud or on premise. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically access Queue storage; and create and delete queries within a storage account using the Windows Azure Storage NuGet package.
-
Creating a Basic Web API Service
In Microsoft Azure; you can create a Web application programming interface (API) service using Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Microsoft Visual Studio to create and update a Web API project.
-
Creating and Configuring a NuGet Package
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can now create NuGet packages that include functions and Java scripts that you've built in order to make these items available to consumers. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create and configure a new NuGet package to include a DLL and a script in Java.
-
Creating and Connecting to a NuGet Package Repository
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can create your own NuGet package repositories; and connect to them from your projects. This is especially useful in scenarios where you're unable to connect to the nuget.org repository. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create and connect to local and web-based NuGet package repositories.
-
Creating and Mapping Endpoints for an Azure Application
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; creating and mapping endpoints allow role instances in a cloud service in Azure to communicate through internal and external connections. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure input; instance input; and internal endpoints and their associated IP addresses and ports for Azure hosted services.
-
Creating Proxies for WCF Services using SvcUtil
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows the creation of a service proxy from the console using the SvcUtil tool. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how use the SvcUtil tool to configure and generate the files for a client proxy.
-
Creating Query Expressions for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can access resources off a WCF service. You will be able to add; filter; and expand all OData operators that the service supports. In this video Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to access all the entities off a proxy.
-
Credentials for Managing Azure Service Bus Queues
When creating Service Bus queues with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can configure their permissions based on the shared access service keys you assign to them. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure the permissions of a new Service Bus queue.
-
Data Binding for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allows you to perform data binding for Web API Services. This is useful because is helps you understand how actions and operations are matched up via the routing engine inside of Web API. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates examples of these data-binding capabilities.
-
Data Contracts for WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to work with custom objects when dealing with clients of a WCF service. The details of these clients can be controlled using an attribute such as DataContract. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with data contracts for WCF services.
-
Data Storage Options in Azure
Microsoft Azure offers multiple scalable cloud-based storage solutions. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a number of scenarios to discuss when cloud storage would benefit an organization; and reviews Microsoft Azure's many cloud-based storage options.
-
Deferred Query Execution in Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Deferred Query Execution is a key concept in Entity Framework for Microsoft Azure and Web Services. It can be particularly useful when using LINQ to Entities queries for Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the core features of this process and the impact that it has on code.
-
Deploying a .NET Application Using Xcopy
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use Xcopy to deploy a .NET application without first having to package it. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Xcopy to deploy a .NET application simply by copying and pasting files.
-
Deploying an Azure Application from a TFS Build Server
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can configure Visual Studio web projects to automatically deploy to Azure from a Team Foundation Server (TFS) Build Server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to provide a continuous delivery to Azure using Visual Studio Online; and set up a deploy system using an on-premises Team Foundation Server.
-
Deploying an Azure Application from Visual Studio
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Azure Tools for Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to easily deploy your Azure application directly from Visual Studio to either the Staging or Production environment. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Publish Azure Application wizard; monitor the deployment; and test web application updates in a Staging environment.
-
Deploying Azure Web Site Applications
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can publish an Azure website to the cloud in a number of different ways. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to deploy an Azure website and update it directly from within Visual Studio via the MSBuild commandline; or using the msdeply.exe capability.
-
Different Payload Formats for WCF Service Queries
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services' data output is formatted in XML or JSON. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses operators and code to show how query results are formatted in JSON at the browser as well as at the client end.
-
Distribute Data Using the Azure CDN
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use Azure CDB services to distribute data to edge caches around the world. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the CDN portal and how to create a new CN Endpoint to wrap your Blob storage account.
-
Enabling and Monitoring ASP.NET App Suspend
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; ASP.NET Framework 4.5.1 has been designed to fully leverage the capabilities of App Suspend. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure and use App Suspend in place of Terminate.
-
Entity Framework – Working with the Conceptual Model
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; using the conceptual Entity Framework model; you can create methods within LINQ to Entity queries and map them to functions in the underlying DB model. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create an Entity SQL expression that will retrieve data from an underlying database and use a function to calculate new values.
-
Entity Framework – Working with the Storage Model
When working with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; in some cases it’s useful to modify the underlying storage schema for the Entity Framework data model. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to modify the storage schema to include a function; as well as how to create a function import to use that function in application code.
-
Exposing WCF Service Metadata
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow the exposure of service metadata to enable new-client compatibility and proxy generation. In this video; Hilton Giesenow configures a service behavior's MetadataExchange capability and serviceMetadata element; and generates a client service proxy.
-
Fault Contracts for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure WCF Services; fault contracts are used to handle exceptions. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use fault contracts to handle exceptions for a calculator service.
-
File and Assembly Versioning
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can change the file and assembly versions independently. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how file and assembly versioning works and how it affects the client in different ways.
-
Hosting a Web API Service Outside ASP.NET
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can host a Web application programming interface (API) service outside the ASP.NET application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to host a Web API project directly in a .NET console application by bringing in the correct libraries and creating a hosting infrastructure.
-
Hosting a Web API Service Using OWIN
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can host a web service using OWIN. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a console application to demonstrate how you can self- host a Web API service inside of any kind of .NET application; as well as view and run the application from both the client and host.
-
Hosting in an Azure Worker Role
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow the self-hosting of an ASP.NET Web API inside of an Azure Worker Role. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Open Web Interface for .NET (OWIN) to self-host the API in an Azure Worker Role.
-
Hosting WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure; you can host Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) web services in various .NET applications and environments. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates different types of hosts for WCF web services and how they can be created.
-
Hosting WCF Services in an Azure Worker Role
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can host WCF services in different Azure roles. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to host a WCF service in an Azure worker role; including the process of creating and accessing an endpoint for the service.
-
Implement a Code First Model with Entity Framework
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to use the Code First modeling approach in Entity Framework; allowing you to define models with code without any existing schemas or XML mapping files. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a Code First model to allow existing classes derived from DbContext to be used within Entity Framework.
-
Implement a Database First Model with Entity Framework
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement database first models using the Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a database first model using LINQ queries inside of your application.
-
Implement a Model First Model with Entity Framework
Within Microsoft Azure and Web Services; one of the ways you can work with Entity Framework and .NET applications is using the model first approach. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build an Entity Framework model; use it to generate a new database automatically; and then run a .NET application that uses the database.
-
Implement Entity Framework on CLR Objects
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement the Entity Framework on CLR Objects. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to centralize CLR Objects and map them to DbContext.
-
Implementing a Channel Factory for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows clients to use a channel factory to more explicitly control the definition of called data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to code and configure a channel factory to call data from a service.
-
Implementing a Simple WCF Service
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement a simple WCF service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to build a WCF service; and set it up for testing on a client.
-
Implementing Action Filters for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement action filters for Web API Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with action filters for Web API Services to apply additional behavior to a specific controller; or even to a specific action on a controller.
-
Creating a New Blob Store in Azure
Microsoft Azure Blob storage allows you to conveniently store large amounts of blob data in containers that can be accessed from anywhere via HTTP. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the different ways to create a container; how to manage containers; and upload and list blobs programmatically within a storage account.
-
Creating a Package as Part of a Build Process
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can manually create a web package and deploy it or you can deploy it as part of the build process. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to invoke the MSBuild command to compile and deploy a package directly to a server.
-
Creating a Service Namespace in Azure
To begin using Service Bus topics and subscriptions within a Microsoft Azure application; you must first create a Service Bus namespace. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Azure Management Portal to create a new Service Bus namespace; before highlighting how Service Bus entities are managed from within the portal.
-
Creating a Simple WCF Data Service
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows services based on the Entity Framework Data Model to be built in Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add a WCF Data Service to a Web application.
-
Creating a Table in Azure
Microsoft Azure Table storage service allows you to create and manage tables that are ideal for storing structured; non-relational data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the table management capabilities of the Azure Management Portal; as well as how to create; list; update; and delete tables programmatically.
-
Creating a WCF Services Proxy
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can create a service proxy in a client application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create a proxy for a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Services service in a client application.
-
Creating an Assembly Manifest
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; assembly manifests allow you to modify attributes and provide general information about a single or multifile .NET assembly. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to set global assembly attributes in Visual Studio's Assembly Information dialog box or directly in the AssemblyInfo.cs file; and how to share attributes across multiple assemblies.
-
Creating an Azure Service Bus Queue
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can create Service Bus queues in order to improve communication between applications; components of a distributed application; and between the components and the applications themselves. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create an Azure Service Bus queue using two different methods.
-
Creating an IIS Install Package
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can set up a range of publishing profiles. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create an IIS deployment package and deploy it directly to the end server.
-
Implementing an Odata Web API Server
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow the conversion of a Web API endpoint into a Web API OData-enabled endpoint. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to convert a Web API endpoint into a Web API OData-enabled endpoint supporting OData operations by using Visual Studio.
-
Implementing Asynchronous Operations in WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement Asynchronous Operations in WCF Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to differentiate between service operations on the server side; and explains the Begin and End methods and how it’s possible to define operations using both approaches.
-
Implementing Authentication for Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement authorization and authentication in Web application programming interface (API) services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement authentication in the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for Web API services in an Internet Information Services (IIS)-hosted environment or a self-hosted environment.
-
Implementing CORS for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services use Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) to selectively bypass browsers' same-origin security policies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how CORS allows client and backend APIs to interact by accepting and rejecting specified cross-origin requests.
-
Implementing Custom Entity Framework Conventions
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Entity Framework relies on various conventions; which make it easy to map entities in the conceptual model to those in the underlying storage model at the database level. However; sometimes the default conventions aren’t suitable. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates different ways to modify Entity Framework conventions; including table naming and key conventions.
-
Implementing Distributed Transactions
Microsoft Azure and Web Services enable you to perform distributed transactions; which is useful if you need your actual overall business process to span multiple types of systems. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a distributed transaction across two resource managers.
-
Implementing Duplex Messaging for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow duplex messaging; whereby client and service endpoints exchange messages independently within a session. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure a client callback channel; allowing a service to respond to a request processed on the server.
-
Implementing Exception Filters for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement Exception filters for Web API Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to apply Exception filters to add attributes onto actions in a database.
-
Implementing Message Inspectors for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Message Inspectors are used to intercept and inspect messages after they are received or before they are sent between Clients and Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a Message Inspector on the Client Side using code; and on the Service Side using the Configuration file.
-
Implementing One-Way Messaging for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement one-way messaging in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a one-way operation with a delay in WCF web services using the IsOneWay parameter on OperationContract.
-
Implementing Per-Call WCF Service Instances
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services' Percall instance context mode instantiates a new service instance for each client call. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how multiple client calls to a Percall instance context mode record as many service instantiations.
-
Implementing Per-Session WCF Service Instances
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services' PerSession instance context mode instantiates a new service instance for each client. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how multiple client calls to a Percall instance context mode instantiate as many service instances as there are clients.
-
Log Queries and Database Commands with LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use requests for easier logging of the database operations that are executing. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to log queries and database commands with LINQ to Entities.
-
Making Blob Content in Azure Secure or Public
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can set the permissions on the Blob content to control whether the access to the Blobs is Secure or Public. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to change permissions for Blob resources.
-
Managing Transactions Using Explicit ADO.NET Classes
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET System.Data namespace effects database transactions via sequential database commands. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the SqlTransaction class to overcome a disruption to the SQL Server service and ensure a transaction's consistency.
-
Managing Transactions Using System.Transactions
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET System.Transactions namespace effects database transactions via sequential database commands. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the TransactionScope class to overcome a disruption to the SQL Server service and ensure a transaction's consistency.
-
Managing Transactions with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; transactions are an essential part of working with data to ensure that operations are consistently applied. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to manage and apply transactions within an entity framework using a bank account as an example.
-
Managing WCF Service Concurrency
In Microsoft Azure; you can manage the different concurrency modes available in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) web services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how you can switch between different concurrency modes when processing requests from multiple clients in WCF web services.
-
Manipulating XML Data Using XMLWriter
When working with Microsoft Azure; you can use Microsoft Visual Studio to create XML files programmatically. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the XMLTextWriter derived class to create an XML file and which methods to use within the XML file to add content to it.
-
Manually Creating a Package
When deploying a web project to Microsoft Azure; Visual Studio allows you to easily create a deployment package manually on a source computer before installing it onto a destination server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Visual Studio's Publish Web wizard to create a package using the file system and web deploy publish methods.
-
Manually Deploying an IIS Install Package
When developing Microsoft Azure applications; you are able to deploy to Internet Information Services (IIS) directly from Visual Studio or via Microsoft's Web Deploy tool. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Publish Web dialog box to deploy a web deployment package from Visual Studio; before demonstrating how to deploy to an IIS server using msdeploy.exe in command line.
-
Message and Transport-Level Security for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows the use of message and transport-level security. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates where message and transport-level security might be appropriate; and how message-level security ensures data integrity across multiple environments.
-
Message Compression and Encoding for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow the encoding and compression of data to reduce client-server message payloads. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses text-based and MTOM encoding to demonstrate how compression reduces the size of binary-stream and text messages.
-
Message Contracts for WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to work with message contracts for WCF Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to modify message contracts to allow different service parameters to be taken into an application.
-
Modifying Data Using DbContext in Entity Framework
DbContext is the primary class in the Entity Framework that allows developers working with Microsoft Azure and Web Services to easily interact with data as objects when modifying database entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add; update; and delete entities from within an Entity Framework model using a class derived from DbContext.
-
Modifying Table Entities in Azure
The ability to modify entities in Microsoft Azure Table Storage using table operations allows you to manage stored table data and return accurate; up-to-date query results. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically insert; replace; and delete entities within a table using the Windows Azure Storage NuGet package.
-
Multiple Authentication Mechanisms for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support multiple authentication schemes on Web API endpoints. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement Anonymous; Basic; and Windows Authentication on IIS and self-hosted Web APIs; in Visual Studio.
-
Operating System Configuration for an Azure Application
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can manage updates to the Windows Azure Guest operating system (Guest OS) automatically whenever updates are released; or manually at your own discretion. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to update the Azure Guest OS from the Management Portal; and configure Guest OS settings in the service configuration file.
-
Peek at the Next Message in a Queue in Azure
The Microsoft Azure Queue storage service supports peeking; whereby clients can view the contents of a message without removing the message from the queue. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the PeekMessage() method to view a message at the front of the queue; and the PeekMessages() method to peek at a specified number of messages.
-
Performing a VIP Swap Upgrade of an Azure Application
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can perform a Virtual IP (VIP) swap between Production and Staging versions of an application in order to minimize potential downtime. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the differences between Production and Staging modes; and the potential reasons why each mode would be useful.
-
Performing an In-Place Upgrade of an Azure Application
Microsoft Azure allows for interchangeable application upgrades on websites to ensure that users can still access a site that is being upgraded. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to perform an in-place upgrade of an Azure application within Microsoft Azure and Web Services.
-
Preventing XSRF with Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services defend against Cross-Site Request Forgery (XSRF) attacks on Web APIs by supporting the use of cookies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use AntiForgery and authentication cookie tokens to mitigate XSRF attacks; in Visual Studio.
-
Querying Data Using LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; LINQ to Entities provides Language-Integrated Query (LINQ) support; allowing you to write complex queries against the Entity Framework conceptual model and return entity objects. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to query an Entity Framework using LINQ; and describes some of the exceptions; their workarounds; and the paging operations in LINQ to Entities.
-
Querying Data with Connection; DataReader; and Command
In Entity Framework for Microsoft Azure and Web Services; there are a number of ways to query data in the SQL database; including Connection; DataReader; and Command. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates these methods for querying data; allowing you to be more explicit about underlying SQL queries.
-
Querying XML Data with LINQ to XML
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET allows the use of LINQ to XML to query XML documents. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use LINQ to XML to load an XML document and query its elements; subelements; and descendants.
-
Read the Next Message in a Queue in Azure
After messages are added to queues; the Microsoft Azure Queue storage service allows you to retrieve single messages from the queue that can be processed and deleted as part of the message queue lifecycle. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically reference a queue; retrieve both string-based and byte array messages; and delete read messages from the queue.
-
Reading Data into a DataSet with ADO.NET
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer allows data to be read into DataSets. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a strongly typed DataAdapter to submit a query to a database and read data out to a strongly typed DataSet.
-
Reading Data Using an ADO.NET DataReader
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET DataReader type allows data to be read from databases. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a SqlDataReader to read data from a SQL database and return ordinals as integer or string values.
-
Reading XML Data
When working with Microsoft Azure; you can use Microsoft Visual Studio to read and parse an XML file by using the XmlReader class and the XmlTextReader derived class. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to access elements inside of an XML file with the XMLTextReader; as well as how to access attributes and navigate to peers and descendents.
-
Receiving Messages from an Azure Service Bus Queue
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the communication process is simplified by using the Service Bus queues to send and receive messages. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to receive messages of different types from the Service Bus queue; and use the Peek function to check if there are messages waiting to be processed.
-
Restricting Message Size for Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can restrict the message size for Web API Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Web API services can increase or decrease the size of the media files they receive to control the load on the server.
-
Retrieving Table Entities in Azure
Entities in Microsoft Azure Table storage are sets of properties that can be retrieved from a table as collections of entities; or single; specific entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to retrieve all entities in a partition; specify a filter; retrieve a range of entities; and retrieve a single entity programmatically using the Windows Azure Storage NuGet package.
-
Security Filters for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services use security filters for web API services that differentiates between authentication and authorization. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a simple basic authentication system inside of your Web API to authenticate a user and then give them authorisation.
-
Selecting Content to Package
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can manage which files are packaged as part of your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to control the content of what gets published into your application using a range of different methods.
-
Service Bus Queues in Azure
Microsoft Azure Service Bus queues differ significantly from the Azure Storage Queue capability. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Service Bus queues compare to the Azure Storage Queue capability; and details the former's division of queues into filtered topics to which services may subscribe.
-
Service Bus Topics and Subscriptions
Microsoft Azure Service Bus supports the creation of topics and subscriptions allowing the selective retrieval of messages from Service Bus queues. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create Service Bus Publish/Subscribe subscriptions and topics; in Visual Studio.
-
Setting Application Permissions and Passwords
The Microsoft Azure and Web Services deployment tool; MSDeploy; allows you to authorize usernames and passwords; and set user permissions for applications in order to increase security during the deployment process. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to set these security features; using MSDeploy.
-
Synchronous and Asynchronous Queries
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use asynchronous operations to implement EntitySqlCommands or use entity commands to update the backend data source. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to interpret asynchronous and synchronous operations for direct commands in a database.
-
Table Per Class Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; it’s possible to implement the table per class approach to inheritance in Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a class to store the shared properties of two tables and to implement a hierarchy via inheritance by mapping the properties to separate classes for those tables.
-
Table Per Hierarchy Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use a derived base class to share properties across entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the MapInheritedProperties operation to map inherited properties from the base class.
-
Table Per Type Data Models with Entity Framework
You can use Microsoft Entity Framework to deal with one of the more complex scenarios in object relational mapping – dealing with object inheritance hierarchies. Inheritance can be implemented using the code-first approach or the database-first approach. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the table per type data models.
-
Testing Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; when building software you need to test it and Web API Services allows you to do this. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to perform tests on controllers using Web API; and shows which other aspects of the framework are testable and can be incorporated into unit testing practices.
-
The Azure Blob REST API
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Azure capabilities are REST enabled to allow operation to be made from and Client on any platform. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses how to access content of Blob containers via a REST-based Endpoint using a simple HTTP URL.
-
The Azure Service Bus REST API
You can now easily gain access to the Microsoft Azure Service Bus queue and its capabilities from platforms outside of .NET applications; including the REST API; by retrieving a valid access token for authentication against the service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to retrieve an access token in order to call the Service Bus Message queueing capabilities; and then send and receive a message from an existing queue.
-
The Azure Tables REST API
REST APIs for Microsoft Azure storage services offers programmatic access to Table services running in Azure or directly over the Internet from any application using HTTP or HTTPS. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to authenticate and construct REST API calls to Azure table data.
-
Transforming XML Using XSLT
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to convert XML documents into different XML documents; or even convert them into a different document style altogether. To do this; you can use XSL Transform or an XSLT file. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with XSL Transform.
-
Understanding Data Access in the .NET Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can connect to and query databases using .NET outlines. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the importance of data access in a .NET framework; as well as the key rules for data access implementation.
-
Understanding Distributed Transactions
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to perform distributed transactions; which is useful if you need your actual overall business process to span multiple types of systems. In this video; Hilton Giesenow provides and overview of distributed transactions; and how they are facilitated by a resource manager and transaction manager. He also examines the two-phase commit model.
-
Understanding Proxies for WCF Services
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) allows you to retrieve metadata and generate WCF client proxies for accessing services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create a WCF client proxy using the Add Service Reference feature in Visual Studio; instantiate a client proxy; and update and configure a service reference.
-
Understanding Transaction Isolation Levels
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to work with transactional relational database systems. When working with transactional databases; there are various isolation levels available. In .NET; the isolation level concept is represented by an IsolationLevel enumeration. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with transaction isolation levels.
-
Understanding XML Data Structures
Microsoft Azure and Web Services use XML data structures; providing an exchange wire format that allows you to persist data locally to be shared across the Internet by web-based applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of elements and attributes; as well as the concept of nesting elements and using hierarchies within an XML data structure.
-
Updating Data Using a LINQ Data Context
The LINQ Data Context allows you to use Microsoft Visual Studio to update data in Microsoft Azure hosted backend data stores. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to issue Insert; Update; and Delete statements against a backend LINQ DataContext.
-
Updating Data with Connection and Command
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; there are multiple ways to use Stored Procedures to update backend database stores. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to update data within a database using the Command and Connection functions.
-
Updating XML Data with LINQ to XML
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET allows the use of LINQ to XML to update values in XML documents. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how use LINQ to XML to read an XML file into an XDocument and update its content.
-
Using ADO.NET to Query a SQL Server Database
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET allows the querying of SQL Server databases. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to establish strongly typed access to SQL databases and manage the life cycles of the ADO.NET SqlConnection; SqlCommand; and SqlDatareader objects.
-
Using AppFabric to Manage WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use AppFabric to activate; track; and monitor WCF Services. The application is robust and can restart automatically if it fails. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to install and manage AppFabric WCF services to track and log messages as well.
-
Using Different Data Formats with Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support the use of different data formats when working with API services. This is useful if you’re building these services; for example; and you’re dealing with either XML and JSON clients; or both. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use different data formats with Web API Services.
-
Using Different Formats for Web API Service Requests
Depending on the client application when developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can specify the appropriate format when responding to a client request. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to specify service and response types and format the data returned from a single service request as an XML; JSON; and BSON response.
-
Using Entity Framework with a SQL Azure Database
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can run Entity Framework applications with SQL Azure database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to switch an Entity Framework application from connecting with a local SQL Server database to connect instead with a SQL Azure database.
-
Using Entity SQL to Query Data
In Microsoft Azure; Entity SQL is a text based style of querying data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates Entity SQL functionality; and provides examples on how to execute SQL queries.
-
Using HttpMessageHandlers with Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure; you can use Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) message handlers to process client requests and server responses for Web application programming interface (API) services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create; delegate; and add HTTP message handlers to Web API services.
-
Using Interning to Share Assemblies
When deploying Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the .NET Framework's interning feature allows you to share assemblies across multiple servers and applications using symbolic links; reducing both memory requirements and load time. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to identify interning opportunities and intern eligible assemblies using the aspnet_intern.exe tool.
-
Using Multiple Authentication Modes with WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allows for the use of multiple authentication modes with WCF services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement anonymous or unsecured and secured access methods for WCF services.
-
Using Service Operators with WCF Data Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services Service Operators allow clients to filter results based on OData and REST-style resources and operators. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Service Operators on the service and client side allow for more accurate query results.
-
Using SetParameters for an IIS App Pool
When configuring a web application for deployment on Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you are able to use the SetParameters.xml file to set up and parameterize Internet Information Services (IIS) application pools. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses MSBuild to build a deployment package containing an IIS app pool; and configures an application pool with MSDeploy.
-
Using Stored Procedures with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure with Web Services; you can use stored procedures in the Entity Framework using a number of different approaches. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Model or Database First and Code First approaches when using stored procedures with Entity Framework.
-
Using the Dependency Resolver for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to reduce the dependencies between components in your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a DependencyResolver for Web API; and configure and implement a resolver capability on UnityContainer.
-
Using XSLT Transformations to Prepare Files
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use XSLT transformations to apply the correct settings and definitions within your config files before running your applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add new configuration settings; use transformations to locate specific elements; and remove or set attributes within a config file.
-
Versioning WCF Service Addresses; Bindings; and Routing
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use a routing approach to effectively handle address; binding and contract versioning in WCF. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a discovery and a routing approach to address-based versioning.
-
Versioning WCF Service Contracts
When using Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF supports versioning strategies that allow developers to keep pace with WCF service updates and productivity changes without disrupting the client. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add service operations using lax and strict WCF service contract version strategies.
-
WCF Configuration Using the API
As an alternative to configuring Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) services for Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF allows you to configure services in code. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to replicate the configuration settings in a .NET App.config file using C# code to configure a WCF service programmatically.
-
WCF Data Services Interceptors
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows the interception of incoming and outgoing data requests so that custom logic can be added to them. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how QueryInterceptors and ChangeInterceptors can ensure valid results or introduce security measures.
-
WCF Security
When using Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF security can help mitigate common threats and secure messages between clients and services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the functional areas of WCF security and how security is configured via address; binding; behavior; and contracts.
-
WCF Service Instancing
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF service instancing and concurrency works between clients and service calls. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how three different instancing modes of WCF services work; what they get you; and some of the drawbacks associated with them.
-
WCF Services and the Azure Service Bus Relay Service
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can grant clients secure access to your WCF services through the public Internet by using the Azure Service Bus Relay service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Azure Relay services to grant clients outside of your on-premises network access to your WCF services.
-
Web API Services and Asynchronous Operations
Microsoft Azure Web API services allow you to utilize asynchronous operations in order to respond to client requests more effectively. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement asynchronous operations within a Web API service to improve its functionality.
-
Windows Authentication for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support Windows Authentication for IIS and self-hosted Web APIs. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to enable Windows Authentication for IIS and self-hosted Web APIs; in Visual Studio.
-
Implementing Per-Singleton WCF Service Instances
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services Single instance context mode instantiates one service instance for all clients' calls. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how multiple client calls to a Single instance context mode instantiate a single service instance.
-
.NET Assembly Interning for Production Environments
In Microsoft Entity Framework; the .NET Framework's interning feature allows you to share assemblies across multiple servers and applications using symbolic links; reducing both memory requirements and load time. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to identify interning opportunities and intern eligible assemblies using the aspnet_intern.exe tool.
-
Building Web Sites and APIs with Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework simplifies data access by integrating with ASP.NET MVC and Web API applications to handle database interaction. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to generate and configure the scaffolding for an application's MVC and Web API controllers.
-
Code-Based Configuration
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can build; deploy; and manage applications through an open and flexible entity framework cloud platform. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an entity framework data provider for the cloud.
-
Code-First Entity Framework From an Existing Database
Microsoft Entity Framework supports building Database-First and Code-First Entity models. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build Code-First Entity models around existing databases by adding an ADO.NET Entity Data Model and by reverse engineering a Code-First Entity model.
-
Concurrency in Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can configure your system to deliver an alert whenever there's a possibility of concurrency errors; for example; when users are editing properties simultaneously. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to handle concurrency in Entity Framework.
-
Connection Resiliency Features
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can make use of some of the default execution strategies to get connection resiliency. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses SQLAzureExecutionStrategy to explore how exceptions are handled automatically.
-
Creating a DbContext Using an Open Connection
In Microsoft Entity Framework; multiple contexts can share a single SQL connection to reduce the resource load on the actual server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a Boolean value to indicate if a context owns a connection.
-
Custom Code Generation in Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework's Entity Designer and Entity Framework Power Tools generate EDMX-format ADO.NET Entity models. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to customize code generated for an Entity model using a T4 code-generation strategy in Visual Studio.
-
Database Migrations (Basic)
You can use Microsoft Entity Framework to handle database migration either automatically or by creating a database manually. You can also update databases as needed. Using Entity Framework is useful because it ensures that it handles changes to the database over time; just as it built the database initially. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to perform database migrations.
-
Dependency Resolution in Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; the dependency resolver capability is one way to change internal dependencies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the built-in SingletonDependecyResolver to resolve specific dependencies inside of Entity Framework.
-
Downloading; Installing; and Updating Entity Framework
When working with Microsoft Entity Framework; you must ensure that you reference it appropriately. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses Package Managers to download;install; and update Microsoft Entity Framework.
-
Entity Caching in Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework supports entity caching through the DbContext; which allows database entities to be tracked; retrieved; updated; reattached; and saved. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to track; update; reattach; and save DbContext entities to the database.
-
Entity Change Tracking
Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to easily track any changes made to entities and their properties; and manage these changes within the database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement Entity Framework change tracking.
-
Implementing Custom Code-First Conventions
When you're using the code-first approach with Microsoft Entity Framework; you can easily customize certain default configurations for the created model. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the implementation of custom code-first conventions in Entity Framework.
-
Implementing Custom Code-First Database Mappings
When working with Microsoft Entity Framework; you can easily implement custom code-first database mappings. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the two methods that can be used for performing this task: by decorating a class with attributes or by centralizing the actual database schema configurations inside of the model.
-
Implementing Custom Pluralization and Singularization
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can implement custom pluralization and singularization properties to suit the requirements of your entries. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement custom pluralization and singularization properties with Entity Framework.
-
Implementing Transactions with Entity SQL
Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to simplify Entity SQL execution; creation; updating; and deletion operations by applying them within the context of a single transaction. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement transactions with Entity SQL using Entity Framework.
-
Implementing Transactions with LINQ To Entity Commands
In Microsoft Entity Framework; transactions are an essential part of working with data to ensure that operations are consistently applied. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to manage and apply transactions with LINQ to Entity commands using a bank account as an example.
-
Integrating Entity Framework with WCF
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the integration of Entity data models with WCF services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build and define services making use of the Entity Framework data model and share them across multiple projects.
-
Integrating Entity Framework with Web API
Microsoft Entity Framework supports interceptors that define methods called when an entity performs an action. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use interceptors derived from an interceptor class to act on data saved; updated; or deleted from a database.
-
NGEN and Entity Framework Assemblies
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can reference the Entity Framework libraries to speed up the actual load time of your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the ngen.exe tool to generate a native image for the EntityFramework and EntityFramework.SqlServer DLL libraries.
-
Pre-generating Views to Improve Performance
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the precompilation of an application's query and update views; reducing its startup costs. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Entity Framework's Power Tools feature to generate fresh views for an amended Entity model.
-
Preparing for Production Configurations
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can perform live configuration-setting changes to prepare an application for production. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the transform command to set a new value for an existing attribute.
-
Reading Data with Entity SQL
In Microsoft Entity Framework; Entity SQL is a text based style of querying data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates Entity SQL functionality; and provides examples on how to execute SQL queries.
-
Reading Data with LINQ To Entities
Microsoft Entity Frameworks allows data to be read to Entities with LINQ. This is done through the use of SQL databases; SQL queries; and operators. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to read and write data with Microsoft Entity Frameworks.
-
Under the Covers – Connection; Command; and Reader
In Microsoft Entity Framework; there are a number of ways to query data in the SQL database; including Connection; DataReader; and Command. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates these methods for querying data; allowing you to be more explicit about underlying SQL queries.
-
Understanding DbContext vs. ObjectContext
Microsoft Entity Framework provides two types of containers; the objectContext and the DbContext; that allow you to access and manage your databases. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the applications of these two containers within the Entity Framework.
-
Understanding Deferred Query Execution
In Microsoft Entity Framework; Deferred Query Execution is a key concept within the framework. It can be particularly useful when using LINQ to Entities queries for Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the core features of this process and the impact that it has on code.
-
Understanding IQueryable vs. IEnumerable
In Microsoft Entity Framework; when working with LINQ to Entities as part of Entity Framework; you need to be aware of LINQ types and the repercussions that these can have on your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement IQueryable and IEnumerable types using LINQ to Entities.
-
Understanding Lazy and Eager Loading
Two important concepts in Entity Framework are Lazy and Eager Loading. Lazy Loading is the default setting and is useful in accessing properties without a value from the SQL Database; but can have a major impact on performance. In this video; Hilton Giesenow explains the differences between Lazy and Eager Loading.
-
Understanding the EF Modeling Languages
Microsoft Entity Framework capabilities allow for the easy translation between the object and relational worlds; as well as the conversion of your application or query intentions into explicit SQL statements. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the roles of the modeling languages involved in these functions of the Entity Framework.
-
Unit Testing When Using Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework supports unit testing through a data context using in-memory data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build an ASP.NET MVC controller using a repository-type pattern; against which he tests the logic of an operation.
-
Updating Data with Entity SQL
The Microsoft Entity Framework can be used as a method to update data in a SQL Server database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Entity SQL to update data in a database; including different methods for accomplishing this.
-
Updating Data with LINQ To Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you are able to update data with LINQ to Entities; using operations and calls to execute data updates. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how LINQ to Entities is used to update and delete data for various entities.
-
Using a Code-First Approach to EF Modeling
The Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to use three different approaches for modeling. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the code-first approach to Entity Framework modelling.
-
Using a Database-First Approach to EF Modeling
The Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to use three different approaches for modeling. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the database-first approach to Entity Framework modeling.
-
Using a Model-First Approach to EF Modeling
The Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to use three different approaches for modeling. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the model-first approach to Entity Framework modeling.
-
Using Functions with LINQ To Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; a number of functions can be used when working with LINQ Entities allowing for complex functions to be easily streamlined and translated. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of various functions within LINQ and SQL server.
-
Using Initializers and Factories
Microsoft Entity Framework supports a background DbContext initialization process that ensures that the database and runtime models match. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates Entity Framework's three out-of-the-box initializers; creates an initializer; turns off initialization; and implements the IDatabaseInitializer interface.
-
Using Stored Procedures with LINQ To Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use stored procedures using a number of different approaches. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Model or Database First and Code First approaches when using stored procedures with Entity Framework.
-
Validation in the DbContext
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the native validation of DbContext entities on the client and server sides. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Entity Framework data annotation; Fluent API; DbContext-level; and IValidatableObject interface validation methods.
-
What is the Entity Framework
The Microsoft Entity Framework is one of the leading object relational mappers in .NET; allowing you to easily map between the object oriented and the relational database worlds. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the applications of the Microsoft Entity Framework.
-
Working with Asynchronous Entity SQL Commands
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use asynchronous operations to implement EntitySqlCommands or use entity commands to update the backend data source. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to interpret asynchronous and synchronous operations for direct commands in a database.
-
Working with Asynchronous LINQ To Entities Commands
In Microsoft Entity Framework; through LINQ to Entities; the Entity Framework provides methods you can use to make backend database interaction asynchronous. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates asynchronous methods; including FindAsync; FirstAsync; SingleOrDefaultAsync; ToListAsync; AsyncReadOperations; and AsyncWriteOperations.
-
Working with DbSet.AddRange/RemoveRange
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can batch calls together to reduce the number of input/output calls that you need to make. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the AddRange method to pass in an IEnumerable set of entities that is operated on simultaneously.
-
Working with Non-Microsoft Databases
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the Microsoft SQL Server; Oracle; SQL CE; and SQLite database management systems. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Setinitializer method to turn off database migration because not all database management systems support migration.
-
Working with SQL Azure
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can automatically re-connect to a SQL Azure database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses an execution strategy to automatically retry to connect to the database when an exception occurs.
-
Working with the Entity Framework Power Tools
When using Microsoft Entity Framework within Visual Studio; you can utilize the Entity Framework Power Tools to improve your Visual Studio experience of working with Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with the tools to; for example; generate a code-first model or reverse-engineer a database.
-
Add/Edit/Delete with CSOM
As an alternative to using Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface; the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM) allows you to add; delete; and edit data in a SharePoint list. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to get the client context; before creating and specifying the properties of a list and adding items to it using JavaScript and the CSOM.
-
App Deployment Options
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; Microsoft Visual Studio can be used to deploy apps to an internal catalogue or to the SharePoint Store. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the three methods available for deploying app. These are the Debug; Package the app; and Visit the Seller Dashboard options; each with a specific function and location for the deployment.
-
App Part UI
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can create a SharePoint app that behaves like a Web part. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to create a new Client Web Part UI for SharePoint that opens on the Host Web and displays a simple message.
-
Client Context Object
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's ClientContext object; the most common piece of code you'll need when writing JavaScript; is essential to your apps. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the four steps allowing the ClientContext object to house an element's properties; package its data into required formats; send it off; and make calls to the server to retrieve or edit its data.
-
Creating a Content Type for Your App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can create and edit a content type and use Visual Studio to deploy it as part of your app. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to add a new content type container to your app using Visual Studio and how to customize the default content type by editing the XML.
-
Creating a List for Your App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio Designer to create a list to deploy as part of your app. In this video; Bill Crider uses Visual Studio to simplify the creation of a SharePoint list for an app.
-
Creating a Menu Item to Launch an App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can launch an app interface on the host SharePoint farm as a menu command. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to connect SharePoint menus to your app code.
-
Debugging and Intellisense
When developing applications in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; Visual Studio and IE Developer Tools provide robust debugging options while IntelliSense offers easy access to language references. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the Watch window and step through JavaScript code in Visual Studio; access code references through IntelliSense; and debug code with the Developer Tools in Internet Explorer.
-
Documents/Folders and CSOM
While developing your Microsoft SharePoint 2013 app; the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM) allows you to easily access and interact with documents and folders in libraries. In this video; Bill Crider uses the AppContextSite object while demonstrating how to reference the host web of your SharePoint app and access specific files.
-
Editing and Deleting Items with REST
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to create and modify lists from within POST; UPDATE; and DELETE type AJAX calls. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to pass in parameters on the create function; modify the metadata's fields; format your header's app.master page; and write success and error functions that format the returned data for each call type.
-
Full Page UI
You can use Microsoft SharePoint 2013 to show a user interface for an app in its own separate web link as a full-page experience. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the features of a SharePoint-hosted user interface; and the SharePoint requirements for a link to the host web included on the interface for Autohosted; Provider-hosted; and SharePoint-hosted apps.
-
Hello World with Visual Studio
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can deploy apps which use various kinds of application models in Visual studio. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the steps involved in creating a new app using Visual Studio; as well as the file types and folders created by the Visual Studio Napa App and the full feature version of Visual Studio.
-
Intro to Apps in SharePoint
The Office 365 site allows you to add apps from the SharePoint Store and use them through a web browser. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to create a new site collection; open the SharePoint store; what the various features of the SharePoint Your Apps interface are; and how to add an app to your SharePoint App Developer site.
-
Queries for Libraries with the REST Interface
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to build sophisticated URL-based queries. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to code a URL using filter and field selections in the AJAX call to query a list from Microsoft Visual Studio and the browser Address bar.
-
Querying SharePoint with CSOM
With JavaScript and the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM); you can build and execute sophisticated queries in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 that allow you to retrieve specific items in lists and libraries. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the CSOM to get a particular list and build a query using the Collaborative Application Markup Language (CAML).
-
Reading List Items with REST
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to query items in a list or library from within URLs in an AJAX call. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the REST interface to read from a list; codes readAll and readItem functions dependent on the availability of a query string ID; and details the syntax of these functions.
-
Reading List Items with the Client Side Object Model
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio to pull list information using the JavaScript Client Object Model. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to go about querying a SharePoint list and library.
-
Set Up an App for Internal Users
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio to create an app package to deploy your app to a web site. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to upload an app package for an internal catolog and deploy it to a company’s web site.
-
Set Up Apps for the Farm Store
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use the Developer in Visual Studio to set up apps for use on the SharePoint farm. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to configure the SharePoint farm to allow users to request and install apps from the SharePoint Store using the Developer.
-
Set Up the Office 365 Developer Site
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can create an Office 365 developer account and use it to set up a site for developing apps. In this video; Bill Crider explains the modes you can use to build apps in SharePoint; and also explains the most important features of the developer site.
-
SharePoint App Permission Modes
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; there are three types of permissions modes that apps use. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the various permission modes utilized by SharePoint apps and the scenarios that you can use them in.
-
SharePoint Services and the REST Interface
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to make multiple types of call to SharePoint services. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to test your REST interface by querying your site through Internet Explorer's Address bar; use the REST API to change your AJAX call's URL; build a GET-method search query; and run your query against SharePoint's Search service.
-
SharePoint Services with CSOM
Improvements to the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM) in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; along with added API features; allow you to easily access SharePoint services and their properties. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how client-side coding with JavaScript allows you to make a call to the User Profile service and access some of the user profile properties.
-
Solution Menu in Visual Studio
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; it is easy to build; package; and deploy your applications with the host of commands available. In this video; Bill Crider uses the Solution Explorer to look at the Build; Rebuild; Deploy; Clean; Retract; and Publish menu options.
-
The App Manifest File
Every time you create a new project using Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Developer; an XML support file is generated. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the XML in this AppManifest file and shows you how to edit it using the Developer.
-
The Asynchronous Programming Model
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development uses an asynchronous programming model in the client side JavaScript. In the video; Bill Crider demonstrates the basics of this model by looking at a simple query that uses an asynchronous getUserName() function.
-
Updating an App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; there are times you will need to update an app using Developer. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to update an app and mentions the best practices to do so.
-
URL Access Tokens
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to substitute URLs in your SharePoint site by providing tokens you can use to represent information that is not known until the app is run. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to implement tokens that can be used at the beginning of a URL; and ones that are used inside a URL.
-
Using the Visual Studio Napa App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; the Visual Studio Napa App allows you to start developing apps quickly. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates elements in the Visual Studio Napa App including the Content; Images; Pages; and Scripts folders; and explains that the app you create will be hosted on the server; but that the code will not run there.
-
Web Properties and the Javascript Object Model
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio's application programming interface (API) for retrieving the client side JavaScript object model. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the JavaScript API to get the properties of SharePoint sites.
-
Configuring Build Services; Controllers and Agents
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides configuration options that allow you to modify build services; controllers; and agents when using Team Foundation Build to serve a team collection. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to modify the properties of build service; build controllers; and build agents from within the Team Foundation Server Administration Console.
-
Configuring Test Agents
To run the Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 Lab Management Environment; you need to download; install; and configure the Test Controller and Test Agents. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to install and configure both the Test Controller and Test Agents needed for Lab Management.
-
Adding a Build Agent
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the addition of build agents to scale out project builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to access the Team Foundation Build Service Configuration Wizard from an install and ties two build agents to a Team Project Collection.
-
Adding a Child Work Item Type
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; there are two ways to create a brand new work item type. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a new work item type and integrate it both into a Process Template and into an existing Team Project.
-
Adding Fields to a Query
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; it is possible to edit a Query and specify what fields you'd like to show up in the Query. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the out-of-the-box Query fields and how to edit the Query to add more data fields.
-
Applying Query Types
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you have a number of Query Types at your disposal. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the different types of relationships that you can query using the Query Editor within Visual Studio.
-
Applying Retention Policies
Using automated builds in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 means that you could easily run out of storage capacity. Therefore you need to decide how to retain builds and clean up storage capacity. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to retain and clean up builds using retention policies.
-
Basic Reporting Using Excel Services
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can display your Excel reports on a web portal. In this video; Steve Borg uses Excel Services to demonstrate how to upload a pre-existing Excel report to the SharePoint portal.
-
Changing the URL and SharePoint Access Point
When you install SharePoint on your Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you may want to change the URL to something that is easier to remember. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change the access mappings and edit the public URL to change the URL to a more suitable option.
-
Cleaning up Stale Workspaces and Shelvesets
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the management of unwanted workspaces and shelvesets from the command line. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Command Prompt and tf command lines to delete workspaces and shelvesets from Team Foundation Server.
-
Cloaking or Specifying Workspace Visibility
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can use Cloaking to manage the visibility of folders in your workspace. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how Cloaking works and how to customize which folders are visible in the TFS workspace.
-
Configuring Clients for a Proxy Server
It’s possible to install and configure a proxy server for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure Visual Server to use a proxy server for all file downloads from Team Foundation Server.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Excel
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 integrates with Excel. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to connect Excel to Team Foundation Server and how to synchronize Excel and Team Foundation Server content.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Project
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 integrates with Microsoft Project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to connect from Project to Team Foundation Server and use a query to access specific work items; and how to open an item on Team Foundation Server in Project.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Team Explorer
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can connect to your Team Foundation Server from within Team Explorer. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to fire up Team Explorer in Visual Studio and connect to the TFS server from Team Explorer.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Team Explorer Everywhere
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 uses the Team Explorer Everywhere 2013 plugin to integrate with Eclipse. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to download and install the plugin; and what you can do with Team Foundation Server from within Eclipse once the plugin is installed.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Visual Studio
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; to enable software development you can connect to Visual Studio. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to connect your Team Explorer to your Team Foundation Server from within Visual Studio.
-
Configuring Security for Non CAL Users
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows Limited access to users without a Client Access License (CAL). In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to open the TFS Access levels tabbed page and discusses features available to Limited; Standard; and Full access licensees.
-
Configuring SharePoint Foundation
To integrate team projects in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 with SharePoint sites; you need to configure one or more SharePoint Web applications. In this video; Steve Borg uses SharePoint Central Administration to create a SharePoint Web application that meets the requirements for Team Foundation Server.
-
Configuring SMTP
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can change the alert notification settings by configuring the SMTP Server. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to enable email alerts by pointing to an existing SMTP Server on the network.
-
Configuring SSRS Manually
After installing SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) as part of the application tier for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; a manual configuration of SSRS is required before using it to extend reporting functionality. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Reporting Services Configuration Manager to configure a Reporting Services installation.
-
Configuring the Build Drop Location
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can drop your build output into a file share for testing purposes or to deploy it from. In this video; Steve Borg; uses the Build Defaults tab to specify the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path for the Build output.
-
Configuring the Command Prompt
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; using the properties in advanced system settings allows you to change the variables that execute commands directly in the Command Prompt. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to copy files and variables that configure Command Prompt so that you can execute key commands directly from the prompt.
-
Configuring User Limitations
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 requires that user permissions be granted or revoked on the TFS Application Tier; in SharePoint; and in SQL Server Reporting Services. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to grant permissions to the same users and groups in the three specified locations.
-
Create a Team Project Using SharePoint and SSRS
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the creation of Team Projects incorporating SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). In this video; Steve Borg uses Visual Studio to create and navigate a Team Project incorporating SSRS and a SharePoint Portal.
-
Creating a Query using Team Explorer
You can use Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 to return data about work items; and filter those work items to get the data that you require. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a query using Team Explorer.
-
Creating and Configuring Team Project Collections
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the creation and configuration of a team project collection (TPC). In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the creation and configuration of a TPC using the Create Team Project Collection Wizard.
-
Creating Library Shares
When configuring the library in Virtual Machine Manager (VMM); you can create library shares that provide access to resources when using Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 with Lab Management. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Add Library Shares dialog box to add a library share to an existing VMM installation.
-
Customizing Build Qualities
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create automated builds and designate a quality to each to indicate its status: whether it's ready for testing or for deployment In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to assign and customize build qualities to various builds.
-
Customizing Categories
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can modify existing categories and create new categories for work item types. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use the witadmin command tool to export all the existing categories to one file; before customizing a selected category and importing it separately.
-
Customizing Field Definitions for a Work Item
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can add a new field to a work item type. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to extend a Defect work item type by adding a new field and customizing the definitions to allow the tracking of data in the form of a drop-down menu list.
-
Customizing Form Layout and Workflows
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can customize the form layout and workflow of a work item. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to remove the direct transition from the Approved to the Done state of a bug definition by making changes to the workflow.
-
Customizing Functional Areas within Process Templates
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can customize the functional areas and iterations of Skillsoft Agile process templates. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can modify the Area paths of an existing process template and verify the modifications in the Process Template Manager.
-
Customizing Global Lists
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create and customize your global lists. In this video; Steve Borg uses the witadmin command to export and import global lists.
-
Customizing Link Types
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create; export; and import link types. In this video; Steve Borg uses the witadmin exportlinktype command to demonstrate how to export a link type.
-
Customizing the SharePoint Team Project Portal
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can configure your SharePoint Team Project site. What you can do depends on the version of SharePoint you have. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Copy Dashboard option to create and customize a new dashboard.
-
Defining Areas and Iterations
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the decomposition of projects into areas or components spread over time and enumerated as sprints or iterations. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the management of a TFS project's work items in hierarchically-structured areas and iterations.
-
Defining Project-level Alerts
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can trigger and define alerts on a per project level from within Visual Studio. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure Project-level Alerts; set up a custom alerts with specific clauses; and provides tips and tricks on using the Team Foundation Server Power Tools.
-
Deleting a Shelveset
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides functionality that allows you to administer the shelvesets created by developers to set aside batches of pending changes in their workspaces. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a shelveset; and how to find; unshelve; and delete shelvesets using both Team Explorer and tf command-line utility commands.
-
Enable Lab Management
Enabling Visual Studio Lab Management for team projects on Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to use lab environments to develop; test; and run your applications. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure Lab Management for System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) environments from within the Team Foundation Server Administration Console.
-
Enable Reports to Appear in SharePoint Team Project Portal
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can take a SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) report and display it inside of SharePoint. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Add a Web Part link to add a Page Viewer report from the Media and Content section.
-
Gated Check-in Workflows
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can set up gated check-ins so that you always have a reliable build. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change a build to a gated check-in; and what happens when a build fails.
-
How to Modify and Delete Workspace
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; workspaces provide mapping between the server and your local machine. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates what a workspace is and how to create; modify; and delete them.
-
Implement a Disaster Recovery Plan
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to implement a robust disaster recovery plan for mitigating the impacts of a critical failure. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to plan for effective disaster recovery by understanding the scope of your Team Foundation deployment and the options available for creating and restoring backups.
-
Installing in a Load-Balanced Environment
When working in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can scale a TFS server by providing an additional Application Tier. To do this; you'll need to add a load balancer to front the TFS servers. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to install a second Application Tier in a load-balanced environment.
-
Installing in a Multi-Tiered Environment
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 offers you three Full Install options. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the Advanced Installation option in order to present all of the set-ups and considerations to be made during the installation process.
-
Installing Sharepoint Foundation
Installing SharePoint Foundation with Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 helps teams stay connected on a web-based collaboration platform. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to prepare the server before manually installing SharePoint Foundation 2013; and then completes the necessary configuration tasks using the SharePoint Products Configuration Wizard.
-
Installing SQL Server Updates
After installing SQL Server for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; updating to the latest service pack is an easy process that allows you to keep the product current. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to update from SQL Server 2012 Service Pack 1 to Service Pack 2 using Windows Update.
-
Installing Team Explorer
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; if you don’t necessarily like Visual Studio there is an alternative you can use called Team Explorer. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to install Team Explorer so you can use it for application integration.
-
Introduction to Team Build
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; delivering software is an important part of the application lifecycle and Team Build helps you to achieve this. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up a Team Build for an application using the versatility and flexibility of the Team Explorer software.
-
Log Files
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; there are many ways to search through logs to locate performance problems and other types of errors. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates a number of different ways to locate logs when troubleshooting errors in TFS.
-
Manage Team Collections and Projects
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the management of Team Project Collections and Team Projects. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the management of Team Project Collections and Team Projects from the Application Tier of the Team Foundation Server Administration Console.
-
Managing Permissions
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows for the management and configuration of permissions at the Team Project Collection and Team Project levels. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the permissions available to the Team Project Collection and Team Project groups.
-
Managing Portal Settings
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can modify and configure Microsoft Visual Studio's portal settings for your team project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure the portal settings to enable your team project for a SharePoint site or another valid URL.
-
Managing Users Through Default Security Groups
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can manage security through the permissions and security settings of the Default Security Groups. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates Default Groups and Users; and how to manage permissions against the TFS server.
-
Manually Configure the Version Control Proxy
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to do make changes to the File Cache Folder and implement more advanced uses of the proxy server by accessing the proxy configuration file. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to perform more advanced configurations of a Team Foundation Server proxy.
-
Migrating from a 3rd Party System
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can move solutions from a different system to Team Foundation Server. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Team Foundation Server Version Control to migrate a Visual Studio solution from another system into TFS.
-
Migrating from a 3rd Party System without a Visual Studio Solution
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; using the properties in advanced system settings allows you to change the variables that execute commands directly in the Command Prompt. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to copy files and variables that configure Command Prompt so that you can execute key commands directly from the prompt.
-
Monitoring Warehouse Adapters and Jobs
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides status information of warehouse database and cube rebuilds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to start a warehouse database and cube rebuild and generates job and process status information using the WebService GetProcessingStatus function.
-
Move Project Collections
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows a Team Project Collection (TPC) to be moved from one server to another. In this video; Steve Borg uses SQL Server Management Studio and the Team Foundation Server Administration Console to attach a detached TPC database to its new TFS implementation.
-
Multiple Checkout; Get Latest on Checkout; and Team Project Check-in Policies
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides administrative features that allow you to configure source control settings at both team project and team project collection level. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure check-out settings; check-in policies and notes for a team project; as well as file type and workspace settings for a team project collection using Team Explorer.
-
Operate and Modify Lab Environments
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create and modify Lab environments. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Deploy feature to deploy an existing environment and give it a name.
-
Overview of Application Lifecycle Management Technologies
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 works together with other products in the Application Lifestyle Management suite and integrates with other Microsoft tools. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the applications that work with Team Foundation Server and their uses.
-
Planning an Installation
Several helpful resources are available for installing and administering Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to download and access the TFS Install and Administration guides.
-
Publishing Symbol Data
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can configure your Build to use a Source and Symbol Server to publish symbols in order to help with debugging code. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to specify a path to publish symbols.
-
Query folders and Permissions
Much of the work in team Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 comes from managing query folders and permissions. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates some of the query fundamentals including; creating shared queries; applying folder restrictions; and creating a folder hierarchy.
-
Queueing a Build with Parameters
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can set up and execute a build with parameters. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Parameters tab to label the sources; pass in MSBuild arguments; disable tests; update Build numbers; and get a particular version for a Build.
-
Rebuilding the Data Warehouse
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; there is more than one way to rebuild your data warehouse using the user interface; the command line; or the web service. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to rebuild the data warehouse and the OLAP cube.
-
Recover a Failed Application Tier
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; it is easy to recover a failed Application Tier. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Application Tier Only option to recover and configure an Application Tier.
-
Recover a Failed Database Tier
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the restoration of a failed database tier using backups. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Team Foundation Server Restore Databases Wizard and the Command Prompt's TfsConfig tool to restore a TFS implementation's database tier.
-
Repair a Lab environment
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can easily repair your Lab environment. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Install Agents button to install a compatible test agent on all machines and repair the Lab environment.
-
Scheduling Automatic Backup and Restore Activities
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to easily create schedules for automatically backing up databases and protect data in the event of a failure. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use the Scheduled Backups Wizard from the TFS administration console to configure a backup schedule.
-
Set up Build Triggers
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 has several built-in methods for triggering builds; including manual triggers; a build on each check-in; a build on aggregated check-ins; and scheduled builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the various build trigger options and how the continuous integration trigger works.
-
Set up Definition Properties
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can edit the definition properties for the parameters in your build. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to edit build parameters such as cleaning the workspace; building solutions; and running automated tests; as well as passing in MSBuild identifiers.
-
Set up for a Symbol Server and Source Server
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can use the Source and Symbol Server to store code that it indexed; which helps during debugging; and give access to everyone who might need to access the code. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up a Source and Symbol Server and then set permissions on the server.
-
Set Up for Build Log Verbosity
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; during the course of creating Team Builds; you could come to a place where you need to diagnose a failing build. You can use the build logs to help you find out what has gone wrong and where. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to create build logs.
-
Set up for Custom Build Numbers
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can change the Build number format to make it consistent with your organizational needs. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change the Build name; date; and revision format.
-
Setting Up a Version-Control Proxy Server
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; it's sometimes necessary to install a proxy server at a remote office. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up and install a TFS Proxy Server; and considers reasons why you might need to do this.
-
Setting Up Environment Templates
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create reusable environment templates that store specific lab configurations. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up a reusable environment template in a library.
-
Setting Up SQL Server Analysis Services
To be able to install Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 on the Application Tier; you need to ensure that the Application Tier can communicate with the Data Tier. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to do this by installing and configuring SQL Server Client Access Tools on the Application Tier.
-
Split and Partition Team Project Collections – Attaching a Copied Team Project Collection
When splitting a team project collection (TPC) in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; after detaching a collection and creating a backup; you need to attach the collection before destroying any unwanted projects. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to attach a TPC in the administration console; before using the TFSDeleteProject command to permanently delete projects on the split collection.
-
Split and Partition Team Project Collections – Detaching and Copying a Team Project Collection
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; splitting team project collections allows you to change the composition of the collection and create backups of the various team collections. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to detach a team project collection; before backing up the collection database and restoring a copy to the server with a different name.
-
SQL Server Setup
In order to install Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; SQL Server must first be installed. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the process of installing SQL Server on the data tier with a view to setting up Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; and mentions specific features of SQL Server 2012 during set-up.
-
Storing System Center Virtual Machine Manager Environments
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can store System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) environments. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Library area to explore stored virtual machines.
-
Troubleshooting Template Errors
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can troubleshoot Skillsoft Agile process template errors. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to troubleshoot process template errors in an XML file by accessing the error log in the Process Template Manager; or by using the witadmin command-line tool.
-
Understanding Build Controllers
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 uses build controllers to allocate processor-intensive work to build agents. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Team Foundation Build Service Configuration Wizard to install and configure a build controller and agent on the Application Tier.
-
Undoing Delete; and Unlocking Checkouts; Pending Changes; and Code
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 supports numerous features that allow administrators to manage source-controlled items that developers have checked out or deleted. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to unlock folders and checked out files; undo pending changes; and retrieve deleted items in Source Control Explorer; before highlighting Team Foundation version control command line capabilities.
-
Upgrading a Team Project
You can easily update a team project created using an earlier version of Microsoft Team Foundation Server to the 2013 version. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to automatically update team projects to include all 2013 features; as well as how to update features manually.
-
Upgrading from 2012 and Earlier Versions
There are a number of ways to upgrade to Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to perform an in-place upgrade; as well as how to perform a hardware migration upgrade.
-
Uploading a SSRS Report
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can upload and download SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) reports. In this video; Steve Borg; demonstrates how to download the Burndown report and save it locally.
-
Uploading and Downloading Process Templates
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can customize; control; and create process templates. In this video Steve Borg demonstrates how to create and change process templates for new team projects.
-
Use Snapshots
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can use a snapshot to rollback to a configuration of your environment at a particular point in time. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Snapshots tab to demonstrate how to take a snapshot of the environment.
-
Using Active Directory Group to Manage Roles
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 automatically recognizes individuals added to Active Directory (AD) groups. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to maintain TFS security and allocate permissions by incorporating an AD group into a TFS group which then becomes a member of another TFS group.
-
Validating an Installation
You can validate the installation of Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 by adding a team project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to navigate through the Management Console to check for a valid TFS installation and create a new team project to test the validity of the install.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Basic Installation
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; installing System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) allows you to manage virtual machines when using Lab Management to create and configure SCVMM environments for team projects. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use the Microsoft System Center 2012 Virtual Machine Manager Setup Wizard to install the VMM management server and VMM console.
-
Windows Server and SQL Server Version Support
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 only supports certain versions of Windows Servers and SQL Servers. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the SQL; and Windows Server versions required; as well as the operating system requirements of Team Foundation Server.
-
Activate App Using File Type Default
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; after registering a Windows Store app to handle a certain file type; you can present your app as one of the choices when a user chooses to set the associated default program. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how a Windows 8 user can activate an app by setting a file type default program.
-
Advanced Layout
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to maintain a consistent look and feel across all the pages in a Model-View-Controller (MVC) application by implementing Razor layout pages. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Razor RenderBody and RenderSection methods to add a common header; footer; and customized sidebar to a layout template.
-
Advanced Routing
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 uses routing to integrate the View; Model; and Controller components and to ensure that data is both moved to required areas and displays correctly. In this video; Rafiq Wayani details MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's routing syntax; introduces the IgnoreRoute class; and demonstrates how routing is used to configure the MVC environment.
-
Anonymous Methods (Using Visual Basic)
Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to define and invoke one-time; in-line; anonymous methods and sub procedures. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to compile and invoke an anonymous method before compiling a similarly anonymous Sub procedure.
-
Asynchronous IO Operations (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; enhancements in the .NET Framework have made it easier to implement asynchronous operations and improve the overall responsiveness of your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Async and Await keywords to create an asynchronous operation that is passed to a task that implements parallelism from the Task Parallel Library (TPL).
-
Attached Properties
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use associated properties; which allow different child elements to specify unique values for a property defined in a parent element. In this video; Brian Roach adds multiple attached properties to a static Canvas; demonstrating and explaining how child elements inform their parents of their UI presentation.
-
Authenticating Users
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can authenticate any registered users who log on to your site. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Forms-based authentication method to register and authenticate site users.
-
Automatically Binding Data
You can bind data in a Model-View-Controller (MVC) application within Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; allowing you to automatically populate lists with selectable items from a data source. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to quickly create a drop-down list in an MVC application view and bind data to it.
-
Avoid Cross Site Attacks
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can protect your site from internal and external attacks. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use a session ID to protect your site information and prevent cross-site attacks.
-
Custom Animations – Using Linear Key Frames
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to customize your XAML animations using linear key frames; each set to different targets on your independent animation's timeline – allowing for complex movement. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use linear key frames; and the Canvas.Top and Left properties; to create a Double animation.
-
Custom Animations – Using Properties
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to customize your XAML apps using properties to set limitations on the values guiding your animations. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the From; To; and By properties to set limits on the Duration property of animations using the GrowandShrink and Gradient storyboards.
-
Custom Animations – Using Storyboards – Dependent and Independent
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to use storyboards to customize dependent and independent animations for your Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) app. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use a GrowandShrink and Gradient storyboard to create and customize Double and Color animations for an XAML app.
-
Customizing the Splash Screen
The Splash screen is the first visual element that users see in an app. It can play an important role in branding; and can be appropriately customized in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach discusses and demonstrates how to update apps with custom Splash screens.
-
Debugging and Security – Binding Validation
The Windows Presentation Foundation; or WPF; allows you to create validation rules that will signal your users in the event of a problem occurring. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a specific validation rule for user input.
-
Debugging BG Tasks
Once a Windows Store app background task has been registered and declared in the manifest; Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to easily step through the code and debug it. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to hit breakpoints while debugging background tasks using the Suspend drop-down menu available in the Debug Location toolbar in Visual Studio 2012.
-
Debugging MVC
You can quickly and easily set breakpoints to allow Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 to debug your ASP.NET MVC 4 applications. In this video; Rafiq Ayani demonstrates how to set a breakpoint on the RouteConfig file; and then steps through the debugging process.
-
Defining Properties (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can define properties that allow you to provide controlled access to specific internal details within a class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define a property and use the Get and Set accessors to control public access to a private variable.
-
Dependency Properties Basic
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use dependency properties; a class enabling an object's participation in the dependency property system; which lets them to be inherited or affect other classes. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates the parameters; syntax; and extended functionalities of dependency properties; highlighting the benefits of incorporating dependency properties into your XAML application.
-
Background Task Implementation
Background tasks are lightweight classes that Windows runs in the background. In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use background tasks to provide functionality when your app is suspended or not running. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use a background task to implement a live tile notification.
-
Basic String Methods Overview (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can modify; remove; replace; or search for specified characters when you work with strings. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates some basic string operations you can perform in Visual Basic.
-
Becoming a Share Target
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for activating an application as a ShareTarget. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to configure the manifest to become a shared target.
-
Binary Serialization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use binary serialization to change your data into a binary format to more easily pass it back and forth between processes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the BinaryFormatter to take advantage of efficient binary serialization to create and save a file.
-
Bind Form Data
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 enables you to bind form data to drop-downs; text boxes; grids; and other interactive application components. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses a SelectList array in his controller to create and amend a drop-down list.
-
Build and Deploy for Speed
When building and deploying MVC applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can specify certain build properties and configuration settings that allow your application to be deployed for speed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to specify the configuration settings in the Solution Property Pages dialog box and Build settings in order to optimize speed.
-
Build Mobile Site
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's Mobile Application template incorporates the nuanced features required to develop a successful mobile site. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use ASP.NET MVC 4's Mobile Application template to build and run applications for the smaller viewing areas of mobile platforms.
-
Built-In Delegate Types (Using Visual Basic)
When using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; delegates – or type-safe function pointers based on the Delegate class – enable you to forward calls to a particular function type; but not choose the specific function till runtime. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the versatility of Visual Basic’s inbuilt Func and Action delegates and their overloads.
-
Cache Parts of a Page
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use partial pages in your Web Application so that only fresh content is updated; speeding up data delivery. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how partial views allow caching of static elements of ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications to speed content delivery to the browser.
-
Caching Pages
In ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 you can cache your site or site pages for speedy delivery to local; remote; and mobile users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a caching area in a site's Web.config file to enable content delivery optimization.
-
Cast vs Convert (Using Visual Basic)
When using Visual Basic within Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; sometimes you'll need to change the type of a variable. By implementing an explicit conversion you'll be able to make the process more efficient. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the TryParse method to convert a string to a numeric value while explicitly implementing a narrowing conversion.
-
Choosing an Encryption Algorithm (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can follow a general method from the .NET framework to more easily implement encryption classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the AES general-purpose encryption class and customize it for your needs.
-
ComboBox DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a ComboBox ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the display of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a ComboBox; before binding a default ComboBox to a populated DataSource.
-
Configure for Windows Azure
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to configure your applications for deployment to Windows Azure and take advantage of running your application in the cloud. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure an application for Windows Azure; and highlights some of the benefits of using the Windows Azure Cloud Service.
-
Configure to IIS
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can configure the deployment for web projects to IIS on your own computer for testing; or to a server on your internal network. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Publish Web wizard in Visual Studio to publish an MVC application to IIS before confirming the appropriate settings in IIS Manager.
-
Constructors (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; constructors are special methods that provide control over the initialization of an object after the program begins; or when an instance of a type is created. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create and use instance constructors and shared constructors in Visual Basic.
-
Consuming JSON Data (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can allow JSON (Javascript Object Notation) data to be streamed from a Web service in raw format; or to rehydrate it as an object in your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to establish a JSON stream; calls the ReadObject method on it; and incorporate it as an object into an application.
-
Consuming Web Services Data (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft's .NET Framework enables you to translate XML data received from a Web service by parsing it into a LINQ document created in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012's System.Xml.Linq namespace. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to import raw XML data and parse it into a LINQ document to create a database object.
-
Content Pages That Use Layouts
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to define how and where elements are displayed by implementing style rules that are applied to the views within an MVC application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how CSS and layout files in MVC can be used to modify the appearance of elements in a view page.
-
Controller Logic
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to add controllers to your Model View Controller (MVC) applications to process incoming requests; handle user interactions; and execute application logic. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a controller in an MVC application; and creates a view to generate output representations to the user.
-
Create and Use a Custom ATTRIBUTE Class (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create custom attribute classes and use them in addition to the .NET Framework attributes to provide additional information about program elements in a structured manner. In this video; Joe Barrett creates a user-defined attribute; exposes class members through reflection; and presents the information in a structured list.
-
Create and Use CLASS (Using Visual Basic)
When using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; classes are a fundamental concept providing a container for data and code; and enabling a usable set of functionality in your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to declare a class and invoke constructors when an object is instantiated in a class.
-
Create and Use ENUM (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the Enum statement allows you to create enumerations you can use when you have a set of unchanging logically related values and you want to provide meaningful names for these values. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create an enumeration; map values; and use the Enum methods.
-
Create and Use STRUCT (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; Visual Basic allows you to create structures that are value types with their own properties and methods; and use them when you want a single variable to hold several related pieces of information. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to declare and implement a simple structure as well as one with a constructor.
-
Create Delegates (Using Visual Basic)
Using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to create delegates pointing to functions comprising invocation lists that run when delegates; associated to the functions by keywords; are invoked. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use a keyword and parameters to associate a delegate with an invocation list; invoke the delegate; and iterate through a list.
-
Create Forms with HTML Helper
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the ASP.NET MVC framework includes HTML helper methods that you can use to render HTML form elements in Model-View-Controller (MVC) application views. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to incorporate dynamic content into your MVC application views; and highlights the HTML helpers in the code responsible for generating form elements.
-
Create INTERFACE (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing interfaces using Visual Basic guarantees functionality by allowing you to define features as small groups of closely related properties; methods; and events. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to declare and implement interfaces in a class in order to define functionality.
-
Create MVC Model
The Model folder of an MVC 4 (Model View Controller) application built with the Internet Application template acts as a placeholder for classes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to copy in existing class behaviour and save it as a new class in the Model folder; before populating it with new members.
-
Creating and Running BG Tasks
When developing a Windows Store application in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create and run background tasks that enable your app to process work that does not require a lot of user interaction in the background. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IBackgroundTask interface and its Run method while creating a background task.
-
Creating Custom Exception Classes (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create custom exception classes containing different information from those offered by .NET Framework classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how custom exception classes inherit from the base exception class; and use a constructor to communicate custom notes and messages to the user.
-
Creating Generic Types Including Restrictions (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create generic types to consolidate code and avoid the creation of multiple overloads while retaining the capabilities of specific data types through restrictions. In this video; Joe Barrett defines a class with a generic type and restriction in order to simplify the creation of reports from a hierarchy of objects.
-
Custom Animations – Animation Properties
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to customize your XAML apps using multiple properties to adjust the timing and repetitive nature of your storyboard animations. In this video; Brian Roach introduces and uses the BeginTime; SpeedRatio; AutoReverse; RepeatBehavior; and Duration properties to customize a GrowandShrink Double animation.
-
Mobile Optimized Content
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to develop mobile applications optimized for performance in occasionally-connected system environments. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how minimal content; easy navigation; and partial pages and sites; contribute to the quick response times of a mobile application.
-
Mobile Web Fundamentals
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to develop and optimize high-performance mobile applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani compares the ASP.NET MVC 4 Mobile Application and Internet Application templates to demonstrate; highlight; and explain how conventional Web sites fail to meet the enhanced graphic; navigational; and performance requirements of mobile applications' smaller viewing areas.
-
More on Input Validation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides ASP.NET validators that allow you to check user input entered into your Web Form fields; and display associated error messages for each control. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the pre-built RequiredFieldValidator control and its properties to make user input fields required; and also display appropriate error messages.
-
More on Partial Views
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can construct and implement partial views on multiple pages. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use partial views to form part of your login page.
-
More on Routing
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; routing is responsible for mapping incoming browser requests to particular Model-View-Controller (MVC) actions and is one of the integral parts when developing MVC applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the RegisterRoutes() method and the default route table to allow users to log in using their accounts from other sites.
-
More on Web Form Development
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use ASP.NET Web Forms to quickly and easily build dynamic web pages that form the user interface (UI) and give your web applications their look and feel. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to quickly create a Web Form and add server controls to the Web Form from the Toolbox.
-
Multiple Routes
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's enables you to allocate multiple routes to a single action; ensuring successful navigation. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates routing via a controller; an action; and an optional ID before explaining the role of the ignoreRoute class to block access to file types or individual pages.
-
MVC for Web Forms Developers
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use MVC to do a lot of the same coding as you would do in the web forms environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the similarities and differences between MVC and web forms.
-
MVC Intro
MVC 4 (Model View Controller) enables you to build multiple application types with minimal effort for your web projects. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to select an Internet Application from the application templates and amend the coding framework to rebuild the application for your own use.
-
MVC Plan
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 projects demand collaborative development resource planning. In this video; Rafiq Wayani identifies components of the Model View Controller area that require suitably qualified groups or individuals working collaboratively to have predetermined access; development; and update qualifications.
-
MVC Relationship
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 project integrity depends on the relationships between the Model; View; and Controller components. In this video; Rafiq Wayani constructs an ActionController based on the needs of each Model View Control component; before storing the successful view in the Views folder for easy access.
-
Persistent Data Using Entity Framework
Microsoft Visual studio 2012 allows you to persist data efficiently in Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications by utilizing the Entity Framework's Code First approach. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Entity Framework to persist data changes to a database without having to write a large amount of code.
-
PlayTo – Creating a PlayTo Receiver
You can build a Play To receiver to play or display media streamed from a home network. In this video; Brian Roach enables Private Networks in his XAML application's manifest in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; introduces his XAML Play To receiver's User Interface (UI); and details the code required to accommodate Play To's multiple capabilities.
-
PlayTo – Implementing PlayTo in an Application
Microsoft's Play To feature enables you to stream media files stored on your computer to other playback devices on your home network. In this video; Brian Roach enables the Play To feature in the application manifest using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; introduces XAML Play To UI; and details the code driving Play To's multiple capabilities.
-
Printing – Adding Custom Print Options
You can create custom print options for your XAML app on your Windows 8 Print Preview User Interface (UI) using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach enables bulk printing by implementing a MasterPrintPage from which various pages inherit; before creating custom print settings for the Print Preview UI.
-
Printing – Implementing Printing
You can print your XAML app's documents on a printer accessed through the Windows 8 Devices charm. In this video; Brian Roach create a MasterPrintPage class in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 that inherits Page and registers printing; meaning you can immediately print any page implementing MasterPrintPage.
-
Printing – Setting Print Option Properties
You can override the default settings of your Windows 8 Print Preview User Interface (UI) by changing your printTask.Options.DisplayOptions in your MasterPrintPage in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach clears all default options and sets new ones; including changing the Preview Orientation to landscape.
-
Proper View Display
The view component of the Model-View-Controller (MVC) Framework in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 represents the user interface for the application. It's therefore important that the view is constructed carefully in order to render the data as intended. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Layout.cshtml file from the Shared folder in the Views directory to display a new view.
-
Reduce Bandwidth Usage
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to optimize bandwidth use and limit unnecessary information flow by processing data on the server side before communicating it to the browser through partial views. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a partial view in his HomeController to optimize the limiting of bandwidth use to improve information flow.
-
Register App as File Type Default
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to register a Windows Store app to become the default handler for a certain file type; allowing your application to be activated every time that file type is launched. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Visual Studio Manifest Designer to register a specific file type before demonstrating how to handle the activated event.
-
Register Users
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; it's a simple procedure to register new users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the generic user registration page to create a registration page that suits your requirements.
-
Remote Data Basics
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to access and retrieve remote data from multiple sources for use in apps. Using an asynchronous method ensures that the interface remains responsive while the user waits for the data In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the HttpClient class from the System.Net namespace to make requests for remote data.
-
Remote Data Feeds and Navigation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use application templates in Windows Store to display remote feed data in a way that is easy for the user to navigate. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to set up the data source and how to use the ItemsPage; SplitPage; and DetailPage templates to display data hierarchically.
-
Request JSON
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; it's easy to request JavaScript Object Notation; or JSON; data via MVC controllers. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use JSON to parse and stringify data inside of your MVC code.
-
Requesting Partial Views
Implementing partial views in your ASP.NET Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to define a view that will be rendered inside a parent view and create reusable content. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Razor syntax to render a partial view by implementing the Html.Partial helper.
-
Resuming an Application
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enable the system to resume your Windows Store app whenever the user switches back to it; making it appear as if it's been running in the background. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to bring back saved data after an app has been suspended by handling the Resuming event.
-
Retrieving File Properties
You can enable your Windows Store app to programmatically retrieve the metadata – including top-level; basic; and extra properties – of user files in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the extraProperties object and RetrievePropertiesAsync method to extract custom properties from files on user devices.
-
Routing Ambiguity
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can avoid routing ambiguity in multi-layered Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications by adding constraints that make sure the URL parameters contain values that work for your application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to restrict URLs by adding defaults and constraints to MVC routes.
-
Routing Issues
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; understanding and avoiding potential issues when implementing routing in the Model-View-Controller (MVC) framework will help ensure that your browser requests are mapped to the particular MVC controller actions you intend. In the video Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the routing issues that you may encounter in an MVC application.
-
Routing Requests
An important feature of every Model View Controller (MVC) application used in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 is the routing architecture responsible for mapping browser requests to particular controller actions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani introduces the default RegisterRoutes method and demonstrates how it's used.
-
Scale for Concurrency
A successful ASP.NET MVC 4 Application installation requires that you scale for concurrency; optimizing the configuration of your front-end; Web; processing; and database servers; as well as ensuring sufficient bandwidth; adequate memory; processing; and networking resources. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how these factors combine to provide your Web users trouble-free access to applications.
-
Scheduled Notifications
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can schedule your tile notifications to update at set times at a later date. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the scheduled notifications feature to add a schedule object to your regular tile notification code.
-
Deploy to IIS
After configuring your Model-View-Controller (MVC) application for IIS deployment in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there a few key areas in IIS Manager that require consideration. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the different configuration properties that need to be specified in Visual Studio before discussing the various sections within IIS Manager that need to be defined when deploying an application.
-
Deploy to Windows Azure
MVC applications that have been developed and configured using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; can be effortlessly deployed to the Windows Azure platform. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the solutions offered by Windows Azure and how you can benefit from the cost saving; scalability; and ease of implementation that cloud computing offers.
-
Displaying Views
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to add views representing the user interface (UI) to your Model View Controller (MVC) applications that get returned by the controller actions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a controller for an application and a view for the controller class from within the code editor in Visual Studio.
-
Editing the App Manifest
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 automatically creates app manifest files that you can easily edit; providing specific information needed by the system when you deploy; display; or update a Windows Store app. In this video; Joe Barrett highlights the configuration options available in Visual Studio's Manifest Designer as well as how to edit the manifest in an XML text editor.
-
Encrypting Streams (Using Visual Basic)
VB.NET's CryptoStream object allows you to encrypt and decrypt data streams using the TripleDES encryption algorithm in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the TripleDES Key and initialization vector (IV) generated after running the constructor are used by the decryption method.
-
End of Lifetime Events Crash Close Remove
When developing a Windows Store app in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there's no special event indicating that the app has been closed; or has crashed; and you therefore need to decide how the app is activated again after these end-of-lifetime events. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to manage an application's start-up process after it has been terminated.
-
Enumerating Folders
You can enumerate your Windows Store app's folders using the asynchronous GetFiles and GetFolders methods by way of IReadOnlyList collections. In this video; Joe Barrett describes how the asynchronous methods of the FileIO classes work; and demonstrates how to enumerate an IReadOnlyList collection.
-
Explicit Interface Implementation (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; explicit interface implementation is used to avoid possible name clashes when implementing multiple interfaces in a single class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the Implements keyword is used when implementing an interface in Visual Basic; and the flexibility provided by explicit implementation when naming members.
-
Expose Data Using Web API
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's Web API template allows you to build a Web API that can access and expose data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to build a Web API; add a data item to it; and create and populate a database table in Management Studio.
-
Extended HTML Helper
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's support of the Razor view engine enables the use of extended HTML helpers; minimizing the number of characters needed to write view templates and enabling an improved workflow. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use syntax; action links; and HTML helpers in routing and performing actions.
-
Extended Splash Screens
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create an extended splash screen for your Windows Store app that imitates the Windows splash screen and allows you to display the splash screen page for more time when preparing the initial UI. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use XAML to define an extended splash screen page for your app.
-
Extending the Splash Screen
The Splash screen can be extended using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. This is useful of you want to cover any long running tasks and allow a smooth transition into the application. In this video; Brian Roach discusses and demonstrates how to extend a Splash screen.
-
Extension Methods (Using Visual Basic)
Using extension methods in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to easily extend a type without re-compiling or modifying the type and it can be called as if it were an instance method of an existing type. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define and implement an extension method.
-
File Access and the Manifest
Configuring the Windows Store apps manifest file in Visual Studio 2012 allows your app to interact with user-device file systems; enabling it to read; write; and enumerate files and folders. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to configure the manifest file; enabling application capabilities and file-type associations.
-
File Operations – Read a File Using ReadFileAsync
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enumerate and access all files and folders in a particular location that your application has permission to access. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to access text passed to a storage file by the GetFileAsync and the FileIO.ReadTextAsync methods.
-
File Operations – Reading a File Using a Stream
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enumerate and access all files and folders in a particular location that your application has permission to access. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to access a text string passed to a storage file by a stream.
-
File Operations – Reading from a File Using a Buffer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enumerate and access all files and folders in a particular location that your application has permission to access. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to access text passed to a storage file by a buffer using the FileIO.ReadBufferAsync method.
-
File Operations – Using Storage Folder as a Data Source
The Windows Storage namespace provides types for storage and data-related operations; and for accessing data. It's used in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 when an app needs to read or write application settings; store data files; or access content from user libraries. In this video; Brian Roach explores this namespace and demonstrates how to use local folders as data sources for an application.
-
File Operations – Write to File Using WriteBufferAsync
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 includes the WriteBufferAsync method for writing data to a file. To use it; your application needs to include the capabilities and declarations to write to files; as well as a cryptographic buffer to convert string data to binary. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to write to a file using the WriteBufferAsync method.
-
File Operations – Writing Text Using FileIO
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to let applications read and write to files locally; on a network; or on SkyDrive; as long as you have permissions to access the file location. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the FileIO methods to write text to a sample file.
-
File Operations – Writing to a File with a Stream
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; if your application has permission to access files and folders in a particular location; you can enumerate and access all the files stored in that location. This gives you the ability to both read and write files locally; or even across network shares. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to implement the StorageFile.OpenAsync method.
-
File Read/Write Basics
After configuring your Windows Store app's manifest file; you can swiftly read and write files to and from your user device in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use classes; properties; asynchronous methods; and overloads while writing and reading a file to and from a user's Documents library.
-
FlipView DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a FlipView ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the swiping of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a FlipView; before binding a default FlipView to a populated DataSource.
-
FOR and FOR EACH (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the For loop to run a block of code a specified number of times; and the For Each loop to automatically iterate the members of an array or collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the difference between a For loop and a For Each loop; and how to exit the loop.
-
Forcing Query Execution (Using Visual Basic)
The .NET Framework in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 lets you use specific methods to force LINQ; which defers query execution until after you iterate over its results; to store a static copy of the result in memory. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how records added to a database don't display in a queried list until the query is rerun.
-
Formatting Strings (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can format strings by using predefined or custom formatting. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates a couple of different ways in which you can format strings using Visual Basic.
-
Generic Methods (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; defining generic methods provides you with the flexibility of being able to deal with many different data types; and can be useful when you don't want to declare an entire generic class or multiple overloads. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define and implement a generic method with constraints.
-
Globalization – User Globalization Preferences
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 Globalization Project enables you; through the Windows globalization namespace; to easily access users' globalization preferences. In this video; Brian Roach uses the XAML UI to access user preferences - changing the user's current input language and other culture-specific preferences - before detailing the methods used to render such data.
-
Globalization – Using Global String Resources
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to write XAML apps accommodating different languages through the use of customized; culture-specific string resource files allocated to Strings folders - mapped to on a user's input. In this video; Brian Roach uses the XAML UI to demonstrate how a user's input will change the interface culture while the machine's will remain the same.
-
GridView DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a GridView ItemsControl to a DataSource; enabling the scrolling of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a GridView; before binding a default GridView to a populated DataSource.
-
Handling Exceptions with Multiple Catch Blocks (Using Visual Basic)
VB.NET enables you to implement multiple catch blocks to address and log specific types of exception; as well as structure your error handling pattern according to the default first-match algorithm and the inheritance hierarchy of base exceptions. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to generate errors to throw exceptions for specifically defined catch blocks based on the base IOException.
-
Hashing (Using Visual Basic)
You can use the SHA256 hashing algorithm; a 256-bit one-way encryption method; to verify the integrity of data when using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the SHA256Managed class to generate hashes to compare; under changing circumstances; one unique and two identical files; and explains the hashing algorithm's value in verifying encrypted passwords.
-
How Routing Finds Controller Actions
When creating a Model-View-Controller (MVC) application using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the ASP.NET Routing module is responsible for mapping incoming browser requests to particular MVC controller actions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani provides an introduction to ASP.NET routing and outlines how the Default route maps URLs to controller actions.
-
Implementing Collection Interfaces (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing interfaces for class instances that hold collections makes sorting or finding particular items easier; while providing a guarantee of known functionality to the client user of the class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the .NET Framework's IComparable interface to sort items in a List collection.
-
Indexers (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create Indexers using Visual Basic by implementing the default property attribute and creating shortcuts for instances in an array or a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to provide users of a class with easier access to a collection or an array property using the default properties and getters and setters.
-
Inheritance 101 (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; inheritance is an important concept when using Visual Basic as it allows you to build a hierarchy of related classes and reuse functionality defined in existing classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how a derived class inherits members from a base class in an inheritance hierarchy.
-
Initializing; Adding and Removing from a Collection (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when grouping and managing related objects in a collection; the ability to initialize the collection to a certain size and manipulate the collection by adding and removing items remains common irrespective of data type. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to initialize and manipulate the items in an ArrayList and a Hashtable collection.
-
Input Pointer Basics
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to abstract mouse; touch; and stylus input to a pointer object in Windows Store applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to investigate the pointer object to discover properties such as device type. He also demonstrates various touch and mouse events in the Simulator; which echoes the coding below the demonstration pane.
-
Interact with Models and Views
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can interact with models and views to pass data between them. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set up the Model property in a controller to pass data between the controller and a view.
-
Issues with Incomplete Controller Actions
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 enables you to easily troubleshoot incomplete controller actions in your application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to include an ActionResult in the Controller for use in troubleshooting.
-
JSON Serialization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) data contract Serializer class to make C# objects out of JSON for use in your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the JSON Serializer to serialize and deserialize objects.
-
Layout Consistency
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; layout consistency is very important when developing Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications as it makes your site easier to use and is essential for determining the look and feel of a professional website. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights the various aspects of an MVC application where the layout has been consistently rendered.
-
LINQ Operators (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the .NET Framework allows you to use LINQ operators to query any .NET array or collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how he selects; groups; and aggregates arrays using the Where; Select; Take and Skip; OrderBy; Group; and Aggregate operators.
-
LINQ to XML (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use Language Integrated Query (LINQ) and the LINQ2XML provider to parse elements; attributes; and values from XML documents into your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to filter a set of elements from an XML document using classes combined with LINQ syntax.
-
LINQ to XML Advanced (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use LINQ to XML functionality to easily load data from XML documents into memory. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to combine LINQ syntax with the ability to parse through an XML document using elements; attributes; and the concept of descendants to load data into memory.
-
ListBox DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a ListBox ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the display of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a ListBox; before binding a default ListBox to a populated DataSource.
-
ListView DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a ListView ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the scrolling of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a ListView; before binding a default ListView to a populated DataSource.
-
Live Tile Implementation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to configure and build dynamic live tiles; comprising XML documents and capable of issuing multiple graphic or textual notifications in your XAML UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces the template elements making up live tiles and builds customized live tiles launched from the XAML UI.
-
Locking (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; locking enables you to protect critical data in a multithread environment from being updated by more than one thread simultaneously. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the SyncLock statement to ensure that a block of code runs to completion without interruption by other threads.
-
Manage Complexity with Partial Views
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can reuse logic to manage complexity by using partial views. This helps you to avoid mistakes and generate code faster. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use existing logic with the Html.Partial method to render one view to another.
-
Manage Garbage Collection (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft .NET's garbage collection thread locates managed objects referenced in managed code; attempts to finalize objects not referenced; and reclaims memory from all objects lacking a valid reference. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates garbage collection using the Finalize method; and forces it to run using methods from the GC.Collect class.
-
Manage Unmanaged Resources (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; VB.NET allows you to use the Dispose method to reclaim memory from unmanaged objects; the lifetimes of which are not controlled by the garbage collector. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the IntPtr Structure is used to represent a pointer or a handle identifying unmanaged objects or resources released by the Dispose method.
-
Managing and Creating Certificates (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the X509 certificates in VB.NET as a way to verify identities between server and client systems. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to view certificates for a user or the local machine; and how to attach certificates to a request.
-
Scheduling Live Tile Notifications
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to schedule the issue of live tiles containing notifications; updates; and other information from your XAML app. In this video; Brian Roach introduces the ScheduleLiveTileUpdates method and uses multiple templates to build live tiles and issue notifications from the XAML UI.
-
Search Contract Basics
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; by adding the Search contract to your Windows Store app; you can enable the user to search with your app from anywhere in their system. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to add a Search contract to an app registered as a search provider before walking you through the default search template.
-
Search Scenarios Onscreen vs Offscreen
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; after registering your Windows Store app as a search provider; you need to configure handling procedures that enable the app; whether onscreen or offscreen to respond when a user does a search from the Search pane. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the OnSearchActivated method and OnQuerySubmitted event to handle search results.
-
Searching Strings (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can search strings for specified characters and words. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates different ways in which you can search through strings using Visual Basic.
-
Securing Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can secure your web application from unauthorized users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use a default registration page to login; authenticate; and authorize site users.
-
MVC Uses
Developing web applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 with the Model-View-Controller (MVC) architectural pattern offers many advantages that allow you to more easily develop; modify; and test them. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the benefits that you'll be able to benefit from when adopting the MVC Framework.
-
MVC Walk Through
An MVC 4 (Model View Controller) application built with the Internet Application template holds most of your code in three Solution Explorer folders. In this video; Rafiq Wayani explains how the Model files comprise the application implementation; the Controller files form actions interacting with the interface and user; and the View files the code as rendered in the browser.
-
Navigating Split Pages with Data
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can set up a data-intensive application with the help of built-in templates. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the split page template to display your data.
-
Operators and Evaluating Expressions (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use operators to attach values to; or change the values of; variables. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use unary; short-circuit; and shortcut assignment operators to attach and change the values of variables; as well as to assign such variables back to themselves.
-
Optimized Bandwidth Utility
When developing Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can reduce certain server-side activity and contribute to bandwidth usage optimization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how you can validate specific user input by introducing client-side code that reduces round-trips to the server and how MVC optimizes bandwidth usage by default.
-
Organize Access to Apps Using Routing
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to implement routing in Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications to free up URLs from the physical association with files; improve access and navigation for the end user; and contribute to search engine optimization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani outlines the weaknesses of URLs in traditional web applications and highlights the advantages of routing in MVC applications.
-
Overloading (Using Visual Basic)
Overloading methods in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to keep your interface consistent while allowing different parameters to affect the value you receive back from the method. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how overloading is used to create methods that have the same name but different argument lists.
-
Using DICTIONARY (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the Dictionary(Of TKey; TValue) generic class allows you to specify data types while representing a collection that provides mapping from a set of keys to a set of values. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Dictionary(Of TKey; TValue) generic class and its methods to create and add items to a dictionary of strings.
-
Using File and Folder Thumbnails
You can create a file picker in Visual Studio 2012 that enables users to select single or multiple image files from your Windows Store app. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the FileOpenPicker class; the FileTypeFilter property; and the GetThumbnailAsync method to allow users access images and bring them into an image control interface as thumbnails.
-
Using Layouts
Layouts allow you to create a central structure in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can use to simplify the task of maintaining a consistent look and feel throughout your Model-View-Controller (MVC) application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Razor syntax and HTML helpers within the default _Layout.cshtml file to make the application layout consistent.
-
Using LIST (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create a strongly typed list of objects that you can easily search; sort; and manipulate using the List class from the System.Collections.Generic namespace. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use several properties and methods of the generic List class of type string.
-
Using Multitouch
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code for multitouch to capture multiple contact points when users use multiple fingers simultaneously. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates multitouch coding based on the Pointer object in each event handler; as well as how to specify multitouch transformations.
-
Using Multitouch Transformations
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code multitouch events so that users can move; scale; and rotate objects on a page. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates multitouch transformations in the Simulator; and examines the code in the Solutions Explorer; with specific focus on multitouch event handlers such as ManipulationDelta.
-
Using Namespaces in XAML
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; XAML is a declarative programming language that allows you to reference namespaces and implement different UI objects when developing Windows Store apps. In this video; Brian Roach explains how XAML namespaces are declared in the root element of XAML files and demonstrates how to produce mappings for custom constructs using XAML markup constructs.
-
Theme Animations – PopIn and PopOut
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can have elements popping in and out of your applications. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the ThemeAnimations project to implement pop-in and pop-out theme animations.
-
Theme Animations – SplitOpen and SplitClose
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when building a custom control; the SplitOpen and SplitClose theme animations allow you to reveal and conceal a target UI using a split animation. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to implement the SplitOpen and SplitClose theme animations and some of their properties using a VisualStateManager class in an XAML page.
-
Theme Animations – SwipeHint and SwipeBack
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can animate the images that you select. In this video; Brian Roach; demonstrates how to use the ThemeAnimations project to implement the SwipeHint and SwipeBack theme animations.
-
Theme Animations – Using a Storyboard
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for using theme animations with a storyboard. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use theme animations with a storyboard in Visual Studio.
-
Theme Transitions – AddDeleteThemeTransition
The AddDeleteThemeTransition in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 causes an element to fade in and grow when it appears; and fade out and shrink when it exits. In this video; Brain Roach demonstrates how the AddDeleteThemeTransition works; and how it can be used to animate objects.
-
Theme Transitions – ContentThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to UI elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the ContentThemeTransition to a UI element to change how it moves when it appears for the first time or is removed.
-
Theme Transitions – EdgeUIThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to user interface (UI) elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the EdgeUIThemeTransition to UI elements to change how they move when appearing for the first time or exiting.
-
Theme Transitions – EntranceThemeTransition
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to implement the EntranceThemeTransition on your XAML app; which effectively mimics Windows 8 native animations and occurs when an application's UI element appears for the first time. In this video; Brian Roach uses Microsoft Visual Studio 2012's Animations project to configure multiple controls and their properties; effecting a successful implementation of the EntranceThemeTransition.
-
Theme Transitions – Overview
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use theme transitions on your XAML app by allowing you to effect animations using TransitionCollections. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates the implementation of a theme transition on a content control; and shows you how to manipulate multiple controls; elements; and items within a StackPanel.
-
Theme Transitions – PaneThemeTransition
The PaneThemeTransition in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 causes an element to slide in from the right when it enters and slide out in the reverse direction when it exits. In this video; Brain Roach demonstrates how the PaneThemeTransition works; and explains how it differs from the EdgeUIThemeTransition.
-
Theme Transitions – PopupThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to user interface (UI) elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the PopupThemeTransition to a UI element to change how it moves when it appears for the first time; as well as when it's removed.
-
Theme Transitions – ReorderThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to UI elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the ReorderThemeTransition to a UI element to change how it moves when it appears for the first time; is removed; is repositioned by a layout change; or when it's being dragged and dropped.
-
Theme Transitions – RepositionThemeTransition
The RepositionThemeTransition in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 causes an element to glide into a new position when it's repositioned by a layout change. In this video; Brain Roach demonstrates how the RepositionThemeTransition works; and how it can be used to create smooth transitions.
-
Thread-Safe Methods (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when performing numeric operations in a multithread environment; the Interlocked class provides thread-safe atomic operations on shared variables. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to increment and decrement variables in a thread-safe manner using the Interlocked.Increment and Interlocked.Decrement methods.
-
THROW vs Rethrowing (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use Visual Basic's Throw statement to throw and rethrow exceptions within a procedure to trap errors within your code. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the difference between a simple Throw statement and rethrowing a caught exception up the call stack when conducting error handling in Visual Basic.
-
Tiles and Badges Overview
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create tile notifications to draw users back to your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use a badge to create a lively tile with notification updates.
-
Toast Notifications – Handling User Input
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to handle user input from toast notifications including application launches; dismissal; and failure. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to set the launch parameters of an application fired by an Activated notification event; as well as the results of a Dismissed or Failed notification event.
-
Toast Notifications – Sending Basic Toast Notifications
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to build and send customized toast notifications locally from your XAML UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces toast notifications; demonstrates how to send a toast notification from the XAML UI.
-
Typed vs Non-Typed Collections (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the.NET Framework contains a variety of collections. By utilizing the generic classes; you will enforce a strongly typed collection; enabling more efficient conversions of data types in your applications than with the non-typed equivalent. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses the advantage of using the strongly typed List(Of T) class over the ArrayList class.
-
Updating a Database (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the code generator automatically generates the SaveChanges method; allowing you to immediately send data changes made to entities back to your data store. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to update a list and saves it back to the data store using the entities object and SaveChanges method.
-
Use CODEDOM (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft .NET's CodeDOM feature allows you to write VB.NET code that generates code; classes; and assemblies in multiple languages; used to code development platforms or applications. In this video; Joe Barrett uses CodeDOM functionality and the CSharpCodeProvider to gain access to instances of the C# code generator and code compiler; and build a console application.
-
Use Reflection to Enumerate Class Members (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the System.Reflection namespace allows you to programmatically inspect and find all the types in an assembly; including information about the classes; properties; methods; and events of an object. In this video; Joe Barrett describes reflection and some of the classes used to enumerate class members.
-
Using a Stored Procedure with an EF Model (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; Microsoft .NET's Entity Framework model allows you to import stored procedures into the Entity Data Model Browser where they reside as Function Imports. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to import and use a stored procedure converted to a strongly typed method as a top-level property in his code.
-
Using Areas
After watching this video; you will be able to use areas in MVC 5 applications.
-
Using Currency Formatter
Windows Store apps new CurrencyFormatter class enables you to access user preference; or change the currency display to a runtime-selected format. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how the origins of the CurrencyFormatter class enable users to determine their own settings; before he passes a currencyCode as a string – formatting currencies by language and geographic code.
-
Using DateTime Formatter
Windows Store apps new DateTimeFormatter class enables you to easily create DateTime formats that work for any language or culture. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the multiple preconfigured DateTime formatters available and explains that while each is named; it formats according to language or culture.
-
Select Case Statement (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Basic; you can use a single Select Case statement; as opposed to multiple If...Else statements; to filter a discreet set of outcomes against which a variable is evaluated using a first-match algorithm. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the purpose of the Select Case statement; introduces operators; and evaluates a set of discreet variables.
-
Selecting from a Database (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; VB.NET allows you to query relational databases from within Visual Basic using either Language Integrated Query (LINQ) or provider-based objects in the SqlClient namespace. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to run a Select statement against a database using both LINQ and T-SQL provider-based objects.
-
Selecting with Anonymous Types (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the LINQ-enabled .NET Framework allows you to use anonymous types to define properties and extract data from a query's object entities. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use anonymous types to query a database.
-
SemanticZoom
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use the touch-optimized SemanticZoom control in your XAML app. This is used by Windows Store apps in Windows 8 for presenting and navigating large sets of related content in a single view. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to populate SemanticZoom's two views and code them to ensure they remain in sync.
-
Sending a Tile Update
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can show your users a variety of information by changing the application tile on the Start screen. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Update method to update your application tile’s size; image; text; and expiry period.
-
Setting Access Modifiers for Properties (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use access modifiers in the getter and setter in a property to limit its scope. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to make the getter and setter less accessible to avoid making the scope of a property too wide.
-
Share Source – Text Links HTML
When your Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 application is a share source; you can share text; links; and formatted HTML using the DataTransferManager object. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to share resources by creating a DataPackage that gets instantiated based on the data type passed into the procedure.
-
Speed Up View Development
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can speed up view development by using html helpers to assist you in generating code instead of writing everything by hand. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the code that MVC and Visual Studio generates to minimize the amount of coding you need to do.
-
Streams FileStreams (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; streams provide you with easy access to the file system; and by initializing the FileStream class you'll be able to read from; write to; and close files. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to initialize instances of the FileStream class to read data from an existing file into a new one.
-
Streams Gzip Stream (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can easily compress and transmit files using GZipStream. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how you can compress and decompress files with the GZipStream class using Visual Basic.
-
STRINGBULDER (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use StringBuilder to optimize those string performances that may otherwise result in a drain on your overall system performance. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how you can create and insert strings using StringBuilder in Visual Basic.
-
STRINGREADER and STRINGWRITER (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use StringReader and StringWriter to make string work more manageable when you are working with large amounts of text. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how you can make string work easier with StringReader and StringWriter in Visual Basic.
-
Subscribing to Events (Using Visual Basic)
Using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to create and raise events; and then use a client instance to respond in an appropriate manner to the event. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the RaiseEvent keyword to raise a custom TransactionFailed event on the WithDraw function of a client instance.
-
Suspending an Application
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to suspend a Windows Store app and save the application data when the user switches away from your application; allowing the user to resume later where they left off without starting anew. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to handle the Suspending event to save an application's state and preserve a user's session.
-
Symmetric vs Asymmetric Encryption (Using Visual Basic)
You can use symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods when using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the trade-off between speed and security by comparing the swiftly generated single secret key of the TripleDES method and the slower; more secure generation of the public/private key pair used by the RSA Encryption method.
-
Synchronization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; synchronization allows multiple threads in your application to communicate with each other; even while accessing the same resources. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the AutoResetEvent class and its WaitOne method to provide multi-thread communication through signaling.
-
Tapping Into Settings
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can quickly and easily build user controls that show as fly-outs when clicked; consistent with the way standard Settings options display in Windows 8. In the video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a custom Settings pane for your application based on the Windows Design guidelines.
-
The FINALLY Block (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; VB.NET's optional Finally block generates code no matter the exceptions recorded; or the actions specified; in your application's Try/Catch blocks. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the uses of the Finally block and how it's able to write to the event log even if an exception causes the application to close down.
-
The Input Touch Keyboard
The Windows Store apps Simulator's Input Touch Keyboard enables you; from Visual Studio 2012; to confirm that your application's controls accommodate the input of a touch-screen device. In this video; Joe Barrett introduces and demonstrates the Simulator's different modes and rotation options; before explaining the ITextProvider and IValue implementations that make the keyboard appear and disappear in different modes.
-
Theme Animations – Customizing Theme Animations Using Common Properties
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for customizing theme animations. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to customize a theme animation using common Visual Studio properties.
-
Theme Animations – DragItem; DragOver and DropTarget
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; predefined theme animations allow you to provide your users with fluid intuitive transitions when moving objects within a drag-and-drop animated sequence in your UI. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to implement the DragItem; DragOver; and DropTarget theme animations; and explains the relation of the drag source to its affected objects.
-
Theme Animations – FadeOut and FadeIn
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for customizing the FadeOut and FadeIn properties in theme animations. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to customize properties such as the opacity of the desired fade effect.
-
Theme Animations – PointerUp; PointerDown and Reposition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can animate images when you press on them. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the ThemeAnimations project to implement the PointerDown; PointerUp; and Reposition theme animations.
-
Using a Class Based on IComparable (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the IComparable interface provided by the .NET Framework is a very useful interface that provides a method to compare two objects of a particular type whose values can be ordered or sorted. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IComparable interface and CompareTo method in order to sort an array of objects.
-
Using a Class Based on IDisposable (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing the IDisposable interface allows you to create a Dispose Pattern used to release unmanaged resources of which the garbage collector has no knowledge. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a resource class that implements the IDisposable interface and the IDisposable.Dispose method.
-
Using a Class Based on IEnumerable (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing the IEnumerable interface within your class exposes an enumerator providing you with the ability to iterate through a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IEnumerable interface and its GetEnumerator method that returns the IEnumerator which supports the use of For Each; to iterate through a collection.
-
Using Number Formatter
Numeric and geographic variations in Windows Store apps are managed by the NumberFormatter object; which enables you to customize the display of numbers and factor in variables. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the DecimalFormatter and PercentFormatter properties to parse a number into percentages and currency.
-
Using Optional and Named Parameters (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; optional and named parameters are a convenient way to make methods easier to use when creating instances of a class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to specify optional and named parameters; as well as how to use them together or on their own to efficiently develop your code.
-
Using Orientation Sensors
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the orientation sensor used to adjust the user's perspective in a game application. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# uses the GetDefault method to establish a connection to the orientation sensor; and how to represent an orientation sensor reading.
-
Using QUEUE (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to create queues that are useful when processing sequential data by representing a first-in; first-out collection of objects. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Enqueue method to queue strings; and highlights methods of the generic Queue class.
-
Using REGEX Class for Validation (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the Regex class represents a regular expression providing you with a powerful and flexible method of parsing large amounts of text when finding specific character patterns in a string. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to replace characters; identify duplicate words; and locate links in a string using methods of the Regex class.
-
Using Remote Data as Project Resources
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use remote data as a project resource. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define a specific implementation of the HttpClient class; referencing it as a resource dictionary; and referencing it in the LoadState method in the Items page.
-
Using Removable Storage
The RemovableDevices property and GetFoldersAsync method enable you to ensure that your Windows Store application is able to access or enumerate files and folders on removable storage. In this video; Joe Barrett explains that the RemovableDevices property behaves similarly to the DocumentsLibrary and PicturesLibrary properties; and enables in the Windows Store application's manifest.
-
Using Search Suggestions
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; after registering your Windows Store app as a search provider; configuring the app to display search suggestions will save time and help provide hints about your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define suggestions in a list; as well as get them from Windows when your app searches local files.
-
Using Simulator for Mouse and Touch
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use the Simulator during app development to test mouse; touch; and multitouch functionality; without having to use the local machine. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to access and use the Simulator in Debug mode to test mouse; touch; pinch/zoom; and rotation input.
-
Using System.Net Classes (Using Visual Basic)
Using classes provided by the System.Net namespace in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides a simple programming interface that allows you to develop applications that use Internet resources without worrying about the specific details of individual protocols. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to request a resource from a server using the WebRequest class and writes a byte array it.
-
Using the Accelerometer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the accelerometer in Windows Store apps which is a sensor used to adjust the screen orientation as the user rotates the device. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to establish a connection to an accelerometer and register the RegisterChanged and Shaken event handlers in an application built with XAML and C#.
-
Using the Ambient Light Sensor
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when you need to measure light conditions you can access the Ambient Light Sensor and return the ambient light reading as a LUX value. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# establishes a connection to a light sensor and reports new sensor readings.
-
Using the Compass
The compass sensor is a navigational device that returns a heading with respect to True North and Magnetic North that you can access in a Windows Store app from within Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to initialize a connection to the compass sensor and register a new compass reading using the ReadingChanged event.
-
Using the Gyrometer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the gyrometer in a Windows Store app which is a sensor used to measure angular velocity for rotational movement. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# uses the GetDefault method to establish a connection to a gyrometer and register a ReadingChanged event handler.
-
Using the IConvertible Interface (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the IConvertible interface provides methods to convert the value of an instance of an implementing type to a common language runtime type that has an equivalent value. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IConvertible interface and its methods that get exposed by the Convert class.
-
Using the IFormattable Interface (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing the IFormattable interface provides functionality that allows you to control the formatting of object values into string representations. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define format specifiers and format strings while converting values to a culture-specific representation by implementing the IFormattable.ToString method.
-
Using the Inclinometer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the inclinometer in your Windows Store apps; which is a sensor used to measure the angles of slope and tilt from an artificial horizon. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the GetDefault method to establish a connection to an inclinometer and report new sensor readings using the ReadingChanged event.
-
Using the Mouse
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code mouse input events for Windows Store apps intended for desktop environments. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to code touch events in mouse mode to specify mouse events; as well as describing PointerDeviceType properties.
-
Using the Simple Orientation Sensor
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the simple orientation sensor which detects the current quadrant orientation and face-up or face-down status of a device. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# establishes a connection with the simple orientation sensor; and how to represent the sensor reading in a UI.
-
Using Touch and Gestures
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code touch events when deploying apps for Windows surface devices. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Holding event to allow the user time to decide on an action before committing to it; as well as to display information; such as a tooltip.
-
Using Web Syndication Classes
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use classes in the Windows.Web.Syndication namespace to display data feeds from multiple sources. This; in combination with any of the built-in templates; makes user navigation easy. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to specify a class for use as a data domain; create a list of feeds; and apply a template.
-
Validate User Input
Microsoft Visual studio 2012 allows you to use input validation in Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications to verify that the appropriate fields have been completed and that the data is valid before your application uses it. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add validation to an input field to specify that user input is required.
-
Validating Connection String Data (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; validating connection string data assists in safeguarding your SQL database connections and prevents SQL injection attacks from occurring. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the SqlConnection class in conjunction with the SqlConnectionStringBuilder class to perform checks for valid key/value pairs.
-
Web Deployment Options
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides many different options for publishing projects to a server where others can access your applications over the Internet. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the configuration settings that you can specify from within a web application's Properties page when deploying a project in Visual Studio.
-
Web Optimization
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to optimize your Web applications to take advantage of different platforms and Web browsers. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to optimize your application for desktop and mobile Web browsers by opening ASP.NET MVC 4's default Internet Application template in a freshly installed Chrome browser instance.
-
Web Page Navigation
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can build functionality into your Windows Store app that allows you to navigate to specific web pages and display the site contents in your app. In this video Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the WebView XAML control and its methods to host HTML content in an app.
-
Writing to the Roaming Folder
Windows Store apps enable you to sync a user's data across devices by providing access to the roaming folder. In this video; Joe Barrett writes a timestamp to a file off the ApplicationData object's Current property; accessing the application's current package in RoamingState; and overwriting it.
-
XAML Layout – Sizing
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the FrameworkElement class includes properties that allow you to control UI element sizing and layout in XAML within a Windows application. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to size different elements in combination with horizontal and vertical alignments to affect the layout of UI elements.
-
XAML Layout – Using ValueConverters
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use value converters in your XAML layouts if you wish to bind data of two properties that have incompatible types. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to create a value converter by implementing the IValueConverter interface; and the Convert and ConvertBack methods.
-
XML Serialization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can serialize data as XML as a convenient; platform-independent way to persist and store data. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement XML serialization using classes in the System.Xml namespace.
-
Packaging a Windows Store App
Once you have developed; tested; and analyzed an application using Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you are ready to package the application and submit it to the Windows Store; or package it for side-loading. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to package an application using the Create App Packages wizard.
-
Reliability Test Plans in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use reliability test plans to ensure an application does not fail before it reaches the user. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates Real-World Testing and Random Destruction Testing which allow you to test applications to ensure they work properly.
-
Sensors in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Windows Visual Studio 2013 allows you to incorporate the sensors available on various devices in your Windows Store apps configuration in order to enhance the performance of the apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how these sensors are used; and how to subscribe to updates and information from the sensors and the device.
-
Submitting an App to the Windows Store
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you are able to submit an application to the Windows App Store once the app has been certified and you have analyzed its performance. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to submit an application to the Windows App Store; complete the Windows Store Application; and then submit your application.
-
Windows 8.1 Device Access in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can incorporate external devices such as printers; scanners and Bluetooth technology into an application quickly and easily. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use Windows 8.1 to incorporate various external devices that interact with a Windows Store application.
-
Overview of Certificates in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can use certificates to encrypt and decrypt data using different keys for the encryption and decryption process in an application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use public and private key pairs to perform asymmetric encryption in a Windows Store application.
-
Business Models for Windows Store Apps
Once you have created an application using Microsoft Visual Studio for 2013; you need to look at how you can monetize that application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates some of the available business models supported by the Windows Store; such as time-limited trials and feature-limited trials.
-
Caching Options for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; caching options can help to store application data and user settings. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how these settings can be accessed by other programs to synchronize individual machines and other devices for use in Windows Store Apps.
-
Configuring USB Support in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can configure support for outbound communication from a Windows Store application to a USB device using an XML editor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure support for outbound communication from a Windows Store application to a vendor-specific USB device.
-
Functional Test Plans in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; test plans allow you to develop a strategy for testing your applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to achieve functional testing of your application to test your application through all its paths; including failure paths.
-
Implementing WACK Tests for a Windows Store App
Once you have used Microsoft Visual Studio for 2013 to create your application package; the next step is to go through the Windows App Certification Kit to ensure that your application meets all requirements as you get into the Windows Store. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to implement Windows App Certification Kit (WACK) tests.
-
Introduction to Animations in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; to improve your Windows Store Applications you can use animations to add features to enhance user-appeal. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the basic building blocks of animations; and how frames operate.
-
Localizing the Manifest in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows the localization of Windows Store applications from the package level down. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses his application manifest as a localized key-value pair in the Resources.resw file; and reviews his app manifest in Visual Studio.
-
Overview of Encryption in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can use symmetric encryption to keep information in an application secure. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how symmetric encryption keeps information secure in a Windows Store application by using the same secret key to encrypt and decrypt data.
-
Overview of WNS in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can configure your Windows Store apps to receive Windows Push Notifications; ensuring that your users are up to date with app related information. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the components and channels of communication that combine to provide the Windows Push Notification Service.
-
Location Services in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio with C# and XAML; you can configure Location Services for your Windows Store Applications. This provides you with access to the location information of the user's device; and the ability to modify the content received by the user accordingly. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how Location Services are applied to a Windows Store Application.
-
Event Logging in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you have a quick and easy way of identifying and logging information within your Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the custom EventSource to log information using a custom individual storage event logger.
-
File Compression with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can compress and decompress files using Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the ReplaceExisting collision options to ensure that everything is overwritten when compressing a file.
-
Formatting Print Content in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to format and style printed output from Windows Store apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the RichTextBlock feature to include images; handle layout operations; and overflow content from one page to the next.
-
Globalization Preferences in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; Windows Store applications can use globalization capabilities to format data based on a user's locale. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates globalization and localization; highlighting how standards; compliance; and globalization features enhance the marketability of applications.
-
Handling Asynchronous Errors in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; when handling asynchronous errors in Windows Store Apps you can configure the user’s set of permissions. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates basic security verifications for user’s permissions; and how you can also acquire data for lists of permissions.
-
Handling Device Capability Errors in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it’s important to use defensive programming tactics in Windows Store applications to ensure that unpredictable errors don’t occur if required devices aren’t available. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to ensure that a Windows Store application doesn’t encounter device-specific errors at runtime.
-
Handling Media Capture Events in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you need to plan for events that cause application stability issues. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the RecordLimitationExceeded event to ensure to catch an application failure caused by an exceeded limitation or a general failure.
-
Obtaining Symmetric Keys in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can create a symmetric key in an application by using a hashing algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to hash key material to create a cryptographic key for symmetric encryption in a Windows Store application.
-
Opening Files using a File Picker in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you're able to use the File Picker control to gain access to user data to allow users to select which files and folders are made available to your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to open files using File Picker.
-
Optimizing Background Transfers in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can configure background transfers in Windows Store Apps depending on specific environment attributes. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the situations that could arise whilst working with background file transfers and how work with Visual Studio to manage them.
-
Overview of Accessing Resource Files in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows Windows Store applications the use of multiple class objects to access resource files. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use C# to programmatically access an application's resources and their values.
-
Overview of Background Tasks in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you sometimes need to start tasks while busy in another application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to increase the levels of responsiveness and performance by running tasks in the background.
-
Preparing for Push Notifications in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to build push notifications into Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers discusses what the developer needs to do to prepare a Windows Store application for push notification functionality.
-
Querying an Index from a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can query indexed folders within an application to perform robust searches on individual files. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the ApplicationSearchFilter command to do the basic search the application always does before allowing the user to add additional filter criteria.
-
Reading a File Using a Stream in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; there are various ways to read a file in Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use a stream to read in the file.
-
Reading Binary Data with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can choose to read a data file using a buffer rather than reading all of the content directly. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the async keyword with the buffer; and how a buffer interacts with a DataReader.
-
Registering a Windows Store App as a Play To Receiver
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can set up your Windows Store application as a Play To receiver. In this video; Mitchel Sellers; uses the PlayToReceiver class to set up the Play To receiver and then configure event handlers for the Play To receiver.
-
Registering a Windows Store App for Play To
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can grab a video file from a user's local machine and play it for them inside of your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Play To contract to allow an application to take a video and play that video to another device.
-
Retrieving Cached Data in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able retrieve cached data from a Windows Store App if you want to store data local to your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to retrieve cached data in a Windows Store App.
-
Saving Captured Media in Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; there are a number of different options that you can define to allow the user to save a file. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to save captured media in a Windows Store app.
-
Saving Files Using a File Picker in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you're able to use the File Picker to allow a user to pick a file. Another option is to save the file; which allows users to save the information from your application out to a remote location. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to save files using the File Picker.
-
Setting File Extensions and Associations in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can set file extensions and associations using Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Files argument to create an association between the application and the custom file type.
-
Specifying Media Formats in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can control the individual media types for the audio and video capture of Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the MediaEncodingProfile command to encode media types.
-
UI Testing in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can test the user interface of your Windows application to ensure that the user interactions work properly. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Coded UI Test Builder tool to generate code and add assertions.
-
Unit Testing in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can develop your application to ensure that it is ready for unit testing. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Calculator class to add testable items within the application for unit testing.
-
Updating a Windows Store App Tile with a Background Task
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a background task can be used to retrieve information that you can pass on to the user via an updated tile in your Windows Store Application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a background task that will allow you to control and work with tile information inside of an application.
-
Using CameraCaptureUI in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# provides you with a CameraCapture UI for use in Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to set up the UI before using the CaptureDialog; and declare a CaptureDialog that captures a specific media type and stores it in a specified location available to the application.
-
Using Custom Licensing Details in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; during development of a Windows Store application; you can easily simulate different license configurations for testing purposes. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access and modify the proxy file that contains licensing information for an application before it’s added to the Windows Store.
-
Using Data Parallelism in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use the Task Parallel Library operations to do things quickly and use as many resources as you can in an effective manner. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Parallel operation to execute the copying of the files in a parallel manner.
-
Using File Pickers in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you're able to use the File Picker control to gain access to user data to present a common interface to the user and allow them to select which files and folders are made available to your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the basic uses of the File Picker control.
-
Using MediaCapture for Audio in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can easily capture audio from a user's machine using any of their internal audio devices. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the FindAllAsync method to find the audio device and select the device that match the AudioCapture DeviceClass.
-
Using MediaCapture for Video in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can allow users to change; define; and control video capture settings. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use MediaCapture for video in Windows Store Apps.
-
Using Resource Files in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows resource files to be accessed from within XAML and C# code. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access resource files programatically using the x:Uid property and ResourceLoader object.
-
Using Roaming Storage for Windows Store App Data
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to store information using Windows Store Applications to ensure that the information is automatically synced between a user's Windows devices. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use Roaming Storage.
-
Using Task Parallelism in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use various items in the Tasks Parallel Library within Windows Store applications when working with your asynchronous operations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the await Task.WhenAll method to go through the standard asynchronous operation processes and resume when all items are complete.
-
Using the Print Contract in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a printing app can be added to allow users to automatically print from their applications without having to use the Charms bar. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the print contract in a Windows Store App.
-
Using Windows Store Reports for an App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can view reports on the usage adoption; mannerisms; and behaviours of the user working with your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses filters to determine specific information in a report; such as the type of device; operating system versions; or how often people interact with the application.
-
Viewing License Information for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; Windows Runtime automatically keeps track of license information for Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to retrieve the license information for an application; both during development and once the application is in the Store.
-
Viewing Listing Information for Windows Store Apps
When working with Windows Store Applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it is important to be able to view listing information about your application that is visible to users. In this video; Mitchel Sellers explains how to view listing information such as in-app purchase prices; age rating; market distribution; and other details.
-
Writing Binary Data with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can work with data in chunks using a buffer rather than working with a string to file. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to write binary data using a buffer with Windows Store Applications.
-
Writing to a File with a Stream from Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use a stream to write data from Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a stream write so you can have more control over how you write data.
-
Accessing a Parent Folder in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can navigate to the parent folder of a storage file in Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access the parent folder and get more information about where a file exists.
-
Accessing Files in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can work with files in Windows Store Apps using different operations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access files in Windows Store Apps so you can compare files to ensure that they are equal; and how to read in a file once it has been selected.
-
Adding Files to the Windows Index from Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can add files to the Windows index from Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the local folder to store the indexed folder and its subfolders with files.
-
Advanced Photo Features in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can capture multiple screenshots; save them to local storage; and create a thumbnail for this capture. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the LowLagPhotoSequenceCapture command to capture a number of photos in succession with low shutter lag.
-
Analyzing Energy Consumption in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze the energy consumption of an application to determine how long a user's battery will last when using your application on a tablet or laptop. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze energy consumption using the Performance and Diagnostics tool.
-
Analyzing Memory Usage in Windows Store Apps
In Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze the memory usage of an application to determine how much memory an application is using and if there are any memory leaks. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze memory usage using the Performance and Diagnostics tool.
-
Analyzing UI Responsiveness in Windows Store Apps
In Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze UI responsiveness in Windows Store Apps to determine how efficient an application's user interface is in delivering information to the user and being responsive to user inputs. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze UI responsiveness.
-
Asynchronous Strategies for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; as a developer in the .NET environment; you can use asynchronous programming patterns to improve the efficiency and speed of your operations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates asynchronous strategies and programming tactics.
-
Basic Background File Transfer in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can assign file transfers within your Windows Store Apps as a background process. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to work with the BackgroundUploader and BackgroundDownloader application classes to manage file transfers as a background process.
-
Caching Windows Store App Data Locally
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can save your application data locally or temporarily. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the code necessary to work with application data; and how to store application-specific data permanently or temporarily on a device as a file.
-
Certificate Requests in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can request a security certificate to perform asymmetric encryption and safeguard information in an application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to request and obtain a security certificate for installation on a local machine when working in Windows Store applications.
-
Configuring Custom Print Options in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to configure custom print options for users of Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use methods in a print task to set the options available to users and return user selections to the application; as well as how to restrict the results made available to the user.
-
Configuring In-App Printing in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 you can install an easy access print app from Windows Store Applications in order to print applications from C#. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure in-app printing in a Windows Store App.
-
Configuring Media Settings in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can allow users to control the specifications of the images and videos being captured. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure media settings in a Windows Store App.
-
Configuring Print Options in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and C#; you can configure the printing options of your Windows Store Applications in order to control the customizable print options available to the end user. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure these print options starting from the PrintTaskRequested process.
-
Consuming a WinMD Component in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a Windows Runtime Component can be consumed in the same way as any other Windows class library. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to consume a Windows Runtime Component within an application.
-
CPU Sampling in Windows Store Apps
When using Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze the performance of an application to ensure that when the application is submitted to the Windows Store it meets all performance metrics. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze application performance.
-
Creating a Background Task in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can create a background task for your Windows Store App and configure it to run at set intervals or when a particular event occurs. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the best way to create a background task; define its function; and set up a trigger event.
-
Creating a WinMD Component in C#
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a Windows Runtime Component can be used with multiple languages and types in different applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a Windows Runtime Component and add a class to it.
-
Creating and Writing to Files with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can create and modify files within Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates various ways to create a file and add text data to it using code added to the Click event of a button.
-
Creating Hash Values in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 C#; you can hash information for secure storage in an application by using a hashing algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to select a hashing algorithm and create an object to hash information for secure storage in a Windows Store application.
-
Creating Resource Files in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# uses resource files to present Windows Store applications with language and localization data for selective display. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates Visual Studio globalization resource folders and files; and creates a new resource file.
-
Designing to Avoid Errors in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you need a strategy in place for understanding how and when exceptions might appear in your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to handle exceptions; as well as the methods and routines that are available to prevent or rectify them.
-
Different Reading Directions in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it is possible to change the reading directions of apps; because the preferences of clients in different countries may vary. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the options available to you for reading directions; and how to compensate for site layouts.
-
Enabling In-App Purchases in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it is useful to allow in-app purchases for Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the process of enabling in-application purchases. The in-application purchase element is defined within the Windows Store; and the aim is to allow the user to purchase the individual item if they have not yet done so.
-
Enabling the Purchase of a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; when working within a Windows Store Application with a trial version enabled; it is important for users to be able to buy the full version within the application quickly and efficiently. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the RequestAppPurchaseAsync method to enable this functionality.
-
Enabling Trial Versions for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; when working with Windows Store Apps it can be useful to allow users to interact with your app on a trial basis. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how during this period; it is important to manage licensing information to determine whether a user is in a trial or full-license state
-
Encryption with a Public Key in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can encrypt information for transmission in your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how you can move information and encrypt it within a buffer using asymmetric algorithms.
-
Implementing Push Notifications in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to implement push notifications in a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a remote service channel that will send notifications back to the application.
-
Implementing Symmetric Decryption with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can perform symmetric decryption in an application by retrieving information from the encryption algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the key that was used to encrypt the data; the buffer that represents the encrypted data; and the initialization vector to decrypt an encoded message.
-
Implementing Symmetric Encryption with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can encrypt messages in an application by using a symmetric encryption algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use a symmetric encryption algorithm and an initialization vector to encrypt a message in a Windows Store application.
-
Installing a Certificate with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can easily install a security certificate on a local machine in an application after you receive the certificate response from the issuer. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to install a requested security certificate on a local machine when working in a Windows Store application.
-
Introducing WinMD Components
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; Windows Runtime components allow you to add additional libraries to your application in a way that allows for consumption through a wider audience. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how Windows Runtime components allow you to create application components that can be used by many different recipients.
-
Lock Screen Access to Windows Store App Background Tasks
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can allow your application to show up on the user’s lock screen. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the BackgroundExecutionManager.RequestAccessAsync method to present the user with a dialog box requesting permission to allow the application to show on the lock screen.
-
Managing Libraries in Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can access and manage the individual libraries that are stored on a user’s machine. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access and manage a user’s library; and allow them the ability to customize and extend library definitions within Windows Store Applications.
-
MediaCapture Effects in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can apply effects instantly within your Windows Store application with minimum effort. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the myMediaCapture.AddEffectAsync method to define an individual custom effect and create a MediaCapture object.
-
Key-frame Animations in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 key-frame animations progressively modify a Windows Store app element over time. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses a RenderTransform to target storyboarded key-frame value pairs and transform an animation element's properties; initiating the transform with the Begin() method.
-
Accessing Microsoft User Data from a Windows Store App
Using C# in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can access the user information associated with a Microsoft account from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the GetAsync method to retrieve information about the currently logged in user.
-
Accessing OneDrive File Properties from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to read and update the properties of files and folders on a user's Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the GetAsync method to get information about a file; and renames a file on a user's OneDrive using the PutAsync method.
-
Animated Transformations in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows Windows Store application elements to transition between states through the storyboarded transformation of their properties. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to change an animation element's properties over time; using the Begin() method to initiate the transform.
-
Animating Fades in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can use fades in your Windows Store applications as visual queues to let customers know about new features. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the FadeIn and FadeOut visual effects in your application.
-
Animating Pointers and Repositions in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can animate pointers and repositions in windows store apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the VisualStateManager to support the change of items from one state to another to achieve a pointer animation.
-
Animating Pop-ins within Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can use animated pop-ins within Windows Store Apps to suddenly make an element appear on the screen. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the PopIn and PopOut elements applied to a simple animation of a blue rectangle.
-
Animating Swipes within Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can use swipe gestures to interact with an application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the GestureRecognizer command to recognize the swipe gesture and raise events to enable a user to interact with the application.
-
Animations for Visual States in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows Windows Store application properties to be rendered visible or hidden by the XAML VisualStateManager. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses storyboarded key-frame value pairs to alter the VisualState of the user interface for a defined time.
-
Applying Transitions in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; there are different transitions that you can use with animations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create and apply the entrance and content transitions.
-
Determining Sensor Availability in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can easily determine whether a particular sensor is available for use with your Windows Store apps on a user device. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure the app to determine if a sensor is available for use on a specific user device.
-
Enumerating Devices with a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can work with multiple device types when interacting with a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how you can retrieve information about the location devices in your environment.
-
Geofencing in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can define geofences in a Windows Store application to track a user's location. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to define geofences in a Windows Store application to determine when a user enters or exits defined areas.
-
Implementing a Custom Control in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows the customization of Widows Store app controls. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a custom control; apply a generic theme to it; configure its code behind; designate a namespace; and code it into the application interface.
-
Managing OneDrive Albums from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to manage the album's that store photos; videos; and audio on a user's Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a new album; update its properties; and retrieve specific information about a user's albums.
-
Managing OneDrive Files from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to create; delete; move; and copy a user's files and folders on Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a folder before adding it to OneDrive; and highlights the code and necessary ID information for managing files and folders.
-
Managing OneDrive Tags from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to read; create; and delete tags associated with photos and videos on a user's Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to retrieve information about a signed-in user's tagged items; read the results; create a new tag; and delete an unwanted tag.
-
Obtaining User Consent in OneDrive from a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; when obtaining user consent in OneDrive from a Windows Store App you can configure the user’s set of permissions. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates basic security verifications for user’s permissions; and also how to acquire data for lists of permissions.
-
Responding to Windowing Modes in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; allows the responsive structuring of user-manipulated Windows Store apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how Windows Store apps use event handlers and class objects that monitor window states changed screen sizes to adapt to user actions.
-
Signing into OneDrive from a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; logging in and getting ready to start using the various Live SDK APIs is a simple process. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses use the authClient.LoginAsync method to log the user into Onedrive.
-
Storyboarded Animations in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows the simultaneous animation of two XAML elements; using storyboards. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses storyboards to create sequential XAML animations for a Windows Store app; initiated by the PopInStoryboard.Begin() and PopOutStoryboard.Begin() code behind statements.
-
Styling a Custom Control in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML ; allows you to adjust the style definition of Windows Store app custom controls by using ControlTemplates. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the ControlTemplate and targets; configures; and formats a control; references it in the XAML; and renders it in Visual Studio.
-
The Simple Orientation Sensor in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and C# with XAML; you can configure Windows Store Applications to use the simple orientation sensor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure the simple orientation sensor in order to determine which direction the user device in operation is currently oriented.
-
Transferring Files to and from OneDrive with a Windows App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to upload and download files on Microsoft OneDrive from your Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the CreateBackgroundUploadAsync and CreateBackgroundDownloadAsync methods to transfer a file to and from OneDrive once the user is signed in and has consented to the wl.skydrive and wl.skydrive_upload scopes.
-
Using DeviceWatcher in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can enumerate and monitor the status of devices in an application by using the DeviceWatcher class. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the DeviceWatcher in Visual Studio to monitor which devices are added; removed; and updated when working in a Windows Store application.
-
Using Location Services in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can configure a Windows Store application to use location services to find out where a user is. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure the location services capabilities of a Windows Store application to provide a user's exact location.
-
Using the Accelerometor in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to configure Windows Store Applications to use the accelerometor sensor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the accelerometor in order to determine the acceleration of the user device along the X; Y; or Z axes.
-
Using the Ambient Light Sensor in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can configure your Windows Store Applications to use the LightSensor in a user's device to determine the level of external lighting. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure a Windows Store Application to use the LightSensor to control certain app features; such as brightness.
-
Using the Compass in Windows Store Apps
Using C# in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can configure a Windows Store application to read information from a compass. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to check for a compass device; set the reporting interval for the device; and read both magnetic north and true north positions from the compass.
-
Using the Gyrometer in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to configure Windows Store Applications to use the gyrometer sensor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the gyrometer sensor to determine the angular velocity (or rotation rate) of a user device.
-
Adding a New Field to a Work Item
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation 2012; you can easily customize a work item by adding a new field to it. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the steps required to add a custom field and a control to a work item.
-
Adding a New State to a Work Item
Work items in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 can be set to a variety of states; including New; Done; Approved; and Closed. They also have specific transition steps between states and reasons for the states. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to modify work item type definitions to include custom states and custom reasons.
-
Checking Code into Team Foundation Server
Updates to Team Explorer in Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allow you to easily control files in a changeset associated with a work item when checking code into TFS. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the configuration options in the Team Explorer Pending Changes page used for managing queued files and checking them into TFS 2012.
-
Command Line Access to Team Foundation Version Control
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides a command line interface that you can use to access Team Foundation Version Control. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure workspaces; check files in and out; and lock and unlock files from other users using the command line interface.
-
Configuring a Symbol Server NTFS
When code is compiled in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; symbols are saved to a PDB file. You can use these symbols for debugging purposes. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains and demonstrates how to configure a Build to store symbol files on a Symbol Server; making it easy to find debug symbol files for a Build.
-
Configuring Areas in a Team Project
In Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); you can track your team project by configuring areas that allow you to group your work items into logical categories. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure areas within a team project using Team Web Access; as well as from the Team Foundation Server Control Panel.
-
Configuring Iterations in a Team Project
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); you can configure iterations that define when work items are to be worked on and completed for a specific sprint or project milestone. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure iterations within a team project using Team Web Access; as well as from the Team Foundation Server Control Panel.
-
Configuring Project Portal Settings
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can use the Project Portal to share information and keep up-to-date with what is happening in your team project. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Project Portal Settings page to configure the Project Portal settings.
-
Configuring Team Project and Team Project Collection Security
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; team projects and team project collections each have their own security permissions. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Security option to configure security on your team projects and team project collections for users and groups.
-
Configuring Team Project Version Control Settings
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides specific version control settings you can configure on your team project to help your team implement their process. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure team project version control settings; check-in policies; and check-in notes.
-
Configuring the Team Build Service
Configuring the Team Foundation Build Service in Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allows you to automate the builds of your software projects using Team Build. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure the Team Foundation Build Service and specify its controllers and agents using the administration console for Team Foundation.
-
Creating a New Work Item
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) provides different methods for creating work items that allow you to track the different types of work that the project team must complete. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to create a new product backlog work item using the options available in Team Explorer and Team Web Access.
-
Creating a Source Control Workspace
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides local folders called workspaces in which to store files from Team Foundation Server Version Control. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to create a source control workspace.
-
Creating a Team Build Definition
Before using Team Foundation Build in Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); a build definition should be created to provide instructions about which code projects to compile; the operations to perform; and how to perform them. In this video; Mickey Gousset highlights the different configuration options available when creating a new build definition in TFS.
-
Creating a Team Project Collection
Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 allows you to create team project collections for managing your team projects more efficiently by grouping them together. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the options in the administration console for managing your team project collections; and how to create a new team project collection using the Create Team Project Collection wizard.
-
Creating Custom Work Item Queries
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides default work item queries that can be used to show information relating to a project. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains how to create custom work item queries for both individual and team use.
-
Customizing a Team Build
Team Builds in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 can be made very powerful when they are customized. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to customize an existing Build definition.
-
Customizing Team Build Security
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can control who creates; executes; and modifies Builds. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Security option to grant security permissions to users and groups.
-
Executing a Team Build
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; Team Builds can be executed on a schedule; triggered to run; or executed manually. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains and demonstrates how to execute a Team Build.
-
Executing a Work Item Query
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allows you to execute work item queries for quickly reviewing and editing work items in the TFS work item tracking system. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to locate and execute work item queries from Team Explorer as well as from Team Web Access.
-
How to Configure TFS Backup and Recovery
Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allows you to configure scheduled backups that you can use to restore data and reduce productivity and data loss should a failure occur. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the restore options and how to configure backing up data for TFS using the Scheduled Backups Wizard from the administration console.
-
How to Connect to TFS Using Explorer
The Team Explorer window in Visual Studio allows you to easily connect to Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) where you can manage and create team projects. In this video; Mickey Gousset uses the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog box from Team Explorer in Visual Studio to connect to TFS.
-
How to Create a Team Project
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) you create team projects modeled around process templates to define the structure of your project and provide a central point for sharing team activities. In this video; Mickey Gousset uses the New Team Project Wizard from within Team Explorer to create a new team project in a team project collection.
-
Managing Reporting
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; a Data Warehouse and an Analysis Cube are used for reporting purposes which you can configure to ensure the servers and jobs related to reporting are running correctly. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to manage reporting by editing information related to the Data Warehouse; Analysis Services; and Report Server.
-
Modifying a Process Template
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides various process templates that define the structure of a team project. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains how to modify a process template to suit your unique team process.
-
Shelvesets
Shelvesets allow you to suspend your work and set aside pending changes before checking files into Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS). In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to shelve and unshelve a file before checking it into TFS using the Shelve option in the Pending Changes page in Team Explorer.
-
Team Explorer Overview
In Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); the updates and enhancements to Team Explorer allow you to efficiently manage source code; work items; and builds; or create new team projects. In this video; Mickey Gousset highlights some of the different tasks you can perform based on the page you select in Team Explorer for TFS 2012.
-
Team Foundation Server Proxy
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can use the Team Foundation Server Proxy to make it easier for remote teams to retrieve information from Team Foundation Version Control. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to set up a proxy server to speed up access to files held within the Version Control system.
-
Working with Team Build
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can create and manage the information in a Build report. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Actions option to manage Build controllers; qualities; queues; and the information in the Build report.
-
Allocate Drive for Logs and Other Application Data
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to allocate a drive or directory for logs and other application data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a separate drive for logs and application-specific data.
-
Basic End User Training
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; it's useful for end-users to have some basic troubleshooting training for a point-of-sale device. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use DISM to construct a bootable image onto a USB drive to help users rebuild a point-of-sale structure automatically instead of having to call for support.
-
Branding Embedded System
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to brand an embedded system. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to brand an embedded system to identify it as a system belonging to a particular organization by displaying logos; colors; and other design features specific to the organization.
-
Capturing Configuration Using Lockdown Baseline Tool
In Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Lockdown Baseline Tool to capture the configuration of your lockdown and branding features. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Lab Baseline Generator to capture and deploy all the settings from your Windows Embedded System.
-
Changing the Default Shell for Windows Embedded System
You can configure a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system so that it opens in a custom shell. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to change the Default Shell for an Embedded system by using the Registry Editor.
-
Configure Boot Experience
In a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system; you can customize the user experience by configuring the Boot Experience. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to manipulate global settings using the BCD Editor in order to customize the Boot interface.
-
Configure Shell Launcher for Branding
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use PowerShell in administrator mode to configure the Shell Launcher for branding in Windows Embedded. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use PowerShell to launch branding by using shell launcher classes and custom shells.
-
Configuring Windows Embedded to Launch Applications
You can use the Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system to launch applications; as well as configure it so that the user has limited permissions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a user; configure and run an embedded app launcher; and define the directory structure to limit the user's permissions.
-
Customize Gesture Filter
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Gesture Filter to customize edge and corner gestures. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to enable and configure Gesture filters; as well as verify that they are working.
-
Disable Toast Filter Notification
In the Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry edition; the Toast Notification filter in an Embedded System can be disabled to prevent messages from confusing users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates different ways to disable Toast Notifications in a Windows Embedded System.
-
Embedded Lockdown Manager
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to use Embedded Lockdown Manager to block features in an embedded system. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates which features can and should be blocked and how to accomplish this using the GUI or a script in PowerShell.
-
Embedded Systems Use Cases
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to run applications displaying particular files when an embedded system launches. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to launch a particular file in a specific user context while restricting access to the operating system.
-
Finding AMUIDs
When using a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system; you can search for Windows Store Apps using the Application User Model IDs (AUMIDs). In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the methods used to identify the kinds of applications that use AUMIDs.
-
Image Creation
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to create system images for deployment to multiple machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Deployment Imaging and Servicing tool; which is a non-disruptive; file-based imaging tool.
-
Introduction to Windows Embedded Systems
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to create systems for use by the public. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the Embedded Lockdown Manager and other embedded features that can be used to protect and restrict unattended systems for use in kiosks in airports; malls; and other common areas.
-
Preparing Embedded System for Deployment
In the Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry edition; you can run the System Preparation Tool (Sysprep) to prepare the Embedded System for automatic deployment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to run the Sysprep tool so that the system can be deployed with the proper credentials and user and licensing information.
-
Protecting Processes in Windows Embedded Systems
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to protect processes in embedded systems. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to protect PowerShell processes and associate applications with admin users and standard users.
-
Protecting Volumes; Files; and Directories
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to protect volumes; files; and directories from unauthorized user access. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to enable the Unified Write Filter so that you can protect volumes and enable files to run in a specific context.
-
Protecting Windows Volumes Using Write Filters
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to protect Windows volumes from unauthorized user access. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use write filters to specify which users are able to access which programs and files.
-
Running Applications at Startup in Windows Embedded Systems
There are a number of ways to run applications at Startup in a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry System. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to run an application at Startup and explains how to create user limitations to protect the Embedded environment.
-
Schedule Task to Disable Cleanup During Sysprep
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Automated Deployment Kit to schedule tasks in order to avoid errors in deployments when cleanup tasks are being executed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Automated Deployment Kit to create tasks for eliminating errors; and how to run Out-Of-Box Experience.
-
Securing Windows Embedded Systems
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to secure embedded systems. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Control Panel and Group Policy to secure an embedded system so that only specific users have access to it.
-
Using BCDEdit to Customize Boot in Embedded Systems
In Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Boot Configuration Data Store Editor (BCDEDIT) tool to customize the boot configuration in the Embedded System. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how you can run bcdedit to change or save your boot configuration before you deploy the Embedded System to other locations.
-
Commanding
Commanding in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) is an input mechanism that allows you to define actions and then bind them to user controls throughout your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define commands in a ViewModel; before binding the commands to a Button and ListView control.
-
Controls – Layout with Panels
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides a built-in set of layout panels that allow you to arrange controls and help ensure the optimal usability of your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to manage the position and arrangement of elements in a WPF application using the main layout controls and their properties.
-
Controls Overview
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) includes controls representing the common UI components found in a Windows application that you can add to an application using XAML. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to add button; selection; user information; and input controls to a Grid using XAML.
-
Creating a Touch Application
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can create a touch application using a series of manipulation events. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use three manipulation events in WPF to create an application that allows users to move a rectangle around on a touchscreen.
-
Creating Animations with XAML
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can use XAML to create animations. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the XAML in WPF to create an animation that allows a rectangle to first fade out and then slide off to the right of the screen.
-
Data Binding Pattern Overview
The concept of data binding in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to consistently synchronize data between application elements and a variety of sources according to patterns which control the flow. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the fundamentals of data binding; before describing OneTime; OneWay; TwoWay; and OneWayToSources data binding patterns.
-
Data Binding WPF Controls
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to display data to the users of your application by binding data to WPF controls. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to bind data to a WPF TextBlock control that displays a string value to the user that gets updated after a specified period of time.
-
Deploying WPF Applications
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) applications can be deployed and updated using ClickOnce. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how you can install and customize ClickOnce to deploy and update WPF applications for your end users.
-
Events Overview
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides different mechanisms for handling an element tree. In this video; Sidney Andrews explains tunneling; bubbling; and direct events through an overview of routed events in a WPF application.
-
Formatting Bound Data
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to easily format bound data; presenting users with an expected and intuitive representation of string values. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the StringFormat property and present a run of formatted numeric strings.
-
Graphics Rendering
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can create hardware-accelerated graphics using Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use WPF to create simple 2-D geometric graphics from a series of geometric shapes. He also explains how more advanced graphics can be created by using polygons.
-
Implementing Styles
Styling in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to create a consistent look throughout your application by grouping a set of properties and assigning them to specific controls. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the BasedOn property to implicitly set a style to the style's target type when extending styles to controls in a XAML file.
-
Incorporating Audio and Video
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can control the way videos are rendered and how audio is played back on the video player using the MediaElement control. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the Media Element control to manually customize a video player in WPF.
-
Overview of Storyboarding and Animations with XAML
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can use XAML to create storyboards and animations. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use XAML to create a storyboard for the simple animation of a rectangle.
-
Page-based Navigation
Microsoft WPF allows you to build rich; interactive client applications; using a user-interface framework where you can build pages that allow you to navigate WPF applications. These pages function similarly to web-based pages. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to navigate pages in WPF.
-
Using ListView; DataGrid and TreeView
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides display controls that allow you to present large amounts of data in lists; grids; and tree structures within a data-bound WPF application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the ListView; DataGrid; and TreeView controls and their unique features.
-
Using Templates to Specify Controls
Defining a new ControlTemplate in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to customize the appearance and structure of the controls in your application rather than using the default templates that ship with WPF. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define a ControlTemplate for a Button control and apply the TemplateBinding markup extension.
-
Using XAML
Microsoft WPF provides a language called Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) which is an XML-based markup language that allows you to build desktop applications in much the same way you build a web application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates some of the characteristics of XAML and how to use it.
-
Windows
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to manage windows in standalone applications that are used to present data and gather information from users. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a window in XAML and use properties to manipulate its appearance; before creating a dialog box implementing the ShowDialog method.
-
Working with 3-D Graphics
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can easily create hardware-accelerated 3-D graphics with great flexibility and functionality. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create advanced 3-D geometric shapes for a range of applications.
-
Working with Events
Controls in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) expose a range of events that allow you to respond to the user's interaction with elements in your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and attach event handlers; and uses a XAML code example to explain routed event handling for a mouse input event.
-
Working with Resources
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) supports resources which are objects that can be reused throughout your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define a XAML resource and reference the resource within a ControlContent class.
-
Working with User Input
Input events in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) are an application of routed events designed to handle user input generally related to keyboard or mouse activity. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how tunnelling and bubbling pairs are used to preview and handle user input.
-
Controls – Menus and Tabs
Menu and TabControl in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to present numerous options in your application in a familiar way while utilizing minimal space. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement the Menu control and MenuItem to create selectable menu items; before using the TabControl and TabItem to generate a collection of tabs.
-
Controls – Rich Text controls
The RichTextBox control in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides MS Word-like authoring and editing capabilities to your WPF applications. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to display formatted text in a FlowDocument using the RichTextBox control in XAML; before retrieving unformatted text in a message box using C# code.
-
Using SQL Queries
When querying data using NHibernate; the most basic way is to work with direct SQL queries. In this video; Roger Weiss uses a SQL method off the session interface to tell NHibernate where to map the query results.
-
Using Structured Queries
In NHibernate; you can use the criteria API to create powerful structured queries. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use the CreateCriteria method to create a query using the ICriteria interface.
-
What is ?
NHibernate is a well known open source software development technology that enables data storage and retrieval in relational databases. In this video; Roger Weiss discusses what NHibernate is used for and some of the databases it supports.
-
A Comparison with Entity Framework
NHibernate and Entity Framework are two of the most popular object-relational mappers (ORMs); and with an understanding of their differences; .NET developers will be able to choose the appropriate technology when working with relational data. In this video; Roger Weiss compares the general; ORM specific and technical features of NHibernate with those of the Entity Framework.
-
Adding a Database and Assembly References
In Microsoft Visual Studio; you can easily add NHibernate assembly references; as well as a database; to a project. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates different ways to add NHibernate assembly references to a project and how to add and view a database.
-
Adding Mapping Assemblies to Configuration
The benefit of storing NHibernate configurations in an external file is that one can simply use a text editor to make changes without having to recompile the application. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to add mapping assemblies to configuration information.
-
Automapping
In NHibernate; you can do mappings via convention instead of configuration. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the AutoMap class to find the entities on which it must perform the auto mapping.
-
Bulk Operations Using HQL
NHibernate allows you to perform bulk operations efficiently when querying large sets of data in tables by using Hibernate Query Language (HQL). In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create a Query object using the HQL syntax; as well as how to use the executeUpdate() method with UPDATE and INSERT statements to execute bulk updates.
-
Callbacks
NHibernate supports the ILifecycle interface for providing callbacks that allow you to perform operations on a persistent entity class when the relevant lifecycle event is triggered. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to implement ILifecycle methods and receive callbacks from NHibernate; as well as how to prevent and operation by returning LifecycleVeto.Veto.
-
Configuring by Code
It's possible for you configure NHibernate to suit your needs by using code. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to call classes to configure NHibernate.
-
Configuring Using App.Config
When configuring NHibernate; the alternative to the XML Configuration file is to use an App.Config file. Steps in this process include declaring a new config session; referencing the NHibernate assemblies; and instantiating a new configuration class. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to configure NHibernate using App.Config.
-
Configuring Using XML
You can use an external XML configuration file to configure NHibernate to connect to a database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to add an external configuration file to a project and then how to configure NHibernate to use a connection string in the file to connect to a specified database.
-
Controlling Changes via Transactions
NHibernate allows you to maintain consistency by using transactions to batch multiple operations and commit them as if they were a single unit with an "all-or-nothing" approach. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to execute multiple updates on database records using a transaction; commit the transaction; as well as roll back the transaction if a failure occurs.
-
Fluent Configuration
You can use Fluent as an alternative to NHibernate configurations. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to configure Fluent as a simpler option to working with NHibernate.
-
Fluent Mapping
Fluent NHibernate can be used as an alternative to XML mapping. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create mappings using the Fluent interface; and by using code.
-
Grouping; Sorting and Limiting Query Results
NHibernate allows you to perform advanced filtering operations on a database using LINQ to NHibernate's querying capabilities that include grouping; sorting; and limiting results. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use the OrderBy() and GroupBy() methods to order a filtered set; perform paging; and group the elements of a sequence.
-
Interceptors and Listeners
NHibernate supports a comprehensive eventing system that allows you to react to certain events as they occur; using Interceptors and Listeners. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to attach an Interceptor to override OnLoad and OnPrepareStatement events; and audit updates and inserts to the database by implementing the IPreUpdateEventListener and IPreInsertEventListener interfaces.
-
Mapping CRUD Behavior
NHiberate allows Create; Read; Update; and Delete (CRUD) actions on databases to be cascaded to associated entities. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how NHibernate's Cascade.Persist and Cascade.Remove options enable update and delete operations to persist through related database entities.
-
Mapping for Concurrency
NHiberate allows databases updated by multiple users to resolve concurrency issues using pessimistic locking and optimistic concurrency. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates the features; benefits; and drawbacks of pessimistic locking and optimistic concurrency at the API and database level.
-
Mapping Identifiers
NHibernate provides a range of built-in generator classes that allow you to generate unique identifiers for persisting data. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create tables implementing different primary key strategies; before mapping the identifiers and inserting entities into the database.
-
Mapping Inherited Models
NHiberate allows domain models comprising base class and subclass hierarchies to persist in the database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how NHibernate uses a discriminated database column to conditionally map an inheritance tree to a single database table.
-
Mapping Stored Procedures and Views
NHiberate is able to invoke stored database procedures or views and map the results to a domain object. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how NHibernate uses the hibernate-mapping XML file and GetNamedQuery() method to map and invoke stored procedures.
-
Recommended Practices
NHibernate is a flexible solution offering various approaches to database mapping; and by following a few recommended techniques you'll be able to leverage its benefits. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use an external configuration file; set up mappings; and practice recommended techniques when using LINQ query methods in an NHibernate session.
-
Saving One-to-Many Class Mappings
NHibernate allows you to maintain valid foreign key references and map one-to-many relationships where a single entity is related to many occurrences in another entity. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to insert a new record in one table and maintain a foreign key reference to another table using NHibernate.
-
Saving Simple Class Mappings
With existing class mappings in place; NHibernate allows you to easily insert; update; and delete records in a database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to set up mappings; use the Save() and Flush() methods to insert new records; and update existing records using the Update() and SaveOrUpdate() methods within an NHibernate session.
-
Second Level Caching
In NHibernate; you can enable caching at entity and at query level so that it spans multiple sessions in the sessionFactory. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use SQL in the console to monitor cached queries.
-
Setting Up an IDE; Tools; and Drivers
When getting started with NHibernate; you can use NuGet to download NHibernate binaries into a project; or you can download the binaries directly from the sourceforge website. To view tables within a database; you require a tool such as the SQL Toolbox. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to download NHibernate binaries and install the SQLite Toolbox add-on.
-
Setting Up Master-Detail Mappings
In NHibernate; it is possible to perform complex mapping by using master-detail mapping which allows you to execute multiple tasks. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create a many-to-one master-detail mapping relationship.
-
Single Table Mapping
To retrieve data from a database; NHibernate must create a map between tables. To do this you need an entity class and a mapping file. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create a single table map.
-
The Active Record Pattern
NHiberate supports the active record architectural pattern; whereby in-memory data objects are stored in and accessed from database tables according to their own logic. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to install; initialize; and implement the Castle ActiveRecord pattern.
-
The Code First Approach
NHibernate supports the Code First approach that allows you to define your models and class mappings in code; thereby providing a contract for schema generation to the database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to establish mappings; configure a connection to an empty database; and create tables in the database using Code First principles in NHibernate.
-
The Database First Approach
NHibernate supports the Database First approach; whereby models and mapping files are created from an existing database. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the NHibernate Mapping Generator (NMG) utility to generate NHibernate mapping files and their relevant entity classes; before including the models and mappings into a console application and querying the database.
-
The Repository Pattern
In NHibernate; the Repository Pattern manages the interaction between the domain and the data mapping layers. It allows you to add; delete; or modify objects on the Repository; as well as perform queries. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to abstract the NHibernate-specific persistence layer using a Repository Pattern.
-
The Unit of Work Pattern
In NHibernate; the UnitOfWork is responsible for persisting the changes that it has accumulated as one bulk operation. In this video; Roger Weis demonstrates how to use the UnitOfWork Pattern together with a Repository Pattern to commit and rollback transactions.
-
Using HQL Queries
In NHibernate; you can use HQL (Hibernate Query Language) to query your database in a fashion that is agonistic to your database. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the join command to explore a complex HQL example that includes a CreateQuery method; result transformer; and a foreach loop.
-
Using IoC Containers to Instantiate Sessions
NHiberate allows IoC (inversion of control) containers to instantiate sessions using dependency injection. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to register classes managing operations against a domain with an IoC which; when instantiated; inject the required dependencies.
-
Using LINQ Queries
NHibernate supports Language-Integrated Query (LINQ); allowing you to write queries against strongly typed data sources using LINQ query extension methods. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use LINQ in the context of NHibernate to return a list of results; perform eager fetching; and execute a subset query.
-
Using Mapping Attributes
Instead of the NHibernate XML mapping file you can use NHibernate Mapping Attributes to help alleviate the use of your mapping file. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to implement mapping attributes by using the Hbm Serializer class.
-
Using in a WCF Service
When using NHibernate in a WCF Service; you can tell NHibernate where to store the session by specifying the default session context. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to integrate NHibernate into a WCF application by storing the session in the operation context.
-
Using in an ASP.NET Web Forms Application
You can use NHibernate in a classic web form application. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the session per request pattern to open a session for every HTTP request.
-
Using in ASP.NET MVC and WebAPI Applications
When using NHibernate in an ASP.NET MVC or Web API Application; you can use the Action Filters to attach code to an action when it's about to be executed; or when it's finished executing. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to integrate NHibernate into a web project; using the Action Filters.
-
Using QueryOver
NHibernate QueryOver is an up-to-date API that provides a type-safe wrapper on the existing Criteria API; so you can use extension methods and lambda expressions to eliminate magic strings from your queries. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use lambda expressions with the QueryOver() method when selecting and adding joins to queries.
-
Logging Activity
NHiberate allows SQL and other output to be logged through the Hibernate configuration file; NHibernate configuration code; or log4net logging tool. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to enable logging by specifying the appropriate NHibernate properties; and then installs and configures the log4net logging tool.
-
Mapping by Code
In NHibernate; you can now use NHibernate's native mapping by code as an alternative to NHibernate mapping files. In this video; Roger Weiss uses an XML mapping file to compare code with a mapping by code file.
-
Mapping Column and DataTypes
NHibernate maps to and converts complex database types to equivalent .NET types; and maps and converts complex .NET types to compatible database types. In this video; Roger Weiss uses NHibernate's mapping capabilities to write data to and from a database.
-
Security-Transparent Code in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use transparency as an enforcement mechanism.
-
Common Threats to .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common threats to .NET applications.
-
Creating a Secure .NET Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use secure coding techniques to create a .NET application.
-
Encrypting and Decrypting Data in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the process for encrypting and decrypting data.
-
GenericPrincipal and GenericIdentity Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to compare GenericPrincipal and GenericIdentity Objects.
-
Imperative Security Checks
After watching this video; you will be able to use imperative security checks in .NET.
-
Microsoft Secure Development Lifecycle (SDL)
After watching this video; you will be able to define what the Microsoft Secure Development Lifecycle (SDL) is.
-
Permissions and Role-based Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure permissions for Role-based Security.
-
Replacing Principal Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the purpose of replacing Principal objects.
-
Secure Coding in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of Secure coding in the .NET Framework.
-
Securing ASP.NET Web Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to create secure ASP.NET web forms.
-
Securing Data Access in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to secure access to a data source.
-
Security Tools for .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe common security tools to be used with .NET.
-
The .NET Cryptography Model
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the main features of the .NET cryptography model.
-
Using Hash Codes for Data Integrity in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to specify how to use hash codes in a .NET application.
-
Using Keys for Encryption in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to configure data encryption using keys.
-
Working with Partially Trusted Code in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to configure your .NET application to use partially trusted code.
-
Link Demands and CAS
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the relationship between link demands and CAS.
-
.NET Framework Security
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key features of security in the .NET Framework.
-
.NET Security Namespaces
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe the key .NET security namespaces.
-
ASP.NET Code Access Security
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the main features of CAS.
-
Authentication in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how authentication works in .NET.
-
CAS Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure code access security in a .NET application.
-
Working with the WindowsPrincipal Object
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use the WindowsPrincipal object in .NET.
-
Impersonation in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how impersonation works in .NET.
-
Applying Programming Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to create code that utilizes if-then-else statements; switch statements; and generates random numbers.
-
ASP.NET State Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the state management fundamentals in ASP.NET for preserving data on a page level and application level.
-
Client-side vs. Server-side Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the differences between client-side and server-side programming and the benefits associated with each.
-
Connecting to Data Stores
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to an XML data store programatically.
-
Create JavaScript Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the fundamental concepts associated with the object-oriented programming paradigm and the JavaScript programming language.
-
Creating a Windows Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Windows Service in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Creating Entity Relationship Diagrams
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the purpose of entity relationship diagrams and their associated components.
-
Creating Stored Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to create and access a stored procedure.
-
Creating Windows Store Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to explain considerations for creating Windows Store apps.
-
Database Connection Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various types of data stores such as flat files and XML files.
-
Entity Relationship Diagrams
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the purpose of entity relationship diagrams and their associated components.
-
Exercise: Creating a C# Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic C# program that uses methods; classes and constructors.
-
Exercise: Using Windows Store Apps and Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the fundamental concepts associated with Windows Store Apps and databases; including stored procedures and normalization.
-
How to Create a Windows Store App
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Windows Store app in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Installing and Uninstalling Windows Services
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the install and uninstall procedures when working with Windows Services.
-
Introduction to Console-based Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the characteristics of a console-based application and the situations when console applications are beneficial.
-
Introduction to Database Normalization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what normalization is and identify the benefits it provides.
-
Introduction to Encapsulation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe encapsulation and how it can be used to restrict access to data.
-
Introduction to Windows Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics of a Windows Services application and how they differ from other applications created using Visual Studio.
-
Normalization Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different levels of normal forms and the advantages and disadvantages of each.
-
Planning a Windows Store App
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key stages in the design process when planning a Windows Store app.
-
RDBMS Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the core concepts of RDBMS; including primary; foreign and unique keys; and relationship types.
-
SOAP Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of SOAP and the role it plays in ASP.NET development.
-
SQL Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and write basic SQL statements for reading; writing; and editing data in a database.
-
User Interface Design
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key elements to consider when creating the UI for a Windows Store app.
-
Using SQL
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new SQL database; import SQL data and use SQL commands to access a database.
-
Web Hosting with IIS
After watching this video; you will be able to install Internet Information Services (IIS) and verify web server functionality.
-
Web Page Life Cycle and Event Model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the life cycle and event model of an ASP.NET web page.
-
Web Server Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to create virtual directories and web sites and access them from a client application.
-
Web Service Definition Language (WSDL)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of WSDL and the role it plays in ASP.NET development.
-
Windows Store App Gestures
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the types of gestures available to a Windows Store app.
-
Windows and Web Application Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the fundamental concepts required for creating Windows and web applications.
-
Creating a Console-based Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a console application in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Add a New Configuration
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; it's easy to create and manage new test configurations using Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to explore existing configurations; and how to add and define a new one.
-
Adding and Removing Parameters
In Visual Studio test cases; you can create test steps containing parameters in order to ensure that the application being tested is in keeping with the requirements of the client. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add and remove parameters; and refine test steps within a test case.
-
Adding Attachments and Links
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add attachments and links to test cases for testing in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can add and delete attachments and links to provide more context to a test case.
-
Adding Screenshots
When performing Exploratory Testing sessions while performing Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can capture screenshots and add them to your test session observations. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to take two different kinds of screenshots; edit them; and save them to your Exploratory Test session.
-
Adding Test Step Attachments
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add attachments to test steps in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add an image as an attachment to provide more detail for other people who may be executing your test steps.
-
Adding Tested Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add test cases to test a range of requirements in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can test a number of requirements by using test cases.
-
Adding the Test Case Description and History
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add descriptions and a history to a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can add additional details to the Description and History fields of a test case.
-
Adding Video and Audio Recording
When Testing Software with Visual Studio; you can record the audio and video from the session in order to gather additional information for the summary; such as when unusual or complex bugs have been identified. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add video and audio recording to an Exploratory Test session; in Visual Studio.
-
Analyzing Bug Reports
Visual Studio has in-built reports that allow you to carefully monitor bug metrics during software development. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to analyze Visual Studio bug reports.
-
Analyzing by Test Suite and Configuration
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can view the status of your Test Plan Results using a number of Configurations. In this video; Steve Borg opens the Test Plan Results to see the existing Test Results according to Test Suites and Configurations.
-
Analyzing Reports
Visual Studio can provide you with various reports on testing that can be extracted from Team Foundation Server. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates where to find test reports in Microsoft Test Manager; on the Web; and using Excel to connect to the online analytical processing (OLAP) cube.
-
Analyzing Work Items
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can view what work has occurred between any two Builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to analyze Work Items by viewing the items used and checked in by the Developers; and then performing a work item association between Builds.
-
Assign and Compare Build to Test Plan
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to define a test environment and assign builds against what you're testing so you can make comparisons of what you've tested over time. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to work with builds and build filters in a test environment.
-
Assigning Test Cases
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can design test cases for your software testing. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can design a test case by specifying the fields in the Status and Classification areas in Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Assigning Testers
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can assign test cases to individual testers from within a web browser or Microsoft Test Manager (MTM). In this video; Steve Borg uses the Assign feature in MTM to assign a tester to a test case.
-
Bulk Authoring of Test Cases by Using a Grid View
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can edit; add; and delete test cases in the grid view on the Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 website. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Grid view in Team Foundation Server to perform bulk authoring of test cases.
-
Clone Test Plans
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to clone test plans if you want to examine two versions of an app simultaneously. You can create a clone and make changes to work items within it; before comparing it to the test plans. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to clone a test plan.
-
Cloning Test Suites from the Command Line
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can use Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) or the command prompt to clone test suites from one test plan to another. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Test Case Manager (TCM) tool to clone a test suite from the command prompt.
-
Comparing the Current Build
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can easily compare the current Build with previous Builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to open the Test Plan in MTM and compare two Builds.
-
Copying Test Suites
When testing software in Visual Studio; it is possible to copy and modify existing test suites. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to copy; paste; edit; save; and delete test suites in Visual Studio.
-
Create a New Test Plan
Using Visual Studio; you can perform software testing; which allows you to verify that a software package is functioning as it should. Before performing testing; you need to create a test plan – this is simply a container around all the tests you need to run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a test plan.
-
Create a Test Environment
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to define a test environment in which you can perform software testing. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to define a test environment and also specify which machines will participate in the environment.
-
Create Multiple Test Settings
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to configure test settings so you can decide how much data you want to collect when manual and automated tests are run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure multiple test settings files.
-
Create Test Settings
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to set up test settings so that you can decide how much data you want to collect when manual and automated tests are run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure test settings.
-
Creating a Parameter Variable
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create parameter variables for a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add parameter values to a test case.
-
Creating a Test Suite Hierarchy
In Microsoft Visual Studio; there are a few common misconceptions regarding hierarchies; test cases and test suites that you may have come across. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to build hierarchies; and discusses their relation to test cases and test suites.
-
Creating Action Recording for Shared Steps
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; one of the best things about shared steps is the fast-forward for manual testing. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Play button to fast-forward manual tests in conjunction with the shared steps editor.
-
Creating Copies of Environments
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; Lab manager also supports System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) environments. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Deploy option to list available environments and deploy the SCVMM environment.
-
Creating Expected Results
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create an expected result for each test step of a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a meaningful and specific expected result for a test step.
-
Creating New Environments
Visual Studio provides you with tools to easily create new environments for software testing. These can then also be deployed or connected to via remote access. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a new environment in Visual Studio for testing purposes.
-
Creating Query-Based Test Suites
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; the Query-based test suite is often used to create a collection of related test cases that satisfy a particular query and should be tested together. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create and configure a new Query-based test suite.
-
Creating Repeatable Test Actions
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create repeatable test steps for test cases in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can create repeatable test steps that can be executed and tested by multiple developers.
-
Creating Requirement-Based Test Suites
Requirements-based testing in Software Testing with Visual Studio; allows you to align your test cases with a particular requirement or category. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a Requirements-based test suite and how to add a test case to it.
-
Creating Shared Steps
When doing Software Testing in Microsoft Visual Studio; shared steps are used to eliminate duplication between test cases. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create shared steps.
-
Creating Static Test Suites
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; a Static test suite allows you to manually arrange test cases into a suite. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to construct a Static test suite and add new test cases to it.
-
Creating Work Item Queries
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create work item queries using MTM. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create new work items; create; save; and specify the flat query; and also work with work item queries to help get information about the development process.
-
Customizing Out-of-the-Box Reports
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you may want to change or customize your Out-of-the-Box Reports to be more specific. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to make changes to the parameters of your Out-of-the-Box Reports in order to customize them to your particular needs.
-
Customizing Test Results Fields in MTM
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can customize your test results fields in Microsoft Test Manager (MTM). In this video; Steve Borg uses the Developer Command Prompt to add new fields to the failure types and the resolution drop-down lists.
-
Define Configurations Overview
Visual Studio allows testing of software against multiple configurations; using different browsers and different hardware. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates a few configuration options for testing; including Windows 8.
-
Designing Test Cases
Visual Studio provides you with tools to create efficient test cases; which are fundamental in successful software testing procedures. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to design test cases in Visual Studio.
-
Executing Test Case in a Lab Environment
Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to run automated tests on environments in different ways; increasing time efficiency during the testing process. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to run an automated test from within the MTM.
-
Exploring by Work Item
When using Visual Studio to test software; as well as the broader domain testing; you can also get information by testing against particular work items. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to test against a work item; and then open and examine any bugs found.
-
Generating a Test Case from Test
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can easily generate Test Cases from within your test session. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a Test Case from within a Visual Studio Exploratory Testing session.
-
Generating Bugs
When using Visual Studio to test software; you can easily record bugs from within your test session. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to record a bug from within a Visual Studio Exploratory Testing session.
-
Identifying Areas with Low Quality
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; it is important for the Tester to be able to identify areas of Low Quality code. There are various tools to help you with this task. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to identify Low Quality code by using your experience as a Tester; as well as the tools in MTM and TFS.
-
Identifying Test Plan Status
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; there are a number of different ways to understand the Test Plan Status. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the two basic ways to understand the Status of your Test Plan.
-
Inline Editing of Tests during Test Execution
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can edit your tests during test execution. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Edit feature to change the Click Submit option to Click Save.
-
Manage Configuration Variables
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create and define configuration variables such as browser type; browser version; operating system; and chip type. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to manage existing configuration variables and how to add and define a new variable.
-
Managing Bug Flow
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can use different templates to process bugs based on the workflow structure of your organization. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can manage the bug processing procedure by using the Scrum Process; CMMI; and Agile Process templates.
-
Managing Test Case Workflow
When performing Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can manage the workflow of a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can manage and automate the workflow of a test case as it goes through its lifecycle.
-
Managing Test Suites by Using a Web Browser
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can control and manage your test suites; cases; and plans. In this video; Steve Borg uses a Microsoft Team Foundation Server web site to add a new test suite with additional or existing test cases.
-
Manually Testing Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Test Manager in Visual Studio allows you to record against Windows 8.1 applications when testing them. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up and perform exploratory testing on a remote device using specified test data.
-
Ordering Test Cases within a Test Suite
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can order test cases within a test suite. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Order tab to change the order of test cases in the Intro test suite.
-
Parameterizing Test Cases
In Visual Studio; parameterizing your test cases allows you to run the same test multiple times with different data. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates why parameterization is important in software testing and how it is applied in test cases.
-
Deleting Configurations
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can completely remove a configuration that you're not using by deleting it. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to delete a configuration that's no longer in use and how you are protected against accidently deleting one that is still in use.
-
Designing Shared Steps
In Software Testing in Microsoft Visual Studio; shared steps are used to avoid repetition in test cases. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to design useful shared steps.
-
Perform Ad Hoc Exploratory Testing
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; performing ad hoc testing allows you to identify bugs that may not be tied to a test case yet. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to perform ad hoc exploratory testing.
-
Performing Bulk Updates in Microsoft Excel
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can perform Bulk Updates in Microsoft Excel. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use different methods in Excel and Team Explorer to copy; paste; edit; and then update a variety of work items.
-
Renaming and Deleting Parameters
In Software Testing in Microsoft Visual Studio; parameters can be renamed and deleted. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to rename and delete parameters.
-
Reviewing Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; requirements provide you with a guide to ensure that the expectations of users for the software have been met. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to review requirements within Visual Studio.
-
Running Tests from a Browser
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can also run your tests from a browser. In this video; Steve Borg uses Internet Explorer to run tests that you would normally run in Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Running Tests on Remote Environments
With Visual Studio; you can run tests on remote environments. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to run tests and gather data from remote environments allowing you to easily gather useful data; without having to run the tests from inside the environment itself.
-
Running Tests with Options
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can override default settings and set up options to run tests. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Run with options feature to run a test case with specified options.
-
Select Data and Diagnostics
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) allows you to configure test settings so you can decide how much data you want to collect when manual and automated tests are run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure options available in the Data and Diagnostics roles.
-
Select Test Properties
Using Visual Studio; you can perform software testing; which allows you to verify that a software package is functioning as it should. Once you have created a test plan; you can configure various options and properties; such as its working state; and start and end dates. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates some test plan properties.
-
Selecting Configurations
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can assign configurations to test cases using Microsoft Test Manager (MTM). In this video; Steve Borg uses the Configurations button to select configurations for test cases.
-
Selecting the Build in Use
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; any changes made to code requires the rerunning of a test. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Recommended tests link on the Track tab to reset tests to active so that they can be run again.
-
Setting Configuration States
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; when you no longer need to perform an individual test; you can change the state of a test configuration to inactive. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change the state of a test configuration from active to inactive.
-
Setting Default Configurations
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can take individual test configurations and make them defaults. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Microsoft Test Manager to select an active test configuration and add it as a default for a new test case.
-
Setting Test Run States
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; test cases can have different states; which include active; passing; failing; blocked; and not applicable. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Analyze Test Runs feature to analyze manual test runs and experiment with completed and needs investigation states for a test.
-
Shared Steps Overview
Visual Studio allows you to create shared steps that can be edited in one location; and automatically updated across all test cases; within the software testing process. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how shared steps are applied during the software testing process.
-
Test Suite Types
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; test cases that are related in some way can be arranged into test suites. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the three types of test suites and the types of test cases found in each suite.
-
The Importance of Test Case Fast Forwarding
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; the test case fast forwarding feature allows you to speed up the manual testing process by partially automating certain elements within the test case. In this video; Steven Borg demonstrates how to use test case fast forwarding within Visual Studio.
-
Tracking Bug Metrics
Visual Studio provides you with tools to monitor; manage; and report on bug metrics during the software testing process. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use a query to access bug metric data in Visual Studio.
-
Updating the Status of Multiple Test Cases
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can update the status of multiple test cases to pass; fail; or block. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Block test button to mark a test case as blocked.
-
Validating Expected Results
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add comments and screenshots when validating expected results. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Details tab to verify that a screenshot and comment were added to the expected results.
-
Validating Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can validate whether a requirement is capable of going to production. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Results window to view the coverage of a requirement.
-
Verifying All Accounted Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you have more than one option to validate the coverage of test plan requirements. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Results option to validate the coverage for all the requirements in a test plan.
-
Verifying Bugs
Because of the interrelationship between Test Cases and bugs created whilst Testing Software with Visual Studio; you can very easily verify whether bugs have been corrected from within Visual Studio. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to verify whether bugs have been corrected during your software tests.
-
Verifying Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can use your organisation's acceptance criteria to verify requirements. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Result tab to verify requirements by referring to the test result summary.
-
Viewing Test Plan Results in MTM
In Software Testing in Visual Studio; you can use MTM to view the Results for your existing Test Plan. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to interpret the Test Plan Results in MTM.
-
Work Item Relationships
In Software Testing with Visual Studio the Work Items in TFS are interrelated and have dependencies with each other. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how as a Tester you can exploit these links.
-
Working with Out-of-the-Box Reports
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; Out-of-the-Box Reports allow you to easily see the progress of your testing. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the Out-of-the-Box Reports in the SQL Server Reporting Services site; as well as other Reports that ship with CMMI.
-
Connect to Your Mobile Service
After watching this video; you will be able to implement calls to your mobile service from a client app.
-
Consume a RESTful Service
After watching this video; you will be able to consume a remote REST service from your app.
-
Create a Background Task
After watching this video; you will be able to use background tasks in your application.
-
Creating a RESTful Service
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a service using RESTful system.
-
Creating Class Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to place reusable code in a library.
-
Creational Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common creational patterns and their uses.
-
Cryptographic Signatures
After watching this video; you will be able to digitally sign data.
-
Cryptography Concepts
After watching this video; you will be able to identify concepts central to cryptography and how you can use them.
-
Data Roaming Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features and benefits of roaming profiles.
-
Debugging a Background Task
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot and debug your background task.
-
Develop an MVVM Model
After watching this video; you will be able to create the Data Model component of the MVVM pattern.
-
Develop an MVVM View
After watching this video; you will be able to create the View class component of the MVVM pattern.
-
Develop an MVVM ViewModel
After watching this video; you will be able to create the ViewModel component of the MVVM pattern.
-
Develop Class Interactions
After watching this video; you will be able to connect the components of the MVVM.
-
Device Orientation
After watching this video; you will be able to determine the orientation of the device running your app.
-
Display Capture
After watching this video; you will be able to enable your application to record the device display.
-
Encrypting and Decrypting Data
After watching this video; you will be able to encrypt and decrypt digital data.
-
File Access
After watching this video; you will be able to access and manage files and folders.
-
File Permissions and Locations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify file storage locations and access permissions.
-
Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between architectures; patterns; and frameworks.
-
Generating a Cryptographic Hash
After watching this video; you will be able to create a hash for use in authenticating data.
-
Generating Asymmetric Key Pairs
After watching this video; you will be able to create an asymmetric cryptographic key pair.
-
Generating Symmetric Keys
After watching this video; you will be able to create a symmetric cryptographic key.
-
Global Assembly Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the purpose of the global assembly cache.
-
Handle Task Completion
After watching this video; you will be able to respond to the completion of a background task.
-
Introduction to MVVM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits and applications of the MVVM pattern.
-
Introduction to Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of version control systems.
-
Media Recording
After watching this video; you will be able to use CameraCaptureUI to record images and video in your app.
-
Message Authentication Codes
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure transmitted messages haven't been tampered with.
-
OneDrive Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of using OneDrive.
-
Receive a Link
After watching this video; you will be able to receive links from other apps.
-
Receive Files
After watching this video; you will be able to receive files from other applications.
-
Repository Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to use repositories to represent data.
-
Resume Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to correctly handle resuming from a suspended state.
-
Routing and Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to obtain and display directions and location.
-
Run in Isolation
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app that runs in isolation.
-
Scaling Services
After watching this video; you will be able to scale your Azure-based Service.
-
Scaling SQL Server
After watching this video; you will be able to scale a SQL Server DB.
-
Scheduling Backend Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to create tasks to be executed on a defined schedule.
-
Security Transparency
After watching this video; you will be able to adhere to security transparency in your app.
-
Share a Link
After watching this video; you will be able to share links and other URIs with other apps.
-
Share Files
After watching this video; you will be able to share files to other applications.
-
Strong Named Assemblies
After watching this video; you will be able to sign an assembly using a strong name.
-
Structural Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common structural patterns and their applications.
-
Suspend Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to correctly handle when your app loses focus.
-
Sync and Reconnect
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your app handles offline operations and reconnecting.
-
Tiles; Toasts; and Badges
After watching this video; you will be able to create a dynamic application tile using Adaptive Templates.
-
Unit of Work Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to use unit of work patterns to coordinate repositories.
-
Update Live Tiles
After watching this video; you will be able to update the live tile for your application.
-
Updating Live Tiles
After watching this video; you will be able to change the content of a live tile from a background task.
-
Uploading Images to Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to store images on Azure storage.
-
Use Offline Data
After watching this video; you will be able to access cached database objects when offline.
-
Using Authentication Brokers
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to third-party authentication sources.
-
Using Binding Contexts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe binding contexts and their use.
-
Using Biometrics
After watching this video; you will be able to access biometric hardware for identity verification and authentication.
-
Using Code Access Security
After watching this video; you will be able to implement code that behaves in a secure manner.
-
Using Contacts
After watching this video; you will be able to access and modify contacts.
-
Using Credential Locker
After watching this video; you will be able to store and retrieve service credentials using the Credential Locker.
-
Using Geofencing
After watching this video; you will be able to set up and respond to geofences.
-
Using OpenID
After watching this video; you will be able to use OpenID in an Azure web application.
-
Using RESTful Services
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to a RESTful service from your application.
-
Using Roaming Data
After watching this video; you will be able to implement data roaming in your app.
-
Using SD Cards
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the possibilities and limitations of using SD card storage.
-
Using Single Sign-On in Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to implement single sign-on.
-
Using Windows Hello
After watching this video; you will be able to use advanced biometric technologies in your app.
-
Version Control Using Git
After watching this video; you will be able to use Git to manage your software development.
-
Version Control Using TFVC
After watching this video; you will be able to use Use Team Foundation Version Control to manage your software development.
-
Viewing and Downloading Logs
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of application and server logs to troubleshoot problems.
-
Working Offline
After watching this video; you will be able to create apps that allow working offline.
-
Working with Graphics Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to use and manipulate 3-D objects.
-
Access Appointments
After watching this video; you will be able to access and modify appointments.
-
Accessing Files on an SD Card
After watching this video; you will be able to work with files on an SD card.
-
Adding an App Splash Screen
After watching this video; you will be able to add flair to your app with a splash screen.
-
Additional Behavioral Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe additional behavioral patterns and their applications.
-
Animating Objects with Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to use storyboards to control object animations.
-
Architectures
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common architectures and when to use them.
-
Assembly Names
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the components and importance of assembly names.
-
Asynchronous Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to work with tasks that don't return immediately.
-
Azure Disaster Recovery
After watching this video; you will be able to handle and recover from failures.
-
Azure Single Sign-On
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of third-party SSO.
-
Behavioral Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common behavioral patterns and their uses.
-
Cloud Design Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud design patterns and their applications.
-
Code Access Security
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the code security features of UWP.
-
Configuring Web Apps from Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the configuration of your web app from Visual Studio.
-
Using the RelativePanel
After watching this video; you will be able to use the RelativePanel control to implement a layout in a universal Windows app.
-
Using the Resources Property
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Resources property to declare resources for reuse.
-
Using the Search Contract
After watching this video; you will be able to implement search using a SearchBox control.
-
Accessing OneDrive with File Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to enable a file picker in a universal Windows app to be used to manipulate OneDrive files.
-
Advanced Inking
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for advanced inking using different devices in universal Windows apps.
-
Altering GridView Controls Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to alter the default layout of a GridView control and with the ListView control.
-
App Design and ALM
After watching this video; you will be able to identify design considerations and ALM processes for universal Windows Apps.
-
Changing a Control's Appearance
After watching this video; you will be able to adjust a button elements ControlTemplate to change its visual appearance.
-
Coded UI Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a coded UI test for a universal Windows app.
-
Control Template States
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the visual states of a control by redefining animations in a control's ControlTemplate.
-
Creating Resource Dictionaries
In Windows Store Apps; you can create a Resource Dictionary; set its properties; and then use them in the app. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create the Resource Dictionary.
-
Facial Expressions Recognition
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for facial expressions recognition in universal Windows apps.
-
Flat and Hierarchical Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to use emulators to evaluate windowing implementations for universal Windows apps.
-
Grouping Data with GridView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to group data using the GridView control in a universal Windows app.
-
Implementing Resource Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to implement resource templates in universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to implement resources to support globalization and localization in an universal Windows app.
-
Implementing the Contact Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a Contact picker in a universal Windows app.
-
Localizing Graphic Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to localize graphic resources in a universal Windows app.
-
Localizing Text Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to localize text resources in a universal Windows app.
-
Localizing User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to implement localization of user input in universal Windows apps.
-
Navigation Bars
After watching this video; you will be able to Implement the Hub control in universal Windows apps.
-
On-page Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to implement navigation bars in universal Windows apps.
-
Opening Files Using a File Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to use a file picker with filters within a universal Windows app to open single and multiple files.
-
Resources and Resource Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to use resources and resource dictionaries; and learn what can be declared as a resource.
-
Resources in Code Behind Files
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use resources in code behind files and access named resources directly.
-
Saving Files Using a File Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to save files using a file picker in a universal Windows app.
-
Specifying the Window Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to implement support for window size changes; including adaptive layout and flow control; in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Cortana Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for Cortana integration in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Different Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Semantic Zoom in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Digital Pen Input
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for digital pen input in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Gaze Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for gaze tracking in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Inking
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for inking using different devices in universal Windows apps with DirectInk.
-
Supporting Keyboard Input
After watching this video; you will be able to enable support for keyboard and virtual keyboard input in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Mouse Input
After watching this video; you will be able to use mouse events in a universal Windows app.
-
Supporting Speech Recognition
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for speech recognition in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Speech Synthesis
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for speech synthesis in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Touch Input
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for touch input in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Voice Commands
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for voice commands including control of apps and devices in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Window Size Changes
After watching this video; you will be able to implement support for different screen sizes and resolutions including window size and shape and screen dpi in universal Windows apps.
-
Testing Against Use Cases
After watching this video; you will be able to implement testing against defined use cases for universal Windows apps.
-
The Hub Control
After watching this video; you will be able to define and implement flat and hierarchical navigation in universal Windows apps.
-
Using Emulators
After watching this video; you will be able to query the ApplicationView class to find out an apps window mode and current dimensions.
-
Using PointerPoint & PointerDevice
After watching this video; you will be able to use PointerPoint and PointerDevice in universal Windows apps.
-
Setting Up Headers with ListView
After watching this video; you will be able to set up a header using ListView and GridView controls.
-
Supporting Touch Gestures
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for touch gestures in universal Windows apps.
-
Async and the Await Keyword
Asynchronous programming in Visual Studio 2012 helps you improve application response times and avoid performance bottlenecks. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the await keyword to implement async functionality.
-
CSS Editor Improvements
Improvements to the CSS editor in Visual Studio 2012 make it easier for you to enhance the look and formatting features of applications you create. In this video; Joe Barrett uses CSS features including the color picker; IntelliSense; and code snippets to format the look of the application being created.
-
Deploying with Install Shield
InstallShield enables you to quickly and easily deploy software you created in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett configures InstallShield to download and register an application as well as install a project on Windows 8 so that the application appears as a Desktop shortcut and as a Windows 8 tile.
-
Facebook Logins
The Facebook SDK enables you to integrate Facebook logins with applications you build in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Facebook SDK to authenticate user logins and redirects authenticated users to specific sites.
-
HTML5 Web Pages
In Visual Studio 2012; the ability to build and validate web pages that conform to the HTML5 standard improves your workflow and productivity. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to set the doc type and use IntelliSense for validation.
-
Map Helper
Being able to easily integrate maps into your applications is easily accomplished using the new Get Map packages in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett calls maps from several services and renders the maps on a web site without using complex code in the calling application.
-
Mobile Features
Visual Studio 2012 provides several ways in which applications can be optimized for mobile devices. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates ways to render applications better and more efficiently on mobile devices.
-
Model Binding
Model binding is a code-based way of binding data in MVC and ASPX applications you build in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a custom class which is then called in order to return a typed list; which in turn; is tied to data access controls.
-
New Project Templates
Visual Studio 2010 project templates enable you to create reusable code that not only speed up development; but make the code more maintainable and portable. In this video; Joe Barrett examines the use of new project templates including developing Windows Store applications for Windows 8; Portable Class Library that works across frameworks; and new deployment options.
-
SQL Server Data Tools
The SQL Server Data Tools enable developers to perform database design word right in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the SQL Server Data Tools to create tables and scripts after a database has been published.
-
Using Lightswitch
Visual Studio 2012 LightSwitch is an IDE for building applications built on .NET technologies. Building applications in LightSwitch is data centric. In this video; Joe Barrett will demonstrate how to define the data to be used in the application and then develop the screens that use the data.
-
Using New IDE Features
Visual Studio 2012 has an improved integrated development environment; or IDE. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates several of the new features including single-click file preview; drill down; and class view type.
-
Validation Helper
Visual Studio 2012 includes ValidationHelper commands to add server-side and client-side validation of your application code. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of ValidationHelper classes for client-side and server-side code.
-
Windows Store Apps with Item Templates
Visual Studio 2012 includes many templates including item templates to building applications for Windows 8. In this video; Joe Barrett creates an application from an item template and displays data in the default view of the item.
-
Asynchronous Debugging
Visual Studio 2013 now has several enhancements to the way asynchronous applications are debugged. In this video; Chris Keenan explains some of the enhancements to asynchronous debugging.
-
Browser Link
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the Browser link to update code in the IDE; which immediately reflects the change in the browser. In this video; Chris Keenan explains how to use the Browser link.
-
Code Lens
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the powerful Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft. It includes many features; such as Code Lens; to enhance the user experience. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the Code Lens feature and demonstrates how to use it.
-
Colors and Themes
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the powerful integrated development environment from Microsoft. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to customize font colors and IDE themes.
-
Improved HTML5 Support
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the powerful Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft. Microsoft has added many be features to this already powerful editor. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the new and improved support for HTML5.
-
Improved JavaScript Support
In Visual Studio 2013; you can develop web applications by using the using the improved JavaScript editor. In this video; Chris Keenan dicusses about the improvements in the JavaScript editor.
-
Inspecting Return Values
In Visual Studio 2013; there have been several enhancements to the debugger. In this video; Chris Keenan explains how to inspect return values during debugging.
-
Custom Intellisense
In Visual Studio 2013; you take can advantage of the custom IntelliSense feature of the APIs. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to add JavaScript APIs to a web project and use the custom IntelliSense feature.
-
Edit and Continue
In Visual Studio 2013; you can make use of the edit and continue features to make changes to the code while testing. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the edit and continue feature while debugging.
-
Editor Improvements
Visual Studio 2013 comes with several editor improvements. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the auto brace completion and the ability to move the lines of code features.
-
HTML Copy
In Visual Studio 2013; you can copy and paste HTML code from the editor to another program and preserve its formatting. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to copy and paste HTML code with its formatting.
-
Improved CSS Editor
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the improved CSS editor to make changes to web application. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Web Essentials add-on in the CSS editor.
-
Just My Code
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the Just My Code debugger to filter out the external code in the Call Stack debugger window. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Just My Code debugger.
-
Node.js Tools for
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft. Because Node.js is a popular API for writing server-side code; Microsoft has released the Node.js tools for Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the basic functionality of these tools and shows where to get them and how to install them.
-
Quick Tasks and Power Commands
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the Quick Tasks feature and the Power commands. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Quick Tasks feature the Power commands.
-
Recently Closed Documents
In Visual Studio 2013; you can open the recently closed documents and begin from the spot where you had last stopped. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to open recently closed documents.
-
Solution Explorer Errors
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use power tools that sniff out errors much more easily using Solution Explorer. In this video; Chris Keenan will show you how to discern and filter errors using Solution Explorer and the Power tools in Visual Studio 2013.
-
The Enhanced Scrollbar
Visual Studio 2013 provides the enhanced scrollbar that helps users to easily view certain sections of long code files. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use Visual Studio's enhanced scrollbar.
-
The Notification Center
In Visual Studio 2013; which is the latest version of the powerful Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft; you can access and manage notifications easily. In this video; Chris Keenan introduces the new Notifications center.
-
The NuGet Package Manager
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the NuGet Package Manager to include APIs in your web projects. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the NuGet Package Manager in Visual Studio 2013.
-
The Productivity Power Tools
In Visual Studio 2013; you can enhance its functionality by installing the Productivity Power Tools 2013. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the basic functionality of these tools and shows where to get the tools and how to install them.
-
Using Navigate To
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use Navigate To feature to search for objects; definitions; and references. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Navigate To feature.
-
Using Peek Help and Peek Definition
Visual Studio 2013 includes many features; such as Productivity Power Tools; for enhancing user experience. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use Peek Help and Peek Definition.
-
Using the Document Well
In Visual Studio 2013; you can navigate through a number of projects and files under a document tab by using the Custom Document Well feature. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Custom Document Well extension to customize the behavior of the document tabs.
-
Using the Preview Tab
Visual Studio 2013 provides the preview tab that helps users to easily view definitions of specific methods. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the preview tab.
-
ALM Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key components of ALM processes.
-
ALM Process Optimization
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss the optimization of the ALM process and the recognition of potential barriers to efficient development and delivery.
-
Altering Backlog Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to work with backlog settings.
-
Analyzing and Tracking Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze test results.
-
Architectural Design
After watching this video; you will be able to outline techniques to develop an architectural model of a project or item.
-
Architectural Design Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to work with architectural design tools.
-
Aspects of Iteration Management & Quality
After watching this video; you will be able to define sprint iterations and adding end-to-end value.
-
Build
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Build settings.
-
Change and Issue Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with change and issue control within the development environment.
-
Change Strategy and Consensus
After watching this video; you will be able to outline change management strategy.
-
CMMI Change Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Change within a CMMI process/project.
-
CMMI Issue Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Issues within a CMMI process/project.
-
CMMI Risk Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Risk within a CMMI process/project.
-
Code Analysis and Review
After watching this video; you will be able to establish code review practices based on performance and security analysis.
-
Code Coverage Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Code coverage within VS/TFS.
-
Code Coverage Principles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the code coverage process.
-
Code Review
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the code review component.
-
Coding Standards and Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to work with coding standards and maintainable code.
-
Common Defects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe common code defects.
-
Communications
After watching this video; you will be able to define the importance of fast feedback as it relates to communicating requirements.
-
Components of Scrum
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Scrum organization and components.
-
Configuring Capacity Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to develop an appreciation for the Capacity settings.
-
Customer Feedback
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of end customer feedback to early software iterations within the SDLC.
-
Defect (Bug) Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe defect management and IntelliTrace.
-
Defect Identification
After watching this video; you will be able to describe defect identification.
-
Defining Key Aspects of Visual Studio ALM
After watching this video; you will be able to detail key aspects of the Visual Studio ALM process.
-
Defining Value in Development Process
After watching this video; you will be able to Define quality and value within the development process.
-
Demonstrating Project Setup in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to initiate a project in Visual Studio.
-
Designing UI Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to work with UI storyboarding.
-
Detailing Components of the ALM Process
After watching this video; you will be able to detail components of the ALM process: Scrum and CMMI.
-
DevOps
After watching this video; you will be able to work with DevOps support tools.
-
DevOps and ALM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe DevOps and Microsoft ALM solutions within the context of the SDLC and the examination.
-
DevOps and System Center
After watching this video; you will be able to describe integration tools.
-
Documentation of Product Backlog Item
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Product Backlog item data.
-
Documenting Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Visual Studio Product Backlog and document requirements.
-
Effort Management
After watching this video; you will be able to map effort and define project requirements.
-
Elicit; Define; and Review Project Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to define requirements-gathering methods and documentation of same.
-
End-to-end Quality Process
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the end-to-end quality process.
-
Establishing Project Drivers and Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to outline scope-driven and data-driven project drivers.
-
Establishing Project Teams in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Teams in Visual Studio.
-
Establishing Test Environments
After watching this video; you will be able to create test environments.
-
Exam 70-498 Skills Measured
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the examination and path; and the skill requirements to take the examination.
-
Executing Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to execute tests in VB/TFS.
-
Feedback Client
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Visual Studio Feedback Service.
-
Flexibility Matrix
After watching this video; you will be able to establish and work with a flexibility matrix and manage priority items and release criteria.
-
Identifying and Eliminating Bottlenecks
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the process of bottleneck identification and associated metrics.
-
Identifying Wasteful Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to identify wasteful activity.
-
Implementing Solutions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the implementation of effective solutions that can be validated.
-
IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the IntelliTrace tool.
-
Load Testing with Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to Use visual studio to create a cloud-based load test.
-
Managing Mapping
After watching this video; you will be able to work with product backlog Items to Feature mapping.
-
Managing Permission
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Team Administrative Tools in Visual Studio.
-
Managing Product Backlog Items
After watching this video; you will be able to work with product backlog items.
-
Managing Team Capacity
After watching this video; you will be able to obtain a grounding in capacity configuration.
-
Measuring Improvement
After watching this video; you will be able to describe techniques used to measure improvement.
-
Requirements Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze and manage requirements.
-
Requirements Baseline
After watching this video; you will be able to define the Requirements Baseline based on analysis and break requirements down into Tasks.
-
Requirements Data
After watching this video; you will be able to define requirements characteristics and associated data; and describe requirement breakdown including Tasks.
-
Resource Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to outline planning and resource allocation.
-
Scrum Artifacts: Project Features and Backlogs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe scrum artifacts: feature and backlog management.
-
Scrum Events – Events
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Scrum events.
-
Scrum Events – Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Scrum planning.
-
Scrum Sprint Management (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various aspects in relation to management of sprints within the scrum process (Part 1).
-
Scrum Sprint Management (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various aspects in relation to management of sprints within the scrum process (Part 2).
-
Scrum Teams
After watching this video; you will be able to outline Scrum team roles and responsibilities.
-
Source and Configuration Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe configuration management and appropriate tooling.
-
Microsoft Project
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how MS Project fits into the development effort.
-
Optimizing Development
After watching this video; you will be able to work with geographically distributed development teams and team members.
-
Organizing Test Components
After watching this video; you will be able to define test candidates selection and work with test plans and artifacts.
-
PowerPoint Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to work with PowerPoint Storyboarding.
-
Prioritization
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Product backlog Prioritization.
-
Problem Investigation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how observable problems might be indicative of more general system-wide issues.
-
Project Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe roles; authority; and permissions.
-
Project Management/Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to detail available project planning and management tools.
-
Project Risk
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how risk might be managed with the Agile process.
-
Project Scope
After watching this video; you will be able to work with scope definition.
-
Project Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and select planning and management tools and associated processes.
-
Project Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to determine how to project status.
-
Putting Testing to the Test in DevOps
After watching this video; you will be able to Describe testing and integration within a DevOps environment.
-
Quality Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe quality positioning with the ALM process.
-
Requirement Refinement
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze requirements with a view to breaking down larger requirements into smaller or self-contained requirements elements.
-
Sprint Iterations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe sprint iterations.
-
Sprint Mapping
After watching this video; you will be able to work with sprints in Visual studio.
-
Sprints Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with sprints in Visual studio.
-
System Center
After watching this video; you will be able to give an overview of System Center components with reference to DevOps.
-
Team Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Development using Team Services.
-
Team; Groups; Users; Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Groups; Users; Permissions; and Security.
-
Template and Work Item Customization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Template and Work Item Customization.
-
Test Environments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe testing environments.
-
Test Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe testing tools and types.
-
Test Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Test Manager.
-
Test Strategy and Plans
After watching this video; you will be able to develop test plans.
-
Test Types (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test types.
-
Test Types (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test types.
-
Test Workflow
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test workflow and environments.
-
Tracking Test Results
After watching this video; you will be able to track test results.
-
Troubleshooting
After watching this video; you will be able to describe troubleshooting.
-
Unit Test Standards
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the establishment of unit test standards.
-
Unit Testing Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Unit Testing for external frameworks.
-
Unit Testing External Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Unit Testing for external frameworks.
-
Velocity and Forecasting
After watching this video; you will be able to work with velocity and forecasting within a scrum project.
-
Visual Studio IDE Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Visual Studio IDE Interface.
-
Visual Studio IDE Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Waste Elimination
After watching this video; you will be able to describe waste elimination.
-
Working with IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to outline IntelliTrace files and function.
-
Working with Template and Work Item Customization
After watching this video; you will be able to customize process templates and work items.
-
Work-in-process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between work-in-process and cycle time.
-
Additional Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to identify additional applications and how they can be used to improve coding efficiency.
-
ASP.NET Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to define ASP.Net and DNX.
-
ASP.NET Requirements and Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to explain prerequisites and the installation process for ASP.NET and DNX.
-
Autodetecting Gulp; Grunt; and Jake Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to use autodetecting features in the Visual Studio Code to find tasks.
-
Basic Editing Features
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic editing features such as matching brackets; indenting; and IntelliSense.
-
Code Editors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Visual Studio Code editor and identify its strengths.
-
Creating a Node.js Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Node application.
-
Creating an ASP.NET 5 Application on Linux
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple application ASP.NET application.
-
Creating ASP.NET Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to create ASP.Net application; open; modify and run application on OS X and Linux platforms.
-
CSS; Sass; and Less
After watching this video; you will be able to use various features within Visual Studio Code editor to edit style sheets in CSS; Sass and Less .
-
Debugging a Node.js Application
After watching this video; you will be able to debug a Node application.
-
Defining a Multiple Lines Problem Matcher
After watching this video; you will be able to create their own multiple line problem matcher.
-
Defining a problemMatcher
After watching this video; you will be able to create their own problemMatcher.
-
Defining Commands
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use custom commands to automate application execution.
-
Developer's Obstacles
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish code editor and IDE and recognize developers' problems when selecting working environment.
-
Express Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Express as a framework for Node.js.
-
History of Visual Studio Code
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Visual Studio Code editor's foundational pieces and where they are already used.
-
HTML
After watching this video; you will be able to use IntelliSense and snippets within Visual Studio Code editor to modify HTML files.
-
Installing ASP.NET 5 and Homebrew
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare environment by installing ASP.Net 5 and Homebrew and configure DNVM.
-
Installing Node.js and Express
After watching this video; you will be able to define requirements for installation Node.js and Express.
-
Integrated Developer Environment (IDE)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe an IDE and identify its strengths.
-
JavaScript
After watching this video; you will be able to use Visual Studio Code editor to easily author JavaScript .
-
Language Support
After watching this video; you will be able to identify three levels of language support in Visual Studio Code editor and change the language for the selected file.
-
Mapping Task Output to problemMatchers
After watching this video; you will be able to map Gulp; Grunt; and Jake error output to problemMatchers.
-
Markdown
After watching this video; you will be able to use preview and snippets within Visual Studio Code editor; and to automate Markdown compilation.
-
Modifying an Existing Project
After watching this video; you will be able to load code file and modify code using core Visual Studio Code features.
-
Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate through Visual Studio Code editor.
-
Node.js Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Node.js and its core concepts.
-
Outputting Window Behavior
After watching this video; you will be able to control how the output window behaves when running tasks.
-
Projects and Project Selection
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate through Visual Studio Code and show Project-related features.
-
Publishing ASP.NET 5 Applications on OS X
After watching this video; you will be able to publish application in production.
-
Scaffolding
In Ruby on Rails; scaffolding creates not only a model; but also a view and the controllers that you need to access the model and add data to it. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the rails generate scaffold command to create the scaffold for a table.
-
Scaffolding Applications Using Yeoman
After watching this video; you will be able to scaffold application.
-
Searching Across Files
After watching this video; you will be able to search for a specific item/word over all the files in the open folder.
-
Side-by-Side Editing
After watching this video; you will be able to open and manipulate up to three editors side by side.
-
Strength of Visual Studio Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Visual Studio Code as tool that combines strengths of both; editor and IDE.
-
Supported Platforms
After watching this video; you will be able to define platforms supported by Visual Studio Code.
-
Tasks in Action
After watching this video; you will be able to create your own task.
-
The Command Palette
After watching this video; you will be able to access all the functionality of the Visual Studio Code using only keyboard.
-
TypeScript
After watching this video; you will be able to create config file; transpile TypeScript into JavaScript; create and run tasks and review build issues.
-
Using Kestrel
After watching this video; you will be able to define Kestrel and use it to run applications on OS X platform.
-
Using Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of implementing version control in your documentation and project.
-
Visual Studio Code Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Visual Studio Code editor and its main features.
-
Working with DockerFiles
After watching this video; you will be able to use various features within Visual Studio Code editor to edit Dockerfiles.
-
.NET Execution Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to develop cross platform apps with .NET.
-
.NET Today
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the current state of the .NET architecture.
-
AngularJS
After watching this video; you will be able to use AngularJS to create a client-side web app.
-
Apache Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to use Apache Cordova to develop mobile applications.
-
ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to create ASP.NET Web apps with Visual Studio.
-
Bootstrap
After watching this video; you will be able to use Bootstrap to improve and style your user interface.
-
Gulp
After watching this video; you will be able to use Gulp to manage building your project.
-
Installing Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to install Microsoft Visual Studio on your workstation.
-
Knockout
After watching this video; you will be able to use Knockout to create an MVVM client.
-
MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Model-View-Controller paradigm with ASP.NET.
-
Navigating the IDE
After watching this video; you will be able to start using the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Node.js Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to using Node.js tools with Visual Studio.
-
Performing Code Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to locate performance issues in your code.
-
Personalize Your Experience
After watching this video; you will be able to tailor your Visual Studio install to your tastes.
-
Publish your Work
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your work to GutHub.
-
Receiving Visual Studio Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to view and act on notification events in VS.
-
SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to use SignalR to push content to clients in real-time.
-
Signing In
After watching this video; you will be able to sign in to Visual Studio.
-
Starting New Projects and Solutions
After watching this video; you will be able to begin work on a new project.
-
Styling your App
After watching this video; you will be able to discover tools to style your application.
-
Synchronizing Settings between Workstations
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your settings and configurations follow your login.
-
Testing Your Code
After watching this video; you will be able to test your code for correctness.
-
Third-party Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to install or develop Visual Studio extensions.
-
Unity
After watching this video; you will be able to develop multi-platform games with Unity and Visual Studio.
-
Universal Windows Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to develop an app using the Universal Windows Platform.
-
Unlocking the Visual Studio Evaluation Version
After watching this video; you will be able to continue to use Visual Studio beyond the trial period.
-
Using Custom Colors and Fonts
After watching this video; you will be able to change fonts and colors to suit your needs.
-
Using Customized Layouts
After watching this video; you will be able to arrange the panels in Visual Studio to suit your workflow.
-
Using Multiple Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to use different VS accounts for different purposes.
-
Using Team Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to use Team Foundation Server with Visual Studio.
-
Using Team Services and Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to work within development teams.
-
Visual Studio IDE
After watching this video; you will be able to become familiar with the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Web API
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Web API framework to build a web service.
-
Working with External Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate external tools into your Visual Studio install.
-
Writing and Building Code
After watching this video; you will be able to write and compile a simple application.
-
Writing Code
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Visual Studio IDE features when writing code.
-
Xamarin
After watching this video; you will be able to use Xamarin to target Android and iOS platforms.
-
Bower
After watching this video; you will be able to use Bower to manage project dependencies.
-
Cloud Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to use Cloud Explorer to work with your Azure resources.
-
Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to use Cloud solutions within your project.
-
Compile and Build Your Code
After watching this video; you will be able to compile your code into executable applications.
-
Connecting to GitHub
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate external tools into your Visual Studio install.
-
CoreCLR
After watching this video; you will be able to understand how to develop differently against the CoreCLR and classic .NET Framework.
-
Create a Repository
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your settings and configurations follow your login.
-
Creating a Custom Start Page
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the Visual Studio start page.
-
Customizing Toolbars and Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to add and edit menus; toolbars; and actions.
-
Debugging Your Code
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot and debug issues in your code.
-
Deploy Your Application
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare your application for release.
-
Entity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to use Entity Framework to access database objects.
-
Git Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to arrange the panels in Visual Studio to suit your workflow.
-
GitHub
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the Visual Studio start page.
-
Grunt
After watching this video; you will be able to use Grunt to perform build operations in your project.
-
REST Error Responses
In a RESTful Web API design; ASP.NET Web API allows you to provide error responses when specific conditions are met. These are then converted into HTTP status codes. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create logic in a controller and return different error responses using the IHTTPResult interface and System.Web.HTTP.Results namespace classes that represent action results.
-
REST Success Responses
In a RESTful Web API design; ASP.NET Web API allows you to convert the return value from a controller into specific HTTP success response messages. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to build logic into an application and use the IHTTPResult interface to return 200 and 201 success responses from the controller with a Get() method.
-
Brief Introduction to jQuery
Web API Design allows you to use jQuery; a dynamic JavaScript Library used to manipulate the DOM in a browser without needing large amounts of very complex JavaScript. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how jQuery can be used that to query data from your Web API endpoints.
-
Claims-Based Security
In Web API Design; claims allow you to integrate with different identity providers. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the ClaimsAuthorize attribute to show you how to authorize claims in your application.
-
Construction of OData Endpoints
In a Web API design; ASP.NET Web API allows you to create OData endpoints for a data set that clients can query using CRUD (create; read; update; delete) operations in a uniform way. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to add an OData controller; query and manipulate Entity sets and configure the OData endpoint in a Visual Studio project.
-
Consuming ASP.NET Web API Using jQuery
Using the AJAX function in jQuery you can connect with a Web API service and change content displayed on the web page. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to add an unordered list to a web page using jQuery.
-
Creating a New Web API Project
You can easily create new projects with Web API Design. There are also additional libraries that you can add into the new project. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a new project for a Web API using Visual Studio; and how to select libraries not available by default.
-
Custom Validation Attributes
In Web API Design; you can use validation attributes to write your own custom validation logic and rules. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a custom validation attribute for Web API.
-
Data Annotations
The DataAnnotations library can be used by different frameworks; including Web API (application programming interface); to provide front-end validation of data. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to post and validate a new entity using System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations in Web API.
-
Debugging Tools – Chrome
In Web API Design; browsers can be used to perform debugging tasks when testing your HTTP services. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how Chrome can be used to gather information about HTTP services and requests.
-
Debugging Tools – Fiddler
In Web API Design; the Fiddler debugging tool allows you to test your HTTP services by logging network traffic between the Internet and the test computer. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the Fiddler debugging tool; and demonstrates its use.
-
Debugging Tools – Firefox/Firebug
When designing Web APIs; the Firebug add-on for Mozilla Firefox is a web browser extension that allows you to perform live debugging; editing; and monitoring of HTTP services. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to launch Firebug and use it to inspect HTTP service requests; as well as edit and resend requests from within Firefox.
-
Debugging Tools – Internet Explorer
In Web API Design; browsers can be used to perform debugging tasks; when testing your HTTP services. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses how Internet Explorer is used to gather information about HTTP services and requests.
-
Debugging Tools Overview
In Web API Design; debugging tools allow you to test HTTP services for errors both during construction stages and performance reviews. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the use of the Postman debugging tool.
-
Defining RESTful with Web API
Web API design using the appropriate HTTP verbs in a RESTful endpoint structure provides a consistent framework for managing web service resources. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define a RESTful web service structuring HTTP methods in an API controller; and generating a controller using ASP.NET Scaffolding in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Definition of Web API
Web API Design is a service introduced to make the transfer of data much simpler. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the genesis of and the reason for Web API.
-
Detailed Look at HttpResponseMessage
When designing a Web API; ASP.NET Web API provides the HttpResponseMessage class that lets you modify and return an HTTP response message from your API controller to the client. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the HttpResponseMessage and its public properties; before demonstrating how to get an HTTP response message from the GetAsync() method on an HttpClient object.
-
Differences From WCF
What are the differences between Web API Design and Windows Communication Foundation (WCF)? In basic terms you can do far more with Web API for less overhead. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the differences between Web API and WCF.
-
Encryption and Web API
In Web API Design; you can easily write a custom authorization attribute to require a secure connection to a specific controller action. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the actionContext command to access information about a request.
-
Exploring Convention Over Configuration
In Web API Design; using the convention over configuration principle allows you to simplify the construction of your web services. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the implementation of the convention over configuration principle.
-
Formatter Binding
In Web API Design; you can create your own media type formatters by creating an additional class and adding binding. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and customize a CsvFormatter class and the related binding.
-
HTTP Status Codes
In a RESTful Web API design; HTTP response status codes provide users of your API with immediate feedback on whether or not a request was successful; and an overview of why it failed if it was unsuccessful. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses Wikipedia documentation to describe common HTTP status codes in the five classes of response.
-
HTTP Verbs Overview
Web API design following the principals of a RESTful service; uses HTTP verbs that allow you to perform actions on a web server depending on the HTTP request. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the most commonly used HTTP verbs supported by Web API; as well as the verbs used in update operations.
-
In-Memory Hosting
In Web API Design; you can host a Web API endpoint without using ASP.NET. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses Postman to specify a value once the self-hosted server is running.
-
JSON Dates & ISO 8601
In Web API Design; you can format dates to conform to the ISO 8601 standard; which defines how to display the date and time; including information about your time zone. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how date formatting is accomplished within the Web API framework.
-
JSON.NET (NewtonSoft)
In Web API Design; you can access the JSON.NET library available on NuGet. By default; when you create a new Web API project; the library will be already installed and accessible. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the uses and characteristics of the JSON.NET library.
-
Life Cycle of a Request
In Web API Design; the stages of the request life cycle provide you with status and behavioral information about a request during ASP.NET processing. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the life cycle; classes; and behaviors of an ASP.NET request.
-
Looking at Basic End Point
Basic endpoints are important in Web API Design. The endpoints follow certain patterns in the API route. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how important endpoints are and how to create and customize an endpoint.
-
Named Actions (Attribute Routing Web.API v2)
In Web API 2; you can use the attribute routing feature that enables specific routes to be applied to specific Web API actions. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create an attribute route for a Get action.
-
Out of the Box
Web API Design allows you to do some interesting things with your Routes. Web API out-of-the-box has a routing pattern list already enabled for you. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply Routing in the context of Web API.
-
Parameter Binding
In Web API Design; you can create your own bindings using the parameters available. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define custom values for parameter bindings.
-
Querying OData
In Web API design; OData is a data access protocol providing a standardized syntax that allows you to query and manipulate data sets via a RESTful API. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create an OData controller and implement the IQueryable interface; before referencing OData documentation and using the OData query options to sort and filter query results.
-
Request Routing
In Web API Design; routing helps to dictate the resource to be used to perform an action or access a controller. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use a combination of routes; a route table; and actions with C# method overloading to enable and customize routing in Web API.
-
Request Validation with Fluent Validation
In Web API Design; you can customize data validation on the back end of a web application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement custom validation based on input character limits.
-
REST with JSON
In a REST Web API design; ASP.NET Web API supports JSON as the default media format as it allows you to return concise message results from an API. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the lightweight characteristics of a JSON formatted message; and how JSON reduces the size of a payload when compared to an XML formatted result.
-
REST with XML
In a REST Web API design; ASP.NET Web API provides built-in support for XML which you can easily configure as the preferred media format of the HTTP request and response message body. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to configure the Content-Type and Accept headers in Postman for expressing request-response messages as XML.
-
Subclassing Authorization Filters
In Web API Design; you can create your own custom authorization filter. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use an authorization attribute to check if the application key is correct or missing.
-
Understanding JSON
In Web API Design; you can use JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) which is a very lightweight format that makes it easy to transmit data. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the JSON format; how it defines complex structures; and how to create an array.
-
Understanding REST Architecture
Web API design that follows the Representational State Transfer (REST) guidelines allows you to simplify the development and testing of web services in a consistent framework environment. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses HTTP verbs to build RESTful web services and considers the Richardson Maturity Model (RMM) used to break down the principal elements of a REST approach.
-
Using Model Binding
One of the most complex parts of Web API Design is using model binding. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use model binding to send data on a server.
-
Web API Overview
Web API is a communication protocol that allows for the adding of security options for Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) services. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the security options available for HTTP services hosted in Web API.
-
Web API Security Filters
In Web API Design; there is a difference between how the authentication and authorization systems operate. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a token to emphasize the importance of trust between the authorization and authentication system.
-
Working with Custom Model Binders
In Web API Design; you can build and customize model binders. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and customize a model binder that takes a number and converts it into a Roman numeral string.
-
Working with Custom Parameter Binders
In Web API Design; parameter bindings can be used for complex bindings that enable custom logic to be implemented in the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) request. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a Web API parameter binding for a Get action and implement custom logic in the HTTP request.
-
Working with Custom Value Providers
In Web API Design; you can build and customize your value providers so they can be used throughout the application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and customize a value provider that generates a random GUID (globally unique identifier).
-
Ajax and ASP.NET AJAX Controls
In this video; Jason Row outlines the features of Ajax and ASP.NET Ajax controls.
-
Data and Database Systems
Developing data-driven web sites requires a good knowledge of database access and control. In this video; Jason Row outlines the various types of data and database systems used in web site development.
-
Enabling ASP.NET Impersonation
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to enable impersonation in an ASP.NET application.
-
ASP.NET Application and Session Events
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with control events in ASP.NET pages.
-
ASP.NET Application Deployment Options
In this video; Jason Row discusses how to deploy an ASP.NET application from within Visual Studio.
-
ASP.NET Page Configuration Files
Configuration files are used to configure the settings of an application. In this video; Jason Row describes the purpose of Web.config and Machine.config files.
-
ASP.NET Projects; Solutions; and Assemblies
In this video; Jason Row explains the difference between ASP.NET web site and web application projects; and discusses solutions and assemblies.
-
Authentication and Authorization in ASP.NET Applications
In this video; Jason Row explains authentication and authorization and the features that support these functions in ASP.NET applications.
-
Binding Data to a GridView in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to bind data to a GridView control in an ASP.NET application.
-
Binding Data to a ListBox in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to bind a DataSet to a ListBox control by using the DataBind() method in an ASP.NET application.
-
Client-Side Libraries
In this video; Jason Row describes client-side libraries by using Visual Studio.
-
Client-Side Scripting
In this video; Jason Row describes client-side scripting; its relation to the Document Object Model (DOM); and how to implement JavaScript in an HTML page.
-
Configuring a Database as a Data Source
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure a database as a data source for an ASP.NET application.
-
Configuring AutoEventWireUp and Alternatives in an ASP.NET Page with C# and Visual Basic
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure and handle the AutoEventWireup property in C# and Visual Basic.
-
Configuring Navigation and Data Transfer between ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row outlines the HTML controls used in ASP.NET pages.
-
Connection Pools and Transaction Objects
Interaction with the data in a large scale ASP.NET web application; requires managing data connections and transactions. In this video; Jason Row describes about connection pools and transaction objects in an ASP.NET web application.
-
Control Categories for ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row discusses the controls available in the Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for using ASP.NET web pages.
-
Creating a Basic XML Page
Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a language used to encode documents in a certain format using predefined rules. In this video; Jason Row outlines the roles of XML and demonstrates how to create a basic XML page.
-
Creating a Custom ASP.NET Error Page
In this video; Jason Row describes the role of debugging and distinguishes between rich and custom error pages. He also demonstrates how to create a custom error page by using ASP.NET.
-
Creating a Database with SQL Server Express
SQL Server Express is a relational database management system utilizing SQL technology. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a database using SQL Server Express.
-
Creating a Login Page in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create login pages in ASP.NET applications.
-
Creating a User Control in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a user control in an ASP.NET page.
-
Creating a WCF Service
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a WCF service.
-
Creating a Web Page with HTML5
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use HTML5 to create a basic web page and validate the code.
-
Cycling through ASP.NET Page Events
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates the PostBack and the IsPostBack properties in an ASP.NET page.
-
Enabling Tracing in an ASP.NET Page and Application
In this video; Jason Row outlines the steps to enable tracing in an ASP.NET page and application.
-
Implementing the ASP.NET AJAX ScriptManager Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to implement the ASP.NET Ajax ScriptManager control.
-
Overview of .NET; ASP.NET; and Visual Studio
The .NET framework is a Microsoft-developed framework; which is used to create web applications. In this video; Jason Row describes the .NET framework and the development environments associated with it.
-
Overview of State Information in a Web Application
In this video; Jason Row describes the state management techniques used to store state information in a web page.
-
PostBack and the IsPostBackPage Property in an ASP.NET Page
The web application has a large number of events occurring on the page when a user sends a request to the web application. In this video; Jason Row outlines the uses of the various Application and Session events in ASP.NET.
-
Saving Data with the DataSet Object in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to save changes in the DataSet object of ASP.NET web pages to a SQL database.
-
Specifying ASP.NET Application Settings with the appSettings Element
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the appSettings element to specify the application settings in an ASP.NET application.
-
Using a Data-Aware Control in an ASP.NET Application
In ASP.NET web applications; you can place data-aware controls on your web pages. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use a data-aware control.
-
Using a Transaction Object
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use transaction objects.
-
Using Application State; View State; and Control State in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row describes application; view; and control state in ASP.NET web applications.
-
Using Database Explorer to Manage an ASP.NET Data Source
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use Server Explorer to manage an ASP.NET data source.
-
Using DataReader in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use DataReader in an ASP.NET page.
-
Using HTML Controls in ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row outlines the HTML controls used in ASP.NET pages.
-
Using HTTP Status Codes for ASP.NET Error Pages
In this video; Jason Row describes how to use HTTP status codes for ASP.NET error pages.
-
Using Session State in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row describes how to get a web application in Visual Studio to use session state.
-
Using the ASP.NET AJAX Timer Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the ASP.NET Ajax Timer control.
-
Using the ASP.NET AJAX UpdatePanel Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the UpdatePanel control in ASP.NET to generate asynchronous postbacks.
-
Using the ASP.NET AJAX UpdateProgress Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the ASP.NET Ajax UpdateProgress control.
-
Using the DataSet Object in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to connect with a SQL database and populate a DataSet object within a Page_Load event of an ASP.NET web page.
-
Using the LinqDataSourceControl in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row describes the ASP.NET data source controls and demonstrates how to use the LinqDataSourceControl in an ASP.NET application.
-
Using the ObjectDataSource Control in an ASP.NET Application
The ObjectDataSource control provides data to Databound controls in an ASP.NET application. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the ObjectDataSource control.
-
Using the SqlDataSource Control in an ASP.NET Application
The SqlDataSource control uses SQL commands to retrieve or modify data from database servers such as SQL Server or Oracle. The SqlDataSource control sorts and filters the data being returned and has advanced caching capabilities. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the SqlDataSource control in an ASP.NET application.
-
Using the XmlDataSource Control in an ASP.NET Application
The XmlDataSource control can be used to display XML documents in the ASP.NET Web Application and to display information in a TreeView control or a Menu control. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the XmlDataSource control.
-
Working with Control Events in ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure navigation and data transfer between ASP.NET pages.
-
Advanced End Points
In Windows Communication Foundation (WCF); you can create and modify advanced endpoints. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add and manipulate endpoints; and edit the WCF configuration in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Basic Service
In Windows Communication Foundation; you can create a basic service contract inside the Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani creates a WCF service contract to demonstrate how the various different components communicate.
-
Bindings
Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) allows you to set properties on the binding elements to create custom bindings that define how data will be transferred when a WCF client connects to a WCF service via an endpoint. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set properties on the binding elements within WCF to create a custom binding.
-
Build End points
By building endpoints and specifying their properties in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) you'll be able to provide clients access to the functionality of a WCF service. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to include endpoints in your WCF application while highlighting the properties and binding configuration behind the endpoints.
-
Client
In Windows Communication Foundation; you can consume a WCF application utilizing a client. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to consume a WCF application that uses a client in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Client Configuration
When creating clients and services in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) as part of a single solution; you need to create and configure service references so that the client can consume the services inside WCF. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add a service reference to an application and the options available for configuring the service for client consumption.
-
Create Service Contract
In Windows Communication Foundation (WCF); you can create a service contract; for example for a motor vehicle service center. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a WCF service contract in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Data Services
You can create a simple in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Service in order to expose a database. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add an Entity Framework-based data model to an application before creating a data service using the data model in order to expose data in an SQL Database.
-
Data Services Populate Text Box
By utilizing a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Service using a client; you can read information from a database and write it to a text box in a form. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to access SQL Database information in order to populate a text box when a selection is made from a drop-down list in a form.
-
End points
In Windows Communication Foundation (WCF); you can construct and modify endpoints using an editor. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add and manipulate endpoints in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Hosting
In order to utilize and expose Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) services to the client; the service needs to be hosted within a run-time environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to host a WCF Service Library in Internet Information Services (IIS).
-
Multiple End points
Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) provides the ability to expose a single service via multiple endpoints; allowing different client applications to consume the service over different network protocols. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add multiple endpoints within a single WCF application.
-
No Security
Sometimes you might have a situation where security is of no concern and you would like to implement a Windows Communication (WCF) service without any security measures in place. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create the binding and apply it to an endpoint with no security.
-
Simple Hosting
The simplest way to host a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service and get your application up and running with a minimal amount of code writing is by self-hosting. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to host a WCF application in the simplest way possible.
-
Enable Application Launcher Using PowerShell
You can make applications run inside of a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to specify launcher settings and enable App Launcher inside of the Registry Editor using PowerShell.
-
Asynchronous Database Queries with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to configure database queries to execute asynchronously in MVC 5 applications.
-
Attribute-led Routing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement attribute led routing in MVC 5 applications.
-
Authentication Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom authentication filters in MVC 5 applications.
-
Authentication Options in MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available authentication settings in the MVC 5 project template in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Authorization and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how authorization functionality is configured using the Identity framework in MVC 5 applications.
-
Changing Layout with Bootstrap
After watching this video; you will be able to use Bootstrap to change the presentation of an MVC 5 app.
-
Claim-based Authentication and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to configure claim-based authentication in MVC 5 applications.
-
Connecting to Remote Microsoft Azure Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to use Server Explorer in Visual Studio 2013 to connect to remote Azure sites.
-
Create an MVC 5 Application with Support for Social Login
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an MVC 5 application to support social logins.
-
Create and Deploy a Chat Application
After watching this video; you will be able to build; test; and deploy an MVC 5 application that uses SignalR.
-
Creating a Custom Scaffolder
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom scaffolder in an MVC 5 application.
-
Creating a SignalR Hub Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SignalR 2 hub class in an MVC 5 application.
-
Creating a Unified Project
After watching this video; you will be able to use ASP.NET Web Forms; MVC 5; and Web API 2 to create a web application.
-
Creating an Azure Cloud Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MVC 5 application as a Windows Azure Cloud Service in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an MVC 5 Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use Visual Studio 2013 to create an MVC 5 app; and identify its main components.
-
Creating an OWIN Startup Class for SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to create an OWIN Startup class for an MVC 5 application implementing SignalR2.
-
Creating and Stepping through a Web API 2 Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create and analyze a Web API 2.0 project.
-
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) with Web API 2
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) in a Web API 2 app.
-
Deploying an MVC 5 Application to Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to publish an MVC 5 application to Microsoft Azure.
-
Implementing Entity Framework 6 with MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Entity Framework 6 using scaffolding with MVC 5 applications.
-
Introducing the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ASP.NET Identity framework including its NuGet packages and the classes of its core library.
-
Introduction to Bootstrap in MVC5 Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Bootstrap is used in MVC 5 applications.
-
Logging with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to use the log property to implement logging with Entity Framework 6 in MVC 5 applications.
-
Managing Concurrency with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to handle concurrency with Entity Framework 6 in MVC 5 applications.
-
Overview of MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features of MVC; comparing MVC to ASP.NET applications using web forms and web pages.
-
OWIN and Katana in MVC 5 Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how OWIN and Katana are supported in MVC 5 projects.
-
Using Enums in Views
After watching this video; you will be able to configure views to support enums in MVC 5 applications.
-
Using IDirectRouteProvider
After watching this video; you will be able to use the IDirectRouteProvider extensibility point in MVC 5 applications.
-
Using Katana in a .NET Project
After watching this video; you will be able to describe OWIN and Katana and implement Katana in a .NET project.
-
Using the SignalR jQuery Library
After watching this video; you will be able to use the SignalR jQuery library to implement real-time communications in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
Using the Single Page Application Template
After watching this video; you will be able to create a single page application that uses MVC and Web API 2.
-
Using Web API 2 Action Results
After watching this video; you will be able to work with IHttpActionResult in Web API 2 applications.
-
Working with EF 6 Schemas
After watching this video; you will be able to manage schemas using Entity Framework 6 in MVC 5 applications.
-
Working with Multiple DbContexts and Migrations with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to work with multiple DbContexts and migrations with Entity Framework 6 in an MVC 5 application.
-
Registration and Authentication and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how registration and authentication functionality is configured using the Identity framework in MVC 5 applications.
-
Review of Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to review filters in MVC 5 applications.
-
Review of Routing
After watching this video; you will be able to review routing in MVC applications.
-
Roles and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to configure roles supported by the Identity framework in MVC 5 applications.
-
Scaffolding with MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to use scaffolding to build MVC 5 applications.
-
Seeding the Identity Database
After watching this video; you will be able to seed the Identity database with users.
-
Setting up SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how SignalR 2 works and set up an MVC 5 application to use the SignalR library.
-
Social Logins and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to configure MVC 5 applications to use third-party social logins.
-
Testing with Browser Link
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Browser Link feature in Visual Studio 2013 to test MVC 5 applications.
-
The Identity Database
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the Identity database is configured.
-
Upgrading to MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to upgrade existing MVC 4 apps to MVC 5.
-
Using Attribute Routing with Web API 2
After watching this video; you will be able to use attribute led routing with Web API 2.
-
Using Authentication Filters in Web API 2
After watching this video; you will be able to generate authenticated requests with authentication filters in a Web API 2 application.
-
Customizing Default Scaffolds
After watching this video; you will be able to customize scaffolds in an MVC 5 application.
-
Satellite
After watching this video; you will be able to describe satellite.
-
9-patch PNG guide for Android
After watching this video; you will be able to explore CLI commands.
-
Add and Remove Plugin in the CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to add or remove platforms in the CLI.
-
Adding and Removing Platforms in the App
After watching this video; you will be able to add or remove platforms in the app.
-
Adding and Removing Platforms in the CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to explore advanced plugin options.
-
Background and History of Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the background and history of Cordova.
-
Capture Data in Local Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to capture data from user and save with local storage in Android simulator.
-
Creating an Android Hybrid App
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Android hybrid app.
-
Debugging Cordova App
After watching this video; you will be able to debug Cordova Android app in Chrome.
-
Exploring Feature and Platform Elements
After watching this video; you will be able to explore feature and platform elements.
-
Exploring the Advanced Plugin Options
After watching this video; you will be able to install Plugman and add or remove plugins.
-
Exploring the Cordova CLI Commands
After watching this video; you will be able to add or remove the plugins in the CLI.
-
Implementing Preferences
After watching this video; you will be able to implement global and multiplatform preferences in config.xml.
-
Installing Android SDK on Mac
After watching this video; you will be able to install Android SDK on Mac.
-
Installing Node.js on Mac
After watching this video; you will be able to install Node.js on Mac.
-
Installing Plugman and Configuring Plugins
After watching this video; you will be able to explore feature and platform elements.
-
Integrating the jQuery Mobile Library
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate the jQuery mobile library in the app.
-
Key Features of Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key features of Cordova.
-
Native to Cordova Communication
After watching this video; you will be able to communicate with Cordova and native view.
-
Platforms Supported by Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the platforms supported by Cordova.
-
Prerequisites for Cordova Build
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the prerequisites required for working with Cordova Build.
-
Publishing the App
After watching this video; you will be able to publish the app.
-
Publishing through CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your app through CLI.
-
Understanding Event Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe event types.
-
Understanding Hooks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe hooks in Cordova.
-
Understanding the Core Configuration Elements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe core configuration elements.
-
Updating Cordova and your Project
After watching this video; you will be able to update Cordova and your project.
-
Using IndexedDB
After watching this video; you will be able to use IndexedDB in your app.
-
Using Local Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to use local storage in your app.
-
Using Merges to Customize Each Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to use merges to customize each platform.
-
Using the Hybrid Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to use the hybrid plugin and test the app in Android emulator.
-
Working with Accelerometer
After watching this video; you will be able to work with accelerometer API.
-
Working with Battery Status
After watching this video; you will be able to work with battery status API.
-
Working with Camera
After watching this video; you will be able to work with camera API.
-
Working with Console
After watching this video; you will be able to work with console API.
-
Working with Device
After watching this video; you will be able to work with device API.
-
Working with Device Orientation
After watching this video; you will be able to work with device orientation API.
-
Working with File System
After watching this video; you will be able to work with file system API.
-
Working with Geolocation
After watching this video; you will be able to work with geolocation API.
-
Working with Media Capture
After watching this video; you will be able to work with media capture API.
-
Working with Network Information
After watching this video; you will be able to work with network information API.
-
Working with Status Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to wok with status bar API.
-
Create an App through IntelliJ IDEA
After watching this video; you will be able to create and publish an app with IntelliJ IDEA and run in Android simulator.
-
Cloud Service Networking
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud service networking.
-
Configure VLAN Membership and IP Addresses
After watching this video; you will be able to configure VLAN membership and public and reserved IP address for cloud services.
-
Building an Ionic App
After watching this video; you will be able to create and publish an Ionic app.
-
Create an app with Tab navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to create a phone directory WebApp with the Ionic framework.
-
Creating Popover
After watching this video; you will be able to use popover in an app.
-
Creating Pop-up
After watching this video; you will be able to work with keyboard plugin in an app.
-
Customizing Buttons
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to customize buttons using the Ionic framework CSS.
-
Customizing Checkboxes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to customize checkboxes using the Ionic framework CSS.
-
Customizing Drop-down Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to customize drop-down lists using the Ionic framework CSS.
-
Customizing Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to customize forms using the Ionic framework CSS.
-
Customizing Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to customize lists using the Ionic framework CSS.
-
Customizing Radio Buttons and Toggle Buttons
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to customize radio buttons using the Ionic framework CSS.
-
Engineering Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to implement navigation in an app.
-
Implementing Gestures and Events
After watching this video; you will be able to implement touch gestures and events in an app.
-
Implementing Headers and Footers
After watching this video; you will be able to use headers and footers in an app.
-
Implementing Scroll
After watching this video; you will be able to implement scroll in an app.
-
Implementing Spinner
After watching this video; you will be able to implement spinner in an app.
-
Implementing Tabs
After watching this video; you will be able to implement tabs in an app.
-
Installing and Updating the Ionic CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to install and update Ionic CLI.
-
Ionic Prerequisites
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the prerequisites required for the Ionic framework.
-
Key Features of Ionic
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key features of the Ionic framework.
-
Running an Ionic App
After watching this video; you will be able to run an Ionic app in an IOS emulator.
-
Setting Up the
After watching this video; you will be able to set up the Ionic framework.
-
Testing an Ionic App in a Browser
After watching this video; you will be able to test an Ionic app in a browser.
-
Tweaking Tap
After watching this video; you will be able to implement tap and click in an app.
-
Uploading an Ionic App
After watching this video; you will be able to upload and view an Ionic app.
-
Using Alternate Browsers
After watching this video; you will be able to work with environment info and alternate browsers in an app.
-
Using Icon and Splash Screen Images
After watching this video; you will be able to use icon and splash screen images in an app.
-
Working with Action Sheet
After watching this video; you will be able to use Action Sheet in an app.
-
Working with Backdrop
After watching this video; you will be able to use backdrop in an app.
-
Working with Cards
After watching this video; you will be able to work with cards.
-
Working with Content
After watching this video; you will be able to work with content in an app.
-
Working with Form Inputs
After watching this video; you will be able to use form inputs in an app.
-
Working with Grid
After watching this video; you will be able to work with grid.
-
Working with Header; Content; and Footer
After watching this video; you will be able to work with header; content; and footer.
-
Working with Ionic Loading
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Ionic loading to load content in an app.
-
Working with Lists
Python allows you to create dynamic structures known as lists and non-mutable structures known as tuples. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to define and access each kind and make changes to lists dynamically.
-
Working with Modal Pane
After watching this video; you will be able to use modal pane in an app.
-
Working with Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to work with platform.
-
Working with Range
After watching this video; you will be able to work with range.
-
Working with Sass
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Sass in an app.
-
Working with Slide Box
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Ionic utility features.
-
Working with Slide Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to use slide menus in an app.
-
Working with Tabs
After watching this video; you will be able to work with tabs.
-
Working with Utility
After watching this video; you will be able to work with utility.
-
Create and Publish a Mobile App Create and Publish a Mobile App
After watching this video; you will be able to create and publish an app for Android using Ionic CLI.
-
Adding Simulated Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to add simulated devices in Xcode.
-
Connecting to an Action
After watching this video; you will be able to connect an event of an interface element to an existing action using drag and drop in interface builder.
-
Connecting to an Outlet
After watching this video; you will be able to drag and drop an element in interface builder and then connect it as to a view controller using IBOutlet.
-
Creating a Custom View Control
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom view in an iOS app.
-
Creating a Playground
After watching this video; you will be able to create a playground in an iOS application.
-
Creating a Single View App
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Single View Application template to create an iOS project.
-
Creating Custom View Controller Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to add supporting subclasses for scenes in an iOS project.
-
Creating Modal and Popover Segues
After watching this video; you will be able to create different types of segues including 3D touch segues in an iOS project.
-
Custom Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom control for use in an iOS application.
-
Customizing Table Views
After watching this video; you will be able to customize table views and table view cells in iOS applications.
-
Designing the View
After watching this video; you will be able to add required objects to the view in an iOS application.
-
Detecting Multiple Taps
After watching this video; you will be able to detect one or more taps in an iOS application.
-
Detecting Pinch
After watching this video; you will be able to detect pinch in an iOS application.
-
Detecting Swipes
After watching this video; you will be able to detect swipes in an iOS application.
-
Dismissing Scenes and Unwind Segues
After watching this video; you will be able to dismiss scenes and use unwind segues to transition between view controllers.
-
Enabling Edit Mode in a Table View
After watching this video; you will be able to enable edit mode in an iOS table view.
-
Grouping Table View Information
After watching this video; you will be able to implement grouping and indexing in iOS table views.
-
Implementing an Image View
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an image view in an iOS application.
-
Implementing App Logic
After watching this video; you will be able to implement app logic in a basic iOS application.
-
Implementing Labels
After watching this video; you will be able to implement labels in an IOS application.
-
Implementing Search in a Table View
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a search bar in an iOS table view.
-
Implementing Table Views
After watching this video; you will be able to create a table view with a data source in an iOS app.
-
Installing the iOS SDK and Xcode
After watching this video; you will be able to install the iOS SDK and Xcode.
-
Live Rendering
After watching this video; you will be able to use live rendering of the Interface Builder to preview your apps.
-
Moving Objects between Scenes
After watching this video; you will be able to pass objects between scenes in iOS applications.
-
Playground Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to add and use resources in an XCode playground.
-
Playground Sources
After watching this video; you will be able to use auxillary sources in an XCode playground.
-
Previewing App Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to preview an iOS app layout.
-
Refactoring Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to refactor storyboards in iOS projects.
-
Registering for the Apple Developer Program
After watching this video; you will be able to register as an Apple developer and sign up to the Apple Developer Program.
-
Reordering Rows in a Table View
After watching this video; you will be able to change the order of a table views rows along with the underyling data structure.
-
Rich Comments and Playground Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to use rich comments and pages in an XCode playground.
-
Sliders
After watching this video; you will be able to implement slider controls in iOS applications.
-
Steppers
After watching this video; you will be able to implement stepper controls in iOS applications.
-
The Interface Builder and Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate the elements of an Interface Builder storyboard.
-
The Xcode Interface - Editor and Utilities Areas
After watching this video; you will be able to open a project and use the toolbar; editor and utilities areas.
-
Using Switches
After watching this video; you will be able to implement switch controls in iOS applications.
-
Using Text Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to implement text fields in an iOS application.
-
Using Text Views
After watching this video; you will be able to implement scrollable text views in iOS applications.
-
Using the Collection View
After watching this video; you will be able to display content in a collection view in an iOS app.
-
Using the iOS Simulator
After watching this video; you will be able to use the iOS simulator including simulation of multitouch events and rotations.
-
Using the Size Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Size classes to implement an adaptive layout in an iOS application.
-
Using UIStackView
After watching this video; you will be able to use UIStackView to stack subviews in iOS 9.
-
Working with Auto Layout Constraints
After watching this video; you will be able to add and remove auto layout constraints in Interface Builder.
-
Working with Delegates
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and work with delegates in an iOS application.
-
Working with Master/Detail App
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a multi-view app as a master/detail app.
-
Working with Navigation Controllers
After watching this video; you will be able to use navigation controllers to navigate multi-view apps.
-
Working with Playgrounds
After watching this video; you will be able to use a playground in XCode .
-
Working with Scenes and Segues
After watching this video; you will be able to implement storyboard scenes and segues for an iOS application.
-
Working with Tabbed Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to generate a multi-view app as a tabbed app.
-
The Xcode Interface - Navigator and Debug Areas
After watching this video; you will be able to open a project and use the Navigator and Debug areas.
-
Using Action Sheets
After watching this video; you will be able to use action sheets to provide users with feedback in iOS applications.
-
Using First Responders
After watching this video; you will be able to work with first responders in an iOS application.
-
Using Segmented Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to use segmented controls in iOS applications.
-
App Statistics
After watching this video; you will be able to collect statistics on an Android Lollipop app with the android.app.usage API.
-
Battery Usage Stats
After watching this video; you will be able to dump and interpret battery stats for an app in Android Lollipop.
-
Bluetooth LE API
After watching this video; you will be able to use the new android.hardware.bluetooth_le APIs to make Bluetooth connections.
-
Camera API Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to use the android.hardware.camera2 API to capture and process images from an on-device camera.
-
Concurrent Activities
After watching this video; you will be able to manage concurrent tasks in an app using the ActivityManager.AppTask class.
-
Controlling Media and Checking Connectivity
After watching this video; you will be able to control media playback and check network connectivity in Android Lollipop.
-
Creating a Notification and Battery Stats
After watching this video; you will be able to create a notification and interrogate battery stats in Android Lollipop.
-
Input Language Switching and IME
After watching this video; you will be able to switch between input method editors in an Android Lollipop app.
-
Job Scheduler API
After watching this video; you will be able to use the job scheduler API for deferring work.
-
Lockscreen Notification Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to use the new notifications security and visibility levels in Android Lollipop.
-
Lollipop Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the major new features of Android Lollipop.
-
Media Browsing API
After watching this video; you will be able to access media content using the media browsing APIs in Android Lollipop.
-
Media Playback API Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to use media playback APIs to control media playback; including getting album art; on Android Lollipop.
-
Network API Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to test network availability from an app in Android Lollipop.
-
NFC API Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to use Android Beam and the NFC API in Android Lollipop apps.
-
Notifications Metadata
After watching this video; you will be able to set metadata on notifications in Android Lollipop.
-
OpenGL ES 3.1
After watching this video; you will be able to configure support for OpenGL ES 3.1 in Android Lollipop.
-
Permissions Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to use the new permissions and required features in an Android Lollipop app.
-
Printing Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to render pdfs for printing in an Android Lollipop app.
-
Screen Capture and Share API
After watching this video; you will be able to add screen capturing and screen sharing to an app using the Android Lollipop APIs.
-
Screen Pinning API
After watching this video; you will be able to programmatically activate screen pinning in an Android Lollipop app.
-
Storage Access Framework Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to read and write documents using the updated Storage Access Framework in Android Lollipop.
-
Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to use new testing API features in an Android Lollipop app.
-
WebView Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to use new features of WebView on Android Lollipop.
-
Accessing and Using Accelerometer
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use accelerometer in your app.
-
Accessing and Using Camera
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use camera in your app.
-
Accessing and Using File System
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use file system of a device in your app.
-
Accessing Contacts Information
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use contacts information of a device in your app.
-
Adding a Hook into the Workflow
After watching this video; you will be able to work with hooks in your app.
-
Adding a Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to extend your app by adding PhoneGap plugin.
-
Apache Cordova vs.
After watching this video; you will be able to compare Apache Cordova features with PhoneGap features.
-
Building an App with CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your first app through PhoneGap command line interface.
-
Creating a "Hello World!" App
"After watching this video; you will be able to create a ""Hello World!"" app."
-
Creating a "Hello World" Application
"After watching this video; you will be able to create a ""Hello World"" application."
-
Creating a Build Project
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your first app using PhoneGap Build.
-
Debugging App in Android and iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to debugging app in Android and iOS through Chrome and Safari.
-
Exploring the App Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the app structure.
-
Exploring the CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to define PhoneGap command line interface and identify its features.
-
Getting Started with Build
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the prerequisites for working with PhoneGap Build.
-
Installing ADK on Mac
After watching this video; you will be able to install Android Development Environment on Mac.
-
Installing ADK on Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to install Android Development Environment on Windows.
-
Installing Node.js on Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to install Node.js on Windows.
-
Installing on Mac
After watching this video; you will be able to install PhoneGap on Mac.
-
Architecture and Supported Platforms
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the architecture of PhoneGap and identify the platforms supported in PhoneGap.
-
History and Key Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the history of PhoneGap and identify the key features.
-
Preparing for your First Build (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to create keychain file for Android and certificate file for iOS.
-
Preparing for your First Build (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create a provisioning profile for iOS using the certificate file.
-
Removing a Plugin
After watching this video; you will be able to remove a plugin from your app.
-
Testing Applications in Android and iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to test your app in Android and iOS.
-
Testing your Android App Using CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and test your app in Android.
-
Testing your iOS App Using CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and test your app in iOS.
-
Troubleshooting Build Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot build issues.
-
Updating and Managing Apps with Hydration
After watching this video; you will be able to update and manage your app with Hydration.
-
Using Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to use notifications in your app.
-
Using Barcode Scanning API
After watching this video; you will be able to use barcode scanning API to read barcode in your app.
-
Using Calling and Messaging Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to use calling and messaging feature in your app.
-
Using Media Playback
After watching this video; you will be able to use media-like videos and sound in your app.
-
Using Web Services
After watching this video; you will be able to use web services to display data in your app.
-
Working in Debug Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to work in debug mode.
-
Working with Bluetooth API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Bluetooth API to access Bluetooth in your app.
-
Working with Geolocation API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with geolocation API.
-
Working with Network API
After watching this video; you will be able to work with network API to access networking in your app.
-
Working with Android Developer App
After watching this video; you will be able to work with PhoneGap Android Developer app.
-
Working with Desktop App
After watching this video; you will be able to work with PhoneGap Desktop App.
-
Capture and Save Image in Phone
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app to capture an image and save it in your phone's gallery.
-
Publish and Test an App on a Phone
After watching this video; you will be able to publish a sample app with PhoneGap Build and test it on a phone.
-
Adding Basic Data Management to a Portable Class Library
After watching this video; you will be able to include basic data management functionality in a Portable Class Library.
-
Adding Classes to a Portable Class Library
After watching this video; you will be able to add classes to represent data to a Portable Class Library.
-
Adding Data Navigation to a Portable Class Library
After watching this video; you will be able to enable navigation functionality for data in a Portable Class Library.
-
Adding Pop-ups in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to add alert and action sheet pop-ups in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Configuring Support for a WCF Service in a Xamarin.Android Application
After watching this video; you will be able to configure support for a WCF service in a Xamarin.Android Application.
-
Configuring Support for a WCF Service in a Xamarin.IOS Application
After watching this video; you will be able to configure support for a WCF service in a Xamarin.iOS Application.
-
Creating a Portable Class Library
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Portable Class Library that can be shared across multiple platforms.
-
Creating a Xamarin.Forms Solution in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to define Xamarin.Forms; when it should be used and create a Xamarin.Forms solution in Visual Studio.
-
Creating and Using a Shared Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use shared project in Xamarin cross-pltform solutions.
-
Customizing List Cells in Xamarin.Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the appearance of cells in listviews in a Xamarin.Forms solution.
-
Enabling Gesture Recognition in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to enable recognition of gestures in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Enabling Web Browsing in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Web View control to enable browsing in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Implementing Data Binding in Xamarin.Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to implement data binding for a Xamarin.Forms object.
-
Including Visual Feedback
After watching this video; you will be able to include functionality for visual feedback in the Portable Class Library .
-
Launching the Xamarin.Forms Page in Android and iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to launch the Xamarin.Forms page in Android and iOS.
-
Navigating Between Pages in a Xamarin.Forms Application
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate between pages in a Xamarin.Forms application.
-
Saving and Loading Files in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to save and load files in Xamarin.Forms appplications.
-
Specifying Colors in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to specifying colors in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Specifying Fonts in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to specify fonts in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Supporting SQLite
After watching this video; you will be able to include support for SQLite in a cross-platform solution.
-
Using a Portable Class Library in a Project
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Portable Class Library to a Xamarin.Android project and to a Xamarin.iOS project.
-
Using images in a Xamarin.Forms Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use local; downloaded; embedded images as well as icons and splashscreens in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Using Maps in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to use maps in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Working with Files Embedded as Rsources in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to load files embedded as resources in Xamarin.Forms applications.
-
Working with Layouts in Xamarin.Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to using managed and unmanaged layouts in a Xamarin.Forms solution.
-
Working with Lists in Xamarin.Forms Solutions
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ListView control in a Xamarin.Forms solution.
-
Configuring SQLite Support in Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to configure SQLite support in a Xamarin.Forms application.
-
Using a Custom Renderer in a Xamarin.Forms Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to write a Custom Renderer to customize controls in a Xamarin.Forms application for a specific platform.
-
Addin a NuGet to a Xamarin Project
After watching this video; you will be able to add a NuGet to a Xamarin project.
-
Coding Basic Functionality for Android UI Elements
After watching this video; you will be able to reference and code basic functionality for Xamarin.Android UI elements.
-
Coding Basic Functionality for iOS Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to code basic functionality for Xamarin iOS UI elements.
-
Creating a Xamarin iOS Project in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Xamarin.iOS project in Visual Studio as part of a cross-platform solution and configure the Info.plist.
-
Creating a Xamarin.Android Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic Xamarin.Android project as part of a cross-platform solution and examine project elements.
-
Creating the Ui for an iOS application in Xamarin Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to use the iOS Designer to add controls to the UI for an iOS application.
-
Enabling Touch in a Xamarin.Android Project
After watching this video; you will be able to enable touch in a Xamarin.Android project.
-
Enabling Touch in a Xamarin.iOS Project
After watching this video; you will be able to enable touch in a Xamarin.iOS project.
-
Introducing Xamarin
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the nature; purpose and characteristics of Xamarin.
-
Layout Settings in Xamarin iOS Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with Xamarin.iOS layout settings.
-
Requirements for Xamarin.iOS Application Development with Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to outline requirements for developing Xamarin.iOS applications using Visual Studio.
-
Specifying a Relative or Linear Layout for an Android UI
After watching this video; you will be able to specify a linear or relative layout for a Xamarin.Android UI.
-
Using an Android Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to run a Xamarin application in an Android emulator.
-
Using an iOS Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to run a Xamarin.iOS application in an iOS emulator and debug the application.
-
Using Caching with Reflection for Resource Identification
After watching this video; you will be able to use caching to optimize use of reflection to identify resources.
-
Using Reflection to Identify Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to use reflection to identify resources for Xamarin projects.
-
Using Storyboards in the iOS Designer
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use storyboards in the iOS Designer to design an application visually.
-
Using the Android Designer to Configure Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Android Designer to configure controls for a Xamarin.Android UI.
-
Working with Image Resources in a Xamarin.Android Project
After watching this video; you will be able to use and manage image resources in a Xamarin.Android project.
-
Working with Image Resources in a Xamarin.iOS Project
After watching this video; you will be able to use and manage image resources in a Xamarin.iOS project.
-
Using the Xamarin Component Store
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Component from the Xamarin Component Store to a project.
-
Adding Items to the Options Menu
After watching this video; you will be able to add items to options menu.
-
Android Interfaces and Architecture (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the software stack elements of the Linux kernel; Android runtime; and associated libraries.
-
Android Interfaces and Architecture (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the software stack elements of the application framework and default applications.
-
Building Relative Layouts
After watching this video; you will be able to build relative layouts.
-
Configuring a Service
After watching this video; you will be able to add a service to a main activity.
-
Configuring Android Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to manipulate project settings for appearance; editor; and debugger features.
-
Connecting Real Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to connect physical devices to Android Studio and run test.
-
Constructing Linear Layouts
After watching this video; you will be able to construct linear layouts.
-
Create and Manipulate Android Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to work with different types of Android databases.
-
Create Android Components
After watching this video; you will be able to create an activity; a service; a broadcast receiver; and a content provider.
-
Creating a Background Service and Layout Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create a service project and layout files.
-
Creating a Fragment
After watching this video; you will be able to create fragments.
-
Activities and Services
After watching this video; you will be able to define activities and services.
-
Creating a Scrollable Text Display
After watching this video; you will be able to create a scrollable text display.
-
Creating a Service Class
After watching this video; you will be able to add a service to a project.
-
Creating Activities for SharedPreferences
After watching this video; you will be able to create activities for SharedPreferences.
-
Creating and Declaring a Content Provider
After watching this video; you will be able to create and declare a content provider.
-
Creating and Launching an Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to create and launch activities.
-
Creating CRUD Project and Setting up Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create CRUD layout and Java class files.
-
Creating Custom Launcher Icons
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom launcher icon.
-
Creating JSON Data Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create JSON data files.
-
Creating Virtual Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to create; configure; and use virtual devices.
-
Customizing Material Design
After watching this video; you will be able to use styles to customize material design.
-
Debugging Code with Breakpoints and Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to debug code with breakpoints and variables.
-
Debugging Code with Logcat Messages
After watching this video; you will be able to debug code with logcat.
-
Deleting SQLite Database
After watching this video; you will be able to delete records in SQLite database.
-
Designing Layouts for an Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to design layouts for activities.
-
Developing Files for External Storage (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to create method to write data into external storage.
-
Developing Files for External Storage (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create method to read data from external storage.
-
Developing Files for Internal Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to create and write files for internal storage.
-
Displaying Drawable Images with Android
After watching this video; you will be able to display drawable images.
-
Displaying Items in the Action Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to display items in action bar.
-
Exploring the Layout Design Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the layout Design interface.
-
Features and Importance of Intents
After watching this video; you will be able to describe intents and their importance.
-
Features of the User Interface Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the user interface class.
-
Handling System Events with Broadcast Receivers
After watching this video; you will be able to handle system events with a broadcast receiver.
-
Identifying Units of Measurements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify units of measurements.
-
Importing and Configuring Existing Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to import and configure existing projects into Android Studio.
-
Inserting Data into SQLite Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to insert data into SQLite databases.
-
Installing Java SDK; Android SDK; and Android Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to install Java SDK; Android SDK; and Android Studio.
-
Introduction to External Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to define external databases in Android.
-
Introduction to Local Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to define local databases in Android.
-
Introduction to Preferences
After watching this video; you will be able to define preferences in Android.
-
Introduction to Private and Shared Preferences
After watching this video; you will be able to describe private and shared preferences.
-
Introduction to SQLite Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SQLite databases in Android.
-
Introduction to Uniform Resource Identifier
After watching this video; you will be able to define content URI.
-
Managing Action Bars at Runtime
After watching this video; you will be able to manage action bar at runtime.
-
Migrating Eclipse Projects to Android Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to migrate Eclipse projects to Android Studio.
-
Packaging Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to export an app package.
-
Parsing XML Data in Android
After watching this video; you will be able to describe parsing XML data in Android.
-
Pausing and Resuming an Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to identify state changes when an app is paused and resumed.
-
Reading Data into SQLite Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to read data into SQLite databases.
-
Reading Files into Internal Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to read files into internal storage.
-
Re-creating an Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to stop and rebuild an activity.
-
Registering a Service
After watching this video; you will be able to register a service in Android manifest.
-
Registering Broadcast Receivers Dynamically
After watching this video; you will be able to register a broadcast receiver dynamically.
-
Registering Broadcast Receivers Statically
After watching this video; you will be able to register a broadcast receiver statically.
-
Reviewing JSON Data Files
After watching this video; you will be able to read JSON data files.
-
Stopping and Restarting an Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to identify state changes when an app is stopped and restarted.
-
The Activity Life Cycle
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the life cycle of activities.
-
The Anatomy of Android Studio (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to use menus and toolbars.
-
The Anatomy of Android Studio (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to search folders and file directories; and customize window layouts.
-
The Development History and Uses of Android
After watching this video; you will be able to define Android and identify its development history and uses in the information age.
-
The Features of Android Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the official IDE for Android applications and identify the system requirements for using it.
-
Types of Storage Options in Android
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of storage options in Android.
-
Understanding the SQLite Database Design
After watching this video; you will be able to define a schema and contract.
-
Understanding the Structure of an Android App
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the structure of an Android project.
-
Updating SQLite Database
After watching this video; you will be able to update records in SQLite database.
-
Using Activities with SharedPreferences
After watching this video; you will be able to use activities with shared preferences.
-
Using Android Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to define and use Android styles.
-
Using Explicit Intents
After watching this video; you will be able to work with explicit intents to start activities.
-
Using Fragments in Screen Layouts
After watching this video; you will be able to use fragments to layout screens.
-
Using Implicit Intents
After watching this video; you will be able to use implicit intents to open activities.
-
Using insert; query; and onCreate Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use insert; query; and onCreate methods.
-
Using Java Code for Preferences
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java code to define preferences.
-
Using Material Design
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app with material design.
-
Using Progress Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to use progress bar.
-
Using Prompt Dialog
After watching this video; you will be able to use prompt dialog.
-
Using the Android Interface XMLPULLParser (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to use onCreate method for XMLPULLParser.
-
Using the Android Interface XmlPullParser (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create class to handle XML data.
-
Using the Android SQL Helper Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a database using a SQL Helper.
-
Using the Assets Folder
After watching this video; you will be able to use assets folder to load images.
-
Using the Broadcast Receiver Class
After watching this video; you will be able to describe broadcast receivers.
-
Using the Gradle Build System
After watching this video; you will be able to use Gradle to configure and manage project builds.
-
Using the Image View Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use image view to display images.
-
Using the Time Picker Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use time picker control.
-
Using Toast to Display Messages
After watching this video; you will be able to use toast to display messages.
-
Using update; delete; and getType Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use update; delete; and getType methods.
-
Working with Toggle Buttons and Ratings Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to work with toggle buttons and ratings bar.
-
Broadcast Receivers and Content Providers
After watching this video; you will be able to define broadcast receivers and content providers.
-
Using the Date Picker Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use date picker control.
-
Work with Android Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app and a virtual device; and export the app as a package.
-
Working with Android Market Fragments
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Android market fragmentation.
-
Working with Buttons and Text Boxes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with buttons and text boxes.
-
Working with Checkboxes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with checkboxes.
-
Working with Event Listeners for SharedPreferences
After watching this video; you will be able to work with event listeners for shared preferences.
-
Working with Passwords
After watching this video; you will be able to work with passwords.
-
Working with Radio Buttons
After watching this video; you will be able to work with radio buttons.
-
Working with Screens with Layout Resource Files
After watching this video; you will be able to define screens with layout resource files.
-
Working with the Android Manifest
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Android manifest.
-
Working with Themes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with themes.
-
Work with UIs; Controls; and Fragments
After watching this video; you will be able to manipulate user interfaces; controls; and fragments.
-
Advanced Debugging Techniques
In Android Application Development; you can use advanced debugging techniques to find problems in your code. Advanced debugging techniques also afford the opportunity to use log message filters. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates using DDMS to discover trends in log messages.
-
Android Intents and Android Messaging
In Android Application Development; you can use intents to send data across different virtual machines; as well as review the inter-process communication capabilities on the operating system. In this video; Randall Nagy discusses the relationship between IPC’s and intents; and the ways intents can be used within an application.
-
Android Project Components
In Android applications; projects are made up of several files and components. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Package Explorer feature in Eclipse to work through a graphical representation of the various project components.
-
Back Stack
In Android Application Development; you use the Back Stack to move from the current task backwards into the various other tasks associated with your application. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates the ways of managing workflow with the use of Back Stack; the use of Single Task Launch; and how Android Major reports the Instantiation state.
-
ComponentName() as Source and Destination Endpoints
In Android Application Development; you can use the ComponentName class to define the start and end points of interprocess communications (IPC) capabilities fed by intents. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to parameterize the ComponentName class and use the startActivity method to establish communication between the main and child activities.
-
Configuring and Using Spinners
In Android; a spinner is a useful way of displaying a long list of items when you want to save on screen real-estate. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you create a spinner using a data adapter.
-
Controlling Audio Volume
Volume is one of the many different controls you can add to a media player object in Android. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to demonstrate how to develop code for adjusting the volume of an audio stream using a simple application.
-
Creating an Android Project in Eclipse
You can develop Android applications using the Eclipse environment. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to create a new project and specify the settings it uses.
-
Migrating Local Services to System Services – Implementing Androids' Handle Interface
In Android Application Development; local services can be migrated to system services. In this video; Randall Nagy uses the DownloadHandlerGroup to explain its download capabilities and the implementation of the Handler service.
-
Migrating Local Services to System Services – IPC Via Android Messengers
When developing applications for Android; you can communicate with out-of-task services. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to use the onServiceConnected method to create messenger objects.
-
Migrating Local Services to System Services – Multi-Bound Service Management
In Android Application Development; the multi-threaded capability of a remote multi-bound message-based service allows you to manage several downloads at the same time. You can also start and stop individual handlers. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to manage ThreadGroups and enable multiple services to communicate by calling methods from the ServiceConnection class.
-
Migrating Local Services to System Services – Starting/Stopping a Service via Messages
In Android Application Development; you have the ability to manage the services lifecycle. In this video; Randall Nagy uses the IPC constants to start and stop a service.
-
MIME Types Reviewed
In Android Application Development; the ability to exchange complex data between contexts is facilitated by MIME type media. In this video; Randall Nagy reviews the history and development of multiple MIME types and their standards before showing you how to specify viewer actions able to view specific MIME types.
-
onOpen and onConfigure
In Android Application Development; the SQLite helper allows you to monitor the occurrence of discrete events in your main activity by implementing the onOpen and onConfigure methods. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to provide event logs when the database is being opened and the connection configured while adding an object to the database.
-
Passing Rich Data Between Android Activities
In Android Application Development; actions such as the ability to send rich data between Android devices are; in the absence of data or views of a specific type being set; statically managed by the Manifest file. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how Android searches the system for; and dynamically maps to; views set in the Manifest file.
-
Passing Simple Data Between Android Activities
In Android Application Development; you can use predefined manifest constants within an activity intent to pass pre-arranged one-way or round-trip data to and from an Android destination child receiver. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to use the startActivity; startActivityForResult; and onActivityResult methods to pass simple data between Android activities.
-
Playing Audio
The popularity of mobile devices has been helped by their ability to play audio files. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to demonstrate how to include and play an audio file in an Android application.
-
Playing Video
A VideoView control offers a convenient way of playing video files in an Android application. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to demonstrate how to set up and play video using this control.
-
POJO and Data Access
In Android Application Development; a Plain Old Java Object (POJO) allows you to manage data access from a SQLite database. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how Java objects let you get and set a product ID based upon a SQLite automatically generated 1's based record; and how to manage database lifecycle events using the SQLitOpenHelper class.
-
Responding to User Actions on a Spinner
You can use a spinner in an Android application to allow users to select a value from a list of items. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you perform an operation based on the item a user selects from a spinner.
-
Saving to Internal Storage
In Android; you can save data permanently to the device using various techniques. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you can retrieve and save user-inputted data using fileOutputStream.
-
Sending Data to a Subsequent Activity
With Android; Activities are usually isolated from each other but you can create a system for sending data between Activities. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates one way of sending information from one Activity to another.
-
Set Data
In Android Application Development; Android will select and start the first Activity it finds in your Manifest file should you specify more than one main intent or fail to specify a default launcher. In this video; Randall Nagy reviews Androids default actions as well as methods of setting data into intents; using the setType; setData; and setDataAndType methods.
-
Single Task and Single Instance
In Android Application Development; you use the singleTask to make sure that in the Android embedded Linux operating system; there is only one virtual machine that has a task in it associated to your application. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to manage workflow with the use of Single Task Launch.
-
SQL Query from Row Identifier
In Android Application Development; once a row identifier has been established; executing a SQL query through a data access object (DAO) is a relatively simple process. In this video; Randall Nagy uses SQL to retrieve data and put it into an object; and demonstrates how to delete and update data in a SQLite database using the object ID.
-
Starting an Activity for a Result
In Android Application Development; starting an activity for a result enables communication; no matter where the endpoints are defined. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to initiate activities by importing your main LAUNCHER and intent filters; and how Android; in conjunction with re-orchestrated manifest constants; uses the onCreate and other methods to return a result.
-
Switching Activities
An Android application can have multiple Activities; which each represent a single screen. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you add and switch Activities in an application.
-
Understanding Android States
In Android Application Development; there are several different sub-states to be aware of. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how Android can determine how to activate the context; and where a task should run in the operating system; then explains the different Android sub-states including; onCreate; onResume; onPause; and onDestroy.
-
Understanding Long Click Listeners
A long click in Android occurs when the user holds their finger over an object for more than a second. So long click listeners allow elements in the user interface to have more than one function. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Eclipse development environment to demonstrate how to create an onClick long click listener.
-
Understanding the Activity Lifecycle
The Activity lifecycle allows you to determine how an Activity runs in an Android application. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Eclipse development environment to demonstrate overriding all the methods you can use in the lifecycle.
-
Understanding the Application Manifest
The Manifest is the central file in an Android application and probably the most important as it tracks the application's permissions and resources. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to demonstrate how the Manifest is structured and how to modify it.
-
Using Checkboxes
You can use checkboxes in an Android application to provide a familiar form-like interface. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you add checkboxes to an interface; and write the code to read a checkbox's state.
-
Using CREATE TABLE
In Android Application Development; SQLite helper objects allow you to use the CREATE TABLE command to create a new table and manage database lifecycle events. In this video; Randall Nagy uses the CREATE TABLE command in a db.execSQL method within an onCreate superclass method; and demonstrates how to modify a database by invoking onUpgrade and onDowngrade methods.
-
Using Radio Buttons
You can use radio buttons in an Android application to enable users to choose one item from a larger group. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you create a group of radio buttons and check the state of each radio button.
-
Using Shared Preferences
The SharedPreferences object allows you to store data in an application and share such data between all Activities during the application's lifetime. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you store data in the SharedPreferences object.
-
Using the Autocomplete Text View
In an Android application; an Autocomplete Text View allows users to start typing a few letters into the field and then select an option from a list of matching items. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to specify a list of values and then use it to populate the Autocomplete list.
-
Using the Web View Control
The WebView control can be added to an Android application to provide direct access to the World Wide Web or local HTML. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to add the control to a view; and write the code to display HTML.
-
Working with Android Drawable Resources
Drawables allow you to supply graphics at different resolutions for each type of Android device. You can use any JPG; GIF; or PNG image file as a Drawable. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to insert a Drawable into an application at different resolutions and access it programmatically.
-
Working with Android String Resources
The Android architecture externalizes string resources to make internationalization easier. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the strings.xml file to configure strings at compile-time and run-time.
-
Working with the Emulator
In the Android emulator; you can simulate a real Android device and test your application’s response when receiving voice calls and SMS text messages. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you use the DDMS view and command-line features of the emulator to test applications.
-
Creating and Interpreting Keyboard Events
An Android device has a hard or soft keyboard and applications need to be able to handle keyboard input. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Eclipse development environment to demonstrate how to interpret keyboard events.
-
Creating and Using Custom Buttons
You can replace the default Android buttons with JPG; PNG; or GIF graphics you create. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you import the customized images into the project and implement these as custom buttons.
-
Creating and Using Toggle Buttons
In an Android application; you can use a multi-state button to represent an On and Off status. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you add a multi-state toggle button and customize its settings.
-
Creating Android Virtual Devices
One of the most convenient ways to test your Android application is on a virtual device. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Eclipse development environment to create and manage virtual devices.
-
Creating Event Listeners Declaratively
In Android applications; you can conveniently substitute Java code with XML code to declaratively create event listeners. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to demonstrate how to create declarative listeners in XML using the onClick element.
-
Creating Event Listeners with Anonymous Functions
You use event listeners to work with Android’s event-driven model. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Eclipse development environment to demonstrate one way of creating listeners.
-
Creating Event Listeners with Interface Implementation
In Android applications; you can implement an interface for more flexibility with event listeners and callbacks. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to demonstrate how you can create a listener by implementing an interface.
-
Creating Services – Broadcast Receiver Strategy
In Android Application Development; you can use the Broadcast Receiver to loosely couple applications together. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to use Android's Broadcast Receiver to define an endpoint that will allow a service to create and send information to a user.
-
Creating Services – Intent Service Requirements
In Android Application Development; the Intent service can be used as a way to implement a service. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to extend the Intent service class.
-
Creating Services – Intent Service Review
In Android Application Development; you can use the Intent service with local services. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates an intent service used to fulfil the very real world need of registering; deregistering; and validating users.
-
Creating Services – Launch Mode Strategies
In Android Application Development; there are various ways that you can launch activities. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to use different launch modes such as standard; singleTop; singleActivity; and singleInstance; to launch activities.
-
Creating Services – Receiving Broadcast Messages
In Android Application Development; you can use a local broadcast service to allow an activity to be freed from locking up when long running or error prone activities are taking place. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to receive broadcast messages via the broadcast receiver and notification builder.
-
Creating Services – Starting and Stopping Services
In Android Application Development; having the ability to stop and start a service on demand can allow you to test; as well as otherwise manage; critical service level resources. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to start and stop services using a main intent and IPC_ON and IPC_OFF.
-
Database Collection Retrieval
In Android Application Development; a Java collection framework can be used to manage java lists and sets of DAOs. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates using the Java array support to select all data from a table; and shows how to insert; read; and update a database using an example.
-
DDMS View
The DDMS view provides you with information about what is going on behind the scenes of the emulator. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Eclipse development environment to demonstrate how to use the DDMS view for debugging your application.
-
Dial a Phone Number with ACTION_DIAL
In Android Application Development; you can use the hard-coded ACTION_DIAL and ACTION_VIEW capabilities to simulate dialing a phone number and parsing a URL. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to start an activity with his main launcher and intent filter; introduce the BroadcastReceiver interface and its onReceive capability; and simulate dialing a phone number and parsing a URL.
-
Loading from Internal Storage
Android applications need a way to retrieve data saved to the device's internal storage. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Eclipse to write Java code for loading data from an internal file saved on a device.
-
Local Intent Filters
In Android Application Development; you can create your own MIME types to ensure that intents are intercepted in your applications. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates the value of activities having multiple intent filters; reviews getters and setters retrieving data pulled by activities; and creates a MIME type to distinguish two actions.
-
Managing Long-Running Services – Extending Binder
In Android Application Development; you can share objects by binding and unbinding a single instance of the Ibinder. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates how to unbind locally bound Java objects so the original operating system can resume properly.
-
Managing Long-Running Services – Using Service Connections
In Android Application Development; you can use service connections to communicate with a service. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates using bindService to avoid user interface lockdown by decoupling long-running services.
-
Managing Long-Running Services – Using Toast
In Android Application Development; using a Toast allows you to manage long running services. In this video; Randall Nagy demonstrates using a default toString to import an activity into an application; how to replace a StockBinder; and the relationship between them and a service during testing.
-
Migrating Local Services to System Services – Consuming Broadcast Services
In Android Application Development; Intent services and broadcast receivers are application components that handle events and allow you to fulfil critical interprocess communication requests. In this video; Randall Nagy uses the BatteryManager service to broadcast battery details in an Intent while demonstrating how to consume services in Android.
-
Creating Custom Exception Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom Java error classes.
-
Creating JARs
After watching this video; you will be able to create JARs for exporting Java code between apps.
-
Defensive Initialization
After watching this video; you will be able to initialize instances of classes safely.
-
Dependency Management with Gradle
After watching this video; you will be able to set up dependency management in Gradle.
-
Dependency Management with Maven
After watching this video; you will be able to set up dependency management in Apache Maven.
-
Design by Contract
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple app using Design by Contract principles.
-
Design by Contract in Android
After watching this video; you will be able to use Design by Contract in Android.
-
Naming Constants
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practices for naming constants in Java for Android.
-
Naming Getter Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practices to name getter methods in Java for Android.
-
Null Checking
After watching this video; you will be able to check for the presence of null to avoid errors.
-
Overloading Methods
Unlike most modern languages; a Ruby class can only have a single method with a given name. By adding logic you can simulate method overloading in certain situations. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to achieve the flexibility of method overloading in Ruby by defining default parameter arguments for a particular method.
-
Package Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to use different scopes to implement defensive programming.
-
Performing Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to use ViewAction; ViewInteraction; and DataInteraction classes to simulate actions when testing an Android app.
-
Precondition; Postcondition; and Invariant Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and use precondition; postcondition and invariant assertions.
-
Preventing Format String Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to use secure coding principles to guard against format string attacks.
-
Preventing SQL Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to protect against SQL injection by using parameterized and prepared statements.
-
Progress Reporting
After watching this video; you will be able to use progress reporting to enhance user experience.
-
Receiving File Input Data
After watching this video; you will be able to create code that handles file inputs to an Android app.
-
Receiving URL Input Data
After watching this video; you will be able to create code that handles url inputs to an Android app.
-
Resource Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use resource files in an Android app.
-
Restricting WebView Navigation Based on User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to restrict access to navigation methods in a WebView object.
-
Setting up the Android Testing Support API
After watching this video; you will be able to set up the Android Testing Support API for automated UI testing.
-
Simplifying App Code Using Method Naming
After watching this video; you will be able to reduce method complexity in iOS apps using Objective- C.
-
Singularly Focused Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to design classes that have a single and defined focus.
-
Singularly Focused Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to design methods that have a single and defined focus.
-
Specifying Contracts Using Comments
After watching this video; you will be able to use comments to support Design By Contract.
-
SQLite Prepared Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use SQLite prepared statements to protect against SQL attacks.
-
Switch and Case Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to work safely with the Java switch and case statements.
-
Taking Advantage of Constants
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how constants can be used in defensive programming.
-
Taking advantage of Indentation and Whitespace
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how both indentation and whitespace can be used to promote defensive programming.
-
Test Case Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use test case classes in Android automated unit testing.
-
Testing For Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to test for specific kinds of errors based on domains and codes.
-
The benefits of simple code
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what it means to keep code simple and how it makes programs more robust.
-
The Benefits of Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how unit testing can be used in defensive programming.
-
The Benefits of Using Standards
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how and where standards promote defensive programming.
-
Transferring Large Files
After watching this video; you will be able to transfer large files in the background.
-
UI Automation Testing Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize where end-to-end testing can be used in defensive programming.
-
UI Components
After watching this video; you will be able to test UI components in Android.
-
Understanding Design by Contract
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics of design by contract.
-
Understanding Errors and Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how errors and exceptions can be used in defensive programming.
-
Understanding Exception Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Java exception classes.
-
User Experience During Network Access
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the importance of maintaining a good user experience while accessing the network.
-
Using Annotations Defensively
After watching this video; you will be able to use annotations to aid in programming defensively for Android.
-
Using AsyncTask
After watching this video; you will be able to use AsyncTask to retrieve data asynchronously and preserve user experience.
-
Using Basic Enums
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a basic enum in Java.
-
Using Enums for Defensive Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to use enums to reduce the possibility of unexpected input.
-
Using Indentation Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to use indentation to make source code more readable and maintainable.
-
Using Packages and Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use packages and classes to implement proper encapsulation.
-
Using Setters
After watching this video; you will be able to design setters to avoid potential errors.
-
Using the Android JUnit Testing API
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Android testing API to construct automated unit tests.
-
Using Whitespace
After watching this video; you will be able to use whitespace to make source code more readable and maintainable.
-
Validating Input to a WebView Object
After watching this video; you will be able to parse and check input values before using that input in a WebView object.
-
Validating User Input in Real-time
After watching this video; you will be able to use a real-time approach to validating user-provided input.
-
Variable Naming
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and use variable naming standards in Java.
-
While Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to design while loops that are not vulnerable to running forever.
-
Working with Invariants
After watching this video; you will be able to use invariants to support Design by Contract.
-
Working with Postconditions
After watching this video; you will be able to use postconditions to support Design by Contract.
-
Working with Preconditions
After watching this video; you will be able to use preconditions to support Design by Contract.
-
Working with Test Results
After watching this video; you will be able to view test results in the IDE.
-
Working with Underlying Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to use an underlying error object to find out more detail about an error that has occurred.
-
Activity Instrumentation
After watching this video; you will be able to use instrumentation of activities for Android automated UI testing.
-
Altered Loop Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and avoid bugs caused by altered loop variables.
-
Assertion Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use Android assertion classes.
-
Assertion Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of assertions for defensive programming in Java for Android.
-
Atomic and Nonatomic
After watching this video; you will be able to use atomic and nonatomic operations in threaded applications.
-
Avoiding Duplicated Code
After watching this video; you will be able to avoid duplicating code in Java Android apps.
-
Best Practice Writing Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize best practice in writing methods for Android apps in Java.
-
Checking Network Connectivity
After watching this video; you will be able to check network connectivity status in Android apps.
-
Constants in Java
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use constants in Java for Android.
-
Creating APKs
After watching this video; you will be able to create APKs to run on Android devices.
-
Design By Contract in Java
After watching this video; you will be able to use Design By Contract in Java.
-
Displaying Errors in Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to inform end users of error information in an Android app.
-
Enum Constructors
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an enum with a constructor and recognize the rules for enum constructors.
-
Enums and Abstract Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to create an enum with abstract methods.
-
Enums and Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an interface in an enum.
-
Espresso Test Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use Espresso test classes for Android automated UI testing.
-
Exception Stack Traces
After watching this video; you will be able to use exception stack traces.
-
General Rules for Naming Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practices to name methods in Java for Android.
-
Importing Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to import packages in Java Android apps.
-
Input and Output Encoding
After watching this video; you will be able to sanitize data transferred across the network.
-
Instrumentation
After watching this video; you will be able to use instrumentation in automated Android unit testing.
-
Java Assert Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic assert statements in Java for Android.
-
Making Assumptions about User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common assumptions not to make about user input.
-
Mock Object Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use mock object classes in Android automated unit testing.
-
Mutable and Immutable Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize when to use mutable and immutable classes.
-
Naming Callback Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practices to name callback methods in Java for Android.
-
Naming Classes in Java
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and use class naming standards in Java.
-
Accessing the Network
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Android app to access the network asynchronously.
-
Creating Exceptions and Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Java app to use exceptions and assertions.
-
Debug and Release Mode
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use Visual Studio Debug and Release modes; each of which has different effects on an application and the platform’s behavior. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the differences between modes when working with .NET applications.
-
Working with App Inputs and Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to handle various types of inputs to an iOS app.
-
Accessing iOS App Interface Elements
After watching this video; you will be able to access interface elements by navigating the element hierarchy.
-
Accessing iOS App Interface Elements Using Labels
After watching this video; you will be able to use accessibility labels to interact with iOS app elements when automation testing.
-
Basics of Configuring a NSURLSession
After watching this video; you will be able to create and apply a configuration object to an NSURLSession instance.
-
Handling Indirectly Returned Error Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to use error information returned indirectly from methods.
-
iOS Network Interaction
After watching this video; you will be able to use common techniques for managing network interaction.
-
Knowing When a Specific Host is Reachable
After watching this video; you will be able to determine when an iOS app can and cannot reach a specific IP address.
-
Knowing When a Specific IP is Reachable
After watching this video; you will be able to determine when an iOS app can and cannot access the internet.
-
Knowing When Protected Files Change Status
After watching this video; you will be able to register for notifications and delagate methods that indicate when protected files change status.
-
Knowing When The Internet Is Reachable
After watching this video; you will be able to determine when an iOS app can and cannot access the Internet.
-
Making Async Network Calls Using Custom Delegates
After watching this video; you will be able to request a URL in a flexible manner using NSURLSession and custom delegates.
-
Making Async Network Calls Using NSURLSession
After watching this video; you will be able to request a URL in a simple manner using NSURLSession and system delegates.
-
Making Async Network Calls Without Delegates
After watching this video; you will be able to use NSURLConnection to make asynchronouse network calls without using custom delegates.
-
Making Network Calls Using NSURLConnection
After watching this video; you will be able to use NSURLConnection to make synchronous and asycnchronous network calls.
-
Managing Download in iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to use NRURLSession to reliably downlaod and save files in an iOS app.
-
Managing Failed Downloads in iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to use NSURLSession to handle downloads that fail.
-
Managing User Interrupted Downloads in iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to use NSURLSession to handle users' stopping and starting download operations.
-
MD5 Hashing Using Common Crypto
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MD5 hash using the Common Crypto library.
-
Naming Accessor Methods in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practices to name accessor methods in Objective-C.
-
Naming Classes in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use constants in Objective-C.
-
Overloading Functions and Method in Swift
After watching this video; you will be able to overload a function to reduce code complexity in Swift.
-
Protecting Text Files Using Built-in Encryption
After watching this video; you will be able to use built in hardware encryption to store text files securely on disk.
-
Receving URL Scheme Input Data
After watching this video; you will be able to ccreate code that handles url scheme inputs to an iOS app.
-
Removing iOS Keychain Items
After watching this video; you will be able to remove senstive data stored in the iOS keychain.
-
Responding to Redirects
After watching this video; you will be able to capture and handle redirect responses from a server.
-
Restricting Network Activity over Cellular Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to disallow internet traffic over cellular connections in an iOS app.
-
Restricting Scripts in WebViews
After watching this video; you will be able to stop script execution in any HTML loaded into a WebView.
-
Reusing Previously Created Automation Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to use touch interactions in automation tests.
-
Searching for iOS Keychain Items
After watching this video; you will be able to search and retrieve sensitive data from the iOS keychain.
-
Securing Alert Controllers
After watching this video; you will be able to obscure sensitive data when using alert controllers.
-
Securing Alert Views
After watching this video; you will be able to use alert view styles to collect sensitive user data.
-
Securing Text Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to obscure sensitive data from plain sight in an iOS app interface.
-
Setting Accessibility of Keychain Items
After watching this video; you will be able to define when keychain items are accessible depending on the lock status of an iOS device.
-
Setting Up Multiple Exception Handlers
After watching this video; you will be able to capture and handle specific types of exceptions locally.
-
SHA Hashing Using Common Crypto
After watching this video; you will be able to create an SHA hash using the Common Crypto library.
-
Simple Data Encryption and Decryption
After watching this video; you will be able to use the RNCryptor library to encrypt and decrypt data in an iOS app.
-
Simulating Tap Interaction in Automation Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to select and tap interface elements in automation testing.
-
Singularly Focused Functions and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to design functions that have a single and defined focus.
-
Storing iOS Keychain Items
After watching this video; you will be able to securely store sensitive data using the iOS keychain.
-
Taking Advantage of the Keychain Services API
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage iOS keychain items.
-
Unit Testing Private Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to unit test private methods in custom classes.
-
Updating iOS Keychain Items
After watching this video; you will be able to update sensitive data stored in the iOS keychain.
-
Uploading Files from an iOS App
After watching this video; you will be able to use NSURLSession to upload files to a web server.
-
Using Assertions in Swift
After watching this video; you will be able to create assertions in Swift.
-
Using Constants in Swift
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use constants in Swift.
-
Using NSAssert in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to create assertions using NSAssert.
-
Using Resource Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use resource files in an iOS app.
-
Using the @finally Compiler Directive
After watching this video; you will be able to use the @finally directive to guarantee code execution.
-
Using the Assert Function in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to create assertions using the assert function.
-
Using the Defaults Database
After watching this video; you will be able to easily store and retrieve data from the defaults database.
-
Using the Element Tree
After watching this video; use the logElementTree method to understand an apps view hierarchy.
-
Using The Network Link Conditioner
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure the network link conditioner to be able to test iOS apps in different connection conditions.
-
Validating User Input in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to validate user-provided input using Objective-C.
-
Validating User Input in Realtime using ObjC
After watching this video; you will be able to use a real-time approach to validating user-provided input in Objective-C.
-
Working With Errors and Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with creating and managing errors and exceptions.
-
Working With Protected Files in the Background
After watching this video; you will be able to create and access protected file while an iOS device is in the background.
-
If Statements and Brackets
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how using brackets can protect against potential bugs.
-
Naming Delegate Methods in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practives to name delegate methods in Objective-C.
-
Communication via TCP in iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to send and receive data over a TCP connection in an iOS app.
-
Converting Exceptions to Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to convert a raised exception to an error when approriate.
-
Creating a TCP Client in iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to create a TCP client connection from an iOS app.
-
Creating and Throwing Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to create and throw/raise exceptions in iOS apps.
-
Creating Asynchronous Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to create and execute asynchronous tests.
-
Creating iOS Test Case Classes in Obj-C
After watching this video; you will be able to create a XCTestCase Class using Xcode and Objective-C
-
Creating iOS Test Case Classes in Swift
After watching this video; you will be able tocreate an XCTestCase Class using Xcode and Swift
-
Creating iOS Unit Tests in Obj-C
After watching this video; you will be able to create; execute; and check results of unit tests using Xcode and Objective-C.
-
Creating iOS Unit Tests in Swift
After watching this video; you will be able to work with asynchronous testing.
-
Creating NSError Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to create and return error objects from custom methods.
-
Creating Performance Based Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to how to create tests that measure execution time of code.
-
Decoding URLs
After watching this video; you will be able to use CF functions to decode URL's.
-
Decrypting iOS Data Using a Private Key
After watching this video; you will be able to use the private key of an asymmetric key pair to decrypt data.
-
Defending against Altered Loop Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and avoid bugs caused by altered loop variables.
-
Defending For Loops
After watching this video; you will be able todesign for loops that are not vulnerable to running forever.
-
Defending While Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to design for loops that are not vulnerable to running forever.
-
Displaying Errors in iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to use alert views to inform end users of error information.
-
Encoding URLs
After watching this video; you will be able to use CF functions to encode URL's.
-
Encrypting iOS Data Using a Public Key
After watching this video; you will be able to use the public key of an asymmetric key pair to encrypt data.
-
General Rules For Naming Obj-C Functions and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use best practices to name functions and methods in Objective-C.
-
Generating Asymmetric Keys For Securing iOS Data
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Certificate; Key; and Trust functions to generate an asymmetric key pair.
-
Generating Random Numbers in iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Randomization Services API to generate random numbers.
-
Getting Automation Test Results
After watching this video; you will be able to define pass and fail benchmarks for automation testing.
-
Getting Set Up For iOS Automation Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to initiate the creation of an automated test of an iOS app.
-
Protecting Data Files Using Built-in Encryption
After watching this video; you will be able to use built in hardware encryption to store binary files securely on disk.
-
Protecting iOS Apps Using TouchID
After watching this video; you will be able to use Touch ID authentication in iOS apps on supported devices.
-
Protecting NSData During Writes
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to write binary data to files while reducing the risk of data corruption.
-
Protecting Text Data During Writes
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to write text data to files while reducing the risk of data corruption.
-
Adding a Glance
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Glance to an Apple Watch application.
-
Adding a Map
After watching this video; you will be able to use maps within an Apple Watch application.
-
Adding Custom Notifications to an App
After watching this video; you will be able to use controllers and storyboards to provide custom notifications to an app.
-
Apple Watch Application Concepts
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the concepts and steps involved in developing Apple Watch applications.
-
Application and User Preferences
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how users and application preferences are stored and recalled.
-
Communication Between WatchKit and iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to perform communication tasks between WatchKit and iOS apps.
-
Configuring Custom Segues
After watching this video; you will be able to configure custom segues in an app.
-
Connecting WatchKit Apps with Existing iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a project by adding a WatchKit app to an iOS project.
-
Consuming Web Services
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the techniques to consume web services.
-
Creating a Storyboard
After watching this video; you will be able to create a storyboard.
-
Creating and Running an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create and run a simple application.
-
Creating Animation Effects
After watching this video; you will be able to create animation effects.
-
Creating Runtime Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to create runtime notifications within a custom interface.
-
Creating Static and Dynamic Long-Look Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to create static and dynamic long-look interfaces.
-
Creating Static Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to create static notifications within a custom interface.
-
Customizing the Behavior of a Glance
After watching this video; you will be able to work with code to customize the behavior of a glance.
-
Customizing the Behavior of Action Buttons
After watching this video; you will be able to work with code to customize the behavior of action buttons.
-
Development Tools and Environments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the tools used in developing Apple Watch applications.
-
Displaying Dynamic Data Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to use tables to display dynamic data lists.
-
Getting the Physical Location of a Watch
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and use techniques to get the physical location of a watch.
-
Glance Entry Points and Controllers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Glance Entry Points and work with controllers.
-
Glance Programming Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different programming techniques that can be applied to a glance.
-
Handling Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the iOS handles notifications.
-
Inputting and Displaying Text
After watching this video; you will be able to use objects that contain and display text.
-
Managing Application Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the different ways to layout an Apple Watch app.
-
Managing Glances
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Glances and Glance settings.
-
Managing Runtime Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to manage runtime notifications within a custom interface.
-
Managing Video/Audio Playback on a Paired iPhone
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how remote control events manage video/audio playback on a paired iPhone.
-
Page-based Navigation Versus Hierarchical Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between page-based and hierarchical navigations.
-
Performing Timed Operations
After watching this video; you will be able to use timers to perform timed operations.
-
Working with Images and Graphics
After watching this video; you will be able to use images and graphics in an Apple Watch app.
-
Working with Notification Categories
After watching this video; you will be able to work with notification categories within a custom interface.
-
Working with Existing iOS Technologies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe existing iOS technologies and how they work with the WatchKit app.
-
Responding to Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ways to respond to notifications.
-
Responding to User Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to use buttons; switches; sliders; and menu items in the user interface.
-
Sharing Data Between WatchKit and iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how data is shared between WatchKit and iOS apps.
-
Storing and Persisting Data in the iOS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how data is stored and persisted in the iOS.
-
Storyboard Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how storyboard navigation differs between the WatchKit and iOS apps.
-
Testing and Debugging Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various app testing and debugging techniques.
-
The WatchKit Application Lifecycle
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various phases of the WatchKit application life cycle.
-
Understanding Application Targets
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the target structure when building a WatchKit app.
-
Using and Managing a Long Look Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to describe; use; and manage a long-look interface.
-
Using and Managing a Short Look Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to describe; use; and manage a short-look interface.
-
Using Context Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to use context menus in an Apple Watch app.
-
Using Glances
After watching this video; you will be able to use glances and describe the glance life cycle.
-
Using Interface Objects and Controllers
After watching this video; you will be able to use interface objects and controllers.
-
Using Pins and Working with GPS Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to use pins and work with different GPS techniques.
-
Using WatchKit Life Cycle Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and use life cycle functions.
-
WatchKit App/WatchKit Extension Coordination
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the WatchKit app and the WatchKit extension work together to implement an app's interface.
-
Create a Basic Apple Watch Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy a simple Apple Watch application.
-
Create an Advanced Apple Watch Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Apple Watch application with custom glances and notifications.
-
App Thinning
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to implement app thinning to develop apps for multiple platforms.
-
App Transport Security
After watching this video; you will be able to implement app transport security (ATS) for iOS 9 apps.
-
Contacts and Contact UI
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the Contacts and Contacts UI frameworks in iOS 9 apps.
-
Content Indexing with Core Spotlight
After watching this video; you will be able to Use Core Spotlight APIs to make app content searchable.
-
New Features in Xcode 7
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new features included in Xcode 7.
-
Using NSUserActivity APIs
After watching this video; you will be able to Use NSUserActivity APIs to make app activities and states searchable.
-
Using PIP
After watching this video; you will be able to use picture in picture (PIP) in iOS 9 apps.
-
Using SFSafariViewController
After watching this video; you will be able to use SFSafariViewController to display web content in an iOS 9 app.
-
Using Slide Over and Split View
After watching this video; you will be able to implement slide over and split view in iOS 9 apps.
-
Using the Content Blocking Extension
After watching this video; you will be able to list the available extension points and use the content blocking extension in iOS 9 apps.
-
Using Universal Links
After watching this video; you will be able to use universal links in iOS 9 apps.
-
Using Web Markup
After watching this video; you will be able to use web markup to make app content searchable.
-
New Features of Swift 2
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new features included in version 2 of Swift language.
-
Accessing a Database
iOS allows developers to access an external database to retrieve data for display in an app. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to populate a table view with data from a database using a PHP file in the Cloud to send information to the app; and runs a URL; populates an array with the response; and displays the data.
-
Accessing the Accelerometer
iOS allows application developers to use the Accelerometer to track the movement of a device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the CoreMotion framework to create a CMDeviceMotion object that accepts data from the updateMotion method. A second object called CMAcceleration then writes acceleration values for x; y; and z to the console.
-
Accessing the Camera
iOS allows application developers to take pictures that are directly inserted into an app. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates adding the still-camera; displaying the camera; and add methods to start the camera; dismiss the ViewController if the user cancels; and access the picture taken by the user so it can be sent it to the ImageView.
-
Accessing the Camera Roll
iOS allows developers to access the camera roll on an iOS device for use in an application. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to add a still camera; use the MobileCoreServices framework to specify an image picker; navigation controller; and a camera roll button. He then shows how to set and manage media types for display in the picker.
-
Adding Scenes and Segues
In the Xcode development environment; you can add a number of Scenes to an application as well as configure the transition; or Segue; to use between Scenes. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you add another Scene to an application; add buttons to move between Scenes; and change the type of transition.
-
Alerting the User
iOS allows application developers to alert the user and wait for a response before the app can continue. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to create buttons; define and initialize an Alert View; display the alert when a specific button is clicked; then shows how to send the index of a clicked button to the Alert View.
-
Configuring And Triggering Segues with Objective C
You can trigger a Segue programmatically to move between Scenes in an iOS application. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode and Objective-C to trigger a Segue between two ViewControllers.
-
Configuring Auto Resizing of GUI Elements
You can use the Autorotation features of iOS to automatically adjust an application's layout when a device is rotated. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you use Xcode to configure your application's GUI elements to adapt to changing aspect ratios.
-
Core Location – Location Services in Background
iOS allows application developers to track a user's location even when the user exits the application. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates an alternative to using Location Manager in the background to save on battery power by monitoring only significant location changes rather than every location change.
-
Core Location – Region Monitoring
Region Monitoring in iOS Application Development allows you to continuously monitor a device's location when it has entered a specified region. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use Core Location to monitor a device's location.
-
Core Location – Speed
In iOS Application Development; the Core Location framework allows you to add GPS capabilities to your app that gets the user's location and determines the speed of the device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use a CLLocation object to represent location data generated by a CLLocationManager object; along with the speed property to report the device's speed.
-
Creating a Calendar Event
In iOS Application Development; the Event Kit framework allows your app to access a user's existing calendar data and create new events for their calendars. In this video; Drew McConnell initializes an EKEventStore object before demonstrating how to determine whether an app has access to the devices calendars and creating a new event with an EKEventEditViewController object.
-
Creating a Page View Controller
In iOS Application Development; you can create Page View Controllers; which allow you to generate a series of identically laid out pages that the user can swipe through. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to create a Page View Controller; define its strings; and arrays; and add images to it to display as the user swipes through the pages.
-
Creating a Popover View
In iOS Application Development; there are times you might want to display information without transitioning to an entire new screen. Popover Views allow you to show a window that only covers a portion of the screen. In this video; Drew McConnel demonstrates how to create and configure a Popover View on the Navigation Bar of your application.
-
Creating a Reminder
In iOS Application Development; you can create functionality in your apps that allow users to access to-do lists in the Reminders application on their device and create new reminders. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the Event Kit framework to access user's Reminders app information and how to return a new reminder in an event store.
-
Creating a Scroll View
In iOS Application Development; a ScrollView allows you to display content too large for your Apple device's screen. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to add a ScrollView to your window; create an outlet that gives access to your code; code your ScrollView to accommodate a selected image; load the image; and preview it on your iPhone screen.
-
Creating a Split View Application
In iOS Application Development; you can use a Split View to divide your iPad screen into a Master menu and a Detail view; the content of which changes according to the Master menu selection. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to create a Master-Detail application; its built-in Split View functionality; and edits the DetailViewController and MasterViewController files.
-
Creating a Static Table View Application
A Static Table View is one of the most convenient ways of displaying a fixed set of data. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode to demonstrate how to create a Static Table View and configure its appearance.
-
Creating a Tab View Application
Tab Views enable a user to switch between Scenes in an iOS application. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode to create and configure a Tab View.
-
Creating Outlets
In the XCode development environment; you use outlets to marry the Objective C-code with the application interface. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use outlets to link labels in an application to the Objective C-code.
-
Creating Storyboards for both iPad and iPhone
The XCode environment enables you to create a universal app that appears the same on iPhone and iPad. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you can use multiple Storyboards with a single set of code to make the application work well on both platforms.
-
Customizing Collection View Cells
In iOS Application Development; collection view cells allow you to define and customize the precise layout of visual elements in your app. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to customize collection view cells by adding background images and selected cell background images while using an image view.
-
Developing a GUI with a XIB file
XIB files; pronounced NIB; which were used to create older iPhone and iPad GUI applications; have been replaced in XCode with the Storyboard feature. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use XIB files in a single-view application.
-
Developing a GUI with Storyboard
You can use the new storyboard feature in XCode to create a graphical user interface; or GUI; for XCode applications for iPad and iPhone devices. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you use the storyboard to create a GUI for a single view application.
-
Displaying Badges
iOS allows application developers to display badge numbers on the home screen; indicating that there is a notification inside the app for the user to attend to. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to cause the badge to appear at a specific interval when the app resigns; and how to dismiss the badge when the user enters the app.
-
Displaying Banners
In iOS Application Development; you can display banner notifications at the top of the screen to inform the user of an action or event. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to create a banner so it appears after a specific interval once the app has resigned the window.
-
Drawing Lines and Paths
In iOS; you can draw lines and paths programmatically. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you use a XIB file for a ViewController to create interface graphics.
-
Email with Attachments
In iOS Application Development; the MFMailComposeViewController class provides a method that allows you to easily attach any type of file as an attachment when sending an e-mail in your app. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to create an e-mail with a selected JPEG file as an attachment using the addAttachmentData method from within an existing e-mail app.
-
Enabling and Disabling Autorotation
An application developed for iOS can automatically change its view layout when the device is rotated. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode to demonstrate how to implement Autorotation features.
-
Hiding the Keyboard on Click
In iOS applications; you can hide the keyboard when the user presses the background of the GUI. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the XCode development environment to program an iOS application to hide the keyboard in this way.
-
Hiding the Keyboard with Text Entry Elements
In iOS applications; the keyboard is automatically displayed whenever a user hits a Text Entry item but; as a developer; you need to hide the keyboard afterwards. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the Xcode development environment to implement this functionality.
-
Implementing a Dynamic Table View
A Dynamic Table View is a great way to display an abstract set of data in an iOS application. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode to demonstrate how to create a Dynamic Table View and configure its data.
-
Implementing In-App Email
In iOS Application Development; with a few lines of code the built-in API's allow you to easily present a mail composition interface so the user can send an e-mail message from within your app. In this video; Drew McConnell uses the MFMailComposeViewController class inside the MessageUI framework to provide an interface that allows for the sending of in-app e-mail messages.
-
Launching an External App
You can easily access the default Apple applications on your iOS device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the ViewController implementation file to access Safari; iMessage; Phone; Facetime; and the Mail applications.
-
Load URLs with a Web View
You can easily access and display websites within your iOS application. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the Web View to load a website into an application.
-
Loading and Displaying Images
In iOS Application Development; you can use images as visual designs; button icons; or the focus of a view. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use Xcode to manually and programmatically add images into an iOS application.
-
Loading and Playing Audio Files
Mobile devices are able to play MP3 audio files. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode to create an iOS application that loads and plays an audio file.
-
Loading and Playing Video Files
You can write Objective-C code to play a video in an iOS application. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the MediaPlayer framework to create a media player that plays an MP4 file.
-
Localizing Text
In iOS Application Development; you can easily display text in multiple languages on your iOS device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the Localizable.strings file to create entries for English and Spanish text.
-
Navigation Bar Customization
You can easily customize the navigation bar with your own design on your iOS device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the AppDelegate implementation file to change the tint; text color; background image; font; and style of the navigation bar.
-
Navigation with a Table View
An interesting way to navigate an iOS application is with a Table View. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use a Table View to navigate to another view inside an application.
-
Page Control with Scroll View
In iOS Application Development; you can create Page View Controllers to enhance navigation. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to implement a Page View Controller to allow users to navigate through a series of pages.
-
Performing Tasks Before a Segue
In iOS; you can use a callback function to perform tasks before a Segue. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you can create a method in Objective-C to display a message on screen before the Segue to the next Scene.
-
Reading a File with NSFileManager
In iOS; data is often stored on the device and accessed regularly. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write the code for using NSFileManager to read data from a device.
-
Record Audio
In iOS Application Development; you may want to play music; play a narration; or just play a sound effect whenever the user pushes a button. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to provide an interface to access a device's built-in speakers and audio player; and record audio to use in your application.
-
Sending a SMS
In iOS Application Development; the MessageUI.framework and MessageUI header allow you to send an SMS from within your app. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to provide a user interface for composing an SMS; configure the implementation file's sendSMS action; and invoke the didFinishWithResultDelegate method to assess the status of the message as Sent; Cancelled; or Failed.
-
Sending with AirDrop
In iOS Application Development; you can use the UIActivityViewController to transfer files between two iOS devices connected to the same wireless network using AirDrop. In this video; Drew McConnell deomnstrates how to code your ViewController implementation file's shareImage method; and includes an excludedArray of activities to ensure only AirDrop appears as an option in your iPhone Activity window.
-
Setting Object Properties
In the XCode development environment; you can use inspectors to change the properties and configure objects on a Storyboard view controller. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you use the Identity; Attributes; and View inspectors to set three categories of object properties.
-
SMS with Attachment
In iOS Application Development; existing SMS functionality allows you to append files to an SMS sent from within your app. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to declare the path of your attachment; turn it into an NSData object; invoke the contentsAtPath method; and use the addAttachment method to add the file to your message.
-
The XCode Development Environment
You can use the XCode development environment to create iOS applications for the iPhone or iPad. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the XCode environment to create a new project; as well as how to view project information and use the context-sensitive panels.
-
UIDynamics – Attachment
In iOS Application Development; physics can be added to interface objects. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to add gravity to an interface object and configure the physics behind the object’s movement.
-
UIDynamics – Gravity and Collision
In iOS Application Development; physics can be added to a user interface object. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use UIDynamics to add gravity to an interface object and create a collision with the object.
-
UIDynamics – Push
In iOS Application Development; physics can be added to interface items. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to add push behavior to an interface item which can be controlled using directional buttons.
-
UIDynamics – Snap
In iOS Application Development; a snap feature can be added to an interface object. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to set a point for the interface object to snap to; as well as how to determine how much it snaps.
-
Using a Stepper
In Android iOS Application Development; a stepper can be used to increment and decrement values using functions. In this video; Drew McConnel demonstrates the Auto repeat; Continuous; and Wrap functions; and configures an action for a stepper.
-
Using a Switch
In iOS Application Development; a switch can be used as an interface object which toggles a value between on and off. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates the properties of a switch; and the process of adding a switch.
-
Using a Timer
In iOS Application Development a Timer is used to keep track of the exact time as well as intervals that allow you to run code at specific times. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to add a Timer by declaring NSTimer and an int.
-
Using Maps
In iOS Application Development; the built-in Maps application makes it easy to find a location on a digital map. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the MapKit.framework to find a user's location on a map.
-
Using Sliders
In iOS Application Development; a slider user-interface object allows users to change the values of another object in an application. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates; in your ViewController implementation file; how to code three sliders so that they adjust the RGB color values of the Views background; before running the app on his iPhone.
-
Using the Custom Picker Component
In iOS applications; a Custom Picker component is the best way of allowing a user to pick one item from a list of available items. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to configure and populate this component for a mobile application.
-
Utility App
In iOS Application Development; a setting in the Flipped View can be declared which will affect the display in the Main View. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the FlipViewController to declare a method which will be implemented by the MainViewController.
-
Working with the DatePicker Component
In iOS applications; the DatePicker component is a useful way of allowing users to enter information about a date. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to add a date picker and configure its locale.
-
Writing a File with NSFileManager
There are many times when you want an iOS application to permanently save data to a device. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses Xcode to demonstrate how to write data using NSFileManager.
-
Writing an Object as an Archive
In iOS; saving an object in a serialized format with state is known as archiving. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to store application data using archiving.
-
Unarchiving an Object
In an iOS application; you unarchive an object to convert it to a regular Objective-C object. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you retrieve an archive from the device.
-
Using a Collection View Controller
In iOS Application Development; you can implement a Collection View Controller; allowing the user to scroll through the camera roll on an iOS device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how create a single view application with scrollable Collection View cells implemented using an array so the method can reference photo indexes when populating the view.
-
Using a Navigation Controller
It's easy to navigate between different views in an application on your iOS device. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to use the Navigation Controller to go back to previous views in an application.
-
Using a Segmented Control
In iOS Application Development; you can use a segmented control to provide your users with a series of buttons in a single visual element. In this video; Drew McConnell shows you how to add and code a segmented control containing three named buttons and a label containing text equal to that of each selected button.
-
Detecting Device Orientation
In iOS Application Development you can detect when the orientation of an iOS-based device changes; allowing you to make the necessary changes to your app within the view controller's visible area. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to detect a devices current orientation using the interfaceOrientation property and return an integer representing the orientation to the console.
-
Detecting Gestures
You can use Xcode to develop applications that detect when a user moves their finger in a specific pattern; known as a gesture. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to detect swipe and long-press gestures to display an appropriate label.
-
Detecting Taps and Touches
An iOS application needs to recognize a user touching and tapping the screen. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to detect and react to these actions.
-
Creating a Custom Keyboard
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom keyboard using an iOS 8 app extension.
-
Creating a Share Extension
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a Share extension in an iOS 8 app.
-
Creating a Today Extension
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Today widget in an iOS 8 app.
-
Creating an Action Extension
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an Action extension in an iOS 8 app.
-
Enabling Manual Camera Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to use the APIs in the AVFoundation framework to enable manual camera control from an iOS 8 app.
-
Getting Started with Metal
After watching this video; you will be able to learn the basics of the iOS 8 Metal framework.
-
Getting Started with SceneKit
After watching this video; you will be able to use SceneKit to create 3-D graphics for an iOS 8 app.
-
Implementing a Document Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a document picker using an app extension in iOS 8.
-
Implementing Handoff
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Handoff in iOS 8 apps in order to enable transfer of activities from one device to another.
-
Implementing HomeKit
After watching this video; you will be able to create a HomeKit iOS 8 app.
-
Implementing Photo Editing Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to enable third-party photo and video editing with a photo editing extension in iOS 8.
-
Implementing PhotoKit
After watching this video; you will be able to implement PhotoKit in an iOS 8 app.
-
Implementing WatchKit
After watching this video; you will be able to use WatchKit to integrate an iPhone and Apple Watch app.
-
Inspecting View Attributes
After watching this video; you will be able to use IBInspectable to edit user defined runtime properties.
-
Overview of Swift
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Vagrant allow you to access a port on your host machine and have all data forwarded.
-
Reading HealthKit Data in iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate HealthKit with an iOS 8 app to share data.
-
Using SpriteKit
After watching this video; you will be able to get started with the iOS 8 SpriteKit framework to create 2-D games .
-
Using Swift Playgrounds
After watching this video; you will be able to use Swift playgrounds to facilitate development of iOS apps.
-
Using TestFlight
After watching this video; you will be able to use TestFlight with Apple Connect for beta testing of iOS 8 apps.
-
Using Touch ID for Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an iOS 8 app to use Touch ID for authentication using the local authentication API.
-
View Debugging
After watching this video; you will be able to use view debugging with iOS 8 apps.
-
Writing HealthKit Data in iOS Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to avail of Touch ID functionality to integrate Apple Pay in an iOS 8 app.
-
Accessing Records with CloudKit
After watching this video; you will be able to code an iOS 8 app using CloudKit to retrieve; modify; and query records.
-
Configuring CloudKit
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an iOS 8 app for CloudKit and use the CloudKit Dashboard to create a schema.
-
Create a Cloud-Based iOS 8 App
After watching this video; you will be able to use iOS 8 SDK features to create an app.
-
Using Unique Locks and Condition Variables to Share Data Between Threads
In C++; you can use unique locks and condition variables to share data between threads and write multithreaded code in a platform-independent way. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use unique_lock and condition_variable.
-
Valarray operations
C++ provides a number of mathematical functions that can be applied to valarrays. In this video; Steve Scott; demonstrates valarray operations in C++.
-
Valarray Slices
In C++; you can use the slice function to index one-dimensional valarray as a two-dimensional matrix. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to operate on columns of a valarray as a 4*4 matrix slice.
-
Boost - Case Conversion
In C++; the String Algorithm Library in Boost provides many case conversion functions; including a copy variant that leaves the original string intact and a non-mutable version; which modifies the input string in place. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the Boost case conversion functions.
-
Boost - Configuring the Visual Studio IDE
In C++; you can download and set up boost libraries. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to download; install; and configure boost in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Boost - Introduction to Dynamic Bitset
In C++; the boost dynamic bitset represents an array of bits along with a number of operations and convenient functions to manipulate them. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to construct the dynamic bitset; perform logical operations on it; and compare a dynamic bitset with a standard-library bitset.
-
Boost - Introduction to Format
In C++; you can use the boost format object that takes a parameterized string and constructs an output given by repeated calls to operator%. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic usage of the boost format object.
-
Boost - Introduction to String Algorithms
In C++; there are different string algorithms. In this video; Steve Scott discusses the different string algorithms.
-
Boost - String Classification
In C++; the Boost string processing makes use of the classifiers. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the classifier functions in Boost string.
-
Boost - String Erase and Replace
In C++; boost provides a number of ways to erase and replace substrings or character sequences within a string. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the erase and replace strings.
-
Boost - String Find Algorithms
The Boost string algorithm library in C++ contains a number of find algorithms. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the find algorithm in different ways.
-
Boost - String Iterators
In C++; the String Algorithm Library in Boost provides many ways to iterate over a string. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates two methods for iterating over a string.
-
Boost - String Predicates
In C++; you can use the predicate functions from the string algorithm library in boost to check particular conditions in which a substring is contained within another string. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates four predicate functions and how to split and join strings using boost.
-
Boost - String Split and Join
In C++; you can use split and join which are the two most common string processing functions. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to split and join strings.
-
Boost - Trimming Strings
In C++; you can use the string algorithm library in boost that provides a number of ways to trim strings. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the trim functions in boost.
-
Boost - Using Any
The boost any library can be thought of as an object-oriented type-safe alternative to void. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use of the boost any library.
-
Boost - Using BOOST_FOREACH
The BOOST_FOREACH macro provides a convenient way to iterate over collections such as arrays; containers; and strings in C++. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the BOOST_FOREACH.
-
Boost - Using Tabulation and Manipulators
In C++; you can use the boost format library that provides a number of functions for formatting output. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates tabulation and grouping manipulators to format output.
-
Boost - Using the Bimap
In C++; you can use bimap container to represent a bijective relationship between two sets. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use and behavior of the boost library bimap.
-
Boost - Using the Circular Buffer
The Boost circular buffer is a C++ container that overwrites its elements when full. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the circular buffer and highlight its characteristic behavior.
-
Boost - Using The Dynamic Bitset
In C++; the boost dynamic bitset provides a number of ways to manipulate and compare arrays of bits. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates ways to set and test individual bits and some other important functions in the boost dynamic bitset library.
-
Boost - Using the Lexical Cast
Boost provides a function template called lexical cast; which gives us a consistent way of casting back and forth between numbers and strings. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates some basic conversions using lexical cast.
-
Boost - Using the Tokenizer
In C++; you can use boost tokenizer that provides a container to represent a set of tokens from a given sequence. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates examples of tokenizing strings using default method and custom delimiters.
-
Boost - Using Tokenizer Separators
In C++; you can use the tokenizer function called separators that processes string sequence as tokens. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates escape list separator and offset separator.
-
Boost - Using Variant
In C++; you can use the boost variant class; which is a safe; generic; stack-based discriminated union container. Boost variant provides efficient and easy-to-use variant types based upon discriminated unions. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic usage of the boost variant object.
-
Boost - UUID
In C++; you can use the boost library to generate universally unique identifiers or UUID. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates random UUID generator and string generator.
-
Boost Date/Time – Introduction to Posix Time
In C++ programming; you can access and modify the posix time representation system by using Boost posix time library. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the Boost posix time library functions to access and modify the posix time.
-
Boost Date/Time – Introduction to the Gregorian Calendar
In C++; you can use the Boost library to access and modify the Gregorian calendar. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the Boost library functions to access and modify the Gregorian calendar.
-
Boost Numeric Conversion – Checking Numeric Bounds
The boost numeric bounds provides a consistent interface for retrieving the maximum value; the minimum value; and the minimum positive value for numeric types. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use numeric bounds.
-
Boost Numeric Conversion – Using Numeric Cast
Boost provides a function template to manage numeric conversions. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates some basic numeric conversions in C++.
-
Boost Numeric Conversion – Using the Numeric Converter
In C++; Boost provides the converter function object; which lets you perform conversions between numeric types that you specify. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates a conversion from double to int by using the numeric converter.
-
Enumeration Classes
C++ offers two types of enumerations; the old style C or C++98 style enumerations and the new enumeration classes. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the differences between the two types of enumeration classes.
-
Introduction to Boost
Boost is a set of libraries for the C++ programming language. In this video; Steve Scott discusses background information and overview of the Boost libraries.
-
Introduction to Insert Iterators
In C++; you can use insert iterators as a safe way to add elements to a container without fear of memory corruption and overflow. In this video; Steve Scott will demonstrate insert iterators through the use of the helper functions back_inserter and front_inserter.
-
Introduction to Iterators Using Find
In C++; you can use iterators to combine algorithms and data containers in the standard library. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates use of iterators using find function on a vector.
-
Introduction to Iterators Using Sort
In C++; you can use the standard library sort function to take iterators as arguments to specify the range of elements to sort. In this video; Steve Scott will demonstrate how to sort a subsequence of elements in a vector using iterators.
-
Introduction to Lambda Expressions
In C++; you can use lambda functions to easily express many design patterns. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use syntax; structure; and terminology of lambda expressions.
-
Introduction to Smart Pointers
C++ 11 offers smart pointers to help reduce memory bugs by providing some automatic memory management and bound safety. In this video; Steve Scott discusses a few considerations governing the use of smart pointers.
-
Introduction to Static Assertions and Type Traits
In C++; you can use static_assert and type_traits at compile time to enforce type safety while writing generic code to eliminate errors at run time. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to combine type_traits and static_assert to validate code at compile time.
-
Introduction to Threads
The C++ standard library thread allows users to write platform-independent multithreaded code. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the three ways to construct and execute threads.
-
Introduction to Valarray
In C++; you can use the Standard-Library valarray that represents an array of values to apply mathematical operators. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates various ways to construct valarrays and perform some basic arithmetic on them.
-
Lambda Expressions - Using the Capture List
The C++ lambda expressions allow users to change the capture list in the lambda syntax. In this video; Steve Scott explains how to use the capture list to give a lambda expression access to local variables by reference and by value.
-
Lambda Expressions - Using the For Each Helper Function
C++ allows users to use the for_each function of the Standard Library with lambda expressions. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the for_each loop with lambda expressions and compare it with the conventional C++ for_each loop.
-
Lambda Expressions - Using the Standard Library Sort
In C++; you can use lambda expressions with several Standard Library functions. In this video; Steve Scott explains how to use lambda expressions with the sort function.
-
Numeric Type Literals
In C++; you can use different prefixes; infixes; and suffixes to specify how the compiler should interpret a numeric literal in your code. In this video; Steve Scott explains the various numeric type literals that can used in C++ and how they are interpreted by the compiler.
-
Overloading Operators on an Enumeration Class
In C++; you can overload operators that act on your enum class for greater expressive control over enumerations. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates an example of overloading a unary operator on an enum class.
-
Primary Type Traits
In C++; you can access information about types at compile-time. This is an important tool in ensuring type-safe code within generic programming structures such as function or class templates. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the primary type traits available in C++ as well as demonstrating a few examples.
-
Smart Pointers - Using the Shared Pointer
The C++ shared pointer is a smart pointer that allows you to manage shared ownership of memory through pointers. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use and syntax of the standard library shared pointer.
-
Smart Pointers - Using the Unique Pointer
The C++ unique pointer is a smart pointer; which points to an object uniquely so that no other pointer can delete the object. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use and syntax of the standard library unique pointer.
-
Smart Pointers - Using the Weak Pointer
The C++ weak pointer is a smart pointer that points to an existing shared pointer; but it does not increase the reference count of the shared pointer. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use and syntax of the standard library weak pointer.
-
Specifying Return Type Using Suffix Notation
In C++; you can now specify return types in suffix form in contrast to the conventional prefix form. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates a few scenarios with the suffix notation.
-
The 11 Auto Keyword
In C++; the auto specifier tells the compiler to deduce the type of the variable from the expression and it helps to avoid verbose and long type names. In this video; Steve Scott discusses the C++11 auto keyword.
-
The 11 Constant Expression
In C++11; you can use the constexpr that allows for more versatile constants. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basics for getting started with constexpr.
-
The 11 Nullptr Literal
The C++11 standard introduced the new nullptr literal to replace the old convention of using 0 or NULL. In this video; Steve Scott discusses the differences between the old and new ways of using pointers and explains the benefits of nullptr in modern C++ code.
-
Threads - Accessing Properties of stl::this_thread
Using the standard library thread in C++; you can access this_thread class which can be called to get; yield; or make thread sleep for a time interval. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the this_thread public; member functions through the use of a threaded lambda expression.
-
Threads - Passing Arguments
In C++; you can pass data or memory locations to a thread by passing an argument. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to pass a string reference to different threads.
-
Threads - Returning Values
In C++; you can share information with threads by passing a pointer to a memory location. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to pass and return a string from a thread by using a pointer.
-
Threads - Using Async
Using the standard library async function in C++; you can call a function asynchronously. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to call four functions asynchronously and use future to get their corresponding return values.
-
Threads - Using Atomic Variables
In C++; you can use atomic variables to automatically synchronize modifications from multiple threads at the same time. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use an atomic variable which is incremented by three concurrent threads.
-
Threads - Using Future and Promise
In C++; the standard library promise and future help in sharing information between threads. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use future and promise.
-
Threads - Using Packaged Task
Using the standard library packaged task in C++; you can call a function asynchronously. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to make a function asynchronous using the standard library packaged_task with a corresponding future to get the return value from the function.
-
Type Traits - Composite Type Category
In C++; the composite type category of type_traits tells you whether a type is fundamental or composite; along with the useful ways of distinguishing the types. In this video; Steve Scott explains the composite type options.
-
Type Traits - Property Queries
The C++ Type Traits consists of three property queries: alignment_of; extent; and rank. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use each property query in C++.
-
Type Traits - Type Features
In C++; you can use the type features to perform the compile-time checks for constructors; destructors; and copy or moved assignments. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates various ‘type features’ in C++.
-
Type Traits - Type Properties
In C++; the type property subset of type traits provides several functions to check the basic characteristics such as whether a value is abstract; polymorphic; constant etc. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates type properties using some examples.
-
Type Traits – Type Relationships
In C++; the type relationship subset of type_traits provides you a way of comparing two objects at compile time. In this video; Steve Scott explains the three type relationship functions available in C++.
-
Using bind for Partial Evaluation
In C++; you can use bind to partially evaluate a function. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to fix arguments to a function and call that function with the remaining arguments.
-
Using Bit Fields
In C++; bit fields allow users to specify member variables with the particular number of bits. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the important aspects of bit fields in terms of memory use and alignment.
-
Using Initializer Lists
In C++; the initializer lists provide a convenient way to construct or initialize many standard library containers. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use them; pass them through functions; and create constructors that use them.
-
Using Iterators to Copy and Move
In C++; you can use a number of helper functions to efficiently move elements from one container to another using iterators. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to move and copy elements between containers.
-
Using Mutexes to Synchronize Threads
In C++; you need to include the mutex header from the standard library and then declare the mutexes. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use mutexes to synchronize threads.
-
Using Nothrow New to Suppress Allocation Exceptions
In C++; you can handle errors directly by suppressing the exception. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use nothrow with new and delete to suppress the exception handling.
-
Using the mem_fn Function Adapter
In C++; you can use the standard library function adapter mem_fn function to call an object's member function as a regular function; i.e. as a non-member function. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the use of mem_fn through the use of the standard library transform function.
-
Using the Standard Library Bitset
In C++; the Standard Library bitset represents the sequence of bits of a given length and provides the usual bitwise operators along with a number of convenient constructors. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates a variety of constructors in bitwise operations using bitsets.
-
Using the Standard Library Pair
In C++; pair provides a consistent way to access; manipulate; and return variables that come up in pairs. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the Standard Library pair.
-
Using the Standard Library Unordered Map
The C++ Standard Library implements a type of associative array called the unordered_map. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to access; insert; and remove elements in the unordered_map.
-
Using the Standard-Library Array Container
In C++; the array container provides several standard library functions for added convenience and for safety. In this video; Steve Scott explains how to use the standard library array.
-
Using the Standard-Library Double Ended Queue
In C++; you can create container for adding or removing elements from the front or back using a double-ended queue called deque. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use and behavior of the standard library deque.
-
Using the Standard-Library Multimap
In C++; you can use the Standard-Library multimap which is a container of key value pairs which allows duplicates of elements if associated values are different. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basic use and functionality of the Standard-Library multimap.
-
Using the Standard-Library Multiset
In C++; we use the Standard-Library multiset which is a variation of the Standard-Library set. A multiset retrieves elements' values based on their associated key value. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the difference between a set and a multiset and the usage of both.
-
Using the Standard-Library Priority Queue
In C++; you can use the Standard-Library priority_queue which always returns the top element as the greatest element. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use a priority_queue.
-
Using the Standard-Library Stringstream
The standard-library stringstream operates on an internal string-like buffer in C++ 2014. In this video; Steve Scott will demonstrate the basic syntax and usage of the standard-library stringstream.
-
Using the Standard-Library Unordered Set
In C++; you can use the standard library unordered_set to store unique objects. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the unordered set and describes a few of its properties.
-
Using Type Information at Run-time
In C++; you can use a number of utilities and helper functions to access and use type information at run-time. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the typeid function along with the underlying type_index of a variable.
-
Boost - Using Variant Visitor
The variant class is a type-safe; an object-oriented version of a C style union. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates an example of using a static_visitor on a variant type.
-
Changes to Lambda Expressions
Using lambda expressions in C++14; you can allow variables in the capture list to be initialized and set arguments to lambda expressions to be auto declared. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrate the changes to lambda expressions in the C++14 standard.
-
Function Return Type Deduction
You can use the auto return type for a regular function in C++14. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the return type function.
-
Introduction to the Standard
C++14 is the next update to the ISO/IEC C++ standard. In this video; Steve Scott discusses the important updates in C++14.
-
Updated Constant Expressions
In C++11; you could use the constant expressions but their usage was limited. In C++14 the rules for constant expressions are relaxed. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrate some example constant expressions that will work in a C++14 standard compiler.
-
Updated Literals
In C++; you can use many predefined literals to specify a value. Now in C++14 we get additional standard literals. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrate some of new standard literals that will be available in C++14.
-
Creating a Lock Screen App
In Windows Store apps; you can set up and customize a lock screen to lock your device. A lock screen app conveys information and protects your computer against unauthorized use. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a lock screen app.
-
Debugging a Background Task using Visual Studio 2013
In C#; you can debug a background task by using the tools provided in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to debug a background task.
-
Deploying an App for the Enterprise
Using C#; you can deploy a Windows Store app in an enterprise environment. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to deploy a Windows Store app for the enterprise.
-
Using the Canvas Layout Control
In Windows Store applications; you can use the Canvas Layout Control and explicitly position its elements by providing coordinates. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Canvas Layout Control.
-
Using the WebAuthenticationBroker in Single Sign on (sso) Mode
In C#; you can use WebAuthenticationBroker in single sign on mode to leverage the single sign on to an online service provider across multiple applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the WebAuthenticationBroker in single sign on (sso) mode.
-
Using the WebAuthenticationBroker to connect to an online identity provider
In Windows Store apps; you can use the WebAuthenticationBroker class to connect your app with an online service provider. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the WebAuthenticationBroker class to connect the app with an online service provider.
-
Using Transforms
After watching this video; you will be able to use transforms to remove duplication in Cucumber step definitions.
-
Enabling Zooming and Scrolling on Elements
In Windows Store apps; you can use ScrollViewer control to enable zooming and scrolling on elements using C#. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to enable zooming and scrolling on certain UI elements in xaml files.
-
Getting Familiar with Flyout Controls
In C#; Flyout controls are used to create popups that display a message or other control elements. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses Flyout controls to create interface elements that pop up and respond to user interaction.
-
Getting Familiar with Lock Screen Apps
In Windows Store apps; you can set up a lock screen to lock your device. A lock screen is a user-customizable surface that conveys information and protects your computer against unauthorized use. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the lock screen apps.
-
Getting Started with Visual Studio 2013 to Create Windows Store Apps
In C#; you can create apps by using Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Andy Alfred displays the basics of the Visual Studio 2013 development environment which is used to create a Windows Store App.
-
How the WebAuthenticationBroker works
The WebAuthenticationBroker class in Windows Store apps provides an easy and secure way for developers to integrate apps with the services provided by an online service provider. In this video; Andy Alfred explains about the WebAuthenticationBroker class.
-
How Web Authentication Broker in Single Sign on mode
In Windows Store app; you can use the WebAuthenticationBroker class in a Single Sign-On mode. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use WebAuthenticationBroker class in a Single Sign-On mode.
-
Requesting a Lock Screen Presence from a Windows Store App
In C#; you can set up an app to be eligible to be a Lock Screen app and set up the request to allow the user to allow or deny the Lock Screen presence. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add functionality to an app in order to request a Lock Screen presence from a Windows Store app.
-
The Hub App Template
You can design and create an application based on the Hub App template in Visual Studio. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the inner workings and functionality provided by the Hub App template.
-
The Suspending Event and the SuspensionManager Class
While developing Windows Store apps; you can use the SuspensionManager class to retrieve the app state if the app is suspended or terminated. In this video; Andy Alfred explains about the SuspensionManager class.
-
Understanding Certification and Submission
To make your app publicly listed and available in the Windows Store; you need to understand and follow the submission and certification processes. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to get an app ready for submission.
-
Using a Background Task Part 1 (Creating the Task)
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can set up a background task that performs useful activities even when the application is not in the foreground. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a background task.
-
Using a Background Task Part 2 (Registering the Task)
In C#; you can set background task to perform some useful work when the app is not in the foreground. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to register a background task.
-
Using SuspensionManager to Save and Restore App State
While developing Windows apps using C#; you can use the SuspensionManager class to save and restore your app state. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the SuspensionManager class.
-
Windows Store App Activation
In C#; you can use different activations to activate Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to activate Windows Store apps using some different ways.
-
Windows Store App Certification Requirements
You can refer to the Microsoft Developer Network site for the document with details on requirement for Windows Store app certification. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the current Windows Store app certification requirements.
-
Working with PLM Events in Windows Store Apps
In C#; you can use process lifetime management events for your Windows Store applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with PLM Events in Windows Store apps.
-
Asymmetric Key Pairs in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can create an asymmetric key pair to protect data when working in applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a key pair for asymmetric encryption in a Windows Store application.
-
Handling Exceptions at App Level in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; handling exceptions at the app level is one of the more efficient ways to deal with debugging issues. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to employ an event handler to assist with exceptions; and prevent the user from experiencing an application crash.
-
Adding and Removing Array Elements in Objective C
In Objective-C; you can create an array; add data to it or remove data from it. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add and remove data from arrays in Objective-C.
-
Adding and Removing Data From a Dictionary in
Objective-C supports associative arrays and allows you to add and remove key-value pairs. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to add and remove key-value pairs in a dictionary.
-
Checking File Attributes Using
In Objective-C; we can get more information about the attributes of a file. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to get the information about the attributes of a file by using a Objective-C program.
-
Conforming to a Protocol in
In Objective-C; when you create a class or use an existing class that needs to conform to some protocol; you need to provide implementations of the methods named in the protocol. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to conform to a protocol in Objective-C programs.
-
Converting Between Strings and Numbers in
Objective-C provides several methods to convert integers to strings and vice-versa. In this video; Andy Alfred explains some methods to make the transition between strings and numbers seamless.
-
Creating Arrays in
In Perl; you can use arrays to organize and structure your data. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and access arrays in Perl by using different methods.
-
Creating Class Level and Instance Level Methods in
In Objective C; you can call class-level methods by just using the class name itself; whereas for instance-level methods; you need to set an instance in place. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to create both class and instance-level methods in Objective-C programs.
-
Creating Custom Classes in
In Objective-C; you can create your own custom classes to meet your requirements. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create custom classes in Objective-C.
-
Creating Custom Initializers in
In Objective-C; you can use alloc and init methods provided by NSObject to allocate and initialize objects. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and set up the custom initializers in Objective-C.
-
Creating Dictionaries in
In Objective-C; you can use an associative array and hash by using the data structure called dictionary. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a dictionary in Objective-C.
-
Creating Strings in
In Perl; you can create strings depending on your needs; requirements; and programming style. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the different ways to create and use strings in Perl.
-
Reading Arguments Passed to an Command Line Tool
In Objective-C; arguments can be read and used from within the program at runtime. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to read arguments passed to a program from Objective-C.
-
Reading From a File in
In Objective-C; you can locate; open; and read files from disk. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to read files by using Objective-C programs.
-
Reading Values From Property Lists in
In Objective-C you need to know how to access and read stored data in a property list file at runtime. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to make use of property list files in Objective-C programs.
-
Setting up Timers in
Objective-C provides the NSTimer class; which allows users to set up timers that can call a method every x seconds once or repeatedly; based on a program's need. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to set up simple timers in an Objective-C program.
-
Sorting a Dictionary in
In Objective-C the key-value pairs in a dictionary are unordered and you may need to access these key-value pairs in an ordered method. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to sort the data contained in a dictionary.
-
Using Common Mathematical Functions in
Objective-C is a subset of C and therefore; you can directly use the C-style built-in math functions in your programs. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use some common built-in math functions in Objective-C programs.
-
Using Constants in
In Objective-C; you can create constants and use them repeatedly throughout your program. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the two ways to create and use constants in Objective-C programs.
-
Using Enumerated Types in
In Objective-C; enumerator types allow us to define a type in the program that can take only a defined set of values. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to create enumerator types.
-
Using Fast Enumeration in
Objective-C provides a convenient way to iterate through elements in an array with the fast enumeration. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how use fast enumeration in an Objective-C program.
-
Using the For Loop in
The "for" loop in Objective-C; provides an easy-to-use method for iterating through an array with a counter in the programs. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the "for" loop.
-
Using the 'if' Conditional
Similar to all programming languages; in Objective-C; the "if" conditional allows users to execute a block of code only if a certain expression evaluates to true and ignore it otherwise. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the "if" statement.
-
Using the Switch Statement in
Objective-C provides the switch - case block as an alternative to the cascading if - else statements; as they are simpler to create and easier to read when comparing an expression to multiple scenarios. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to create a switch - case block.
-
Using the While Loop in
In Objective-C; the while loop executes a block of code repetitively until a certain expression evaluates to false; at which point the while loop terminates. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the while loop.
-
Working with Common Built-in String Functions
Objective-C provides many built-in functions that can be used to manipulate and work with strings. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use built-in string functions.
-
Working with JSON in
In Perl; you can use the JSON module to gain access to methods and feature that enable encoding and decoding the strings. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with JSON modules in Perl.
-
Working with Subclasses in
In Objective-C; Subclassing allows you to create classes based on other classes; and to inherit properties and methods from the super class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create a subclass and inherit the super class data in Objective-C.
-
Writing Data to Property List Files in
In Objective-C; you can create and add information to a property list file to store Objective-C data. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to open and write data to a property list file by using Objective-C.
-
Writing to a File Using
In Objective-C; you can locate; open; and write to files. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to locate; open; and write to files in Objective-C.
-
Creating a Protocol in
In Objective-C; protocols allow you to create a messaging contract. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create custom protocols in Objective-C.
-
Computing the Mean
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the mean function in R.
-
Computing the Median
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the median function in R.
-
Computing the Mode
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates two ways to calculate mode in R.
-
Creating Bar Charts
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to create barplots from data sets.
-
Creating Box Plots
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to create box plots from data sets.
-
Creating Histograms
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to create histograms from data sets.
-
Creating Line Plots
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to create line plots from data sets.
-
Creating Pie Charts
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to create pie charts from data sets.
-
Creating Scatter Plots
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to create scatter plots from data sets.
-
Debugging with Browser and Debug
In this video; Steve Scott debugs an R program; by way of breakpoints; using the browser function and using the recover function as an error handler.
-
Debugging with Traceback; Print; and Cat
Traceback and debug are functions commonly used to debug R code. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the traceback and debug functions.
-
Exporting Graphics
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to export graphics such as charts and plots for use in other software.
-
Formatting Tabular Data
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use the R table function to cross tabulate data.
-
Generating Pseudorandom Numbers
In this video; Steve Scott generates pseudorandom numbers in R.
-
Handling Missing Data
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to handle missing or unknown values in data problems in R.
-
Importing Data from a CSV Text File
In this video; Steve Scott imports data from a CSV file in R.
-
Importing Data from an Excel Spreadsheet
Numerous external packages allow data to be imported from Microsoft Excel. In this video; Steve Scott imports an Excel spreadsheet using the gdata package.
-
Input and Output Functions
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates the basics of console input and output in R.
-
Installing R
The R programing language is built for statistical analysis on data sets. In this video; Steve Scott installs R in Microsoft Windows.
-
Installing Rstudio
The standard GUI that comes with R is quite limited; however; powerful Integrated Development Environments; IDEs; exist that provide a more feature-rich environment to develop in R. In this video; Steve Scott downloads and installs the IDE RStudio.
-
Introduction to Basic Data Types
In this video; Steve Scott creates and manipulates basic data types in R.
-
Introduction to Control Structures
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates R syntax for a few of R's control features through the use of a few easy examples.
-
Introduction to the R Environment
In this video; Steve Scott explores the R Console within the RStudio IDE.
-
Introduction to Vectors and Matrices
In this video; Steve Scott uses the vector and matrix types in R.
-
Measuring Correlation
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to measure covariance and correlation between two different data sets.
-
Measuring Mean Absolute Deviation
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to measure the median absolute deviation; or MAD; in a data set.
-
Measuring Variance and Standard Deviation
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R to measure the spread and dispersion in a data set.
-
Using the Built-In Data Sets
In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to use R's built-in data sets
-
Using the CRAN: Comprehensive R Archive Network
In this video; Steve Scott installs and uses a package from the Comprehensive R Archive Network (CRAN).
-
Agile Software Development
SOLID principles are guidelines that can be applied while working on software and when developing in an object-oriented environment; facilitating the Agile process. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how Agile software development is a group of methods whereby collaboration between self-organizing; cross-functional teams results in consistent requirements and solutions.
-
Applying LSP in C#
In SOLID; you can reuse code when creating base classes or when having multiple items with similar behavior in using interfaces. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Liskov Substitution Principle to write C# code that is more flexible and easier to read.
-
Applying The Dependency Injection Principle
In SOLID; dependency injection is a software design pattern that implements inversion of control and allows a program design to follow the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP). In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply dependency injection when designing an application.
-
Applying The Dependency Inversion Principle
In SOLID; the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP) refers to a specific form of decoupling software modules. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply the DIP to dependencies in a transaction class in an application.
-
Applying The Interface Segregation Principle
In SOLID; the Interface Segregation Principle states that many client specific interfaces are better than one general purpose interface. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply the Interface Segregation Principle to a payment processor in an application.
-
Applying The Liskov Substitution Principle
In SOLID; the Liskov Substitution Principle states that objects within a program should be replaceable with instances of their subtypes without altering the correctness of that program. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply the Liskov Substitution Principle when designing an application.
-
Applying The Open Closed Principle
The Open Closed Principle in SOLID is one of the five principles of object oriented programming and design; and states that software entities should be open for extension but closed for modification. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply the Open Closed Principle when developing an application.
-
Applying The Single Responsibility Principle
SOLID states that the first principle of computer programming is The Single Responsibility Principle; which states that a class should only have a single responsibility. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply the Single Responsibility Principle when designing an application.
-
Cohesion and Coupling
In SOLID; interface segregation with dependency inversion helps to achieve high cohesiveness while reducing tight coupling. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a coupling example to show tightly coupled classes that do not work together.
-
Constructor Injection in C#
In SOLID; you can use a constructor injection in a C# application to add dependencies. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a constructor to inject a dependency resulting in very few code changes to methods applied to each instance.
-
Dependency Injection and Dependency Inversion
In SOLID; dependency injection is the most popular implementation of the Dependency Inversion Principle. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Open Closed Principle to discuss how dependency injection helps to maintain SOLID principles.
-
DIP and The Open Closed Principle
In SOLID; there is a relationship between the Open Closed Principle and the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP). In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Open Closed Principle to extend the functionality of an application without modifying the existing interface or method.
-
Examples of Design in C#
There are a number of ways you can implement a SOLID design in C#. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a SOLID design in C# focussing on object-oriented patterns.
-
Implementing Dependency Injection in C#
In SOLID; you can use dependency injection to enhance your C# application. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Unity dependency injection framework to inject dependencies through properties; methods; and constructors.
-
Implementing ISP in C#
In SOLID; it is possible to execute the Interface Segregation Principle (ISP) in Visual Studio and C# using interface inheritance. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement an inheritance interface in C#.
-
Implementing SRP in C# Class Design
SOLID C# class design demands implementation of the single responsibility principle (SRP). In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates high-level analytical and Visual Studio tools that ensure C# class SRP compliance; before creating a reusable; single-responsibility class complementing the base class.
-
Implementing The DIP in C#
In SOLID; the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP) gives you a lot of flexibility on how you design your C# application. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the DIP to fulfill dependency requirements specified in a constructor.
-
Introduction to The Dependency Inversion Principle
In SOLID; you can test and change application modules by using the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP). In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to manage dependencies in an application.
-
Problems with Poor SRP Class Design
In SOLID; you should be able to deal with poor Single Responsibility Principle class design. There are a limitless amount of things you can do when you're designing for Single Responsibility. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates what can happen if you have multiple responsibilities within a class.
-
Problems with Tight Coupling
Tight coupling can present a couple of problems in SOLID. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a tight coupling example to illustrate how an issue with one class affects other classes in an application.
-
Property Injection in C#
In SOLID; you can use a property injection in a C# application. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a property to set different values in a method and modify it.
-
Introduction to The Interface Segregation Principle
In SOLID; there are a number of ways you can avoid contract bloat in your applications. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Interface Segregation Principle to split or inherit interfaces to ensure that applications only use methods or properties of an interface that they need.
-
Introduction to The Liskov Substitution Principle
The Liskov substitution principle; referenced in the SOLID acronym; refers to the ability of a subtype to substitute for the type from which it’s derived. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the principle; explaining that it’s supported by object-oriented languages but that it’s important not to violate the principle through faulty class implementation.
-
Introduction to The Open Closed Principle
SOLID C# class extensibility demands adherence to the open/closed principle (OCP). In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how C# classes open for extension but closed for modification enable the reliable; maintainable extensibility of object-oriented programming constructs.
-
Introduction to The Single Responsibility Principle
The Single Responsibility Principle is a SOLID standard that recommends you design modules in the simplest way possible. The fundamental idea is that you have different components in the application all responsible for a single thing. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how the Single Responsibility Principle functions.
-
ISP Through Delegation
In SOLID; it is possible to change code that could not usually be altered through delegation by using the Interface Segregation Principle (ISP) with an adapter pattern. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement an adapter interface with the ISP.
-
ISP Through Inheritance
In SOLID; when implementing the Interface Segregation Principle (ISP); the best way is to use interface inheritance which gives you a fresh start that is easy to read and service. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement an inheritance interface with the ISP.
-
Method Injection in C#
In SOLID; you can use method injections in your C# application. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a method parameter injection to specify dependencies that are unique to a particular method.
-
Object Oriented Design
SOLID is a mnemonic acronym that stands for the five basic principles of Object-Oriented Programming and Design. In this video; Sidney Andrews introduces the SOLID mnemonic and talks about some of the benefits of using this paradigm.
-
OCP and Abstraction
In the acronym SOLID; the “O” stands for the open/closed principle (OCP). In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how this principal applies when creating public classes that inherit specific functionality from an abstract base class in C#.
-
OCP and Interfaces
SOLID C# interfaces ensure compliance with the open/closed principle (OCP) by guaranteeing that their extensible implementation classes meet required specifications. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how designing from the interface renders code closed for modification from the outset.
-
OCP Conventions in OOD
The open/closed principle that’s referenced in SOLID is implemented through various behaviors and conventions. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how inheritance; polymorphism; interfaces; encapsulation; and information hiding support the open/closed principle in C#.
-
Planning for a Application
It is important that you follow the SOLID principles when planning your application and deciding on how dependencies should be implemented. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses an Inversion of Control (IoC) container to discuss managing dependencies throughout the application.
-
Problems with Interface Bloat
In SOLID; common problems exist when developing applications; one of which is interface bloat. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement a new interface to avoid bloat caused by a large amount of implemented methods.
-
Problems with Poor OOD
SOLID principles in Object-Oriented Development are used to solve code smells; or problems; that you could face with Object-Oriented Design. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the problems you could have with Object-Oriented Design; and the methodology and principles that can help you stay on the right track.
-
Benefits
SOLID provides you with many benefits when working with Object-Oriented Design. Many of the benefits from SOLID are directly related and almost completely linked to the benefits of Object-Oriented Design. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates some of the benefits of following a SOLID pattern.
-
SRP Benefits
In SOLID; the largest benefit with Single Responsibility is maximum code reuse. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the advantages of the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP).
-
Understanding Abstractions and The DIP
In SOLID; you have the ability to invert control and manage dependencies. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to work with Abstraction and the Substitution Principle; and how they relate to the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP).
-
Understanding Closure and The OCP
According to the open/closed principle; which is one of the principles referenced by the SOLID acronym; application code should be open for extensibility but closed for modification. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates why it’s important to extend existing code rather than modifying it in order to prevent errors and unnecessary work.
-
Understanding Dependencies
In SOLID; understanding the basics on how to create dependencies is helpful when managing and inverting dependencies. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create dependencies and the variables and classes involved.
-
Understanding Inheritance
You can use Python to implement inheritance within classes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the parent child relationship between classes in Python.
-
Understanding Interfaces
In SOLID; you can use interfaces to represent classes. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Interface Segregation Principle to create a new interface for Method C and prevent a change in Class 1.
-
Understanding Inversion and The DIP
In SOLID; you can use the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP) to manage your dependencies. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a method injection to support dependency inversion.
-
Understanding Subtyping and Behavior
In SOLID; it is important that you understand subtyping and the behavior of inheritance within C#. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses subtyping to discuss the flexibility of functionality when designing abstract and base classes.
-
Utilizing The OCP in C#
In C#; certain language constructs indicate that you may be violating the open/closed principle of SOLID. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates situations in which it’s preferable to replace these constructs by extending classes to create subtypes.
-
Violating the DIP in C#
In SOLID; a dependency can cause you to violate the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP) in your C# application. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses fakes to inject fake dependencies in a unit test.
-
Violating the LSP in C#
In SOLID; your implementation of code in C# can violate the Liskov Substitution Principle (LSP). In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the override command to overrule the base class and throw application exceptions thereby violating the LSP.
-
Violating the OCP in C#
SOLID C# class extensibility; by way of the open/closed principle (OCP); is easily violated. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how the violation of a C# program by multiple modification types can be used to reinforce extensibility through SOLID OCP.
-
Violating the SRP in C#
In SOLID; there are ways in which you can infringe on the standards of the Single Responsibility Principle. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the consequences of violating the Single Responsibility Principle in C#.
-
Advanced Editor Features
Eclipse is a powerful editor that helps developers in code developing; hinting; coloring; and completion. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the advanced features of the Eclipse editor.
-
Breakpoints
The Visual Studio 2013 Debugger feature offers the user a Breakpoint tool; which allows you to examine the state of a program during the debugging process. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use the Breakpoint feature of the Visual Studio 2013 Debugger in program development.
-
C++ Syntax Overview
In Eclipse; you can use the syntax and rules of C++ for programming in C++. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the syntax of C++.
-
Call Hierarchy
In Eclipse; the Call Hierarchy feature helps you check how functions are ordered in the application and how they run at runtime. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the attributes of the Call Hierarchy feature.
-
Compiling a Project
In Eclipse; you can build and compile projects in several ways. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to build a project.
-
Creating a C++ Program
In Eclipse; you can create C++ programs that build automatically when you save them. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create a basic C++ application.
-
Creating a Java Program
Eclipse allows you to build a basic Java application with relative ease. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create a Java application in Eclipse.
-
Customizing Code Style
In Eclipse; you can customize the way you want your code to appear in the code window. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to customize the code style in Eclipse.
-
Customizing General Preferences
Eclipse is an open-source integrated development environment (IDE) that is used to develop applications with different programming languages; such as Java; C; C++; and PHP. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to customize General preferences.
-
Customizing the Editor
In Eclipse; you can customize the editor with your own styles. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to customize the Eclipse editor.
-
Downloading and Installing for C/C++
Eclipse is an open source integrated development environment in Java; C; and C++. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to download and install Eclipse for C and C++ development.
-
Downloading and Installing for Linux
Eclipse supports C/C++ programming across several platforms that include Windows; OS X; and Linux. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install Eclipse for Linux.
-
Downloading and Installing for OS X
Eclipse is a multiplatform IDE and available for Windows; Linux; and OS X users. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to download and install Eclipse for OS X.
-
Downloading and Installing Java
Eclipse requires Java to support programming across various languages and deploying software across the lifeycles. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to download and install Java.
-
Java Syntax Overview
The Eclipse development platform is written in Java and needs a Java run-time environment to run the applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses about the Java syntax.
-
Markers and Locating Code
In Eclipse; you can locate your code by using various markers such as bookmarks; breakpoints; search results; and spelling errors. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the various markers and how to use them in Eclipse.
-
Navigating Code
In Eclipse; you can use the navigation features to navigate between codes. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the code navigation features of Eclipse.
-
Outline View
In Eclipse; you can use the Outline view to navigate between codes. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the features of Outline view.
-
Project Explorer and Navigator
In Eclipse; the Project Explorer displays the C++ application structure while the Navigator displays the files as a file system. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the Project Explorer and Navigator views in Eclipse.
-
Running a Project
In Eclipse; there are several options to run your application and optimize code. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to run an application in Eclipse.
-
Syntax Checking
The Eclipse editor allows users to check syntax errors and verify if the code is correct by providing visual cues. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates syntax checking.
-
The Code Interface
In Eclipse; you can customize your code editor interface. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to change the settings in the code editor.
-
Installing for Java Development
The Java Development Kit allows you to code in Java with Eclipse. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install Eclipse for Java development.
-
Installing for JavaScript
You can install Eclipse for the JavaScript development. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install Eclipse for JavaScript.
-
Installing for PHP
Eclipse supports programming for several languages including C; C++; and PHP. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install Eclipse for PHP.
-
Installing EGit
EGit is the Eclipse add-on for the Git version control system. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install EGit for Eclipse.
-
Installing WindowBuilder
In Eclipse; you can develop graphical applications by using the WindowBuilder tool. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install and work with the WindowBuilder tool.
-
Introduction to C/C++
C and C++ are high-level programming languages. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the C and C++ concepts.
-
Introduction to Java
The Eclipse development platform is written in Java and needs a Java Runtime Environment to run the applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses about the Java programming language.
-
Introduction to PHP
PHP is an open-source; general purpose scripting language that is widely used in web development. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to work with PHP in Eclipse.
-
The Development Perspective
In Eclipse; you can create; compile; and run your C or C++ applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the C/C++ development perspective in Eclipse.
-
The Debugger
Eclipse offers various effective debugging functionalities. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the Eclipse debugger.
-
The Toolbar
In Eclipse; you can customize your toolbar and use the various options provided by it. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the toolbar options and how to customize the toolbar.
-
Using Content Assist
You can use some help features when you're typing code in Eclipse. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates use content assist in Eclipse.
-
Using the Windows Console in
In Eclipse; you can add the Windows command line application and swap it with the Eclipse console. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use the Windows console in Eclipse.
-
Working with Perspectives
In Eclipse; you can use perspectives to modify your work space depending on the task you are trying to accomplish. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses about the perspectives in Eclipse.
-
Working with the Console
In Eclipse; you can use the Console tab to perform a number of operations. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to work with the Console tab.
-
Community Forums
While dealing with questions or issues related to Eclipse; you can search through the Eclipse Community Forums to get the required information. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the community forums for Eclipse.
-
Help
In Eclipse; you can use the Help feature to get information about the various Eclipse elements. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the Eclipse Help system.
-
Expanding
Eclipse is highly scalable and you can expand Eclipse with several plugins; bundles; and add-ons. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to expand Eclipse.
-
Installing a C++ Compiler
After you download Eclipse; you can download the compiler for C and C++. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to install a C++ Compiler.
-
Installing Apache Maven
While working with Eclipse; you can install and use the Apache Maven automation tool for creating Java applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install the Apache Maven tool in Eclipse.
-
Windows Azure SQL Database Migration Using Export and Import
In SQL Server; you can migrate on-premise databases into Microsoft Azure. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to import and export the database.
-
Channel Buffers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with channel buffers.
-
Channels and the Chan Function
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with channels and the chan function in Clojure.
-
Clojure's Alts Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Clojure's alts function to perform the peek functionality in channels.
-
Clojure's http-kit and Caching
After watching this video; you will be able to use caching and the http-kit with the core.async library.
-
Clojure's Put and Take Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Clojure's put and take functions.
-
Clojure's Putret Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to use the putret feature available in Clojure.
-
Comparing Various Put and Take Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish the differences between the various put and take functions.
-
Error Handling in Clojure
After watching this video; you will be able to include error handling in your Clojure programs.
-
Garbage Collecting Go Blocks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Clojure go blocks are garbage collected.
-
Inside Clojure's core.async Library
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the main features and benefits of using the core.async library when creating asynchronous Clojure programs.
-
Pipelines and the Pipeline Function
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and work with pipelines and the pipeline function.
-
Setting Up the core.async Library
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure the core.async library for use in your Clojure programs.
-
The Map Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the map function of the core.async library.
-
The Merge Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the merge function of the core.async library.
-
The Mix Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the mix function of the core.async library.
-
The onto-chan Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the onto-chan function of the core.async library.
-
The Pub and Sub Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the pub and sub functions of the core.async library.
-
The Reduce Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the reduce function of the core.async library.
-
The Split Function
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the split function of the core.async library.
-
Transducers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe transducers and use them in your Clojure programs.
-
Using Go Macros and Go Blocks
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the go macro and use go blocks in your Clojure programs.
-
Using the Pipeline-blocking Function
After watching this video; you will be able to utilize the pipeline-blocking function in your Clojure programs.
-
Boolean Values; Characters; and Keywords in
Clojure supports boolean; char; and keyword functions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates the behavior of the boolean function; the use of the char and char? functions to convert characters into their ASCII representations or vice versa; and the use of the keyword function to create keys.
-
DSLs
Clojure allows you to use macros to create and implement domain-specific languages. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how beginning and end XML tags are programmatically generated for specific macro elements and added recursively to the relevant child elements.
-
Language Basics
In Clojure; you can use several different data types such as integers; floats; strings; vectors; and lists to perform various coding tasks. In this video; James Lee demonstrates the basics of the Clojure programming language as well as some of its data types.
-
Validators
The Clojure programming language allows users to work with validators within the Java Virtual Machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to apply a validator to a reference that is being modified.
-
Watchers
Clojure watchers are functions invoked when the references to which they are registered change state. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to add and remove watchers to and from a Clojure reference.
-
Compojure
In Clojure; you can use the Compojure library to work with a development library. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create and configure a development web site using the Compojure library and how to turn the new development library into a web server.
-
Concurrency Functions
In Clojure; the pmap; pvalues; and pcalls concurrency functions parallelize code to create threads that can be executed simultaneously. In this video; James Lee demonstrates the similarities and differences of parallelizing concurrency functions in Clojure.
-
Concurrency with Agents
In Clojure; the send and send-off functions allow agents concurrent use of fixed-size and unbounded thread pools. In this video; James Lee discusses concurrency and explains how multiple agents' concurrent use of the send function's fixed-size thread pool can block I/O operations.
-
Conditional Expressions in
In Clojure; there are a number of conditional functions with their own arguments that can be evaluated with expressions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how conditional expressions are used; as well as how Boolean values are executed.
-
Constructing Sequences in
In Clojure; sequences are logical lists that implement the iSeq interface. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to cast to a sequence; return a value from a particular position in a sequence and add an element to a sequence.
-
Consuming First Class Functions
In Clojure; there are many examples of functions that consume first class functions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the map function to consume first class functions.
-
Creating and Accessing Refs in
The Clojure programming language allows users to create and access references within the Java Virtual Machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the Clojure ref function to create and access references.
-
Creating and Updating Agents in
In Clojure; you can use the send and send-off functions to update agents. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create and change agents' states in multiple threads; using Clojure's send and send-off functions.
-
Deploying Web Apps
Clojure allows you to deploy web apps to Amazon's Elastic Beanstalk Service. In this video; James Lee explains the deployment process and outlines the processes that Clojure undertakes when it automatically deploys an app.
-
Errors and Agents in
In Clojure; you can use functions and keywords to manage agent exceptions. In this video; James Lee forces an agent to throw exceptions and uses Clojure's agent-error and other functions to handle them.
-
Futures and Promises
In Clojure; the future and promise functions create separate threads where their expressions are executed and use cached values in order to return to dereferenced functions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates the future and promise functions; respectively; as well as their unique dereferencing functions.
-
Hierarchies in
In Clojure; you can use multimethods to implement inheritance by way of hierarchies comprising symbols. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the derive and isa? functions to build and query hierarchies in Clojure.
-
HTML Templating in Web Apps
In Clojure; you can create and work with enlive and luminus HTML templating libraries. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use each templating system to create web applications as well as how to access and modify the files containing the default content for each of HTML templating library.
-
Implementing Macros
In Clojure; you can implement macros and shortcuts to assign unique values to selected actions and include the single quote; backquote; and unquote characters. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to implement macros more easily using syntactical shortcut characters and the for loop macro.
-
Installing and Using Leiningen
In Clojure; you can install Leiningen to help automate your projects. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to install and use Leiningen specifically while working in the Microsoft Windows environment.
-
Introducing Functions in
In Clojure; you can use functions to produce a range of results that may differ depending on which inputs the code received and what arguments have been defined for the code. Some functions may take no arguments. In this video; James Lee gives an introduction to using functions in Clojure.
-
Lazy Sequences in
In Clojure; a lazy sequence is one in which the items are processed only once they’re accessed directly. In this video; James Lee explains how to create a lazy sequence and demonstrates how a lazy sequence behaves in code.
-
Lists in
In Clojure; there are different types of collections. One of these is lists. In this video; James Lee demonstrates two ways to create a list in Clojure.
-
Loading Namespaces from a File or Stream
Clojure allows you to load namespaces from a file or stream if the namespaces have been fully defined. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use Clojure to load and work with namespaces in files and streams.
-
Local Bindings in
In Clojure; by default; function arguments are locally bound to the function in which they are defined. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the f1 function to show that the x and y arguments are locally bound to the function.
-
Looping and Recursion in
Clojure variables are immutable and have different looping and recursion constructs than other programming languages. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the loop/recur construct to implement looping and recursion in Clojure.
-
Manipulating Namespaces
Clojure includes various built-in functions that allow you to manipulate namespaces within the Java virtual machine to customize them and associate unique attributes with them as needed. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create and modify the values that are associated with namespaces in Clojure.
-
Maps in
In Clojure; collections of key-value pairs are called maps. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create maps; how to retrieve values from a map; and how to change; remove; overwrite; or add values to a map.
-
Multimethods in
In Clojure; the defmulti function defines multimethods; dispatching functions accompanied by methods sharing names but expecting different arguments. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how Clojure multimethods match defmethod values or output default values.
-
Namespace-Qualified Symbols and Keywords in
In Clojure; you can query namespaces within Java to establish what methods and other objects are contained within a particular namespace. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to query namespaces using Clojure.
-
Namespaces in
In Clojure; namespaces are used to provide modularity to code. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to define and evaluate code variables using namespaces and the ns command.
-
Non-relational Data and
In Clojure; you can work with non-relational databases to execute queries quickly and track changes in the database. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the Clutch library to execute various tasks including creating; retrieving; and updating a CouchDB document with Conjure.
-
Optimizing Functions
In Clojure; you can optimize functions in various ways to improve performance as well as code readability. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to optimize functions using memorization; Type Hints; and transients.
-
Overview of Protocols and DataTypes
In Clojure; a protocol is equivalent to an interface in Java. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create and define a Clojure protocol and its associated data types using the defprotocol and deftype functions and explains how to output the relevant protocol's methods.
-
Packaging Web Apps
In Clojure; you can use the command line interface to package and deploy web apps. In this video; James Lee explains the process of packaging web apps in order to deploy the apps on a web server such as Tomcat.
-
Producing First Class Functions
In Clojure; you can use functions to produce first class functions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the make-adder-function to produce a first class function that does addition.
-
Proxying Java Classes
In Clojure; the proxy function allows the proxying of Java classes by producing an instance of an anonymous class. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create an anonymous class instance object and execute methods defined off it.
-
Querying Namespaces
In Clojure; you can query namespaces within Java to establish what methods and other objects are contained within a particular namespace. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to query namespaces using Clojure.
-
Reading and Writing Metadata
In Clojure; you can attach metadata to any data structure; including keywords; symbols; sequences; and references. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to attach metadata to a variable and how to add to existing metadata.
-
Relational Data and
In Clojure; relational data allows you to communicate with an already existing MySQL server. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the clojure.java.jdbc library to connect to SQL databases efficiently; construct queries and execute them; and evaluate the transactions taking place on the database connection.
-
Running Web Apps Locally
Clojure allows you to run web apps on a local machine. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create and configure a web app and then host that app locally.
-
Sequence APIs in
Clojure supports a rich set of APIs for working with sequences. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use a number of functions to create and manipulate sequences in Clojure.
-
Sets in
In Clojure; a set is a collection of unique items. In this video; James Lee demonstrates different ways to create; sort; and alter sets and how to perform union; difference; and intersection operations on sets in Clojure.
-
Shutting down Agents in
Clojure allows you to use the shutdown-agents function to prevent agents performing new actions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how the shutdown-agents function shuts down agents and prevents access to them.
-
Side Effects in
Clojure lists are known to be lazy; because they must be evaluated before they are executed. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the foo variable to illustrate a function side effect.
-
Starting with Macros
In Clojure; the defmacro function allows the extension of the compiler; without inbuilt support; through the definition of syntactical constructs. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the defmacro function to build a macro for customizing Clojure syntax.
-
Working with Macros
In Clojure; the macroexpand-1 function assists in debugging macros during development by expanding out code. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how the macroexpand-1 function overcomes Clojure's inability to detect syntax errors in macros during development.
-
Working with Numbers in
Clojure allows you to work with numbers and integers and to perform number conversions within the Java virtual machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use Clojure to work with different number types.
-
State Management in
In Clojure; state is managed using atoms; Agents; and Refs. In this video; James Lee explains the characteristics of each of these entities and demonstrates how to create them.
-
Switching Namespaces
Clojure allows you to switch between namespaces to make variables and functions within a namespace accessible from a fully qualified namespace. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to switch between namespaces in Clojure.
-
Tail Recursion in
Tail recursion differs in Clojure because it uses Java and calling conventions. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the sums-tail function to explore tail recursion and stack overflow errors.
-
Unit Testing in
In Clojure; you can ensure your code does what you intend it to do using a specific unit testing framework called clojure.test. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the clojure.test unit testing framework to create and run test cases with Clojure.
-
Updating Refs in
The Clojure programming language allows users to update refs using the Java Virtual Machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to change and execute references using various functions in Clojure.
-
Use Comp to Compose Functions
In Clojure; the comp function takes a set of functions and combines them into a single function that can be used across arguments. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the comp function to construct an anonymous function consisting of several provided existing functions.
-
Using Korma with
In Clojure; you can use the Korma Domain Specific Language; or DSL; to communicate easily with SQL. In this video; James Lee demonstrates examples of how to use the Korma DSL to define a database and then execute various tasks in the database using Clojure.
-
Using loop
In Clojure; the loop/recur construct is the solution to the tail recursion problem of stack overflows. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the loop/recur construct to find all the digits within a string sentence.
-
Using Partial to Curry Functions
In Clojure; the partial function is a function that defines an anonymous function. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use the partial function to create anonymous functions that add numbers; map arguments; and conjoin strings.
-
vars and thread-local State
The Clojure programming language allows users to work with vars and thread-local states within the Java Virtual Machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to perform root binding of variables using Clojure.
-
Vectors in
In Clojure; using collections known as vectors are typically preferred to using lists. In this video; James Lee demonstrates different ways to create vectors; to add; remove; return; or replace items in a vector; and to reassign values to a vector.
-
Waiting for Agents in
In Clojure; you can use the await function to monitor tasks performed by agents. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how Clojure's await and await-for functions allow active agents' threads to be monitored.
-
Working with Metadata
In Clojure; you can work with metadata in various ways. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to add metadata; including a doc string and a test case; to a function; how to read the metadata for a function; how to access specific metadata values associated with a map; and how to modify metadata.
-
Working with DataTypes and Protocols
The Clojure programming language allows users to work with DataTypes and Protocols within the Java Virtual Machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to extend Protocols and define DataTypes using Clojure.
-
About Sequences
In Python; all sequences support a common set of operations and built-in functions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the length built-in function to determine the length of a set of characters and numbers.
-
Applying Polymorphism
You can use Python to apply polymorphisms. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates what polymorphisms are and how they function; and also how to code a polymorphism.
-
Auto Detect XML
Python allows you to detect and parse XML files and their data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to identify XML files using the built-in object "file" and open() function.
-
Class Methods and Data
Object-oriented Python allows you to create class methods to output data. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a class method within instances of a created class and uses it to return values incremented according to the number of instantiated class instances.
-
Conditional Statements
Python allows you to write conditional statements and make decisions in your code. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write evaluative statements and conditional code.
-
Conditional Structures
In Python; you can use if and else statements to write your code. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the if statement to write conditional structures.
-
Controlling Loop Flow
In Python; breaking is an easy way to end or get out of a loop when a particular condition; word; character; or object comes up. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the break command to break out of a for loop when the 'b' character appears.
-
Creating and Executing Loops
Python allows you to create and execute For and While loops. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how these loops work.
-
Creating Modules
In Python; certain sections of code used for building complex software systems will often run better as modules. In this tutorial; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a module in Python to print out a simple statement.
-
Custom Classes
Python allows you to create your own classes to model custom data. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to represent abstract data using custom classes.
-
Dates and Times
It is much easier to handle dates and times using Python. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates a range of tips and tricks you can use when working with dates and times.
-
Declaring Functions and Passing Values
Python allows you to create functions and pass values into those functions. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use parameterized and non-parameterized functions in Python.
-
Decorator Implementation
In Python; decorators are very important to the overall usability of your code. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Files class to implement decorators.
-
Defining Classes
In Python; classes represent real world objects and can be defined by their descriptive properties and functions. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to define a class in Python.
-
Deleting Dictionary Elements
Python allows you to delete elements from a dictionary; a series of key/value pairs in curly braces evaluated from left to rights. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the syntax used to clear and delete elements from a Python dictionary; before deleting the dictionary itself.
-
Enumerate
Python allows you to enumerate a sequence of iterable objects and return an enumerated object using the enumerate() function. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create and enumerate a list returning a count; the start number of which he changes.
-
Extending Exceptions
Sometime the standard Exceptions and Except in Python are not suitable. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to extend Exceptions by assigning a specific Exception handler rather than a generic one.
-
Extracting Text from XML Document
In Python; you can extract data from an XML document. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use XML code to create an XML document that is read by a Python document.
-
Generator Expressions
Python allows you to use a generator expression – a compact generator notation in parentheses – to yield a new generator object. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the syntax and use of a comparative Python generator expression.
-
Handling Generic Exceptions
Python allows you to catch and handle generic exception errors. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to code specific exceptions in a Python try block; before coding a generic exception to catch different exception types.
-
Handling Multiple Exceptions
Python allows you to deal with multiple exceptions in a try block; using exception handlers. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how sequential commands in a try block generate syntax errors when a generic exception precedes a specific exception handler.
-
Ignoring Exceptions
Python allows you to use the pass statement to ignore or bypass exceptions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to trap an exception; output a file's contents at the command prompt; and use the pass statement to ignore exceptions.
-
Implement Generator Class
In Python; you can easily manipulate or customize your generator function to include a particular range. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the inclusive_range class to generate three different ranges.
-
Implement Generator Function
In Python; you can use a generator function to include certain items in a range. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the yield command to implement a generator function.
-
Implement Multiple Exceptions
Python allows you to deal with multiple exceptions appropriately while generating custom output. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to custom code multiple generic exception handlers so that they return command-specific error messages.
-
Implement Read XML
In Python; you can read and write to XML documents. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the xml.dom.minidom methods and classes to read an XML document.
-
Implement Writing Large Files
Reading and writing data in Python doesn't have to be limited to small file sizes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to write data to large files in Python by having it read chunks of the file in a buffer.
-
Implementing Classes
Once you’ve created a class in Python you need to implement it in order to use it. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a class and its methods; and then implement it.
-
Implementing Exceptions
When working with Exceptions you need a way to implement them inside of Python. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to implement an Exception by using the try: and except: keywords.
-
Implementing Object Data
Python can be used to implement object data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to change the contents and pass parameters to and from methods.
-
Implementing Polymorphism
You can use Python to implement a polymorphism. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to implement a polymorphism using pre-existing code.
-
Implementing Raising Exceptions
In Python; when constructing an exception to catch an error; you can associate an error message to display with it. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to implement a raised exception based on a custom IOError.
-
Indexing and Slicing
Python allows you to index an array's items separately or together; in different orders. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to index; slice; and replace an array or list's items by inclusion or subtraction.
-
Initializers
In Python; initializers are used to initialize newly created instances of an object. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create; and apply; an initializer in Python.
-
Interpreter Information
In Python; you can use Interpreter mode to process lines of code as they are entered and display the results immediately. This allows you to experiment with code without having to write and process a formal script. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to test commands in Python Interpreter mode.
-
Itemgetter
Python allows you to retrieve an item using the item key. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the itemget module to fetch an item from its operator and return the item to you.
-
Iter Function
In Python; you can use the iter function to read the contents of a file as well as iterate through the contents of a file. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the inter function; and discusses a number of its associated methods.
-
Lambda Functions
Python allows you to build single-line; Lisp-derived lambda functions that take multiple arguments and return the value of a single expression. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to define a function; its parameters; and return value; and how to build a single-line lambda function accomplishing the same objective.
-
Launching External Programs
Python has an easy way of launching external programs. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you can use Python to launch an external program from the Python Command Prompt.
-
Math Functions
Python has a number of powerful Math functions built into it that are easy to use. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates a number of these functions; including pow(); log(); sqrt(); trigonometry functions; and how to print the value of pi.
-
Module Aliases
Python allows you to link modules through module aliases. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Python to create; import; modify; and link module aliases.
-
Module Search Path
The Python interpreter can easily find your frequently used modules when they are saved in the same directory. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the PythonModules directory to create a Python search path for frequently used modules.
-
More Uses for the SYS Module
Python allows you to use the SYS modules to define and execute functions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use SYS modules to define and execute main functions; detect function errors; and create an error counter.
-
Multiple Arguments Using Lambda
Python allows you to work with multiple arguments using lambda expressions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Python to create and modify multiple arguments using lambda expressions.
-
MySQL Insert
Python allows you to work with most commercial or non-commercial databases. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to do a basic insert with the MySQL database in Python.
-
MySQL Select
Python’s MySQL Select statement allows you to extract data from a database. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to execute the statement; parse the results; and send it back as HTML.
-
Nested Sequences
It's possible to have nested sequences within Python. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set up a nested sequence and create additional elements within the sequence.
-
Operator Module Functions
Python allows you to use operator functions to manipulate and display items or values in a list. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the itemgetter and attrgetter operator functions to manipulate and display item values in a list.
-
Operators and Keywords for Sequences
Python allows you to interrogate sequences at the command line; using multiple keywords and operators. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create an immutable tuple and a list array; before using multiple operators and keywords to query; amend; print; and manipulate their properties.
-
Organizing Data Using Dictionaries
In Python; you can create and search dictionaries. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use dictionaries to organize your data.
-
Overview of Classes and Methods
To reuse code in Python; you have to construct a class. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates some of the classes and methods in object orientated programming.
-
Parsing Directory Trees
In Python; you're able to navigate and parse directory structures. In this video Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the OS module to parse a directory and the SYS module with a for loop to iterate through.
-
Paths; Directories; and Filenames
Python is often used to process information from paths; filenames; and directories; so it's important to understand the conventions associated with these elements. In this Video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates the conventions associated with paths; filenames; and directories when using the Python Command Prompt.
-
Process Zip Files
Python allows you to create; work with; and read ZIP archives. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a writable archive file by importing the Python ZipFile library; writes TXT files to it; and views the archived files in File Explorer.
-
The Eval Function
In Python; it's possible to evaluate an expression in code and get a return based on the value. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set up an eval function to evaluate an expression without having any effect on it.
-
The Finally Block
In Python; you can use the finally block to specify actions executed on completion of a try block whether exceptions occur or not. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to construct and run a try/catch block; before coding a finally block that displays a message irrespective of earlier errors or exceptions.
-
The Import Statement
Python makes it easy for you to use external modules in your programs. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the import statement to import a module; and display a string value and the result of a math function.
-
Raising Exceptions
In Python; you can manually raise an Exception if a situation in your code requires this. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to raise an Exception for a readfile() method.
-
Random Values
Python includes a powerful random number generator. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to generate random numbers using the random() command and uses the same technique to generate random names from a list.
-
Reading and Writing Binary Data
In Python; reading and writing text files is not the same as reading and writing binary files. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to read and write binary data in Python using the rb and wb attributes.
-
Reading Text Files
After watching this video; you will be able to read text files in Python.
-
Reading Zip Files
Python allows you to read ZIP files using Python's ZipFile module. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to import Python's ZipFile library; create a variable to acquire the Read-only files; and process and read in the archived files.
-
Retrieving Checkbox Data
Python allows you to retrieve checkbox data from HTML forms. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write a Python script that evaluates and reacts to checkbox values.
-
Retrieving Form Data
Python allows you to retrieve form data. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to get the field storage value and get the individual values from the form.
-
Sending E-mail
While you’re using Python to write the backend of a web or mobile application; you can also easily send an e-mail. In this video; Mark Lassoff shows you how to do this using code and the sendmail() command.
-
Sending HTML Email
Python allows you to send HTML formatted emails to the user through an SMTP server. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create an email with an exception message.
-
Sort in Place
Python allows you to sort an array in place; using a single expression. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a mutable list and to use the sort() method and sorted built-in function with a lambda function to display the list's items in order and in reverse order.
-
Sorting Functions
Python allows you to use sorting functions to sort mutable list arrays. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use list methods to sort the values stored in a list array.
-
STDIO
Python allows for interaction with the outside environment by presenting data as either standard input; which is accepted directly from the user; or standard output; which is printed. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use Standard Input/Output (STDIO) to interact with data in Python.
-
Strategies for Multiple Choices
In Python; you can allow the user to select from a list of choices and present them with an error when their choice does not exist. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the choices command to list the various choices in a dictionary.
-
Syntax Errors
In Python; there can be a number of syntax; logic; and runtime errors. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Python code to deliberately introduce and then solve syntax errors.
-
SYS Module
Python includes the SYS module and its functions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the SYS module in Python to return or process data.
-
The Range Function
In Python; you can use a Range Function to work with a range of numbers or letters. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Range Function to define and print a range of numbers in a list.
-
The Sorted Function
Python contains its own Sorted Function that you can use to sort a list of items. In this video; Rafiq Wayani describes the built in Sort Method that modifies the list in place; as well as the built in Sorted Function that builds a new sorted list from an iterable.
-
Try Block
Putting code within try block in Python allows your code to exit on getting the wrong results; such as on contacting the wrong server. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to get your code to exit gracefully upon encountering an error condition.
-
Understanding Methods
You can use Python to create the methods that an object needs to work with. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create the methods or actions associated with classes.
-
Updating Dictionary Elements
Python allows you to update dictionaries; a series of key/value pairs in curly braces evaluated from left to right; by updating their elements. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the syntax used to update and output new Python dictionary key/value pairs.
-
Using Decorators
In Python; you can create decorators when you're building classes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use decorators to create the property; property setter; and the property deleter.
-
Using Exceptions
A large part of the code that you use when working with Python consists of error handling in the form of Exceptions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the except keyword to return an error when a file is called and not found.
-
Using File System Shell Methods
In Python; you can copy; archive; and zip files. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the file system shell methods to copy a file and its attributes; archive it; and create a zip file.
-
Using Generators with Classes
In Python; you can implement generator functions in classes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the inclusive_range class to create a range with three arguments; an initializer; and raise a type error.
-
Using Methods Creating Constructor
When working with a class in Python; you may choose to have a Constructor to define the value associated with that class. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to work with a Constructor to define an initial value for a class; and how to change this value in the instance.
-
Using Object Data
You can use Python to read from and write to class attributes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to write object data; and how to use object data and pass parameters to retrieve and set variables.
-
Using Standard Library Modules
In Python; you can use standard library modules to read information such as the platform; date; or time; as well as environment variables. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the import command to import the sys; os; and datetime library modules.
-
Using SYS Module Checking Host Platform
In Python; a SYS module can be used to check which platform a person is using in order to align coding according to that specific platform. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to check which platform you’re using by demonstrating the SYS module to check your platform.
-
Using SYS Module to Redirect Output
You can use the SYS module to change the standard output in Python. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to change Python's standard output by redirecting everything which is printed to a file.
-
Using SYS Module Working with Command Line Arguments
Python allows you to use SYS modules to edit command line arguments. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use SYS modules to create and edit a command line argument; modify its parameters; and test its viability.
-
What is a Module?
In Python; you can use modules for pieces of code that you use frequently. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the printFun.py text document to create a module.
-
Where Did the .pyc File Come From?
You can use .pyc files to enhance the performance of your Python modules. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses a Python module to generate a .pyc file.
-
Working with Dictionary
The dictionary structure in Python allows you to store key value pair data. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a dictionary and access key and associated values.
-
Writing Data
After watching this video; you will be able to write data in Python.
-
Writing Large Files
After watching this video; you will be able to write large files in Python.
-
Zipped Libraries
You can easily manage your zipped libraries for your Python programming environments. In this video; Mark Lassoff uses the pip tool to run; upgrade; install; and uninstall packages from a zipped library.
-
Exception Payloads
After watching this video; you will be able to raise an exception using a payload and retrieve a payload when handling an error.
-
Hello World
After watching this video; you will be able to create and execute a "Hello World" application with Python.
-
Implement an Iterable Using __getItem__
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an iterable using consecutive integer indexing in Python.
-
Implement an Iterable Using Extended iter()
After watching this video; you will be able to implement an iterable using the extended iter() function.
-
Implementing an Iterator
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a custom iterable class in Python.
-
Importing a Module at the REPL
After watching this video; you will be able to create and import a module at the Python REPL.
-
Installing Python 3 on Linux
After watching this video; you will be able to install Python 3 on Linux.
-
Installing Python 3 on Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to install Python 3 on Windows.
-
Lazy Generators
After watching this video; you will be able to create a lazy generator in Python and understand its characteristics.
-
List Comprehensions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a list comprehension in Python.
-
The bool Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the bool data type in Python and recognize its characteristics.
-
The bytes Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the bytes type in Python.
-
The dict Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the dict type in Python and describe its properties.
-
The Exception Hierarchy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the inheritance hierarchy of exceptions in Python and how to catch multiple exception types using a base type.
-
The filter() Function
After watching this video; you will be able to use the filter() function in an iteration in Python.
-
The float Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the float data type in Python and recognize its characteristics.
-
The For Loop in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to construct a for loop in Python.
-
The functools.reduce() Function
After watching this video; you will be able to use functools.reduce() to iterate over an iterable.
-
The if Statement in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the if statement in Python to control program flow.
-
The int Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the int data type in Python and recognize its characteristics.
-
The list Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the list type in Python.
-
The map() Function
After watching this video; you will be able to use the map() function in an iteration in Python.
-
The Philosophy of Python
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the philosophy of Python.
-
The range Type and Function in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the range function and work with range objects in Python.
-
The set Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the set type in Python and describe its characteristics.
-
The str Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to describe sequence types and use the str type in Python.
-
The tuple Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the tuple type in Python.
-
The While Loop in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to construct a while loop in Python.
-
The zip() Function in Comprehensions
After watching this video; you will be able to use the zip() function in a generator in Python.
-
Traceback Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to access and manipulate traceback objects for an exception in Python.
-
User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to get and manipulate user input from the command line with Python.
-
Whitespace in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use whitespace to lay out a Python program into functional code blocks.
-
Writing Binary Data
After watching this video; you will be able to write binary data in Python.
-
Modules and Imports
After watching this video; you will be able to create a module and import a module in Python.
-
Name Reverser
After watching this video; you will be able to write a Python program to reverse user input.
-
Nested Comprehensions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a nested comprehension in Python.
-
Properties with Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how inheritance affects properties in Python.
-
Python 2 vs. Python 3
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize reasons to choose one version of Python over the other.
-
Python IDEs
After watching this video; you will be able to evaluate the major IDEs available for Python.
-
Read; Evaluate; Print; Loop
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the Python REPL – read; evaluate; print – loop.
-
Reading Binary Data
After watching this video; you will be able to read binary data in Python.
-
Recursive Generators
After watching this video; you will be able to create a recursive generator in Python.
-
Running a Module as a Script
After watching this video; you will be able to run a module as a script using the __name__ == __main__ syntax in Python.
-
Set Comprehensions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a set comprehension in Python.
-
Simple Generators
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple generator in Python.
-
Slicing in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use slicing on sequence types in Python.
-
An Overview of Python
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of the Python programming language and how and where it is used.
-
Basic Iteration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the function of iter(); next() and StopIteration() in Python iteration.
-
Basic Math Functions in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to perform basic math functions; such as addition; subtraction; multiplication and division; and use the Math module.
-
Catching All Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to write a basic exception handler in Python to catch all exceptions.
-
Catching Specific Exception Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to write an exception handler in Python to catch a specific error; and recognize the reason why catching all errors is bad practice.
-
Chaining Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to use implicit and explicit chaining of exceptions in Python.
-
Class Definition
After watching this video; you will be able to create a class definition and describe the structure in Python.
-
Class Initialization
After watching this video; you will be able to write a class initializer method in Python.
-
Class Instance Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to write and use class instance methods in Python.
-
Classes and Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between classes and types in Python.
-
Code Comments
After watching this video; you will be able to write comments in Python.
-
Creating a Custom Data Type
After watching this video; you will be able to write a Python class to represent a vector.
-
Creating an Iterable Data Type
After watching this video; you will be able to create an iterable data type that handles exceptions in Python.
-
Creating New Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom exception class in Python.
-
Defining a Function
After watching this video; you will be able to define a function in Python.
-
Dictionary Comprehensions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a dictionary comprehension in Python.
-
Docstrings
After watching this video; you will be able to write docstrings in Python.
-
Documentation Best Practice
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practice for documenting Python code as set out in PEP 8.
-
Adding an API to an Existing Rails Project
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; you can add an API to an existing web-based application. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to do this in Ruby on Rails using the URL namespacing concept without confusing the HTML routes and controllers with the API routes and controllers.
-
API Endpoint for CREATE
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; the CREATE action facilitates creating a new employee via the API. In this video; Jay Wengrow explains how to develop Web APIs using Ruby on Rails: API endpoint for CREATE.
-
API Endpoint for DESTROY
When developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; you can remove database records that match certain conditions by instantiating each record and calling its destroy method. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use Ruby on Rails to delete a record from a database via the API.
-
API Endpoint for INDEX
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; an index action retrieves all the employees from the database. In this video; Jay Wengrow explains how to build the INDEX action using Ruby on Rails.
-
API Endpoint for SHOW
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; a SHOW action delivers data about a particular employee specified by its ID. In this video; Jay Wengrow explains how to add a SHOW endpoint for an API when developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails.
-
API Endpoint for UPDATE
In Developing Web APIs Using Ruby on Rails; you can use the UPDATE action to update attributes of an employee through the API. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the PATCH http verb to update attributes of an employee with a given id and how to set up a response when the targeted id does not exist.
-
API Versioning
When developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to add API versioning. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use Ruby on Rails API versioning.
-
Authenticating Your API Manually
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; you can restrict user access to the API or certain parts thereof. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to create a lightweight but effective authentication system in Ruby on Rails which can be customized to fit individual needs.
-
Automatic Testing Your API with RSpec
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; you can test to make sure that your API is working from start to finish. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to create an automated test suite using the RSpec gem for integration testing in Ruby on Rails.
-
Documenting Your API with apipie_rails
When Developing Web APIs with Ruby on Rails; the API can be documented with the rdoc tool. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the alternative apipie-rails gem to document the API in Ruby on Rails. He also shows the components of the apipie-rails gem and explains how it functions.
-
Documenting your API with rdoc
When developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to integrate the Rdoc extension into the coding infrastructure. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use Ruby on Rails to document APIs using the Rdoc extension.
-
Generating XML with XML Builder
When Developing Web APIs in Ruby on Rails; you can use the XML Builder tool to configure XML. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to configure XML without using any Gems.
-
Manually Testing Your Rails API with Postman
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; you can manually test your API using Postman. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the Postman REST Client to do complex Ruby on Rails API testing. He also demonstrates how to save and group test Collections for continued usage.
-
Performance Testing Your API with rails-perftest
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; it is important to test the functionality and performance of your API. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the rails-perftest in Ruby on Rails to test the speed at which aspects of the API perform.
-
Rendering JSON Manually
When developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to develop web APIs manually using its coding infrastructure. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use Ruby on Rails to render JSON manually.
-
Rendering JSON or XML with the rabl Gem (JSON and XML)
When developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to use JSON and XML in conjunction with its own coding infrastructure. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use Ruby on Rails to render JSON or XML with the Rabl gem.
-
Rendering JSON with active_model_serializers
After watching this video; you will be able to render JSON with active_model_serializers.
-
Rendering JSON with the jbuilder Gem (JSON)
When Developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to render JSON using its coding infastructure. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use Ruby on Rails to render JSON with the JBuilder Gem.
-
Setting Up Your API
When Developing Web APIs using Ruby on Rails; you need to understand the concepts involved with building an API. In this video; Jay Wengrow explains how to set up an API using Ruby on Rails.
-
Speed Up Your JSON with oj Gem
When developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to speed up JSON rendering using the Rails coding infrastructure. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the Ruby on Rails OJ Gem to speed up JSON rendering.
-
Speed up your XML with the ox gem
When developing Web APIs; Ruby on Rails allows users to speed up code rendering. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the Ruby on Rails OX Gem to speed up XML rendering.
-
Using rails-api Gem
Ruby on Rails allows users to develop web APIs using its coding infrastructure. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to use the Ruby on Rails-API gem.
-
The bytearray Type in Python
After watching this video; you will be able to use the bytearray type in Python.
-
Class Getters and Setters
Ruby includes methods that allow you to create getters and setters that are used to retrieve and set the values of instance variables when defining a class. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the attr_reader method to define a getter method that returns an instance variable; before demonstrating how to change the values in a class using a setter method.
-
Distributing Applications
The OCRA gem makes it easy to distribute a Ruby application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use OCRA to convert a Ruby program into an executable.
-
Ducktyping
In Ruby; the ducktyping feature ensures that an object is defined less by what type or class it is; but rather by what methods can be called and operations performed on it. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how ducktyping is applied within Ruby.
-
Enumerable
The Enumerable module in Ruby allows you to iterate elements; such as arrays; in a collection. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates examples using the .select; the .reject method; the === operator; the .sort method; and the .all? method which are available in the Enumerable module.
-
For Loop and Ranges
In Ruby; using the for loop with ranges allows you to iterate over a body of statements a set number of times and enables you to process the elements on an array. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the range data structure; uses it with a for loop; and accesses the elements of an array with a for loop.
-
GetOptLong
In Ruby; you can use the GetOptLong method to process command line argument options. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the GetOptLong method to processing command line arguments program to create a copy program in Ruby.
-
Getting Data Into and Out of Programs
Ruby includes commands and methods that allow you to enter data into a program; and also output and display data from a program. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the gets methods to input data; and the print and puts methods to output data to the Ruby console.
-
Hashes
In Ruby on Rails; the hash is a very common data structure for storing key value pairs. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the hash name to retrieve a value by specifying the key in subscript notation.
-
Higher Math
Ruby contains a number of higher math functions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to gain access to the higher math functions within the Ruby shell in order to use them.
-
Accessors and Virtual Attributes
In Ruby; you can write Attribute Methods to provide ways of getting data into a class object and also retrieving data from a class object. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write Accessors which streamline the attribute reading and attribute writing processes. He also demonstrates how to define and use the Virtual Attribute method.
-
Adding Methods to a Class
In Ruby; classes are open; providing you with the ability to avoid cluttering the classes' definition by adding methods to the class from within only a particular program. In this video; Mike McMillan imports a class into a program before demonstrating how to extend the definition of the class for that specific program by adding methods to the class.
-
Advanced Arrays
Ruby allows you to execute advanced and powerful tasks with arrays that can't be done in several other languages. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates adding and subtracting arrays; combining arrays; isolating unique elements in arrays; as well as adding and removing elements from arrays.
-
Blocks
Blocks can be used in Ruby to group sections of code together that are delimited using curly braces for single-line blocks and do...ends for multiple line blocks. Blocks can also be associated with method calls by calling yield. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use blocks within Ruby.
-
Blocks for iteration
In Ruby; blocks are primarily used for iteration. Elements from arrays or ranges can be easily stored within blocks to assist with the particular tasks that are performed. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use blocks for iteration in Ruby.
-
Blocks for Later Execution
In Ruby; you can create blocks of code which can be executed at a later time. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create blocks using initialize and multiplication methods.
-
Booleans
In Ruby; Boolean expressions return a true or false value. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates several ways one can write Boolean expressions using the Ruby shell.
-
Code Organization
In Ruby; there is definite and logical order to the way code should be laid out. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a typical layout of the code for a sample program in Ruby.
-
Constants
You can use Ruby to create and apply constants. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how constants are more of a suggestion in Ruby than an absolute; how to create constants and assign them a value; as well as how they behave in Ruby.
-
Data Types and Variables
Variables in Ruby provide the flexibility to store; hold; and return data of any type in your program without needing to declare the variable first. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to assign number; string; and Boolean data values to a variable before highlighting the differences between local and global variables.
-
Date and Time
In Ruby; the best way to edit the date and time is to use the date library. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the date library and its key features.
-
Default Parameter Values
In Ruby; you can present default parameters or default values for parameters when defining functions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define a parameter with a default value and add an argument to the function call to indicate when the default value is incorrect or insufficient.
-
Defining a Private Method
In Ruby you can define a private method as an internal helper method that isn't part of the public API of the class that controls access to objects in your program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a class that references a private method; and how a private method can't be accessed from the main program interface.
-
Defining Class and to_s Method
In Ruby you define a class as the basic template from which object instances are created; and use the to_s method to display the current state of an object. In this video; Mike McMillan creates a Ruby program to demonstrate the basics of defining a class; initializing an object; and returning an objects state.
-
IDE Options
The RubyMine IDE provides you with tools and facilities designed specifically for use in Ruby software development. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and run a new project in RubyMine.
-
Idiomatic
Ruby supports the use of idiomatic language. Programmers can use particular idioms just like in other languages; such as to use expressions instead of statements. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates some of the most common Ruby idioms and explains when to use them.
-
Installing and Rails
You can download and install Ruby on Rails for multiple environments from the RailsInstaller Web site. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to download and save Ruby on Rails for Microsoft Windows; initialize the RailsInstaller; go through the installation process; and test the installation by opening the Ruby Shell.
-
Iterators
In Ruby; you can use an iterator to call elements from objects. Iterators work on collections and ranges. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates using the shell to call the color element from a collection. He also demonstrates iterators that work on numbers and letters.
-
Lambdas
In Ruby; creating lambda expressions allows you to name; and easily call and reuse calculations. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a lambda; use it in an operation; and use it within another lambda.
-
Marshaling in
Marshalling in Ruby is a feature that provides the ability to serialize objects; allowing you to store a specific object for future loading or send it to another program. In this video; Mike McMillan creates an object before using the Marshal.dump() method to save the object to a file; and then reconstitute it using the Marshal.load() method.
-
Method Aliasing
Method aliasing provides the functionality in Ruby that allows you to override methods and alter the behavior of the class while retaining the origin implementation of the method. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an aliased method and use it to redefine the way in which a class performs a specific task.
-
Method Name Conventions
In Ruby; you can use several naming conventions to name Ruby methods. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the naming conventions for standard; multi-word; Boolean; Predicate; Mutator; and dangerous methods.
-
Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple class and method in Scala.
-
MiniTest
In Ruby; you can use MiniTest to assess whether your newly created methods are working correctly. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and run an instance of unit testing with MiniTest in Ruby.
-
Mixins
In Ruby; you can include mixins in your classes; allowing the contents of the mixin to be implemented as part of the class during compilation. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to include a mixin in an example class.
-
Mutability and Immutability in Objects
By default; objects in Ruby are mutable; allowing you to alter their state. You can change an object to immutable and ensure that its state doesn't change after creation. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to make a string immutable by using the freeze method.
-
Nil
Unlike many coding languages; the value Nil is an object that has a value within Ruby. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how the Nil value functions within Ruby.
-
Numbers
Ruby allows you to use integer and floating point numbers. You can also use two classes of numbers – Fixnum and Bignum. In this video; Mike McMillian demonstrates the Fixnum class; Bignum class; integer numbers; and floating point numbers using the Ruby Pickaxe book.
-
Object Equality
Ruby provides several equality test methods that allow objects to determine whether they are equal to; greater than; or less than other objects. In this video; Mike McMillan highlights the main operators that allow you to test object equality in different situations within Ruby.
-
Overriding Methods
Method overriding in Ruby is a feature that allows you to provide a specific method implementation in a subclass by replacing the implementation that is already provided by one of its superclasses. In this video; Mike McMillan overrides the built-in to_s method to return meaningful results before demonstrating how to redefine a method within a custom superclass.
-
Parallel Assignment
In Ruby; you can assign and reassign values using the parallel assignment method. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to switch the values assigned to variables and arrays using parallel assignment method.
-
Procs
In Ruby; creating procs allows you to name; call; and reuse blocks. This way; you can avoid typing out the block for each instance to help decrease coding errors. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use a proc.
-
Random Numbers
In Ruby; you can generate random numbers for areas; such as probabilistic techniques in programming and generating data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate random numbers with a maximum value and specific range; reproduce specific sequences; and retrieve a random element.
-
Ranges
Ruby includes a range of features that can be used to help when representing ranges. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to work with ranges inside of Ruby.
-
Gems
In Ruby; you can quickly and easily install packages of applications and libraries. These built-in packages of add-in tools are called RubyGems. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use RubyGems to install a rake program; which is a make utility for Ruby programs.
-
Running Programs
You can run Ruby interactively from within the Ruby Shell or as a script or program from the command prompt. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to open the Ruby Shell and enter expressions and statements which are evaluated and returned to you; before quitting the Shell and running a program from the command prompt.
-
Scope in Variables
In Ruby; you can use variable scoping for loops and blocks. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates variable scoping; while-loops; and do-loops; and then assigns variables outside loops.
-
Self Object
In Ruby; you refer to the current object in computation as 'self'. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how the keyword 'self' is used; creates an object called 'self'; and writes a method to compare two objects to determine if they're the same.
-
Sets
In Ruby; set classes allows you to group together a range of unordered values with no duplicates. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a set; and perform basic set operations.
-
Strings
Ruby allows you to create strings by using string literals with delimiters. You can also embed special characters and expressions into strings. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to a display string using single quotes (') and double quotes (") as well as embed escape characters and expressions into strings.
-
Struct
In Ruby; you can use structures to combine attributes under the same object name without having to create a class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates creating a structure within the Shell and specifies the attributes for each item in the structure.
-
Symbols
In Ruby on Rails; you will sometimes find that it's better to use symbols instead of strings. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the object_id to demonstrate the difference between a string and symbol.
-
Using method_missing
In Ruby; you can use the method_missing method to handle the user of a class calling a method that isn't a part of the class interface. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates writing the method_missing method and adding a display message.
-
Variable Length Arguments
In Ruby; you’re able to create methods that have variable length arguments and work with them in different ways. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a method in the Command Shell that has a variable length argument.
-
While and Until Loops
Ruby allows you to use the While and Until Loops to execute statements while or until a specified condition is true. In this video; Mike McMillan uses a loop-control variable or sentinel value to evaluate input before running the same program using the While and Until Loops; achieving the same result by redefining the logic of the evaluating condition.
-
Case Expressions
In Ruby; you can use the case statement as an alternative to the if statement to perform branching. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the case statement in a sample program in Ruby.
-
Routes – Get Requests for Singular Resources
In Ruby on Rails; by generating a controller and defining pages you allow routes to be created that provide a way to redirect incoming requests to controllers and actions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new project and generate a controller; and examines the routes that serve GET requests for a singular resource.
-
Routes – Naming Routes
Ruby on Rails provides options that allow you to override the automatically-generated names of routes by renaming or routing new routes to existing ones. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to rename a route using the as: option; and how to use the to: option while creating a new route that routes to an existing route in an application.
-
Routes – Root :to
Ruby's routing rules allow you to define a route to your application's root URL. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to configure and customize the routes file; uncommenting and customizing the rule defining the route to your application's root page.
-
Routes – Route Constraints
Ruby constraints allow you to use parameters to precisely define the data input acceptable to a URL. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates route constraints and shows you how to define the parameters of a constraint restricting input to date-type values.
-
Routes – Route Parameters
Ruby on Rails allows you to define parameters for the routes in your application that let you better direct and extend what the user can accomplish. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new project and add a route parameter that retrieves data for a specific day when a user enters the date.
-
Routes – Route Redirects
Ruby route redirects allow your application to accept alternate URLs or input and still direct users to your project's correct pages. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates route redirects and shows you how to generate a controller in the Ruby Shell and create routes or web pages for your project.
-
Scaffolding – Adding Data to the Database
Ruby allows you to migrate a database and generate data for it once the scaffolding has been generated. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the rake db:migrate command to migrate a database; before populating it with data written to the Ruby seeds file which is executed using the rake db:seed command.
-
Scaffolding – Generating Scaffolding
Ruby allows you to generate a project and its scaffolding; including the project Model; a web-based GUI for the View; and a Controller. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate a project using the rails new command; before using the rails generate scaffold command to generate its scaffolding.
-
Scaffolding – Routes
A Ruby project's scaffolding includes all the routes the project needs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate the project routes using the rake routes command; before describing the resulting forms and web pages as roadmaps worked with or modified to provide users easy access to your Ruby project.
-
Seeding Data
Ruby allows you to write data to – or seed – your project database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to open the seeds.rb file in his database directory; the syntax required to write data for a database; and use the rake db:seed command to populate his database which he then reviews in a Ruby console.
-
Tests – Automatically Generated Tests
Ruby on Rails automatically provides a set of tests allowing you to write validation rules for your application as soon as you generate your project's scaffolding. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to access and use the tests generated with Ruby's scaffolding to write and test validation rules; as well as analyze their results.
-
Tests – Functional Tests
Ruby on Rails automatically generates functional tests allowing you to test the code in your project's controller. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to access Ruby's functional test files; introduces multiple test types; and details their uses and potential for customization.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Creating a Model (Database)
Ruby on Rails allows you to use Rails to create a database in which to store project data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new project using the rails new command; and use the rails generate model command; a database name; and a list of defined string and integer fields; to generate a project database.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Defining Default Values
In Ruby on Rails; when the value of a specified field in a database doesn't change; you can easily define default values when the Active Record object is created using a callback. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the after_initialize callback method to save time by setting default values when creating a new record.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Migrations
In Ruby on Rails; migrations are a feature of Active Record that provide a convenient way for you to manipulate your database in a consistent and efficient way. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a field to a table using an add migration before running the migration using a Rake task.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Validating Data
Ruby on Rails helps you ensure that only valid data is saved into your database by validating the state of objects using Active Record's validations feature. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add validation code to a model that validates the presence of data in specified fields when entering a record into a table.
-
Using the Rails Console
The Rails console gives you a full Ruby Shell and all the functionality you need to manage an application-development environment. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to activate the Rails console; its ability to mimic the Ruby Shell; work with Active Record in database development and maintenance; explore the Rails development environment; and utilize tools and commands.
-
Adding a Static Web Page
In addition to the pages it automatically generates; Ruby on Rails allows you to easily integrate static web pages into your Rails project that are useful for content that never changes. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a simple static HTML page in the public directory within a Rails project.
-
Adding Data to a Database
With a database set up; Ruby on Rails allows you to easily create; save; and instantiate new records into the database using the Rails console in Command Prompt. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the create and new methods to enter data into a database before demonstrating how to recall the data from the database.
-
Cookies – Permanent Cookies
Ruby on Rails allows developers to store cookies on a user's browser for longer than the current session. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to call the permanent method to extend the life of a cookie to 20 years; and tests the change in a browser.
-
Cookies – Using Cookies
Ruby on Rails allows developers to specify cookies for storing data on a user's browser. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new application with set_cookies; display_cookies; and remove_cookies. He then inserts test data in a table and tests the functionality in a browser.
-
Creating a Dynamic Web Page
Ruby on Rails allows you to create dynamic web pages by combining HTML and embedded Ruby (erb) code by way of a controller and a view. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate a controller and a view before writing a simple Ruby program to show how Ruby code can be called dynamically from a web page.
-
Deleting Records
Ruby on Rails provides two different methods for deleting database records that need to be understood in order to maintain consistency in the database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the delete and destroy methods in Rails to remove records from a database while highlighting the differences between these two methods.
-
Forms – Data-Input Workflow
Ruby on Rails creates a data workflow in an application to automatically generate forms; for instance; from the Rails scaffolding. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how much of the work needed to add a new form to a project is done in the background by Rails.
-
How to Do Redirects
Ruby on Rails allows you to seamlessly redirect the user's browser from the original page called in an application to a new URL that you specify in the controller action. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the redirect_to method in a controller file to redirect an application page to a specified target URL.
-
Methods for Displaying Data
Ruby on Rails conveniently includes methods that allow you to easily display specific database records without having to use SQL commands. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the built-in Rails methods used to display the first or last record; all of the records; or even one particular field of data in a table.
-
Rake Stats
Ruby on Rails allows developers to automatically generate statistics that provide an overview of a project. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate and interpret a project's statistics; and points out that the most important statistic is the code-to-test ratio which highlights how well crucial functionality is tested.
-
Scaffolding – Examining the Controller
Ruby on Rails provides developers with a controller in the application's directory; which is a blueprint containing all the methods that the application will call. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to access the controller and describes each method and its function.
-
Sessions – Breadcrumbs
Ruby on Rails allows developers to specify breadcrumbs so that the user can see the path they have followed while browsing a website. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to specify breadcrumbs by modifying code in the controller for the application.
-
Sessions – reset_session
Ruby on Rails allows developers to reset a session; which in turn resets the breadcrumbs to nil. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how and where to define the reset_session method to clear the browsing history and store the pages from the previous session.
-
Sessions – Saving Sessions in a Database
Ruby on Rails allows developers to save session data to the database rather than a cookie in the user's browser. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to modify the gemfile; migrate the active record; and change the location of stored session data in the session store file.
-
Tests – Integration Tests
Ruby on Rails allows developers to test several controllers by running integration tests. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to manually create an integration test; since they are not automatically generated by the scaffolding. The sample test tests for a blank username when creating a new grade in the application.
-
Tests – Static Fixtures
Ruby on Rails allows developers to use static fixtures to generate test data in YAML format to test an application's model. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates where to find the static fixtures in the project directories and how to create a set of test data for the application.
-
Tests – Unit Tests
Ruby on Rails allows developers to use unit tests to test their application's model. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to attempt tasks in a project then make assertions about the results of the tasks; which can then be cast as unit tests.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Averages; Counts and Sums
Ruby on Rails allows developers to perform calculations on data stored in a database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to compute sums; counts; and averages in the console.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Creating New Records with Scopes
Using Active Record in Ruby on Rails allows you to create new records in a table of data using scopes. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new scope; and how to create a new record by calling the scope with the build command and assigning a new variable.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Defining a Scope
In Ruby on Rails; Active Rails allows you to define scope methods inside the class to specify commonly-used queries which can be referenced as method calls. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write class methods in the model file; and perform a search type query using the defined scope in the Rails console.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Includes
In Ruby on Rails; Active Record provides the includes method that allows you to combine data from two or more tables by specifying all the associations that are going to be loaded. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the similarities and differences between using the includes and joins methods while performing queries on records in different models.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Joins
In Ruby on Rails; Active Record provides a finder method called joins that allows you to produce join queries on multiple tables in your project. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create new records in separate models within a project; and how to perform a join that combines the data from two tables while querying the records.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Locking
In Ruby on Rails; Active Record supports optimistic locking that allows multiple users to access the same record for edits by checking for conflicts with the data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new record that includes the lock_version hidden field; and how records that are instantiated twice will raise an error.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Maximums and Minimums
Ruby on Rails allows developers to determine minimum and maximum values of data in a database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to calculate the minimum and maximum values of both numeric and lexigraphical items in a table using the Rails console.
-
Using ActiveRecord – Passing in Arguments to a Scope
In Ruby on Rails; once your scope has been defined; Active Record allows you to pass arguments to the scope thereby improving its flexibility so you can easily change the outcome of queries. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a parameter to a class scope method; before using an argument to return different query results effortlessly in the console.
-
Using SQL Where Queries
Ruby on Rails allows you to execute regular SQL queries in the Rails console using the WHERE clause to extract records that fulfil a specific criterion. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write a SQL statement using the LIKE operator in a WHERE clause to search for a specific pattern in a table column.
-
Adding Rails-API to an Existing Project
After watching this video; you will be able to add rails-api to an existing project.
-
Authenticating with Sessions
After watching this video; you will be able to use SessionsController for issuing and validating access tokens.
-
Calling the Mailer
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the mail call in controller.
-
Coding Links to Assets
After watching this video; you will be able to code links to assets.
-
Configuring Application Secrets
After watching this video; you will be able to describe where the secrets.yml file is found and what is contained within it.
-
Configuring Devise
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Devise.
-
Configuring Pundit
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Pundit.
-
Configuring RSpec
After watching this video; you will be able to configure RSpec.
-
Defining Rails
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Rails.
-
Deploying Web Applications with Unicorn
After watching this video; you will be able to implement unicorn as a web server.
-
Documenting Resources Using Apipie
After watching this video; you will be able to document resources and actions using Apipie.
-
Examining Asset Fingerprinting and Minification
After watching this video; you will be able to use fingerprinting and mimification.
-
Examining Constraints
After watching this video; you will be able to recall what some of the migration and database constraints are.
-
Examining Endpoint for SHOW; UPDATE; and DESTROY
After watching this video; you will be able to work with endpoint for SHOW; UPDATE; and DESTROY.
-
Examining Endpoints for INDEX and CREATE
After watching this video; you will be able to work with endpoints for INDEX and CREATE.
-
Examining Logging
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new Logger and describe how the Rails.logger method is used.
-
Examining Server-generated JavaScript
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how server-generated JavaScript works with Rails.
-
Examining Singular Resource Routes
After watching this video; you will be able to recall that there is also a singular form of resource routing.
-
Connecting with Java
After watching this video; you will be able to use Rjb to connect Ruby with Java.
-
Controlling Mass-Assignment Attributes
After watching this video; you will be able to protect against attacks by controlling mass-assignment attributes.
-
Create a Scaffold and Routes
After watching this video; you will be able to generate a basic scaffold and create shallow routes.
-
Create Tests for a User Model
After watching this video; you will be able to create tests for a user model.
-
Creating Active Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to use Sidekiq to create an ActiveJob.
-
Creating an API Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create an API application.
-
Creating Custom Rake Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom rake tasks.
-
Creating Migrations
After watching this video; you will be able to create and sequence a migration.
-
Creating Nested Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how to create nested resource routes.
-
Creating Search Forms with Ransack
After watching this video; you will be able to create search forms with Ransack.
-
Creating Static Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create static pages.
-
Customizing Error Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to customize error pages.
-
Customizing the Mailer
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the mailer.
-
Customizing Validators for Apipie
After watching this video; you will be able to customize validators for Apipie.
-
Debugging Rails Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to use different tools to debug Rails applications.
-
Defining Model Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to compare model validation with foreign_key constraints.
-
Examining the Asset Pipeline
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the asset pipeline looks for assets to include.
-
Examining the routes.rb File
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what the routes.rb file is and how it is used.
-
Examining the Scaffold
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the scaffold.
-
Executing Raw SQL Queries
After watching this video; you will be able to execute a raw SQL query .
-
Exploring Default Controller Member Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the member actions SHOW; EDIT; UPDATE; and DESTROY.
-
Exploring Default Controller Collection Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the controller actions INDEX; NEW; and CREATE.
-
Exploring Flash Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Rails uses the flash object to display errors.
-
Exploring Gems
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use the bundler.
-
Exploring Migrations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what migrations are and how they are used.
-
Exploring PostgreSQL Enhancements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Hstore and how it is used.
-
Generating a Basic Scaffold
After watching this video; you will be able to generate a basic scaffold.
-
Generating a Mailer
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure a mailer.
-
Generating an Access Token
After watching this video; you will be able to generate access tokens for authentication.
-
Generating Performance Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to generate performance tests.
-
Handling Exceptions in Active Job
After watching this video; you will be able to add exception handling on queues.
-
Implementing Collection Caching and Cache Keys
After watching this video; you will be able to implement collection caching and cache keys.
-
Implementing Elasticsearch
After watching this video; you will be able to implement elasticsearch.
-
Implementing Search
After watching this video; you will be able to put search on an API endpoint.
-
Installing Devise
After watching this video; you will be able to install Devise.
-
Installing Pundit
After watching this video; you will be able to install Pundit.
-
Introduction to ActiveRecord
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of how ActiveRecord works.
-
Loading Associated Records of Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to load all the specified associations with the minimum number of queries.
-
Managing Active Job
After watching this video; you will be able to use Sidekiq to handle queue management of ActiveJobs.
-
Manipulating CSV Files
After watching this video; you will be able to manipulate CSV files.
-
Modeling Data with ActiveRecord
After watching this video; you will be able to use ActiveRecord to model data.
-
Performing Authentication with Devise
After watching this video; you will be able to perform authentication with Devise.
-
Performing Data Migrations
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how to perform and roll back a migration.
-
Performing Pagination with Kaminari
After watching this video; you will be able to use Kaminari for pagination.
-
Performing Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to unit test models.
-
Persisting Data into Multiple Models
After watching this video; you will be able to persist data into multiple models.
-
Render JSON Manually
After watching this video; you will be able to render JSON manually.
-
Reusing Common Behavior with Modules
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how to use modules to share functionality between disparate model classes.
-
Setting Rails for Internationalization
After watching this video; you will be able to set up Rails for Internationalization.
-
Setting Up Apipie Gem
After watching this video; you will be able to set up the Apipie gem.
-
Setting Up the Rails Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to set up the Rails environment.
-
Skipping Validations
After watching this video; you will be able to recall what methods do not invoke validations.
-
Streaming Content
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ActionController::Live module.
-
Testing Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to test helpers.
-
Testing Integrations
After watching this video; you will be able to test integrations.
-
Testing Mailers
After watching this video; you will be able to test mailers.
-
Testing Rails APIs
After watching this video; you will be able to use Rack::Test to test HTTP response codes.
-
Testing Validations
After watching this video; you will be able to test validations.
-
Testing Views
After watching this video; you will be able to test views.
-
Using Action Callbacks
After watching this video; you will be able to use action callbacks.
-
Using Active Model
After watching this video; you will be able to use active model.
-
Using Advanced Associations
After watching this video; you will be able to use the :through association.
-
Using Authorization within Access Tokens
After watching this video; you will be able to use the authenticate_or_request_with_http_token method.
-
Using Basic Associations
After watching this video; you will be able to use has_one; has_many; and belongs_to associations.
-
Using CDNs
After watching this video; you will be able to use CDNs to improve performance.
-
Using Conditional Callbacks
After watching this video; you will be able to use conditional callbacks.
-
Using Conditional Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to use conditional validation.
-
Using CsrfHelper
After watching this video; you will be able to use CsrfHelper to output meta tags with the name of the Cross-Site Request Forgery protection parameter and token.
-
Using Custom Validators in Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use custom validators in classes.
-
Using Fragment Caching
After watching this video; you will be able to use fragment caching.
-
Using Guard
After watching this video; you will be able to use Guard to automatically run tests.
-
Using Mailer Views and Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to use mailer views and templates.
-
Using Matchers with RSpec
After watching this video; you will be able to use matchers to work with classes that implement module Enumerable.
-
Using Other Finder Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use different finder methods to retrieve objects from the database.
-
Using Polymorphic has_many Relationships
After watching this video; you will be able to make one class belongs_to more than one type of another class.
-
Using Postman
After watching this video; you will be able to use Postman to test results.
-
Using Rails View Helper
After watching this video; you will be able to use TagHelper to generate HTML tags programmatically.
-
Using RDoc
After watching this video; you will be able to use RDoc for documentation.
-
Using Rendering and Layouts
After watching this video; you will be able to use rendering and layouts.
-
Using respond_to
After watching this video; you will be able to use respond_to to render JSON and XML.
-
Using RSpec Mocks and Stubs
After watching this video; you will be able to use Rspec mocking and stubbing facilities.
-
Using Russian Doll Caching
After watching this video; you will be able to use Russian doll caching.
-
Using Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to define and chain query criteria.
-
Using Scopes with Lambda
After watching this video; you will be able to chain scopes with lambdas.
-
Using seeds.rb
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how edits to this file are done.
-
Using Select and Pluck
After watching this video; you will be able to compare the .select and .pluck methods.
-
Using shared_examples
After watching this video; you will be able to use shared_examples.
-
Using Transaction Callbacks
After watching this video; you will be able to use transaction callbacks.
-
Using Turbolinks
After watching this video; you will be able to use Turbolinks to attach a click handler to all links of an HTML page.
-
Using UrlHelper
After watching this video; you will be able to use URL helper to make links and get URLs that depend on the routing subsystem.
-
Using Variants
After watching this video; you will be able to use variants to render different templates based on some criteria.
-
Using VCR
After watching this video; you will be able to use VCR to record HTTP integrations.
-
Using Virtual Attributes
After watching this video; you will be able to use virtual attributes.
-
Working with Custom Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to write custom helpers.
-
Using Custom Validators in Models
After watching this video; you will be able to use custom validators in models.
-
Using Factory Girl
After watching this video; you will be able to use factory girl.
-
Using Formatting View Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to use formatting view helpers.
-
Using FormHelper
After watching this video; you will be able to use FormHelper to provide a set of methods for working with HTML forms.
-
Using Where Clauses and Find Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use .where and .find.
-
Working with ActiveRecords Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to compare using the errors[] with the invalid? method.
-
Working with Log Directories
After watching this video; you will be able to work with log directories.
-
Working with Partials
After watching this video; you will be able to use partials to break up the render process into modular chunks.
-
Working with Rails Initializers
After watching this video; you will be able to create initializers inside of gems.
-
Working with Rails Views and Sessions
After watching this video; you will be able to .
-
Writing Tests for Active Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to write tests for active jobs.
-
Creating Shallow Routes
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how to create shallow resource routes.
-
Adding Data Using Seeds
In Ruby on Rails; you can preload data into your database using a seed file. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the seeds.rb file to enter data and automatically load that data into a database.
-
Asset Pipeline
Ruby on Rails provides developers with a feature known as an asset pipeline for storing resources; such as stylesheets; JavaScript files; and images. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the asset pipeline location and structure; and how to precompile assets so that they can be delivered quickly and efficiently in compressed form over the Internet.
-
Cookies
Ruby on Rails allows developers to store data on a client's browser using cookies. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set cookies in a new application and use key value pairs to retrieve user information.
-
Creating a Class
In Ruby on Rails; you can easily create a whole new class object. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define a class; initialize an object; and return its state.
-
Creating an ActiveRecord Model
You can create an ActiveRecord model and then migrate it into Ruby on Rails. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the rails generate model command to create a model that will be migrated into Rails.
-
Creating Class Access Methods
In Ruby on Rails; you can control access to class data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use getters and setters to retrieve and change class data.
-
Examining and Modifying Views
Views are automatically created when you start a new Ruby on Rails project; and display Rails' application data in an HTML format. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the various views that are created when starting a new Rails project.
-
Examining Routes
In Ruby on Rails; when you generate scaffolding; routes are created. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the musics table to examine the routes that were created during scaffolding.
-
Examining the Controller
When creating a Ruby on Rails project; Rails automatically generates a template which can be modified to suit your needs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates a stock Rails template and how to edit it.
-
Installing Ruby and Rails
Ruby on Rails contains special installers for when you want to do an installation on Windows. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the procedure to install Ruby and Rails in a Windows environment.
-
irb and the Command Line
In Ruby on Rails; you can write; edit; and run programs using the IRB shell or the command line. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the IRB shell to input code; read it; evaluate it; and print the result of the evaluation.
-
Loops – While and Until
In Ruby; the While and Until loops let you execute or iterate the same block of code while or until a certain condition is true. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the purpose and logic of Ruby's While and Until loops; creates examples of each and; using a loop control variable; compiles and runs each one in the Ruby shell.
-
Reworking the Home Page
Ruby on Rails provides developers with the ability to customise the default home page generated when a new application is created. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate a new controller with a controller name and index for the home page; then specify the route.
-
Ruby versus .NET
The Ruby language differs from .NET languages such as C#. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how Ruby's simple syntax; RubyGems package manager; the interaction of a text editor and command-line controller; inbuilt testing methods; dynamic typing; and ease of learning give Ruby distinct advantages over .NET languages such as C#.
-
Sessions
Ruby on Rails provides .NET developers the ability to model state on the stateless web. In this video; Mike McMillan uses a web session to demonstrate how to implement the set_breadcrumbs to check for existing breadcrumbs and create an array; and how to control the display using the breadcrumbs.count and shift methods.
-
Setting Up a Rails Project
It's easy to set up a Ruby on Rails project. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the BitNami RubyStack command prompt window to set up a new Rails project.
-
Simple Input and Output
Ruby uses simple methods to allow you to enter data into; or output data from; programs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to launch the Ruby shell and explains how to use the gets method and Integer and Float conversion functions to enter data; and how to use the print and puts methods to extract data from a program.
-
Strings and Substitutions
Ruby allows you to use the substitution and global substitution methods to modify the values of strings. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the sub method and to substitute a variable's value with a regular expression; before using the gsub method and specific arguments in regular expressions to amend the values of multiple sub strings.
-
View Templates
When creating a Ruby on Rails project; Rails automatically generates a template which can be modified to suit your needs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates a stock Rails template and how to edit it.
-
Why Ruby
Ruby is a dynamic; interpreted; object-oriented language known for its easy syntax and powerful features that allow for fast; easy development. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how; although Ruby offers similar benefits to more conventional languages; its dynamic typing; modern programming-language features; RubyGems package-management system; multi-platform capabilities; and large web-programming library set it apart from other languages.
-
Working with Inheritance
In Ruby on Rails; you can create multiple inheritance on a class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create multiple inheritance using a super class that inherits parameter values from a child class.
-
Commenting a Ruby Application
After watching this video; you will be able to comment and document code.
-
Creating a Simple Ruby Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Ruby source file and execute it with the Ruby interpreter.
-
Creating and Using Simple Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to declare and work with simple variables.
-
Defining and Using Constants
After watching this video; you will be able to use and recognize constants in Ruby.
-
Getting Input from the Console
After watching this video; you will be able to get input from the console using gets and chomp.
-
Installing Ruby
After watching this video; you will be able to install Ruby on Linux; Windows; and MacOS X.
-
Running a Ruby Script
After watching this video; you will be able to create and run a Ruby script from the command line.
-
Using Ruby Interactively via IRB
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Interactive Ruby (IRB) prompt from the command line and execute Ruby statements.
-
Using Ruby Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how everything in Ruby is an object.
-
Writing Output to the Console
After watching this video; you will be able to output strings and numbers to the console via the p; printf; putc; puts; and print methods.
-
Multi-Valued Dimensions – Creating
Ruby on Rails can be used to create a table for multi-valued dimensions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a set of tables; set up a relationship between two of the tables; and create a bridge table to contain the data.
-
Multi-Valued Dimensions – Querying
Ruby on Rails allows you to perform a number of functions including template rendering; web server information gathering; and working with databases. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write queries for data stored as multi-valued dimensions within databases.
-
Nil versus Empty String
Ruby on Rails can differentiate between nil; where an object doesn't exist; and an empty string; where the object exists; and its value is the actual empty string. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the difference between an empty string and a nil value using the Rails console.
-
Not Nil Database Migration
Ruby on Rails provides database developers with the ability to create a not_null database migration. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a rule to each field in a migration file so when migration is performed; none of those fields can contain a null value.
-
One-to-One Relationships
In Ruby on Rails; a has_one association allows you to create a logical one-to-one relationship between two models in a database where one record is only ever associated with exactly one other record. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to establish a one-to-one relationship between two Active Record models.
-
Optimistic Locking Intro
When working with databases in Ruby on Rails; Active Record provides the optimistic locking mechanism that allows multiple users to access the same record for editing at the same time; producing an exception if a conflict occurs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the process that needs to be followed when implementing optimistic locking in a Rails application.
-
Optimistic Locking Recap
In Ruby on Rails; you can use Optimistic Locking to limit multiple users making changes to the same database file at the same time. In this video; Mike McMillan reviews why you would need Optimistic Locking and how you would enable it.
-
Optimistic Locking with ActiveRecord
You can use Ruby on Rails to activate Optimistic Locking in an ActiveRecord model when working with databases. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to activate Optimistic Locking in an application by using a lock_version field.
-
Pessimistic Locking
In Ruby on Rails; you can set up Pessimistic Locking to lock a page or record as soon as the locking is requested. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates three different ways to implement Pessimistic Locking in a database.
-
Pessimistic Locking Intro
When working with databases in Ruby on Rails; Active Record provides the pessimistic locking mechanism that locks a database record once it is accessed allowing only one user to have control of any piece of data at one time. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the pessimistic locking process and the different types of pessimistic locks available.
-
Pessimistic Locking Recap
In Ruby on Rails; the uses for Pessimistic Locking differ from Optimistic Locking in a number of ways. In this video; Mike McMillan recaps how to implement Pessimistic Locking; and explains how it differs from Optimistic Locking.
-
Polymorphic Associations
In Ruby on Rails; Active Record polymorphic associations provide you with the ability to create relationships in your database where models can belong to more than one other model on a single association. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set up a polymorphic association in Active Record by generating models; declaring the association; and modifying the migrate.
-
Querying a has_many Relationship
Ruby on Rails provides database developers with two methods of querying a has_many database relationship. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the joins keyword or the includes keyword to query two databases that have a has_many relationship.
-
Referential Integrity Tests
When utilizing Ruby on Rails; referential integrity is a database concept supported by Active Record that ensures the relationships between models remain constant and prevents users or applications from entering inconsistent data. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the primary ways Active Record ensures that referential integrity is maintained in a Rails application.
-
Resolving Duplicates
When working with databases in Ruby on Rails; it's important to know how to identify and resolve duplicate data entries as efficiently as possible to avoid any potential problems. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to resolve duplication by writing a validation rule in the model; as well as by adding an index to the database.
-
Scan Locks
You can avoid scan locks when working with databases in Ruby on Rails. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates various tools and ways to avoid table scans and negate table locks.
-
Schema.rb and Foreigner Gem
In Ruby on Rails; the Foreigner gem adds new methods to your Rails migrations and dumps foreign keys to schema.rb; allowing you to manage foreign key constraints while working with databases. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to install the Foreigner gem and write rules to the migration so foreign keys are recognized and used.
-
Setting Up InnoDB
In Ruby on Rails; you can use the InnoDB engine to support transactions that the default MySQL storage engine otherwise doesn't support. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set up the InnoDB engine and modify a Rails model when working with databases.
-
The Missing Parent
Ruby on Rails provides database developers with the ability to prevent missing parent database objects from occuring. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use belongs_to; dependent; and destroy to ensure that no child objects remain when their related parents are deleted.
-
Using a Star Schema
Using Ruby on Rails you can use a Star schema for warehouse type queries in a database. In this video; Mike McMillan uses Rails to generate a controller then adds fields and joins to create the Star schema.
-
A Development Environment for Concurrency
When working with databases in Ruby on Rails you can deploy a Multi-threaded Rails application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates ways to efficiently deploy multi-threaded applications on a multi-threaded server and a multi-process server.
-
ActiveRecord Validation
Ruby on Rails provides developers with the ability to add code to the ActiveRecord model to check data input. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add validation rules to validate that data is entered correctly in a form; for example.
-
Acts as Lists
In Ruby on Rails; an acts_as_list statement allows you to represent a child table of objects as an ordered list. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to set up an acts_as_list statement so database records can perform as if they are in a list data structure.
-
Adding User Specific Menus
Using Ruby on Rails allows you to create menus that are not generated automatically. In this video; Mike McMillan uses HTML with Rails link_to to create a simple menu.
-
Basic CRUD
Ruby on Rails provides developers with database development tools that can be used to build basic create; read; update; and destroy (CRUD) functionality. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create MySQL databases for a Rails application; generate and define a table; and populate the table in a browser.
-
Calendar Tables
Ruby on Rails can be used to create a calendar table. In this video; Mike McMillan uses Rails to build a Calendar table with multiple fields; and uses code to insert data into the table.
-
Cascading Deletes
When working with databases in Ruby on Rails; cascading deletes ensure that whenever a record is deleted; any dependent records in an associated table will also be deleted. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write a rule for cascading deletes within an Active Record model where a has_many association has been established.
-
Columnar Databases
In Ruby on Rails; you can store data in a columnar database model instead of as a relational MySQL database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how a columnar database differs from a relational database; and how it is structured.
-
Concurrency and Foreign Keys
Ruby on Rails allows you to index foreign keys in order to avoid high concurrency degradation. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to index a database variable as a foreign key.
-
Concurrency and Unique Constraints
In Ruby on Rails; you can use unique key constraints for columns where duplicate values are not allowed. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a unique key constraint and then have the model validate it with a couple of simple commands.
-
Concurrent Requests
In Ruby on Rails; you can work with concurrent requests in databases. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the various aspects of working with concurrent requests including fine tuning your application to improve the efficiency of your application when working with concurrency.
-
Counters
In Ruby on Rails; you can use counters to track changes to a record in a database. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how the internal counter works with Optimistic Locking.
-
Creating a has_many Relationship
In Ruby on Rails; you're able to link one database to multiple other tables using a has_many relationship. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and test a has_many relationship.
-
Creating a Star Schema
In Ruby on Rails; a Star Schema can be created using Fact and Dimension tables to create and customize various models and tables. In this video; Mike McMillan explains how to set up a range of models through the use of a Star Schema.
-
DeadLocks
In Ruby on Rails; you can prevent deadlocks from occurring when multiple users try to access a record at the same time. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to troubleshoot deadlocks when working with InnoDB databases.
-
Duplicate Data
As with any other system; when working with databases in Ruby on Rails; it is best to avoid storing duplicate data as it occupies more space; requires additional maintenance; and can potentially lead to problems and cause confusion. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the three main identifiable reasons duplicate data can sneak into a database.
-
Duplicate Data – Recap
Ruby on Rails allows you to avoid duplicate data when working with databases. In this video; Mike McMillan recaps how to avoid create duplicate data in a database by using the model declaration to enforce uniqueness.
-
Foreign Keys
When working with databases in Ruby on Rails; foreign keys that establish and enforce a link between models are automatically generated when you create Active Record associations. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a has_many association between two models; and also creates a foreign key and highlights how Rails establishes a foreign key in a belongs_to association.
-
Handling Invalid Data
In Ruby on Rails; there are several schemes for handling invalid data. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the Rails documentation and a series of examples to shoe how to use data validation to handle invalid data in a database.
-
InnoDB Locking
In Ruby on Rails; you can use the InnoDB engine to perform record locking. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to work with InnoDB locking in Rails using a transaction and a controller.
-
Introduction to Star Schemas
In Ruby on Rails; you can create data warehouse applications using a Star Schema that use Fact and Dimension tables from which specific information can be extracted according to the data required. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the uses of Star Schemas and explains an example showing Fact and Dimension tables.
-
Getters
After watching this video; you will be able to use automatic getters in Scala and override them.
-
Infix Notation
After watching this video; you will be able to use infix notation for built-in and custom methods in Scala.
-
Installing Scala
After watching this video; you will be able to download and install the Scala binaries .
-
Java Types in Scala
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java types from Scala.
-
Match Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scala match expressions.
-
Objects in Scala
After watching this video; you will be able to describe objects in Scala and how everything is an object.
-
Operators and Overloading
After watching this video; you will be able to use operators and operator overloading in Scala.
-
Scala Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Scala.
-
Scala IDEs
After watching this video; you will be able to list the IDEs with Scala support and install the Scala plugin for Eclipse.
-
Scala REPL
After watching this video; you will be able to run the Scala REPL and evaluate simple expressions.
-
Setters
After watching this video; you will be able to use automatic setters in Scala and override them.
-
Singleton Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to declare and use singleton objects in Scala.
-
Subtype Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to create subclasses and anonymous subclasses in Scala.
-
Companion Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to use companion objects in Scala.
-
Conditionals
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scala if expressions and note that if is an expression and not a statement.
-
Constructors
After watching this video; you will be able to create constructors for classes in Scala.
-
Creating Fields in Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to create fields in Scala classes; and describe behaviors of different field types.
-
Unit Type in Scala
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of the unit type in Scala.
-
Values
After watching this video; you will be able to use value types in Scala; and describe the immutable property.
-
Working With Scala
After watching this video; you will be able to create a class and function in Scala using operator overloading.
-
Aggregating Data
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scalding group functions to aggregate data.
-
Create a Scalding Program
After watching this video; you will be able to create a comprehensive Scalding program.
-
Creating a Scalding Program
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Scalding program.
-
Functions Used by Scalding for Reducers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the functions Scalding uses for Reducers.
-
Inferring Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Scalding infers data types in saving computations.
-
Mapping Scalding into Core MapReduce Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Scalding uses Scala; Cascading; and Java in MapReduce jobs.
-
Reading Text and Identifying Text Data Sources
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scalding to read text and identify text data sources.
-
Running the Scalding REPL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of REPL and run the Scalding REPL.
-
Starting Scalding in Local Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to start Scalding in local mode.
-
Understanding Pipelines
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scalding to understand the basic pipeline functionality.
-
Understanding SQL Aggregation Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the SQL aggregation functions used in Scalding.
-
Using Filter and Collect Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use filter and collect functions in Scalding.
-
Using Grouping Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use grouping functions in Scalding.
-
Using Join Operations
After watching this video; you will be able to use join operations in Scalding.
-
Using Map-like Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use map-like functions in Scalding.
-
Using Record Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to use record objects in Scalding.
-
Using Single List SQL Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use list value SQL clauses in Scalding.
-
Using Snapshots to Partially Persist Data
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Scalding uses snapshots to partially persist data.
-
Using the Project Function
After watching this video; you will be able to use the project function in Scalding.
-
Writing and Saving Data
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to write and save data; and describe sinks.
-
Downloading and Installing Scalding
After watching this video; you will be able to download and install Scalding.
-
Downloading and Installing the SBT
After watching this video; you will be able to download and install the simple build tool.
-
Features of Scalding
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features and users of Scalding and the platforms supported in Scalding.
-
Functions Used by Scalding for Mappers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the functions Scalding uses for Mappers.
-
Using Multiple Aggregators
After watching this video; you will be able to use advanced SQL aggregation techniques in Scalding.
-
Borders- Padding Margins
Borders; padding; and margins enhance the visual appeal of your webpage. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to inspect and adjust the visual elements on your page.
-
Fonts
Debugging fonts in the CSS allows you to precisely define font characteristics. In this video; Brad Steele discusses how to use pixels; emphasis; and point sizes to render your text as expected.
-
Emphasis; Percent; and Pixels
Combining emphasis; percent; and pixels correctly allows your webpages to alter the layout in response to the user’s device; whether a 27-inch monitor or a 3-inch phone. In this video; Brad Steele discusses how to get a layout that is consistent across desktops; laptops; and tablets.
-
Google Chrome Developer Tools
Google Chrome Developer Tools allows you to easily and quickly debug your web applications in the browser. In this video; Brad Steele provides an overview of the features of Developer Tools and demonstrates how to change a public web page's CSS.
-
Google Closure Tools – Linter
Google Closure Tools Linter runs from the command line and allows you to check JavaScript files for style issues such as operator placement; missing semicolons; spacing; and the presence of JsDoc annotations. In this video; Brad Steele explains how to install Closure Linter on various operating systems; and introduces the --nojsdoc; --strict; and fixjsstyle options.
-
Google Webmaster Tools
Google Webmaster Tools offers web application developers a comprehensive toolset to enable them to maximize their web sites' search-engine compatibility. In this video; Brad Steele introduces Google Webmaster Tools’ configurable tools and interactive reporting and advice features.
-
Internet Explorer Developer Tools
The developer tools in Microsoft Internet Explorer save users the time-consuming effort that goes into recompiling webpages to see updates. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to use the developer tools to maintain the markups in CSS and view the changes immediately on the webpage.
-
Microsoft Visual Round Trip Analyzer
Microsoft Visual Round Trip Analyzer helps web developers and testers visualize the download of their page and identify best practices and changes that improve web performance. In this video; Brad Steele discusses how to download and install VRTA and demonstrates how to use the tool to analyze a web site.
-
Mozilla Firebug
Mozilla Firebug allows you to quickly and easily debug web pages and applications in your Firefox browser. In this video; Brad Steele explains how to install and launch Firebug; and then use its tools to debug web applications.
-
Network
Network debugging allows users to overcome the challenging network issues involved in web development. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to analyze network issues with utilities such as ping and traceroute and powerful network analyzers.
-
Optimizing images for the Web with Yahoo’s Smush.it™
Yahoo’s Smush.it™ interactive online tool allows you to upload multiple images for the Web; queues them; advises you of progress; optimizes them without any loss in visual quality; and reports how much space you have saved. In this video; Brad Steele guides you through the features; functions; and requirements of Yahoo! Smush.it.
-
Using dynaTrace AJAX Edition
dynaTrace AJAX edition allows users to analyze the front-end performance of your web-pages and web-applications to quickly determine performance issues. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to use dynaTrace AJAX.
-
Using JSLint
JSLint is a static code analysis tool used in software development for checking if JavaScript source code complies with coding rules. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to find and use JSLint.
-
Working with Breakpoints
Microsoft Visual Studio debugging capabilities enable you to insert breakpoints into your applications; enabling you to pause; obtain snapshot views; and change variables and values. You can insert single breakpoints; step through your code; and disable or delete breakpoints. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to set and manage breakpoints in Visual Studio and introduces the Export feature.
-
Attach the Visual Studio Debugger
The Visual Studio debugger has the ability to attach to a process that is running outside of Visual Studio. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to attach your debugger to a website and debug the server issues that arise.
-
Hello World from C++ in Eclipse
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' C++ program in Eclipse C++.
-
Hello World from Bash in Vim
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' Bash script in Ubuntu using Vim from the command line.
-
Hello World from C
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' C program in emacs; compile it with the GNU gcc compiler; and run it with gdb.
-
Hello World from C in Emacs and LLVM
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' C program in emacs; compile it with the llvm clang compiler; and run it with lldb.
-
Hello World from C# in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' C# program in Visual Studio.
-
Hello World from C++ in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' C++ program in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Hello World from Clojure Using Leiningen
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' Clojure program using Leiningen.
-
Hello World from GNU Autotools with C
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' C program using the GNU Autotools.
-
Hello World from HTML5/CSS3 in WebMatrix
After watching this video; you will be able to create an HTML page that displays 'Hello; World!' with the CSS3 text-shadow effect in WebMatrix.
-
Hello World from Java in Eclipse
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' Java program in Eclipse.
-
Hello World from Java in IntelliJ IDEA
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' Java program in IntelliJ IDEA.
-
Hello World from JavaScript in Aptana Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create an HTML page with JavaScript that outputs 'Hello; World!' using Aptana Studio.
-
Hello World from JavaScript in Firefox
After watching this video; you will be able to write 'Hello; World!' to the JavaScript console of your web browser.
-
Hello World from Node.js in WebMatrix
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' JavaScript program in Node.js in WebMatrix.
-
Hello World from PHP and MySQL
After watching this video; you will be able to create a PHP program that uses MySQL to SELECT the literal string; 'Hello; World!'; and prints the result.
-
Hello World from PHP in WebMatrix
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' PHP program in WebMatrix.
-
Hello World from PHP in Zend Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' PHP program in Zend Studio.
-
Hello World from PHP through NGINX and FastCGI
After watching this video; you will be able to configure php-fpm to output 'Hello; World!' from a PHP page through the NGINX web server.
-
Hello World from PyDev
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' python program in PyDev in Aptana Studio.
-
Hello World from Python in PyCharm
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' python program in PyCharm.
-
Hello World from RStudio
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' program in RStudio using the R language.
-
Hello World from Ruby in Aptana Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create a ruby project that outputs 'Hello; World!' using Aptana Studio.
-
Hello World from Ruby on Rails
After watching this video; you will be able to create a rubyonrails web application that outputs 'Hello; World!'.
-
Hello World from Rust
After watching this video; you will be able to create a 'Hello; World!' Rust program; compile it with rustc; and run it.
-
Hello World from SQL in MySQL
After watching this video; you will be able to verify a MySQL install by executing mysql from the command line to SELECT the string 'Hello; World!'.
-
Why Write 'Hello; World!'?
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss the reasons behind writing a 'Hello; World!' program when learning a new programming language and/or environment.
-
Class Responsibility Collaboration Card
In OOD; you can use the class responsibility collaboration card to map various objects of your program. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the class responsibility collaboration card and how it can be implemented.
-
Don't Repeat Yourself (DRY)
In OOD; the Don't Repeat Yourself (DRY) principle helps you prevent duplication of logic in objects used in programs by writing reusable modular code. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the Don't Repeat Yourself principle.
-
General Responsibility Assignment Software Patterns
In OOD; General Responsibility Assignment Software Patterns (GRASP) lists the best practices for object-oriented design. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the General Responsibility Assignment Software Patterns.
-
GRASP – Creator
The Creator is one of the key principles of the GRASP notation in Object-Oriented Design. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the role of the Creator principle in the GRASP pattern and how it can be used.
-
GRASP - High Cohesion
High Cohesion is one of the key principles of the GRASP notation in Object-Oriented Design. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the role of the High Cohesion principle in the GRASP pattern and how it can be implemented.
-
GRASP - Indirection
In OOD; Indirection helps you decouple multiple objects by creating an intermediary class to act as a middleman between the objects so that they are not directly coupled. Indirection supports low coupling and reuse. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses Indirection.
-
GRASP - Information Expert
In OOD; the GRASP Information Expert assigns a responsibility to the class that has the information needed to fulfill it. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the GRASP Information Expert.
-
GRASP - Low Coupling
Low Coupling is one of the key principles of the GRASP notation in Object-Oriented Design. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the role of the Low Coupling principle in the GRASP pattern and how it can be implemented.
-
GRASP - Protected Variations
In OOD; Protected Variations help you avoid the impact of changes of some objects on others in the system by using interfaces to stabilize predicted changes and variations on the system. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses Protected Variations.
-
GRASP - Pure Fabrication
In Object-Oriented Design; Pure Fabrication helps you assign the responsibility for handling a specific operation to a fake class; which does not fit with the other objects in the system; to support high cohesion. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses Pure Fabrication.
-
Introduction to Object Oriented Fundamentals
In OOD; you can use the concepts of objects; classes; abstraction; polymorphism; inheritance; and encapsulation for object oriented programming. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the fundamentals of object oriented programming.
-
Introduction to Unified Modeling Language
In OOD; you can use UML to create graphical representation of a system or a solution. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates key aspects of Unified Modeling Language.
-
Object-Oriented Design Concepts
Object-Oriented Design is the process of analyzing and designing objects and products. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses Object-Oriented Design concepts.
-
SOLID - Introduction to SOLID Design Principles
The SOLID principle is a series of best practice methods for Object Oriented Design. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses about the SOLID principles.
-
SOLID - The Dependency Inversion Principle
In OOD; the Dependency Inversion Principle states that high level modules should not depend upon low level modules and that both should depend on abstractions. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the Dependency Inversion Principle.
-
SOLID - The Interface Segregation Principle
In OOD; the Interface Segregation Principle states that clients should not be forced to depend upon interfaces that they do not use; and so you should break that larger single interface into smaller multiple ones for easy use. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the Interface Segregation Principle.
-
SOLID - The Liskov Substitution Principle
In OOD; the Liskov Substitution Principle states that you should be able to substitute a child class for a parent without losing any of the functionality of that parent class because child classes inherit the methods and properties of the parent. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the Liskov Substitution Principle.
-
SOLID - The Open Closed Principle
In OOD; the Open Closed Principle states that a class should be open for extension but closed for modification. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the Open Closed Principle.
-
SOLID- The Single Responsibility Principle
The first principle for the SOLID design principles is the Single Responsibility Principle. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the basic concepts of the Single Responsibility Principle and how to implement it.
-
UML Activity Diagrams
You can use the UML activity diagram to design your activity processes. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the UML activity diagram.
-
UML Class Diagrams
In Object-Oriented Design; the UML class diagram helps you model your classes and their relationships with other classes before you create the code for those classes. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses UML class diagrams.
-
UML State Charts
You need to use state chart while using UML to model and design your software solution. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to create and use UML state charts.
-
UML Use Cases
In Object-Oriented Design; you can use UML use cases to generate a graphical representation of a system or a solution. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates the key aspects of UML use cases and creates a basic use case in MS Visio.
-
Understanding Encapsulation
In OOD; you can use encapsulation by combining associated variables and methods within the same object. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates concepts of encapsulation.
-
Understanding Polymorphism
Polymorphism in Object Oriented Design provides the ability to use an object as if it were an object of its superclass while still using its overridden methods. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the concept of Polymorphism.
-
Basic If Statements
In Java; you use conditional statements to direct the code to react a certain way; based on certain conditions. You use an If conditional statement to perform actions based on the result of a conditional comparison. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write an If statement.
-
Compiling a Java Program
Java code needs to be built into a program that the computer can execute. This process is called compiling. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to compile a Java program in the command line.
-
Creating Hello World
The Hello World program is traditionally one of the first programs written by students in languages such as Java. Java programs can be written in any plain text editor. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to write the source code for the Hello World program.
-
Declaring Variables
In Java; every variable you use for storage is associated with a specific data type; such as integer or Boolean. You also need to initialize; or assign a value to; a variable. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to declare and initialize variables.
-
Loops in Java
In Java; you can execute a series of commands more than once using a loop. There are three types of loop structures; namely For; While; and Do While loops. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use each type of loop to execute a command.
-
Mathematical Operations
In Java; you can perform a number of arithmetic operations ranging from simple to complex. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to perform some basic math operations.
-
Obtaining Variable Values
In Java; once a value is stored in a variable; you have to access it to read it into memory. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to access values in different types of variables.
-
Using a Package
Java uses an organization system called the package system. Each application and class you write should be placed in a predetermined folder; known as a package. The package hierarchy prevents collisions between references to variables that have the same name in different programs. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the package command to create a package.
-
ADLC Product Phases
In Software Practices (Waterfall); the Operation and Maintenance phase is the longest and most expensive phase of the Application Development Lifecycle Product phases. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Operation and Maintenance phase to explain the maintenance and operational activities required for the project.
-
ADLC Startup Phases
In Software Practices (Waterfall); the Application Development Lifecycle Startup phases are where a product or system is born. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the Application Development Lifecycle Startup phases to explain the Initiation; System Concept; and Planning phases of a project.
-
Agile Software Models
When developing software using an Agile Development Model; there are two types of processes which can be implemented to develop software. In this video; Birgitte Birze explains the values of the Agile Manifesto; the Test Driven Development practices shared by many Agile software processes; as well as the user story. The Extreme Programming and SCRUM process methods are then explained.
-
SDLC Analysis Phase
The SDLC Analysis phase of Waterfall lays the foundation for software development and is vital to establishing the functional and system requirements of the project. In this video; Brigette Birze demonstrates the Analysis phase and highlights the steps used to uncover and document the requirement specifications of the project under development.
-
SDLC Cost of Change
The Waterfall sequential design process is useful in tracking changes during the software development process to minimise costs; as the further along in the project you are; the more expensive it is to implement changes. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to calculate the cost of change as the project progresses.
-
SDLC Deployment Phase
The Deployment phase of Waterfall is there to ensure that the project is successfully deployed to the customer without any defects or bugs. In this video; Brigette Birze expands on the Deployment phase and discusses the process of transforming validated software into full production software.
-
SDLC Design Phase
The SDLC Design phase of Waterfall is where the Development team establishes how to implement the application in order for it to fulfil its functional and system requirements. In this video; Brigette Birze demonstrates the Design phase; describing how to implement requirements such as the Detail Design; Quality Assurance; and Architecture Design processes.
-
SDLC Implementation Phase
In Waterfall; the implementation phase of software development is generally the longest phase of the development life cycle. In this video; Birgitte Birze discusses the implementation phase of software development and what exactly it entails within different build environments.
-
SDLC Umbrella Tasks
In Software Practices (Waterfall); the Umbrella Tasks are management activities that are not contained in a single phase of the Software Development Lifecycle (SDLC). In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the SDLC Umbrella Tasks to explain formal technical reviews; software quality assurance; software configuration management; reusability management; objective quantitative measurement data; documentation; and risk management.
-
SDLC Validation Phase
During the SDLC Validation phase of Waterfall; the software undergoes robust testing by an independent QA team to find and fix defects before the software is deployed. In this video; Brigette Birze explains the aim of the Validation phase and the testing performed by the QA Test Engineers.
-
Sequential Approach Software Models
Within Software Practices; there are a number of sequential approach software models that follow the SDLC phases. In this video; Brigette Birze discusses Waterfall; Sashimi; and the V-Model; compares the models; and discusses the pros and cons of each approach.
-
The Application Development Lifecycle (ADLC)
Software Practices (Waterfall) provides developers with an Application Development Lifecycle (ADLC). In this video; Brigitte Birze discusses the ADLC as a framework with distinct phases; each of which feeds into later phases; and also identifies the phases that constitute the Software Development Lifecycle; which might be repeated a number of times within one ADLC.
-
The Iterative Approach Software Method
Within Software Practices; the iterative approach to software development makes for a very adaptive development process. In this video; Brigette Birze explains the key features of the iterative approach and how it can benefit the SDLC process.
-
The Sequential Approach Software Method
The Waterfall sequential design process is useful for various software application approaches. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to implement the sequential approach with software modelling; and select and apply the most suitable methods for your project.
-
The Software Development Lifecycles (SDLC)
In Software Practices (Waterfall); the framework for developing and managing software projects is called the Software Development Lifecycle (SDLC). In this video; Brigitte Birze uses the SDLC framework to explain the Analysis; Design; Development; Validation; and Deployment phases.
-
Agile Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of using the agile software development method.
-
Application Security Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the goal of application security and the need to consider security issues in the design and development of software applications.
-
Formatting Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best formatting practices for use in your source code.
-
Functionality Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how functionality errors occur and how to minimize them.
-
Authentication Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the importance of implementing authentication within your application and how it relates to security issues.
-
Authentication Management
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for implementing authentication within your application.
-
Authentication Scope
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the various resources requiring authentication and potential associated security issues.
-
Beginning the Planning Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the initial steps taken in planning your software application project.
-
Bug Detection Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the techniques for detecting bugs when testing your programs.
-
Class Constructors and Destructors
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize best practices for using constructors and destructors.
-
Class Creation
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for declaring a class and creating an object of that class.
-
Class Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the capabilities of a class; including abstraction and encapsulation.
-
Code Improvement Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the sources of errors introduced by code improvements and how best to minimize these errors.
-
Conditions for Refactoring
After watching this video; you will be able to identify code conditions that can benefit from refactoring.
-
Creating the Design Document
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the main components of a design document.
-
Data Validation and Security
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the importance of data validation within your application.
-
Debugging Procedure
After watching this video; you will be able to list the steps involved when debugging your source code.
-
Development Documentation Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose; main sections; and importance of a development document.
-
Error Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the sources and effects of errors within your software application.
-
Error Logging
After watching this video; you will be able to list information contained in error logs and how to securely handle the log files your application generates.
-
Establishing Coding Standards
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits associated with implementing coding standards in your project.
-
Handling Method Arguments
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for working with arguments and distinguish between by value and by reference parameters.
-
Handling Method Return Values
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for working with return values.
-
Identifier Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the benefits of using best practices for naming identifiers in your program.
-
Identifier Naming
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the best practices used when naming identifiers.
-
Identifier Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the various styles used in different programming languages for naming identifiers.
-
Identifying Well-written Source Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify source code that utilizes best coding conventions.
-
Importance of the Planning Process
After watching this video; you will be able to identify why it is important to properly plan your project.
-
Inheritance and Polymorphism
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize best practices for implementing inheritance and polymorphism.
-
Input Data Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the main functions that your data validation should perform on input data.
-
Inspection Guidelines
After watching this video; you will be able to list the stages of a software inspection and describe the function of each.
-
Inspection Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to list the roles and responsibilities of the participants involved in peer-review inspections.
-
Integrating Planning with Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the planning documentation is helpful during the design stage of your project.
-
Interfaces and Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics and use of interfaces and abstract classes.
-
Iterative Development Models
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the characteristics of the iterative software development model.
-
Maintaining Design Documentation
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the importance of maintaining and updating your design documentation.
-
Maintaining Development Documentation
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the importance of maintaining and updating your development document.
-
Maintenance Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the benefits of performing maintenance on source code.
-
Method Cohesion
After watching this video; you will be able to describe method cohesion and its advantages when creating methods.
-
Method Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of methods and be able to distinguish between methods and procedures.
-
Optimizing Conditional Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how conditional statements in your source code can be optimized with refactoring.
-
Optimizing Method Calls
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how refactoring can help optimize calls to methods in your source code.
-
Output Data Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the importance of validating and encoding output data returned from your application.
-
Packaging Code in Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how refactoring can be implemented to improve methods in your source code.
-
Password Creation
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize best practices for creating secure passwords.
-
Password Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize best practices for allowing users to change or recover passwords.
-
Password Management
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for managing and maintaining passwords.
-
Peer Review Inspection
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the types of peer reviews and describe the benefits of performing inspections on your source code.
-
Planning Documentation Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the importance of maintaining and updating your planning document.
-
Potential Security Issue Sources
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the various ways that your application can develop security problems.
-
Programming Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe the most common types of errors caused by poor programming.
-
Project Planning Documentation
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the main components included in a planning document.
-
Prototyping Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of using the protyping method for software development.
-
Rapid Application Development (RAD) Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of using the RAD method for development.
-
Refactoring Benefits
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what refactoring is and recognize the benefits of performing code refactoring.
-
Refactoring Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for refactoring.
-
Refactoring Process
After watching this video; you will be able to list the steps involved when performing refactoring on source code.
-
Security Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to list the guidelines for implementing security in your software development process.
-
Security Problem Impact
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the possible consequences of security problems.
-
Self-documenting Code
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the concept of self-documenting code and its importance in the creation process.
-
Sequential Development Model
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the characteristics of the sequential software development model.
-
Software Planning Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the concept of planning and its part in the creation of a software application .
-
Software Testing Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to list the various methods for testing your programs.
-
Spiral Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of using the Spiral software development method.
-
Transferring Functionality between Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize techniques for refactoring program functionality when working with objects.
-
Unit Testing Principles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose and principles of unit testing.
-
Using Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to recongnize how to create and work with abstract classes.
-
Using Identifier Names
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize identifiers that follow the best practices.
-
Using Input Data Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize code that follows best practices for validating input data.
-
Using Interfaces and Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with interfaces and abstract classes.
-
Using Output Data Validation
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize code that follows best practices for validating output data.
-
Waterfall Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of using the waterfall method for development.
-
Working with Data
After watching this video; you will be able to describe refactoring techniques to simplify how your program works with data.
-
Working with Generalizations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to improve generalization in object-oriented programming through refactoring.
-
Writing Good Code
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the benefits and importance of writing quality source code.
-
Writing Well-structured Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to identify source code that follows best practices for method writing.
-
Examining the Development Stage
After watching this video; you will be able to list the methodologies and importance of documentation during the software development stage.
-
Identifying Benefits of Coding Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of following best practices when creating source code.
-
Identifying Software Security Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to list the best practices for creating secure applications.
-
Importance of Software Planning and Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the importance of the planning and design stages of software development.
-
Maintaining and Debugging Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the benefits of maintaining; testing; and debugging source code.
-
Understanding Refactoring
After watching this video; you will be able to list the benefits and categories of refactoring code.
-
Analyzing Web Sites Using WebPagetest
WebPagetest is an online utility that allows you to analyze a web site’s performance by running four different test types. In this video; Brad Steele outlines the Analytical Review's and Visual Comparison's speed and comparative speed tests; the Mobile test's multi-site graphical test; and the Traceroute test.
-
Bundling and Minification
Bundling and minification improve load time by reducing the number of requests to the server and reducing the size of requested assets; such as CSS and JavaScript. In this video; Brad Steele discusses the basics of bundling and minification.
-
Caching in ASP.net
Caching in ASP.net allows users to overcome slow webpage response due to data access; third-party integration; and other issues. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to implement efficient caching strategies.
-
CleanCSS
CleanCSS is a web site where you can analyze your CSS and set optimization options before compressing it. In this video; Brad Steele uses CleanCSS to optimize CSS.
-
Compiled CSS using Sass (Style With Attitude)
Compiled CSS; using Sass (Style with attitude) from the command line; enables you to build CSS using programmatic concepts. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to access and use the Sass compiler.
-
Global ASAX
Global.asax is a special file that contains code to allow your website to respond to an event for the entire application or session. In this video; Brad Steele discusses how Global.asax runs in response to specific events.
-
IIS Compression
IIS compression allows you to effectively reduce page load times and help low-bandwidth users enjoy a better browsing experience with your site. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to enable static and dynamic HTTP compression in IIS and select additional compression options.
-
IIS Log Files
IIS log files allow users to record the activity of their websites. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to configure your log files in your default website.
-
Load and Stress Testing
When testing the robustness of your web site you should perform load testing to gauge how the site performs under normal conditions and over time; as well as stress testing to determine how it copes with abnormally heavy loads. In this video; Brad Steele discusses how load and stress testing are used to determine the performance of a web site.
-
Network Monitor
Microsoft Network Monitor lets you perform network troubleshooting tasks by allowing you to view and analyze network traffic in real-time. In this video; Brad Steele uses Microsoft Network Monitor 3.4 to monitor network activity and view an analysis of the activity.
-
Slow Sites
Slow sites frustrate your site users and reduce traffic to the site. In this video; Brad Steele discusses some topics to review when architecting web applications to ensure top performance.
-
Tuning JavaScript
WebStorm is an IDE with many features that allow you to create and tune your JavaScript code. In this video; Brad Steele highlights the main features of the WebStorm interface for optimizing JavaScript code.
-
Using Fiddler2 to Monitor Network Traffic
Fiddler2 is a web debugging proxy which logs all HTTP traffic between your computer and the Internet. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates the basics of using Fiddler2 for monitoring your network traffic.
-
ViewState in ASP.net
The ViewState is the hidden form field written into your page response by ASP.net that stores information about the dynamic ASP.net controls on your page. In this video; Brad Steele demonstrates how to manage your ViewState in ASP.net for top performance of your webpage.
-
Working with Scalable Images
Pending W3C recommendations; the Scalable Vector Graphic (SVG) tag remains the best way to deliver scalable graphics and render them in the browser. In this video; Brad Steele details the role of CSS3 media queries; the implications of image size; and the use of JavaScript subject to selective client-detection methods.
-
Command Query Separation Principle
The Command and Query Separation principle can be described as the bedrock of CQRS. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses the Command Query Separation principle; including its benefits; and how the principle is related to object-oriented programming where there are separate object methods to do commands and queries.
-
Commands
Commands allow users to modify the state of some part of a system. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses the purpose of commands in CQRS; the appropriate naming of commands; and how commands relate to functions or methods at the class and object levels in the context of layered or tiered system architecture.
-
Command Query Responsibility Segregation
Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS) is a software development term that describes the concept of separating queries and commands. CQRS is derived from the Command and Query Separation principle. In this video; Chuck Easttom provides an overview of CQRS.
-
and Event Sourcing
Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS) has a symbiotic relationship with event sourcing. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how event sourcing allows you to determine the origin of an event; and considers the role provides the connection between commands and events.
-
and Persistent View Model
CQRS uses a persistent view model; meaning that there is constant viewing of data occurring. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses how the interaction between the view model and CQRS works.
-
Command Validation
Commands are how you interact with data; whether updating; deleting; or inserting new data. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses how to use commands to validate commands in a CQRS framework.
-
Commands and Domain Objects
A very close relationship exists between commands and domain objects in CQRS; because there is an ideal environment for CQRS contained within domain driven design. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how CQRS commands and domain objects interact.
-
Query Data
When dealing with CQRS it’s very important to consider the data view model classes you are working with when it comes to implementing queries. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses why you don’t need relational databases in CQRS.
-
CRUD Architecture
The CQRS pattern segregates read and update operations; providing many advantages over the traditional create; read; update; and delete (CRUD) approach. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates CRUD architecture and the limitations that make it better suited to simple systems.
-
DDD and N-layer Architecture
In CQRS; N-layered; or N-tiered; architecture is an approach to software architecture that works well together with domain-driven design. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates the key characteristics of both approaches and describes how they can interface with one another.
-
Dealing with Constraints
In CQRS; constraints define the limits on how you can interact with data. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how to deal with SQL constraints within the CQRS framework.
-
Handling Events in C#
If you want to separate events in CQRS you can run them in separate services. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how to handle CQRS events in C# so you can implement entirely separate services for commands and queries.
-
Implementing Commands in C#
You can implement the essentials of CQRS commands in C#. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how to use C# to issue CQRS commands to query and retrieve values from a data store.
-
Implementing the Pattern in C#
In CQRS you can make a service more robust by adding a complex event handling structure that follows a prescribed pattern. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates the CQRS pattern you need to follow to create the elements needed to implement a service containing multiple events.
-
Introduction to Domain-driven Design
Domain-driven design is central to CQRS. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses what domain-driven design is and defines the basic concepts and terms associated with it; such as domain; domain model; context; entity; value object; and aggregate.
-
Model-driven Design
In CQRS; model-driven architecture is an approach to software design that involves using highly specific; well-defined models to drive the architectural process. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses model-driven architecture; explaining what it involves and its key characteristics.
-
Task Based UIs
In CQRS; the concept of task-based user interfaces is closely related to that of domain-driven design. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses the approach involved in creating task-based user interfaces; how it differs from traditional; data-focused approaches to software architecture; and how the role of these interfaces within a basic software system is conceptualized.
-
The Pattern
CQRS is largely defined by the CQRS pattern. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how; not only are commands and queries separate; but that they are implemented in entirely different services or constructs.
-
Consuming WCF Services for
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes consuming Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Services using an SOA model.
-
Monitor Activity with Custom Code in WCF
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to create custom code to monitor Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) applications.
-
and WCF
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how Windows Communication Foundation can be used as a service-oriented development tool.
-
Using WCF Configuration Files
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use configuration files in a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) application.
-
Using WCF Credentials
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses how WCF implements security through the use of credentials and demonstrates how to configure different components.
-
WCF Message-Level Security
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) implements security using a message-level model.
-
WCF Transport-Level Security
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson describes how Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) implements security using a transport-level model.
-
Abstract and Sealed Classes
Once you master a common set of concepts and methodologies used to create programs; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use abstract and sealed classes in C#.
-
Access Modifiers
You can develop feature-rich applications in a variety of platforms if you master the fundamentals in any one programming language. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains the various access modifiers in C#.
-
Accessing Objects with the This Keyword
In C#; you can use the this keyword to access objects. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use the this keyword with examples.
-
Base and Derived Classes
When you develop software; you can create useful algorithms by using base and derived classes; which are powerful features of object-oriented programming. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses base and derived classes.
-
Casting Between Types
Once you master a common set of concepts and methodologies used to create programs; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses casting between types.
-
Creating a Class in C#
When you understand classes; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to create a class and add objects to it using C#.
-
CSS and DIVs
In HTML; you can create page layout by using the DIVs and CSS styles. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use both DIVs and CSS to create a page layout in HTML.
-
How to Capture User Input
In C#; you can use user input to make applications interactive. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to capture user input in a C# console application.
-
How to Create a File and Write Data to It
When you develop software; you can create a file and write data to it easily by using C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create a file and write text to it.
-
How to Create a Random List of Numbers
After mastering the fundamentals of software development; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create a list of unique random numbers.
-
How to Create Objects
During software development; you can create many objects from one class. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create an object from a class by using C#.
-
How to Read and Display Files
In C#; you can read and display the contents of a file. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates the method to read and display files in C#.
-
Introduction to Exception Handling
You can create feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms after you have mastered the software development fundamentals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates exception handling in C# with some examples.
-
Introduction to For and Foreach Loops
You can create feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms after you have mastered the software development fundamentals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use for and foreach loops in C# with some examples.
-
Introduction to If Statements
Software development using programming languages require creating algorithms and decision structures. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use if statements.
-
Introduction to If-else Statements
Software programming involves checking and comparing several variables; and "if-else" statements enable users to do that. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use if-else statements.
-
Introduction to Math Operators
In Software Development Fundamentals; you can create various algorithms by using math operators. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use math operators.
-
Introduction to Methods
Software development involves using several different kinds of methods within a Main method. In this video; Jamie Campbell introduces methods.
-
Introduction to Recursion
You can create feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms after you have mastered the software development fundamentals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use recursion in C# with some examples.
-
Introduction to Switch Statements
While developing software using C#; you can also use switch case statements to various conditions. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use switch statements.
-
Introduction to Variable Data Types
In Software Development Fundamentals; you can write various algorithms by using data type variables. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses different variable data types.
-
Introduction to Variables and Constants
Understanding the structure of a program in any language or platform is an important aspect of software fundamentals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates the variables and constants in a C# program.
-
Introduction to While and Do-while Loops
You can create feature-rich applications across a variety of platforms after you have mastered the software development fundamentals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use while and do-while loops in C# with some examples.
-
Multiple Document Interface Applications
In Windows application; you can add multiple windows inside the main application window using C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains MDI Windows form application.
-
Opening Files
When developing software; you need to create file dialogs in Windows form applications to provide information to users. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to open a file dialog.
-
Programming Windows Forms Applications
After mastering the basics of C#; you can create graphically rich Windows applications and modify form elements. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates programming with Windows forms.
-
Saving Files
In Visual Studio; you can add a control to save files in your Windows forms application. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to save files in the Windows forms application.
-
Setting Up a Windows Algorithm
In Software Development Fundamentals; you can set up algorithms for Windows applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to set up a Windows algorithm.
-
String Indexing
In C#; you can use the various indexing options for operations. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to perform string indexing in C#.
-
String Literals
In C#; you can do a number of different things with string literals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use string literals in C# and the different rules of string literals.
-
The Structure of a C# Program
Understanding the structure of a program in any language or platform is an important aspect of software fundamentals. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create the structure of a C# program.
-
Windows Alerts and Dialogs
In Visual Studio; you can use message boxes and dialog boxes while developing applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use message boxes and dialog boxes in the applications.
-
Windows Form Events
In C#; you can use Windows form events to add various events to your applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to add Windows form events in C#.
-
Windows Forms Applications
You can create graphically rich Windows applications after mastering the basics of C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to design Windows forms applications.
-
Working with Substrings
In Software Development Fundamentals; you can use substrings to get the string value. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use substrings.
-
Introduction to Arrays
In C#; arrays are extremely powerful aspect of any programming language. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use arrays in C#.
-
Introduction to CSS
After mastering the fundamentals of software development; you can develop applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses cascading style sheets in HTML.
-
Introduction to Interfaces
Interfaces are methods that allow you to create an interaction between two different objects or multiple objects in C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use the IComparable interface.
-
Introduction to JavaScript
JavaScript is a dynamic client-side scripting language that unleashes the power of web sites. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates the overview of JavaScript.
-
Introduction to Linked Lists
In C#; you can use LinkedList to create data structures and modify them. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use LinkedList in C#.
-
Introduction to Lists
Programmers use data structures to create lists of items that can be referenced and modified. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how use lists in C#.
-
Introduction to Namespaces
In C#; you can use namespaces when you need to distinguish between two different classifications of the same type of items. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use namespaces.
-
Introduction to Polymorphism
Once you master polymorphism; you can give derived classes the ability to share functionality with their base classes. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use polymorphism.
-
Introduction to Randomization
In C#; you can use randomization which is important for application development so that you can provide different results to the user each time. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use random number to generate results in C#.
-
Introduction to Sorting Algorithms
After mastering software development fundamentals; you can develop applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses types of sort algorithm.
-
Introduction to Stacks
In C#; you can use stacks to arrange the items or objects in order in last-in first-out basis. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use stacks.
-
Introduction to Static Members
In C#; you can use the static keyword to declare members that don't belong to different objects; but to the class itself. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use static members with examples.
-
Introduction to Structs
In C#; you can use structs to create references of variables containing values. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use structs in C#.
-
JavaScript Rules
Using JavaScript; you can create applications in your web sites using some really simple basic rules of coding. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates the basic rules of JavaScript.
-
Modifying HTML Elements
JavaScript can change items and change the contents of items on the fly. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to modify HTML elements.
-
Object Properties
Software development using C# allows you to use properties and access objects. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use object properties in a C# program.
-
Referencing HTML Elements
In HTML; you can grab information of the objects by using the different property values. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to reference HTML elements.
-
The quickSort Algorithm
During software development; the quickSort algorithm helps you sort all the numbers quickly. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains the quickSort algorithm.
-
Using is and as
Once you master a common set of concepts and methodologies used to create programs; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use is and as keywords.
-
Using Override and New
After knowing about software development fundamentals; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use override and new in C#.
-
Working with Style Sheets
During software development; you can either put style sheets inside your document or use them as external documents. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to work with style sheets.
-
Working with Web Pages
After learning about the fundamentals of software development; you can develop feature-rich applications for a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses working with HTML5 to create web pages.
-
Converting Strings to Numbers
In C#; you can add strings to store numerical information and extract its value using one of the various method to use them in mathematical functions. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to convert strings to numbers.
-
Creating a Windows Application
You can create a calculator by using the Windows form application and program it using C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to create a Windows forms application.
-
Creating Tabbed Pages
In Visual Studio; you can use tabbed pages to create multi-document interfaces. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create tabbed pages in Visual Studio.
-
Finishing a Windows Application
When developing software; you need to finish an application before you can package and distribute it to the users. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to complete a Windows forms application.
-
How to Create a C# Program
Once you master the software development fundamentals for one language; you can apply the same principles across a variety of platforms and create feature-rich applications. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create and run a basic C# program.
-
How to Create a Drop-Down Menu
When developing software; you need to create drop-down menus for easy layouts and faster data entry. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create drop-down menus in Windows form applications.
-
How to Create a Toolbar
You can create Toolbar for your Windows form application using C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to create a Toolbar.
-
How to Create a Web Browser
You can create a customized web browser for your Windows form application using C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to create a web browser.
-
Introduction to C# Strings
String operations are an important part of any programmer's toolkit. In C#; you can use strings to create algorithms. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use string in C# with few examples of basic string operations.
-
Introduction to Conditional Operators
Conditional operators are essential elements of any programming language. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains the different conditional operators in C#.
-
Using Char and Strings
In C#; you can assign index value to the string characters by using the char keyword. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use char keyword with strings in C#.
-
Oriented Programming
During software development; you can use inheritance to draw functionalities from other classes that are already defined. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses inheritance in object-oriented programming.
-
Catch-Finally Statements
In software development; you can handle exceptions easily with C#. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses try; catch; and finally statements.
-
Using Reporting Tabs
After watching this video; you will be able to use the analytics; engagement; and custom reporting tabs.
-
Adding Conditional Logic
After watching this video; you will be able to add simple rules to actions.
-
Adding Link Widgets
After watching this video; you will be able to add different link widgets to aid in page navigation.
-
Adding Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the different ways to add screens.
-
Annotating Simulations
After watching this video; you will be able to use the document text to annotate a simulation.
-
Branching Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to use decision logic to determine different paths.
-
Building Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to build different scenarios.
-
Collaborating on Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the project roles and permissions on projects.
-
Combining Masters and Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to combine a master and a template for maximum reusability.
-
Combining the Clipboard and Record Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to combine actions with the clipboard and records.
-
Comparing Editor and Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the differences between iRise Editor and iRise Studio.
-
Connecting to the Definition Center
After watching this video; you will be able to connect iRise studio to the definition center.
-
Creating Action Sequences
After watching this video; you will be able to create an action sequence.
-
Creating and Using Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to capture user input and display the variables.
-
Creating and Using Masters
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use masters.
-
Creating and Using Screen Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use screen templates.
-
Creating and Using Viewstacks
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure views.
-
Creating Custom Widgets
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom widgets and shared widget libraries.
-
Creating Drag and Drop Interactions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a drag and drop interaction.
-
Creating Masters
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new master.
-
Creating Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new project in iRise Studio.
-
Creating Prototypes
After watching this video; you will be able to use iRise Editor and iRise Studio to create prototypes.
-
Designing Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to use different features to design screens.
-
Diagraming Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different ways to diagram workflows.
-
Enabling On-screen Behaviors
After watching this video; you will be able to use actions to enable on-screen behaviors.
-
Examining Reusability Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the best practices as they pertain to reusability.
-
Examining Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what styles are used for in iRise.
-
Examining the Definition Center
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different functionalities of the definition center.
-
Examining Viewstacks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of viewstack.
-
Exploring the Definition Center
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the definition center.
-
Exploring the Studio Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the different components of the iRise Studio interface.
-
Exploring Viewstack Use Cases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different ways to use the viewstack.
-
Exporting Code
After watching this video; you will be able to use the definition center to export code.
-
Formatting Page Content
After watching this video; you will be able to add; arrange; and format page content.
-
Formatting Screen Content
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the widget settings and style properties.
-
Formatting Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the screen settings and style properties.
-
Formatting Tables
After watching this video; you will be able to format a table.
-
Importing Masters
After watching this video; you will be able to import a master.
-
Importing Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to apply an imported style.
-
Installing an On Premise Definition Center
After watching this video; you will be able to install an on premise definition center.
-
Installing Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to download and install iRise Studio.
-
Managing Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to use the definition center to manage projects.
-
Managing User Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to use the definition center to manage users.
-
Reviewing Prototypes
After watching this video; you will be able to view the guides and requirements for prototypes.
-
Reviewing Prototypes on the Device
After watching this video; you will be able to review a mobile prototype on-device.
-
Using Actions with Viewstack
After watching this video; you will be able to use actions to control the viewstack.
-
Using Device Gestures
After watching this video; you will be able to use device only gestures to trigger actions.
-
Examining Best Practices for Backups
After watching this video; you will be able to recall some of the best practices for backing up the definition center and Studio data.
-
Examining Data Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to recall some of the best practices when dealing with data and tables.
-
Examining Datasheets and Record Widgets
After watching this video; you will be able to use record widgets with datasheets.
-
Examining Dynamic Behaviors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use dynamic simulations.
-
Examining Editor
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different features of the iRise editor.
-
Examining Masters
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the reasons for using masters in iRise.
-
Examining Mobile Device Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe mobile device libraries and what they are used for.
-
Using Event Triggers
After watching this video; you will be able to use event triggers and chain events together.
-
Using Guides
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of guides and create a new guide for a project.
-
Using Hotspots
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use hotspots to add interactions.
-
Using Masters
After watching this video; you will be able to add and edit masters on a page.
-
Using Rules to Display Dynamic Content
After watching this video; you will be able to add multiple actions to the same trigger.
-
Using Rules with Viewstack
After watching this video; you will be able to use rules to control the viewstack.
-
Using Section Widgets
After watching this video; you will be able to use section widgets to group and arrange page content.
-
Using the Clipboard
After watching this video; you will be able to use the clipboard for simple data flow.
-
Using the Reader Standalone Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use the iRise Reader standalone application with the Definition Center.
-
Using Touch Events
After watching this video; you will be able to use touch events to trigger actions.
-
Using Variable in Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to use variable in rules.
-
Working with Page Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to add and configure different link widgets.
-
Working with Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to use the definition center to assign roles and remove access for a project.
-
Deploying Jasmine to Node.js
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy Jasmine to Node.js.
-
Inserting Images in Table Cells
After watching this video; you will be able to insert images in table cells in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Introduction to Performance Enhancements
After watching this video; you will be able to use performance enhancement features in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Publishing Online
After watching this video; you will be able to publish online in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Using InDesign Preferences
After watching this video; you will be able to modify preferences in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Using Stock and CC Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Stock and CC Libraries in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Capturing Arguments
After watching this video; you will be able to use features such as capture groups and wildcards and multiple arguments in Cucumber steps.
-
Creating Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to store Cucumber command line options in a YAML file and use the profile option to run them.
-
Creating and Implementing Step Definitions
After watching this video; you will be able to use regular expressions to create step definitions in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Creating Cucumber Features for an ATM App
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues in Cucumber scenarios such as flickering scenarios; brittle and slow features; and unengaged stakeholders; identify underlying causes; and provide solutions.
-
Filtering Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to filter Cucumber scenarios to run a subset using tags or lines.
-
Generating Features and Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to generate Cucumber features and scenarios using Cucumber-Ruby and Gherkin syntax.
-
Grouping Features in SubFolders
After watching this video; you will be able to group Cucumber features in subfolders and run a feature from a subfolder.
-
Handling Asynchronous Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to handle asynchronous systems in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Issues with Features and Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues in Cucumber scenarios such as flickering scenarios; brittle and slow features; and unengaged stakeholders; identify underlying causes; and provide solutions.
-
Maintaining Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to use transactions and truncation to clean databases for Cucumber scenarios.
-
Modifying Output
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the default output from Cucumber using formatters such as progress; rerun; usage and stepdef; formatting to file; and use backtrace option.
-
Nesting Steps
After watching this video; you will be able to nest steps in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Overview of Cucumber
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how Cucumber works; list the available versions; and describe how you can install Cucumber for use with Ruby.
-
Result States
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available result states for a Cucumber scenario and provide examples of scenarios containing steps that lead to these results.
-
Running Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to run Cucumber scenarios and show how to use the progress formatter for more focused output.
-
Tagging Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the uses for tags and tag Cucumber scenarios at feature and scenario level.
-
Testing REST APIs
After watching this video; you will be able to test REST APIs with Cucumber.
-
Using Backgrounds
After watching this video; you will be able to use a background section in a Cucumber feature file to outline steps common to all scenarios.
-
Using Doc Strings and Data Tables
After watching this video; you will be able to use doc strings and data tables for data that doesn’t fit on one line in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Using Helper Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Cucumber World object and refactor steps into Ruby helper methods that are added to the World.
-
Using Hooks
After watching this video; you will be able to use hooks in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Using Scenario Outlines
After watching this video; you will be able to use scenario outlines to define steps for Cucumber scenarios.
-
Working with Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce ActiveRecord; refactor a Cucumber scenario to use data; and read and write data to a database.
-
.NET Performance Counters
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to recognize .NET Performance counters for debugging.
-
Attaching the Debugger to a Crashed Process
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to attach the debugger to a crashed process.
-
Bad Functionality
Bad functionality means a program is not performing as it was intended. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses bad functionality and why it may occur.
-
Beginning the Journey
You need to select an appropriate tool for starting the debugging process. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to begin with the process of debugging.
-
Breakpoint Tips
The Visual Studio 2013 Debugger feature includes Breakpoints. It's important to manage these Breakpoints correctly as they are the first line of defense in debugging. In this video; Jamie Campbell uses Visual Studio 2013 to discuss tips for using the Breakpoint feature in the debugging process.
-
Cause and Effect
Debugging allows you to check code for errors and find and resolve any problems. You need to determine what causes bugs in a system and the effect that these bugs have. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses cause and effect in relation to debugging.
-
Code Stepping
In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how to step through code in the Visual Studio 2013 debugger.
-
Collaboration with Visual Studio Online
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to collaborate using Visual Studio Online with Visual Studio 2013.
-
Corrupting the Heap
There are many ways in which heap corruption can occur in a program. In this video; Jason Row discusses how the heap can be corrupted.
-
Crashes
A software crash may have several root causes. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses crashes; their possible causes; and debugging concepts.
-
Crashing an Application
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to crash an application in Visual Studio.
-
Creating a Team Project
In this video; Jamie Campbell outlines how to create a team project in Visual Studio Online.
-
Customizing the Code Analysis Dictionary
In this video; Jason Row explains how to create custom rules for the Code Analysis Dictionary.
-
Data Visualizers
In this video; Jamie Campbell; discusses the data visualizers used in Visual Studio.
-
Debug Diag
In software development; debugging is a necessary part of the development process. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the Debug Diag tool.
-
Debug Diag Features
In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses DebugDiag features.
-
for Different Processor Architectures
Defects are detected in a span of ways across different platforms. In this video; Jason Row explains how debugging differs between various platforms.
-
Methodology
Debugging is the process of locating and reducing the number of errors or flaws in a piece of code. Debugging methodology covers five processes that can help you identify bugs and why they occurred. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses debugging methodology.
-
Tips - Editors and Debuggers
During debugging; you can use various editors and debuggers to debug the code. Most popular editors have features; such as color hints and red underlines; which can provide insight into any potential issues. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses more debugging tips for editors and debuggers.
-
Dr. Watson/Action Center
In Microsoft Windows; many tools are available for debugging Windows-specific issues. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the Dr. Watson and Action Center tools.
-
Environments
Debugging environments determine how to proceed with the debugging process. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses types of debugging environments.
-
Improving Your Skills
When working through the debugging process; there are several useful skills that can be improved upon. Discipline is important; with an acceptance that debugging is an inevitable part of the development process. Debugging other developer's code can be useful in honing debugging skills. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses these and other tips for improving debugging skills.
-
Installing DebugDiag
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install DebugDiag for debugging.
-
Installing MDbg
Available through NuGet; MDbg or .NET Framework Command-Line Debugger uses a runtime debugging API. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install MDbg.
-
Installing PerfView
In this video; Jamie Campbell provides a demonstration of how to install PerfView for debugging.
-
Installing the NuGet Package Manager
NuGet is the package manager for the Microsoft development platform; including NET. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install the NuGet Package Manager.
-
Installing Windows Environments
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install Windows debugging environments.
-
Installing Windows Tools
In this video; Jason Row explains how to install the Windows debugging tools.
-
Introduction to ProcDump
In this video; Jamie Campbell provides an overview of how to recognize and install ProcDump for debugging.
-
Introduction to Visual Studio Online
In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the features of Visual Studio Online.
-
Launching MDbg
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use MDbg (Managed Debugger).
-
List of Windows Tools
Windows offers a variety of native debugging tools. In this video; Jason Row reviews the tools available in the Windows Debugging Tools set.
-
Loading and Reviewing Dumps
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to load and review dumps for debugging.
-
Managing Your Code
In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how projects are managed using Visual Studio Online with Visual Studio 2013.
-
MDbg
The MDbg.exe tool is used to debug code in a live scenario. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the features of MDbg.
-
MDbg Features
In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains MDbg features.
-
Measuring Success
It is important to ensure that the debugging process is not only effective; but also efficient. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses measuring success while debugging software.
-
Monitoring; Tracing; and Profiling
You can use monitoring; tracing; and profiling tools while debugging your software or application. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the tools used for monitoring; tracing; and profiling.
-
Software Tools to Improve Your Code
In this video; Jason Row explains the basic concepts of code analysis.
-
General Tips
When performing debugging; there are a number of general tips which may be useful. It can be helpful to discuss issues with others who may have more experience and who can offer a fresh perspective. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses some general debugging tips and advice.
-
Generating a Crash Dump
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to generate a crash dump.
-
Generating Dumps with Task Manager
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to create dumps with Task Manager for debugging.
-
Generating Dumps with Visual Studio
In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to generate crash dumps using Visual Studio.
-
Hangs
When a process gets tied up; the program hangs and becomes unresponsive. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses program hangs in debugging.
-
Heap Overview
Windows Heap Manager improves both security and performance. In this video; Jason Row explains the basic concepts of the Windows Heap.
-
How to use UMDH; DebugDiag; and !heap command
In this video; Jason Row explains how the UMDH; DebugDiag; and the !heap command are used to track down resource issues.
-
New Features of Visual Studio 2013
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; there are a number of new debugging features; including IntelliTrace; which allows code history to be traced and stored. The .NET Framework memory analysis with dump files is also new; and allows for detection of issues such as memory leaks. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the new debugging features available in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Overview of Memory Management on Windows Platform
In this video; Jason Row explains the Windows Memory Management system.
-
Overview of Windows handles
In this video; Jason Row explains the role of handles in the Windows operating system.
-
Performance Counters
Debugging is the process of discovering the causes of incorrect software behavior and fixing them. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses performance counters in Windows for debugging.
-
Performance Monitor Features
In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains some features of Performance Monitor.
-
Performance Problems
Debugging is the process of discovering the causes of incorrect software behavior and fixing them. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses performance problems in debugging.
-
PerfView
In software development; debugging is a necessary part of the development process. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the PerfView performance analysis tool.
-
PerfView Features
PerfView offers many features that are very useful for tweaking apps and improving performance. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses key PerfView features.
-
Remote with Visual Studio
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to remotely monitor a process using the Visual Studio debugger.
-
Running the Debugger
Powerful features available in Visual Studio 2013 are helpful for debugging code. In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how to use some of these features while debugging code.
-
Signing Up for Visual Studio Online
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to sign up for the free version of Visual Studio Online.
-
Six Rules of
During the debugging process; there are several key rules to bear in mind. The first is to remember that the code may not be the issue. Software doesn't change on its own and any new issues are likely to be related to the most recent changes; such as updates. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the six rules of debugging.
-
Stepping through Code
In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how to step through code in Visual Studio 2013.
-
The Code Map
Visual Studio 2013 includes a new feature; known as Code Maps; which allows you to visualize relationships in the code. In this video; Jamie Campbell uses the Code Map feature to showcase all of the benefits of this new feature when in Debugging mode; for editing purposes and for use when collaborating on code.
-
The Importance of
Debugging allows you to check code for errors and find and resolve any problems. This is useful to ensure that your code is not buggy. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses debugging and its importance to all programming languages.
-
The Performance Monitor Interface
In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses and demonstrates how to use the Performance Monitor interface for debugging.
-
The PerfView Interface
In this video; Jamie Campbell provides an overview of the PerfView interface for debugging.
-
The Visual Studio 2013 Debug Menu
One of Visual Studio's best features is its debugger. In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how to use the features provided on the debugging interface to enhance your work.
-
Tools for Monitoring Heap Issues
In this video; Jason Row discusses the tools available for monitoring heap issues.
-
Tools for Tracking Down Resource Issues
In this video; Jason Row explains how to find resource handles for running applications.
-
Types of Bugs
When performing debugging; you will encounter various types of bugs and errors. Some types of bugs include syntax; logic; arithmetic; resource; multithreading; interfacing; performance; and collaboration. In this video; Jamie Campbell provides an overview of these bugs.
-
Windows 8 application lifecycle
In this video; Jason Row explains the lifecycle of Windows 8 applications.
-
Types of Problems
When debugging software; there are; in general; five categories of problems – hangs; crashes; performance; functionality; and memory – that could occur. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the five categories of problems that you may encounter during debugging.
-
Use Code Analysis Tools in Visual Studio
In this video; Jason Row explains how to use the Code Analysis tools in Visual Studio.
-
Using Data Visualizers
In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses data visualizers in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using DebugDiag Analysis
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use the DebugDiag Analysis module for debugging.
-
Using DebugDiag Collection
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use the DebugDiag Collection module for debugging.
-
Using Event Viewer for Diagnosis
In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use Event Viewer to diagnose crashes.
-
Using IntelliTrace
Because IntelliTrace records what is going on when a program is executed; it is a very useful tool when debugging the program. In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how IntelliTrace is used in debugging mode in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using JSCRIPT Memory Analyzer
In this video; Jason Row explains how to use the JavaScript Memory Analyzer tool in Windows to identify potential memory issues in an application.
-
Using Performance Monitor
In this video; Jamie Campbell provides a demonstration on how to use Performance Monitor for debugging.
-
Using PerfView
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use PerfView for debugging.
-
Using Symbol Files and Servers
In this video; Jason Row explains what symbol files are and how to retrieve them.
-
Using the Code Map
The Code Map is a new tool in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how to use the Code Map during debugging.
-
Using the tools
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to start common debugging tools in Windows.
-
Using the Pageheap Tool
In this video; Jason Row explains how to use the Pageheap tool.
-
Using the PLMDebug tool
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the PLMDebug tool in Windows to control the state of an application.
-
Using the UMDH Tool
In this video; Jason Row explains how to launch the UMDH tool.
-
Using the Visual Studio 2013 Debugger
Visual Studio 2013 includes a Debugger feature that can be used to debug code in the debugging process. In this video; Jamie Campbell uses the Visual Studio 2013 Debugger to demonstrate the different controls; and options for using the Debugger feature.
-
Visual Studio 2013 Debugger Tips
When debugging with Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; there are a number of tips to consider. In Debug view; the output window can be tweaked to display only information that you choose. When working with breakpoints; the next execution can be set by dragging. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses these and other tips for debugging with Microsoft Visual Studio 2013
-
Visual Studio Environments
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; there are six debugging environments – Visual Studio with integrated Windows debugger; Microsoft Windows Debugger (WINDbg); Microsoft Kernel Debugger (KD); NTKD; Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB); and Microsoft NT Symbolic Debugger (NTSD). In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses each of these debugging environments in turn.
-
Web Browser Memory Issues
In this video; Jason Row explains web browser memory issues.
-
What Can DebugDiag Do?
DebugDiag is a tool that can help developers be efficient and effective in debugging code. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses DebugDiag and explains some of what it is capable of.
-
What Can Performance Monitor Do?
In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains Performance Monitor and what it can do.
-
What Can PerfView Do?
Some debugging tools come standard; others you should go out and get; and one such tool is PerfView. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains PerfView and what it can do.
-
What Causes Resources Issues?
In this video; Jason Row explains what causes resource issues.
-
Working with ProcDump
In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to work with ProcDump for debugging.
-
Prevention
Software development and debugging go hand-in hand. In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how using certain practices as you develop code can help reduce the occurrence of bugs and make it easier to find the bugs that do occur.
-
An In-depth Look at the Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Genymotion emulator to test an Android application.
-
An Overview of Handling Custom Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to handle custom devices when using Genymotion.
-
An Overview of the Preconfigured Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the default pre-configurations of the device emulators for Genymotion.
-
AOSP and the Evolution of
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize AOSP and its relationship with Genymotion.
-
Architecture Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the overall architecture of Genymotion.
-
Deploy App To
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a mobile app to the Genymotion emulator.
-
Deployment Testing with
After watching this video; you will be able to conduct deployment testing of an application with Genymotion.
-
Difference between Paid and Free Versions
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key differences between the versions available for Genymotion.
-
– Using the Camera
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the camera for Genymotion for an Android application.
-
– Using the GPS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure GPS for Genymotion for an Android application.
-
Command Line Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to use the command line tool for Genymotion configuration.
-
Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the capabilities of the platform; how it can be extended; and its roadmap.
-
Plugins for Android Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Genymotion plugin within Android Studio.
-
Sensor Emulation
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Sensor Emulation for Genymotion for an Android application.
-
Testing an Application with
After watching this video; you will be able to test an application with Genymotion.
-
The Java API for Automated Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Java API for automated tests and test with Genymotion.
-
Understanding When to Use in Development
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize when Genymotion should be used over alternatives.
-
Useful Tricks and Tips
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some critical best practices; tips; and tricks when leveraging Genymotion for Android development.
-
Using ADB with
After watching this video; you will be able to use ADB with Genymotion.
-
VirtualBox Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how VirtualBox works in conjunction with Genymotion.
-
Performing Method-Level Security Using Expressions
In Java-Spring; you can use Spring Security with expressions to restrict the execution of certain methods in applications. Only users with the correct authorities will be able to execute the methods. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how the PreAuthorize and PostAuthorize annotations can be used to restrict methods in this way.
-
What is Aspect Oriented Programming?
In Java-Spring; Aspect-Oriented Programming (AOP) is a complementary approach to Object-Oriented Programming. This approach involves crosscutting concerns being isolated from the core application and separated into classes called aspects. This gives a centralized location for implementing those concerns. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the features and functions of AOP.
-
Array Equality
In JUnit; you must ensure that the manipulation of array data is done with integrity. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the assertArraysEquals assertion to check if the objects and values of two arrays are equal.
-
Assume versus Assert
In JUnit; you can declare assumptions about the test data within a test case in order to check for errors before moving on. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use various assumes to check for errors in test data.
-
Basic assertThat options
JUnit allows you to use the assertThat validation checks to keep pace with the complex logic in a developing solution. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to check for various conditions; which are automatically available as a static import.
-
Collections and assertThat
In JUnit; you can simplify the validation of data within collections during testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the assertThat assertion to help check for specific items; characters; and words within a collection.
-
Combination assertThat Statements
In JUnit; you can use combination logic with complex matchers when executing a search on data. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the assertThat assertion to verify if a string contains specific punctuation marks.
-
Creating Test Suites
In JUnit; you can create test suites to execute a number of classes at specific times. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the SuiteClasses annotation to test four classes.
-
Custom assertThat Matchers
In JUnit; you can customize your testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the assertThat assertion to check tests and apply standard matcher syntax.
-
Customizing Test Runs
In addition to the basic test runners; JUnit; also have smarter test runners to execute special test conditions. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the JUnit4 test runner on a parameterized test with a dataset.
-
Defining @Test
Defining tests in JUnit takes advantage of annotations to allow for the most flexible implementation. The @Test annotation is the foundation of testing; marking any method as a test case. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the @Test annotation to drive JUnit tests.
-
Enhancing Tests with Rules
Rules in JUnit allow you to create checks across test cases; providing you with more granularity and control; and allowing improved customization of testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use rules in JUnit for testing purposes.
-
General Assertions
In JUnit; there are many assertions that you can use to automate tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the Weather class to assert if it is safe to drive in sunny; raining; or freezing weather.
-
and Mock Objects
In JUnit; you can use frameworks to simplify the creation of mock objects when isolating a unit under test. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the Mockito framework to simplify test creation.
-
Legacy Test Suites
Within the JUnit upgrades; you are still able to work with legacy suites; or you can choose to convert them to their current equivalent. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use legacy test suites; and run unchanged legacy test suites or include them in new test suites.
-
Legacy Tests
In JUnit; you can modernize your legacy test cases to make them compliant with the more modern version of JUnit. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how legacy test cases relate to modern JUnit and how to perform the same tests in the modern JUnit.
-
Managing Data Across Multiple Tests
In JUnit; there is a consistent way in which you can keep your external data source clean. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the wipeTable method to clean up after running test cases.
-
Maven and
By integrating JUnit with Maven; you can ensure that your code is always working by testing it each time it is recompiled. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to run a Maven test across multiple targets and as a single account test.
-
Number Equality
JUnit provides you with a toolbox to assert facts about numbers so that precision can be validated. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use assert statements to validate equality between integers; floating point numbers; and double values; as well as non-equal numbers. He also notes that JUnit provides ways to compare numbers that are not exact values.
-
Parameters in Tests
In JUnit; you can execute a test many times across a changing set of input parameters. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the parameter feature to handle a group of data items that have been hard coded.
-
Rules for Managing Tests
JUnit rules can provide a reusable solution for managing external test data and resources across all tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use rules to create temporary folders; external resources; and reusable external resources for managing tests.
-
Running From Java Code
JUnit allows you to run and execute tests from a variety of platforms. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to run and execute individual tests; groups of tests; and groups of tests in parallel from within a Java-based solution.
-
Setting Up in Eclipse
JUnit allows you to integrate reusable tests created in JUnit with the code development tools provided by Eclipse. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the built-in JUnit libraries inside an Eclipse build to create a JUnit test using static imports.
-
Setting Up Test Cases
In JUnit; you can setup your test cases in a modular way. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the Before annotation to run a method before a test case.
-
Managing Failure with @Ignore
In JUnit; you can temporarily ignore the execution of undeveloped features. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the Ignore annotation to ignore a test while executing code.
-
Test Execution Ordering
JUnit allows you to run sequential tests when a test relies on the results of one or more previous tests in order to run successfully. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates using NAME_ASCENDING to configure tests to run in a specific; user-determined order.
-
Test Fixtures
JUnit allows you to use test fixtures that provide common solutions for setting up tests; executing them; and cleaning up afterwards. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to set up a test fixture using a complex test for a data access object.
-
Testing Time
JUnit allows you to test the functional requirements and behaviour of the system. You can also validate if the elapsed duration of any test is acceptable. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to tweak test annotation to validate if the elapsed duration of a test is acceptable.
-
Theories
JUnit theories allow you to simplify test data generation; externalize data; and check that the data is valid. This reduces false failures. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to generate test data and validate data to avoid false failures.
-
Unit Testing with
JUnit allows you to set up testing environments that improve testing productivity and the quality of software solutions. In this video; Tony Lowe discusses comprehensive unit testing and concepts of continuous testing during development using JUnit within an integrated development environment (IDE).
-
Checking Alerts in IDE
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to allow and confirm pop-up alerts; as well as interact with their contents. In this video; Tony Lowe compiles a test suite demonstrating the use of the assert and verify commands to declare and show alerts; confirmations; and prompts.
-
Drag and Drop in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can integrate advanced JavaScript into a web page to allow users to manipulate information. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the DragAndDrop action in C# to move a screen element around the web page.
-
Drag and Drop in IDE
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to test the drag-and-drop functionality of web page elements. In this video; Tony Lowe codes the Selenium IDE with the dragAndDrop command; identifies a target item and; relative to its present position; codes an XY value denoting the area in which the target item must be placed.
-
Drag and Drop in Java
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to drag and drop screen elements on a web page using in Java. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to provide drag-and-drop mouse functions for moving a box on the web page using JavaScript.
-
Drag and Drop in Python
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can easily test drag-and-drop screen elements. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the ActionChains class in Python to implement drag-and-drop actions designed for your site.
-
Executing JavaScript from C# Tests
Selenium Automated Web Testing provides more functionality to C# tests by allowing you to execute JavaScript on a browser. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to set up a test case; execute the script using a driver; and manipulate the data.
-
Executing JavaScript from Java Tests
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to enhance testing capabilities. Selenium IDE allows the execution of JavaScript from internal and remote calls on the browser. In this video; Tony Lowe codes internal and remote JavaScript calls that locate; view; and change the values of a web page element.
-
Extended Test Case Example in IDE
You can use Selenium IDE to create and reuse tests when testing Web content with Selenium Automated Web Testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to utilize the shotgun approach to web testing and then refine a test in order to make it reusable.
-
Extracting from the IDE to Code
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows the transfer of coded test steps to multiple IDEs; facilitating customized testing. In this video; Tony Lowe uses the Selenium IDE's clipboard format to copy; paste; and run identical test steps; coded in Java; C#; and Python; in their respective IDEs.
-
Finding Exact Elements in C#
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to search for specific elements on a web page so that you can interact with them. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the FindElement method to find specific elements on a web page in C#.
-
Finding Exact Elements in Java
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to locate Java elements. In this video; Tony Lowe uses the findElement call and By helpers to locate Java web page elements and attributes by their IDs; names; and values.
-
Finding Exact Elements in Python
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to use automated web testing to locate specific Python components. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium to establish the contents of text boxes and input boxes and identify different elements in Python code.
-
Listening for Selenium Events
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can listen for general events to customize behaviour every time a mouse is clicked or a page is visited. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the AbstractWebDriverEventListener to listen to events fired by the driver.
-
Managing Ajax Calls in IDE
You can use Selenium Automated Web Testing to manage Ajax calls within the IDE. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to create; edit and configure a test in Selenium which features Ajax calls.
-
Providing Input Data in C#
Selenium Automated Web Testing gives us the ability to map different types of inputs on a web page to our C# testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use C# testing to verify textboxes; radio buttons; checkboxes; and select boxes on a web page.
-
Providing Input Data in Java
Selenium WebDriver allows you to provide HTML types of input from your Java tests to a webpage. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to add and submit some basic input types to your page in Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Providing Input Data in Python
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium WebDriver to receive input aligned with various HTML types; parallel with Python tests. In this video Tony Lowe explains how to provide input data in Python; aligned with Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Searching for Many Page Elements in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use search technologies to find several elements within the C# environment. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the FindElements command to search for several page elements on a web page.
-
Searching for Many Page Elements in Java
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to locate multiple Java elements; enabling interaction with them. In this video; Tony Lowe uses the findElements call and By helpers to locate multiple elements by their tag names; classes; and CSS selector and XPath attributes.
-
Searching for Many Page Elements in Python
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to test a dynamically generated web page by searching for all the elements it contains. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates the popular search technologies that enable you to search within the web page.
-
Selenium Grid
Selenium Grid allows you to simultaneously run multiple tests; on different machines; running different browsers and operating systems. In this video; Tony Lowe uses Selenium Grid to run parallel tests for the Chrome and Firefox browsers with Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Taking a Remote Screenshot in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can gain insight in how to improve your web site and related tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use screenshots to execute tests and validate web pages.
-
Taking a Remote Screenshot in Java
Selenium allows us take screenshots during selected moments in testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium Automated Web Testing to take a screenshot at various points during testing.
-
Taking a Remote Screenshot in Python
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to capture exactly what the screen is going to look like during key moments in your testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium to take a remote screenshot and work with it in Python.
-
Test Planning within Selenium
Selenium Automated Web Testing software allows users to work with test planning within the program. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium to conduct automated tests through a web browser.
-
Testing Navigation in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can simulate a web page's behavior when the Back and Forward buttons are used. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use navigation buttons to test the flow; behavior and display of a web page.
-
Testing Navigation in Python
A user expects to be able to use navigation buttons to go forward and backward between pages; or to jump to any page by typing in the URL when browsing. In this video; Tony Lowe explains how to use Selenium Automated Web Testing to take a remote screenshot in Python in order to navigate a browser freely.
-
Validating Display Elements in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can plan testing around content elements as well as the visual elements on the web page. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the WebDriverWait framework to wait on the display of several web elements.
-
Validating Display Elements in Java
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can validate visual elements. You can use the Selenium framework for Java to inspect HTML elements that drive the display. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates using the getAttribute command to validate display elements.
-
Validating Display Elements in Python
You can use Selenium Automated Web Testing to validate display elements in Python. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium to check if a page displays correctly in the browser and explains how to determine the values of different CSS properties.
-
Working with Ajax Elements in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can add wait states to simplify the testing of Ajax functionality within your C# tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the WebDriverWait object to set the waiting period for the test to four seconds.
-
Working with Ajax Elements in Java
Selenium provides us with tools to allow your Java code to note when Ajax elements have paused to load. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to let your Java code wait while Ajax elements are loading.
-
Working with Ajax Elements in Python
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to test Ajax elements using Python. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates activating Ajax to load part of a web page while keeping the original page in place and runs Python tests to determine when the web page will be loaded.
-
Working with Multiple Windows in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can complete tests while switching between multiple windows. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use window handles to switch between two windows in C#.
-
Working with Multiple Windows in Java
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE's switchTo() command to allow Java-based solutions to become aware of context shifts between windows. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to switch context from one window to another using a for loop and the switchTo() command.
-
Working with Multiple Windows in Python
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to test web sites with multiple windows in Python. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates running tests for web sites with multiple windows in Python.
-
Assert versus Verify in IDE Tests
With Selenium Automated Web Testing; the IDE includes commands that can be used for validation. In this video; Tony Lowe takes a look at the Assert and Verify commands and discusses when and where to use them with IDE tests.
-
Basic Locators in the IDE
You can use Basic Locators in Selenium IDE to target specific elements and functions during tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates in Selenium Automated Web Testing how to ensure the target of each command in a web site functions exactly as intended.
-
Basic Test Cases in Selenium IDE
When performing automated Web testing; the Selenium IDE enables you to create test cases by recording interactions in the Firefox browser. In this video; Tony Lowe builds a test to demonstrate the functioning of the IDE in Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Checking Input Controls in IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to use input controls to adjust the control and presentation of HTML input attributes. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates disabling checkboxes as well as configuring checkboxes; cursor positions; and other HTML input attributes.
-
Checking Popups in Python
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to detect; investigate; and respond to popups on a web site. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates the tools within Selenium and Python that allow you test and validate interactive popups.
-
Clicking Links in Python
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; in order to test navigation flows; it's important to find and test links to ensure they are working properly. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to find and test links using Python.
-
Creating a Selenium C# Project
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to select Visual Studio as the development environment for creating a Selenium C# project. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to install Selenium as well as develop and run tests in Visual Studio.
-
Debugging in Selenium IDE
When performing automated Web testing; knowing how to troubleshoot and make adjustments to text are key. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to perform debugging in the IDE when using Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Executing JavaScript from Python Tests
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to execute JavaScript from Python tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to make internal calls on the browser while doing Python tests.
-
Getting Started with Selenium IDE
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to create automated tests. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to download and set up the Selenium IDE; create a test case; and execute a test case.
-
Pattern Matching in the IDE
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use pattern matching within the Selenium IDE to match patterns and validate text. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates using the glob command; exact function; and regular expression for pattern matching and text validation.
-
Running IDE Tests in Any Browser
Selenium Automated Web Testing can allows users to run IDE tests across various browsers. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use a Selenium test server to execute tests on browsers from the command line.
-
Selenium IDE and Cookies
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to use Selenium IDE to check if the web site is recognizing and managing cookies correctly. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to manage cookies in Selenium IDE using the assertCookie command.
-
Using CSS Selectors in Selenium IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to use Cascading Style Sheet Selectors to help find and validate text within a Selenium test or while working with code; such as Java or Python. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to locate different text elements within a test using the Find feature.
-
Using DOM Locators in Tests
If you use JavaScript to look through documents when conducting automated Web tests; Selenium offers a Document Object Model; or DOM; to look through page elements. In this video; Tony Lowe takes a look at the DOM that is contained in Selenium.
-
Using Variables in Selenium IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows users to store dynamic values which can be used as variables to provide greater flexibility when testing. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to create and use values and variables within the testing framework.
-
Using Xpath Locators in Tests
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Xpath Locators in the Selenium IDE to search HTML structures. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to search for specific elements within Selenium IDE test cases.
-
Working with Checkboxes in IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to validate radio buttons and checkboxes used to submit values to a web site. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium Automated Web Testing to work with checkboxes and radio buttons in IDE.
-
Working with Multiple Windows in IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to switch between multiple windows to display information and conduct multiple simultaneous activities. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium Automated Web Testing to work with multiple windows in IDE.
-
Checking Popups in C#
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can create basic test cases to interact and validate the contents of JavaScript popups. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how Selenium detects and responds to popups based on the needs of a test case in C#.
-
Checking Popups in Java
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to validate and interact with JavaScript popups in test cases. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates the use of commands accommodating and interacting with alerts; confirmations; and input popups.
-
Clicking Links in C#
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to search for links on a web page and test their navigation flow using C#. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates finding elements using link text and partial text; and navigating the links.
-
Clicking Links in Java
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE to test navigational flows by finding and clicking on hyperlinks. In this video; Tony Lowe uses the findElements call with the HTML anchor tag name and link.click() command to retrieve and test named and unnamed hyperlinks.
-
Clicking Links in the IDE
You can use Selenium IDE to test the links clicked to navigate between pages on a web site. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to work behind the scenes in order to better understand a sequence of actions in Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Cookies and C# Tests
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use cookies to store data on browsers. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use C# to test cookies and how to use cookie options to manage web sites.
-
Cookies and Java Tests
You can use Selenium to test cookies to ensure web pages are working correctly. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates methods for JavaScript-based testing with Selenium Automated Web Testing to validate that cookies are working properly on a web page.
-
Cookies and Python Tests
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to manage and validate cookie behaviour using Python. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to configure the cookies that are being tested and create reusable tests to check cookies behaviour.
-
Creating a Selenium Java Project
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to create Selenium projects using JavaScript. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium's Maven Framework to create a project coded in JavaScript.
-
Creating a Selenium Python Project
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can create a Selenium Python project to perform automated testing of web sites. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to set up Selenium and get started with developing tests on Python.
-
Deeper IDE Testing with assertEval
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you conduct detailed test evaluation to analyse the changes on a web pages. You can use Selenium to create variables in the IDE and then evaluate the variables to determine the testing outcomes. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the assertEval function to evaluate IDE variables.
-
Design Tips for Test Suites
Selenium tools allow you to create tests that are reusable and adjustable. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to create a reusable test; and use various tools to adjust features of a login test with Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Designing Sites to be Testable
Designing web sites to be testable can facilitate the creation of automated tests for other web sites. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how some design features can improve a web site's testability and the performance of automated tests using Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Tweaking IDE Tests with JavaScript
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to use JavaScript as a part of Selenium's IDE testing solutions. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the runScript command to modify IDE testing protocol.
-
Selenium IDE Controls
You can use Selenium IDE to record and formulate test cases on a website. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use IDE advanced controls to refine and manage test cases when using Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Test Suites in Selenium IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to group and execute test cases as a test suite in Selenium IDE without having to execute them individually. In this video; Tony Lowe explains how to set up test cases and then group them as a test suite.
-
Testing Across Multiple Browsers
In Selenium Automated Web Testing; you can use the Selenium IDE WebDriver framework to run tests on your web app code against multiple browsers. In this video; Tony Lowe uses several drivers to run a basic test against the Firefox; Internet Explorer (IE); and Chrome browsers.
-
Testing List Boxes in IDE
Selenium Automated Web Testing allows you to use Selenium IDE to test drop-down boxes and list boxes and align these tests to the design of the data; as well as its actions. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to create tests for single-select drop-down boxes and multiple-select list boxes and validate the contents in IDE.
-
Testing Navigation in Java
In Selenium; you can simulate the behavior of navigation buttons on a web site to ensure that they are operating correctly. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to test that the navigation buttons are operating correctly on a web site using Selenium Automated Web Testing.
-
Testing Visibility in IDE
Testing visibility in IDE for Ajax-based applications can be efficiently handled with Selenium. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use Selenium Automated Web Testing to test visibility in applications which involve a delayed user response.
-
Boundary Value Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the black-box technique boundary analysis.
-
Acceptance Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe acceptance testing.
-
Activities in a Formal Review
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the activities in a formal review.
-
Applied Principles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the last four applied software testing principles relating to early testing; defect clustering; pesticide paradox; and context dependency.
-
Change-based Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe change-based testing; including regression testing.
-
Choose and Implement a Test Technique
After watching this video; you will be able to practice identifying an appropriate software testing technique and the considerations for its implementation.
-
Choosing Test Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to list the factors involved in choosing a test technique.
-
Component Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe component testing.
-
Condition Coverage
After watching this video; you will be able to describe other structure-based techniques; including various forms of condition coverage.
-
Potential Benefits and Risks of Tool Support
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the potential benefits and risks associated with using testing tools.
-
Product Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how product risks can be identified to develop risk-based testing.
-
Project Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to define project risks in relation to testing as a project activity and describe types of risk; including organizational factors and technical and supplier issues.
-
Roles and Responsibilities in Reviews
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the roles and responsibilities associated with formal reviews.
-
Categories of Test Design Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of test design techniques for dynamic testing.
-
Decision Table Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use decision tables for black-box test design.
-
Decision Testing and Coverage
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how decision coverage is calculated and test design is based on the results.
-
Defining Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what software testing involves.
-
Equivalence Partitioning
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the black-box technique equivalence partitioning (EP).
-
Estimation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe two approaches to estimation of test effort – expert-based and metrics-based.
-
Exit Criteria Evaluation and Test Closure
After watching this video; you will be able to describe evaluation of exit criteria and test closure activities.
-
Experience-Based Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the experience-based techniques error-guessing and exploratory testing and how they work with specification-based techniques.
-
General Principles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the first three general principles of software testing relating to presence of defects; impossibility of exhaustive testing; and error of confusing absence of errors with product fit.
-
Identify a Software Testing Strategy
After watching this video; you will be able to identify an appropriate software testing strategy.
-
Integration Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe integration testing.
-
Introduction of Tools to an Organization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the considerations relating to introduction of testing tools into an organization.
-
Iterative-incremental Models
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of tests associated with iterative-incremental models; including rapid application development (RAD).
-
Maintenance Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe maintenance testing.
-
Manage Tests and Use Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to practice identification of planning and management considerations and identify considerations for using tools for testing.
-
Measuring Coverage and Designing Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how white-box techniques can be used to measure test coverage and design tests.
-
Meeting Testing Objectives
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to meet a test objective and use defects to plan tests effectively.
-
Special Considerations for Some Tool Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the special considerations required for some tool types; including test execution tools; static analysis tools; and test management tools.
-
State Transition Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the black-box technique state transition testing.
-
Statement Coverage and Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how statement coverage is calculated and test design is based on the results.
-
Static Analysis by Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the objective of static analysis in assessing software products.
-
Static Techniques and the Test Process
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between static and dynamic testing and outline the importance of static techniques for assessing software products.
-
Structural Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the structural testing type.
-
Success Factors for Reviews
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the success factors for reviews.
-
System Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe system testing.
-
Tasks of the Test Leader and Tester
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the activities associated with the test leader and tester.
-
Test Analysis and Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test analysis and design activities.
-
Test Approach
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the test strategy is implemented with a test approach; and describe typical approaches.
-
Test Control
After watching this video; you will be able to define what test control is and describe examples of test control actions.
-
Test Development Process
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the steps in the test development process and how these are documented.
-
Test Implementation and Execution
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test implementation and execution activities.
-
Test Organization and Independence
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of independent testers and the way in which complex tests can be organized to use them.
-
Test Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the activities associated with planning a test for a system and typical entry and exit criteria.
-
Test Planning and Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test planning and control activities.
-
Test Progress Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how test progress can be monitored and define common metrics.
-
Test Reporting
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the activities involved in test reporting; including metrics and documentation used.
-
Test Tool Classification
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how tools can be classified according to the activities they support; and define intrusive tools.
-
The Code of Ethics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the code of ethics related to software testing.
-
The Mind-set of the Tester
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the psychological considerations and levels of independence related to software testing.
-
The Role of Communication
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the importance of good communication for software testing tasks.
-
The V-model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of tests associated with the V-model.
-
Tool Support for Static Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how tools are used to support static testing.
-
Tool Support for Test Execution and Logging
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how tools are used to support test execution and logging.
-
Tool Support for Test Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the uses of test management tools.
-
Tool Support for Test Specification
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how tools are used to support test specification.
-
Tool Support for Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the testing activities that tools can be used to support and their aim.
-
Tools for Performance; Monitoring; and Specific Needs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how tools are used to support test performance; monitoring; and specific testing needs.
-
Types of Review
After watching this video; you will be able to describe different types of review – walkthroughs; technical reviews; and inspections.
-
Use Case Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the black-box technique use case testing.
-
Why Test?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe why software testing is necessary.
-
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe application lifecycle management in the context of an agile project.
-
Application Lifecycle Management (ALM) Tools in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to describe briefly ALM tools in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server including PowerPoint Storyboarding; Product Backlog; Sprint Backlog/team capacity; Task board; Request Feedback; and Microsoft Feedback client tools.
-
Associating an Automated Test with a Test Case in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and demonstrate how and why you would want to associate an automated test with a test case in Visual Studio.
-
Black Box Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe black box testing.
-
Bug States
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different bug states and how bugs are resolved; closed or re-activated.
-
Burndown Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to describe burndown charts and show how to access burndown reports in Microsoft Team Foundation Server.
-
Code Coverage Analysis in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to describe code coverage and demonstrate how it can be analyzed in Visual Studio.
-
Commenting Test Steps in Microsoft Test Runner
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to add comments to test steps in Microsoft Test Runner.
-
Computer Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the principal components of computer systems.
-
Entry Criteria; Exit Criteria and Sign-Offs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe entry and exit criteria and sign-offs for software development phases.
-
Feature Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe software features and feature testing and describe exploratory testing; usability testing; and UI testing in the context of feature testing.
-
Generating a BVT in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and implement the steps to generate a BVT in Visual Studio.
-
Introduction to Software Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe software testing and its benefits and outline metrics for software quality.
-
Logging Bugs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the settings used when logging bugs.
-
Logging Test Data with IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of IntelliTrace and demonstrate how to enable and use IntelliTrace in Visual Studio to log test data.
-
Managing Lab Environments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how lab environments are managed for testing.
-
Manual and Automated Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and contrast manual and automated testing.
-
Microsoft Test Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to use Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Overview of Extreme Programming (XP)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ways in which you can run tests in Microsoft Visual Studio; and use one or more of these methods.
-
Overview of Scrum
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use a test plan to run automated tests in Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Performance and Stress Testing in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to use web performance and load tests in Visual Studio.
-
Performance and Stress Testing in Visual Studio part 2
After watching this video; you will be able to describe usability; accessibility; and localization tests.
-
Performance and Stress Testing in Visual Studio part 3
After watching this video; you will be able to describe performance and stress tests.
-
Phases and Milestones
After watching this video; you will be able to describe phases; and internal and external milestones.
-
Process Guidance
After watching this video; you will be able to define process guidance and describe the process template in Microsoft Team Foundation Server.
-
Product and Project Life Cycles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and contrast the product and project life cycles.
-
Programming Language Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to destinguish between compiled and interpreted programming languages; describe data types; and analyze simple algorithms.
-
Reporting on Bugs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how bug status and summary reports are used to provide information on bugs.
-
Running Tests from Microsoft Test Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use a test plan to run automated tests in Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Running Tests in Microsoft Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ways in which you can run tests in Microsoft Visual Studio; and use one or more of these methods.
-
Scrum of Scrums
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the scrum of scrums feature.
-
Simple Algorithms
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze simple algorithms and step through corresponding flowcharts and code.
-
Smoke Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the function of a smoke test.
-
Software Development Models
After watching this video; you will be able to describe sequential and iterative software development models such as the waterfall; agile; and spiral model.
-
Software Test Automation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe software test automation.
-
Test Case Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test case design and considerations including scope and detail; and the use of boundary conditions and validity tests.
-
Test Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of errors that can occur in tests and how to deal with them.
-
Testing Hooks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe testing hooks and provide examples.
-
Testing Strategy and Test Scope
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how testing strategy is determined and describe the different scopes that test plans may have.
-
The Agile Development Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the agile development process and the role of documentation and feedback in the process.
-
Triaging Bugs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how triage can be used to prioritize a list of bugs.
-
User Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user requirements; their importance in relation to testing; and describe user requirement documents including use case diagrams and user stories.
-
Using Virtual Machines for Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to define virtual machines and describe how they can be used for efficient testing using different operating systems.
-
Verifying a Bug Fix
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the steps to verify a bug fix.
-
White Box Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe white box testing and contrast it with black box testing.
-
Working with Distributed Teams
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the importance of communication in agile projects; how it occurs for colocated teams; and describe the challenges and advantages of working with distributed teams.
-
Beacon and Location-based Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the growing demand for beacon and location-based app integration.
-
Overview of Social Media Usage
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the importance of building and maintaining adequate social media platforms and apps to keep current with social media usage trends.
-
S-commerce Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the growing requirement to integrate social and mobile commerce functionality in social media apps.
-
Shortened Links Threats
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how shortened links pose threats via social media platforms.
-
Social Media Botnet Threats
After watching this video; you will be able to describe botnet threats through social media platforms.
-
Social Media Data Leak Threats
After watching this video; you will be able to describe social media data leak threats.
-
Social Media Phishing Threats
After watching this video; you will be able to describe social media phishing threats.
-
Social Media Worm and Trojan Threats
After watching this video; you will be able to describe social media worm and Trojan threats.
-
Testing Social Media and Mobility Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to identify appropriate testing techniques for social media and mobility apps.
-
Top Social Media Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the top social media sites that users frequent.
-
Big Data and App Analytics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the increased need for app performance tracking.
-
Common App Development Drivers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common app development drivers being influenced by social media trends.
-
Custom Mobility App Testing Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to identify custom testing techniques for mobility apps.
-
Custom Social Media Testing Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to identify custom testing techniques for social media apps.
-
Demand for Increased Privacy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe increased user demand for privacy.
-
Demand for Niche Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the growing trend of niche social media platforms.
-
Demand for Personalized Social Media Experiences
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the growing trend of user demand for more personalized experiences through social media platforms.
-
Demand for Social Video
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the increased user demand for media-rich experiences over more traditional text-based content.
-
Custom Matcher
After watching this video; you will be able to create a user-defined matcher in Jasmine.
-
Deploying Jasmine
After watching this video; you will be able to download and deploy the Jasmine testing environment.
-
Integrating Jasmine within Node.js
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Jasmine within Node.js.
-
Introducing Jasmine
After watching this video; you will be able to outline Jasmine and its purpose.
-
Jasmine Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the architecture of Jasmine.
-
Matchers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various default and built-in Jasmine test matchers.
-
Matchers in Operation
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the various Jasmine test matchers.
-
Running a Test
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Jasmine test runner.
-
Spies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe mocking (spying) within Jasmine.
-
Spy Functions and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various Jasmine Spy methods and functions.
-
Suite and Spec (test) Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with test suite and spec management options in Jasmine.
-
Test Results
After watching this video; you will be able to simulate test pass and fail in Jasmine.
-
Test Suite Anatomy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the anatomy of a Jasmine Test Suite.
-
Test Suite Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various method for managing Jasmine test suites and specs (tests).
-
Test Variable Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe variable management with Jasmine tests.
-
Testing with Jasmine in Node.js
After watching this video; you will be able to run the Jasmine test runner within the Node.js environment.
-
Tracking Usage of Spies
After watching this video; you will be able to track usage of spies in Jasmine.
-
Using Variable Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Jasmine spec (test) variable functions.
-
Working with Jasmine
After watching this video; you will be able to Describing Jasmine operations and functions.
-
Working with Spies (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to starting to work with spies in Jasmine.
-
Working with Spies (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to work with spies in Jasmine.
-
Writing Files in Using the IO File Module
Perl 5 provides the ease and flexibility of working with files and text. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use Perl to create a file and write data to that file using the IO File Module.
-
Iterating Through Hashes in
Perl allows users to iterate through the items in the hash and then perform processes on the items. In this video; Andy Alfred explains two methods to through the items in a hash.
-
Passing Arguments to Subroutines in
Perl uses a special variable if you need to pass any data or arguments to a subroutine that you created. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to pass simple arguments to subroutines in Perl.
-
Passing Multiple Arrays to Subroutines in
In Perl; you can use the special variable @_ to pass arguments to subroutines. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use references in Perl to successfully pass multiple arrays to subroutines.
-
Passing Multiple Hashes to a Subroutine in
In Perl; subroutines allow you to define logical blocks of code and take advantage of the variable @_ when passing multiple hashes. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use references in Perl to successfully pass multiple hashes to subroutines.
-
Quickly Counting Lines in a File
Perl 5 is a high-level programming language that is flexible when working with files and text. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use Perl to quickly open a file and determine the number of lines it contains.
-
Quickly Determining File Types in a Directory Using
Perl provides several functions to work with text; text files; and folders. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use Perl to determine the file extension of a file.
-
Reading Files in Using Built-in File Handling Methods
Perl 5 provides you many ways for opening and reading the contents of a file. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to open and read the contents of a file by using Perl's built-in file handling features.
-
Reading Files in Using the IO File Module
Perl 5 is a high-level programming language that provides ease and flexibility when working with files and text. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to use Perl to open and read the contents of a file using the IO File module functions.
-
Reading from a MySQL Database Using
In Perl script programming; database abstraction modules are used to connect to a MySQL database to access and read data. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to get connected to and read data from a MySQL database in Perl scripts.
-
Returning Simple Values from a Subroutine
In Perl; you perform some tasks within your subroutines and the result is returned to the statement that called the subroutine. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the return statement in Perl and demonstrates how to use it to pass simple values back out of the subroutines.
-
Sorting Keys and Values in a Hash
Perl allows users to create hashes and then group data into key value pairs that can then be sorted and accessed by a key. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to sort keys and values in a Perl hash.
-
Understanding Variable Scope in
Creating and using variables is a basic part of programming in PERL. In this video; Andy Alfred explains some basics of variable scope in PERL.
-
Using File Test Operators in
Perl provides several file test operators that you can use to perform queries on files from within your scripts. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use some common file test operators.
-
Using the 'if-else' Conditional in
In Perl the if-else conditional allows you to execute a block of code only if a certain expression evaluates to true and ignore it otherwise; and if the expression is false; the if-else conditional allows you to provide an alternate block of code that should be executed. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how you can make use of the if-else conditional statement in Perl.
-
Using the 'if-elsif' Conditional in
In Perl the elsif conditional allows you to define multiple parts your code. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to make use of the elsif conditional statement in Perl.
-
Using the Range Operator in
Perl provides a shortcut for creating a long list with a sequence of numbers; characters; or strings. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the range operator in Perl.
-
Using the 'Switch' Features in 5
Perl 5 supports the "switch" features with keywords for; when; and given. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use switch features.
-
Using the Ternary Conditional in
In Perl; you use the ternary conditional operators. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the ternary conditional in a Perl code.
-
Using the While and Until Loops in
In Perl; you can use the while and until loops to execute a block of code till it evaluates to either true or false. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the while loop and until loop in Perl.
-
Using While as a Statement Modifier in
In Perl; the while loop can also be used as a statement modifier. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to leverage the while statement as a statement modifier.
-
Working with Dates and Times in
Perl offers some easy ways to handle dates and times. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with dates and times.
-
Writing Files in Using Built-in File Handling Methods
Perl 5 provides the ease and flexibility of working with files and text. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to create a file and write data to that file by using Perl's built-in file handling features.
-
Writing to a MySQL Database Using
In Perl; you have database abstraction modules that allow you to easily connect to a database such as MySQL in order to store data by writing records. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to connect to a MySQL database and then write data to that database from within the Perl scripts.
-
Accepting User Input via STDIN
In Perl; you can take advantage of the standard input to allow a user to key in some value followed by the Return key. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to accept and use input from the users of Perl script by taking advantage of standard input.
-
Adding and Removing Array Elements in
In Perl; you can add and remove elements from the array. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the push; pop; shift; and unshift functions to manipulate the arrays in Perl.
-
Adding and Removing Hash Data in
In Perl; you can add more and delete key-value pairs from a hash. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add and remove elements form hashes is Perl.
-
Basic Error Handling in
In Perl; you can use the warn and die statements to handle errors at runtime. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the warn and die statements for basic error handling.
-
Capturing Command Line Arguments Using ARGV Array
Perl 5 provides the ability to accept and work with command line arguments passed in by a user. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to access and use command line arguments in Perl scripts.
-
Capturing Command Line Arguments Using GetOpt::Long
In Perl; you can invoke some scripts by passing the script name followed by a series of options that contain one or two dashes and either a letter or a string that defines the option. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to create command line options in Perl scripts and how to recognize and respond to them when they are used at runtime.
-
Comparing Strings in
Perl provides a dedicated set of functions that allow users to compare two strings to one another. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to compare strings.
-
Converting Between Arrays and Strings in
Perl provides functions to facilitate the transition; back and forth; between arrays and strings. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how you can use the split and join functions in Perl to switch between strings and arrays.
-
Creating Hashes in
In Perl; you can use the hash data structure to group data into key-value pairs that can be sorted and accessed by using the keys. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and access hashes in Perl.
-
Creating Subroutines in
In Perl; subroutines allow you to encapsulate blocks of code to high complexity and promote reusability within the Perl scripts. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to create subroutines in Perl.
-
Creating User Defined Constants in
In Perl; you can use the user defined constants to tie a variable or data structure to a particular keyword of your choosing and then refer to the data by using only the keyword the code. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the user defined constants in Perl.
-
Using 'if' and 'foreach' as Statement Modifiers in
In Perl; you can use the if and foreach statements as statement modifiers; which allows us to execute simple statements in one line. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use if and foreach statements as statement modifiers.
-
Using to Read an Excel Spreadsheet
Perl allows users to access Excel spreadsheets by using the modules in the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN). In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use Perl and external modules to open; read; and work with an Excel Spreadsheet.
-
Using to Send Email
Perl provides several methods and modules to create and send e-mails. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses two methods to get started working with e-mails in Perl.
-
Using the Built-in String Functions in
Perl provides several built-in functions for easy programming. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use a few of Perl's built-in string functions.
-
Using the 'For' Loop in
In Perl; you can use for loop to iterate through arrays or lists with a counter variable. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use for loop in Perl.
-
Using the 'Foreach' Loop in
In Perl; you can use the foreach loop to iterate through lists and arrays in your scripts. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the different ways of using the foreach loop in Perl.
-
Using the 'if' Conditional in
In Perl; the if conditional executes a block of code only if a certain expression evaluates to true. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the if conditional statement in Perl.
-
Viewing Recommended Tests
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can open MTM and view a list of tests that it recommends you re-run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to select the Build that you want to compare; and uses the Recommended tests button to see which tests to re-run.
-
Mobile Form Elements - Select Menus
In jQuery Mobile; you can modify different form elements. In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to configure select menus drop-down.
-
Access Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how access control levels can be applied to Java classes.
-
Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in Java programs.
-
Caching Data
After watching this video; you will be able to cache retrieved data to enhance user experience.
-
Command Line Arguments
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use command line arguments for file management in ANSI C.
-
Consuming Types – Reflection
In C# Programming; you can add an existing .NET attribute class to your code as well as create your own attribute by defining an attribute class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create custom attribute classes.
-
Creating a JavaScript Resource
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a JavaScript resource in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a New Project
Eclipse is an open-source IDE for developing applications with different programming languages; such as Java; C; C++; and PHP. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to create a new Eclipse project.
-
Creating a Subclass
Creating a subclass in Java allows you to derive your new class from the existing classes. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to reuse the fields and methods in your existing classes.
-
Creating an App
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app.
-
Creating Arrays in
Objective-C provides a number of ways to create arrays in the language. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create arrays by using Objective-C.
-
Creating Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new style.
-
Defending against Path Traversal Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to list the potential problems that path traversal may cause and recognize how to prevent them in Java.
-
Error Handling
After watching this video; you will be able to identify error handling techniques to promote defensive coding.
-
Formatting GridView Items
In C#; you can format GridView items to display them in your Windows application interface. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to format GridView items using ItemTemplates.
-
Enumerations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and use enumerations in Java.
-
Error Handling
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practices for safely and securely handling errors in your application.
-
Getting Started with
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the prerequisites for working with PhoneGap.
-
Implementing Inheritance
Python can be used to implement inheritance from one file system to another. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to implement inheritance using a pre-existing parent child relationship between two file systems.
-
Implementing Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate an inheritance structure as part of a Java business solution.
-
Instance Methods
In Python; instance methods are methods that are defined in object classes and are then passed to each instance of the class when it's created. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to define and use deposit and withdraw instance methods.
-
JavaScript Functions
In Software Development Fundamentals; you can use JavaScript functions; variables; and attributes. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use JavaScript functions.
-
Layers
The CQRS pattern supports a multi-tier architecture in which related components are grouped into layers that communicate with each other to provide a flexible and reusable application. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates the concept of layers and the functionality of the presentation; business; and data layers within a database application.
-
Overloading Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java overloaded methods to reduce complexity in Java for Android.
-
Math Functions
Python offers you a robust number of math functions for use in arithmetic; statistical analysis; or scientific calculations. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to do simple math using Python.
-
Networking
Ruby provides support for all the major networking protocols and contains a library of networking protocols; such as HTTP; FTP; POP; and TCP. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to work with the HTTP protocol by writing a program that opens up a web page and displays basic information about the page.
-
Object Equality
In JUnit; you have many assertion options to validate an object graph. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the assertEquals assertion to check if two strings are equal.
-
Services
Services are an integral part of software implementing the CQRS pattern; providing the functionality found in the data access and business layers that allow users to interact with your application. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates the concept of services and how they form part of a larger system by exposing public functions and properties though the different layers.
-
Preventing Buffer Overflows
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent buffer overflows.
-
Architecture
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses the overall structure common to Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Comparing Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to compare two objects in Java avoiding potential errors.
-
Accessibility
After watching this video; you will be able to use new accessibility API features in an Android Lollipop app.
-
Arithmetic Operators
In this video; Charles Robinson describes how to use arithmetic operators in ANSI C.
-
Building a Data-driven App
After watching this video; you will be able to use JDBC and File I/O to build a data-driven Java SE 7 app.
-
Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to define Visual Studio Code's architecture.
-
Arithmetic Operators
C++ allows you to perform computational arithmetic functions and conversions using the plus; minus; multiplication; division; and modulo operators. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the precedence of arithmetic operators in C++ and the implicit conversion of operands as well as their use in arithmetic expressions.
-
Access Control
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Jenkins jobs and the background identity service.
-
Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to use annotations in Java programming code.
-
Applying a JavaScript Resource to the UI
ASP.NET enables the use of JavaScript code to support multiple languages and manage translated values and localization based on a preferred language setting. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to apply a JavaScript resource to the user interface (UI) in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in your Java programming code.
-
Breakpoints
In Eclipse; you can add breakpoints to certain lines in your code where you want to stop the debugging process. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains how to use breakpoints.
-
Arrays
In Ruby; the array is a flexible data structure which allows you to combine data of multiple types in an ordered list. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create integer; string; and mixed arrays in Ruby; and how to access the elements in the array.
-
Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in your programming code.
-
Configuration
In Web API Design; request validation for formData can be configured and customized. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to configure and enable request validation for a Post action in Web API.
-
Static Methods
In Python; a static method is a method that you can call on a class without the constraints of ordinary methods when you need to process data associated classes instead of instances. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to define a method as static using the @staticmethod decorator; before running the static method against classes.
-
Stored Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of stored procedures and the benefits stored procedures provide.
-
Relational Operators
In this video; Charles Robinson describes relational operators in ANSI C.
-
Connecting to Data
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to and manage data stored in databases.
-
Creating Strings in
There are a number of different ways to create strings in Objective-C. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create strings in different ways.
-
Testing Controllers
After watching this video; you will be able to write functional controller tests.
-
Understanding Hooks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe hooks.
-
Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe software features and feature testing and describe exploratory testing; usability testing; and UI testing in the context of feature testing.
-
Exploring Panels and Palettes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with and configure panels and palettes in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Extending Styles
In C#; you can use extending styles to take an existing style and inherit all of its values and then can modify selected values or add new values for element properties. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with extending styles in a Windows Store App.
-
Input Validation
NHibernate allows you to implement custom validation of entities before they reach the database using the NHibernate Validator framework from NuGet. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to define constraints; set up and instantiate the validator engine; and return validation messages when rules are violated.
-
Installing Node.js on Mac
After watching this video; you will be able to install Node.js on Mac.
-
Introducing
SOLID is a set of principles for Object-Oriented Design that can help you avoid may of the code smells that can happen in an object-oriented application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the five principles of SOLID and what they allow you to do.
-
Nesting if-else Statements
In this video; Charles Robinson describes the functionality of nested if-else statements in ANSI C programs.
-
Private Methods
Java object-oriented programming uses private fields to hide data from user code; thereby denying direct access to users. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the difference between private and public methods; and renders a public method private before inserting a call to the method in his class definition.
-
Receiving File Input Data
After watching this video; you will be able to create code that handles file inputs to an iOS app.
-
Recovery
Based on the deployment configuration; administrators for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 will occasionally be required to recover data and restore a configuration because of unexpected events such as equipment failure. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to recover a TFS deployment on a single physical server; as well as the failure points on application tiers and databases.
-
Table Per Hierarchy Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Entity Framework supports table per hierarchy data models. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to map an inheritance hierarchy in an object structure to a SQL table with multiple entities mapped inside it; and create differentiators based on specific property values or certain types of content in properties.
-
Two-Dimensional Arrays
In this video; Charles Robinson demonstrates how to use a two-dimensional array in an ANSI C program.
-
Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Unit Testing.
-
Usability Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between common usability testing techniques for social media and mobility app elements.
-
Using Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions within a Java business application.
-
Using the Slider Control
In Windows Store applications; you can use the Slider Control to allow your app's users to select a value from a predefined range of values by dragging a control along a track. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the Slider Control.
-
Working with Dialogs
After watching this video; you will be able to work with dialogs API.
-
Working with Strings
Python allows you to work with strings. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to reference string elements and format the output.
-
Using the ListView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to add items manually to a ListView control in XAML and C# and respond to the SelectionChanged event of a ListView control.
-
Using the StackPanel Control
In Windows Store apps; you can lay out your elements in the interface by using the StackPanel control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the StackPanel control.
-
While and Do While Loops
Java allows you to perform While and Do While loops to repeat a block of code numerous times. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use these two common programming structures.
-
Working with AJAX
In Web API Design; the AJAX helper can be used in jQuery to request HTTP services by creating a job script area. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to invoke an AJAX helper; work with MVC helper methods; and deal with success or fail scenarios.
-
Working with Contacts
After watching this video; you will be able to work with contacts API.
-
Events
After watching this video; you will be able to describe similarities and differences between Java and C# for events.
-
Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to define and call functions in Swift.
-
Handling Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to handle exceptions with try; catch; and finally clauses in Java.
-
Handling Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to catch and handle exceptions in iOS apps.
-
Handling Navigation Events
In Windows Store apps; you can navigate between pages with three types of navigation events: OnNavigatedTo ; OnNavigatedFrom; and OnNavigatingFrom. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to handle navigation events.
-
Hashes
Ruby allows you to use the hash data structure to store data as key-value pairs. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use the Ruby Shell to create a hash; and use the key and value methods to retrieve your data; before computing the average of the hash's values.
-
Importing Files
In iOS Application Development; you can specify which types of imported files an iOS device is able to open and allow the user to access the files directly from within your application. In this video; Drew McConnell demonstrates how to declare a uniform type identifier and use UIWebView to display PDF documents from within an app.
-
Java and
Clojure allows you to execute Java code and methods; and the create Java class objects. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use Clojure syntax to create; access; and modify Java class objects and instance methods.
-
Lambda Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use lambda expressions in Java.
-
Log Queries and Database Commands with LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Azure; you can use requests for easier logging of the database operations that are executing. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to log queries and database commands with LINQ to entities.
-
Manipulating Text
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scalding functions to manipulate text.
-
Navigating Between Pages
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 has page templates that provide basic navigation support for Windows Store apps; enabling users to navigate between pages within an app as they would in a web site. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use hyperlinks to navigate between pages in an app and pass data from one page to the next.
-
Preferences
In Eclipse; you can use Preferences to customize the settings for Eclipse. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains Eclipse preferences.
-
Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to describe class properties in Python.
-
Reading Text Files
Text files are widely used inside of Python. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to read the contents of text files in Python.
-
Retrospectives
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the role of retrospectives in an agile project and describe the role of testers within retrospectives.
-
The Interface
Eclipse is an open-source Integrated Development Environment or IDE that can be used to develop applications for a number of different programming languages including Java; C; C++; and PHP. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the various features of the Eclipse interface.
-
The Value of null
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use null values in creating defendable code.
-
Understanding Inheritance
In SOLID; you can use the concept of inheritance to provide instant reusability that allows you to extend classes in different ways. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates inheritance between classes by creating a class and extending its properties; logic; and behavior to other classes above it.
-
Using Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to use alerts in iOS applications.
-
Writing Data
In Python; writing to a text file is easy to do by using a w attribute when the file is opened. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to write content to a text file in Python and print a message that displays once the write action is complete.
-
Writing Large Files
In Python; it's possible to read and write large amounts of data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to read and write large files in Python by specifying a buffer size.
-
Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to compare classes with structures and define classes in Swift.
-
Creating a Subclass
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Java subclass.
-
For Loops
For loops in Java allow you to keep all your iterations together in one compact and convenient statement. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create a For loop with intialization; continuation condition; and counter.
-
Handling Exceptions
Ruby; which includes a structured system for handling errors; allows you to raise and catch exceptions using the begin/rescue clause or statement. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to make provision for possible exceptions in a begin clause and to handle them in a rescue clause in which responses to the expected exceptions are also specified.
-
Installing GIT
After watching this video; you will be able to configure GIT in your machine.
-
Integration Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test case design and considerations including scope and detail; and the use of boundary conditions and validity tests.
-
Introduction to Event Handlers
In software development; you can use event handlers to handle an event. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses event handlers in C#.
-
Performing CRUD Operations Using the JDBC API
After watching this video; you will be able to perform CRUD operations using the JDBC API.
-
Potential UI Application Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to list potential risks to C/C++ UI applications.
-
Preventing Format String Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to use secure coding principles to guard against format string attacks.
-
Push Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to utilize push notifications from your service.
-
Queries
In CQRS; queries are built as objects that contain multiple functions for getting different pieces of data. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how to use queries in CQRS; and provides additional information about query types and best practices.
-
Scaffolding
After watching this video; you will be able to scaffold an application.
-
Simplifying App Code Using Method Naming
After watching this video; you will be able to reduce method complexity in Android apps using Java.
-
Using Regular Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to write code using a regular expression in a Java application to search for a region of text.
-
Using the HyperlinkButton Control
In C#; you can use HyperlinkButton control to navigate directly from your apps to default Internet browsers. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how you can use the HyperlinkButton control.
-
Working with App Settings
In Windows Store apps; you can provide settings that your users can change in the Settings pane. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with App Settings.
-
Working with Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with exceptions including throwing and catching exceptions within the context of the development of a Java business application.
-
Working with Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with exceptions including throwing and catching exceptions within the context of the development of a Java business application.
-
Working with Java Data Types
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate use of primitive Java data types; strings; and arrays into a business application.
-
Working with Underlying Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to use an underlying error object to find out more detail about an error that has occurred.
-
Using Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions within a Java business application.
-
Using Comments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe why you should include comments in your code and distinguish good comments from bad ones.
-
Using The Navigation Stack
In Windows Store Apps; you can use the Navigation Stack to set up navigation backwards and forwards. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Navigation Stack to go backwards and forwards to previously visited pages.
-
Validating User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to validate user-provided input.
-
Configuration Management
After watching this video; you will be able to define configuration management and its importance in the context of software testing.
-
Configuring Logging
After watching this video; you will be able to referencing the GlassFish log service; describe how logging is configured and logs viewed for Java EE applications.
-
Content Pages That Use Layouts
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use layouts from within the content pages of your Model-View-Controller (MVC) application to determine the look and feel; as well as manipulate sections in the layout. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Layout property inside a content page and manipulate sections from within the contents code.
-
Creating a View
After watching this video; you will be able to create a view for your app.
-
Creating Clean Testable Code
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create testable code.
-
Data Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for securing data that is accessible by your application.
-
Exploring Tabbed Documents
After watching this video; you will be able to arrange tabbed documents in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Exploring Toolbars and Panels
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the toolbars and panels in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Incident Management
After watching this video; you will be able to define incidents in relation to software testing and describe how they should be managed.
-
Instance Methods
Ruby instance methods allow the user to interface with a class object. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the syntax and operators applicable to instance methods; creates and codes an instance method for a class object using Ruby; and compiles and runs his program in the Ruby shell.
-
Introduction to
In software development; debugging is a necessary part of the development cycle. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses debugging.
-
Network – Creating a Multicast Server Part 1
Java is a class-based; object-oriented computer programming language. Java makes it easy to set up a mutlicast server. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to write the code to receive data from multiple clients.
-
Network Configuration
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can configure network settings to resolve issues in point-of-sale Windows embedded machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to manipulate network settings from static IP addresses to dynamic addresses to resolve Windows embedded problems.
-
Overview
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to build desktop applications using managed APIs and wrappers for existing features. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses an overview of WPF to discuss some of its features; including its three-tier architecture and the milcore integration layer.
-
Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Java classes are grouped into packages.
-
Performing CRUD Operations Using the JDBC API
After watching this video; you will be able to perform CRUD operations using the JDBC API.
-
Regular Expressions
In Ruby; you can use a wide range of regular expressions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to use various regular expressions to match patterns and for text processing.
-
Static Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to write and use static methods in Python.
-
Table Per Type Data Models with Entity Framework
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to use Entity Framework's powerful inheritance capabilities; including the ability to model table-per-type inheritance to create meaningful relationships between entities in logical hierarchical structures. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement table-per-type inheritance in a model using the Entity Framework Designer.
-
Unit Testing
NHiberate allows unit tests using fake external resources to be run on class objects and their methods to ensure their functionality. In this video; Roger Weiss uses a fake NHibernate ISessionFactory to test and troubleshoot methods of an object class.
-
Using Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions to test F# programs.
-
Using Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to use fields and methods in a Java class.
-
Using Regular Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to how to use regular expressions to help in input validation.
-
Using the Android SDK Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to use and update the SDK Manager.
-
Using the VariableSizedWrapGrid Control
In Windows Store apps; you can use VariableSizedWrapGrid control to arrange a certain child elements into rows and columns. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the VariableSizedWrapGrid control.
-
Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how implement variable declarations that for defendable code.
-
Working with Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to implement abstract classes in F#.
-
Working with Breakpoints
Breakpoint is feature greatly appreciated by developers. In this video; Jamie Campbell; explains how to work with Breakpoints in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with JSON in
In Objective-C; you can use JASON to send and receive data over the Internet. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to encode and decode the JASON data by using Objective-C.
-
Working with Lists
Python allows you to work with and iterate through lists. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to put list items in an array; change the output formatting of the list items; and show the number of characters each item contains.
-
Collection API – Converting Base 10 to Base 2 Using a Stack
There are a number of methods in Java that can be autogenerated. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to generate Getter methods; Setter methods; and the toString() method automatically without the need for any programming assistance.
-
Creating a Java Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Java class with public fields.
-
Deleting Data
NHibernate allows you to easily delete objects with a specified Id from a database using mappings. In this video; Roger Weiss uses data loaded into a Chinook database; to demonstrate how to delete individual or multiple records using the session.Delete() method followed by flushing the session.
-
Design Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common design patterns and how to apply them.
-
For Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to design for loops that are not vulnerable to running forever.
-
Inheritance
Ruby allows inheritance by letting a class inherit the instance variables and methods from a super class. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to allow a class to inherit from a super class; how to redefine or override the inherited class's methods; and create several objects; before running his program.
-
Inline Styles
During software development; Cascading Style Sheets allow you to assign several properties to tags on your HTML pages. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to use inline CSS.
-
Overloading Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to overload operators in F#.
-
Queries
The CQRS pattern makes it easy to maintain and optimize queries by returning results without changing the state of an object. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses the separation between queries and commands; before using a diagram to demonstrate the process of querying a data store and returning results to the user interface with a four-tier CQRS model.
-
Test-driven Development
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test-driven development.
-
Tips - Editors and Debuggers
Effective debuggers have several traits in common and these are useful to understand when undertaking debugging. Analytical skills are key in understanding issues from a number of perspectives; and the analysis must be efficient as well as thorough. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses qualities of effective debuggers; and the lessons that can be learnt from these.
-
Understanding Semantic Zoom
In Windows Store Apps; Semantic Zoom feature allows users to take in and find place in large amounts of data quickly by using the zoomed out view and zoomed in view. In this video; Andy Alfred dicusses how to use the Semantic Zoom feature in Windows Store Apps.
-
Using the this Keyword
"In C++; the self-referential keyword “this” is commonly used. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use the ""this"" keyword in a C++ program."
-
Using Versioning
After watching this video; you will be able to use versioning.
-
Working with Abstract Classes and Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate abstract classes and interfaces as part of a Java business solution.
-
Configuring Alerts
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; alerts can keep you up-to-date when an event occurs in your project. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Project Alerts feature to configure alerts that keep you informed of specific events as they occur.
-
Creating Functions
Like many languages; code reuse in R is driven mostly through the use of functions. In this video; Steve Scott demonstrates how to create reusable user-defined functions in R.
-
Defensible Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to create examples of defensible methods in Java.
-
Diagnostics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe diagnostics and available tools.
-
Flow Control
After watching this video; you will be able to implement flow control in MATLAB programs.
-
If Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to write if statements defensively to protect against potential bugs.
-
Introduction to Queues
A queue is a container for elements that follows the First-In-First-Out approach for adding and deleting the elements. In this video; Steve Scott outlines the steps to add and delete elements to the queue by using both a user-defined function as well as the standard library function in C++.
-
Introduction to Windows Store Apps
Windows Store apps run on Windows 8.1 devices. In contrast to Windows Desktop applications; Windows Store apps are available only through the Windows Store and they are touch-centric. In this video; Andy Alfred introduces the Windows Store apps.
-
Manipulating Data
After watching this video; you will be able to use F# to filter; sort; group and aggregate data sets.
-
Memory Management
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices your application should use for managing memory.
-
Network – Creating a Multicast Server Part 1
Java is a general-purpose computer programming language that is specifically designed to have as few implementation dependencies. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the server settings by inputing necessary properties such as the port number and the host name.
-
Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure permissions.
-
Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to access and specify properties in Maven configuration files.
-
Running Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to run tests.
-
Scaling Scrum
In Scrum; the Scrum of Scrums Meeting can be used to scale very large projects that have hundreds of people working on them. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how to scale Scrum to very large projects by breaking the work down between multiple Scrum groups which communicate with each other in the Scrum of Scrums Meeting.
-
TypeScript
After watching this video; you will be able to use TypeScript to develop a web application.
-
Using The FlipView Control
In C#; you can use FlipView control to view list of items in a sequential manner in your Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the FlipView control to add items manually and to bind items to a collection of items.
-
Using the GridView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to add items to a GridView Control from XAML and add items to a GridView control using C#.
-
Validating Input
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use input validation in a Java application.
-
Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to work with TFVC.
-
When to Use
CQRS can be used in different situations to tackle a range of different problems. In this video; Chuck Easttom discusses how CQRS can be used effectively on collaborative domains.
-
Working with Dates
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with dates in Java programs.
-
Working with Hooks
After watching this video; you will be able to work with hooks.
-
Working with Java Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate use of Java operators into a Java business application.
-
Working with Web Services
After watching this video; you will be able to work with web services in your app.
-
Working with Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use different combinations of function input parameters and return values in Swift functions.
-
Arrays
C++ allows you to use single or multidimensional arrays; each containing a group of elements of the same data type stored in contiguous memory; and accessed by a single variable. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the structure and syntax of C++ arrays; as well as how to build single and multidimensional arrays.
-
Backup
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the backup of Team Foundation Server; SQL Server Reporting Services; and SharePoint databases. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Team Foundation Server Administration Console Scheduled Backups Wizard to schedule synchronized TFS; SSRS; and SharePoint database backups.
-
Bitwise Operators
C++ bitwise operators allow you to shift; invert; and perform logical operators on variables at the bit level. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the bitwise operators; their symbols; and their use.
-
Categories
In JUnit you can mark methods within groups as categories; so that only those methods are tested. In this video; Tony Lowe demonstrates how to use the Category annotation to run specific tests in a test fixture rather than running the entire suite.
-
Collection API – Converting Base 10 to Base 2 Using a Stack
The Java Stack class allows you to create a base-to-base conversion program. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how stacks can be used to solve everyday problems; imports the Stack library; creates a stack and builds a program converting numbers from base 10 to base 2.
-
Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to use Scala collections.
-
Documenting Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the practices of requirements documentation.
-
Exercise: Building a Basic Java Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use the basic building blocks of Java to create a basic Java application.
-
Implementing Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to implement styles as a resource for universal Windows apps.
-
Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to use inheritance and describe the semantics in Python.
-
Opening and Closing Files
In C++; you can create programs that maintain state by saving and retrieving data permanently. In this video; Mark Lassoff discusses opening and closing files using C++ code.
-
Operators
Ruby has a full set of operators for performing a variety of expressions. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates some of the frequently-used operators which are found within Ruby.
-
Regression Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe regression testing.
-
Releasing Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to manage resources safely in Java.
-
Running Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the overview manual; automated and distributed tests; and how to run them.
-
Static Methods
Java static methods allow you to compute results based on a class or class object; rather than on a particular class instance. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and define a public static method; as well as its return type and statement; and use it to compute the number of days in a month.
-
Table Per Class Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can implement inheritance using a table per hierarchy approach whereby the actual hierarchy of classes or entities in your application will be represented by a single table in the actual underlying database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how the table per class data model can be used when updating databases.
-
Toast Notifications – Handling User Input
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for sharing data from an app using DataTransferManager. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to share various types of data sources from a Windows 8 app.
-
User Profile
After watching this video; you will be able to manage your own user profile in JIRA.
-
Using Credential Locker
After watching this video; you will be able to store and retrieve service credentials using the Credential Locker.
-
Using Flow Control
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate use of selection statements; for loops; while and do-while loops into a Java business application.
-
Working with Sessions
After watching this video; you will be able to use the session hash to store and access data.
-
Working with Strings in
In Clojure; referencing the clojure.string namespace allows you to work with data strings in various ways. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use string methods in Clojure; including how to convert a string to a symbol; convert a keyword to a string; and concatenate strings.
-
XML Entity Expansion Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent against XML Entity expansion attacks.
-
Continuous Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to recall how continuous integration is implemented in an agile project; describe how testing occurs in this framework; and describe its benefits and challenges.
-
Creating a Mobile Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a mobile service to be hosted on Azure.
-
Creating Classes and Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate specification of classes and associated methods as part of a Java business application.
-
Customizing Fonts
The Windows Phone 8 SDK provides you with many native font styles that you can use to customize your application. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to use different font families in Windows Phone App.
-
Editing Records
Ruby on Rails provides different ways of editing database records that are much easier than using equivalent SQL statements. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to perform a simple edit by finding a record; changing its attribute and saving it; and how to use the Rails update_attributes method to edit a record and save it automatically to the database.
-
Events
Events are an important part of Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS). In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how CQRS events are ways for a system to respond to a given command; let the user or user application know what happened; and how it happened.
-
Functional Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the functional software testing type.
-
Functional Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between common functional testing techniques for social media and mobility app elements.
-
Handling Exceptions
In Ruby; you can easily handle exceptions by creating begin blocks that catch the exception and allow you to fix the problem. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how exceptions can be generated; and how to create blocks to handle the exceptions.
-
Installing Git
After watching this video; you will be able to install Git on a local computer.
-
Operator Overloading
After watching this video; you will be able to write a class that implements operator overloading in Python.
-
Parallelism
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the need for parallelism in modern systems.
-
Printing
After watching this video; you will be able to save hard copies to a printer from your app.
-
Regular Expressions
Regular expressions in Python allow you to match bits of text with a certain pattern; such as a zip code or an email address. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use regular expressions to manipulate text.
-
SQL Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what SQL injection attacks are.
-
Using Pointer Events
After watching this video; you will be able to use pointer events in a universal Windows app.
-
Working with Static and Final Modifiers
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate static and final modifiers within a Java business application.
-
Working with the Context-sensitive Control Panel
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the context-sensitive Control Panel in Adobe InDesign CC 2015.
-
Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use containers securely in Java.
-
Creating a Basic Business Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create and run a basic business application.
-
Constraining User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to constrain user input to prevent bad data input.
-
Creating a Project
Once Ruby on Rails is installed; you can easily create a new project by running a simple command that will generate the foundation of a fresh Rails application. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the rails new command in Command Prompt to create a new project; before starting the web server and opening the Rails default information page.
-
Creating an Instance
In Ruby; an instance method is a method called on an instance of a class that you define just like any other method. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to define an instance method in a Ruby program and how to reference instance variables before calling the instance method using a method call operator.
-
Creating Classes and Objects
C++ is an object oriented programming language. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to create classes and objects in C++.
-
Dealing with Bad Data
After watching this video; you will be able to specify how to deal with bad data in your C/C++ applications.
-
Design Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify issues that your design should address.
-
Dictionaries
Python allows you to use dictionaries; a series of key/value pairs in curly braces evaluated from left to right; to extract new dictionary objects. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the syntax used to create and manipulate Python dictionary key/value pairs.
-
Implementing Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to implement inheritance in F# programs.
-
Implementing Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate an inheritance structure as part of a Java business solution.
-
Introduction To
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what Genymotion is; and why it is a valuable tool.
-
Methods
Ruby methods or functions are named packages of small programs that perform a single task. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create; name; and define Ruby void and value-returning methods; before creating an interactive program; the methods of which return a value to the calling program.
-
Naming Classes in Objective-C
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and use different class naming standards in Objective-C.
-
Overview
Visual Studio provides you with a range of tools that allow you to develop test plans to suit the needs of your project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how the components within the Microsoft suite of testing tools are applied in combination to increase efficiency in software testing.
-
Private Methods
In Ruby; you can use the private keyword to define a method that is inaccessible to a class's public interface. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the purpose of private methods and the use of the private keyword to create a method hidden from the public interface of its class.
-
Single Sign-On
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits and use cases for single sign-on.
-
Spinner
After watching this video; you will be able to present a list of selectable items using the Spinner.
-
Stored Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use Stored Procedures to aid in the defense of SQL injection attacks.
-
Universal Windows Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to develop a basic UWP application.
-
Using Areas
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to split pages into areas each containing its own controllers; models; views; and routes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create and configure an area's controller and view before creating another view and mapping its route to a page within which it will display.
-
Working with Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java standard and custom annotations within the context of the development of a Java business application.
-
Working with Arrays
In Ruby; you can use zero-based arrays; instantiated with the new method; to hold multiple elements and objects of any data type. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the syntax of Ruby arrays; how to use the each iterator and puts method to output their sum; and shows you how to mix and match data types within arrays.
-
Working with Java I/O
After watching this video; you will be able to incorporate Java I/O within a business application.
-
Drawing Shapes
With the iOS 2D graphics context; you can draw shapes on the interface using Objective-C. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how you draw a rectangle on a surface and configure its appearance.
-
Capacity Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Capacity Planning tool.
-
Creating Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to create actions of different types.
-
Creating Tasks
In Eclipse; you can create tasks for developing your code. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to create a new task.
-
Exercise: Optimizing a Java Application
After watching this video; you will be able to build Java classes and use Java features such as inheritance; interfaces; and abstract classes to optimize a Java application.
-
Exploratory Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the importance of exploratory testing in agile testing.
-
If Statements
In Ruby on Rails; If statements are formed in a slightly different manner. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to build various If statements; such as ifels and ifelsif; using the command-line version of Ruby.
-
Installation Prerequisites
After watching this video; you will be able to define prerequisites required to run Visual Studio Code editor in Windows; Linux and OS X.
-
Introduction to Arrays
Understanding the basic programming concepts of software development such as arrays will help you create feature-rich applications across a variety of platforms. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains the concept of Arrays in C#.
-
Launching an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process of launching a Xamarin.Android app.
-
Layers
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses layers in Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Mitigating Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to mitigate injection attacks in C# applications.
-
Navigating Between Pages
You can use C# to set up navigation in a multi-page Windows Store App. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to navigate between Login page; Home page; and Help page in a Windows Store App.
-
Performance Monitor
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 performance counters allow the monitoring of TFS Application Tier databases. In this video; Steve Borg uses Windows Server 2012 R2's Performance Monitor to create and start a User Defined TFS Performance Counter.
-
Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the permissions required by your application.
-
Refactoring
In an Advanced Scrum; software development process; refactoring allows you to continuously improve the design of existing code without impacting the external functionality. In this video; Kevin McManus discusses the methodology of refactoring and unit tests; before demonstrating how to apply Extract Class refactoring to a code example.
-
Restricting WebView Navigation Based on User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to restrict free navigation around the Web based on user input in a UIWebView.
-
Running Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to use test runner classes for Android automated unit testing.
-
Using UIStackView
After watching this video; you will be able to use UIStackView to stack subviews in iOS 9.
-
Working with Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to use lists in an app.
-
Working with Remote Data
Using C++; you can work with remote data in Windows Store Apps to download information or uploading information using the cloud or web services among other things. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to start working with the remote data.
-
Initialization
In Ruby; you can instantiate objects of a class type. The objects of a class type are called class objects. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create different kinds of initializers for different kinds of objects of one class type.
-
Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to work with interfaces in Java.
-
JSON
After watching this video; you will be able to easily modify JSON files using Visual Studio Code editor.
-
Nesting Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to describe nested loops and describe how to process a two-dimensional array with nested loops in Java.
-
Profiling
The Clojure programming language allows users to integrate software profiling into the Java Virtual Machine platform. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to use Clojure profiling features to benchmark your program.
-
Services
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) is the underlying structure supporting communications between services. In this video; Charles Robinson defines services as they relate to SOA.
-
Specifying Override Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to specify an override filter in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
The Switch Statement
In C++; switch statements allow you to control the flow of statements in your program by testing the value of an expression or variable against a list of cases. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates the syntax of a switch statement before explaining the implementation of a switch statement and how it compares to a chain of if statements.
-
Using Regular Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use and protect regular expressions to help in input validation.
-
Using Transforms
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can transform the UI elements in your app. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use transforms on UI elements.
-
Working with Files
After watching this video; you will be able to read text files using new features in Java 8 and the lines method.
-
Working with Java Packages and Access Modifiers
After watching this video; you will be able to create and import a specific Java package; import static methods and variables into a source file; and identify the access levels of the class members in that package as part of a Java business solution.
-
Working with Java Reference Types
After watching this video; you will be able to clone; compare; and cast Java reference types within the context of a Java business application.
-
Code Defensively in Java
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive programming techniques in Java programs.
-
Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Visual Studio tools.
-
Creating Objects and Enums
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Java enumerations and objects within a Java business application.
-
Creating Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Sprint Item tasks.
-
If Statements
Ruby allows you to use the if statement as your primary construct for programmatic decision-making. In this video; Mike McMillan uses the if; if...else; and if...elsif statements and their corresponding conditions; relations; and expressions to enable Ruby to evaluate programs in the Command Line.
-
Installing Node.js
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Node.js in your machine.
-
Introduction to Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to create ASP.Net application; open; modify and run application on OS X and Linux platforms.
-
Introduction to Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of testing your code.
-
Push Notifications
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; push notifications is one of several different types of notifications available to you as a Windows Store programmer. In this video; Joe Barrett uses existing infrastructure and sample code to demonstrate how push notifications work in Windows Store applications.
-
Rendering JSON with active_model_serializers
When Developing Web APIs in Ruby on Rails; you can use active model serializers to help render JSON. In this video; Jay Wengrow demonstrates how to install active model serializers and how they work.
-
Symbols
With the attribute reader method; users can create symbols within classes in Ruby. This allows users to create instance variables and assign data to fields created. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create and use symbols within Ruby.
-
The Final Keyword
After watching this video; you will be able to use final properties to minimize potential for errors.
-
Traits
After watching this video; you will be able to use traits in Scala.
-
Using Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and demonstrate how to use assertions in code using Visual Studio.
-
Web Services
In this video; Charles Robinson explains the Service-Oriented Architecture and web services.
-
Working with Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to work with classes to create defendable code.
-
Command Line Arguments
C++ allows a user to change an invoked program's behavior from the command line without modifying the program's code. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how a program's main function needs to be configured so that it accepts an argument count and a vector of the argument values.
-
Comments
Ruby supports two types of comments. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create single-line and multiline comments in Ruby.
-
Data Modeling
Ruby on Rails supplies developers with the ability to create various data models. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement a one-to-many; many-to-many; and a one-to-one association between tables in a database.
-
File Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practices for securing the uploading of files from within your application.
-
Getting Familiar with Data Controls
In C#; you can use data controls in Windows Store Apps to easily take collections of data and display them in our application interface. In this video; Andy Alfred explains some of the WinRT data controls and how we can use them in our Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android activity app in C++.
-
Installing a Web Server
You can install Wamp web server and start developing applications in JavaScript. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to install the web server.
-
Introducing Transactions
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support transactions that determine whether a set of related tasks either succeed or fail as a unit and ensure that data is consistent; safe; and reliable in .NET applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a mission-critical scenario to describe the ACID (Atomicity; Consistency; Isolation; and Durability) properties.
-
Introduction to
Clojure is a fairly simple programming language that has various benefits; but also a few potential drawbacks. In this video; James Lee demonstrates the easy integration of Clojure with various operating systems and software; and examines some of its drawbacks.
-
Live Rendering
After watching this video; you will be able to use live rendering to view code changes in an iOS app.
-
Logical Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to use logical operators in Swift.
-
Managing Operations with the JDBC API
After watching this video; you will be able to manage operations performed using the JDBC API.
-
Marketplace
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Atlassian Marketplace and its many add-ons.
-
Role-Based Security
In Web API Design; you can enable access to certain controllers and actions based upon roles. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the authorize attribute in conjunction with roles to authorize users to access a Web API endpoint.
-
Role-based Security
After watching this video; you will be able to use security roles in your software to enforce policies.
-
Services
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of services.
-
Testing For Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to test for specific kinds of errors based on domain and code.
-
Updating Refs in
In Clojure; atoms are synchronous and uncoordinated. In this video; James Lee demonstrates how to create an atom; different ways to update atoms; and how operations against atoms are processed.
-
Using File I/O in a Java App
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java SE 7 File I/O API to build an application.
-
Using GeoLocation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides tools and configuration options that you can use to retrieve a PC's geographic location. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use an instance of the Geolocator method to retrieve geographic information.
-
Using Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to add a template to a scenario and combine with a master.
-
Using Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use git as a version control tool from Visual Studio Code.
-
Working with Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and use variables and scalar operations in MATLAB.
-
Basics
In this video; Charles Robinson discusses the basics of Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Commands
Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS) separates commands and queries and implements them in separate structures. In this video; Chuck Easttom demonstrates how CQRS commands are similar in function to a typical architecture; although there are differences. For example; CQRS commands focus on behavior and their reads and queries are separated out.
-
Comments
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the proper use of comments to make code more readable and maintainable.
-
Creating Actions
In iOS; an object responds to an event by delegating an action. In this video; Mark Lassoff demonstrates how to use Objective-C to wire an action to an object in a GUI.
-
Creating Resource Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to create a resource dictionary and add resources to it and access a resource dictionary from an app page and use included resources.
-
Database Security
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practices for securing database access from your application.
-
Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to implement class inheritance with subclassing and overriding functionality in Swift.
-
Managing Operations with the JDBC API
After watching this video; you will be able to manage operation performed using the JDBC API.
-
Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to send notifications and provide actions for users.
-
Performance Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between common performance testing techniques for social media and mobility app elements.
-
Using Delegates
After watching this video; you will be able to use delegates in F# programs.
-
Working With Merged Dictionaries
In C#; multiple resource dictionaries can be merged so that all the resources contained in them may be used in an application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with merged dictionaries in a Windows Store App.
-
Agile Software Development: TDD for Complex Systems
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the practices used for complex systems.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-driven Work
After watching this video, you will be able to describe test-driven work.
-
Agile Software Development: Code Visibility
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how TDD should be written in the same project as the code that is being tested.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-driven Development Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify TDD best practices.
-
Agile Software Development: Acceptance TDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what acceptance TDD is.
-
Agile Software Development: Developer TDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what developer TDD is.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Testing Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to compare TDD to other Agile testing techniques.
-
Agile Software Development: TDD Documentation
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the importance of TDD documentation.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-driven Database Development
After watching this video, you will be able to describe test-driven database development.
-
Agile Software Development: BDD and TDD Approaches
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize BDD and TDD approaches to Agile development.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-driven Development Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify potential issues when implementing TDD in an Agile project.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Collaboration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Agile collaboration.
-
Agile Software Development: Seven Pillars of Collaboration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the seven pillars of collaboration.
-
Agile Software Development: Effective Collaboration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three areas that lead to a successful collaboration.
-
Agile Software Development: Collaboration Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Agile collaboration techniques.
-
Agile Software Development: Collaboration Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the issues of collaboration.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Architecture Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Agile architecture principles.
-
Agile Software Development: Enterprise Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe enterprise architecture.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Architecture Challenges
After watching this video, you will be able to identify potential Agile architecture challenges.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Architectural Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Agile architectural modeling.
-
Agile Software Development: Apply Test-driven Development
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply TDD to Agile database development.
-
Agile Software Development: Red/Green/Refactor Cycle
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the red/green/refactor cycle.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-driven Development Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify TDD best practices.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Architecture and Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Agile architecture and design.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Architecture Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Agile architecture principles.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Architecture Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of Agile architecture.
-
Agile Software Development: Emergent Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe emergent design and how it works with Agile software development.
-
Agile Software Development: Intentional Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three objectives of intentional architecture.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile GUI Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the elements of an Agile GUI testing process.
-
Agile Software Development: Testing Data Management
After watching this video, you will be able to identify approaches to test data management.
-
Agile Software Development: Applying Behavior-driven Development (BDD)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how BDD can be applied to Agile development.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Testing Lifecycle
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize considerations when implementing an Agile testing lifecycle.
-
Agile Software Development: UI Testing in Agile Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize considerations when implementing UI testing in Agile projects.
-
Agile Software Development: Describe Behavior-driven Development
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the principles of behavior-driven development.
-
Agile Software Development: What Is Test-driven Development?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what TDD is and how it works.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-driven Development Cycle
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the steps in the TDD cycle.
-
Agile Software Development: Common Codebase
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the benefits of sharing a common codebase.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Testing Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the features of Agile testing practices.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Coding Convention
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the rules for the Agile coding convention.
-
Agile Software Development: Pair Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to identify tips for implementing pair programming.
-
Agile Software Development: Collective Ownership
After watching this video, you will be able to identify tips for implementing collective ownership of code.
-
Agile Software Development: Code Refactoring
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how code refactoring can improve source code.
-
Agile Software Development: Test-first Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe test-first programming.
-
Agile Software Development: Behavior-driven Development (BDD)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the features of BDD.
-
Agile Software Development: Continuous Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how continuous integration works.
-
Agile Software Development: Collaborative Workspaces
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of collaborative workspaces.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Simple Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what a simple design means.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Scheduling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the best practices to Agile scheduling.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Risk Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Agile can help with risk management.
-
Agile Software Development: Feature Estimation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how feature estimation works.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Distinguishing between Synchronous and Asynchronous
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing Synchronous Operations with ADO.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to perform synchronous operations using ADO.NET basic objects and readers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing Asynchronous Operations with ADO.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to perform an asynchronous operation with ADO.NET.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Asynchronous Operations with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to use asynchronous operations with Entity Framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Recognizing the Benefits of IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits and core capabilities of IIS.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing and Configuring IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure IIS for hosting web apps.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Hosting an ASP.NET Web API
After watching this video, you will be able to create and host an ASP.NET web app.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an OWIN Based Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to use OWIN to create and host a simple web app.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring and Using Logs to Troubleshoot IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use logs to troubleshoot problems with IIS.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Troubleshooting IIS Using Performance Counters
After watching this video, you will be able to use performance counters to troubleshoot IIS at the worker and application levels.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing Distributed Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe distributed transactions, their scope, and the two phase commit protocol.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Configuring Contracts and Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to configure contracts and bindings to support transactions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Adding Transactions to Services
After watching this video, you will be able to add transaction support to a WCF service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Defining the Service Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to define how the service is exposed to clients, including the Address, Bindings, and Contracts.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Handling Exceptions in a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to handle exceptions within a WCF Service and SOAP request.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Service Proxies with Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to use a service proxy with Visual Studio to consume a WCF Service a design-time.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Service Proxies with ChannelFactory
After watching this video, you will be able to use a service proxy with ChannelFactory to consume a WCF Service at run-time.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Windows Services Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Windows Services project to run a WCF Service through Windows Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Installer for a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an installer for a WCF Service to be hosted by Windows Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing and Uninstalling a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to install and uninstall WCF Services from the Windows Service console or command-line.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Use WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to host WCF Services on IIS or with Windows Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing How to Host and Configure WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how WCF Services can be hosted and the components of a WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a WCF Service and Data Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF Service using SOAP and configure the ServiceContract.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using IIS to Self-host ASP.NET Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use IIS to self-host an ASP.NET Web API Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Extending an OData Query
After watching this video, you will be able to extend the OData action using a Model, Controller, and Route.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Consuming an OData Service
After watching this video, you will be able to consume an OData service using the tools built into Visual Studio or programmatically with LINQ.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating Services for Consumption
After watching this video, you will be able to consume and create advanced services, manipulating the ASP.NET Pipeline, and using OData services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and advantages of using WCF Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Benefits of SOAP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of SOAP and its usage of XML.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Identifying SOAP and HTTP-based Service Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how SOAP and HTTP can be used for data transfer within a Web Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing and Configuring IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure IIS for running Web Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring IIS to host a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IIS to host a simple WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an OData Queryable Action
After watching this video, you will be able to create an OData queryable action using a Query String option.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Filters to extend Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use Pipeline filters to extend authorization and authentication.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Open Data Protocol Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the OData service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Securing a Service with HTTPS and Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to secure a Web Service using HTTPS and authentication.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Authentication to secure a Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use authentication credentials to secure a Web Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Handling Dependencies in ASP.NET Services
After watching this video, you will be able to decouple components from dependencies and use dependency injection.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using the ASP.NET Dependency Resolver
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ASP.NET Web API Dependency Resolver interface to provide instances of needed controllers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the ASP.NET Web API Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to customize or extend the ASP.NET Web API Pipeline.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Pipeline Process
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DelegatingHandler class to create a handler.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Adding filters to a Pipeline Process
After watching this video, you will be able to add filters to an ASP.NET Web API to extend a pipeline.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Asynchronous Action
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ASP.NET Web API Asynchronous Action to improve scalability when doing I/O heavy operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Consuming a Service using HttpClient
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HttpClient to consume a web service from within a .NET client.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using a Request Batch to Reduce Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to work with request batching to reduce network traffic.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Handling Exceptions in Service Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize where exceptions can occur in a request and handle them gracefully.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Designing a Web API Service
After watching this video, you will be able to design and describe a Web API service and how routing works.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating Routing Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to create routing rules and use the Routing Tables.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to create a controller using Action methods.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Binding Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to bind parameters to Request Messages in a Controller.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using SignalR for Real-time Web
After watching this video, you will be able to use SignalR to implement WebSockets to create a real-time web app.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Use IIS for Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to manage IIS, troubleshoot IIS, and create a web service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Consuming a Service from a Web Browser
After watching this video, you will be able to use JavaScript to synchronously and asynchronously request XML or JSON content.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Azure Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Service Bus, namespaces, and the Service Bus relay.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Request-response Relay Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the request-response relay pattern.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a service Bus Namespace
After watching this video, you will be able to create a relay endpoint using a Service Bus namespace.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using a WCF Service Relay Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to use NuGet to install the WCF bindings to support using the WCF service in a relay.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Relay Sender and Receiver
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure WCF Relay sender and a WCF Relay receiver.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Azure Service Bus Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to describing Azure Service Bus queues and brokering.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Setting up an Azure Service Bus Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to setting up an Azure Service Bus queue.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing the Azure SDK and Emulator
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure the Azure SDK and Emulator.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Azure Cloud Service Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Cloud Service Roles and environment.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Hosting a Web App in Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to host a web app in Azure.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Comparing Self-hosting to Azure Hosting
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the features and benefits of self-hosting versus hosting on Azure.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Transport Security with Credentials
After watching this video, you will be able to use message credentials and transport security to secure communications.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Authentication and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to authenticate clients and use role-based authorization.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Username and Password Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to authenticate clients using a username and password.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Custom Credential Validator
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom username and password validator.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Roles to Authorize Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to use role-based permissions to grant and deny access.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Secure WCF Communications
After watching this video, you will be able to use transport and message security to protect communications and use client authentication and authorization to provide access to services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring Transport Security at the Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a service and client to securely transport data, including configuring IIS to use HTTPS.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Working with Transport Security in Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to work with transport security to consume a secure WCF service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing WCF Message Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits and limitations of using WCF message security.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring a Service for Message Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the bindings for a service to support message security.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Message Security in a Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a client to consume a service secured with message security.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Working with the WCF Duplex Service Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the WCF Duplex messaging pattern to create a Duplex service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Asynchronous Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create a service using Asynchronous service operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Web Application Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the aspects of building secure applications.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Recognizing how the WCF Framework Addresses Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the aspects of security that the WCF Framework provides and those that must still be addressed in development.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Transport Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use a secured channel to convey data securely between a client and a service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using WCF Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to use a WCF Extension in a WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Configuring a WCF Service Message
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF Service Message Compression and Encoding options.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a One-way Service Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to create a one-way WCF service contract.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Configuring WCF Service WebSocket Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure websocket bindings for a WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Use the WCF Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to use and describe the WCF Pipeline and distributed Transactions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using WCF Stream Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to use WCF Stream operations to handle both requests and provide responses.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Attaching a Custom Behavior to a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to attach custom behaviors to a WCF Service by using custom attributes.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using the WCF Messaging Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WCF messaging Pipeline to handle errors and provide diagnostic information.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the WCF Extensibility Mechanism
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the WCF extensibility mechanism using the extensible object pattern.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a WCF Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF Extension using the IExtension interface.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using Transactions in Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to use a distributed transaction from a client.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : The WCF Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the architecture and responsibilities of the Channel stack.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Defining the Dispatchers
After watching this video, you will be able to define the responsibilities and scope of the WCF dispatchers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the Runtime Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify and describe the custom runtime components.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a Custom Operation Invoker
After watching this video, you will be able to cerate a custom operation invoker.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Custom Component Behaviors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the four custom behaviors and their scopes.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a Custom Operation Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom operation behavior.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Queue using C#
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new Azure Service queue using C#.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Preventing Queue Message Duplication
After watching this video, you will be able to use duplicate detection to prevent messages being sent more than once.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using the Azure Queue to Send a Message
After watching this video, you will be able to send a message using the QueueClient class.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Recognizing the Benefits of Cloud Computing
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize and list the advantages and benefits of cloud computing.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the Benefits of Using Microsoft Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the computing strategies and features provided by the Microsoft Azure cloud computing solution.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Azure Cloud Service Components
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish between the different cloud service components offered by Azure.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing Data Storage Strategies and Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the technologies and storage strategies that can be used to store and access data.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Comparing ASP.NET Web API and WCF for Data Access
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the features and functionality of the ASP.NET Web API to WCF.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the Data Access Technologies of .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the data access features provided in the .NET Framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Defining Distributed Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and define the characteristics of a distributed application and the reasons for creating them.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Features of Cloud Computing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of computing strategies that can be used to host a service in the cloud.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Logging Queries and DB Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to log and track queries and commands sent to a database.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Model Data with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate data and data models using the Entity Framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Working with Data Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to work with data model schema definition languages to model data.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Define Language Integrated Query (LINQ)
After watching this video, you will be able to define LINQ and how it interacts with SQL and Entity.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using LINQ to Entities to Query a Database
After watching this video, you will be able to use LINQ to Entities to query a database.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing Queries Using Entity SQL
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a query against a database using Entity SQL.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Executing SQL Queries Directly
After watching this video, you will be able to execute SQL statements directly using Entity and return objects or scalar values.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing CRUD Operations Using Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to perform Create, Read, Update, and Delete operations using Entity.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Change Tracking with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to use Change Tracking with Entity to monitor if an object has changed.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Transactions with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to use Transactions and the TransactionScope class to group operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Entity Data Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to use Data Annotations to manually map classes to database schema objects.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Entity Type Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Entity methods for mapping an OOP environment to database tables.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Type Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Fluent API to map classes to tables.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Working with HTTP Headers and Media Types
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the HTTP header and media types for the Content-Type header.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing ASP.NET Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the Representational State Transfer (REST) architecture works.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Windows Communication Foundation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how WCF can be used to create HTTP services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Recognizing which Web Service Platform to Use
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the differences between ADO.NET, Entity, WCF Services, and Azure services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Use Data Access Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences and uses for ADO.NET, ASP.NET Web API, WCF, and the Azure platform.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Entity Framework Data Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the need for object relational mappers and the development approaches including database first, model first, and code first.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Configuring an Entity DB Context
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a DBContext and query the database using the DBContext class.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the ADO.NET Data Access API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the low-level ADO.NET data access API in the .NET framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating and Configuring a Data Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a data provider programmatically.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe HTTP and how it facilitates a simple request and response for message handling.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the HTTP URI and Action Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the parts of a URI and the action verbs that can make up an HTTP transaction.
-
Using Akka: Implementing Circuit Breakers
After watching this video, you will be able to use circuit breakers to avoid "hanging" applications caused by nonresponsive services.
-
Using Akka: Building Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to create extensions to add your own features to Akka.
-
Using Akka: Creating a Clustered Akka Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a clustered Akka application including logging and event subscription.
-
Using Akka: Using the Event Stream
After watching this video, you will be able to use the event stream to publish events.
-
Using Akka: Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to set up logging within an Akka application.
-
Using Akka: Scheduling
After watching this video, you will be able to use the scheduler to create future events.
-
Using Akka: Introducing I/O
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Akka I/O implementation.
-
Using Akka: Using TCP
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage connections using TCP.
-
Using Akka: Working with Akka-Camel
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Akka-Camel module to send and receive messages.
-
Using Akka: Using Metrics for Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to use Cluster Metrics Extension to monitor cluster health and perform load balancing.
-
Using Akka: Managing and Configuring Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to manage clusters using a JMX console or command lines.
-
Using Akka: Remoting
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and manage actors remotely and enhance remote security.
-
Using Akka: Using Serialization
After watching this video, you will be able to use serialization to convert objects to and retrieve objects from simple byte data.
-
Using Akka: Making Cluster Aware Routers
After watching this video, you will be able to create routers that monitor or deploy routes on cluster nodes.
-
Using Akka: Using Cluster Client
After watching this video, you will be able to communicate with cluster members from outside the cluster using cluster client.
-
Using Akka: Managing Cluster Members
After watching this video, you will be able to manage and remove cluster members.
-
Using Akka: Subscribing to Cluster Events
After watching this video, you will be able to subscribe actors to cluster events.
-
Using Akka: Using Cluster Sharding
After watching this video, you will be able to distribute actors across nodes using cluster sharding.
-
Using Akka: Distributing Messages in Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to publish and send messages to members.
-
Using Akka: Introducing Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the advantages of clusters and how they work.
-
Using Akka: Creating Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to create a cluster and actors that can join its nodes.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Configuring Partition Work Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Partition Work Managers in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Deploying to Resource Group Templates and Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a sample application to a Resource Group Template and Resource Group in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Using WLST Lifecycle Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to use WLST lifecycle commands in a WebLogic Server domain.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Configuring Coherence Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a coherence cluster in a WebLogic Server domain.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Configuring Resource Overrides
After watching this video, you will be able to configure resource overrides in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Configuring Resource Consumption Management
After watching this video, you will be able to configure resource consumption management in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Setting Up a WebLogic Server Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to set up an Oracle WebLogic Server cluster.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Running a WebLogic Server Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to start and stop an Oracle WebLogic Server cluster.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Monitoring and Debugging Partitions
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and debug partitions in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Configuring the Administrative Identity Domain
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the administrative identity domain in a WebLogic domain.
-
iOS Application Development: Handling Local Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to understand how local notifications are delivered to apps that may be in various states.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Setting up WebLogic Server MT
After watching this video, you will be able to install Oracle WebLogic Server and Coherence for WebLogic Server MT.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Oracle Traffic Director Installation Guide
After watching this video, you will be able to install Oracle Traffic Director.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Deploying to a WebLogic Server Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy the Avitech Medical Records sample application to a WebLogic cluster.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Securing the Server Side
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various options for implementing a mobile device infrastructure.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: The Importance of Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of proper testing to provide a complete picture of the risks in your mobile applications and helps you mitigate them through remediation guidance.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Managing Mobile Apps and Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of a coherent Mobile App Management and Mobile Device Management policy.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Tips for Secure App Development
After watching this video, you will be able to list the key features of a coherent Mobile App Management and Mobile Device Management policy.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Introducing .NET Support for IoT
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the .NET Micro Framework (.NetMF).
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Windows 10 IoT Core
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Windows 10 IoT Core.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Arduino Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss Arduino and setup the Arduino development environment in Visual Studio.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Arduino Development
After watching this video, you will be able to develop applications with an Arduino.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Programming a Device
After watching this video, you will be able to develop an application that works with a device.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Data Extraction
After watching this video, you will be able to access and read device data.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to work with notifications.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Record Management Store (RMS)
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the RMS.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Introducing Java ME for mobile and embedded devices
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Java ME language/framework and SDK.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Emulators
After watching this video, you will be able to working with The Windows Emulator.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Securing Forms and Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the ways to create secure forms and ensure proper user validation.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Managing Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the best practices for managing requests from users and implementing risk-aware transaction execution.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Securing the Apps UI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe techniques for securing the UI against threats such as UI impersonation.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Understanding Mobile Risks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key risks associated with mobile applications.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Using Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how encryption can be used to help secure an application.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Securing Data Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how secure data storage can be used to counteract risks of local device storage.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Secure Session Management
After watching this video, you will be able to explore how securing sessions can lead to more secure applications.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Raspberry Pi Development
After watching this video, you will be able to develop applications on a Raspberry Pie.
-
Java and .NET Programming for IoT: Working with IoT devices
After watching this video, you will be able to develop applications using Java ME and .NET for IoT devices.
-
Secure Mobile Apps: Mobile App Development
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of mobile application development.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Setting Up WebLogic Server Generic
After watching this video, you will be able to install OracleWebLogic Application Server and Coherence Software.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Deploying a Sample Application
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy the Avitech Medical Records sample application to a development single-server WebLogic domain.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Configuring a Multi Tenant Application
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an application for multi tenancy.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Creating a Virtual Target
After watching this video, you will be able to create a virtual target in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Creating a Domain Partition
After watching this video, you will be able to create a domain partition in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Starting a Domain Partition
After watching this video, you will be able to start and shut down a domain partition in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Testing a Domain Partition
After watching this video, you will be able to test a domain partition in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Running a WebLogic Domain Administration Server
After watching this video, you will be able to start and stop an Administration Server in a WebLogic domain.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Enabling Lifecycle Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Lifecycle Manager on a WebLogic Server domain.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Creating a Resource Group Template
After watching this video, you will be able to create a resource group template in WebLogic.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Creating a Security Realm
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a security realm for a WebLogic domain partition.
-
Java Multi-Tenant Cloud Programming Fundamentals: Creating a WebLogic Domain
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a WebLogic domain.
-
Introduction to Scala: Currying Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to curry a function.
-
Introduction to Scala: Function Composition
After watching this video, you will be able to explore how to compose functions from other functions.
-
Introduction to Scala: Recursion and Tail Call Optimization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to best use tail-recursion.
-
Introduction to Scala: Literals and Anonymous Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the use of literals and anonymous functions in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Functions as Variables and Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how functions can be used as variables and parameters in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Closures
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of closures.
-
Introduction to Scala: Partially Applied Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use partially applied functions.
-
Introduction to Scala: Introduction to Functional Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key aspects of functional programming in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Expression-oriented Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of expression-oriented programming in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Pure Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize pure functions in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Concrete Mutable Collection Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key aspects of concrete mutable collection classes.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Arrays
After watching this video, you will be able to apply arrays in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Maps
After watching this video, you will be able to use Maps in a Scala application.
-
Introduction to Scala: Sorting with Sequences
After watching this video, you will be able to use Sequences and perform sort operations in a Scala application.
-
Introduction to Scala: Iterators
After watching this video, you will be able to use Iterators in a Scala application.
-
Introduction to Scala: Concrete Immutable Collection Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key aspects of concrete immutable collection classes.
-
Introduction to Scala: Call-By-Name vs. Call-By-Value
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate between call-by-name and call-by-value.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of the collections framework in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Mutable and Immutable Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the key differences between mutable and immutable collections.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to use Sets in a Scala application.
-
iOS Application Development: Project Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the properties of an iOS project.
-
iOS Application Development: Selecting a Build Scheme
After watching this video, you will be able to select a build scheme and build an iOS app.
-
Introduction to Scala: OOP vs. Functional Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to compare OOP and functional programming.
-
Introduction to Scala: Pattern Matching with Scala
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key aspects of pattern matching in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Applying Pattern Matching to Lists
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to apply pattern matching to lists in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Pattern Matching and Case Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize pattern matching and case classes in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Functions and Pattern Matching
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the use of pattern matching with functions in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Testing for Equality
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the proper way to test for equality in code.
-
Introduction to Scala: String Interpolation
After watching this video, you will be able to work with interpolation when using strings in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Java and Scala Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to compare Java and Scala collections.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Scala Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Scala application that utilizes functional programming to work with collections and Strings.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Strings in Scala code.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala and Java Concurrency
After watching this video, you will be able to compare Scala and Java concurrency.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Asynchronous Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of asynchronous execution in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Scala Futures
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the various ways to transform futures in Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Testing with Scala Futures
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot and test with Scala futures.
-
Introduction to Scala: Java Interfaces and Scala Traits
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use Java interfaces and Scala traits.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Objects and Java Static Members
After watching this video, you will be able to create static members with Scala objects.
-
Introduction to Scala: Dealing with Exceptions in Java and Scala
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to deal with exceptions in Java and Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Annotations in Java and Scala
After watching this video, you will be able to explore how to work with annotations in Java and Scala.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Java and Scala Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to explore how to work with Java and Scala classes.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with JavaBeans and Scala
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use JavaBeans with Scala.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Setting Up an SVN Server
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the required steps to install VisualSVN server using a binary package.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Defining Subversion
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Subversion is and how it is used.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Describing Subversion's Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the Subversion architecture.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Describing SVN Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize SVNs repository structure.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Subversion Working Copies
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize what working copies are and how they work.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Working with Working Copies
After watching this video, you will be able to checkout working copies of the repository, add files, and use basic SVN commands.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Checking Out a Working Copy of the Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to checkout a working copy of the SVN repository using TortoiseSVN.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Making and Committing Changes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to commit changes made to the working copy.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Getting Updates from the SVN Server
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to update a working copy with changes completed by other users.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Using Common SVN Basic Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize and use some of the common SVN commands.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Working with Repositories in VisualSVN Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure new repositories in VisualSVN Server.
-
Apache Subversion Fundamentals: Installing a Subversion Interface Client
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the steps that are required to install the TortoiseSVN user interface for Subversion.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Creating Various Hibernate Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how HQL is used in Hibernate and describe how to improve the overall performance.
-
Python Fundamentals: Practice: Creating a Django View
After watching this video, you will be able to use Django to create a view for a Python web application.
-
Python Fundamentals: Testing with Python
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of testing in Python.
-
Python Fundamentals: The Doctest Module
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of the doctest module.
-
Python Fundamentals: Doctests in Docstrings
After watching this video, you will be able to embed a basic doctest in a docstring.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Forms and Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate forms and form validation into a web2py application.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Messaging
After watching this video, you will be able to send email with web2py.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Authentication and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to implement authentication and authorization in a web2py application.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Services
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of web2py services.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Data Abstraction
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the database abstraction layer in a web application.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Core
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the core concepts of web2py.
-
Python Fundamentals: web2py Views
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of Views in a web2py application.
-
Python Fundamentals: Running Unit Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to use the unittest module to run tests on Python code.
-
Python Fundamentals: Loading Tests with unittest
After watching this video, you will be able to load and run predefined tests using unittest.
-
Python Fundamentals: Testing Classes and Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key classes and functions of the doctest module.
-
Python Fundamentals: Creating and Running Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to use unittest module to write and run tests on Python code.
-
Python Fundamentals: Understanding Unit Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of unit testing in Python.
-
Python Fundamentals: The Python Unittest Module
After watching this video, you will be able to use the unittest module to test for Python code.
-
Python Fundamentals: Doctest Exceptions and Directives
After watching this video, you will be able to use doctest directives and handle raised exceptions in a doctest test.
-
Python Fundamentals: Creating a Django Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Django project.
-
Python Fundamentals: The Django Web Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Django web server.
-
Python Fundamentals: Creating Django Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to create a sample Django app.
-
Python Fundamentals: Django Views and Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate views and templates in an app.
-
Python Fundamentals: The Django Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of the Django framework.
-
Python Fundamentals: Setting up Django
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure the Django framework.
-
Python Fundamentals: TurboGears and Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use TurboGears to include data in a Python web application.
-
Python Fundamentals: TurboGears and Rendering
After watching this video, you will be able to describe rendering and how it is used in TurboGears.
-
Python Fundamentals: TurboGears and REST
After watching this video, you will be able to use RESTful URLs in TurboGears.
-
Python Fundamentals: Introduction to web2py
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of the web2py framework.
-
Python Fundamentals: Installing TurboGears for Python
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure the TurboGears framework.
-
Python Fundamentals: TurboGears Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate TurboGears templates into a Python web app.
-
Python Fundamentals: TurboGears Views
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate TurboGears views into a Python web app.
-
Python Fundamentals: TurboGears Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a controller in a Python web app.
-
Python Fundamentals: Working with Data in Django
After watching this video, you will be able to use Django to include data in a Python web application.
-
Python Fundamentals: Django Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize forms in a Python web application.
-
Python Fundamentals: The TurboGears Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of the TurboGears framework.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with map and withFilter
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a transform method over a Scala List with map and withFilter.
-
Introduction to Scala: FRP with Scala.rx
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize Scala.rx for FRP.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Callbacks
After watching this video, you will be able to register and use Scala callbacks.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Blocking
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Scala blocking with futures.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Promises
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of promises in Scala concurrency.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Utilities
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the utilities associated with Scala concurrency.
-
Using Akka: Integration with JEE Frameworks Like Spring
After watching this video, you will be able to use Akka along with Sprint or any other JEE application.
-
Using Akka: Integration with Play Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to use Akka along with Play Framework as a service backend.
-
Using Akka: Code Organization for Large Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to separate Akka message into its own module, group actors into modules, and deploy those modules independently.
-
Using Akka: Continuous Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement continuous integration and deploy large-scale Akka-based applications.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Scala Annotations and Pattern Matching
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Scala application that utilizes functional programming to work with collections and Strings
-
Android App Development Essentials: Accessing External Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to use scoped directory accces to work with external storage.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Working with multiple Windows in Android
After watching this video, you will be able to review the key features and enhancements introduced by Android 7.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Android Network Security Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to customize an apps network security settings using the Network Security Config feature.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Working with The ICU4J APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the ICU4J APIs can be used in Android.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Working with Java 8 in Android
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the supported Java 8 language features and APIs.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Utilizing Android for Work
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Android for Work facilitates the enterprise use of Android.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Behavior Changes in Android N
After watching this video, you will be able to detail the behavior changes in the latest version of Android.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Working with Multiple Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to provide a high level overview of multi-window support in Android N apps.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Customizing Views and Messaging Styles
After watching this video, you will be able to use style resources to create custom notification text.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Enabling Data Saver
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the ConnectivityManager class to interact with a users Data Saver preferences.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Android TV Recording
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features and APIs used for Android TV recording.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Working with Hardware-Backed Keystore
After watching this video, you will be able to use key attestation to retreive and verify a hardware backed key pair.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Android Picture-in-Picture Support
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to trigger Picture-in-Picture in an Android app.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Android Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the improvements made to notification in Android.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Android direct Reply Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to recognise how to use direct reply notifications.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Android Bundled Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe bundled notifications and identify when and how they should be used.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Activities and Multiple Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to implement activities in multiple windows in an app..
-
Android App Development Essentials: Testing Apps for Multiple Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process for testing a multi-window app in Android.
-
Android App Development Essentials: Multiple Windows in Android Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to create an app that utilizes multiple windows.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Inheritance TABLE_PER_CLASS with Hibernate
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Hibernate using TABLE_PER_CLASS.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Inheritance – Single Table with Hibernate
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate Single table strategy as a solution with Java Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Hibernate Object States
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various Hibernate object states.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Inheritance JOINED with Hibernate
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the JOINED strategy when mapping a database.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Identity Generation with Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize identity generation using Annotations and Java Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Identity Generation with XML
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize identity generation using XML and Java Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Mapping with XML
After watching this video, you will be able to configure mapping using XML.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Associations and Foreign Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to deep dive into Annotations using associations and foreign keys.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Mapping with Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to map using annotations.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Using Batch Processing and Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to use batch processing and logging with Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Caching Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use multi-level caching in Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Hibernate and JPA
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the differences when configuring JPA and Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure sessions for Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Creating Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to create basic tables in Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Defining Custom Types
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the custom types in Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Filtering Data Results
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to filter data sets in Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Basic Data Persistence
After watching this video, you will be able to working with basic configurations, including inserting, updating and deleting persistent data.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Hibernate Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Java Hibernate can work with applications.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Bootstrapping Hibernate
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and configure Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Read-only Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the read-only objects.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Improving General Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize abilities in improving performance.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: The @Transient Annotation
After watching this video, you will be able to use the @Transient Annotation.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Debugging and logging in Hibernate
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various debugging concepts including logging with log4j.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Stored Procedures
After watching this video, you will be able to configure stored procedures using Oracle.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Using @JoinTable
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use the @JoinTable.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Many to Many Mappings
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Many to Many Mappings.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Commenting in Oracle
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Oracle comments.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Using @SortComparator for Java-based Sorting
After watching this video, you will be able to learn to use Java-based sorting with Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Advanced Query Management
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize advanced query commands.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Using Projections and Aggregation
After watching this video, you will be able to create projections and aggregations.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Core API and Extension Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the core API extension for Hibernate and it's interfaces.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: HQL Criteria
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize querying with Java calls using the Criteria API.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Subqueries in Criteria with Hibernate
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize subqueries in criteria.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Configuring Basic Hibernate Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize some of the main concepts of Hibernate with Oracle.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Hibernate ID and Advanced ID Options
After watching this video, you will be able to use advanced ID options in Java Hibernate.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: HQL and Basic Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the Hibernate and basic query concepts.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Table Mappings
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize @Table and @SecondaryTable annotations.
-
Hibernate with Oracle: Advanced XML Table Mapping
After watching this video, you will be able to create advanced XML table mapping.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Exercise: Working with Data Frames and Centroids
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize data frames and centroids.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Restricted Boltzmann
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Restricted Boltzmann machines.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Working with CNN
After watching this video, you will be able to build models using Convolution Neural Network.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Text Mining and Data Assembly
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process involved in text mining and data assembly.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Deep and Reinforcement Learning Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the concepts of deep and reinforcement learning.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Hierarchical Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement hierarchical clustering.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Text Mining and Recommender Systems
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to facilitate text mining and work with recommender systems.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Applying PCA
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dimensionality reduction with PCA.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Gaussian Regression Process
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the Gaussian processes for regression.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Recurrent Neural Network
After watching this video, you will be able to implement recurrent neural network.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Data Sampling
After watching this video, you will be able to work with data sampling.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Logistic Regression Using Linear Method
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement Logistic regression using linear methods.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Exercise: Working with Linear Regression
After watching this video, you will be able to create and fit linear regression on a dataset and get the feature coefficient.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Classification and Bayesian Ridge
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Classification and Bayesian Ridge regression using scikit-learn.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Linear Regression Modelling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the core concept of Linear Regression model.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Linear Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the core concepts and features of Linear model.
-
Deep Learning & Neural Network Implementation: Pre-Model and Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the pre-model and post-model workflow in analytics.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Decision Tree Classification
After watching this video, you will be able to implement classifications with decision trees using scikit-learn.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Vector Machine Using scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with data classification using vector machines in scikit-learn.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Bayesian Ridge Regression Using scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to apply Bayesian Ridge regression using scikit-learn.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Data Classification
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data classification using scikit-learn.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Least Absolute Shrinkage
After watching this video, you will be able to work with least absolute shrinkage and selection operator.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Exercise: Working with Decision Tree Classifiers
After watching this video, you will be able to create labels and features to classify data into train and test datasets and apply decision tree classifiers.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Using Shufflesplit
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with cross model implementation using Shufflesplit.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Brute Force Grid Search
After watching this video, you will be able to implement poor man's grid search and brute force grid search.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Document Classification and Naive Bayes
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to classify documents with Naive Bayes using scikit-learn.
-
Implementing ML Algorithm Using scikit-learn: Post Model Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Post model validation using the Cross model algorithm.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Task Scheduler and Program Auto Launch
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to schedule tasks and launch programs using Python.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Manipulate Images
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manipulate images and automate image manipulation.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: RPA Frameworks
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various prominent RPA frameworks that are being implemented today.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Implement Pattern Matching Using Python
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement pattern matching with Regular expressions in python.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Fake Estimator
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create fake estimator to compare results.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Introducing Robotic Process Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various capabilities and features of RPA.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Implement RPA using UiPath
After watching this video, you will be able to implement RPA using the various features and capabilities of UiPath.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: Exercise: Working with Image Filters
After watching this video, you will be able to read image from an image file, filter image, and save as a new file.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: File Operation Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to automate CSV and JSON file operations.
-
Implementing Robotic Process Automation: UiPath Fundamentals
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential RPA features and capabilities provided by UiPath.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Unsupervised Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various types of algorithms used in unsupervised learning.
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: K-Mean Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement K-Mean clustering .
-
Supervised, Unsupervised & Deep Learning: Working with Classification
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement classification.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: Serial Communication Between Pi and Arduino
After watching this video, you will be able to implement serial communication between Pi and Arduino.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: Introducing IoT on the Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential capabilities and benefits of IoT with cloud implementation.
-
Arduino Language: Exercise: Working with Arduino Boards
After watching this video, you will be able to connect Arduino board to a computer, write and compile code, and upload code to the Arduino board.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: Exercise: Working with IoT Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to create an IoT Hub, define endpoint and apply filter rule to permit IP ranges for connectivity.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: IoT Hub Services
After watching this video, you will be able to create IoT Hub services.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: Register and Track Devices with IoT Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure IoT Hub to register and track devices.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: Fundamentals of Microsoft Azure IoT Suite
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the suite capabilities of Azure IOT.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: IoT Hub - The Azure IoT Cloud Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the essential capabilities provided by IoT Hub.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: AWS IoT Services
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the capabilities and features afforded by AWS IoT.
-
Cloud Implementation Using Azure IoT: Microsoft Azure IoT Reference Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the reference architecture and capabilities of Azure IoT.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Live Monitoring of Incoming Data
After watching this video, you will be able to implement live monitoring of incoming data.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Data Threshold Values for Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure data threshold values to generate alerts.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Configure Messaging to Relay Data To and From Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure messaging to relay data to and from Azure.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Stream Analytics and IoT Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to implement stream analytics on IoT Hub.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Stream Analytics Jobs
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to construct Azure Stream Analytics jobs.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Exercise: Working with IoT Hub and Jobs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure storage, create a job, and create an alert for IoT Hub.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Device Management Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to manage devices using Node.js.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Connect Sensor Module to Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the sensory modules and devices to facilitate productive utilization from the perspective of IoT.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Diagnose and Update IoT Devices Remotely
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the remote diagnostic capability on IoT devices.
-
Azure IoT Hub: Raspberry Pi Azure IoT Online Simulator
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure and utilize Azure IoT online simulator.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Installing Python for Machine Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to set up the development environment for machine learning using Python.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Analytics Types and Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various types and techniques of analytics .
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Machine Learning and Deep Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the critical features and comparable features of machine learning and deep learning.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Machine Learning and AI Correlation
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the correlation and comparable features of machine learning and AI.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Machine Learning Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the core concepts of machine learning.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Exercise: Working with Data Frames
After watching this video, you will be able to load data set, create data frames, and print the shape of data frames.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Supervised Learning Algorithm
After watching this video, you will be able to classify the various algorithms used in supervised learning.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Implementing Regression
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement regression algorithm .
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Benefits of Predictive and Descriptive Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential benefits of predictive and descriptive analytics.
-
Machine Learning & Data Analytics: Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, and Ratio Data Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to define the various data metrics that are used to quantify the data for analytics.
-
MicroPython Board: Using REPL Console with Boards
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to use REPL console to interact with boards.
-
MicroPython Board: MicroPython Board
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the essential features of MicroPython boards.
-
MicroPython Board: Packaging Code Using Setup Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to package code using the setup tools.
-
MicroPython Board: Python Debugger
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to debug Python code using Python debugger.
-
MicroPython & Security: Pyboard Components
After watching this video, you will be able to list all the essential components of Pyboard.
-
MicroPython & Security: Load Firmware on the Pyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to load firmware on the Pyboard.
-
MicroPython Board: Popular MicroPython-Compatible Boards
After watching this video, you will be able to specify some of the most popular MicroPython-compatible boards .
-
MicroPython Board: Exercise: Working with Pyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and connect Pyboard using Putty and test Pyboard by turning the Pyboard on and off.
-
MicroPython Board: Pymate and Pycom Boards
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the features and capabilities of Pymate and Pycom boards.
-
MicroPython Board: Installing Arduino IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to install Arduino IDE .
-
MicroPython Board: Setting up MicroPython Board
After watching this video, you will be able to set up MicroPython board.
-
MicroPython & Security: Critical MicroPython Libraries
After watching this video, you will be able to list the critical libraries and functionalities of MicroPython that can be implemented.
-
MicroPython & Security: Set Up the Network with Pyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the network setup capabilities of Pyboard.
-
MicroPython & Security: Hands-on MicroPython
After watching this video, you will be able to program with MicroPython.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Raspberry Pi Device Architecture and Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the critical architecture and components of Raspberry Pi devices.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Introducing Raspberry Pi and Arduino
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the capabilities of Raspberry Pi and Arduino .
-
MicroPython & Security: Exercise: Working with Libraries
After watching this video, you will be able to use math library to manage numbers, machine library to get CPU frequency, and network library to test network connection.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Security Threat Use Cases
After watching this video, you will be able to specify typical and common use cases of security treats.
-
MicroPython & Security: Implement AAA Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement AAA frameworks with IoT .
-
MicroPython & Security: Cloud Security Concerns
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the critical security concerns around the cloud Implementation of IoT.
-
MicroPython & Security: Securing the IoT Ecosystem
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the vulnerabilities and security implementation on the IoT ecosystem.
-
MicroPython & Security: IoT Security Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the architecture of IoT security.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Installing Raspberry Pi
After watching this video, you will be able to install Raspberry Pi.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Working with OpenCV
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the need for OpenCV and its relevance with IoT devices.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Installing OpenCV
After watching this video, you will be able to install OpenCV.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Introducing Raspberry GPIO
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize GPIO and its essential characteristics.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Accessing GPIO Using Python
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to access GPIO pins using Python.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Connecting to Wi-Fi
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Wi-Fi connectivity for devices.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Setting Up Remote Access
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the mechanism of setting up remote access.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Using Raspi-config to Configure Pi
After watching this video, you will be able to use Raspi-config to configure Pi.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Managing Users with Pi
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to facilitate user management on Pi.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Configuring Connectivity with Raspberry Pi
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the steps and approaches of connecting with Raspberry Pi.
-
Using Raspberry Pi & OpenCV: Exercise: Working with Bluetooth and Wi-Fi Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to discover the SSID and key of a Wi-Fi network, launch a Bluetooth controller, and set a device to discoverable mode.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Identifying Input and Output Challenges
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the challenges of input output when working with Raspberry GPIO.
-
Raspi-config & GPIO: Exercise: Working with Raspi-configure
After watching this video, you will be able to create a user, use raspi-configure to enable the camera, and discover Wi-Fi connections on a network.
-
Arduino Language: Features and Benefits of Arduino
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the essential features and benefits of Arduino.
-
Arduino Language: Pin Ops in Arduino
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential pin ops in Arduino.
-
Arduino Language: Serial Communication in Arduino
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to facilitate serial communication in Arduino.
-
Arduino Language: Arduino Language Fundamentals
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the important coding elements of Arduino language.
-
Arduino Language: Arduino Language Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to program IoT applications using the Arduino Language.
-
Arduino Language: Connect Arduino with Pi
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to connect Arduino with Raspberry Pi.
-
Arduino Language: Arduino IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the various capabilities and usages of the Arduino IDE.
-
Arduino Language: Arduino Device Components
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the various essential device components of Arduino.
-
Arduino Language: Install the Arduino IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to install the Arduino integrated development environment.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: IoT Data Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the impact that IoT has over data analytics .
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: IoT Applications and Paradigm Shift in IT
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how the arrival of IoT applications has had an impact on the IT industry.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Cloud for IoT Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the essential capabilities of IoT applications that can be implemented on the cloud.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: IoT Ecosystem and Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the architecture and ecosystem of IoT .
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Characteristics of IoT Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential characteristics of IoT projects.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Installing MicroPython
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure MicroPython.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Exercise: Working with MicroPython
After watching this video, you will be able to launch MicroPython live simulator, use MicroPython code to turn the LED ON/OFF, and print messages.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Working with Online Python Simulator
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with Online Python Simulator using certain fundamental examples.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Critical MicroPython Features
After watching this video, you will be able to list the feature of MicroPython that can be implemented in IoT applications.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Impact of IoT
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the impact the invention of IoT products has had on the lives of consumers.
-
Principles of IoT & Python Basics: Python and IoT
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how IoT can be implemented using Python.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: What is Machine Learning?
After watching this video, you will be able to define machine learning and how it can be used to solve a variety of problems.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Supervised Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to define supervised machine learning.
-
Enhance Reactive Applications with Advanced React: Exercise: Implementing Routing and Rendering
After watching this video, you will be able to create an application that utilizes routing and presentation components.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Build CRUD Applications Using React and Redux
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the essential steps and code for building CRUD applications in React and Redux.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Validation Types in React and Redux Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to list the validation types that can be applied on React and Redux-based applications.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Client-side and Server-side Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate client-side and server-side validation in React and Redux applications.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Logistics Regression
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the implementation of logistic regression using Java.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Probabilistic Classifier
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the usage and objective of probabilistic classifiers for statistical classification.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Hyperparameter
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with hyperparameters in neural networks.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Neuroph Java Neural Framework Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the capabilities and practical implementation of Neuroph framework.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Hyperparameter Implementation using DL4J
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Arbiter hyperparameter optimization library designed to automate hyperparameter.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Deep Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concept of the deep learning and list its various components.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Comparing Deep Learning and Graph Models
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the similarities and differences between deep learning and graph model.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Combining Deep Learning and Graph Model
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the collaboration of deep learning and graph model.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Classifying Text and Documents
After watching this video, you will be able to classify text and documents using the NLP model.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Using Parser to Extract Relationships
After watching this video, you will be able to Illustrate the relationships, extraction and dependencies using parser API.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Clustering Concept
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the clustering implementation algorithms and illustrate the validation and evaluation techniques.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Hierarchical Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to implement hierarchical clustering using the top down approach with Java.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Single-Page Application Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concept of single-page application and identify the benefits of single-page applications.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Create SPAs Using React Router
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create single-page applications using React Router.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Jest Testing Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to execute tests using Jest testing framework.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Fine Tuning Redux Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to fine tune Redux applications while in production.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Component Testing React JS
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to test components of React using testing frameworks.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Deploy React and Redux Apps Using Node JS
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to deploy React and Redux-based applications using Node JS backend during production.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Exercise: Build Forms and Define Validations
After watching this video, you will be able to create an application to implement validation using forms.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: Test React Applications Using Jest
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the testing capabilities of Jest testing framework to test React applications.
-
Build and Test SPA Using React & Redux: React and Redux Application Testing Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the best practices for testing React and Redux-based applications.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Xcode Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to install Xcode and the iOS SDK.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: The iOS SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the architecture of the iOS SDK.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Create an Xcode Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new iOS-based project in Xcode.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Xcode Interface: Toolbar and Navigation Areas
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the pieces of the Xcode toolbar and navigation areas.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Xcode Interface: Editor, Debug, and Utility Areas
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the pieces of the Xcode Editor, Debug, and Utility areas.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Understanding MVC
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the Model View Controller design pattern as it relates to iOS.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Creating a Single View Application
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the boiler plate components that make up a single view application.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Setting up an App Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to locate and add UI controls to an iOS app.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Connecting an Interface Builder Outlet
After watching this video, you will be able to connect an Interface element to a view controller using an IBOutlet .
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Connecting an Interface Builder Action
After watching this video, you will be able to connect interface events to a view controller using an IBAction.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Customizing View Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to add custom business logic to a view controller.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Running an App Using the Simulator
After watching this video, you will be able to run an iOS app using the iOS Simulator.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Running an App Using a Real iOS Device
After watching this video, you will be able to run an iOS app using an actual iOS device.
-
Getting Started with Xcode & iOS: Exercise: Creating a New iOS App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new iOS app using Xcode.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Components of Custom Skills
After watching this video, you will be able to classify the various essential components of custom skills.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Smart Home Skills API Features
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various features provided by the Smart Home Skills API that can be used to manage home services.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Set Up AVS SDK on Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps involved in setting up the AVS SDK on Windows.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Working with MediaPlayer
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the steps involved in implementing MediaPlayer.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: AVS Services
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various AVS capabilities along with their implementation scenarios.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: AVS SDK Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various SDK components available for AVS and illustrate their implementation.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Create Smart Home Skills Using the API
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how we can create skills for Smart Home using APIs.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Smart Home Endpoint
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Smart Home endpoints and illustrate the approaches of testing skills.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Smart Home Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential and critical attributes of Smart Home.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Smart Home Supported Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to list the devices that support Smart Home, along with their limitations.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Exercise: Work with SSML and Tags
After watching this video, you will be able to launch an existing skill, write SSML with emphasis tags, and provision pauses between the tags.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Best Practices for Managing Alexa
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the best practices that should be followed when managing Alexa.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Manage Skills Using Alexa for Business
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the essential approaches of managing skills using Alexa for Business.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Deploy Node.js Custom Skills
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the steps involved in deploying Node.js custom skills.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Alexa Capabilities for Business APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the capabilities provided by Alexa for Business .
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Manage Shared Resources Using Alexa for Business
After watching this video, you will be able to list the essential approaches of using and managing shared resources with Alexa for Business.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Skill Development Process
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the steps involved in initiating, building, and deploying skills for Alexa.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Creating New Skills Using Developer Console
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create new skills using the features and capabilities provided by the Alexa Skills Developer Console.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Video Skills and List Skills
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the essential features and capabilities of the Video Skill and List Skill.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Exercise: Work with Flash Briefing Skill
After watching this video, you will be able to log in to the Alexa Skills Developer Console and create and test a Flash Briefing Skill.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Smart Home Skill Features
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the essential Smart Home Skill features that can be implemented in Alexa.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Flash Briefing Skill
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the essential Flash Briefing Skill API features that we can implement in Alexa.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Skill Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the various metrics of Alexa Skills.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Testing Alexa Skills
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the various testing approaches that we can use to test Alexa Skills.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Interaction Model in Alexa
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various Interaction models of Alexa.
-
Skill Development Using Alexa Components: Skill Store Metadata
After watching this video, you will be able to define and classify the Skill Store metadata along with the relevant structure.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Java SDK for ASK API
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the various approaches of using Java SDK API to work with Alexa Skills.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Configure ASK SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to set up ASK SDK for Alexa Skill development.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: User Interaction Approach for Accessing Skills
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various user interaction approaches that can be used to access skills in Alexa.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Exercise: Working with Java SDK & Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to set up Java SDK for development, create a skill using Node.js ASK CLI, and launch the skill in an editor for customization.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Configure and Construct Skill Instances
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Alexa Skill instances.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Implement Node.js Audio Player
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Node.js audio player.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Configure ASK SDK for Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to configure ASK SDK for Node.js API.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Develop Skills Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to develop Alexa Skills using Node.js.
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Develop Skills and Manage Request Handlers in Java
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to develop Alexa Skills and implement request handlers using Java .
-
Working with ASK API Using Node.js & Java: Essential Skill Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the essential attributes that are associated with Alexa Skills.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Using SSML Tags
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the various SSML tags along with their usages and implementations in Alexa Skill.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: Text Interpretation with Say-as
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the implementation of text interpretation using Say-as.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: SSML Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the essential SSML capabilities along with their usage scenarios.
-
Working with SSML & AVS: SSML Markup Document Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the typical document structure used with SSML markups.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Alexa Skills Kit
After watching this video, you will be able to list the essential features and scope of the Alexa Skills Kit.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Approach of Building Skills
After watching this video, you will be able to define the various approaches of building Alexa Skills in order to implement Alexa applications.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Capabilities of Alexa
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various capabilities of Alexa and their relevance.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Technical Architecture of Alexa
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the technical architecture of Alexa along with the essential architectural components.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Skill Categories
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various categories of skills along with their respective features.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Exercise: Work with Lambda Using Alexa Skill
After watching this video, you will be able to create a lambda function, configure the Alexa Skill to launch Lambda, and launch the Alexa Developer dashboard.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Developer Account
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the steps involved in creating an Amazon Developer account for skill development.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Developer Console
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the essential elements and components of the Amazon Developer Console.
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Skill Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various essential skill models of Alexa .
-
Alexa Architecture & Components: Lambda
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how we can use the Lambda service and it's utilities in Alexa.
-
Working with Smart Home & Business: Exercise: Creating a Skill with Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to create a security profile, and create and deploy a skill with Node.js.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Linear Regression Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how to use and work with linear regression analysis.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Gradient Boosting Algorithms
After watching this video, you will be able to implement gradient boosting algorithms using Java.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: KNN Algorithms
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement KNN algorithms.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Decision Tree and Random Forest
After watching this video, you will be able to implement decision tree and random forest.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Supervised and Unsupervised Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences between supervised and unsupervised learning.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: K-Means Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to state how to implement K-Means clusters.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the critical relation between machine learning and artificial intelligence.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Machine Learning Algorithm Types
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the various classifications of machine learning algorithms.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Naïve Bayes Classifier
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Naïve Bayes classifier using Java.
-
Machine Learning Implementation: Exercise: Implementing Machine Learning Algorithms
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the K-Mean algorithm in ML applications.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Neural Network and its Essential Components
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the concept of neural network, neurons and the different layers of neuron.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Implementing Activation Functions and Loss Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement activation functions and loss functions using DL4J.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Deep Learning and Graph Model Use Cases
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the relevant use cases for implementing deep learning and graph model.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Role of Activation Function
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the relevance of activation functions and list the various types of activation functions in neural networks.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Loss Functions and their Benefits
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits of loss functions and list the various types of loss functions in practice today.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Implementing Hopfield Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to Implementing Hopfield Neural Networks.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Implementing Back Propagation Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement back propagation neural networks using Java.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Implement a Simple Neural Network
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the practical implementation of a simple neural network using Java.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Neural Network Types
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various types of neural networks that are prominently used today.
-
Neural Network & Neuroph Framework: Exercise: Working with Neuroph and Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to create and modify a Neuroph project using Neural networks.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Multilayer Networks and Computation Graphs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the essential features of multilayer networks and computation graphs.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Implementing Multilayer Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use multilayer networks and computation graphs.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Speech Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement recognizer, synthesizer and translator using Java.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Exercise: Working with NLP Components
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to use NLP components.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Detecting Parts of Speech
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to detect parts of speech to assign tags to the words and sentences.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Language and Sentence
After watching this video, you will be able to implement language and sentence detector.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Tokenizer and Name Finder
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the utilization of Tokenizer and Name Finder in NLP.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: NLP Introduction
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the essential features and important components of NLP.
-
Neural Network & NLP Implementation: Components of NLP
After watching this video, you will be able to list the important components of NLP along with their roles and usages.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Working with Jess
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Jess to create rule based expert systems.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Defining Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to define rules and work with expert system shell using Java.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Expert Systems Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to list the tools, shells, and programming languages that are being used for Expert Systems.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Exercise: Working with Datasets and Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use datasets with clustering.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Principal Component Analysis Data Transformation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement principal component analysis data transformation using Java pca-tranform.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Graph Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concept of graph modelling and the various approaches of implementing graphs in machine learning.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Outlier Types
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various types of Outliers and their impact on the accuracy of the models.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Feature Search and Feature Evaluation Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various approaches of feature relevance search and the evaluation techniques.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Supervised Learning and Notations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize data notations from the perspective of quality, descriptive, and visualization notations.
-
Expert Systems & Reinforcement Learning: Datasets and Training Models
After watching this video, you will be able to list the different types of datasets and their utility over the various phases of supervised learning.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Core Graphics and Quartz 2D
After watching this video, you will be able to create an iOS view object from scatch using Core Graphics.
-
Cucumber: Defining Acceptance Test-driven Development (ATDD)
After watching this video, you will be able to define the concepts behind ATDD, automated acceptance tests, and how Behavior-driven Development stems from this concept.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with Colors
After watching this video, you will be able to specify and customize colors in iOS applications.
-
Cucumber: Exploring Behavior-driven Development
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the fundamental principles of BDD, process in which Cucumber supports and the benefits of using it.
-
iOS Application Development: Using the Core Data Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Core Data framework to persist data in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Using iCloud Key-Value Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data storage using key-value pairs in iCloud.
-
Cucumber: Overview of Cucumber
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how Cucumber works with features and steps and how it can be used with Ruby code.
-
iOS Application Development: Working With Images
After watching this video, you will be able to display images using Core Graphics.
-
Cucumber: Installing Cucumber Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to list the available versions and the process of installing Cucumber with Ruby on Linux, Mac OSX, and Windows development machines, including HTTP proxy settings and additional gem packages.
-
iOS Application Development: Configuring CloudKit
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an iOS app for CloudKit and use the CloudKit Dashboard to create a schema.
-
Cucumber: Example Mapping Rules and Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process in example mapping and understand the distinction between rules and examples.
-
iOS Application Development: Accessing Records with CloudKit
After watching this video, you will be able to code an iOS app using CloudKit to retrieve, modify, and query records.
-
Cucumber: Identifying Scenarios Using Rules and Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate use cases using the application of Rules, Examples and Example Mapping.
-
iOS Application Development: Archiving Data Model Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to archive data model objects in iOS applications.
-
Cucumber: Generating Features and Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Cucumber features and scenarios by writing feature files.
-
iOS Application Development: Using SQLite
After watching this video, you will be able to use SQLite to store and retrieve data in an iOS application.
-
Cucumber: Creating and Implementing Step Definitions
After watching this video, you will be able to use regular expressions to create step definitions in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Running Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to run Cucumber scenarios and show how to use the different formatters.
-
Cucumber: Gherkin Use and Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Gherkin in Test-driven Development and benefits along with the syntax used.
-
Cucumber: Gherkin Features and Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of using features in Gherkin files and how to implement it to a project.
-
Cucumber: Using Assertions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to add and manage assertions in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Cucumber Features and Exploring BDD
After watching this video, you will be able to create a scenario that includes both features and steps, while exploring concepts in BDD design.
-
Cucumber: Result States
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the available result states for a Cucumber scenario and provide examples of scenarios containing steps that lead to these results.
-
Cucumber: Using Backgrounds
After watching this video, you will be able to describe a background section in a Cucumber feature file to outline steps common to all scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Distinction between Steps and Step Definitions
After watching this video, you will be able to define steps and step definitions and how it is implemented in an example.
-
Cucumber: Capturing Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to use features such as capture groups and wildcards and multiple arguments in Cucumber steps.
-
Cucumber: Using Doc Strings and Data Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to use doc strings and data tables for data that doesn't fit on one line in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Using Scenario Outlines
After watching this video, you will be able to use scenario outlines to define steps for Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Nesting Steps
After watching this video, you will be able to use nest steps in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Organizing Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the uses for directories and tagging Cucumber scenarios at feature and scenario level.
-
Cucumber: Expressive Scenarios and Step Definitions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the implementations of steps and step definitions, and how expressive scenarios work.
-
Cucumber: Using Transforms
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of transforms to remove duplication in Cucumber step definitions.
-
Cucumber: Using Helper Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Cucumber World object and refactor steps into Ruby helper methods that are added to the World.
-
Cucumber: Using Hooks
After watching this video, you will be able to use hooks in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Modifying Output
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to modify the default output from Cucumber using formatters such as progress, rerun, usage and stepdef, formatting to file, and use backtrace option.
-
Cucumber: Grouping Features in SubFolders
After watching this video, you will be able to group Cucumber features in subfolders and run a feature from a subfolder.
-
Cucumber: Filtering Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to filter Cucumber scenarios to run a subset using tags or lines.
-
C++ Programming: Adding Public Members to Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to add public members to a class in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Creating a Class Constructor
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class constructor in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Working with Default Constructors
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class with a default constructor in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Creating Pointers to Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create a pointer in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Creating a Class Deconstructor
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class deconstructor in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Working with Overloaded Constructors
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class with overloaded constructors in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Overloading Operators in Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class with overloaded operators in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Exercise: Work with C++ Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use classes in a C++ application.
-
C++ Programming: Creating Classes Defined with Struct
After watching this video, you will be able to create a struct in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Creating Classes Defined with Union
After watching this video, you will be able to create a union class type in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Objects and Function Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to pass objects as function arguments in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Virtual Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create C++ virtual functions.
-
C++ Programming: Operator Overloading
After watching this video, you will be able to overload operators in C++ custom classes.
-
C++ Programming: Static Members of Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C++ class with static members.
-
C++ Programming: Declaring Friend Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to declare a friend function in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Abstract and Interface Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create abstract and interface classes in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Using the "this" Keyword
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class using the this keyword in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Understanding Traditional Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C++ class with inheritance.
-
C++ Programming: Declaring Friend Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to declare a friend class in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Understanding Encapsulation
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class in C++ that utilizes encapsulation.
-
C++ Programming: Introduction to Templates in C++
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of C++ templates, including when they should or shouldn't be used and show a sample.
-
C++ Programming: Declaring and Using Function Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to declare and use a function template in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Using Multiple Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C++ class with multiple inheritance.
-
C++ Programming: Exercise: Working with OOP in C++
After watching this video, you will be able to create an application that incorporates OOP techniques.
-
C++ Programming: Sequential Containers - List
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using a list from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Sequential Containers - Vector
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using a vector from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Declaring and Using Class Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to declare and use a class template in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Introduction to Sequential Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of Standard Library Sequential Containers including when they should or shouldn't be used and show a sample.
-
C++ Programming: Sequential Containers - Deque
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using deque from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Sequential Containers - Array
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using array from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Containers - Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using a queue from the standard templates library.
-
C++ Programming: Introduction to Associative Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key types and features of Standard Library Associative Containers including when they should or shouldn't be used and show a sample.
-
C++ Programming: Containers - Set
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using a set from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Containers - Priority Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using priority_queue from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Containers - Stack
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using a stack from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Exercise: Work with Containers in C++
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with sequential and associative containers in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Containers - Map
After watching this video, you will be able to write a C++ program using a map from the Standard Library.
-
C++ Programming: Working with Objects in Sets and Maps
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to incorporate objects into set and map.
-
C++ Programming: The C++ Preprocessor
After watching this video, you will be able to use the C++ preprocessor.
-
C++ Programming: Command Line Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to parse command line arguments in C++.
-
C++ Programming: C++ Data Types
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the characteristics of C++ data types.
-
C++ Programming: UTF-16, UTF-32, and Wide Characters
After watching this video, you will be able to work with UTF-16, UTF-32, and wide characters in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Headers and Source Files
After watching this video, you will be able to divide code into header and source file pairs in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Exercise: Recognize the C++ Program Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the main parts of a C++ program and describe the use of the preprocessor.
-
C++ Programming: Relational and Logical Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with relational and logical operators in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Bitwise Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with bitwise operators in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Data Type Modifiers
After watching this video, you will be able to work with C++ data type modifiers.
-
C++ Programming: Arithmetic Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to use arithmetic operators in a C++ program.
-
C++ Programming: Compound Assignment Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with compound assignment operators in C++.
-
C++ Programming: The If Statement
After watching this video, you will be able to use the if statement for branching in C++ programs.
-
C++ Programming: Assignment Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with assignment operators in C++.
-
C++ Programming: The Do While Loop
After watching this video, you will be able to use a do while loop in C++.
-
C++ Programming: The Switch Statement
After watching this video, you will be able to use the switch statement in C++ programs.
-
C++ Programming: The For Loop
After watching this video, you will be able to use a for loop in C++ programs.
-
C++ Programming: The While Loop
After watching this video, you will be able to use a while loop in C++ programs.
-
C++ Programming: Inline Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to write an inline function in C++.
-
C++ Programming - Exercise: Creating a Basic C++ Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a basic C++ application using data types and looping constructs.
-
C++ Programming: Default Function Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to define default arguments for a function in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Using References
After watching this video, you will be able to use references in C++.
-
C++ Programming: References as Function Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to use references as function arguments in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Overloaded Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to write overloaded functions in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Pointers as Function Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to pass pointers as arguments to functions in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Handling Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement exception handling in C++ programs.
-
iOS Application Development: Handling App Launch and State Transitions
After watching this video, you will be able to practice handling iOS app state transitions.
-
C++ Programming: Suppressing Allocation Exceptions in C++
After watching this video, you will be able to use nothrow new to suppress allocation exceptions in C++.
-
iOS Application Development: Specifying Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to specify settings for an iOS application.
-
C++ Programming: References as Function Return Values
After watching this video, you will be able to use references as function return values in C++.
-
iOS Application Development: Accessing Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to access settings within an iOS application.
-
C++ Programming: Using Asserts
After watching this video, you will be able to use asserts for troubleshooting in C++ programs.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with Property Lists
After watching this video, you will be able to use property lists to persist data in an iOS application.
-
C++ Programming: String Class (std::string)
After watching this video, you will be able to use the C++ string class.
-
C++ Programming: Wide String Class (std::wstring)
After watching this video, you will be able to use the C++ wide string class.
-
iOS Application Development: Disabling Background Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an iOS app to prevent it running in the background.
-
C++ Programming: C-style Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to work with C-style string in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Using a Namespace
After watching this video, you will be able to use a namespace in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Creating a Namespace Alias
After watching this video, you will be able to create a namespace alias in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Null Terminated Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to work with null terminated strings in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Declaring a Namespace
After watching this video, you will be able to declare a namespace in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Creating Classes and Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Adding Private Members to Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to add a private member to a class in C++.
-
C++ Programming: The STD Namespace
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C++ application using the std namespace.
-
C++ Programming - Exercise: Use C++ Functions, Exceptions, & Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to create an application that uses C++ functions, exceptions, and strings.
-
C++ Programming: Adding Protected Members to Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to add a protected member to a class in C++.
-
C++ Programming: Downloading and Installing Eclipse for C++
After watching this video, you will be able to download and install Eclipse for C and C++ development.
-
C++ Programming: Creating a New Project with Eclipse
After watching this video, you will be able to use Eclipse to create a new C++ project.
-
C++ Programming: Introduction to C++
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the characteristics and uses of the C++ programming language, and identify the main libraries it uses.
-
C++ Programming: C++ Program Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the structure of a C++ program.
-
C++ Programming: C++ Syntax Differences from C
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the major syntax differences between C++ and C.
-
C++ Programming: C++ and the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)
After watching this video, you will be able to install and compile C++ programs with GCC on Linux or Unix systems.
-
C++ Programming: C++ Projects in Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to create C++ projects in Visual Studio.
-
C++ Programming: C++ I/O Streams
After watching this video, you will be able to work with C++ I/O streams.
-
iOS Application Development: App Icons
After watching this video, you will be able to add app icons to an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Using a Launch Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate a launch screen in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Extending an App
After watching this video, you will be able to practice incorporating an app extension for document picking.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing PhotoKit
After watching this video, you will be able to implement PhotoKit features in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Recording Audio Using AVFoundation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement support for audio recording using AVFoundation in iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Playing Audio Using AVFoundation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement support for audio playback using AVFoundation in iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Cloud-Based iOS App
After watching this video, you will be able to use iOS SDK features to create a cloud-based app.
-
iOS Application Development: Getting Started with SpriteKit
After watching this video, you will be able to start with the iOS SpriteKit framework to create gaming apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Using SpriteKit
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the iOS SpriteKit framework to create gaming apps.
-
iOS Application Development: The Image Picker Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the Image Picker controller and delegate to enable support image and video selection in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Taking Images Using the Image Picker
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the Image Picker controller to enable users to take photos from within an iOS app and access the images within the app.
-
iOS Application Development: Right to Left Languages
After watching this video, you will be able to implement support for right to left languages in an iOS 9 app.
-
iOS Application Development: View Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to use view debugging with iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Using TestFlight
After watching this video, you will be able to use TestFlight with Apple Connect for beta testing of iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: App Thinning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement app thinning to develop apps for multiple platforms.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Slide Over
After watching this video, you will be able to implement slide over in iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Split View
After watching this video, you will be able to implement split views in iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Using PIP
After watching this video, you will be able to use picture in picture (PIP) in iOS 9 apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Localizing an App
After watching this video, you will be able to implement localization in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Web Markup
After watching this video, you will be able to use web markup to make app content searchable.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Universal Links
After watching this video, you will be able to use universal links in an iOS 9 app.
-
iOS Application Development: Content Indexing with Core Spotlight
After watching this video, you will be able to Use Core Spotlight APIs to make app content searchable.
-
iOS Application Development: Writing HealthKit Data in iOS Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate HealthKit with an iOS app and write to health store.
-
iOS Application Development: Contacts and Contact UI
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the Contacts and Contacts UI frameworks in iOS 9 apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Using SFSafariViewController
After watching this video, you will be able to use SFSafariViewController to display web content in an iOS 9 app.
-
iOS Application Development: Using NSUserActivity APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to Use NSUserActivity APIs to make app activities and states searchable.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing Photo Editing Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to enable third-party photo and video editing with a photo editing extension in iOS.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Share Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Share extension in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Today Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Today widget in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Reading HealthKit Data in iOS Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate HealthKit with an iOS app and read from the health store.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing a Document Picker
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a document picker using an app extension in iOS.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating an Action Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an Action extension in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Custom Keyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom keyboard using an iOS app extension.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Getting Started with scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to import data, and perform basic tasks with scikit-learn for Python.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Generating a Tree
After watching this video, you will be able to use scikit-learn and GraphViz to generate a decision tree model from a dataset.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Introduction to AWS Machine Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe AWS machine learning.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using Response Compression in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use response compression with ASP.NET core in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Debugging .NET Core on Unix
After watching this video, you will be able to use SSH to debug a .NET application on a Unix machine.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Out Variables for C# in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the out variable in a C# program.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Tuples in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to use C# tuples.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Pattern Matching in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to perform pattern matching in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Improved JavaScript Editor in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the improved web editing features in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Installing the ASP.NET and Web Development Workload
After watching this video, you will be able to install the ASP.NET and web development workload to VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Client-side Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to perform client-side debugging of both JavaScript and TypeScript in Google Chrome.
-
Visual Studio 2017: .NET Core and ASP.NET Core Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the updates to the tooling for .NET Core and ASP.NET Core.
-
Cucumber: Handling Asynchronous Systems
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize handling of asynchronous systems in Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Working with Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize concepts including introducing ActiveRecord, refactor a Cucumber scenario to use data, and read and write data to a database.
-
Cucumber: Creating Profiles
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to store Cucumber command line options in a YAML file and use the profile option to run them.
-
Cucumber: Issues with Features and Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to identify issues in Cucumber scenarios such as flickering scenarios; brittle and slow features; and unengaged stakeholders, identify underlying causes, and provide solutions.
-
Cucumber: Integrating Cucumber with Other Platforms
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Cucumber and Gherkin can be used with iOS, Android, PHP and many more platforms for tests.
-
Cucumber: Maintaining Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to use transactions and truncation to clean databases for Cucumber scenarios.
-
Cucumber: Testing REST APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to test REST APIs with Cucumber.
-
Cucumber: Create Cucumber Features for an App
After watching this video, you will be able to create Cucumber scenarios for an ATM application.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Conformance Improvements
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the C++ conformance improvements in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: New C++ Compiler Switches
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the new C++ compiler switches in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Codegen Improvements
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of codegen in Visual C++ in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Code Security Improvements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the C++ code security improvements in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Toolset Layout Updates in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the improved C++ toolset in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using Git in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the key new features in Git for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using The Structure Visualizer
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the structure visualizer in a project in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Live Architecture Dependency Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to validate architecture dependencies with VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using The Roaming Extensions Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the roaming extensions manager in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Identity Services in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the identity services manager in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Debugging in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to detail debugging improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Live Unit Testing in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Live Unit Testing in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Apache Cordova in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to detail the key Apache Cordova improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Visual C++ for Linux in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the support for Visual C++ for Linux in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Refactoring in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use refactoring the improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Utilizing Visual Studio 2017 New Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use the key new features of Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Configuring Common Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure common settings in the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Visual Studio 2017: The Visual Studio 2017 Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to provide a tour of the Visual Studio 2017 interface.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Code Editing in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the key editing improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Code Navigation in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the code navigation features in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Visual Studio 2017 Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to install Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using the Desktop Bridge for UWP
After watching this video, you will be able to use the UWP Bridge to convert a Windows desktop application to a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Code Analysis in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the C++ Code Analysis tool.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Clang/C2 Platform Toolset in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to build a project utilizing the /bigobj switch for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Working with C++ in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use C++ code in Visual Studio.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Improved Diagnostics in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the use of improved diagnostics for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Standard Library Improvements in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key improvements to the C++ Standard Library.
-
Visual Studio 2017: IntelliSense Improvements for C++ in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the various IntelliSense improvements for C++.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using Open Folder in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to read and edit C++ code using the improved Open Folder in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: CMake Projects in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Cmake is and illustrate its use in Visual Studio.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Workloads in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various workloads available for C++ in VS 2017 and describe their features.
-
Apache Cordova: Creating an App
After watching this video, you will be able to create an app with Cordova.
-
Apache Cordova: Installing Cordova on Mac
After watching this video, you will be able to install Cordova on Mac.
-
Apache Cordova: Setting Up IntelliJ for Cordova Development
After watching this video, you will be able to set up IntelliJ for Cordova development.
-
Apache Cordova: Exploring the Generated App's Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the app's structure.
-
Apache Cordova: Configuring Icons in the CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to configure icons in the CLI.
-
Apache Cordova: Configuring Splash Screens in the CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to configure splash screens in the CLI.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with True Tone
After watching this video, you will be able to configure True Tone shifts in iOS 10.
-
Domain-driven Design: Context Maps
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe context maps.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with iOS 10 Lock Screen Widgets
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the different display modes of lock screen widgets in iOS 10.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating an iOS 10 User Notification
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use local notifications in iOS 10.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Speech Recognition
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Speech Recognition framework to transcribe audio to text.
-
iOS Application Development: Promoting Locations to iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure location data for suggestion in iOS.
-
Domain-driven Design: Core Domain
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the purpose of the core domain.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating an iMessage App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom iMessage application.
-
Domain-driven Design: Generic Subdomains
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the purpose of generic subdomains.
-
Domain-driven Design: Subdomains
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe subdomains and their purpose.
-
iOS Application Development: Sending Messages to Custom Apps using Siri
After watching this video, you will be able to use Siri to initiate sending a message to a custom applicaton.
-
Domain-driven Design: Bounded Contexts
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe bounded contexts.
-
Domain-driven Design: Knowledge-rich Design
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the key aspects of knowledge-rich design.
-
Domain-driven Design: Documents and Diagrams
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the uses of documents and diagrams in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain Modeling
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the key aspects of the domain model in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain Experts
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the key role of domain experts in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Continuous Learning
After watching this video, you’ll be able to describe the key aspects of continuous learning.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with Wide Color
After watching this video, you will be able to undestand wide color support in iOS 10.
-
iOS Application Development: Search Continuation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Core Spotlight search results to be continuable in app.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Sticker Pack
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom Sticker Pack application.
-
Domain-driven Design: Unique Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to define the unique identity attribute.
-
Domain-driven Design: Entity Modeling Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for entity modeling.
-
Domain-driven Design: Defining Value Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to describe value objects and characteristics.
-
Domain-driven Design: Implementing Value Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how to implement value objects.
-
Domain-driven Design: Event-driven Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe event-driven architecture.
-
Domain-driven Design: REST
After watching this video, you will be able to describe aspects of representational state transfer and why it's used.
-
Domain-driven Design: CQRS Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the CQRS model.
-
Domain-driven Design: Entities in DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe entities in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Fundamentals and Components
After watching this video, you’ll be able to recognize the various building blocks and architectures of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Layers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the concept of layered architecture in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: The DDD Approach
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the DDD approach.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe DDD, including domains and contexts.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Components Defined
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various components of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the basic concept of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Knowledge Crunching – Developers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe knowledge crunching from the developer perspective.
-
Domain-driven Design: Knowledge Crunching - Domain Experts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe knowledge crunching from the domain expert’s perspective.
-
Domain-driven Design: Drawbacks of DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the drawbacks of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: What DDD Is Not
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the misconceptions of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Knowledge Crunching
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the need for knowledge crunching.
-
Domain-driven Design: Knowledge Crunching Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for conducting domain expert interviews.
-
Domain-driven Design: The Domain Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the domain model in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Model-driven Design Map
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the model-driven design map.
-
Domain-driven Design: The Benefits of DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: The Business Value of DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the business value of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to explain repositories and their uses.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to DDD Factories
After watching this video, you will be able to describe factories and how they’re used in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Benefits of Factories
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of factories.
-
Domain-driven Design: Factory Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the interface of factories.
-
Domain-driven Design: Choosing Factories
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the rationale for choosing factories.
-
Domain-driven Design: Ubiquitous Language
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of ubiquitous language in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Communication Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for communication in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Modeling and Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of modeling and communication in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Documenting Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to explain best practices for documenting communication in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Defining Boundaries
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the domain model boundaries and the effects.
-
Domain-driven Design: The Discovery Process
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the purpose of the discovery process in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Behavior-driven Development
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the linkages between Behavior-driven Development and Domain-driven Development.
-
Domain-driven Design: Event Storming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of event storming.
-
Domain-driven Design: Transaction Scripting vs. DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purposes of transaction scripting vs. DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Refactoring
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concept of refactoring.
-
Domain-driven Design: Levels of Refactoring
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the uses and levels of refactoring in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Deep Models
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the concept of deep models in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Supple Design
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the concept of supple design in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Benefits of Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the benefits of repositories.
-
Domain-driven Design: Relational Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the considerations for using relational databases.
-
Domain-driven Design: Working with Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purposes and practices of using modules in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Agile Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of agile models in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Model-driven Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of model-driven design.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Domain Events
After watching this video, you will be able to describe domain events and when and why to use them.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain Events Core Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various core concepts of domain events.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain Event Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe domain event handling.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of modules in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain Services Introduction
After watching this video, you will be able to define domain services.
-
Domain-driven Design: Using Domain Services
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the domain service within application layer.
-
Domain-driven Design: Services in the Domain Layer
After watching this video, you will be able to explain services in the domain layer.
-
iOS Application Development: Customizing a User Notification Appearance
After watching this video, you will be able to customize a local user notifications appearance.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with Interactive User Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to .
-
iOS Application Development: Resolving and Confirming Intents
After watching this video, you will be able to use the resolve and confirm methods of a domain when implementing SiriKit.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Service Layers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of service layers of DDD.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with Intents UI
After watching this video, you will be able to create a cusotm UI when integrating with Siri.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain Experts vs. Stakeholders
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences between domain experts and stakeholders.
-
iOS Application Development: The iOS 10 Core Data Stack
After watching this video, you will be able to use the new Core Data stack in iOS 10.
-
iOS Application Development: In-App Searching
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Core Spotlight index to search content within an app.
-
Domain-driven Design: Implementing Aggregates
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate creating a root entity with aggregates.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Concepts and Implementation Models
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the components of DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: The Roles of Layers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the roles of various layers in the DDD architecture.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Layered Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of layered architecture in DDD.
-
Domain-driven Design: Domain-driven vs. Model-driven Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences and similarities between domain-driven and model-driven design.
-
Domain-driven Design: Introduction to Aggregates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of aggregates.
-
Domain-driven Design: The Benefits of Aggregates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of aggregates.
-
Domain-driven Design: Guidelines for Using Aggregates
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various guidelines when using aggregates.
-
Domain-driven Design: DDD Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the concepts of various design patterns in DDD.
-
Eclipse: Working with Eclipse SVN
After watching this video, you will be able to perform common Eclipse SVN operations and commit changes to a project.
-
Eclipse: Eclipse SVN and The Compare Editor
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the Compare Editor in Eclipse.
-
Eclipse: Eclipse SVN Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for working with Eclipse SVN.
-
Eclipse: Subversion Operations and the Command Line
After watching this video, you will be able to perform sample Subversion operation in the command line.
-
Eclipse: Working with Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to use projects with Eclipse SVN.
-
Eclipse: Subversion SVN connectors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use SVN connectors.
-
Eclipse: Modifying and Committing Changes in Eclipse
After watching this video, you will be able to modify and commit changes to a project in Eclipse.
-
Eclipse: Installing Subversive in Eclipse
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to install the Eclipse SVN plug-in.
-
Eclipse: Configuring Subversive Preferences
After watching this video, you will be able to configure preferences for Subversion in the Eclipse IDE.
-
Eclipse: Eclipse SVN Resources and Version Control
After watching this video, you will be able to work with SVN resources and utilize version control.
-
Eclipse: Eclipse SVN Branching and Merging
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SVN branching and merging.
-
Eclipse: Dealing with Conflicts in Eclipse SVN
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to deal with common conflicts.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Creating a Model in AWS
After watching this video, you will be able to create a model with AWS.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Regression Metrics in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use Python to calculate common evaluation methods.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Setting Up an AWS Environment for Machine Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to set up an AWS environment and import data sources.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Work with C# Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C# application utilizing new features for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Managing Extension Prerequisites
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manage extension preprequisites in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Building Custom Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom extension in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Ref Locals and Returns in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to apply the ref locals and returns feature in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Throw Expression in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the new throw expressions in C#.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Async Return Types in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the async modifier to return types other than Task and Task in C#
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Local Function in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to work with C# local function in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Updates to C# Expression-bodied Members in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of expression-bodied members in C#.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Lightweight Solution Loading in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to manage lightweight solution loading in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Monitoring Extensions in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor extensions in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Numeric Literals in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the new tokens for C# numeric literals.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Receiving a Message Using Azure Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to receive a message using the QueueClient class.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Sessions to Group Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to use sessions to group messages and assign dedicated receivers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using the Azure Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure service bus queues and how they can be used for message handling.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Three Azure Storage Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three Azure Storage services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Azure Storage Account
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure an Azure Storage account.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Azure Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure Storage containers store Binary Large Objects (Blobs).
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Blob Storage Container
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete block and page based containers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Reading and Writing to Block Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write data to block blob storage containers.
-
Azure and Web Services: Creating an IIS Web Deployment Package
After watching this video, you will be able to create an IIS Web Deployment package.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Anomaly Detection
After watching this video, you will be able to describe anomaly detection, the types of problems solved with anomaly detection, and some approaches to anomaly detection.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying an IIS Web Deployment Package
After watching this video, you will be able to use IIS Manager to import and deploy an IIS Web Deployment package.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying from the Command Line
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy web apps using the command line tool MSDeploy.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: K-means Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the k-means clustering algorithm.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy web apps using PowerShell.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying a Service to Azure Cloud Services
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a web or service application to Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying a Service to Azure Web Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a web app to Windows Azure Web Sites (WAWS).
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Training a Model and Making Predictions in AWS
After watching this video, you will be able to set training criteria with AWS and train a model.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Dimensionality Reduction
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the problems with dimensionality and what efforts to reduce dimensionality should be taken.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Principal Component Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to describe principal component analysis for dimensionality reduction.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Exercise: Describe Bias and Variance
After watching this video, you will be able to define bias, variance, and tradeoffs.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Shared Assemblies for Shared Hosting
After watching this video, you will be able to use Shared Assemblies to reduce startup time of multiple hosted services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Share Assemblies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Share Assembly bindings between MVC 4 and MVC 5.
-
Azure and Web Services: Upgrading Domains on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the rolling upgrade works for upgrading domains on Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Web Deployment Using Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Visual Studio Web Deployment options to deploy web apps.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Defining Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe neural networks and their capabilities.
-
Azure and Web Services: Logging Azure Storage Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to enable logging and track performance of Azure Storage requests.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Activation Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe activation functions and list different types of commonly used activation functions.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Azure Diagnostics in Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use diagnostics for Azure in Visual Studio.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Training Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe feedforward neural networks and the intuition behind calculating gradients in neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Collecting and Viewing Diagnostics with VS
After watching this video, you will be able to collect and view collect diagnostic information with Visual Studio.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Neural Network Structures
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how different neural networks are structured.
-
Azure and Web Services: Use Azure Security and Troubleshooting
After watching this video, you will be able to secure and troubleshoot Azure.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Cost Functions for Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how cost functions are used to train neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits and principles of continuous delivery.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Introducing TensorFlow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe TensorFlow and its high-level architecture.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to configure continuous delivery using Team Foundation Service and Git.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Web Deployment Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure web deployment parameters using web config files.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Training Neural Networks With Backpropagation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use backpropagation for more efficient neural network training.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Batch Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe batch learning and why it makes neural network training easier.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Shared Access Signatures
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a Shared Access Signature.
-
Azure and Web Services: Windows Azure Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of data you can collect from Azure diagnostics and how it can be collected.
-
Azure and Web Services: Monitoring the Azure App Suspend
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and monitor the App Suspend with ASP.NET.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using a Filter to Manage Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to manage messages using filters.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: CNN Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the high-level architecture of convolutional neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Sending a Message to a Topic
After watching this video, you will be able to send a message to a Subscription Topic.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Convolution Layers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how convolution layers are set in convolutional neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Receiving a Subscription Message
After watching this video, you will be able to receive a message for a topic using the SubscriptionClient class.
-
Azure and Web Services: Working with Claims-based Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to work with claims-based identity management in distributed systems.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Introducing Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe convolutional neural networks, how they are different from regular neural networks, and how they are used.
-
Azure and Web Services: Windows Identity Foundation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of the Windows Identity Foundation (WIF) .NET Framework.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Regularization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe regularization and how it applies to convolutional neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Implementing Claims-based Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to implement claims-based identity management using .NET.
-
Azure and Web Services: Setting Access Levels for Blob Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Access Levels for Blob Containers.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Pooling Layer
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how pooling layers work in convolutional neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Shared Access Signatures
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Shared Access Signatures for granting short-term access to resources.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: CNN Training Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some training considerations for convolutional neural networks and how training can differ from traditional neural networks.
-
Azure and Web Services: Azure Subscription-based Messaging
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Service Bus Subscription-based messaging and Service Bus Topics.
-
Azure and Web Services: Creating an Azure Service Bus Topic
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Windows Azure Service Bus Topic for Subscriptions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Azure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the storage methods and features provided on the Azure cloud.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Introducing Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe recurrent neural networks, how they are different from regular neural networks, and how they are used.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: RNN Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different types of recurrent neural networks.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Convolutional Neural Network Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe implementing and training convolutional neural networks.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Regularization Methods for CNNs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe regularization methods for convolutional neural networks.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Comparing Table Storage to Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to compare Azure Table storage to traditional relational databases.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: RNNs and LSTM for Language Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe RNNs and LSTM for language modeling.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Deleting a Table
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete tables in Azure Table storage.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Describe Convolutional Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe convolutional neural networks, common uses, pooling layers, and LSTM.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Entity Structure in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Entity structure in .NET.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Querying Data from a Table
After watching this video, you will be able to query data and perform CRUD operations on an Azure Storage table.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Long Short Term Memory (LSTMs) in TensorFlow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe LSTMs networks in TensorFlow.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Comparing Azure Queues to Service Bus Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to compare Azure queues to Service Bus queues.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Deleting Queues with .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete Azure queues using .NET.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Adding Messages to a Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to send messages to an Azure queue.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Bias and Variance
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the two main types of error in machine learning models and the tradeoff between them.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Retrieving Messages from a Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to retrieve messages from an Azure queue using Peek messages.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Cross-validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use cross-validation to show how generalized a model is.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Retry Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to use retry policies to handle failed network transactions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Reading and Writing to Page Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write data to page blob storage containers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Manipulating Blob Data in a Container
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate blobs and the data stored in blob containers.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Cross-validation in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to describe cross-validation in Python to obtain strong evaluation scores.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Classification Metrics in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to describe common evaluation metrics for evaluating classification models.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Metrics for Regression Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different metrics that can be used to evaluate regression models.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Metrics for Binary Classification Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different metrics that can be used to evaluate binary classification models.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Metrics for Non-binary Classification Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different metrics that can be used to evaluate non-binary classification models.
-
Azure and Web Services: Defining the AppFabric Cache Components
After watching this video, you will be able to define the AppFabric Cache Components.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using the AppFabric Cache API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AppFabric Cache API programmatically.
-
Azure and Web Services: Scaling and Caching with Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe scalability and caching as they apply to Windows and Azure Web Apps and Services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Distributed Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits and reasons for Distributed Caching.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: How to Build Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the fundamentals of building machine learning models to solve a problem.
-
Azure and Web Services: Defining Content Delivery Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to define what Content Delivery Networks (CDN) are used for and when they should be used.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Overfitting
After watching this video, you will be able to describe overfitting, how it can be a problem, and how to mitigate it.
-
Azure and Web Services: The Azure AppFabric Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and offerings of the Windows Server AppFabric Cache.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Gradient Descent Optimization Algorithm
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the gradient descent algorithm for training linear regression models.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: k-Nearest Neighbor (kNN)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the k-nearest neighbor model and how to learn it.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Precision and Recall
After watching this video, you will be able to evaluate machine learning models and compare them.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Linear Regression Model
After watching this video, you will be able to define the linear regression model for one and multiple variable problems.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Linear Model and Gradient Descent with scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to fit a linear regression model to a dataset.
-
Azure and Web Services: Working with Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of load balancing and how they can be operated.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: k-Nearest Neighbor with scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn's k-nearest neighbor model.
-
Azure and Web Services: Scaling out with Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to scale out a web app to multiple systems in Azure.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Decision Tree Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe decision tree models and how to learn decision trees using the C4.5 algorithm.
-
Azure and Web Services: Describing Redis Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to describe caching options available in Azure.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Introducing scikit-learn for ML in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to setup SciKit Learn for Python.
-
Azure and Web Services: Setting Up Redis Database Service in Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to create Redis database service in Azure Portal.
-
Azure and Web Services: Redis Azure Access Control
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Access Control for a Redis Cache.
-
Azure and Web Services: Redis Settings and Sizing
After watching this video, you will be able to assign configuration settings to a Redis cache in Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Redis Cache in web.config of a .Net application.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring ACS and Service Bus Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure ACS for a Service Bus endpoint.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Precision and Recall with scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to calculate the precision and the recall of different machine learning models in Python.
-
Azure and Web Services: Troubleshoot Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to use tracing and diagnostics information to troubleshoot and debug services on Azure.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Exercise: Fit a Linear Regression Model
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a linear regression model and Python and fit it to a dataset.
-
Azure and Web Services: Defining Scalability
After watching this video, you will be able to define the purpose and reasons for creating systems that can scale.
-
Azure and Web Services: Scaling Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components and architectural challenges that come with scaling out a system.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Decision Tree Learning with scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to fit a decision tree model to a dataset.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: CART Decision Tree Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the CART decision tree learning algorithm and how it's different from C4.5.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Random Forests
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the random forests machine learning.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Classification vs. Regression
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the difference between classification and regression models and the use for each of them.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Regression Trees
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how decision trees can be applied to regression problems.
-
Azure and Web Services: Interpreting Azure Web Site Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to view and interpret monitoring metrics for web sites.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Random Forests with Python
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to build a random forest model in Python.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Azure Storage Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and view metrics for Azure Storage services.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Logistic Regression Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the logistic regression model.
-
Azure and Web Services: The Windows Azure Access Control Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Windows Azure Access Control Service (ACS).
-
Azure and Web Services: Managing Identities Independently
After watching this video, you will be able to use identity management in ACS to manage access to the Service Bus.
-
Azure and Web Services: Active and Passive Federation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe active and passive federation.
-
Azure and Web Services: Integrating ACS with ASP.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to use active federation to call HTTP-based web services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring a Trace Listener
After watching this video, you will be able to use a Trace Listener to store and route messages to a handler.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Kernel Methods for SVMs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use kernel methods with support vector machines to model more complex data.
-
Azure and Web Services: Tracing Using ASP.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to use a Trace Writer in an ASP.NET Web App.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Support Vector Machines in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to train and support vector machines in Python.
-
Azure and Web Services: Tracing with WCF
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and use WCF diagnostics and performance counters.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Logistic Regression in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to fit a logistic regression model.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to use IntelliTrace in Azure to get detailed information on an application's flow.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Support Vector Machines (SVM)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe support vector machine models.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Azure Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and collect Azure Metrics for Azure Cloud services.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Exercise: Supervised Learning in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different supervised learning models in Python.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: What is Unsupervised Learning?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe unsupervised learning and some of the problems it can solve.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Naïve Bayes Classifiers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Naïve Bayes classifiers and how to train them.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Naïve Bayes Classifiers in Python
After watching this video, you will be able to use SciKit Learn to fit a Naive Bayes classifier in Python.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Rule Association
After watching this video, you will be able to describe rule association and how the Apriori algorithm performs this task.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring WCF Endpoints for Azure Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF Endpoints for secure deployment on Azure using HTTPS.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying to Staging
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a staging environment on Azure for testing.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deployments on Azure Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to deploying and managing deployments on the Azure Cloud.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Tracing
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Trace system diagnostics with .NET.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using TraceSource
After watching this video, you will be able to use the enhanced tracing provided by TraceSource.
-
Exploring Machine Learning: Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to describe clustering and the types of problems it applies to.
-
Testing with Selenium: Installing Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to install Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Installing Firebug
After watching this video, you will be able to install Firebug.
-
Testing with Selenium: Overview of Selenium Suite
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Selenium Suite and a brief history.
-
Testing with Selenium: Globbing Patterns in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium IDE globbing patterns.
-
Testing with Selenium: Regular Expression Patterns in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium IDE regular expression patterns.
-
Testing with Selenium: Check Page Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to check page elements in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Patterns in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Selenium IDE patterns.
-
Testing with Selenium: Storing Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to use the store command to store variables in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Exact Patterns in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium IDE exact patterns.
-
Testing with Selenium: Variables in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium variables.
-
Testing with Selenium: Start Points in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use start points in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Breakpoints in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use breakpoints in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: JavaScript in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the two types of Selenese parameters script and non-script.
-
Testing with Selenium: User Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to use a JavaScript file to add additional functionality to Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Steps in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to step through test cases in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Features
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Selenium IDE features.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Toolbar
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Selenium IDE Toolbar.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Selenium IDE and what it's used for.
-
Testing with Selenium: Building Test Cases with Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to create a test case with Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Base URL
After watching this video, you will be able to run a test case using Base URL with Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Editor
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Selenium IDE Editor.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Log/Reference/UI-Element/Rollup Pane
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Selenium Log/Reference/UI-Element/Rollup Pane.
-
Testing with Selenium: Test Suites with Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and write a test suite in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Format
After watching this video, you will be able to use Format under the options menu to select a language for saving and displaying your test case.
-
Testing with Selenium: Running Test Cases with Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to run a test case with Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Use Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium IDE to run test cases and suites.
-
Testing with Selenium: Introduction to Selenium Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Selenium commands and the three types.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Tests on Multiple Browsers
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium IDE to run tests against other browsers.
-
Testing with Selenium: Troubleshooting in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: andWait Commands in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use andWait commands in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: waitFor Commands in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use waitFor commands in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Assertion and Verification with Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when you should use assert or verify when using Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selenium commands.
-
Testing with Selenium: The Execute Command in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the execute command in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Storing Commands in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to store commands in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Print Command
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Selenium IDE print command.
-
Testing with Selenium: Creating a Script using Firebug
After watching this video, you will be able to create a script using Firebug.
-
Testing with Selenium: Use Selenium Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to identify and use Selenium commands.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Script Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the syntax for Selenium commands.
-
Testing with Selenium: Creating a Script using Record in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to create a script by using record in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Locating by Xpath Using Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and use the Xpath method as a locating strategy.
-
Testing with Selenium: Locating by Link Text Using Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use link text to locate a hyperlink.
-
Testing with Selenium: Locating by ID Using Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ID method as a locating strategy.
-
Testing with Selenium: Locating by Name Using Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the name method with and without filters as a locating strategy.
-
Testing with Selenium: Locating by DOM Using Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use JavaScript with the document object model as a locating strategy.
-
Testing with Selenium: Locating by CSS Using Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS selectors to identify elements based on HTML tag, id, class, and attributes.
-
Testing with Selenium: Verifying Element Presence in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the verifyElement commands in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Input Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to check input controls in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: List Boxes
After watching this video, you will be able to test list box functionality in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Verifying Text Presence in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the verifyText commands in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Verifying Element Position in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the verifyElementPosition commands in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Multiple Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to work with multiple windows in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Drag and Drop
After watching this video, you will be able to use drag and drop in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Checkboxes
After watching this video, you will be able to work with checkboxes in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Checking Popups
After watching this video, you will be able to check popups in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to use the storeAlert command in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Confirmations
After watching this video, you will be able to use the confirmation popup in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Clicking Links
After watching this video, you will be able to test links in Selenium IDE.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Best Practices for Developing Composer Assets
After watching this video, you will be able to apply best practices when working with composer assets.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Creating Business Object Documents (BODs)
After watching this video, you will be able to perform basic steps for BOD creation.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Extended Sites Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the extended sites organization structure allows for asset sharing.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Servlet
After watching this video, you will be able to build a Java web application using a servlet.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a JAX-RS Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JAX-RS web service.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Developing a WebSocket Endpoint and Client
After watching this video, you will be able to develop a WebSocket Endpoint and client in a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JAX-RS Support for JSON-P
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JAX-RS's support for JSON-P.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Calling RESTful Services from JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to call RESTful services from JavaScript in a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Developing a Single Page Application
After watching this video, you will be able to develop a single page Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Java Support for JSON
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Java's support for JSON.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using the Java API for WebSocket
After watching this video, you will be able to introduce WebSockets and the Java API for WebSocket and describe how the components of the Java API for WebSocket are used.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Invoking an Upload Servlet
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a RESTful client to invoke a servlet to upload files.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a RESTful Client to Manage a Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Java RESTful client to add a file to a collection.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating RESTful Services and Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to practice configuring RESTful services and clients for a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Alternative RESTful Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to describe alternative RESTful clients.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a RESTful Client to Manage Files
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Java RESTful client to add or delete individual files.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a RESTful Client to List a Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Java RESTful client to list a collection of files.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: The Java Persistence API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe at a high level the Java Persistence API and object-relational mapping it entails.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using a Singleton Session Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to use a singleton session bean to cache data in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Entity Mapping
After watching this video, you will be able to describe entity mapping and the role of a primary key in mapping and describe how to change default mapping.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JPA Entities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JPA entities and describe how to create an entity class.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Session Bean Method Invocation and SessionContext
After watching this video, you will be able to describe timer-based and asynchronous method invocation for session beans and describe the use of SessionContext.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Session Bean Life Cycles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe stateful and stateless session bean life cycles.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Invoking a Session Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to invoke a session bean from a servlet to download media items as thumbnails in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JNDI Names for EJB Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of JNDI names for EJB components.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Session Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps in creating a session bean.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Stateless, Stateful, and Singleton Session Beans
After watching this video, you will be able to compare stateful, stateless, and singleton session beans in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: The EJB API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Java EJB API.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Working with WebSockets and Security
After watching this video, you will be able to practice creating a websocket endpoint and client and using declarative security in a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using Declarative Security
After watching this video, you will be able to use declarative security in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: POJOs, EJBs, and EJB-Lite
After watching this video, you will be able to define and contrast Java POJOs, EJBs, and EJB-Lite.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Java EE Application Layers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the layers that comprise a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using the JSON-P API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the JSON-P API to generate JSON in a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Controlling Optimistic Locking
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Java Persistence API versioning features to control optimistic locking in a transactional Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Use Menus in a VR Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the ways in which menus can be used effectively in a VR environment.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Implementing a Versioning Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a versioning policy for entities in a transactional Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Setting Up a Blink Transition
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a blink transition that can be used in favor of player movement.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a Curved 3D Menu for a VR App
After watching this video, you will be able to use the different types of user interfaces to create a curved 3D menu for a VR app.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a Simple Context Menu for a VR App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a menu that can come into focus as the user targets an object or placeholder.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Transaction Scope and Entity Synchronization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement entity synchronization in transactions.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using a Diegetic UI
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a diegetic UI to display data to a user.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Implementing a Container-managed Transaction Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement a declarative or container-managed transaction (CMT) policy.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Working with a Spatial UI
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a spatial UI to display data to a user.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Updating and Persisting Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use transactions to update and persist data in a Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a Nondiegetic UI
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a nondiegetic Ui to display data to a user.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Exceptions and Transaction State
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to handle exceptions in programmatic and declarative transaction scoping and how to unravel EJBExceptions.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Transaction Semantics and Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe transaction concepts important for the Java EE platform and describe transaction models
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Configuring Data Persistence
After watching this video, you will be able to practice configuring data persistence for a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using JTA to Scope Transactions Programmatically
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use JTA to scope transactions programmatically
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Programmatic and Declarative Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to compare programmatic and declarative transactions in the context of Java EE applications
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using Anti-aliasing with Fonts
After watching this video, you will be able to use anti-aliasing and adjust the sharpness of text.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using 3D Text
After watching this video, you will be able to render 3D text within a VR environment.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Working with UI Interactions in a VR Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the limitations of UI interfaces in VR and the possible solutions.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Use the VR Features of Unity
After watching this video, you will be able to use the built-in Unity VR capabilities to build a virtual reality app.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using Asynchronous Loading
After watching this video, you will be able to use LoadSceneAsync to prevent lag or jitters when loading data in a virtual reality environment.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using the Java Persistence API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the functionality of the Java Persistence API in a Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using Colliders
After watching this video, you will be able to use colliders and Rigidbody to implement realistic movement in an app.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Configuring a Persistence Unit
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a persistence unit in a Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using SelectionSlider
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selection Sliders to fill in bars to get confirmation a user wants an action to take place.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using SelectionRadial
After watching this video, you will be able to use Selection Radials to get confirmation an action should take place.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating Dynamic JPQL Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to create dynamic JPQL queries in a Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Rendering a Reticle
After watching this video, you will be able to render a reticle on objects as a user's gaze changes within the environment.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JPA Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JPA queries
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a VRInteractiveItem
After watching this video, you will be able to attach the VRInteractiveItem component to GameObjects.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Entity Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of the Entity Manager with an example of its use in a Java EE application, and describe the entity instance life cycle and Entity Manager methods.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating an Entity from a POJO
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JPA entity from a POJO.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Java Database
After watching this video, you will be able to create and populate a Java Derby database.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Entity Temporal Types and Transient Fields
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of temporal types and transient fields in JPA entities.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Persistence Units
After watching this video, you will be able to describe persistence units, the use of the persistence.xml file, and persistence contexts in Java EE applications
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using VRInput
After watching this video, you will be able to use the VRInput class to determine if the user has provided any input.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Persistent Data Types, Fields, and Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the data types for fields and properties and contrast persistent fields and properties
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using VREyeRaycaster
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and use the VREyeRaycaster script to determine what the eye may be looking at.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Importing Unity Virtual Reality Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to import and install sample files into a Unity VR project.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Installing Unity
After watching this video, you will be able to download and install Unity3d and associated components.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a Unity Virtual Reality Project
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and configure a virtual reality project within Unity.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Manipulate the VR Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how manipulating a virtual reality environment can affect a user.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using a Touchpad or Keyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to use a touchpad, keyboard, control stick, or headgear buttons to allow users to manipulate a virtual reality environment.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Managing Rotation and Position
After watching this video, you will be able to use head rotation and position tracking in a virtual reality environment.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Working with the Render Scale
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the render scale to find a balance between sharpness and performance.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Defining the use of a Reticle
After watching this video, you will be able to define what a reticle is and how it can be used to help a user within a virtual reality environment.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Detecting and Using Gaze
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how gaze is used and how it affects a VR environment.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Recognizing and Preventing Vection
After watching this video, you will be able to interact with a user's sense of motion and recognize how it affects virtual reality experiences.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Preventing Nausea
After watching this video, you will be able to prevent nausea and give the user a comfortable virtual environment experience.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Defining How VR Causes Nausea
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how virtual reality environments can cause nausea and other discomforts for users.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Defining VR Sickness
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the symptoms of virtual reality sickness and the contributing factors.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using VR in Development
After watching this video, you will be able to describe VR, the types of VR, and the available development tools.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Identifying Hardware and Software Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the hardware and software requirements for developing virtual reality applications with Unity.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Distinguishing Development Based on C++ vs C#
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish and describe the differences between programming virtual reality games and applications with C++ vs C#.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Describing the Development Tools for Virtual Reality
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the tools and environments that exist for developing virtual reality games and applications.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Comparing Virtual Reality Headgear
After watching this video, you will be able to compare some of the features and capabilities of current virtual reality headgear.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Active Directory
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Active Directory in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Facebook
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Facebook in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Use a Crash Report to Diagnose a Problem
After watching this video, you will be able to use crash report capabilities to resolve an issue causing a crash in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Handling Crashes in Xamarin Android
After watching this video, you will be able to handle crashes in a Xamarin Android application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Handling Crashes in Xamarin iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to handle crashes in a Xamarin iOS application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Handling Crashes in Android
After watching this video, you will be able to handle crashes in Android applications.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Twitter
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Twitter in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Microsoft Account
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Microsoft Account in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Google
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Google in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Transitioning from Xamarin Test Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to transition from Xamarin Test Cloud to Mobile Center.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Defining the Types of Virtual Reality
After watching this video, you will be able to define the types of virtual reality and when they could be used.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Describing Virtual Reality
After watching this video, you will be able to describe virtual reality, the importance of virtual reality, and the future of virtual reality.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Server-Side Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement server-side processing in servlets to receive POST requests containing one or more files.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Servlet for File Uploads
After watching this video, you will be able to create a servlet to upload files to a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Servlet Controller Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a servlet controller class for a Java EE application.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Describing Virtual Reality Hardware
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of virtual reality hardware and their capabilities or limits.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Defining Immersion in Virtual Reality
After watching this video, you will be able to define the levels of immersion and how it affects a user in virtual reality.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Identifying Where Virtual Reality Can Be Applied
After watching this video, you will be able to identify where virtual reality is already being used or could be used in the near future.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Describing the History of Virtual Reality
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the beginning of virtual reality and how it has reached the point it is at today.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Inspecting a Web Page
After watching this video, you will be able to inspect a web page with developer tools.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Configuring a Java Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to build a Java web application using JSP pages.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Java Web Client
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create a Java web client using method chaining, a web target, and invocation builder.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a RESTful Service to Manage a Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to create a RESTful service to add an individual media file to a collection.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Client Errors and Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the subclasses of WebException that can be thrown when a response is not obtained by a RESTful client.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: The Response and Request Entities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the Invocation.Builder synchronous HTTP methods to obtain the response entity and send the request entity.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Errors, Exceptions, and Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how web service errors can be reported with JAX-RS, how WebException runtime error can be thrown, and how JAX-RS supports the use of Bean Validation.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Controlling Response Values
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to control the response value returned from an HTTP method in a RESTful application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a RESTful Service to Manage a File
After watching this video, you will be able to create a RESTful service to retrieve and delete an individual media file.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a RESTful Service to Retrieve a Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to create a RESTful service to retrieve a collection of images and videos.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Application Subclasses
After watching this video, you will be able to describe application subclasses for RESTful applications and describe the code for a sample application subclass.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Parameter Types and Subresource Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the parameter types and subresource methods supported by REST resources in Java web applications.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Configuring Servlets and JSPs
After watching this video, you will be able to practice configuring servlets and JSPs in a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating JSP Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to Create a JSP for the main page of a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JSF Page Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe implicit and static JSF page navigation and the use of the ui:repeat tag to iterate through collections.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using JSF
After watching this video, you will be able to practice using JSF in Java web applications.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using JSF
After watching this video, you will be able to use JSF for presentation in a Java web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Text and HTML within Facelet Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to include text, HTML, and hyperlinks in facelet pages.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JSF Application Life Cycle Phases
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the phase of a JSF application life cycle.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Using the Unified EL
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Unified Expression Language (EL) and how it can be used to reference managed beans.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Managed Bean Life Cycle and Scope
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to extend the lifetime of a managed bean by adjusting its scope and describe scope in the context of dependency injection.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Tag Libraries
After watching this video, you will be able to contrast JSF tags with JSP tags and list the available JSF tag libraries.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: JSF Application Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JSF application elements and the use of JSF pages and forms.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: A Sample JSF Application
After watching this video, you will be able to step through the components of a sample JSF application: JSF pages, managed beans, and deployment descriptor.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Managed Beans
After watching this video, you will be able to describe managed beans, how to configure them, and how they are used with forms.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Overview of JSF
After watching this video, you will be able to introduce the features of JSF including the new features in JSF 2.0.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Creating a Transactional Application
After watching this video, you will be able to practice configuring transactional Java EE applications.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Using Design Patterns in UI/UX
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why and how to use design conventions for UI/UX.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Alternatives to CAPTCHA
After watching this video, you will be able to use modern CAPTCHA methods without being a burden to users.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Password Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to create information recovery systems for better security and user experience.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Improving Password Security
After watching this video, you will be able to create better password inputs to enhance security.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Why Security Is an Important Consideration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why security is an important consideration with UI/UX design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Building Better Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to create better forms for your applications.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing IOS Design Guidelines
After watching this video, you will be able to work with IOS design guidelines.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Material Design
After watching this video, you will be able to work with material design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Common Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to list guidelines to follow when doing UI/UX designs.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Describe New Concepts in UI/UX
After watching this video, you will be able to list modern concepts in UI/UX.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: UI/UX VR Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences with VR interfaces and normal interfaces.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Reducing Interstitial Anxiety
After watching this video, you will be able to define interstitial anxiety and how you should design UI/UX around it.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Age-Responsive Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe age-responsive design and how it could enhance user experience.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Microinteractions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe microinteractions and their importance.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Journey Maps
After watching this video, you will be able to use journey maps with UX design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Flow Charts
After watching this video, you will be able to use flow charts to make UI/UX designs.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Error Prevention
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to prevent users from making errors.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: The Future of UI/UX
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the future of UI/UX as new technologies rise in popularity.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Why UI/UX Is Important
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why UI/UX is important for software products.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Comparing UI and UX
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the differences between UI and UX.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: User Interface (UI) and User Experience (UX) Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe UI/UX for software.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a New Project in Unreal
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new Blueprint-based project in Unreal Engine.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Setting Up Unreal for Android Development
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Unreal Engine for developing Android apps.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Use Google VR and Unreal
After watching this video, you will be able to set up gaze-based interaction.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Configuring Build Settings for Android
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Unreal Engine settings to be able to build a VR project for Android.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Debugging a Line Trace
After watching this video, you will be able to use Unreal tools to debug a line trace.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Implementing Hit Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to implement gaze-based interaction by hit testing based on a line trace.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Setting Up a Line Trace
After watching this video, you will be able to modify a Blueprint to add a line trace for gaze-based interaction.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a Blueprint-based Pawn
After watching this video, you will be able to create a pawn that represents a user's VR viewpoint.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Configuring Unreal Project Settings for GoogleVR
After watching this video, you will be able to modify Unreal Engine project settings to facilitate GoogleVR development.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Installing Unreal Engine
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to install Unreal Engine on a development machine.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Setting up a Google VR Scene
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Unity scene to be able to develop VR apps using Google VR.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Use Cardboard with Unity
After watching this video, you will be able to create a simple Cardboard VR app using Unity.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Running on an iOS Device
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a Google VR app on an iOS device.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Running on an Android Device
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a Google VR app on an Android device.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Moving a Menu with the VR Camera
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a UI menu that moves and rotates relative to current user gaze.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Showing and Hiding Menus
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a UI menu to toggle its display on an off in response to user events.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Creating a Google VR Menu
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a UI menu in VR that responds to Google VR gaze events.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Responding to Google VR Pointer System Events
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a game object that can respond to Google VR gaze-based interaction.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using the Google VR Pointer System
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Unity scene to enable Google VR gaze detection.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Getting Google VR SDK For Unity
After watching this video, you will be able to download the Google VR SDK that can be used to create an Android VR app using Unity.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Optimizing VR for Unity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why optimization is required for VR apps and describe some of the techniques that can be used.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Adjusting the Level of Detail Setting
After watching this video, you will be able to adjust the Level of Detail (LOD) setting to reduce the number of rendered triangles as objects get farther away.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Managing the View Quality
After watching this video, you will be able to use the built-in Quality Settings to balance the visual quality versus performance of the app.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using Shaders
After watching this video, you will be able to use shaders only where appropriate to increase performance.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Configuring Lightmapping
After watching this video, you will be able to eliminate or reduce the lighting requirements to increase performance.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using Draw Call Batching
After watching this video, you will be able to use Draw Call batching to batch draw calls to improve performance.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Working with Occlusion
After watching this video, you will be able to use occlusion culling to prevent rendering of objects that are not visible.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Working with Overdraw
After watching this video, you will be able to find objects that are being overdrawn and remove them to reduce wasting GPU time.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Working with Geometry
After watching this video, you will be able to optimize the drawing of objects by removing faces of any object that will not be seen.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using the Frame Debugger
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Unity Frame Debugger to investigate rendering issues and find objects that don't need to be rendered.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Using the Unity Profiler
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Unity profiler to find areas that need optimization.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: The Role of Optimization in VR Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why optimization is fundamental for a user to have a good VR experience.
-
Introduction to the Framework: WCF Features
After watching this video, you will be able to list the features and advantages of WCF.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Introduction to WCF
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of Windows Communication Foundation (WCF).
-
Appium: Installing the Java Development Kit On Mac OS X
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing the JDK and configuring system environment variables on Mac OS X.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Message Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to list the three message patterns available in WCF.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of using messages in WCF.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to recall when to use endpoints.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components of WCF architecture, including contract, service, behavior, channel, and host.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Unified Programming Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the unified programming model.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Channels
After watching this video, you will be able to describe channels and their elements, including security and interoperability.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Service-oriented Architecture (SOA)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concepts of Service-oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Introduction to the Framework: WCF vs. Traditional Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to list the similarities and differences between WCF and traditional web services.
-
Introduction to the Framework: RESTful Service Design
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to design RESTful services.
-
Introduction to the Framework: RESTful Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe RESTful services.
-
Introduction to the Framework: SOA Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to list the layers of the SOA framework.
-
Distributed Applications: Service and Data Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to create service and data contracts using WCF.
-
Distributed Applications: WCF Service Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF service project.
-
Distributed Applications: Introduction to WCF
After watching this video, you will be able to describe available WCF templates.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Exercise: Implementing WCF Features
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various WCF features.
-
Distributed Applications: Service Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to Service Interface.
-
Distributed Applications: Host Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to build a host application.
-
Distributed Applications: WCF Service Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to test a WCF service.
-
Tools: Find Private Key Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the FindPrivateKey.exe tool.
-
Tools: ServiceModel Metadata Utility Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to use the svcutil.exe utility.
-
Distributed Applications: Exercise: Working with Distributed Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to develop and work with distributed applications.
-
Distributed Applications: Client Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to develop a client application.
-
Tools: Service Trace Viewer Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to use the SvcTraceViewer.exe tool.
-
Tools: Configuration Editor Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the SvcConfigEditor.exe tool.
-
Tools: COM+ Service Model Configuration Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the ComSvcConfig.exe tool.
-
Tools: ServiceModel Registration Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use ServiceModelReg.exe.
-
Tools: WorkFlow Service Registration Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the WFServicesReg.exe tool.
-
Tools: WS-AtomicTransaction Configuration MMC Snap-in
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WS-AtomicTransaction Configuration MMC Snap-in.
-
Tools: WS-AtomicTransaction Configuration Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the wsatConfig.exe utility.
-
Tools: Exercise: Working with WCF Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use various WCF tools.
-
Tools: Contract-first Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the contract-first tool.
-
Tools: WCF Test Client
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the WcfTestClient.exe utility.
-
Tools: WCF Service Host
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WcfSvcHost.exe utility.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Service Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to define the parameters of a service contract.
-
Contracts: Classes and Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to work with classes and interfaces.
-
Contracts: Creating a Service Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to create a service contract.
-
Secure Programming: CAS Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Code Access Security in a .NET application.
-
Secure Programming: Link Demands and CAS
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the relationship between link demands and CAS.
-
Secure Programming: Using Hash Codes for Data Integrity in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to use hash codes in a .NET application.
-
Secure Programming: Encrypting and Decrypting Data in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process for encrypting and decrypting data.
-
Secure Programming: Using Keys for Encryption in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to configure data encryption using keys.
-
Secure Programming: The .NET Cryptography Model
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the main features of the .NET cryptography model.
-
Secure Programming: Windows Authentication in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an ASP.NET application for Windows authentication.
-
Secure Programming: Securing ASP.NET Web Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to create secure ASP.NET web forms.
-
Secure Programming: Security Tools for .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe common security tools to be used with .NET.
-
Secure Programming: Common Threats to .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to identify common threats to .NET applications.
-
Appium: Configuring Android Studio and SDKs on Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of configuring Android Studio and the Android SDKs on Windows 10.
-
Appium: Installing Java Development Kit (JDK) on Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing the JDK and configuring system environment variables on Windows 10.
-
Secure Programming: Creating a Secure .NET Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use secure coding techniques to create a .NET application.
-
Appium: Installing Genymotion
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing and running Genymotion.
-
Appium: Installing Appium on Windows 10 Using NPM
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing Appium on Windows 10 using NPM.
-
Appium: Installing Appium Desktop on Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of downloading and installing Appium Desktop on Windows 10.
-
Appium: Installing Appium for Windows on Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of downloading and installing Appium for Windows on Windows 10.
-
Appium: Creating a Project With Java, Gradle, and Cucumber
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a sample project with Java, Gradle, and IntelliJ IDEA.
-
Appium: Introduction to Cucumber and BDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Cucumber and Behavior-driven Development (BDD).
-
Appium: Installing IntelliJ IDEA
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing IntelliJ IDEA.
-
Secure Programming: References and Pointers
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the best way to use references and pointers and why you should avoid raw pointers.
-
Secure Programming: Functions in C/C++
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to keep functions focused and concise.
-
Secure Programming: Working with Loops
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why for-loops are preferred to while-loops.
-
Secure Programming: Authentication in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how authentication works in .NET.
-
Secure Programming: .NET Framework Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key features of security in the .NET framework.
-
Secure Programming: Creating a Secure C/C++ Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create a secure C/C++ application.
-
Secure Programming: Code Readability
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the importance of good readability for planning and maintaining code.
-
Secure Programming: Microsoft Security Development Lifecycle (SDL)
After watching this video, you will be able to define what the Microsoft Security Development Lifecycle (SDL) is.
-
Secure Programming: .NET Security Namespaces
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the key .NET security namespaces.
-
Secure Programming: Secure Coding in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the key features of secure coding in the .NET Framework.
-
Secure Programming: GenericPrincipal and GenericIdentity Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to compare GenericPrincipal and GenericIdentity objects.
-
Secure Programming: Replacing Principal Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of replacing Principal objects.
-
Secure Programming: Working with the WindowsPrincipal Object
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the WindowsPrincipal object in .NET.
-
Secure Programming: Permissions and Role-based Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how role-based security and permissions are used in .NET.
-
Secure Programming: ASP.NET Code Access Security (CAS)
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the main features of CAS.
-
Secure Programming: .NET Security Fundamentals
After watching this video, you will be able to identify key features of .NET application security and how security is implemented.
-
Secure Programming: Claims-based Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe claims-based security
-
Secure Programming: Impersonation in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how impersonation works in .NET.
-
Secure Programming: Working with Partially Trusted Code in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to configure your .NET application to use partially trusted code.
-
Secure Programming: Security-transparent Code in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use transparency as an enforcement mechanism.
-
Secure Programming: Potential Risk Sources
After watching this video, you will be able to identify sources of risk that can negatively impact your software applications.
-
Secure Programming: Introducing Secure Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe secure programming, its relationship to defensive programming, and its benefits and disadvantages.
-
Secure Programming: Introducing Defensive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe defensive programming and identify its benefits and disadvantages.
-
Secure Programming: Introduction to Unit Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what unit testing is and the benefits it provides.
-
Secure Programming: Introduction to Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why testing should be performed and identify the major phases of the software testing process.
-
Secure Programming: Initiating Defensive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to include defensive programming techniques into your software development process.
-
Secure Programming: Secure Coding Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for creating secure code.
-
Secure Programming: Employing Iterative Design
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key features of iterative design.
-
Secure Programming: Writing Clean Code
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize what clean code is and the best techniques for writing clean code.
-
Secure Programming: Program Securely
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the benefits of employing defensive and secure programming and recognize the phases of the software testing process.
-
Secure Programming: Writing Testable Code
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to write testable C/C++ code.
-
Secure Programming: Employing Pre and Post Conditions
After watching this video, you will be able to apply pre and post conditions to C/C++ code.
-
Secure Programming: Working with Assertions
After watching this video, you will be able to use assertions in your programming code.
-
Secure Programming: Using Pseudo-code
After watching this video, you will be able to use pseudo-code to develop programming solutions.
-
Secure Programming: If and Switch Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to use if and switch statements in creating defendable code.
-
Secure Programming: Variable Declarations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement variable declarations for defendable code.
-
Secure Programming: Method Parameters and Return Values
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to apply defensive techniques for method parameters and return values.
-
Secure Programming: Writing Defensible Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to create examples of defensible methods.
-
Secure Programming: C/C++ Error Codes and Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C/C++ application that incorporates error codes and messages into its error handling.
-
Secure Programming: Utilizing Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use exceptions to handle errors.
-
Secure Programming: Error Processing and Global Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use error processing and global objects in your programs.
-
Secure Programming: Identifying Potential UI Application Risks
After watching this video, you will be able to identify potential risks to C/C++ UI applications.
-
Secure Programming: Create Clean and Testable Code
After watching this video, you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create clean, testable methods.
-
Secure Programming: Anticipating Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to anticipate potential errors in C/C++ code.
-
Secure Programming: Handling Errors Locally
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to handle errors locally in C/C++ code.
-
Secure Programming: Preventing Formatted String Attacks
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to prevent formatted string vulnerabilities.
-
Secure Programming: Dealing with Code Injection Attacks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what code injection attacks are and how to mitigate them in C/C++ applications.
-
Secure Programming: Preventing Buffer Overflows
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to prevent buffer overflows in C/C++ applications.
-
Secure Programming: Understanding Buffer Overflows in Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what buffer overflows are and how to limit their impact.
-
Secure Programming: Preventing DLL Hijacking
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to prevent DLL hijacking in C/C++ applications.
-
Secure Programming: Dealing with Bad Data
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to handle bad data in your C/C++ applications.
-
Secure Programming: Using Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to use exceptions in C/C++ applications.
-
Secure Programming: Working with Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to properly interface with data in C/C++.
-
Secure Programming: Creating Code for Safe User Input
After watching this video, you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to handle user input.
-
Secure Programming: Constraining User Input
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to constrain user input to prevent the inputting of bad data.
-
Secure Programming: Using Regular Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to work with regular expressions to help with input validation.
-
Secure Programming: Working with Accessor Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the correct way to access internal class data.
-
Secure Programming: Operator Overloading
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to properly use operator overloading in C/C++.
-
Secure Programming: Casting
After watching this video, you will be able to identify why casting in the C++ style is preferred to the C style.
-
Secure Programming: Data Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate some common data validation techniques employed to create secure C/C++ applications.
-
API Gateways: Microservice Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe microservice architecture.
-
API Gateways: Monolithic Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe monolithic architecture.
-
API Gateways: API Gateways
After watching this video, you will be able to describe API gateways and how they are used.
-
API Gateways: Building and Testing an API Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to build and test an API gateway in Amazon.
-
API Gateways: Preparing to Build an API Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare to build an API gateway in Amazon.
-
API Gateways: API Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to describe API endpoints.
-
API Gateways: Web APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe web APIs.
-
API Gateways: Remote APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe remote APIs.
-
API Gateways: What is an API?
After watching this video, you will be able to define APIs.
-
API Gateways: Amazon API Gateway Console
After watching this video, you will be able to Use Amazon API gateway console.
-
API Gateways: Exercise: Work with APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to work with APIs.
-
API Gateways: Building and Testing an API
After watching this video, you will be able to build and test an API in Amazon.
-
API Gateways: SOAP API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SOAP APIs.
-
API Gateways: REST API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe REST APIs.
-
API Gateways: API Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to set up methods in Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: API Management Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe API Management.
-
API Gateways: Publishing Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to use publishing tools such as OpenAPI or RAML.
-
API Gateways: Gateway Response
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a gateway response with Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: Configure Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to use SDK generated with Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: API Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to enable API caching using Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: Rate Limit Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon API Gateway to create a rate limit policy.
-
API Gateways: CloudWatch
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor APIs with Amazon CloudWatch in Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: API Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe client errors and how they are detected in Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: CloudTrail
After watching this video, you will be able to use CloudTrail to track and log files from Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: Swagger
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Swagger and how it can be used with Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: Manage APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to manage APIs using Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: API Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to set up API keys using the Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: API Security Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe API security.
-
API Gateways: AWS Organizations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe AWS Organizations and how it is used as an account management service.
-
API Gateways: Custom Authorizers
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon API Gateway custom authorizers to control access to API methods.
-
API Gateways: Control Access
After watching this video, you will be able to create an IAM permissions policy in Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: API User Pool
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Amazon Cognito user pool to control who has access to your API in Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: Exercise: Set up API Security
After watching this video, you will be able to set up API security.
-
API Gateways: Stage Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to use API Gateway stage variables.
-
API Gateways: Integration Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to set up integration requests in Amazon API Gateway.
-
API Gateways: Method Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to set up method requests in Amazon API Gateway.
-
Visual Studio Application Lifecycle Management: Applying IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to work with IntelliTrace.
-
Visual Studio Application Lifecycle Management: Deploying IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IntelliTrace.
-
RabbitMQ: Identifying the Features of RabbitMQ
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key features of RabbitMQ including its clustering, federation, and production capabilities.
-
RabbitMQ: Defining RabbitMQ
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the history and support options available for RabbitMQ, and recognize the terminology used in RabbitMQ.
-
Visual Studio Application Lifecycle Management: Diagnostic Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to work with diagnostic tools and logs.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing on Linux
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure RabbitMQ server on Linux hosts.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing on Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure RabbitMQ server on Windows hosts.
-
RabbitMQ: Classifying the Use Cases of RabbitMQ
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the six common use cases that RabbitMQ is designed to handle.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing Using a Docker Image
After watching this video, you will be able to install a Docker image and configure Docker to run RabbitMQ.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing Using Puppet
After watching this video, you will be able to use the puppet-rabbitmq module to install RabbitMQ using Puppet.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing Using Chef
After watching this video, you will be able to use the chef-cookbook to install and manage RabbitMQ using Chef.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing on Amazon EC2
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure RabbitMQ on Amazon EC2.
-
RabbitMQ: Install and Use RabbitMQ
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose and uses of RabbitMQ deployment.
-
RabbitMQ: Installing and Using the Web Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to install and use the web management plugin.
-
RabbitMQ: Using the Command Line Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to use the command line RabbitMQ utilities to start, stop, list plugins, and show the status of RabbitMQ.
-
RabbitMQ: Creating and Using an Exchange
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use an exchange to manage incoming messages.
-
RabbitMQ: Using a Producer and a Consumer
After watching this video, you will be able to use a simple producer and consumer to send and received messages.
-
RabbitMQ: Manipulating Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to list, delete, and manipulate queues.
-
RabbitMQ: Creating a Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to create a queue from the web management tool and from source code.
-
RabbitMQ: Manipulating a Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to start, stop, and get the status of a cluster.
-
RabbitMQ: Creating a Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a cluster.
-
RabbitMQ: Types of Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three common cluster configurations.
-
RabbitMQ: Creating and Using a Topic Exchange
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a topic exchange to bind messages to queues using the star and hash substitutes.
-
RabbitMQ: Mirroring Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to mirror a queue using policies.
-
RabbitMQ: Breaking up a Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to remove a node from a cluster.
-
RabbitMQ: Configuring the Master and Using Exclusive Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a master queue and use an exclusive queue.
-
RabbitMQ: Use Clusters with RabbitMQ
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate queues and clusters in RabbitMQ.
-
Contracts: Programming Data Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to program a data contract.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Data Members
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the parameters of a data member.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Data Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to list the parameters of a data contract.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Operation Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the parameters of an operation contract.
-
Contracts: Exercise: Design Service Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to design a WCF service contract.
-
Contracts: Parameters of a Message Body
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the parameters of a message body .
-
Contracts: Parameters of a Message Header
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the parameters of a message header.
-
Contracts: Parameters of a Message Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to list the parameters of a message contract.
-
Services: Configuration Files
After watching this video, you will be able to configure services using configuration files.
-
Services: Default Configuration Model
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of the simplified default configuration model.
-
Services: Code
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF services in code.
-
Services: Securing Services
After watching this video, you will be able to list basic best practices for securing WCF services.
-
Services: Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to describe endpoints in WCF.
-
Services: Configuring Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure bindings for WCF services.
-
Services: Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of WCF bindings.
-
Services: Exercise: Configure WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF services.
-
Building Clients: Creating Client Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF client object.
-
Building Clients: Using WCF Client Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to work with WCF client objects.
-
Building Clients: Creating Callback Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to create callback objects for duplex services.
-
Building Clients: Configuring Client Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to configure client behavior.
-
Building Clients: Specifying Client Runtime Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to specify client runtime behavior.
-
Building Clients: Calling Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to call operations.
-
Building Clients: Client Credentials
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure client credentials.
-
Building Clients: Securing Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to secure WCF clients.
-
Building Clients: Accessing Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use a WCF client to access services.
-
Managing Transactions: Two-phase Commit Protocol
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the two-phase commit protocol.
-
Managing Transactions: Transaction Propagation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how transaction propagation occurs.
-
Managing Transactions: Transactions Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to cover transaction properties such as ACID.
-
Building Clients: Exercise: Configuring Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF clients.
-
Managing Transactions: Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MSDTC).
-
Managing Transactions: WS-Atomic Transaction (WS-AT)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the WS-Atomic Transaction (WS-AT) protocol .
-
Managing Transactions: Resource Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of both durable and volatile resource managers.
-
Microservices: Jenkins CI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Jenkins interface using the Maven plugin.
-
Microservices: Introduction to Continuous Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to define continuous integration and how its mapped to microservices.
-
Microservices: Look into REST Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to define various common REST constraints.
-
Microservices: Introducing Microservices and REST
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize concepts in REST and HTTP architecture.
-
Microservices: Spring Boot Auto Configurations
After watching this video, you will be able to define various springboot auto configurations.
-
Microservices: Bootstrapping with Spring Boot
After watching this video, you will be able to define spring building with Maven and Gradle.
-
Microservices: Installing Spring Boot
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to install Springboot.
-
Microservices: Introducing Spring Boot
After watching this video, you will be able to define Springboot and its use with microservices.
-
Microservices: Microservice Service Discovery
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the use of service discovery and its benefits.
-
Microservices: Deployment Strategies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe various deployment implementations.
-
Microservices: Exercise: Deployment Architecture and REST
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize deployment architecture and RESTful services.
-
Microservices: Understanding Microservice Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to identify best practices in microservice deployment.
-
Microservices: Connecting Applications and Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe processes in connecting applications with services.
-
Microservices: Kubernetes Services
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Kubernetes services.
-
Microservices: Kubernetes Cluster Administration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Kubernetes cluster.
-
Microservices: Dockerfile
After watching this video, you will be able to define Dockerfiles and how the tool is used to build and automate actions.
-
Microservices: Using Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use containers with microservices.
-
Microservices: Introduction to Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to define containers in microservices.
-
Microservices: Using the Docker Toolbox
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the docker GUI and toolbox.
-
Microservices: Installing Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Docker.
-
Microservices: Why Use Docker with Microservices?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of using Docker with Microservices.
-
Microservices: Exercise: Microservice Concepts with Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Docker with microservices.
-
Microservices: Deploying Microservices in Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to create a process using Docker to automate several processes.
-
Microservices: Test Database Server in Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to use docker to create a test database server.
-
Microservices: Service to Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe service to service authentication and authorization.
-
Microservices: Fine Grain Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of fine grain authorization.
-
Microservices: Microservices Authentication and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the processes of authentication and authorization.
-
Microservices: Microservices General Security Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize general security practices with microservices.
-
Microservices: Metric Tracking
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of metric tracking across a span of servers.
-
Microservices: Log Management
After watching this video, you will be able to define log management and concepts applied to microservices.
-
Microservices: Microservices Logging Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various microservices logging tools.
-
Microservices: Monitoring Several Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of monitoring several servers.
-
Microservices: Monitoring a Server with Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of monitoring a single server.
-
Microservices: Microservices Monitoring Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to define various microservices monitoring tools.
-
Microservices: Test and Scale Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of testing and scaling microservices end to end.
-
Microservices: Autoscaling Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to define autoscaling and how it's used.
-
Microservices: Caching Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of caching microservices.
-
Microservices: Scaling Microservices Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of scaling microservices databases.
-
Microservices: Microservices Scaling Introduction
After watching this video, you will be able to define microservices scaling and the various methods.
-
Microservices: Service Test Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process in implementing service tests.
-
Microservices: Performance and Cross-functional Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the use of performance and cross-functional testing.
-
Microservices: Test Scope
After watching this video, you will be able to define the scope of testing end to end.
-
Microservices: Microservices Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to define the various microservices tests including unit and service testing.
-
Microservices: Continuous Integration vs. Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the differences between continuous integration and continuous delivery.
-
Microservices: Best Practices in Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe various best practices for designing continuous delivery pipelines.
-
Microservices: Continuous Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to list benefits of continues and performance testing.
-
Microservices: Integration Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of testing continuous integration.
-
Microservices: Build Docker Containers for Jenkins
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of building and composing containers for the Jenkins UI.
-
Microservices: Modular System vs. Services
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the differences between using modules and services.
-
Microservices: Dependencies
After watching this video, you will be able to define dependencies in microservices.
-
Microservices: Continuous Deployment and Delivery with SOA
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize SOA concepts with DevOps and continuous deployment and delivery.
-
Microservices: Other Microservice Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe various design patterns for microservice-based architectures.
-
Microservices: Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Command Query Responsibility Segregation and how to implement queries in a microservice architecture.
-
Microservices: Introduction to Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to define docker and describe its components and relation to the microservice architecture.
-
Microservices: Inter-process Communication (IPC)
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize concepts in building IPC.
-
Microservices: Introduction to Microservice Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to define the various communication processes including Direct Client-to-Microservices communication and API Gateway.
-
Microservices: Cohesion and Coupling
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the importance of cohesion and coupling microservices.
-
Python Fundamentals: Python Scripts, Modules, and Programs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the difference in operation between Python scripts, programs and modules.
-
Kotlin: Basic Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to define basic Kotlin syntactical structures.
-
Kotlin: Kotlin Data Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various Kotlin data types, including variables, constants, strings, and arrays.
-
Kotlin: Kotlin Build Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Kotlin's build tools and their uses.
-
Kotlin: Command-line Compilers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various command-line compilers for Kotlin and their uses.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Finding Solutions to Common Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to perform troubleshooting for microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Common Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify common issues and provide solutions to the common issues in microservices.
-
Kotlin: Kotlin versus Java
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the differences and similarities between Kotlin and Java.
-
Kotlin: Understanding Kotlin
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Kotlin language and its features.
-
Kotlin: Koans
After watching this video, you will be able to define Koans and its purpose in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Describing Kotlin
After watching this video, you will be able to detail Kotlin's features and tools.
-
Kotlin: Kotlin Development Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various Kotlin integrated development environments (IDEs).
-
Kotlin: Creating a Kotlin Program
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Kotlin project structure and how to add a program file to a Kotlin project.
-
Kotlin: Creating a New Project
After watching this video, you will be able to list the steps for creating a new Kotlin project and selecting a JDK using the IntelliJ IDE.
-
Kotlin: Creating and Running a Kotlin Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new Kotlin project and run it using the IntelliJ IDE.
-
Kotlin: Running a Kotlin Program
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create and run Kotlin code using the IntelliJ IDE.
-
Kotlin: Installing Android Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how to obtain and install Android Studio.
-
Kotlin: Installing the IntelliJ IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the steps for installing the IntelliJ IDE.
-
Kotlin: Installing the Java SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the steps for installing the Java SDK so it can be used with IDEs.
-
Kotlin: Installing the Kotlin Plugin for Eclipse
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps for installing the Kotlin plugin for the Eclipse IDE.
-
Kotlin: Creating Comments
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to create comments in Kotlin applications.
-
Kotlin: Creating and Using Variables and Values
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how variables and values are created and used in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Implementing Kotlin Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Kotlin packages and how they're implemented.
-
Kotlin: Working with Conditionals
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how conditionals are used in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Understanding Conditionals
After watching this video, you will be able to define conditionals and how they're implemented in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Creating a Basic Kotlin Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a basic Kotlin application using comments, variables, and strings.
-
Kotlin: Understanding Null Safety
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how null safety works in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Defining Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to define strings and string literals in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Understanding String Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to specify different ways to manipulate strings in Kotlin development.
-
Kotlin: Using String Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe string templates and their use in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Ranges with In
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to define ranges using the in operator in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Type Checking
After watching this video, you will be able to describe type checking and how it's implemented in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: When Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to define when statements and their use in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Loop Creation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how loops are implemented in Kotlin development.
-
Kotlin: Exception Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use try and catch for exception handling.
-
Kotlin: Inline Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe inline functions and their implementation in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Kotlin Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe functions and their use in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to define collections and how they're used in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Lambda Creation
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how to create lambdas in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Function Creation
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to create a function in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Creating a Basic Class
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to create a basic class in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Understanding Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to define classes and their purpose in object-oriented software development.
-
Kotlin: Capturing User Input
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to capture user input in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Creating an Instance of a Class
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how to create an instance of a class in Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Using Loops and Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Kotlin application using loops and functions.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Troubleshooting and Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize troubleshooting and monitoring for microservices availability.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Finding the Root Cause
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze the root cause to trace the actual problem.
-
Kotlin: Configuring IntelliJ IDEA for Android
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IntelliJ IDEA for Android development.
-
Kotlin: Reading Data from a File
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to read data from a file in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Storing Data in a File
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to store data in a file in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Configuring Android Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to configure Android Studio the first time you run it.
-
Kotlin: Using Objects in Kotlin
After watching this video, you will be able to describe objects and their implementation in Kotlin programming.
-
Kotlin: Creating a Class Using Kotlin
After watching this video, you will be able to create a class and reference its properties using Kotlin.
-
Kotlin: Working with Android Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create an Android project, add items to a project interface, and run apps in an emulator.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Making Conversation Feel Natural
After watching this video, you will be able to create more natural conversations.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Providing Help
After watching this video, you will be able to design methods to make AI able to help you use the app.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Adding Personality
After watching this video, you will be able to create a personality for your AI program that enhances user experience.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: How UI/UX Can Impact AI Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how UI/UX impacts AI design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Set Up a Basic Voice App
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a voice app using your preferred voice interface.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Working with Voice Actions on Google
After watching this video, you will be able to work with voice actions on Google.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Working with SiriKit
After watching this video, you will be able to work with SiriKit.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Making Voice Skills for Alexa
After watching this video, you will be able to create voice skills for Alexa.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Error Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to design methods to mitigate user errors.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Working with the Alexa Skills Kit
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Alexa Skills Kit.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Describe Design Principles for IoT
After watching this video, you will be able to describe effective practices to design IoT devices.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Smart Homes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe smart IoT devices and how to design for them.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Design Considerations for IoT Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to describe design considerations that apply when designing apps for IoT devices.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Internet Capabilities for IoT Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to list design considerations when adding Internet capabilities for IoT devices.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Adding Sensors and Actuators to Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe sensors and actuators and how they apply to IoT device design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Physical Design Consideration for IoT Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe design principles used to design IoT devices.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Challenges with IoT
After watching this video, you will be able to list challenges related to IoT UI/UX design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: What Is IoT?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe IoT and list some of its applications.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Design Principles for Wearables
After watching this video, you will be able to describe design principles for wearables.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing watchOS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe watchOS and some of it's core principles and components.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Android Wear Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some design patterns that Android Wear apps should use.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Android Wear Components
After watching this video, you will be able to list the core components of Android Wear.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Android Wear
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Android Wear and some of its core principles.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: How to Design Smartwatch Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to design smartwatch apps.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Wearables Design Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some design considerations involved with wearable devices and apps.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: What Are Wearables?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe wearable technology.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Create an API.AI Agent
After watching this video, you will be able to create an api.ai agent.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing the Microsoft Bot Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Microsoft Bot Framework.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Using wit.ai
After watching this video, you will be able to use wit.ai to create a simple AI agent.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing wit.ai
After watching this video, you will be able to describe wit.ai.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Integrating API.AI Agent with Messenger
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy API.AI agents as Messenger bots.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Adding Functionality to Your Agents
After watching this video, you will be able to add functionalities to API.AI agents.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Creating an Agent and Using Prebuilt Agents
After watching this video, you will be able to create an AI agent using a prebuilt agent.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing API.AI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what API.AI is.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Publishing Bots For Discovery
After watching this video, you will be able to publish messenger bots for discovery.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Creating and Running Messenger Bot
After watching this video, you will be able to create and run messenger bots.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Setting Up a Development Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to set up an environment to develop messenger bots.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Voice Interface Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to list some of the most popular voice interface technologies.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Designing Voice Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to use different tools to design voice apps.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Differences between GUI and VUI Design
After watching this video, you will be able to compare GUI and VUI in terms of design.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Design Considerations for VUIs
After watching this video, you will be able to list design considerations for VUIs.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: How UI/UX Applies to Voice Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how UI/UX applies to voice interfaces.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: What Are Voice User Interfaces?
After watching this video, you will be able to define voice user interfaces (VUIs).
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Make a Messenger Bot
After watching this video, you will be able to create a messenger bot.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: What Are Chatbots?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe chatbots.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Use Principles for Effective UI/UX
After watching this video, you will be able to describe effective UI/UX principles.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing SMS Bots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SMS bots and their capabilities.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Skype Bots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Skype bots and their capabilities.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Slack Bots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Slack bots and their capabilities.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Twitter Bots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Twitter bots and their capabilities.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Introducing Facebook Messenger Bots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Facebook Messenger bots and their capabilities.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Designing Positive Chatbot Experiences
After watching this video, you will be able to create better user experiences with chatbots.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: How Chatbots Work
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how chatbots work.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Why Are Chatbots Important?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why chatbots are important.
-
Exploring the Future of UI/UX: Getting a User's Trust
After watching this video, you will be able to use certain techniques to make users trust you.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Storyboarding
After watching this video, you will be able to implement team collaboration for the development of universal Windows apps by implementing storyboarding with PowerPoint and linking it to a backlog item.
-
Microservices: Event Sourcing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of event-driven architecture with event sourcing.
-
Microservices: Exercise: Name Aspects of Microservice Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various approaches to microservice architecture from past to present.
-
Microservices: SOA Early Approaches
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize early approaches including EAI and CORBA and SOAP.
-
Microservices: Microservice and Implementation of SOA
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish concepts in implementations of SOA.
-
Microservices: Benefits of Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits and costs of SOA.
-
Microservices: The Monolithic Approach
After watching this video, you will be able to define the monolithic approach and the differences of using monolithic over SOA.
-
Microservices: Early Variations of Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify various early versions of microservices.
-
Microservices: Designing Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate microservices from use cases.
-
Microservices: System Design and Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various microservice processes.
-
Microservices: Introduction to Microservice Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish the architecture behind microservices.
-
Exploring Microservices: Advantages of Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify microservices and its advantages.
-
Exploring Microservices: Defining Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to define a service and its purpose in a service oriented architecture (SOA).
-
TestNG: Test Annotation in TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the @Test annotation in TestNG, including the various important attributes.
-
TestNG: Parameterization in TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to define the use of the parameterization feature in TestNG.
-
TestNG: Using the TestNG Assertion Class
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the purpose of TestNG assertions and create an example using TestNG Asserts.
-
TestNG: Running a TestNG Group
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of running a TestNG group.
-
TestNG: Grouping in TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concepts of grouping test methods, including grouping tests and regular expressions.
-
TestNG: Running a Dependency Test
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of running a test that depends on or inherits from another artifact.
-
TestNG: Dependencies in TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the dependency feature in TestNG, including writing a multiple dependency test and regular expressions.
-
TestNG: Using the DataProvider Method
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of DataProvider by creating a test method including DataProvider.
-
TestNG: Using the TestNG DataProvider Feature
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the DataProvider feature in TestNG and what it's used for.
-
TestNG: Factory in Use
After watching this video, you will be able to use the @Factory annotation to implement tests at runtime.
-
TestNG: Factory Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the dependency of tests and the @Factory annotation.
-
TestNG: Overview of TestNG Methods and Procedures
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various TestNG annotations, including dependencies and groups.
-
TestNG: Running a Parallel Test
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of writing a test with the multithread feature.
-
TestNG: Understanding TestNG Parallelism
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the multithreading feature provided by TestNG and how to run tests in multithread mode.
-
TestNG: Installing Hudson and Ant
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the process for installing Hudson and Ant.
-
TestNG: Using Subversion and TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of installing and using SVN, including check in and check out.
-
TestNG: Understanding TestNG Logs and Reports
After watching this video, you will be able to define the use of reporting in TestNG test execution.
-
TestNG: Using TestNG Build Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various build tools that can be used in TestNG and their benefits.
-
TestNG: Understanding Build Automation Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to define build automation and its benefits, including integrating build automation in TestNG.
-
TestNG: Working with Maven and TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to list the steps in installing Maven and using it to run TestNG tests.
-
TestNG: Using Apache Ant and TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of installing Ant and using it to run TestNG tests.
-
TestNG: Writing Custom Loggers and Reporters
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of writing custom reporters and loggers.
-
TestNG: Using Reporters and Listeners
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of using listeners and reporters in tests.
-
Testing with Selenium: Find Button in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the find button in Selenium IDE.
-
TestNG: Working with Parallelism and Integrations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe parallelism and the various automation and build tools for TestNG, including installation, setup, and use with TestNG.
-
Testing with Selenium: Selenium IDE Locator Assistance
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Selenium IDE location assistance.
-
Testing with Selenium: Page Source in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the page source in Selenium IDE.
-
Testing with Selenium: Use Debugging in Selenium IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to use debugging in Selenium IDE.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using Authorization Filters
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy authorization filters to fine tune authentication schemes.
-
REST API & Microservices: Implementing Security in an API
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a bearer token system in a Web API.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using SSL with Web API
After watching this video, you will be able to use SSL to secure a Web API.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using Data Binding and Pickers
After watching this video, you will be able to practice implementing data binding, add a file picker, and add search functionality to a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using a Settings Flyout
After watching this video, you will be able to use a Settings Flyout in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using File Pickers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the basic features of file pickers in the context of universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Writing Theories
After watching this video, you will be able to create unit tests using theories for universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Globalization and Resources
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of globalization, localization, and resources in the context of unversal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Recorder Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Windows Performance Recorder (WPR) in the Windows Performance Toolkit to analyze universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing Energy Consumption
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze energy consumption in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: User Input and Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to implement inking, localize user input, and implement a coded UI test for a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing Memory Usage
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze memory usage in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing UI Responsiveness
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze UI performance in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing Network Usage
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze network usage for universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: CPU Sampling
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze CPU usage for universal Windows apps.
-
Microservices Architecture: Emerging Trends in Application Development
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the emerging trends in application development.
-
Microservices Architecture: Modules and Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to compare modularity with microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Current Challenges to Implementing Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize some of the current challenges faced by microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices and the Digital Future
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role that microservices are expected to play in the digital future.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices and IoT
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how microservices are expected to integrate with the IoT.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Use Content Layouts and Media Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to use Content Layouts and Media Queries to style a web page.
-
Reactive with Java: Introduction to Reactive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the main elements of a reactive program.
-
Microservices Architecture: Current and Future Trends
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize some of the current and future trends in microservices development.
-
Reactive with Java: Functional Programming Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the aspects of functional programming in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Thinking Reactively
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to solve programs reactively.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices and Best Buy
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how microservices were implemented in a real-world example.
-
Microservices Architecture: AWS and Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how Amazon uses microservices with AWS.
-
Reactive with Java: Pure Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize pure functions in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Lambda Expression Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to write lambda expressions in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Introduction to RxJava
After watching this video, you will be able to install and include RxJava in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Higher-order Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create higher-order functions in Java.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Media Queries for Printing
After watching this video, you will be able to use the print media type to style a web page differently when it is printed.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Media Query Characteristics
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Media Query characteristics to adjust styling to create a responsive design.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Media Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS Media Queries to detect the capabilities of a device and style content based on those characteristics.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing CSS Regions
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS Regions to dynamically flow data into regions on a web page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using CSS Exclusions
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS Exclusions to wrap text in order to surround elements
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating a Grid Content Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to create and style a grid content layout.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating a Multi-column Content Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to create and style a multi-column layout with a fixed number of columns.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Input Validation with HTML5 and JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML5 and JavaScript to provide client side input validation.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the onSubmit Attribute
After watching this video, you will be able to use the onSubmit Form attribute to validate all data before allowing a form to submit.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Password Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to working with validation concepts that can be used for password validation.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating Date Input Data
After watching this video, you will be able to validate date and time data that is entered into a field.
-
Reactive with Java: Create an Observable
After watching this video, you will be able to use RxJava to create an Observable.
-
Reactive with Java: Observable Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Observable methods in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Using Map
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a map operation using RxJava.
-
Reactive with Java: Marble Diagrams
After watching this video, you will be able to describe a marble diagram.
-
Reactive with Java: Creating Observables Using from
After watching this video, you will be able to define an Observable in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Creating Observables Using a Single Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use a single object to create an Observable in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Subscribing to an Observable
After watching this video, you will be able to subscribe to an Observable in Java.
-
Reactive with Java: Using Boolean
After watching this video, you will be able to perform any, all, contains, and isEmpty operations using RxJava.
-
Reactive with Java: Using FlatMap
After watching this video, you will be able to complete a flatMap operation using RxJava.
-
Reactive with Java: Using GroupBy
After watching this video, you will be able to complete a groupBy operation using RxJava.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Detecting and Preventing Empty Fields
After watching this video, you will be able to detect and prevent a user from leaving a field empty.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating Numeric Input Data
After watching this video, you will be able to validate numeric data that is entered into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating Textual Input Data
After watching this video, you will be able to validate textual data entered into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling Input Fields Based on Input Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to use styling to let a user know when a field is required and if the data entered is valid.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the HTML5 Number Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HTML5 number attributes max, min, and step to control numeric data entry into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Regular Expressions in the Pattern Attribute
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HTML5 pattern attribute and use regular expressions to limit data entry for a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with the HTML5 Input Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the HTML5 autofocus, autocomplete, required, and placeholder attributes.
-
Reactive with Java: Using the Concat Operator
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the concat method in RxJava.
-
Reactive with Java: Combining Using Zip
After watching this video, you will be able to combine using zip method in RxJava.
-
TestNG: Introduction to TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to define TestNG and describe its purpose in unit testing.
-
Reactive with Java: Reactively Filter and Transform Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use RxJava filters and transforms on data.
-
Reactive with Java: Using Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to use an RxJava filter method.
-
Reactive with Java: Using Cast
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a cast operation using RxJava.
-
Reactive with Java: Accumulating Using Scan
After watching this video, you will be able to use the scan operator to apply an accumulator function in RxJava.
-
Reactive with Java: Using TimeInterval and Timestamp
After watching this video, you will be able to define a timeInterval operator and use a timestamp in RxJava.
-
TestNG: TestNG Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to list the requirements for installing TestNG for all available platforms.
-
TestNG: Features and Benefits of TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate specific features and benefits, including test case writing, of TestNG.
-
TestNG: Setting Up Eclipse Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to list the steps for installing Eclipse on all available platforms and mapping the necessary directories.
-
TestNG: Introduction to Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of annotations in TestNG, including order of execution and benefits.
-
TestNG: Multiple Testing with Testng.xml
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a testng.xml file to run multiple tests.
-
TestNG: Overview of Basic TestNG
After watching this video, you will be able to define TestNG, including concepts of installing and configuring the framework, and create a basic test and test suite.
-
TestNG: Before and After Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of Before and After annotations and execute a Java project that includes various types.
-
TestNG: Creating a Basic Test
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a project and a basic test using Eclipse and TestNG.
-
TestNG: Setting Up TestNG Plugin
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps of installing the TestNG plugin in Eclipse and verifying that it is successful.
-
TestNG: Creating a Test Suite
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a test suite and testng.xml file and executing it.
-
TestNG: Introduction to Testng.xml
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the concepts behind using the testng.xml configuration file, including when to use it.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Event Sourcing
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how event sourcing works for Netflix downloads.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Conductor
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the role of Conductor in orchestrating various pieces of the Netflix puzzle.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Zuul provides dynamic routing, monitoring, resiliency, and security.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to detail the use of containers in Netflix.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices Security Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe some of the current security concerns of microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: The Current State of Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the overall state of microservices development.
-
Microservices Architecture: Service Meshes
After watching this video, you will be able to define what service meshes are and how they relate to microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices Tools and Frameworks
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the various tools and frameworks currently in use.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Architecture Layers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some of the key microservices used in Netflix.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Developer Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the WebSphere Commerce Developer requirements.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Business Models
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate between the various WebSphere Commerce business models.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Store Relationships
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key relationships between stores in a site.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Extended Sites Customization
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the extended sites model using the organization console.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Developer Silent Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a silent Installation.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using IBM Installation Manager for Single Installs
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a single installation using the IBM Installation Manager.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Customizing the Enterprise Deployment Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the Enterprise Deployment Utility to change the default database.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using the Enterprise Deployment Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Enterprise Deployment Utility to install software.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Developer Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to install the WebSphere Commerce Developer Repositories.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: The IBM Packaging Utility and Multiple Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the IBM Packaging Utility.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Data Models
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the key categories of WebSphere Commerce Data Models.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Display Design Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the display design pattern to return a response to a user.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Command Design Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to show how to use controller and task commands in WebSphere Commerce.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Management Center Test Automation Engine
After watching this video, you will be able to use the test automation engine.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Extended Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize WebSphere Commerce Extended Sites.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: B2B Models
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the WebSphere Commerce B2B Business Models.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Consumer Direct Business Models
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the use of WebSphere Commerce Consumer Direct Business Models.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Business Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of WebSphere Commerce Business Models.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Catalog Data Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of WebSphere Catalog Data Models.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Common Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of the WebSphere Commerce architecture.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Editions, Features, and Benefits
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the features and benefits of the various editions of WebSphere Commerce.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: MVC Design Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how the MVC Design Pattern is used in WebSphere Commerce development.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Composer Framework Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate use of the Composer framework into a catalog store page.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Programming Specifications
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss common WebSphere Commerce Programming Specifications.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Development Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of the WebSphere Commerce Development Environment.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Operational Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of WebSphere Commerce Operational Architecture.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Framework Interaction Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the interaction between WebSphere Commerce components.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to provide a high level overview of the WebSphere Commerce Framework.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Functional Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the various components of the WebSphere Commerce Functional Architecture.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Product Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of WebSphere Commerce.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Search
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how WebSphere commerce search works.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Alternative Business Object Documents (BODs)
After watching this video, you will be able to use BODs as an alternative business logic.
-
REST API & Microservices: Securing a Web API with Individual Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement individual accounts in your Web API.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Extending Existing Business Logic
After watching this video, you will be able to extend existing traditional business logic.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using OAuth in Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to use OAuth for authorization with your user accounts.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: JavaBeans and JSP Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to use JavaBeans with JSP Pages to provide dynamic content.
-
REST API & Microservices: Implementing Role-based Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to use roles to authorize users to perform certain operations.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Customizing with WebSphere Commerce Struts
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the presentation layer using WebSphere Commerce Struts.
-
REST API & Microservices: Securing an Application with ASP.NET Core Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to use ASP.NET Core Identity to establish user accounts in an application.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Working with WebSphere Commerce Struts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of WebSphere Commerce Struts in the presentation layer.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using Cookie and Forms Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure options using cookie and forms authentication with services.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Creating Interactive Storefronts
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Interactive Storefront.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Data Service Layer and Enterprise JavaBeans
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the use the Data Service Layer and Enterprise JavaBeans.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using OpenID Connections
After watching this video, you will be able to work with OpenID to establish secure authentication.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using Dynamic Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Dynamic Caching.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating and Using Bearer Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to use bearer tokens for authentication in your application.
-
REST API & Microservices: Preventing CSRF in Web APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to secure applications against Cross-site Request Forgery (CSRF).
-
REST API & Microservices: Implementing Policy-based Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to use policies to authorize users to perform certain operations.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Developing and Customizing Business Logic
After watching this video, you will be able to create and customize business logic for a WebSphere Commerce application.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Management Center Customization
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the Management Center interface.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using Integrated Windows Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Windows authentication for applications.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Implementing Globalization in WebSphere Commerce
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use globalization in WebSphere Commerce.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: The WebSphere Commerce REST API and BOD Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the WebSphere Commerce REST API and BOD Services.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Working with Entity Providers and REST
After watching this video, you will be able to use Entity Providers with REST.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Creating RESTful Services
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create RESTful Services.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: The WebSphere Commerce REST API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key elements of the WebSphere Commerce REST API.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Customizing WebSphere Commerce Search
After watching this video, you will be able to customize WebSphere Commerce Search.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Programming for WebSphere Commerce Search
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to program for WebSphere Commerce Search.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Search Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WebSphere Commerce Search.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Customizing Traditional Business Logic
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the traditional business logic.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Traditional vs. Alternative Business Logic Layer
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the difference between traditional vs. alternative business logic layer.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Working with Swagger UI
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Swagger UI.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Publishing Options and Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure various options for publishing stores.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Publishing Multiple Stores
After watching this video, you will be able to publish multiple store archives.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using The Publish Wizard
After watching this video, you will be able to publish a store archive.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Starting Stores
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use a predefined WebSphere Commerce Starting Store.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Server Installation Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to deal with common WebSphere Commerce Server installation issues.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Developer Installation Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to deal with common WebSphere Commerce Developer installation issues.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Search Services and Interactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe WebSphere Commerce Search Services and Interactions.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Introduction to WebSphere Commerce Search
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of WebSphere Commerce Search.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Install WebSphere Commerce Developer
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a basic installation of WebSphere Commerce Developer.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using The Publishstore Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to use the publishstore utility instead of the wizard to publish a store.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Installing Fix Packs
After watching this video, you will be able to install fix packs to remedy software issues.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Installing Additional Software
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how to install additional software to the default installation.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Custom Installations
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a WebSphere Commerce installation.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Ensuring XHTML Compliance
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to ensure XHTML compliance.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Planning and Preparing WebSphere Commerce Installs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to prepare and develop a plan for installations.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using an Appropriate Inclusion Approach
After watching this video, you will be able to choose when to use static vs. dynamic inclusions.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using The Management Center
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Management Center to perform basic tasks.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using JSTL Instead of Java Code
After watching this video, you will be able to use JSTL in place of Java code.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Installing and Enabling Features Packs
After watching this video, you will be able to install and enable Features Packs.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Installing Maintenance Features
After watching this video, you will be able to perform an install of Maintenance Features.
-
REST API & Microservices: Connecting to a Database
After watching this video, you will be able to build a model and connect it to a database.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building the Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to create basic tests to validate functionality.
-
REST API & Microservices: Designing the API
After watching this video, you will be able to design an API using .NET Core.
-
REST API & Microservices: Manipulating Data with EF Core
After watching this video, you will be able to create read and update data using Entity Framework Core.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring the Database Context
After watching this video, you will be able to create a database context to use in your applications.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring Logging for a Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use log4Net to log events from your application.
-
REST API & Microservices: Injecting a Mock Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to use Rhino to inject a mock repository for testing and development.
-
REST API & Microservices: Adding a Model
After watching this video, you will be able to design and build a model for a .NET Core API.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring EF Core
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Entity Framework Core for use in .NET Core applications.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating a Data Store
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data store for an application.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating a Docker Image for an Application
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a microservice in a container for development or production.
-
REST API & Microservices: Smoke Testing a Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use Postman to verify the functionality of an API.
-
REST API & Microservices: Testing an API
After watching this video, you will be able to test an API with mocking and unit testing.
-
REST API & Microservices: Deploying a Microservice to a Server
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a .NET Core microservice to a server.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building an EF Core Model
After watching this video, you will be able to build models with EF Core to satisfy application requirements.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using the EF Core Fluent API
After watching this video, you will be able to use and implement the EF Core Fluent API.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using SQLite with EF Core
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use SQLite for small database projects.
-
REST API & Microservices: Connecting to SQL Northwind Database
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to a sample Northwind database with .NET Core.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating Attributes in EF Core
After watching this video, you will be able to build attributes to fine-tune your models.
-
REST API & Microservices: Connecting to an EF Core Data Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to use different methods to access data providers with EF Core.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using the Performance Measurement Tool (PMT)
After watching this video, you will be able to use the PMT to identify areas for improvement.
-
REST API & Microservices: Sorting Entities
After watching this video, you will be able to query and sort entities using LINQ and EF Core.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Cache Tuning
After watching this video, you will be able to improve performance using WebSphere Commerce cache tuning.
-
REST API & Microservices: Writing LINQ Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to use LINQ queries to retrieve data.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Enhancing WebSphere Commerce Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to enhance the performance of WebSphere Commerce.
-
REST API & Microservices: Working with Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to implement features of EF Core with sets.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Configuration Tracing and Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to use WebSphere Commerce Configuration Manager with tracing and logging.
-
REST API & Microservices: Filtering Entities
After watching this video, you will be able to work with filters to refine retrieved data.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Dealing with WebSphere Application Server Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe techniques for dealing with common WebSphere Application Server issues.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Management Center Customization Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to use the best practice approach to customize the Management Center.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Implementing Store Relationship Changes
After watching this video, you will be able to perform basic steps to modify store relationship changes.
-
REST API & Microservices: Querying an EF Core Model
After watching this video, you will be able to query and modify a model to retrieve data for an application.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Configuring and Publishing Log Files
After watching this video, you will be able to perform configuration and publishing of log files.
-
REST API & Microservices: Running Your First Docker Image
After watching this video, you will be able to run a basic Docker image in Windows.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building an EF Core Model
After watching this video, you will be able to build a model with EF Core and query data from it.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating LINQ Extension Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to build and customize LINQ extension methods for specific applications.
-
REST API & Microservices: Visual Studio Tools for Docker with ASP.NET Core
After watching this video, you will be able to use Docker components within Visual Studio.
-
REST API & Microservices: Installing and Configuring Docker in Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to install Docker as a container manager for applications in Windows.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Creating and Customizing Test Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to create and customize test scripts.
-
REST API & Microservices: Deploying a Microservice to an Image
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a microservice to an image.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Understanding Test Customization
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of test customization.
-
REST API & Microservices: Deploying an Image to a Server
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate image from development to your server.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Running Tests with Storefront Test Automation Engine
After watching this video, you will be able to run tests using the Storefront Test Automation Engine.
-
REST API & Microservices: Logging with Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use logging for your Docker images.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: The Storefront Test Automation Engine
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key features of the Storefront Test Automation Engine.
-
REST API & Microservices: Deploying an Image to Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize Microsoft Azure services to deploy a container.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Creating and Implementing Test Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to create and implement a test plan.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Testing Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key aspects of WebSphere Commerce testing.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Create an Interactive Storefront
After watching this video, you will be able to create an interactive storefront in WebSphere Commerce.
-
REST API & Microservices: Container Management with Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to manage and control Docker images using built-in tools.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Implementing Exception Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to implement exception handling.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building Images with Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to build Docker images for development and deployment.
-
REST API & Microservices: Updating Microservices within an Image
After watching this video, you will be able to updating a microservice on an existing image.
-
REST API & Microservices: Monitoring Your Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to monitoring images at any time using Docker.
-
REST API & Microservices: Build and Run a Docker Image
After watching this video, you will be able to build and run a simple image with Docker.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Executing Test Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to perform the execution of test scripts.
-
REST API & Microservices: Managing Microservice Lifecycle within an Image
After watching this video, you will be able to implement best practices for microservice lifecycle.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable WebSphere Commerce logging.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Interpreting WebSphere Commerce Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to interpret WebSphere Commerce Messages to diagnose issues.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Submitting an App
After watching this video, you will be able to use the unified Windows Dev Center dashboard to submit a universal Windows app for publishing to the Windows Store and Windows Phone Store.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Migration Refactoring Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze the migration refactoring pattern.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: End User Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of beta testing, and how to submit an app for beta testing.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Adaptation Refactoring Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze the adaptation refactoring pattern.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Implementing WACK Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Windows App Certification Kit (WACK) tests on Windows 10 to validate a universal Windows app.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Choosing Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to identify which tools can be used in refactoring.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Packaging an App
After watching this video, you will be able to step through options for packaging a Universal Windows app.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Hybrid Refactoring
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how hybrid refactoring is performed.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Nonfunctional Iteration Management
After watching this video, you will be able to define the issues when working with nonfunctional iteration management.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Working in Parallel
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze the ways to work with parallel systems.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Monitoring and Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to practice Visual Studio performance monitoring options, using Windows performance toolkit, and submit a universal Windows app for beta testing.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Use a Microservice Design
After watching this video, you will be able to use a microservice design.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Sideloading an App
After watching this video, you will be able to sideload a universal Windows app using the Windows 10 app deployment tool.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Working with the New Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to discover new ways to work with the new architecture.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Managing Ads
After watching this video, you will be able to Manage refreshes and describe suspend and resume behaviors for AdControls in a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Displaying Ads
After watching this video, you will be able to display ads in a Universal Windows app.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Building the Skillset
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the skillset needed for code rewrites.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Architecture Transformation Alternatives
After watching this video, you will be able to discover transformation alternatives to legacy code.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Defining Ad Units
After watching this video, you will be able to define ad units for a Universal Windows app usingPubCenter or Visual Studio.
-
Essential Deployment MS: The Microservices Life Cycle
After watching this video, you will be able to define the microservices life cycle.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Implementing Freemium Models
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to enable freemium versions of a Universal Windows app.
-
REST API & Microservices: Designing the API
After watching this video, you will be able to design a simple REST service.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Enabling App Purchase
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to enable users to purchase the full version of a universal Windows app.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using Postman to Test REST Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use Postman to test and verify your REST services.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Enabling Trial Versions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to access time-based and feature-based trial versions of a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Analyzer
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Windows Performance Analyzer (WPA) in the Windows Performance Toolkit to create customized views for analyzing performance issues for universal Windows apps.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure routing for your REST application.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Viewing Listing Information
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to access simulated listing information from the proxy file.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Refactor Legacy Code
After watching this video, you will be able to refactor legacy code.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using Custom Licensing Details
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss and load a custom proxy file for simulating access to licensing and listing information for a Universal Windows app.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Sunsetting Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to retire and remigrate microservices.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Viewing License Information
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to access simulated license status, expiration date, and time remaining for a Universal Windows app from the default proxy file.
-
REST API & Microservices: Understanding REST
After watching this video, you will be able to identify REST design principles and patterns.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Enabling In-app Purchases
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to enable users to purchase an app within a Universal Windows app.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring Visual Studio Code and .NET Core
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Visual Studio Code to work with .NET Core.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Analyzer Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Windows Performance Analyzer (WPA) in the Windows Performance Toolkit to analyze WPR recordings for universal Windows apps.
-
REST API & Microservices: Using Ninject for IoC Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to install and set up Ninject and use it in applications.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building Data Access
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a database connection for your REST application.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Recorder
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Windows Performance Recorder (WPR) in the Windows Performance Toolkit for specific analysis scenarios related to monitoring of universal Windows apps.
-
REST API & Microservices: Implementing Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to implement logging for your REST application.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building the Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to build a controller for your REST application.
-
REST API & Microservices: Modeling URLs and Verbs
After watching this video, you will be able to create models and design API URLs for accessing services.
-
REST API & Microservices: Designing RESTful APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to design a RESTful API for microservices.
-
REST API & Microservices: Mocking the API for Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a mocking framework for your API to run tests.
-
REST API & Microservices: Smoke Testing the API
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a smoke test of your application to verify functionality.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building a Simple REST API
After watching this video, you will be able to build a simple REST API using .NET Core Web API.
-
REST API & Microservices: Unit Testing the API
After watching this video, you will be able to build and run unit tests to ensure API functionality.
-
REST API & Microservices: Connecting to External Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to an external database in ASP.NET.
-
REST API & Microservices: Setting Up Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure logging for your service and catch errors as they occur.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating a Database Context
After watching this video, you will be able to create a database context to access data with microservices.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring Entity Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to set up Entity Framework to work with applications.
-
REST API & Microservices: Building Models for Service
After watching this video, you will be able to build models that will be used for applications.
-
REST API & Microservices: Deploying API to Server
After watching this video, you will be able to publish an application to a server.
-
REST API & Microservices: Creating Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to create and prepare a controller for microservice.
-
REST API & Microservices: Mapping Types
After watching this video, you will be able to create type mappings to improve the data integrity of a system.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring Ninject Dependency Injection
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dependency injection using Ninject.
-
REST API & Microservices: Configuring Attribute-based Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an API with attribute-based routing for finer control over routing.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Scala reduce
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the Scala reduce method.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Techniques of Advanced Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to perform advanced microservices design patterns with Java.
-
Introduction to Scala: Lazy Evaluation
After watching this video, you will be able to use lazy evaluation in Scala.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Log Deployments and Changes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and best practices for logging.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala Streams
After watching this video, you will be able to explore how to work with Scala streams.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Server-side Page Fragment Composition
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate server-side page fragment composition.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Emacs and Ensime
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Scala in emacs with ensime.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: UI Patterns Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the underlying principles of UI patterns in microservices.
-
Introduction to Scala: sbt with Lightbend activator
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Scala application with Lightbend activator.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using sbt to build a Github Scala project
After watching this video, you will be able to download a Scala project from Github and compile it with sbt.
-
Introduction to Scala: Managing dependencies in sbt
After watching this video, you will be able to manage dependencies in sbt.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Health Check API
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the health check API to track the health of microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Exception Tracking
After watching this video, you will be able to explore exception tracking mechanisms in microservices.
-
Essential Deployment MS: What Makes a Microservice?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the properties that make up a microservice architecture.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala "for" with Various Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Scala "for" expression with various collections.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Client-side UI Composition
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate client-side UI composition.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Advantages and Disadvantages
After watching this video, you will be able to discover the advantages and disadvantages of a microservice architecture.
-
Introduction to Scala: Scala "for" with startsWith, endsWith and indexOf
After watching this video, you will be able to use startsWith, endsWith, and indexOf inside a Scala "for" expression.
-
Introduction to Scala: Introduction to the 'for' Expression
After watching this video, you will be able to use the basic Scala 'for' expression.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Topology and Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the different pieces of a microservice architecture and the function they serve.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Designing the Microservice API Layer
After watching this video, you will be able to build the API between microservices.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Microservice Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how components of a microservice architecture communicate.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Accessing Third-party Systems
After watching this video, you will be able to use third-party systems for communication and logging.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Interoperability Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify compatibility and interoperability issues.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Microservice Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the individual components of the microservice topology.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Remote Access Protocols (RAC)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify communication protocols such as RAC.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Microservice Granularity
After watching this video, you will be able to define the level of granularity of microservice components.
-
Introduction to Scala: sbt build basics
After watching this video, you will be able to use common options in a sbt project.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Taxonomy and Classification
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the hierarchical taxonomy of microservice systems.
-
Introduction to Scala: Installing the Simple Build Tool (sbt)
After watching this video, you will be able to download and install sbt.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Use Microservices
After watching this video, use communication in a microservice architecture
-
Essential Deployment MS: Interoperability of Protocol and Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how microservices communicate and the protocols they use.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Managing Database Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how to manage database transactions between microservices.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Logging Across Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the techniques for logging across the microservice architecture.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Vendor Support
After watching this video, you will be able to define how vendor support is handled in a microservice architecture.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Reliability of Distributed Services
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze distributed services and their reliability.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Decoupling Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to define the problems in breaking down large systems into microservices.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Decoupling Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the techniques in decoupling functionality in large monolithic services.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Managing Service Dependencies
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze dependencies between microservice components.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Architecture Design and Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to discover architectural design patterns.
-
Essential Deployment MS: API Access Service
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze the API access service.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Organizational Ownership
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how ownership of microservices is handled throughout the enterprise.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Direct Access Service
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze the direct access service.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Using Events
After watching this video, you will be able to discover how event handling works.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Logging and Reporting
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the methods for writing reports from log files.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Overview of a Monolithic Service-based Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to define the architecture of monolithic systems.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Consistency Patterns and Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze consistency patterns and techniques.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Remote Access Design
After watching this video, you will be able to define how the remote access design pattern works.
-
Essential Deployment MS: API Access Design Hybrids
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze access design hybrids.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Distributed Database Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how databases work in a microservice architecture.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Design a Microservice
After watching this video, you will be able to design a microservice.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Analysis of the Existing Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze legacy architecture.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Business Justification for Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the business justification for microservices.
-
Essential Deployment MS: Planning for Change
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the challenges in planning for microservice systems.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Implement Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement queries in microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Data Consistency
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the relevance and the impact of data consistency in microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Decompose by Subdomain
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to decompose microservices by subdomains.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Decompose by Business Capability
After watching this video, you will be able to identify business capability and decompose microservices with business capability.
-
Introduction to Scala: Working with Scala sbt and Scala.js
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Scala sbt project that creates a basic Scala.js application.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using the DOM with Scala.js
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate the DOM with Scala.js.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Pattern Choices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the advantages and disadvantages of microservices patterns.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Multiple Services per Host
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to provision multiple services per host.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: API Gateway Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the API gateway pattern.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Database per Service Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the implementation of databases using service patterns.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Externalized Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure external services.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Microservice Chassis Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate microservice chassis pattern.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Parallel reduce
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the use of parallel collections in Scala.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Service Integration Contract Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate a service integration contract test.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Parallel filter
After watching this video, you will be able to carry out a parallel sort in Scala.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Microservices Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of patterns in microservices.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Parallel map
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a parallel computation in Scala.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Access Token
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of access tokens in authorization.
-
Introduction to Scala: Configure sbt in the Scala IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to import sbt projects into the Eclipse based Scala IDE.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Circuit Breaker
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the properties of a circuit breaker.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Scala fold
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the Scala fold method.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Scala withFilter
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the Scala withFilter method.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Scala flatMap
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the Scala flatMap method.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Using Java to Code Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to implement microservices design patterns with Java.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Scala map
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the Scala map method.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Distributed Tracing
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the benefits of distributed tracing.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Implementing Log Aggregation and Observability
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement log aggregation and observability patterns.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Observability Patterns and Log Aggregation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of observability patterns in microservices.
-
Introduction to Scala: Introduction to Scala.js
After watching this video, you will be able to create a basic Scala.js application with Scala.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Implementing Application Metrics and Audit Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize and work with application metrics and audit logging.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Parallel sort
After watching this video, you will be able to work with parallel programming in Scala.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Application Metrics and Audit Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the role of application metrics and audit logs in microservices.
-
Introduction to Scala: Using Scala.js in the browser
After watching this video, you will be able to including a Scala.js project in a web browser.
-
Python Fundamentals: Using Templates in Flask
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate a template into a Flask app.
-
Python Fundamentals: Working with Jupyter/Ipython
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Notebook server and dashboard.
-
Python Fundamentals: Introduction to Jupyter/IPython
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of Jupyter as well as how to install it.
-
Python Fundamentals: Web Automation Testing Using Selenium 2
After watching this video, you will be able to perform web automation testing using Robot with the Selenium 2 test library.
-
Python Fundamentals: Acceptance Testing with the Robot Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of the Robot framework.
-
Python Fundamentals: Unit Testing With Pytest
After watching this video, you will be able to perform unit testing of a project with pytest.
-
Python Fundamentals: Unit Testing With Nose
After watching this video, you will be able to perform unit testing of a project with nose.
-
Python Fundamentals: Connecting to Data With Flask
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to and retrieve data using a Flask app.
-
Python Fundamentals: Working With Web Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to work with web forms in a Flask project.
-
Python Fundamentals: Introduction to NumPy
After watching this video, you will be able to detail the key characteristics and how to install and use NumPy.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Enable Access Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to enable access logging.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Working with WebSphere Application Server Security
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure WebSphere Application Server security.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Improving Site Security in WebSphere Commerce
After watching this video, you will be able to identify ways to improve site security in WebSphere Commerce.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: WebSphere Commerce Security Bulletins
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of WebSphere Commerce security bulletins and where to find them.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Updating WebSphere Commerce Security Standards
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to update WebSphere Commerce security standards.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Adding a Tab to a Property View
After watching this video, you will be able to perform basic steps to add a tab to a property view.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Customizing the Management Center Shell
After watching this video, you will be able to perform basic customization for the Management Center shell.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: The WebSphere Commerce Security Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of the WebSphere Commerce security model.
-
Python Fundamentals: Creating a Basic Flask Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a basic Flask application.
-
Python Fundamentals: The Flask Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key features of Flask.
-
Python Fundamentals: Working with Pandas
After watching this video, you will be able to perform basic data manipulation using pandas.
-
Python Fundamentals: Working with PySpark for Big Data
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure PySpark for Python.
-
Python Fundamentals: The BeautifulSoup Parser for Python
After watching this video, you will be able to perform web scraping using the BeautifulSoup Parser for Python.
-
Python Fundamentals: Introduction to Pandas
After watching this video, you will be able to detail the key characteristics and how to install pandas.
-
Python Fundamentals: Working with NumPy Arrays
After watching this video, you will be able to create an example that utilizes NumPy arrays.
-
Python Fundamentals: Social Network Analysis using Networkx
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze an ego network using Python and Networkx.
-
Python Fundamentals: Text Analytics with NLTK
After watching this video, you will be able to use NLTk and Python to tokenize words and sentences.
-
Python Fundamentals: Geospatial Analysis Using ArcGIS
After watching this video, you will be able to install and use the ArcGIS Python API in a Python app.
-
Python Fundamentals: Supervised Learning with Scikit-learn
After watching this video, perform supervised learning by using the scikit-learn library to perform optical recognition of hand-written digits
-
Python Fundamentals: Python and Scikit-learn
After watching this video, you will be able to use scikit-learn to perform data normalization.
-
Python Fundamentals: Introduction to Anaconda
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to set up and use Anaconda for Python.
-
Python Fundamentals: Data Visualization with Matplotlib
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data visualization using matplotlib.
-
Python Fundamentals: Data Manipulation with Pandas
After watching this video, you will be able to perform basic data manipulation using pandas.
-
React and Flux: Installing React DOM
After watching this video, you will be able to install React DOM on a developer machine.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: JSON Web Token (JWT)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of JSON JWT in a security implementation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: DevOps Security
After watching this video, you will be able to list the principles driving security with DevOps.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Security in Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the standard approach to securing microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Securing Service-to-Service Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to enable secure service-to-service communication with microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Application Level Security
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the application level security of microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Certificate Revocation
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various types of certificate revocation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: TLS Mutual Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the steps of TLS mutual authentication.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: The Edge Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe edge security and demonstrate the implementation of edge security.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Short-lived Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the approach of using short-lived certificates.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Identifying the User
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of identifying the user.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: JWT Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to validate JWT in a security implementation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Identify and Perform Basic Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify and perform basic security.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Security Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the security considerations to secure microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Decompose the Application into Services
After watching this video, you will be able to decompose applications into multiple microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Using Microservice Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefit of using microservice architecture.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Governance, Scalability, and Fault Tolerance
After watching this video, you will be able to define the decentralization of microservices with a look into governance, scalability, and fault tolerance.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: A Peek into Java, Spring Cloud, and Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe microservices, Java, and Spring Cloud integration and real world benefits.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Cloud Computing with Spring Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish the need for cloud computing with microservices using Spring Cloud.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Service and Client Discovery
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate service and client discovery and their uses with microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Spring Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to list the different aspects of Spring Cloud and how it affects microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: The Data Exchange Interoperability Consideration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the approach of managing diversified data on microservices architecture.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Microservices Interconnectivity with Spring Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the microservices interconnectivity with Spring Cloud.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Microservices Management using Spring Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the capabilities of Spring Cloud in microservices management.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Core Microservices Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the core principles of microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Spring Cloud Microservices Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to define how microservices architecture fits in with Spring Cloud.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: SOA - Microservices Relationship
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SOA principles within microservices and how the relationships affect microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: ESB - Microservices Relationship
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the use of ESB principles within microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Java Spring Cloud Microservices Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the different ways in which using Java and Spring Cloud with microservices can help you and your team with development.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Microservice-oriented Application Frameworks
After watching this video, you will be able to list the Spring Cloud components used to build microservice application frameworks.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Managing Enterprise Data in Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the approach and patterns for data management in microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST Example – Update
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate REST update operation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST Example – Retrieve
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate REST retrieve operation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST Example – Delete
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate REST delete operation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Microservices and the REST Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe microservices and illustrate the REST architecture.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST Example – Create
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate REST create operation.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Principles of RESTful Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the principles of RESTful services.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Code Microservices with Java
After watching this video, you will be able to perform RESTFUL services implementing Java.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST Example – Client Generated ID
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the REST approach for interoperable data exchange.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST Example – JSON
After watching this video, you will be able to perform various REST operations on JSON.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: SOAP Equivalent Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build SOAP services using Spring Cloud components.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Running Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to build and run a microservice.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Using a Message Driven POJO - MDP
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Message-driven POJO (MDP).
-
Java and Spring Cloud: REST vs SOAP Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to list the comparison of REST vs SOAP communication.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Receiving Messages - JMS
After watching this video, you will be able to receive messages from ActiveMq.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Sending Messages in ActiveMQ - JMS
After watching this video, you will be able to send messages in ActiveMq.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Client-side Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and activate load balancing for microservice clients.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Binding Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to bind microservices with Eureka discovery server.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Java Designed Microservice
After watching this video, you will be able to code a microservice in Java.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Server-side Considerations for Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the considerations for server-side microservices.
-
Java and Spring Cloud: Service Discovery with Eureka
After watching this video, you will be able to construct a discovery server with Eureka for microservices.
-
WebLOAD : Recording
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to record actions using WebLOAD.
-
WebLOAD : Introduction to WebLOAD
After watching this video, you will be able to provide a high-level overview of the features and benefits of testing with WebLOAD.
-
WebLOAD : Test Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to create realistic load scenarios, distribute loads, and collect data.
-
WebLOAD : Correlation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate WebLOAD's correlation engine.
-
WebLOAD : Parameterization
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the parameterization manager.
-
WebLOAD : Test Creation
After watching this video, you will be able to list test creation features such as drag and drop building blocks and script debugging.
-
WebLOAD : Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate analytical features such as actionable intelligence, application performance management (APM), and the Web Analysis Dashboard.
-
WebLOAD : Customize Dashboards
After watching this video, you will be able to customize a dashboard to perform results analysis.
-
WebLOAD : Pre-Defined Dashboards
After watching this video, you will be able to perform results analysis using predefined dashboards.
-
WebLOAD : Dashboard
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of the web dashboard.
-
WebLOAD : JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to use JavaScript features such as the debugger and perform performance load testing.
-
WebLOAD : Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate monitoring features such as built-in server monitoring and root-cause analysis.
-
WebLOAD : Supported Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to list the supported web protocols and technologies.
-
WebLOAD: PerfectoMobile
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to perform mobile load testing with a real mobile device.
-
WebLOAD: Executing Mobile Load Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to execute mobile load tests using a variety of different browsers, devices, and capabilities.
-
WebLOAD: Creating Mobile Load Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to create mobile test scripts.
-
WebLOAD : Work with Dashboards
After watching this video, you will be able to use WebLOAD dashboards.
-
WebLOAD: Analyzing Java Server Performance Data
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze Java server performance data to identify and resolve bottlenecks.
-
WebLOAD: Java Load Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to perform advanced and extensive Java load testing.
-
WebLOAD: Web Site Load Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to perform web site load testing.
-
WebLOAD: Cloud Performance Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to run performance tests from the cloud.
-
WebLOAD: Embedding Java Code
After watching this video, you will be able to extend built-in functionality by embedding code.
-
WebLOAD: Specialized Reporting for .NET Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to use specialized reporting and analytics to identify issues with .NET.
-
WebLOAD: Testing .NET Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate performance testing .NET applications.
-
WebLOAD: Internet Protocols
After watching this video, you will be able to use built-in features such as FTP, TCP/IP, Etc.
-
WebLOAD: Load Testing and Reporting
After watching this video, you will be able to perform load testing and reporting on SQL Server.
-
WebLOAD: Database Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to SQL Server and perform database commands.
-
WebLOAD: Perform Load Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to perform web site load testing.
-
WebLOAD: Running and Analyzing Scripts in Selenium
After watching this video, you will be able to run and analyze scripts in selenium.
-
WebLOAD: Scripting and Correlating APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate scripting and correlating APIs features.
-
WebLOAD: RESTful and HTTP Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use built-in features such as GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, HEAD, OPTIONS, etc.
-
WebLOAD: SOAP Load Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate SOAP load testing.
-
WebLOAD: Ellucian
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use WebLOAD for Ellucian.
-
WebLOAD: MS Access and The JET Engine
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to MS Access using the JET Engine.
-
WebLOAD: Continuous Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate continuous integration (CI) performance testing.
-
WebLOAD: Implement WebLOAD solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement WebLOAD solutions.
-
SQL Server 2014: Indexing a Fact Table
After watching this video, you will be able to appropriately index a fact table.
-
SQL Server 2014: Partitioning
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate partitioning.
-
SQL Server 2014: Columnstore Indexes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe columnstore indexes.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement a Data Warehouse Database
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a data warehouse database in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Summary Aggregation Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to design summary aggregation tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing a Fact Table
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a fact table.
-
SQL Server 2014: Additive and Non-Additive Measures
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use additive and non-additive measures.
-
SQL Server 2014: Fact Table Loading Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the loading method for fact tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Schema Options
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize attributes of star and snowflake schemas.
-
SQL Server 2014: Hierarchies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to design hierarchies.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Data Lineage
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data lineage of a dimension table.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Warehousing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data warehousing and its many relationships.
-
SQL Server 2014: Auditing and Lineage
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use auditing and lineage.
-
SQL Server 2014: Fact Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement fact tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Dimensions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dimensions.
-
SQL Server 2014: Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use keys
-
SQL Server 2014: Dimension Tables and Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implements dimensions and attributes.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Deploying to Android
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a GoogleVR app from Unreal to a connected Android device.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Message Passing with HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of message passing in HTML5 with Web Workers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Changing Dimensions
After watching this video, you will be able to understand slowly changing dimensions.
-
SQL Server 2014: The SQL Server Business Intelligence platform
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the SQL Server Business Intelligence platform.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Shared Web Workers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize code processing with HTML5 Web Workers.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Callback Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a callback by using an anonymous function.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Processing and Web Workers in HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various WebSockets and methods with HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Improving Web Page Performance Using Web Workers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits of Web Workers to improve performance.
-
SQL Server 2014: Event Handlers, Variables, Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to determine event handlers, variables, and parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Package Transaction Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to design an SSIS package strategy with rollback, staging, and transaction control.
-
SQL Server 2014: Custom Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use custom tasks.
-
SQL Server 2014: Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to determine connection managers and whether they are package or project level.
-
SQL Server 2014: Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Data Flow in SQL Server 2014
After watching this video, you will be able to use data flow to load data in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Precedence Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to determine precedence constraints.
-
SQL Server 2014: Containers and Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to determine containers and tasks needed.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure logging for SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Logging a Package
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how to log information relating to a package.
-
SQL Server 2014: Using DTEXEC and DTEXECUI
After watching this video, you will be able to execute packages using DTEXEC and DTEXECUI.
-
SQL Server 2014: Monitoring Execution Using Management Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor the execution using Management Studio.
-
SQL Server 2014: ETL Restartability
After watching this video, you will be able to describe ETL restartability.
-
SQL Server 2014: Executing Packages Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to execute SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Scheduling Package Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule package execution using SQL Server Agent.
-
SQL Server 2014: Executing Packages Using SSMS
After watching this video, you will be able to execute packages by using SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS).
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Package Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package execution.
-
SQL Server 2014: Control Flow Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to extend the capability of a control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Script Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to determine appropriate use of script tasks.
-
SQL Server 2014: Custom Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a custom action during a control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: SQL/SSIS Transformations and Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to Create SSIS packages and SQL/SSIS data transformations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Debugging Data Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to debug data flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Sources and Destinations
After watching this video, you will be able to specify a data source and destination.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Lookups
After watching this video, you will be able to perform lookup tasks in SSIS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Using Data Flows
After watching this video, you will be able to use data flows.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Flow Components
After watching this video, you will be able to list data flow components.
-
SQL Server 2014: Performance Tuning, Optimization, and Integrity
After watching this video, you will be able to performance tune SSIS data flow and optimize Integration Services.
-
SQL Server 2014: Extracting, Transforming, and Loading Data
After watching this video, you will be able to extract, transform, and load data.
-
SQL Server 2014: Designing a Package Execution Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and design a package execution strategy.
-
SQL Server 2014: Processing Options
After watching this video, you will be able to describe batch processing and row-by-row processing.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Transformations
After watching this video, you will be able to determine whether to use SQL Joins or SSIS lookup or merge join transformations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize methods for deduplication.
-
SQL Server 2014: Identity Mapping
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identity mapping methods.
-
SQL Server 2014: Slowly Changing Dimensions Transformation
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the need for supporting Slowly Changing Dimensions transformations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Use Data Flow in SQL Server 2014
After watching this video, you will be able to use data flow to load data in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing a Fuzzy Lookup
After watching this video, you will be able to Implement a fuzzy lookup in SSIS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Fuzzy Lookup
After watching this video, you will be able to describe fuzzy lookup.
-
SQL Server 2014: Auditing
After watching this video, you will be able to determine auditing needs for SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Erroneous Rows
After watching this video, you will be able to determine what to do with erroneous and changed rows.
-
Exploring Automation: Application Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of using application containers for application isolation testing.
-
Exploring Automation: DevOps and Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to map DevOps to automated software testing principles.
-
Exploring Automation: Continuous Delivery, Testing, and Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the connection between continuous efforts to ensure software quality assurance.
-
Exploring Automation: Software Testing Automation Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the importance of automated software testing
-
Exploring Automation: Use Visual Studio to Deploy a Cloud Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a cloud-based web app.
-
Exploring Automation: Software Cloud Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how some, none, or all of a software solution can exist in a cloud environment.
-
Exploring Automation: Launch a Windows-based Docker Container
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Docker command to start an application container.
-
Exploring Automation: Regression Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to test software changes to ensure proper functionality.
-
Exploring Automation: Software Patching
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the importance of constant software improvements and testing.
-
Exploring Automation: Automated Software Testing Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to provide examples of common software testing solutions.
-
Exploring Automation: Software Testing Frameworks
After watching this video, you will be able to apply common frameworks such as Six Sigma and Agile to automated software testing.
-
Exploring Automation: Web Application Firewalls (WAFs)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how WAFs can increase the security of web applications.
-
Exploring Automation: Fuzzing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how fuzzing tests an application for weaknesses.
-
Exploring Automation: Unit Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to break software into smaller portions for the purpose of testing.
-
Exploring Automation: Use the Google Chrome Headless Browser
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate the web page where the headless browser results are sent.
-
Exploring Automation: Headless Web Browsers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how headless browsers are used for web application testing.
-
Exploring Automation: API Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how API testing improves software.
-
Exploring Automation: GUI Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how GUI testing improves software.
-
Exploring Automation: Perform a Functional Test Using TestComplete
After watching this video, you will be able to use GUI testing software to perform a functional test.
-
Exploring Automation: Load and Stress Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate between load and stress tests.
-
Exploring Automation: Functional Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the meaning of testing what the software does.
-
Exploring Automation: Integration Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how using other services and components relates to software testing.
-
Exploring Automation: Recall When to Use Testing Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when certain testing techniques should be used.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe testing and why it's important in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Command Query Model
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize characteristics of the Command Query model.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Describe Architecture and Testable Code
After watching this video, you will be able to describe software architecture and testable code and how they are related to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Automated Unit Testing in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create automated unit testing in .NET projects.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Testing Practices for Clean Coding
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize different testing practices that enhance the clean coding paradigm.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Making the Clean Coding Commitment
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how your commitment to clean coding can improve your final products.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Benefits of CQRS
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of CQRS and why it promotes clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: CQRS and Event Sourcing
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS) and event sourcing play a role in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: CQRS and DDD
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Command Query Responsibility Segregation (CQRS) and how it complements domain-driven design (DDD) in application development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Screaming Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe screaming architecture and its relevance in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Estimating Time Frames
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to estimate time frames and ensure that they don't interfere with a commitment to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Good Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how good architecture is envisioned through adoption of the screaming architecture paradigm.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Types of Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to specify common types of testing and how clean coding fits into them.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Clean Microservices Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the clean microservice architecture and how it relates to clean coding development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Creating Code
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how code creation should be approached in the clean coding process.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Planning and Designing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how clean coding plays a role in software planning and design.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Describe CQRS and Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe CQRS and factors relating to implementation.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Evolving Your Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how your clean coding process can improve upon existing products, as your applications evolve.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Java Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Java logging and logging frameworks.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with JavaBeans
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the considerations for creating and working with JavaBeans.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Handling Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to describe logging handlers in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with the Logger Class
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the java.util.logging.Logger class in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Installing the GlassFish Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install the GlassFish server from the NetBeans IDE.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Deployment Descriptors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of deployment descriptor files in Java EE applications and list some vendor-specific deployment descriptors.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JavaBeans
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JavaBeans and how they can be used in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Writing a Test Application
After watching this video, you will be able to write a simple test application in NetBeans and deploy it to GlassFish.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Configuring and Packaging Java EE Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of and different types of Java EE archive files including WAR and EAR files and list the web components in a WAR file.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java EE Component Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Java EE component state, properties, encapsulation, and proxies.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Java EE Containers and Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Java EE containers and components.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Selecting a Java EE Application Server
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the considerations for selecting a Java EE server and describe the benefits of the GlassFish server.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java Application Server Implementations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of Java EE servers and the available implementations.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java EE Development Process
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Java EE development process and the steps involved.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java EE IDEs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of an IDE and list some of the IDEs that support Java EE development.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Enterprise Application Technologies and Profiles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe enterprise application infrastructure technologies with separation of logic from services, and describe Java EE profiles.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overiew of Java EE Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to introduce Java EE technology group and the requirements of enterprise applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java EE Platform Tiers and Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Java EE requirement for a tiered architecture, the N-tiered model, and Java EE tiered architecture.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java EE Technology Specifications
After watching this video, you will be able to define Java EE technology specifications and how to access them and describe how they define APIs and also in some cases services.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: XML Document Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components of an XML document.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of XML
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of XML.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: XML Schemas
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of XML schemas.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe annotation elements, placement, and retention in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Annotation Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of annotations and how they are currently used in Java EE 7.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with Loggers
After watching this video, you will be able to practice creating and working with loggers in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Method Chaining
After watching this video, you will be able to describe method chaining and how it is used by JAX-RS.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Configuring Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to referencing the GlassFish log service, describe how logging is configured and logs viewed for Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and contrast the use of annotations with deployment descriptors in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Adding a Logger to a Java EE application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Logger instance and add it to a Java EE application.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Consistent Code
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how code can be better by being made consistent.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Understandable Code
After watching this video, you will be able to define why code should be made understandable.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Simple Code
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the fundamental principle of creating simple code.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Benefits of Clean Coding
After watching this video, you will be able to define the benefits of adopting clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: The Importance of Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to define the importance of better code functionality.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: The Importance of Readability
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the importance of code readability.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Don't Repeat Yourself (DRY)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the principle of DRY and why it's important.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Maintainable Code
After watching this video, you will be able to define the importance and benefits of maintainable code.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Project Organization
After watching this video, you will be able to define the benefits and best practices for organizing project files.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: The Importance of Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of better code security.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Teamwork and Clean Coding
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the benefits and best practices for team organization and clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Defensive Programming Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to specify techniques used in defensive programming.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to Defensive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to define defensive programming and its basic philosophy.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Demonstrate Clean Coding Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate usage of different naming conventions, commenting, and syntax.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Policies and Procedures
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how policies and procedures can be implemented for better clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to Model-view-controller (MVC)
After watching this video, you will be able to define MVC and how it relates to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Reusing Intelligent Source Code (ISC)
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how and why ISC can be reused.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Offensive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe offensive programming and how it relates to defensive programming.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Secure Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe secure programming and how it relates to defensive programming.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: The Purpose of Model-view-controller (MVC)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of MVC.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Pros and Cons of Model-view-controller (MVC)
After watching this video, you will be able to list the pros and cons of MVC.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Implementing Model-view-controller (MVC)
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how MVC can be implemented.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: How Domain-driven Design (DDD) Works
After watching this video, you will be able to define the process of DDD.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: What Is Domain-driven Design (DDD)?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe DDD and how it relates to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Model-view-controller (MVC) Frameworks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the availability of MVC frameworks for different languages.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Model-view-controller (MVC) and Web Development
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the MVC paradigm is illustrated by traditional web design.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to the Single Responsibility Principle
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Single Responsibility Principle and how it fits in the SOLID model.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: What Is SOLID?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the SOLID model and its five principles.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Describe Defensive Programming and MVC
After watching this video, you will be able to describe defensive programming and MVC and how they contribute to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Pros and Cons of Domain-driven Design (DDD)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe pros and cons of implementing DDD.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Open/Closed Principle Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to specify techniques used in the Open/Closed Principle.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to the Open/Closed Principle
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Open/Closed Principle and how it fits in the SOLID model.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Single Responsibility Principle Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to describe techniques used with the Single Responsibility Principle.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Interface Segregation Principle Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to specify techniques used in the Interface Segregation Principle.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introducing Interface Segregation Principle (ISP)
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Interface Segregation Principle and how it fits in the SOLID model.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Liskov Substitution Principle (LSP) Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to specify techniques used in the LSP.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introducing the Liskov Substitution Principle (LSP)
After watching this video, you will be able to define the LSP and how it fits in the SOLID model.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Describe the SOLID Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the SOLID model and its five principles.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP) Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to specify techniques used in the DIP.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introducing the Dependency Inversion Principle (DIP)
After watching this video, you will be able to define the DIP and how it fits in the SOLID model.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Why Clean Coding Is Important
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the reasons why clean coding is important.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Clean Coding Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the basic goals of clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: White Space
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of white space and why it's important in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Indentation
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the purpose of indentation and why it's important in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Commenting
After watching this video, you will be able to define the purpose of commenting and why it's important in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Honoring Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how syntax, regardless of language, should be honored and respected.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to define the purpose of variables and how they relate to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Snake Case
After watching this video, you will be able to use snake case and describe why it's important to choose the right case in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Camel Case vs. Pascal Case
After watching this video, you will be able to use camel case and pascal case and state why it's important to choose the right case in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to Naming Conventions
After watching this video, you will be able to define the purpose of using proper naming conventions in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Global vs. Local Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to define the difference between local and global variables and how they may be used in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Naming Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to describe variable naming and how it may be used in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Explicit Naming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe explicit naming and how it may be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Encapsulation
After watching this video, you will be able to specify encapsulation and how it may be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Defining Classes and Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to define classes and objects and how they may be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Return Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe return statements and why it's important to consider their use in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Deep Nesting
After watching this video, you will be able to describe deep nesting and why it may be avoided in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Describe Clean Coding for Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to describe clean coding techniques for variables, objects, and classes.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Fluency
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss fluency and what it represents in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to describe inheritance and how it may be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Public, Private, and Protected Members
After watching this video, you will be able to define whether public, private, or protected members may be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Introduction to Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe functions and how they should be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Function Arguments
After watching this video, you will be able to specify function arguments and how they should be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Function Naming
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss function naming and how it should be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Levels of Abstraction
After watching this video, you will be able to identify levels of abstraction and how they should be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Global Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe global functions and how they should be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Conditionals
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss function conditionals and how they should be implemented in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Parameters and Subdivision
After watching this video, you will be able to define function parameters and why functions should be subdivided in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Side Effects
After watching this video, you will be able to list side effects that can be experienced when using functions and recognize how they can be avoided.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Type Checking
After watching this video, you will be able to specify type checking and how it relates to clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Exception Handling Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to recall exception handling techniques and how they improve code.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: The Importance of Exception Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of exception handling and how it should be utilized in clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Multi-tier Development Architectures
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various multi-tier software development architectural models and how they can promote clean coding.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Describe Functions and Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe clean coding best practices.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Names and Language
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for naming, namespaces, objects, and functions.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Domain-centric Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe domain-centric architecture and its purpose.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: MVP vs. MVC
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences and similarities between the MVP and MVC paradigms in application development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Model-view-presenter (MVP)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the MVP paradigm in application development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Why Layers Matter
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the importance of layers in application development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Pros and Cons of Domain Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the pros and cons of using a domain architectural model in application development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Types of Domain-centric Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to specify various types of domain-centric architectural models in application development.
-
Clean Coding Techniques: Why Domain-centric Architecture?
After watching this video, you will be able to list the reasons why domain-centric architecture is an important part of clean coding in application development.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Bean Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of bean validation.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: CRUD Operations with Entities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to perform CRUD operations with entities.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Persistence Units and Contexts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe persistence units and persistence contexts in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Applying JPA
After watching this video, you will be able to apply JPA to a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating Queries with JPQL
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create queries with the Java Persistence Query Language (JPQL).
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Entity Mapping
After watching this video, you will be able to describe entity mapping and the role of a primary key in mapping, describe how to change default mapping, and use temporal types and transient fields.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JPA Entities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JPA entities and describe how to create an entity class.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Entity Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of the Entity Manager with an example of its use in a Java EE application, and describe the entity instance life cycle and Entity Manager methods.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Persistent Data Types, Fields, and Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the data types for fields and properties and contrast persistent fields and properties.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: The Java Persistence API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe at a high level the Java Persistence API and object-relational mapping it entails.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Transactions in Java EE Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to practice implementing transactions in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using EJB Container-managed Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to use EJB container-managed transactions in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Programmatic Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to contrast programmatic and declarative transactions and describe how to use JTA to scope transactions programmatically in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Transaction Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of transaction models.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Bean-managed Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to use bean-managed transactions in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: EJB Container-managed Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement a container-managed transaction policy in Java EE.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating and Populating a Java DB Database
After watching this video, you will be able to create and populate a Java DB database for a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using the Data Access Object (DAO) Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the Data Access Object (DAO) pattern to separate entity objects from the classes that manage data access.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Introducing Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of transactions.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Writing Data Access Objects with JDBC
After watching this video, you will be able to write data access objects with JDBC.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Timer Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe timer services.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Bean Validation with JPA
After watching this video, you will be able to practice using bean validation with JPA in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Automatic Timers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement automatic timers in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Programmatic Timers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement programmatic timers in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Bean Validation Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use validation groups for bean validation.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Injecting Bean Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to inject bean validation into Java EE components.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using a Validator with Bean Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to use a validator with bean validation.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Bean Validation with JPA
After watching this video, you will be able to use bean validation with JPA.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Custom Bean Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement custom bean validation.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JPA LifeCycle Events and Bean Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the JPA life cycle phases where bean validation takes place.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a JAX-WS Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create a JAX-WS web service.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of SOAP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SOAP including SOAP requests and responses.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Generating a Schema from Java Source Files
After watching this video, you will be able to generate a schema from Java source files.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of JAX-WS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how JAX-WS is used to build web services and clients.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of WSDL
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how WSDL defines a web service.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JAXB Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JAXB annotations.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Reading and Writing XML Data with JAXB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to read and write XML data with JAXB.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Marshalling a Java Collection to an XML File
After watching this video, you will be able to marshal a Java collection to an XML file.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Marshalling a Java Class to an XML File
After watching this video, you will be able to marshal a Java class to an XML file.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of JAXB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of JAXB.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Session Bean Packaging and Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to package and deploy session beans.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: EJB Life Cycle
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of session beans and their corresponding life cycles.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a JAX-WS Service with an EJB Session Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JAX-WS service with an EJB stateless session bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of EJB Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of EJB components in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Connecting to a Database with JNDI
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to a database using JNDI.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Local and Distributed EJB Client Views
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of client access for session EJB components.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: EJB 3.0, EJB 3.1, and EJB 3.2
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and contrast the features of EJB 3.0, EJB 3.1, and EJB 3.2.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Referencing an EJB with JNDI
After watching this video, you will be able to reference an EJB using JNDI.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Connecting to a Database without JNDI
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to a database without using JNDI.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Setting Up a Java DB Database
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a Java DB database.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of JNDI
After watching this video, you will be able to define JNDI, naming and directory services, and list JNDI packages.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with JAX-WS
After watching this video, you will be able to practice configuring JAX-WS services and clients.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Referring to a Database Using JNDI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use JNDI names to refer to a database.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Using JNDI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use JNDI.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a Web Service Client
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Java web service client from a WSDL file.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a SOAP Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create and test a SOAP web service.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Viewing SOAP Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to view SOAP messages.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Annotating SOAP Web Service Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to annotate SOAP web service methods and test the service.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Annotating SOAP Web Service Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to annotate SOAP web service methods.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Creating a JAX-WS Client
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create a JAX-WS web service client using Java SE and Java EE, and use the client to call a web service.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JMS Queues and Topics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JMS queues and topics.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JMS Messaging Styles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the point-to-point (PTP) and publish/subscribe JMS messaging styles.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of JMS Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of JMS applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: JMS Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of JMS messages and how to handle messages synchronously and asynchronously.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: The JMS 2.0 API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of the JMS 2.0 simplified API.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using CDI
After watching this video, you will be able to practice injecting a bean with CDI and using CDI qualifiers.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using CDI Qualifiers
After watching this video, you will be able to use CDI qualifiers for beans.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Evolution of JMS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the evolution of JMS.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of JMS
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Java Message Service (JMS) API technology.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Injecting a Bean with CDI
After watching this video, you will be able to inject a bean with CDI.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: CDI Events and Stereotypes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to work with CDI events and stereotypes.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using CDI Interceptors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use CDI interceptors.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using CDI Producers and Disposers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use CDI producers and disposers.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Configuring CDI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how CDI is configured on a Java EE application server.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a Remote Interface with an EJB Session Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to create a remote interface with an EJB stateless session bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Concurrency Utilities for Java EE
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Java EE concurrency utilities.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using the JDBC API
After watching this video, you will be able to review the implementation of the JDBC API in Java SE and describe how to use JNDI and CDI to access JDBC objects in Java EE.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Asynchronous Methods in EJB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use asynchronous methods in EJB.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Java EE Concurrency Mechanisms
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Java EE concurrency mechanisms.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Asynchronous EJB with Return Values
After watching this video, you will be able to use asynchronous EJB with return values.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using Asynchronous EJB with No Return Values
After watching this video, you will be able to use asynchronous EJB with no return values.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with Multiple Message-driven Beans
After watching this video, you will be able to use a publish/subscribe model with multiple message-driven beans.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Concurrency and Java EE
After watching this video, you will be able to describe concurrency and contrast its implementation in Java SE and Java EE.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with MDBs
After watching this video, you will be able to practice implementing MDBs in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Configuring a Message-driven Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to configure a message-driven bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Creating a Message-driven Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create a JMS message-driven bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a JMS Message-driven Bean
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JMS message-driven bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a JMS Topic
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JMS topic using GlassFish.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating an Asynchronous Java SE Client for a Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to create a asynchronous Java SE client for a queue.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a Web-based JMS Queue Producer and Consumer
After watching this video, you will be able to create a web-based JMS queue producer and consumer.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Introducing Message-driven Beans (MDBs)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the properties and life cycle of a message-driven bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Working with JMS
After watching this video, you will be able to practice developing Java EE applications using messaging.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a JMS Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JMS message queue using Glassfish.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: EJBs as Messaging Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the capabilities and limitations of EJB components as messaging clients.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating and Securing an Enterprise Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create and secure a Java EE enterprise application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a Java Class for the Remote Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Java class library project that contains the remote interfaces for a session bean.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Securing an Enterprise Application
After watching this video, you will be able to practice implementing security in a Java EE application.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating and Running an Application Client
After watching this video, you will be able to create and run an application client.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Web Service Security Concerns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe web service security concerns and how to prevent attacks.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: SSL Keys and HTTPS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of SSL keys and HTTPS in client connections to application servers.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Creating a Security Group
After watching this video, you will be able to create a security group on a Java EE Application Server.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Web Service Security Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe web service security extensions.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how roles are used in the Java EE security model.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Container-managed Security
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of Java EE container-managed security.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Using the Keytool Command
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Java keytool command.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Authentication and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how authentication and authorization is applied in Java EE applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: The Java EE Security Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Java EE security model.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Cryptography and Message Digests
After watching this video, you will be able to describe symmetric-key, asymmetric-key, and session-key cryptography, describe message digests.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Data Integrity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of data integrity and how they can be applied in enterprise applications.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Performing Batch Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement batch processing in Java EE applications using the chunk-oriented processing pattern.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Overview of Batch Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe batch processing and batch applications for the Java platform.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Security Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe security considerations for applications such as authentication, authorization, and confidentiality.
-
Java EE 7 Back-end Server Development: Implementing Batch Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to implement batch processing in a Java EE application.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the Web Worker API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to create a Web Worker and control a Web Worker from the main page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introducing HTML5 Web Workers
After watching this video, you will be able to define HTML5 Web Workers and their purpose.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Send WebSocket Processes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use WebSocket to send messages to a web server.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: WebSocket API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to set up a WebSocket connection.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Receive WebSocket Processes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to receive messages from a web server via a WebSocket.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Provisioning Data in HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of consuming and sending data using various processes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Processing Data with JSON
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use JSON.stringify and JSON.parse to handle data, and recognize how jQuery serialization works.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Web Communication and Current Limitations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various web browser communications and limitations.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introducing the HTML5 WebSocket Standard
After watching this video, you will be able to define the HTML5 WebSocket standard and how WebSockets work.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Sending Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to send data in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Serializing and Deserializing
After watching this video, you will be able to define serializing and deserializing and how they're used to consume data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Tracking Progress of Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to track the progress of data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: XMLHTTPRequest
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use XMLHTTPRequest.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to AJAX
After watching this video, you will be able to define Ajax and how it relates to JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Consuming JSON Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to consume JSON data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Consuming XML
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to consume XML data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Program Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various expressions, switch statements, and collection arrays.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Exception Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to implement exception handling using catch and null checks.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Raise Event Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to handle common events exposed by DOM, bubbled, and anonymous functions.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Basic Page Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the elements that make a basic page structure in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Semantic Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various semantic elements in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: New and Deprecated Elements in HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate new and deprecated elements in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS Box Model
After watching this video, you will be able to define the CSS box model.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling HTML5 Elements with CSS
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate styling HTML5 elements with CSS.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS Positioning
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize CSS positioning.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating an HTML5 Page
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate HTML5 to create a basic page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Layout Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various HTML5 layout containers.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to CSS
After watching this video, you will be able to define the concept behind using CSS and its structure.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with CSS3 and HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the relationship between HTML5 and CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Browser Support
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various types of browser support for HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to define the basic elements of HTML5 with Visual Studio 2017.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Custom Fonts
After watching this video, you will be able to use custom fonts in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling HTML5 Text
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of styling HTML5 text.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Background Images
After watching this video, you will be able to work with background images in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Border Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to modify border properties in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Offline Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement offline applications.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing HTML5 APIs and Data Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the concepts of using the HTML5 APIs and data storage.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: AppCache API
After watching this video, you will be able to define the AppCache API
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Gradients and CSS3
After watching this video, you will be able to configure gradients using CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Positioning Within a Context
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to position within a context.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS3 Selectors
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS3 selectors.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using JavaScript OOP and HTML5 Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a JavaScript object and use form validation for data entry.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Inheritance and Encapsulation
After watching this video, you will be able to define the use of encapsulation and inheritance in JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Selectors
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use selectors.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Overview of HTML5 APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the role of HTML5 APIs.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validate with HTML5 Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to validate user input using HTML5 form attributes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating User Input in JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to validate user input using JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Geolocation API
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Geolocation API.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Drag and Drop API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement the Drag and Drop API.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Web Storage API
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Web Storage API.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML Audio and Video
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize HTML Audio and Video.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling with HTML5 and JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize more styling principles with HTML5 and the use of JavaScript with HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Inline and External JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the inline and external JavaScript implementations and why to use them.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Applying OOP principles in JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize OOP principles and apply them to JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to JavaScript Implementations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of using JavaScript implementations.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating HTML5 Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a form.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Inheritance Using Prototypes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use prototypes to implement inheritance.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Canvas and SVG
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use the HTML5 canvas and SVG graphics.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Basic Layout Container
After watching this video, you will be able to create a basic layout container to fulfill the objective for the exam.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Custom Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to create custom objects and their methods.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Manipulating Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to further manipulate elements by using transform, show, and hide methods.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Combine HTML5 and CSS
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize HTML5 and CSS basic architecture.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize compatibility versions and the role of JavaScript in web page development.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize CSS inheritance.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: JavaScript Objects and Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize JavaScript objects and methods.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Loops
After watching this video, you will be able to Define Loops in JavaScript and how to use them.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: JavaScript DOM and Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to define the DOM including the JavaScript's operators and math objects.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Defining JavaScript Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to define the basic syntax of JavaScript including variables and arrays.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Conditional Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to define JavaScript conditional statements and how to use them.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: JavaScript and Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the JavaScript variables and the process of establishing their scope.
-
Cucumber: Installing Cucumber
After watching this video, you will be able to install Cucumber with Ruby on a Mac OSX development machine.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 with CSS3 Transforms
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to animate HTML5 with transforms.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Keyframe Animations and Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure keyframe animations and properties.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 with CSS3 Transitions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to work with CSS3 Transitions.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Applying 2-D and 3-D Transforms
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply 2-D and 3-D transforms to HTML5 elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Patterns and Gradients on HTML5 SVG Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to work with patterns and gradients on SVG Elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Applying Transformations to HTML5 SVG Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply transformations to SVG elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introducing CSS Keyframe Animations
After watching this video, you will be able to define a new keyframe animation and how to configure it.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Text in SVG
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to work with text.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Animations and Adaptive AI
After watching this video, you will be able to configure HTML5 animations and adaptive AI.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using SVG to Create 2-D Geometric Shapes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use SVG to create 2-D Geometric Shapes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling with Complex HTML5 and CSS3
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize text and block elements within a context of HTML5 and CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: DOM Elements and their Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of selecting DOM elements by their attributes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the HTML5 Canvas
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply CSS styling to HTML5 canvas elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Flexible Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement flexible CSS3 layouts.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Style Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to implement style inheritance in CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Pseudo Classes and Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to define pseudo classes and elements and describe how to use them in CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: jQuery Filters on DOM
After watching this video, you will be able to implement jQuery filters on DOM elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS3 Selectors with jQuery
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of configuring with DOM elements using jQuery selectors.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Defining SVG Graphics
After watching this video, you will be able to define SVG graphics and its use.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Manipulate Complex Graphics
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of using HTML5 canvas API to draw and manipulate complex graphics.
-
Appium: Build and Run an iOS App Using Xcode
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of downloading a sample app from GitHub, opening with Xcode, and then building and running the sample application.
-
Appium: Unit Test Framework Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe common test frameworks including JUnit and TestNG.
-
Appium: Identifying Elements Using Inspector
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of identifying elements to test against using Appium Desktop's Inspector.
-
Appium: Automation with Ruby
After watching this video, you will be able to define the process of executing a single action including the use of Page Object Pattern.
-
Appium: iOS Desired Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate desired capabilities used for native iOS apps.
-
Appium: Test with Appium and Mac OS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various testing concepts and how to execute Appium test on Mac OS.
-
Appium: Mobile Web App Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate test automation using Appium with a Mobile Web App.
-
Appium: Automating Tests on Mobile iOS Native Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate test automation using Appium with an iOS Native App.
-
Appium: Running Tests with Flaky Gem
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the fundamentals of Flaky Gem, how to download and install the package, and the various ways to run local tests.
-
Appium: Mobile Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various types of mobile applications and test automation approaches.
-
Appium: Introduction to Mobile Test Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concepts of mobile test automation including its benefits and approaches in test automation.
-
Appium: Appium Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to list the necessary requirements for IOS and Android testing with Appium.
-
Appium: Benefits of Using Appium
After watching this video, you will be able to describe key advantages of using Appium.
-
Appium: Appium Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to define Appium architecture and operations, including using XCUITest and UiAutomator 2.
-
Appium: Automation Tools and Mobile Test Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of automation tools and mobile test automation and demonstrate examples of specific use cases in a software development environment.
-
Appium: Appium Protocols and Its Client Libraries
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the Appium server and its client library as well as Selenium's WebDriver JSON wire protocol.
-
Appium: Installing Android Studio on Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing Android Studio on Windows 10.
-
Appium: Installing the Java Development Kit (JDK)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of installing the JDK and configuring system environment variables.
-
Appium: Installing Appium
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of downloading and installing Appium Desktop, Appium, and Appium Server for Windows.
-
Appium: Mobile Automations and Appium
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concepts in mobile automation and Appium concepts.
-
Appium: Installing Node JS On Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the steps in downloading and installing node.js for Windows 10.
-
Appium: Installing and Configuring Eclipse for Appium
After watching this video, you will be able to list the steps to install and configure Eclipse with client libraries for Appium and Selenium.
-
Appium: Sample Appium Test
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate a sample test to launch an app from a .apk file using Appium.
-
Appium: Using the Appium Server and Inspector
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of starting the Appium server and using it for Appium operations.
-
Appium: Appium GUI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various areas of the Appium GUI including the Inspector.
-
Appium: Genymotion and the IntelliJ IDE
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of installing Genymotion and IntelliJ IDE.
-
Appium: Start Using Cucumber with Appium
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use Cucumber to employ Behavior-driven Development (BDD).
-
Appium: Appium Project Using Java and Gradle
After watching this video, you will be able to define the process in creating a sample project with Gradle.
-
Appium: Understanding Appium Dependencies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps and benefits of using desired capabilities and setting up a test environment with Maven and the WinAppDriver.
-
Appium: Use Appium with Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of creating tests with Windows.
-
Appium: Mobile Web App Automation with Appium
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of a scenario for automating mobile web app tests with Appium and cucumber.
-
Appium: Executing the Scenario
After watching this video, you will be able to generate and implement the expected outcome step to see the scenario pass.
-
Appium: Using Appium Desktop to Get an Element By ID
After watching this video, you will be able to execute the second step from the feature file and recognize how to use Appium Desktop to get an element by ID in an app.
-
Appium: Ruby and Java IDE Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing Ruby and Java IDEs from JetBrains.
-
Appium: Installing and Configuring Maven for Mac OS X
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of downloading and installing Maven for Mac OS X.
-
Appium: Installing and Configuring Java, Node.js, and Ruby
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of downloading, installing, and configuring Node.js, Ruby, and Java.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Life Cycle Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the UWP app life cycle.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement different app navigation patterns.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Narrator Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to define the role and use of the narrator in navigation.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: UI Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role and use of UI Automation in navigation.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Keyboard Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement keyboard navigation features.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Back Button
After watching this video, you will be able to use the back button to go back in the app navigation history.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: SplitView and Nav Pane
After watching this video, you will be able to use a SplitView to enhance your nav pane UI.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Nav Pane Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the nav pane navigation pattern and describe when it's used.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Tabs and Pivot Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the pivot navigation pattern and describe when it's used.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Master/Details Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to add the master/details navigation pattern and describe when to use it.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Hub Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the hub navigation pattern and describe when to use it.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Navigation between Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to create basic links to navigate between pages and pass information while navigating.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Create Various App Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various app controls inside your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Styling Custom Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to use Generic.xaml to style custom controls.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: ResourceDictionary
After watching this video, you will be able to implement resource dictionaries and styles in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating Custom Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to implement custom controls in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Control Over App Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the settings menu that has control over your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Tooltips
After watching this video, you will be able to implement tooltips to describe object and controls.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Popup Menus
After watching this video, you will be able to implement pop-up menus in apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Dialogs
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dialogs using the ContentDialog object.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Context Menus
After watching this video, you will be able to implement context menus for button events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Menu Flyouts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement flyouts in your app layout.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Overflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use open and closed states and command bar options to handle overflow when the screen is small.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing Command Bars
After watching this video, you will be able to implement command bars in apps and add buttons using AppBarButton.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Input Event Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various types of input event handlers.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Controlling Touchscreen Keyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to change virtual keyboard types with the InputScope property.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making UI Respond to a Virtual Keyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to make an adaptive UI that can shrink to fit an onscreen virtual keyboard.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making Custom Keyboard Interactions
After watching this video, you will be able to apply custom keyboard interactions for advanced functionality in apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Access Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to implement access keys in a keyboard-enabled app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Keyboard Events
After watching this video, you will be able to work with various types of keyboard events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Mouse Events
After watching this video, you will be able to handle various types of mouse events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Touch Events
After watching this video, you will be able to work with various types of touch events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Identifying Input Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to retrieve input device capabilities to identify input devices.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using {x:Bind} and {Binding}
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data bindings in your app with {x:Bind} and {Binding}.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: JSON Serialization
After watching this video, you will be able to create JSON objects in your UWP app to use with the HttpClient.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using HttpClient to Call an API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HttpClient class to make http requests to web services and to access cloud data.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the Dispatcher
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the dispatcher in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Binding Events
After watching this video, you will be able to use event bindings in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Building Views
After watching this video, you will be able to implement views in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Building Models and ViewModels
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Models and ViewModels in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing MVVM
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the MVVM pattern.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using EFCore with SQLite
After watching this video, you will be able to use EFCore to interact easily with SQLite.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: In-app CRUD Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to implement CRUD operations in your UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Managing SQLite Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to manage SQLite databases from a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adding SQLite to a UWP App
After watching this video, you will be able to add SQLite to your app's project.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Converting Values for Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to implement converting classes for the binding extension.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the Binding Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the binding extension in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using x:Bind with DataTemplates
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data templates with x:Bind.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Binding Data Items and Collections to Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to use x:Bind to bind data in layouts.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implement App Life-cycle Features
After watching this video, you will be able to implement several app life-cycle features in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Suspension Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to handle various suspension errors.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Extended Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement extended execution in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Resume
After watching this video, you will be able to implement app resume from suspension or termination.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Suspension
After watching this video, you will be able to implement suspension handling in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: File Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to activate your app from a file.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: URI Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to activate your app from a URI.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Startup Launch
After watching this video, you will be able to launch your app during Windows startup.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Prelaunch
After watching this video, you will be able to implement prelaunch for your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement app activation in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Responsive Design with UWP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe UWP responsive UI design.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Building a Simple App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a simple app and run it on a local machine.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Setting up the UWP Development Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to set up Visual Studio to create UWP app projects.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Laying out an App
After watching this video, you will be able to lay out a basic app using various types of panels.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making Complex Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement complex interfaces by combining different types of panels.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Alignment, Margins, and Padding
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate the alignment, margins, and padding of panels to create rich UIs.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Relative Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a relative layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Canvas Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a canvas layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Stack Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a stack layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Grid Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a grid layout in an app.
-
Exploring AI: Machine Translation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the challenges related to machine translation and some of the methods used to accomplish this task.
-
Exploring AI: Parsing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe parsing and how it can be accomplished using NLP.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing UWP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the UWP platform.
-
Microservices: Service Discovery Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe various service discovery patterns.
-
Exploring AI: Describe NLP Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe many different types of operations that can be used with natural language processing.
-
Exploring AI: Speech Recognition
After watching this video, you will be able to describe methods used by computers to recognize speech.
-
Exploring AI: Answering Questions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how an AI agent can use simple information retrieval techniques to answer some simple questions.
-
Exploring AI: Describe Q-learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Q-learning and how to set up the algorithm for a particular problem.
-
Exploring AI: Information Retrieval (IR)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe information retrieval and some of the base techniques used to perform this task.
-
Exploring AI: Naïve Bayes Classification
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Naïve Bayes classification algorithm and how it can be used as a simple text classification algorithm.
-
Exploring AI: Text Classification
After watching this video, you will be able to describe text classification, why it's useful, and how to perform it.
-
Exploring AI: Building Natural Language Processing (NLP) Models
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how NLP models are built and the various parts required to build them.
-
Exploring AI: Named Entity Recognition
After watching this video, you will be able to describe named entity recognition and some of the methods used to perform this task.
-
Exploring AI: Porter Stemming Algorithm
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the porter stemming algorithm used to stem English text.
-
Exploring AI: Base NLP Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some of the base NLP operations such as Regex, tokenization, and stemming.
-
Exploring AI: Introducing Natural Language Processing (NLP)
After watching this video, you will be able to define NLP, and list some of its applications and methods.
-
Exploring AI: Deep Q-learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how deep neural networks can be used to approximate q-value for given states in Q-learning.
-
Exploring AI: Function Approximation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why lookup tables aren't ideal for most reinforced learning tasks and how to build some function approximations that can make these problems possible.
-
Exploring AI: Off-policy and On-policy Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe on-policy and off-policy learning and the difference between the two.
-
Exploring AI: Implementing Q-learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different parts used in Q-learning and how these can be implemented.
-
Exploring AI: Defining Q-learning
After watching this video, you will be able to define Q-learning for reinforced learning.
-
Exploring AI: Exploration and Exploitation Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe exploration and exploitation in the context of active reinforced learning and describe some of the exploration policies used in learning algorithms.
-
Exploring AI: Active Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe active learning and contrast it with passive learning.
-
Exploring AI: Temporal Difference Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe temporal difference learning and contrast it with direct utility estimation.
-
Exploring AI: Direct Utility Estimation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use direct utility estimation for passive learning and how to define the Bellman Equation in the context of reinforced learning.
-
Exploring AI: Passive Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe passive learning.
-
Exploring AI: Additive and Discounted Rewards
After watching this video, you will be able to describe additive rewards and discounted rewards.
-
Exploring AI: What Is Reinforcement Learning?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe reinforcement learning and list some of the techniques that agents can use to learn.
-
Exploring AI: Make a Perceptron Learn From Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how a perceptron can learn how to achieve a particular result given a set of examples.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Setting Attached and Element Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to set layout properties with AdaptiveComponents.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using an AdaptiveTrigger
After watching this video, you will be able to use an AdaptiveTrigger to define states.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: VisualStateManager
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an adaptive UI using the VisualStateManager.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Comparing Responsive and Adaptive UIs
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate between a responsive UI and an adaptive UI.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Build an Adaptive UI
After watching this video, you will be able to build an adaptive UI for your apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Types of Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to use different layout techniques to optimize the app's performance.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Platform Specific Analyzer
After watching this video, you will be able to use the platform specific analyzer to help write adaptive code.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Type Detection
After watching this video, you will be able to use type detection for adaptive coding.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: API Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to use API contracts for adaptive coding.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making a Tailored Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to build tailored layouts for different apps.
-
Exploring AI: Variable Ordering
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to order variables when performing a backtracking search.
-
Exploring AI: Backtracking Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use a backtracking search to solve a constraint satisfaction problem.
-
Exploring AI: Constraint Satisfaction Problem Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to list some examples of problems that are better for constraint satisfaction algorithms than search algorithms.
-
Exploring AI: Recurrent Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe recurrent neural networks.
-
Exploring AI: Convolutional Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe convolutional neural networks.
-
Exploring AI: Deep Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how perceptron learning can be generalized to a multilayered neural network.
-
Exploring AI: Perceptron Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how machine learning works with a perceptron.
-
Exploring AI: Types of Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to list some of the common types of neural networks and what problems they might be good at solving.
-
Exploring AI: Neural Network Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the structure of a neural network and its individual neurons.
-
Exploring AI: Artificial Neural Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe neural networks and how they apply to artificial intelligence.
-
Exploring AI: Overfitting
After watching this video, you will be able to describe overfitting and how decision tree models can be made to mitigate this issue.
-
Exploring AI: Decision Tree Learning: Choosing Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to choose attributes to learn a decision tree.
-
Exploring AI: Decision Tree Learning: Information Gain
After watching this video, you will be able to describe entropy and information gain for learning decision tree models.
-
Exploring AI: Using Decision Trees
After watching this video, you will be able to describe decision trees and how the model expresses knowledge.
-
Exploring AI: Learning From Examples
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how examples can be used for learning.
-
Exploring AI: How Computers Can Learn
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how AI learns and the different types of machine learning.
-
Exploring AI: Describe the Markov Decision Process
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Markov Decision Process and how it can be used by an intelligent agent.
-
Exploring AI: Applying POMDPs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how a partially observable Markov Decision Process can be implemented with an intelligent agent.
-
Exploring AI: POMDP Value Iteration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the value iteration algorithm is used with the partially observable Markov Decision Process.
-
Exploring AI: Partially Observable Markov Decision Process (POMDP)
After watching this video, you will be able to define the partially observable Markov Decision Process and contrast it with a regular Markov Decision Process.
-
Exploring AI: MDP Value Iteration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the value iteration algorithm to decide on an optimal policy for a Markov Decision Process.
-
Exploring AI: Markov Decision Process
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Markov Decision Process and how it applies to AI.
-
Exploring AI: Markov Chains
After watching this video, you will be able to define Markov chains.
-
Exploring AI: Value of Information
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the utility of information gain and how information gain can influence decisions.
-
Exploring AI: Utility and Risks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how risks are taken into consideration when calculating utility and how attitude for risks can change the utility function.
-
Exploring AI: Utility and Preferences
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how preferences are involved in decision making and how the same problem can have different utility functions with different agents.
-
Exploring AI: Utility Theory
After watching this video, you will be able to describe utility theory and how an agent can calculate expected utility of decisions.
-
Exploring AI: Uncertainty Representation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how probability theory is used to represent knowledge to help an intelligent make decisions.
-
Exploring AI: What Is Uncertainty?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe uncertainty and how it applies to AI.
-
Exploring AI: Use Minimax and Pruning to Play a Game
After watching this video, you will be able to build a full high-level representation and solution for an adversarial game using the Minimax Algorithm and Alpha-Beta Pruning.
-
Exploring AI: Monte Carlo Tree Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use monte carlo simulations to make decisions when searching.
-
Exploring AI: Stochastic Evaluation Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different evaluation functions that can be used to search in a stochastic game.
-
Exploring AI: Expectiminimax Value
After watching this video, you will be able to describe expectiminimax values in stochastic games and how they make solution searching harder.
-
Exploring AI: The Game of Chess
After watching this video, you will be able to describe chess and how agents can be made to play the game of chess.
-
Exploring AI: Lookup Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how lookup tables can be used to improve an agent's performance.
-
Exploring AI: Cutoff Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use cutoffs to be able to perform adversarial searches under a time constraint.
-
Exploring AI: Evaluation Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe evaluation functions.
-
Exploring AI: Alpha-beta Pruning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use alpha-beta pruning to improve the performance of the minimax algorithm.
-
Exploring AI: Minimax Algorithm
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the minimax algorithm to play an adversarial game and some of its shortcomings.
-
Exploring AI: Adversarial Problem Representation
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to represent an adversarial problem.
-
Exploring AI: Adversarial Problems
After watching this video, you will be able to describe adversarial problems and the challenges they impose on AI.
-
Exploring AI: Solve a Constraint Satisfaction Problem
After watching this video, you will be able to build a full high-level representation and solution for a constraint satisfaction problem.
-
Exploring AI: Solving a Sudoku Puzzle
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to represent a Sudoku puzzle and how to solve it as a constraint satisfaction problem.
-
Exploring AI: Using a Local Search for CSPs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how local search algorithms can be used to solve constraint satisfaction problems.
-
Exploring AI: Using Inference with Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use the backjumping and forward checking inference method in a backtracking search.
-
Exploring AI: Constraint Propagation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use arc consistency to solve a constraint satisfaction problem with constraint propagation.
-
Exploring AI: Arc Consistency
After watching this video, you will be able to describe arc consistency and other types of constraint consistency in a constraint satisfaction problem.
-
Exploring AI: Making Good Heuristics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create a good heuristic function for a given search problem.
-
Exploring AI: Heuristics
After watching this video, you will be able to define heuristics and their various properties.
-
Exploring AI: Greedy Best-first Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the greedy approach for best-first informed searching.
-
Exploring AI: Iterative Deepening Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe depth-limited search and the iterative deepening search algorithms.
-
Exploring AI: Depth-first Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the depth-first search algorithm.
-
Exploring AI: What Are Constraint Satisfaction Problems (CSPs)?
After watching this video, you will be able to define constraint satisfaction problems and describe how they are different from search problems.
-
Exploring AI: Describe Search Problems
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three environmental characteristicsof search problems, state the function for a consistent heuristic, and state the function for an A* search.
-
Exploring AI: Simulated Annealing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the simulated annealing search algorithm and how it improves on hill-climbing search.
-
Exploring AI: Hill-climbing Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe local searching and the hill-climbing search algorithm.
-
Exploring AI: A* Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the A* search algorithm.
-
Exploring AI: Certainty in an Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to define deterministic and stochastic environments and how the level of certainty in an environment affects agents.
-
Exploring AI: Number of Agents in Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the number of agents in a given environment can affect an agent.
-
Exploring AI: Environment's Observability
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish between an observable, a partially observable, and an unobservable environment, and describe how these affect agents.
-
Exploring AI: Describing Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to define the task environment that intelligent agents live in.
-
Exploring AI: Describe an Agent and an Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to create a description of an environment related to a particular problem and how an agent might behave in that environment.
-
Exploring AI: Environment's Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of environmental behavior and how this can affect agents.
-
Exploring AI: Types of Agents
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of intelligent agents.
-
Exploring AI: Defining Agents
After watching this video, you will be able to define intelligent agents.
-
Exploring AI: AI Techniques
After watching this video, you will be able to list some of the techniques used to build artificial intelligence systems.
-
Exploring AI: Fields and Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some of the fields in artificial intelligence research and their applications.
-
Exploring AI: What Is Artificial Intelligence?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the four main definitions of artificial intelligence.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Looping with foreach and C-Style Loops
After watching this video, you will be able to work with foreach and C-style for loops.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Conditional Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to work with if/else, unless, and ternary conditional statements.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: next and last Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to work with next and last statements in Perl loops
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Looping with while and do…while
After watching this video, you will be able to work with while and do...while statements.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Perl Formatting, Naming Conventions, and Sigils
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Perl code formatting, naming conventions, and sigils.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Introducing Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Perl language.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Numbers in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to work with numerical data types in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Scalar Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Perl scalar variables.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Perl undef and Empty Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the undef property and empty strings.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Strings in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to work with strings in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Namespace and Scope
After watching this video, you will be able to work with namespaces and understand scope in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Accessing Files
After watching this video, you will be able to access files using Perl: file handles, open, close, and paths.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Writing to Files
After watching this video, you will be able to write to files using Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Reading from Files
After watching this video, you will be able to read file content using Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Perl and Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to databases such as MySQL using Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Directories
After watching this video, you will be able to work with file directories in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Writing Table Data in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to work with table data using Perl – write/modify operations.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Accessing Table Data
After watching this video, you will be able to work with table data using Perl, reading database tables and working with result sets.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: User-defined Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to work with user-defined modules.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Perl Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize modules in code, work with standard modules.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Working with Objects in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to create and work with objects in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Introduction to Objects in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to work with OOP – Properties, Methods, Classes.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Manipulation Database Objects in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete database objects – tables and columns.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Deleting Table Records in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to work with table data using Perl – record deletion.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Creating a Simple Server
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Perl and Web Servers such as Windows.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Operator Precedence
After watching this video, you will be able to work with precedence, associativity, and parentheses
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Logical and Bitwise Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with logical and bitwise operators
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Comparison Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with comparison operators, including exists, eq, gt, ne, and le
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Subroutines
After watching this video, you will be able to create and work with Perl functions – declaring and invoking function calls.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Value Coercion
After watching this video, you will be able to work with variable value coercion: strings and numbers.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Arrays
After watching this video, you will be able to create and work with Perl Arrays
-
Perl Programming Essentials: The given/when Switch Statement
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Perl given/when statements
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Array Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to insert and remove array values, use pop, push, splice, and array slices
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Displaying and Adding Values to Arrays
After watching this video, you will be able to display arrays and add a value to an array
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Arithmetic, Assignment, and Unary Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to work with arithmetic, unary, and assignment operators
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Hashes
After watching this video, you will be able to create and access hashes
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Introduction to Regular Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to work with basic regular expressions in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Fundamental Programming in Perl
After watching this video, you will be able to program with the fundamental constructs of the Perl language.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: String Manipulation
After watching this video, you will be able to replace and transform text strings using patterns.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Regular Expressions – Character Escaping
After watching this video, you will be able to work with special characters in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: References – Array
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Perl array references.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: References – Scalar
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Perl scalar references.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Variable Scope
After watching this video, you will be able to work with variable scope – lifespan and visibility: Lexical, Our and Dynamic.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to create and work with function parameters: passing values and references.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Anonymous Subroutines
After watching this video, you will be able to work with anonymous functions in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Variable Scope – State
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize State to control variable scope.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Built-in Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to work with built-in Perl functions: math and string functions.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using RoamingSettings
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data roaming to sync data across devices using key/value pairs.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the WebAuthenticationBroker
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WebAuthenticationBroker to authenticate with a server-side service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Client-side Logic for Windows Hello Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use server-side services in a Windows Hello app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating Server-side Windows Hello Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create a server that provides server-side logic for a Windows Hello app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Registering Users with Windows Hello
After watching this video, you will be able to implement user registration functionality with Windows Hello.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Remembering User History
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an app so previous users are remembered for easy login.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adding a Windows Hello Login Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Windows Hello in an app's login screen.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Detecting Windows Hello in a UWP App
After watching this video, you will be able to create an app that can detect if Windows Hello is enabled.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: What Is Windows Hello?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows Hello capabilities in Windows 10.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Credential Locker
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Credential Locker to remember login information.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Azure Active Directory Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Azure Active Directory authentication.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Azure Active Directory Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to set up an Azure Active Directory to be used by an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Connecting with SSO
After watching this video, you will be able to use cookies to implement SSO with the WebAuthenticationBroker.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: WebAuthenticationBroker for User Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WebAuthenticationBroker to authenticate with a third-party application.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating Background Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background tasks in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Integrating Runtime Components
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate Windows Runtime components and Class Libraries in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a Class Library
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Class Library.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a Windows Runtime Component
After watching this video, you will be able to create a reusable Windows Runtime component.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Running App Services as Background Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an app service to run the same process as the foreground app as a background task.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Calling an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an app client that calls an app service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Deploying an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an app service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an app service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an app service project in Visual Studio and specify the AppService extension.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Background Task and App Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure communication between background tasks and an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Manually Calling Background Tasks for Debug
After watching this video, you will be able to call background tasks manually from Visual Studio in order to debug them.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Background Task Event Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to handle events created by background tasks.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Monitoring Progress
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background task monitoring.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Conditional Background Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to work with conditional background tasks.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Background Task App Trigger
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background task app triggers.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Registering a Background Task
After watching this video, you will be able to register background tasks with Windows 10.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a Background Task
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background tasks in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an app to send notifications using various methods.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Badge Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to implement badge notifications for an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Sending Notifications to Local Tiles
After watching this video, you will be able to implement notifications with local tiles in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adaptive Tiles
After watching this video, you will be able to create adaptive tiles that contain extra information.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Configuring a Primary Tile
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the look and feel of an app's primary tile.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Activation with Toasts
After watching this video, you will be able to manage app activations when a toast is clicked in the foreground or background.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Interactive Toasts
After watching this video, you will be able to create interactive toasts.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adaptive Toast Content
After watching this video, you will be able to create toasts with adaptive content.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Generating XML Payload
After watching this video, you will be able to install the UWP notifications NuGet package to automatically generate XML payloads from C# code.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating and Sending Toasts
After watching this video, you will be able to create and send toasts in an app using XML payloads.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using a Share Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to use a share contract to send data to another app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using RoamingFolder
After watching this video, you will be able to use data roaming to sync data across devices using unstructured files.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Secondary Tiles
After watching this video, you will be able to use secondary tiles for extra content and to activate the app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Sharing Data with the Clipboard
After watching this video, you will be able to implement clipboard sharing in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Receiving Data with a Share Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to use a share contract to receive data from other apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Sharing Data with a Share Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to share data with other apps using a share contract.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Working with File Pickers
After watching this video, you will be able to use a file picker to open and save files.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Reading File Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to read a file's properties.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Reading from a File
After watching this video, you will be able to read various types of data from a file.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Writing to a File
After watching this video, you will be able to write various types of data to a file.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a File
After watching this video, you will be able to create a file using the StorageFolder and StorageFile objects.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using App Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to add app extensions in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Receiving Data through Drag-and-drop
After watching this video, you will be able to implement drag-and-drop sharing in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using PhraseLists to Dynamically Modify Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to use the PhraseList element to dynamically modify VCD commands based on app input and events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Launching an App From Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to activate an app through a Cortana command.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adding Voice Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various features that use UWP's voice functionality.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Disambiguation Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a disambiguation screen to obtain additional information from a user when there are multiple possibilities.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Confirmation Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to implement confirmation screens for voice commands.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Error Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to develop an error screen for when a voice command task can't be completed.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Completion Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to implement completion screens to show that a command was successfully completed.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Hand-off and Progress Screens
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the hand-off and progress screens to use while your app processes commands.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Deep Links
After watching this video, you will be able to use deep links to open apps through Cortana.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Running Background Tasks through Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to execute background tasks with Cortana commands without opening an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing VCD
After watching this video, you will be able to create the Voice Command Definition for a Cortana-enabled app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Speech Recognition for Long Input
After watching this video, you will be able to use speech recognition for long dictated input.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Different Grammars and Languages
After watching this video, you will be able to create advanced speech recognition functionality by modifying an app's grammars and supported languages.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Speech Recognition
After watching this video, you will be able to implement speech recognition functionality.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Speech Synthesizer with SSML
After watching this video, you will be able to use the speech synthesizer with SSML to create advanced TTS functionality.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing SSML
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SSML and its different components.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the Speech Synthesizer
After watching this video, you will be able to use the speech synthesizer to create basic TTS functionality.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Debugging Web Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to debug Azure web apps and services.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Use MongoDB as a Service Data Store
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure service with a MongoDB data store.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Accessing SharePoint
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to SharePoint from your service.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Using Version Control
After watching this video, you will be able to save changes in your application to a TFVC repository.
-
ASP.NET MVC 4: Creating Custom HTML Helpers Using Extension Methods
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video, Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom HTML helper using an extension method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Transpilation of JavaScript Using Babel
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Babel presets and manage JavaScript transpilation.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Installing React Using NPM, Babel, and Webpack
After watching this video, you will be able to set up React using NPM, Babel, and Webpack.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Anatomy of a React Project
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create the anatomy of a React project.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Creating React Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to create a React application.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Capabilities of React
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the key capabilities and features of React.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Challenges of Reactive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the specific challenges of Reactive programming.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Node JS Concepts Used in React
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to set React tools using various elements like NPM, Babel, and Webpacks.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: JavaScript Enhancement and React
After watching this video, you will be able to depict the enhancements in JavaScript and illustrate how they are used in React.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Running and Debugging React Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to run and debug React applications.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Using Props for Data Management
After watching this video, you will be able to work with props to manage data.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: React Component Types
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various types of React components and identify their roles in building React applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Event Handling in React
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with event handling in React applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Event Handling Concepts in React
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the essential event handling concepts and their usages in React applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Redux Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various capabilities of Redux that can enhance React applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Forms Usage in React
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build form based applications using form components.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Create Functional Components in React
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the construction of functional components in React.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Exercise: Creating and Debugging React Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to create and debug a React application.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: React Component Lifecycle
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manage the lifecycle of React components along with the various states of React applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Props Validation with PropTypes
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the usages of props along with the various PropTypes in React applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Redux Components and Lifecycle
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components of Redux and demonstrate the various stages and state management of Redux.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Actions and Reducers of Redux
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to define and create Redux actions and reducers.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Redux-devtools-extension Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the extensive capabilities of redux-devtools-extension along with the approaches to using them.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Redux Data Flow Lifecycle
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the data flow lifecycle and utilization of data flow with Redux based applications.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Store Features of Redux Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Redux store capabilities to integrate actions and reducers.
-
Build & Integrate React Applications with Redux Capabilities: Exercise: Managing Events with React
After watching this video, you will be able to create a React application that manages events and functionalities.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Installing Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to install new packages to enhance your code-building experience.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: SDK Distribution
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the distribution life cycle and requirements of the SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center SDK for Android
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center Android SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Navigating Visual Studio Mobile Center
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate the main dashboard of Visual Studio Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Overview of the SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to list capabilities of the Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to create and explore tables within Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Troubleshooting Mobile Applications with APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate approaches to troubleshooting mobile applications via Mobile APIs.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: The Build Service
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the build service, understanding the meaning and functionality of the branch system.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Navigating the Dashboard
After watching this video, you will be able to log in to Mobile Center and use the dashboard to maneuver through the steps of app creation and deployment.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: The Distribute Service
After watching this video, you will be able to prove an understanding of the distribution services built into Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: The Test Service
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate the test service, understanding the capabilities of the Test Cloud that is available.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center History
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the history of Mobile Center, and the applications that it incorporates.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Utility Modules in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the relevant utility modules that can be implemented in Node.js.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Task Automation with Gulp
After watching this video, you will be able to automate Node.js tasks using Gulp.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Grouping Multiple I/O
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to combine multiple I/O as a group using domain module.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: DNS Module Lookup with Node.js DNS Module
After watching this video, you will be able to lookup DNS module using the Node.js DNS module.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Integrating Seneca and Express
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to integrate seneca and express in Node.js.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Seneca and Promises
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how we can work with seneca and promises in Node.js.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Managing Data with Seneca
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manage data in Node.js using seneca.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Features of Express
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the important and useful features of express that can be implemented in Node.js.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Web Frameworks for Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the primary web frameworks that can be used with Node.js.
-
Microservices Frameworks, & Utilities: Exercise: Installing and Executing Tasks Using Gulp
After watching this video, you will be able to install and execute tasks using Gulp.
-
Process Managers: Forever Process Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the Forever process manager to manage Node.js applications.
-
Process Managers: Manage Express Applications with Process Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manage express applications using process managers.
-
Process Managers: StrongLoop Process Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the StrongLoop process manager to manage Node.js applications.
-
Process Managers: SystemD Process Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the SystemD process manager to manage Node.js applications.
-
Process Managers: Routing and Route Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to define routing and specify the various route methods that can be implemented in Node.js.
-
Process Managers: Build Web Applications Using Express
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build web applications using the Express framework.
-
Process Managers: Process Managers for Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the various process managers that can be used and implemented in Node.js.
-
Process Managers: Response Methods of Express
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the various response methods that are associated with the Express framework.
-
Process Managers: Exercise: Install and Manage Applications Using PM2
After watching this video, you will be able to install, manage, and monitor applications using PM2.
-
Process Managers: Load Balancing Node.js Apps with PM2
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to load balance Node.js applications using PM2 in a production environment.
-
Reactive Programming Using Redux: Features of Reactive Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key concepts of Reactive programming.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Organization Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the organization structure is the basis for all of the business models.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Transitioning from HockeyApp
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to transition from HockeyApp to Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using Analytics for an Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use Analytics in Mobile Center for an application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Logging Errors on Events
After watching this video, you will be able to explore events and properties that are collected via events where errors were involved.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Log Flow Page
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the Log Flow page including information on sessions and general characteristics.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Leveraging the SDK for Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the SDK as it relates to its analytics capabilities.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Profiles
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate profiles in Mobile Center, understanding the benefits of segmentation.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Diagnosing
After watching this video, you will be able to explore concepts of leveraging diagnosing to assist in problem resolution.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Leveraging the Event Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to explore events, various views, and properties collected by Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Leveraging the Audience Page
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the audience page including active users and devices.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the core concepts of debugging for Mobile Center related applications.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Debugging Location
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the differences debugging locally and remotely.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Debugging Cross-Language
After watching this video, you will be able to explore debugging cross-language capabilities.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center SDK Troubleshooting
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the basic steps for Mobile Center SDK troubleshooting.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key React Native advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Release Management
After watching this video, you will be able to explore capabilities of managing mobile application releases.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding SDK Support to a Xamarin App
After watching this video, you will be able to include Mobile Center SDK support in a mobile Xamarin app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center React Native SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center React Native SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key Xamarin advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: React Native Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Crashes module in React Native.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: React Native Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Analytics module in React Native.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Distribute for Xamarin
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Mobile Center Distribute.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Crashes Module for Xamarin
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Crashes module in Xamarin.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Xamarin Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the Analytics module in Xamarin.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key iOS advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding iOS Azure Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to work with iOS Azure Identity.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center for Xamarin
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center Xamarin SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding Azure Support to a Mobile App
After watching this video, you will be able to include Azure support in a mobile app for Android.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Crashes Module for iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Crashes module in an iOS app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: iOS Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Analytics module in an iOS app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Azure iOS SDK Support
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create an Azure iOS SDK package in the portal.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Distribute for iOS Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Mobile Center Distribute.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center SDK for iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center iOS SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key Android advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding Android Azure Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Android Azure Identity.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Crashes Module for Android
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Crashes module in an Android app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Android Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the Analytics module in an Android app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Azure Android SDK Support
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to add Azure Android SDK to your app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Distribute for Android Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Mobile Center Distribute.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Create Business Logic
After watching this video, you will be able to create business logic in WebSphere Commerce.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing Slicing
After watching this video, you will be able to use slicing in a button template in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Control Modes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three modes of controls – active, passive and static – providing examples of each in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Basic iOS App
After watching this video, you will be able to practice creating a basic iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Working With Touches
After watching this video, you will be able to use touch events in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Handling Rotation
After watching this video, you will be able to handle rotation in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to practice creating a layout for an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Moving to the Background
After watching this video, you will be able to handle an iOS app as it moves from the foreground to the background.
-
iOS Application Development: Handling Launches
After watching this video, you will be able to handle launches of an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Stepping through the Execution States
After watching this video, you will be able to step through the execution states of an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Execution States
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the execution states of an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: The Main Run Loop
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Main run loop in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Moving to the Foreground
After watching this video, you will be able to handle an iOS app as it moves from the background to the foreground.
-
iOS Application Development: Handling Temporary Interruptions
After watching this video, you will be able to handle temporary interruptions in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Including Data Files in First Launch
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an iOS app to access app-specific data files at first launch.
-
iOS Application Development: Launching in Landscape Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an iOS app to launch in landscape mode.
-
iOS Application Development: App Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the structure of an MVC-based iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Creating a Table View App
After watching this video, you will be able to practice creating an iOS table view app.
-
iOS Application Development: Handling Motion Events With Core Motion
After watching this video, you will be able to use the CoreMotion framework to get motion data in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with the Location Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to use the core Location API Location Manager in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Getting Shake Events
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Motion Manager of the Core Motion Framework to access motion data in iOS applications.
-
iOS Application Development: Getting Device Orientation
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Motion Manager of the Core Motion Framework to respond to motion events in iOS applications.
-
iOS Application Development: Mapping User Movements
After watching this video, you will be able to use MapKit to map users' movements in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Using the Location Manager Delegate
After watching this video, you will be able to use the core Location API Location Manager delegate in an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing Long-running Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement long-running tasks in iOS applications.
-
iOS Application Development: Downloading Content
After watching this video, you will be able to download content in the background in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing Finite Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background processing to execute finite-length tasks in an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing Handoff
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Handoff in iOS apps in order to enable transfer of activities from one device to another.
-
iOS Application Development: Implementing Local Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to use local notifications to get a user's attention from an iOS app running in the background.
-
iOS Application Development: Accessing Small Amounts of Content
After watching this video, you will be able to check for and fetch small amounts of content opportunistically within iOS applications.
-
iOS Application Development: Enabling State Preservations
After watching this video, you will be able to enable state preservation and restoration in iOS 8 apps.
-
iOS Application Development: Overview of State Preservation and Restoration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe state preservation and restoration in iOS apps.
-
iOS Application Development: The iOS Development Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the tools, language, application design framework, and rules applying to an iOS application.
-
iOS Application Development: Playing Video Using AVFoundation
After watching this video, you will be able to play video with AVFoundation.
-
iOS Application Development: Recording Video Using The Image Picker
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ImagePicker controller to enable users to record videos in app.
-
iOS Application Development: Using Core Animation
After watching this video, you will be able to use Core Animation to add animation to an iOS app.
-
iOS Application Development: Managing a Project
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate project folders and add code file and resources.
-
iOS Application Development: Common iOS Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to use features such as symbol navigator, search navigator, code completion assistant to navigate and work with code in Xcode.
-
iOS Application Development: Working with Code Files in Xcode
After watching this video, you will be able to use features such as symbol navigator, search navigator, code completion assistant to navigate and work with code in Xcode.
-
Language Fundamentals: Node.js Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the architecture of Node.js.
-
Language Fundamentals: Principles Behind Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the principles that drive Node.js.
-
Language Fundamentals: Writing Functions Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to write and use functions in Node.js.
-
Language Fundamentals: REPL Language and Syntax Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to work with basic concepts of REPL language and syntax.
-
Language Fundamentals: Exercise: Creating Node.js Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Node.js application that utilizes functions and the Express framework.
-
Language Fundamentals: Node.js Global and Reserved Keywords
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Node.js global and reserved keywords.
-
Language Fundamentals: Node.js Development Environment Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to setup the development environment for Node.js.
-
Language Fundamentals: Execution Mechanism of Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the execution mechanisms that are prevalent in Node.js.
-
Language Fundamentals: Package.json
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of package.json in Node.js based applications.
-
Language Fundamentals: Building Your First Node.js Application
After watching this video, you will be able to build a Node.js application.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Debug Node.js Programs Using Debugger
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to debug Node.js programs using debugger.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Test Driven Development Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to implement test driven development using Node.js.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Debug Node.js Programs Using Node Inspector
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to debug Node.js programs using node inspector.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Extending Node Using Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate how to extend nodes and specify the mechanisms of node extension using modules.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Implementing Events in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to work with events and implement events in Node.js.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Exercise: Working with Node.js Application Features
After watching this video, you will be able to create and debug an event driven REST application.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Build REST Server Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process involved in building servers using Node.js for REST.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Build MVC Applications Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build MVC applications using Node.js.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Event Driven Mechanism and Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the event driven mechanisms that are implemented in Node.js.
-
Working with the Features of Node.js Applications: Essential Node.js API
After watching this video, you will be able to specify some of the most essential and prominent Node.js APIs and how they are implemented.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: HTTP Server and Client
After watching this video, you will be able to apply HTTP server and HTTP client implementation in Node.js.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Create and Package Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create and package modules to extend nodes.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Stream and Filesystem Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement streams and filesystems in Node.js.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Blocking and Non-blocking IO
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the concepts of blocking and non-blocking IO and illustrate the implementation approach in Node.js.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Exercise: Creating Clusters in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to create a cluster to distribute loads across multiple workers.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Testing Node.js API with Mocha
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to test Node.js APIs using Mocha.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Expect and Supertest for Node.js API Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use expect and supertest to test the Node.js APIs.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Microservice Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the architecture of microservices along with the beneficial solutions and features of microservice architecture.
-
Node.js & Microservices: PM2 as Task Runner
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use PM2 process manager as a task runner for Node.js applications.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Microservices Development Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build microservices using Node.js.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Transform Monolithic to Microservices Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to transform monolithic applications into microservices using Node.js.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Seneca Framework Features
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the features of the Seneca framework.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Node-rest-client for Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the node-rest-client in Node.js.
-
Node.js & Microservices: PM2
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the usages and features of PM2 as an advanced process manager for Node.js applications.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Seneca-web
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use seneca-web with Node.js.
-
Node.js & Microservices: Exercise: Creating Seneca Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Seneca program to build microservices.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Exercise: Working with Node.js Timers and Data
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data driven application that uses timers.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Build Message System Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build messaging systems using Node.js.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Timers in Node.js Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use and implement timers with Node.js applications.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Buffering in Node-based Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the concept of buffering in Node.js and illustrate the implementation in Node.js based applications.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: NoSQL Storage Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to provision NoSQL storage using Node.js.
-
Managing Advanced Application Elements Using Node.js: Data Management Approaches Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various approaches of data management that are implemented with Node.js.
-
Real-time Applications: Deployment Strategies for Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various deployment strategies that can be adopted for Node.js applications along with the best practices.
-
Real-time Applications: Real-time Applications with WebSocket and Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to build real-time applications using WebSocket and Node.js.
-
Real-time Applications: Control Flow Mechanism Using Node
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various control flow mechanisms that can be implemented using Node.js.
-
Real-time Applications: Template-based GUI Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create template-based GUI applications using Node and Jade.
-
Real-time Applications: Real-time Applications with Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the various mechanisms that are implemented when building real-time applications using Node.js.
-
Real-time Applications: Exercise: Working with WebSocket Server
After watching this video, you will be able to Create a WebSocket Server to facilitate asynchronous file read.
-
Real-time Applications: Asynchronous Patterns Implemented in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the asynchronous patterns that can be implemented in Node.js.
-
Real-time Applications: Promises and Callbacks in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with promises and callbacks in Node.js.
-
Real-time Applications: Async Module Features
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the features of async modules.
-
Real-time Applications: Step Module Capability
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the capabilities afforded by step modules.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Router Implementation in Node
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement routers in the nodes.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Connect-Based Node Application
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with Connect-based node applications.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Authentication and Authorization in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to implement authentication and authorization in Node.js applications using Passport.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Security in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the security features that are implemented in Node.js.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: JSGI-Node and Connect Middleware
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences between JSGI-node and Connect middleware.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Concept of Middleware in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concept of middleware from the perspective of Node.js.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: MEAN Stack and Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to describe MEAN Stack and illustrate the role of Node.js.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Node.js Application Security Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to define the best practices that can be adopted and implemented to secure Node.js applications.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Exercise: Working with MongoDB Documents
After watching this video, you will be able to create and work with documents in MongoDB.
-
Security & Middleware Implementation: Install and Start MEAN with NPM
After watching this video, you will be able to use and work with NPM to install and start MEAN.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Net Module Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the functionalities of Net module.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Node.js Net Module
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the essential Node.js Net modules that can be implemented.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Sessions and OAuth
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use sessions and OAuth to secure web applications that are created using Node.js.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Emails with Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to send emails using Node.js.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: REST Server with Node.js and MEAN Stack
After watching this video, you will be able to create WebApps and a REST server using Node.js and MEAN Stack.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: MongoDB and App Server with Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to connect to the MongoDB database and app servers using Node.js.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: MongoDB Database
After watching this video, you will be able to provision a MongoDB database and create documents.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Error Management in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to manage errors in Node.js.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Event Driven Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the event driven architectural mechanism that is implemented in Node.js.
-
Implementing Applications using Modules & MEAN Stack: Exercise: Net Module Servers and Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to create and test Node.js Net Module servers and clients.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Memory Usage in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how to fine tune memory usages in Node.js applications.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: HTTP Request and Response Compression
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to compress HTTP requests and responses in Node.js.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Testing Tools for Node.js API
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the testing tools that are prominently used to test Node.js APIs.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: REST API Using Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to build REST APIs using Node.js.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Create Node.js Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to quickly create clusters in Node.js.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Node.js Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the mechanism and methods of managing clusters in Node.js.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: URL Module in Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the URL modules in Node.js.
-
Node Clusters and Memory Optimizations: Connecting to the Database with Node.js
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to connect to a database using Node.js.
-
Debugging: New Windows 8 debugging tools
In this video, Jason Row describes the new debugging tools available with Windows 8.
-
Agile Software Development: Story Points and Agile Estimation
After watching this video, you will be able to identify techniques for estimating Agile stories.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile User Roles and Proxies
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of Agile user roles and proxies.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile User Stories
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what an Agile user story is.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize additional approaches to Agile planning.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Iterations
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the tasks to perform before executing iterations.
-
Agile Software Development: Identify Scrum Values
After watching this video, you will be able to identify features of Scrum for Agile software development.
-
Agile Software Development: Large-scale Scrum
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the two different large-scale Scrum frameworks.
-
Agile Software Development: Estimating an User Story
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to estimate an Agile user story.
-
Agile Software Development: Evaluating a User Story
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to evaluate an Agile user story.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum Artifacts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three Scrum artifacts and the role they play.
-
Agile Software Development: Backlog Refinement
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what backlog refinement is.
-
Agile Software Development: Sprint Review
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the sprint review and retrospective.
-
Agile Software Development: Daily Scrum
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of a daily Scrum.
-
Agile Software Development: Sprint Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe sprint planning and its importance.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Scrum workflow.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum of Scrums
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Scrum of Scrums helps improve team coordination.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrumban
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Scrumban and how it is used.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum Values
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Scrum values and what they mean.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum Limitations
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the limitations of Scrum.
-
Agile Software Development: Scaling Agile Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to identify issues with scaling Agile projects.
-
Agile Software Development: Team Progression
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and communicate team progress.
-
Agile Software Development: Documentation Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify best practicies for documentation in an Agile Project.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Project Documentation
After watching this video, you will be able to match typical Agile project documentation with descriptions.
-
Agile Software Development: Types of Feedback
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the type of feedback provided by reviews in Agile projects.
-
Agile Software Development: Charts
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize different charts that provide feedback during a project.
-
Agile Software Development: Managing Iterative Development
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize ways to manage change, quantity and risk during iterative development.
-
Agile Software Development: Iterative Development
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use meetings and charts to support communication and collaboration during iterative development.
-
Agile Software Development: Tracking an Iteration
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to track an iteration.
-
Agile Software Development: Iteration Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how developers select tasks and perform iteration balancing.
-
Agile Software Development: Implementing Agile Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement Agile modeling.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to identify features of Agile modeling.
-
Agile Software Development: Iteration Planning Phase
After watching this video, you will be able to complete activities common to the iteration planning phase of an Agile software development project.
-
Agile Software Development: Release Planning Phase
After watching this video, you will be able to complete activities common to the release planning phase of an Agile software development project.
-
Agile Software Development: Commitment-driven Iteration Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the activities of commitment-driven iteration planning.
-
Agile Software Development: Velocity-driven Iteration Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to list the steps in velocity-driven iteration planning.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Buffering Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to identify project buffers in a given scenario.
-
Agile Software Development: Creating a Release Plan
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to create a release plan.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Model Driven Development
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Agile model driven development (AMDD) activities fit into the agile software development process.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Cluster Management Using Cluster Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the cluster management capabilities and features provided by the cluster manager.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Build Multi-node Swarm Cluster Using Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to provision multi-node Swarm clusters using Docker machine configuration.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Service Deployment Over Swarm Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to build and deploy services on swarm mode.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Microservice Scalability on Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the process of scaling up Docker containers.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Container Management for Node Failure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the container management concept and methodology in the case of node failures.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Exercise: Setup a Swarm Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to setup a Swarm cluster and manage the cluster for failover.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Build Database Cluster Using Docker Service
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how to use SQL and NoSQL databases in Docker.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Container Command Execution Using Java
After watching this video, you will be able to execute container commands using Eclipse.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Container Automation Using Java API
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and manage containerization automation using Java API.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Docker Registry Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Docker registry for Docker instance registration.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Docker Registry and Java API
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the role of Docker registry in container management and Java API discovery.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Using HttpContext Objects in an ASP.NET Form
You can use the intrinsic controls in the User object to get information within a web application. In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to use the HttpContext objects in an ASP.NET form to get the user information.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Exploring ASP.NET Classes in .NET's System.Web Namespace
In this video, Jason Row explores ASP.NET classes in .NET's System.web namespace.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: HTML Page Layout
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to gain control over the layout of an web page by using CSS along with div tag elements.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Creating an ASP.NET Page
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to create an ASP.NET page in Visual Studio.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Using CSS Styles in a Web Page
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to use CSS styles to change the appearance of a web page.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Embedding Images in a Web Page with HTML5
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to embed images in a web page with HTML5.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Creating HTML Tables
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to create a table in HTML.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Using CSS Selectors
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to the use CSS selectors to apply changes to specific elements on a web page.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: User Input
After watching this video, you will be able to work with HTTP.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Files, Modules, Databases, and Webservers
After watching this video, you will be able to Working with External Objects in Perl.
-
Perl Programming Essentials: Working with HTTP
After watching this video, you will be able to work with interactive scripts.
-
Exploring Virtual Reality: Responding to VRInteractiveItem Events
After watching this video, you will be able to use a custom script to subscribe to and respond to VRInteractiveItem events.
-
Working with Docker Components: Container Management and Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe container management using Docker and compare it with virtual machines.
-
Agile Software Development: Extreme Programming Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the extreme programming practices and the areas in which they are grouped.
-
Agile Software Development: Extreme Programming Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key concepts to extreme programming.
-
Agile Software Development: Extreme Programming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what extreme programming is and how it improves software quality.
-
Agile Software Development: Identify Agile Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Agile software development features.
-
Agile Software Development: Issues Transitioning to Agile
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the issues organizations can face when applying Agile principles in given scenarios.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Software Development Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize factors to consider when moving to an Agile software development methodology.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe incremental and iterative development (IID).
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Agile methods and the design-code-test loop.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Information Radiator
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what an Agile information radiator is and how it works.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Software Development Life Cycle
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Agile software development life cycle.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Agile software development best practices.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Automation Using Java
After watching this video, you will be able to demomstrate how to create, start, bind, and stop Docker container using Java.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the typical Docker workflow to realize the benefit of containers .
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Architecture for Java Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the architecture of Docker used to deploy and manage Java microservices.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Management Using Docker CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use CLI commands to manage Docker container and images.
-
Working with Docker Components: Benefits of Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of containerization using Docker with appropriate use cases.
-
Working with Docker Components: User-defined Network Bridge
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and configure a user defined network bridge.
-
Working with Docker Components: Dockerfile Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to build and configure Docker components using Dockerfile.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker File Formats and Java API
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the various file formats used in Docker and Java API to manage Docker.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Networking Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and configure a network to facilitate container communication.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Management Using Java REST API
After watching this video, you will be able to build REST services with Java to manage Docker container lifecycle.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Values
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the values of Agile software development.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the principles of Agile software development.
-
Agile Software Development: Advantages of Agile
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the advantages of Agile over the waterfall approach.
-
Agile Software Development: Why Agile?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe why organizations should introduce Agile.
-
Agile Software Development: History of Agile Software Development
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Agile software development is and its history.
-
Containerize Microservices: Java Docker Image Construction
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process for building Java Docker images.
-
Working with Docker Components: Exercise: Use CLI to Create a Container
After watching this video, you will be able to use CLI commands to create a container and manage it using Java REST API.
-
Containerize Microservices: Executing Java JAR from Docker Image
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to execute Java JAR from Docker images.
-
Containerize Microservices: File Copying and Packaging on Docker Image
After watching this video, you will be able to build files and copy packaged builds on Docker images.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Image Construction
After watching this video, you will be able to build Docker images to provision as development and other staging environment.
-
Working with Docker Components: Docker Image Structure and Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the image structure of Docker and illustrate the topology of Docker images.
-
Containerize Microservices: Microservices Using Spring Boot and Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to work with microservices using Spring boot and containerize them on Docker.
-
Containerize Microservices: Create and Manage Java Web Applications on Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to build Java Web applications and manage the application lifecycle on a container.
-
Containerize Microservices: Service Stack Using Config File
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how the service collection works in a stack using config file.
-
Containerize Microservices: Java Microservice Deployment on Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Java microservices on Docker using various properties.
-
Containerize Microservices: Exercise: Build and Deploy Applications on Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to build an application and deploy it in Docker container.
-
Containerize Microservices: Java Client API for Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to manage the processes and activities of Docker using Java Client API.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker and Maven Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how Docker and Maven can be used for automating container management.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker Hub and Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to define the concept of repository in Docker and Docker Hub.
-
Containerize Microservices: Publishing Services in Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of publishing services in Docker.
-
Containerize Microservices: Docker Deployment Using CI Server
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to automate the process of Docker containerisation using continuous integration server.
-
Containerize Microservices: Application Automation in Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to automate application management in Docker.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Automated Build on Docker Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with automated build on Docker Hub.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker Orchestration and Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and illustrate Docker orchestration and microservices management.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker Compose Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the roles and capabilities of Docker Compose in container management.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker Cloud Ops Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Docker operation management in cloud instances.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Data Volume in Docker Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to work with persistence management in applications using Docker volume.
-
Scaling Up & Managing Microservices: Clustering in Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concept of clustering in containerization and Docker.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Exercise: Create and Use Docker Compose
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Docker Compose to simplify container management.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Multi-container Services with Docker Compose
After watching this video, you will be able to work with multi-container services with the use of Docker Compose.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker Compose File
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate container orchestration and Docker management using Docker Compose, Cloud Ops, and Docker Cloud.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Data Management in Docker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Docker facilitates persistent data management using the various components of Docker.
-
Managing Microservices on Docker Using Compose: Docker Compose and Multiple files
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the multi-file capabilities and various other properties of Docker Compose.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the roles in the Scrum framework.
-
Agile Software Development: Scrum Software Development
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Scrum software development is used for.
-
Agile Software Development: Identify Agile Methodologies
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the popular Agile methodologies.
-
Agile Software Development: Disciplined Agile Delivery (DAD) Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the main principles of the DAD framework.
-
Agile Software Development: Essential Unified Process (EssUP)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the main features of EssUP.
-
Agile Software Development: Agile Unified Process
After watching this video, you will be able to identify what occurs at each stage of an AUP project.
-
Agile Software Development: Dynamic Systems Development Method (DSDM)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the main principles of DSDM.
-
Agile Software Development: Crystal Methodology
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the features of Crystal.
-
Agile Software Development: Feature-driven Development (FDD)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the features of FDD.
-
Agile Software Development: Kanban Development
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the main features of the Kanban approach to agile software development.
-
Agile Software Development: Adaptive Software Development (ASD)
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize what happens at the three phases in an ASD project.
-
Agile Software Development: Lean Software Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the lean software practices.
-
Agile Software Development: Lean Software Development
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the seven principles of lean software development.
-
IBM WebSphere Commerce: Using Specific Tags for Bean Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to use Commerce-specific tags for bean activation.
-
JMeter: Recording JMeter Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use the Test Script Recorder to record test scripts.
-
JMeter: Thread Groups and Listeners in Action
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of listeners with thread groups in Jmeter.
-
JMeter: Thread Groups in JMeter
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of Thread Groups and when they are used for JMeter tests.
-
JMeter: Performing Load Testing in Non-GUI Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of performing a basic load test on a web server in non-GUI mode.
-
JMeter: JMeter Timers
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of JMeter timers and the various types.
-
JMeter: Record and Playback Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of record and playback test scripts.
-
JMeter: Recording and Playback with JMeter
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of record and playback with a proxy using JMeter scripts.
-
JMeter: JMeter Basic Test Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various operations with JMeter including analysis and test designs.
-
JMeter: Managing JMeter Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the config elements used for managing sessions in JMeter with cookies and caches.
-
JMeter: Working with JMeter Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to define the various controllers and practical use of controllers in designing JMeter scripts.
-
JMeter: Working with JMeter Assertions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various assertions and the commonly used assertions when writing tests.
-
JMeter: BeanShell Scripts and JMeter API
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate simple code using BeanShell scripts and interact with the JMeter API.
-
JMeter: JMeter Scripting with BeanShell
After watching this video, you will be able to list the steps to download and install BeanShell and how to use the BeanShell elements in JMeter.
-
JMeter: Introducing BeanShell
After watching this video, you will be able to define BeanShell, its main features, and when it's used for Java including the scripting basics and use of variables.
-
JMeter: Using JMeter Correlation with Dynamic Data
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate using correlation with dynamic data in a scenario.
-
JMeter: JMeter Correlations
After watching this video, you will be able to define correlation in JMeter and why it is important in load performance testing.
-
JMeter: Extracting Dynamic Data
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of extracting data from various files including using dynamic data.
-
JMeter: JMeter Regular Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various useful JMeter Regular Expressions and how to use the Regular Expression Extractor.
-
JMeter: Integrating Test Scenarios with Selenium
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process of automating JMeter with Selenium.
-
JMeter: Distributed Testing with JMeter
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure distributed testing in JMeter.
-
JMeter: Testing a REST API in JMeter
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to test a REST API using JMeter.
-
JMeter: REST API Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of JMeter to test REST APIs.
-
Appium: Android Studio and SDK Setup On Mac OS X
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing and setting up Android Studio and SDK on Mac OS X.
-
JMeter: Complex JMeter Operations Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to define the various important operations performed with JMeter including examples of scenarios where the operations would come in handy.
-
JMeter: Performance Testing Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe main testing types including load and stress testing, their differences, and when to use them.
-
JMeter: Introduction to Performance Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to define performance testing, conditions, architecture, and how they're used to test a system.
-
JMeter: JMeter Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to list the requirements for installing JMeter for Linux, Mac OS, and Windows, and the process of installing and configuring JAVA JDK.
-
JMeter: Apache JMeter Introduction
After watching this video, you will be able to define JMeter concepts and what it's used for in performance testing.
-
JMeter: Best Practices in Performance Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices associated with performance testing.
-
JMeter: Applied Performance Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps in the performance testing cycle and the metrics that are measured in testing systems.
-
JMeter: Install JDK8 on Ubuntu Linux
After watching this video, you will be able to perform the procedure of installing JDK8 on Ubuntu Linux in preparation for Jmeter.
-
JMeter: JMeter Scripts and Command Options
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to run JMeter in non-gui mode and the various basic commands and scripts available.
-
JMeter: JMeter Configuration Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate configuring required and optional environment variables, and optimize JMeter performance.
-
JMeter: Understanding Test Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to define the different parts of a test plan and error reporting.
-
JMeter: JMeter Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize JMeter concepts including how to install and use JMeter to create a test plan.
-
JMeter: Creating a Basic Test
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a simple test plan.
-
JMeter: Introducing JMeter Test Plan
After watching this video, you will be able to define JMeter test plan and the process in creating your first test plan from a template.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Buttons
After watching this video, you will be able to configure buttons in a React form.
-
React and Flux: Consuming Reusable Inputs
After watching this video, you will be able to consume a reusable text input component.
-
React and Flux: Creating Reusable Inputs
After watching this video, you will be able to create a reusable text input component.
-
React and Flux: Configuring PropTypes
After watching this video, you will be able to configure PropTypes on components to enforce passed data types.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Form Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure form validation in React.
-
React and Flux: Using the toastr Library for Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to use the toastr library to configure simple toast notifications in a React application.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Programmatic Redirects
After watching this video, you will be able to configure redirects programmatically in React.
-
React and Flux: Configuring a Flux Dispatcher
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Flux dispatcher.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a basic Flux action.
-
React and Flux: Core Flux Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the core Flux concepts.
-
React and Flux: Flux Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Flux and how it fits with React.
-
React and Flux: The Flux API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the five functions in Facebook's Flux API.
-
React and Flux: Flux Flow in Detail
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the flow of events in Flux.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux Controller Views
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a controller view in a Flux application.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux Stores
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Flux store.
-
React and Flux: Creating Forms and Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to create a form and routes in React and React Router.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Form Hydration Using a URL
After watching this video, you will be able to configure form hydration using a URL in React.
-
React and Flux: Using Transitions
After watching this video, you will be able to use transitions in a form to prevent form data loss when moving away from a form page.
-
React and Flux: Adding Flux Store Listeners
After watching this video, you will be able to add a Flux store listener.
-
React and Flux: Updating Data Flow with Flux
After watching this video, you will be able to update data using Flux.
-
React and Flux: Initialize a Flux Store
After watching this video, you will be able to create an initialize action to initialize a Flux store.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux Store Interactions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Flux store interactions via actions.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Flux Action, Dispatcher, and Store.
-
React and Flux: Deleting Data via Flux
After watching this video, you will be able to delete data via Flux.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux Store Private Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure private storage for a Flux store.
-
React and Flux: Registering Flux Store Registration
After watching this video, you will be able to register a Flux store with the dispatcher.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Flux Change Listeners
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Flux change listeners.
-
React and Flux: Building Controlled Form Components
After watching this video, you will be able to build controlled form components in React.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Simple Transitions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transitions between components and pages using the willTransitionTo and willTransitionFrom functions in React Router.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Redirects
After watching this video, you will be able to configure redirects in React Router.
-
React and Flux: Configuring NotFoundRoute
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a page for not found 404 errors in React Router.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Links
After watching this video, you will be able to use the JSX link tag with React Router to reference routes.
-
React and Flux: Building a Controller View
After watching this video, you will be able to build a controller view for a form page in React.
-
React and Flux: Creating a Basic Form
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a basic form in React.
-
React and Flux: Configuring the Router.Navigation Mixin
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the built-in Router.Navigation mixin with React Router.
-
React and Flux: Hash Location and HTML5 History Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure hash location and history location routing with React Router.
-
React and Flux: Using Params and Querystrings with Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to use params and querystrings for a component in React Router.
-
React and Flux: Setting Up an API
After watching this video, you will be able to create an API for server calls from React.
-
React and Flux: Declaring Keys for Dynamic Child Components
After watching this video, you will be able to add a key to dynamic child React components.
-
React and Flux: React Component Life Cycle Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to use React component life cycle functions.
-
React and Flux: Creating a React Component
After watching this video, you will be able to create a React component.
-
React and Flux: Configuring a Developer Machine
After watching this video, you will be able to Install tools required on a developer machine to build apps with React and Flux.
-
React and Flux: Virtual DOM
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of virtual DOM in React.
-
React and Flux: React Component Props and State
After watching this video, you will be able to describe immutable props and mutable state in React components.
-
React and Flux: Naming Conventions for React Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some considerations and conventions when naming React components.
-
React and Flux: Centralized Header
After watching this video, you will be able to create a header for navigation.
-
React and Flux: Routing between React Components
After watching this video, you will be able to configure simple routing between components in React without React Router.
-
React and Flux: Configuring a RouteHandler
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a RouteHandler in React Router.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Routes in React Router
After watching this video, you will be able to configure routes in React Router.
-
React and Flux: Composing React Components
After watching this video, you will be able to compose components in React.
-
React and Flux: Using the componentWillMount Life Cycle Function
After watching this video, you will be able to use the componentWillMount life cycle function to update a dynamic data component.
-
React and Flux: Using the getInitialState Life Cycle Function
After watching this video, you will be able to use the getInitialState life cycle function to set initial state on a dynamic data component.
-
React and Flux: Creating a Dynamic Data Component
After watching this video, you will be able to create a component with dynamic data.
-
React and Flux: Composing React Components
After watching this video, you will be able to create a composite React component and wire up life cycle functions.
-
React and Flux: Understanding Mixins
After watching this video, you will be able to understand mixins for a React component.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Prop Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure prop validation on React components.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Controller Views
After watching this video, you will be able to create a controller view in React.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Web Services Interoperability
After watching this video, you will be able to provide implementation details for each supported protocols.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Exercise: Work with Reliable Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to work with reliable sessions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Reliable Sessions: Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to list best practices for reliable sessions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Reliable Sessions: Security
After watching this video, you will be able to list considerations of reliable sessions security .
-
Interoperability & Integration: ASP.NET Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to interoperate WCF with ASP.NET web services.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Migrating WSE 3.0
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate WSE 3.0 web services to WCF.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Web Services Enhancements (WSE) 3.0
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use WCF with Web Services Enhancements (WSE) 3.0.
-
Interoperability & Integration: COM+ Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss how to integrate with COM+ applications.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Migrating ASP.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate ASP.NET web services to WCF.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Android
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss interoperability features with Android.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Plain Old XML (POX)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe interoperability benefits with POX applications.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Exercise: Integrate WCF with Other Platforms
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate WCF with other platforms.
-
ASP.NET: Using Exception Shielding
After watching this video, you will be able to use exception shielding to prevent disclosure of sensitive information in thrown exceptions in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handling First Chance Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and use first chance exception handling in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Enforcing Conditions Using Code Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a precondition code contract in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Tracing and Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and use System.Diagnostics tracing in Web API in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Enabling and Configuring App Health Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure application health monitoring using built-in web events and providers in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshooting Application Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot application performance in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Authorize Roles by Using Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to authorize roles by using configuration.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshooting Application Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot key application errors encountered in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshooting Application Security
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot key security issues for an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Unit Tests for the Route Table
After watching this video, you will be able to create a unit test to test the default web API route in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Fake HTTP Context Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a fake HTTP context class that can be used to construct unit tests for Web API routes in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Rendering a Menu Control Using MVC SiteMap Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to use the MVC SiteMap Provider NuGet package to render a menu control in an ASP.NET MVC web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Rendering a Breadcrumb Trail
After watching this video, you will be able to use the MVC SiteMap Provider NuGet package to render a breadcrumb trail in an ASP.NET MVC web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Start, Run, and Stop Events
After watching this video, you will be able to implement start, run, and stop events in a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating User-friendly Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to create an intuitive, user-friendly route to help model information hierarchies in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with IIS Startup Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to manage IIS startup tasks in a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Bundling and Minifying Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to observe the effect on network performance with bundling and minifying application scripts versus serving individual, full-size scripts in ASP.NET MVC web applications.
-
ASP.NET: Use Analytical Tools to Parse HTML
After watching this video, you will be able to use analytical tools to parse HTML.
-
ASP.NET: Checking for Gzip Support
After watching this video, you will be able to check for Gzip compression support in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Delpoying to IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC web application to IIS for local testing.
-
ASP.NET: Preparing for Application Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare an ASP.NET MVC web application for production deployment.
-
ASP.NET: Deploying a Secure ASP.NET Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a secure ASP.NET MVC 5 web application with Membership.
-
ASP.NET: Deploying to Windows Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application to an Azure website.
-
ASP.NET: Hosting an ASP.NET MVC Application
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC web application to a hosting provider.
-
ASP.NET: Storing Custom Settings in a Configuration File
After watching this video, you will be able to store custom application settings in a configuration file for an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a JavaScript Resource
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JavaScript resource file to be used to display page information in Spanish in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configure Web Application Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure web application settings such as authentication, compilation, connection, cryptography and error settings.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Satellite Resource Assemblies
After watching this video, you will be able to create a satellite resource assembly to implement globalization in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a JavaScript Resource to the UI
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a JavaScript resource file to application UI so as to display page information in Spanish in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Debugging an Application Using RDP
After watching this video, you will be able to use Remote Desktop protocol to debug a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Debugging an Azure Application Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to use IntelliTrace to debug a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Authentication Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure Microsoft authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
ASP.NET: Choose Log Types
After watching this video, you will be able to choose log types (for example, event logs, performance counters, and crash dumps).
-
ASP.NET: Working with Crash Dumps
After watching this video, you will be able to collect and access crash dump data for a worker role in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Identifying Configuration File Hierarchy
After watching this video, you will be able to identify configuration file hierarchy in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Database Connections Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure database connection settings in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring View Compilation Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure view compilation settings in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Custom Error Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure custom error settings in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Cryptography Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cryptography settings in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to list basic concepts of queues.
-
Managing Transactions: Exercise: Configure WCF Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transactions in WCF.
-
Managing Transactions: Implementing Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement transactions in WCF.
-
Managing Transactions: Transaction Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to list transaction attributes .
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Poison Message Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to describe poison message queue programming .
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Dead Letter Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe dead letter queue programming .
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Asynchronous Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe asynchronous communication.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Queues and Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe benefits of queues and transactions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: WCF Reliable Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to provide overview of reliable sessions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Volatile Queued Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate volatile queue communication .
-
ASP.NET: Creating Customer HTTP Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to implement synchronous and asynchronous modules in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Multiple Browsers Using Browser Link
After watching this video, you will be able to create a web test using the Browser Link feature in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Modules and Handlers in IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to choose between modules and handlers in IIS.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom HTTP Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement synchronous and asynchronous handlers in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Performance Counters
After watching this video, you will be able to use performance counters to monitor application performance in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Event Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to record event logs in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Diagnostics Using Azure Diagnostics API
After watching this video, you will be able to configure application diagnostics using the Azure Diagnostics API in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Reliable Sessions: Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of using reliable sessions with bindings.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshoot Runtime Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot performance, security, and errors.
-
ASP.NET: Arranging Scheduled Diagnostics Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to schedule diagnostics collection in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Collecting Diagnostics on Demand
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to collect diagnostics on demand in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Gulp
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Gulp on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Installing Gulp
After watching this video, you will be able to install Gulp on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Installing Node.JS
After watching this video, you will be able to install Node.JS on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Gulp Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Gulp and how it fits with web development.
-
React and Flux: Configuring Browserify
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Browserify on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Node.JS Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Node.JS and how it fits with web development.
-
React and Flux: Flux Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Flux and how it fits with web development.
-
React and Flux: React Router Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe React Router and how it fits with web development.
-
React and Flux: React Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe React and how it fits with web development.
-
React and Flux: Browserify Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Browserify and how it fits with web development.
-
React and Flux: Tools for JSX
After watching this video, you will be able to use various JavaScript editors for JSX.
-
React and Flux: Working with JSX
After watching this video, you will be able to contrast JSX with the equivalent JavaScript.
-
React and Flux: JSX Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe JSX extension to JavaScript.
-
React and Flux: Two-way Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to describe issues with two-way binding and how they are avoided in Flux with unidirectional binding.
-
React and Flux: Configuring ESLint
After watching this video, you will be able to configure ESLint on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Installing Bootstrap
After watching this video, you will be able to install Bootstrap on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: React and MVC
After watching this video, you will be able to describe React fits into an MVC framework.
-
React and Flux: Installing Flux
After watching this video, you will be able to install Flux on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Installing React Router
After watching this video, you will be able to install React Router on a developer machine.
-
React and Flux: Installing React
After watching this video, you will be able to install React on a developer machine.
-
ASP.NET: Testing a Custom Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to test the operation of a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring a Custom Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Secure Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to secure communication by applying SSL certificates; salt and hash passwords for storage.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom Membership Provider Model
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a model class for a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing Cross-site Request Forgeries
After watching this video, you will be able to use an anti-forgery token along with the ValidateAntiForgeryTokenAttribute to protect against cross-site request forgery attacks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Deferred Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement deferred request validation in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Encrypting an Application Configuration Section
After watching this video, you will be able to encrypt a section of a application configuration file in ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Disabling Request Validation for an Action Method
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ValidateInput attribute to disable validation for an MVC controller action in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Disabling Request Validation for a Property
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AllowHtml attribute to disable request validation for a model property in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing XSS Attacks using HTML Encoding
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML form encoding to prevent cross-site scripting attacks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Encryption to Application Data
After watching this video, you will be able to apply encryption to application data.
-
ASP.NET: Applying an SSL Certificate
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use an SSL client certificate to provide SSL authentication in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Salting and Hashing Passwords for Secure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to create and apply a salt to a hashed password before storing it in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Prevent SQL Injection Attacks
After watching this video, you will be able to use parameterized SQL queries to prevent SQL injection attacks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
React and Flux: Technology Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe features of React and Flux and a reason to use the given technology stack.
-
React and Flux: Innovations in React and Flux
After watching this video, you will be able to describe innovations in React and Flux, and what advantages they bring over over web development stacks.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing URL Parameter Tampering
After watching this video, you will be able to implement URL hashing so as to prevent URL parameter tampering in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Custom URL Encryption Method
After watching this video, you will be able to define a custom URL encryption method in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom URL Encryption Helper Class
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a custom URL encryption helper class in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom URL Decryption Helper Class
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a custom URL decryption helper class in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Custom URL Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to run an application and test custom URL encryption in the browser address bar in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Gzip Compression
After watching this video, you will be able to use Gzip compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Checking for Deflate Support
After watching this video, you will be able to check a browser client's HTTP request encoding header for Deflate compression support in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Glimpse to Monitor Network Activity
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Glimpse tool to observe client and server network activity in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Deflate Compression
After watching this video, you will be able to use Deflate compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Custom URL Decryption
After watching this video, you will be able to run application and test custom URL decryption in the browser address bar in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Custom URL Decryption Method
After watching this video, you will be able to define a custom URL decryption method in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
SQL Server 2014: Managing Knowledge Base Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to manage the domains and data in a knowledge base.
-
SQL Server 2014: History
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to handle history and data quality.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identity mapping and deduplication.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Client
After watching this video, you will be able to use the data quality client.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Knowledge Base Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data quality knowledge base management.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data quality project.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Knowledge Base Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data quality knowledge base domain.
-
SQL Server 2014: Importing and Exporting
After watching this video, you will be able to import and export data in MDS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Security Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to define security roles.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement DQS and MDS in SQL Server 2014
After watching this video, you will be able to implement DQS and MDS in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Subscriptions
After watching this video, you will be able to create subscription views in MDS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Cleansing Data
After watching this video, you will be able to improve data quality.
-
SQL Server 2014: Models
After watching this video, you will be able to create models, entities, attributes, collections, groups.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installing Data Quality Services
After watching this video, you will be able to install DQS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Identity Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identity analysis.
-
SQL Server 2014: DQ Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to add users to DQ roles.
-
SQL Server 2014: Set Parameter Values Post Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to set parameter values post deployment.
-
SQL Server 2014: Create Sensitive Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to create sensitive parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installation Prerequisites
After watching this video, you will be able to list installation prerequisites.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement SSIS Security
After watching this video, you will be able to implement SSIS security.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Master Data Services
After watching this video, you will be able to implement MDS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installing Master Data Services
After watching this video, you will be able to install MDS.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New MVC Model Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a model class and access data from class properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handling MVC Unit Test Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to locate and fix unit test errors in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Instantiating Model Objects from Controller Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to instantiate an MVC model class object from a controller class action and display object property values in a view in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating MVC Model Classes with Relationships
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a relationship between two model classes in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Basic MVC Unit Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to implement basic unit tests for an ASPNET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using the MVC Unit Test Assert Class
After watching this video, you will be able to use the unit test Assert class in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New MVC Unit Test
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new unit test to an ASP.NET MVC unit test project in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding Custom Route Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to add custom route parameters in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Specifying Override Filters
After watching this video, you will be able to specify an override filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an MVC Unit Test Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a unit test project for an ASPNET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Route Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a route constraint to an ASP.NET web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining an Area
After watching this video, you will be able to define and register new areas in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Obtaining Application Route Data
After watching this video, you will be able to obtain and display application route data in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Redirecting to Other Areas
After watching this video, you will be able to implement redirection from a controller action in one area to an action in another area in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Linking Between Areas
After watching this video, you will be able to create hyperlinks so as to access controllers and their actions across different areas in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining Routes that Ignore a URL Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the ASP.NET MVC runtime to ignore specific application routes in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying Route Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to define an MVC route and apply a route constraint to it in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Route to Handle a URL Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to define an MVC route that handles a custom URL pattern in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Use the Default Model Binder
After watching this video, you will be able to use the default MVC model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action method in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Custom MVC Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to define a custom MVC action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply an MVC Controller Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to apply an MVC controller action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Create a Custom Model Binder Using Form Values
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a custom model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action using form field values in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Authorization Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to apply authorization attributes in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Globally Registering an MVC Controller Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to globally register a custom controller action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying an MVC Controller Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to apply an MVC controller action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Authentication Filters
After watching this video, you will be able to apply authentication filters in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Working with MVC Controller Action Selectors
After watching this video, you will be able to use an ActionName to alias an existing controller action, and use an AcceptVerb to specify the type of HTTP request used to access a particular controller action.
-
ASP.NET: Defining an MVC Controller Action Result
After watching this video, you will be able to define new MVC controller action results in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Controller Route Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an MVC controller route parameter.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a Site Layout Page to an MVC Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a site layout page to an MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Page in an MVC Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to Add a new page to the MVC web app in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Obtaining MVC Controller Route Data
After watching this video, you will be able to obtain and display controller route data in an ASP.NET MVC web application view in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Create a Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Page in a Web Forms Application
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new page in a web forms application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New Web Forms Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new web forms application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New MVC Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new MVC Web App in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a Master Page
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a master page to a web forms application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Page in a Web Pages Application
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new page in a web pages application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New Web Pages Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new web pages application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a Site Layout Page
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a site layout page to a web pages application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Registering Web API Controller Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to register Web API controller routes with the Web API framework in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Entity Framework Database-First Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Entity Framework database-first approach to produce MVC models, controllers, and views from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Use Entity Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to use Entity Framework to generate a SQL Server database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing a Repository Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data repository class, and use a data repository class to implement data management logic in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Web API Routes with Controller Action Names
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a custom Web API route that uses a controller action name in its route template in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Default Web API Controller Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a default Web API controller route in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Entity Framework Code-First Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Entity Framework code-first approach to generate a SQL Server Express database from an MVC model class in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Entity Framework Model-First Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Entity Framework model-first approach to generate a SQL Server database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using LINQ Queries with Method and Query Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to use a LINQ to Entities query with a combination of method and query syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using LINQ Queries with Method Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to use a LINQ to Entities query with method syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Connecting to a Windows Azure SQL Database
After watching this video, you will be able to connect an ASP.NET MVC web application to a Windows Azure SQL database in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Connecting to a SQL Server Compact Database
After watching this video, you will be able to connect an ASP.NET MVC web application to a SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Reading an Existing Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to read existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to add new records to a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Deleting an Existing Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to delete existing records from a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Updating an Existing Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to edit existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Customizing Data Annotation Error Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to customize validation error messages in ASP.NET MVC view.
-
ASP.NET: Using the JQuery Validation Plugin
After watching this video, you will be able to use the jQuery Validation plugin to carry out client-side validation in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Seeding a SQL Server Express LocalDB Database
After watching this video, you will be able to use a database initializer class with Entity Framework 6 to create and seed a SQL Server Express database with sample data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Create a New MVC Model Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new MVC model class in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Data Validation Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to validate user input data by applying data annotations to a model property in an ASP.NET MVC view.
-
ASP.NET: Using Data Annotation on a Model Class Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use data annotation on a model class object in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using a Custom Data Validation Attribute
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom data validation attribute and apply it to a model class property in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
SQL Server 2014: User Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to implement user variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Use Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parallelism
After watching this video, you will be able to manage parallelism.
-
SQL Server 2014: Transactions in SSIS Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to manage transactions in SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to create package templates.
-
SQL Server 2014: Controlling Task Execution Sequences
After watching this video, you will be able to use precedence to control task execution.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow to solve a problem.
-
SQL Server 2014: Debug Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to debug control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Sequence and Loop Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to use sequence containers and loop containers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Profiling
After watching this video, you will be able to use data profiling.
-
SQL Server 2014: Execute Package Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow using the execute package task.
-
SQL Server 2014: Checkpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use checkpoints.
-
SQL Server 2014: Create SSIS Packages with Logic
After watching this video, you will be able to create SSIS packages with logic.
-
SQL Server 2014: Project Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to use project connection managers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Property Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to use property expressions for connection managers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to configure packages in SSIS for different environments.
-
SQL Server 2014: Expressions for Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dynamic package behavior.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package and Project Level Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to implement project and package level parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Configurations
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the following packages: xmlconfiguration file, SQL Server table, registry entry, parent package variables, and environment variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to use expressions.
-
SQL Server 2014: Project Level Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe project level connection managers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package and Project Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package and project parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: Designing SSIS Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to design dynamic SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS System Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to refer to SSIS system variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Configurations for SQL tables
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package configurations for SQL tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Configurations for Files
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package configurations for files.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data types.
-
SQL Server 2014: Variable Scope
After watching this video, you will be able to define a variable scope.
-
SQL Server 2014: Precedence Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to use variables in precedence constraints.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parameterization of Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to implement parameterization of properties using variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installing Custom Components and Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to install custom components and tasks.
-
SQL Server 2014: Validating Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to validate deployed packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package and Project Protection Level Dialog Box
After watching this video, you will be able to describe options available in the Package and Project Protection Level dialog box.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Protection Levels
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different package protection levels.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Packages Deployed at the File System
After watching this video, you will be able to secure integration services packages deployed at the file system.
-
SQL Server 2014: Secure Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to configure secure deployments using project and package protection levels.
-
SQL Server 2014: Database Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the SSIS catalog database roles.
-
SQL Server 2014: DTUTIL
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SSIS packages using DTUTIL.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parameters and Project Deployment Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the parameters and project deployment model.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parameters and Package Deployment Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the parameters and package deployment model.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deploying Packages on Multiple Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy packages on multiple servers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Profiling Data
After watching this video, you will be able to profile data with different tools.
-
SQL Server 2014: Creating a Deployment Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to create a deployment utility.
-
SQL Server 2014: Upgrading the SSIS Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade the SSIS catalog.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Packages: SQL or File System Locations
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SSIS packages to SQL or file system locations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deploy Packages by Using the Deployment Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SSIS packages using the deployment utility.
-
SQL Server 2014: Troubleshoot SSIS Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot SSIS packages in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Backing Up and Restoring the SSIS Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to back up and restore the SSIS catalog.
-
SQL Server 2014: The SSIS Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure the SSIS catalog.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Viewers
After watching this video, you will be able to use data viewers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Break Points
After watching this video, you will be able to use break points.
-
SQL Server 2014: Logic Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot logic issues.
-
SQL Server 2014: Troubleshooting Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot execution of a task or transformation failed.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Package Failure
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot SSIS package failure.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Logging Infrastructure
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate awareness of the new SSIS logging infrastructure.
-
SQL Server 2014: Custom Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to implement custom logging.
-
SQL Server 2014: Event Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to use event handlers in SSIS to track ETL events and errors.
-
SQL Server 2014: Connectivity Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot performance issues.
-
SQL Server 2014: Performance Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to recall considerations for troubleshooting and what to look for.
-
SQL Server 2014: Logging SSIS Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to log an SSIS execution.
-
SQL Server 2014: Log Providers
After watching this video, you will be able to use log providers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Alerts and Notification Mechanisms
After watching this video, you will be able to create alerting and notification mechanisms.
-
SQL Server 2014: Propagating Events
After watching this video, you will be able to propagate events.
-
SQL Server 2014: Auditing Using System Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to audit package execution by using system variables.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying a Custom Error Page Using HTTPHandler
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTTPHandler to display a custom error page in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying a Custom Error Page Using Global.asax
After watching this video, you will be able to display a custom error page using the Application_Error event in Global.asax in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Modifying View Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to modify the upload view pages, and add a view page to display individual images.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying Custom Error Pages Using Web.config
After watching this video, you will be able to edit the web.config file to display a custom error page in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom Role Provider Model
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a model class for a custom role provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing WCF Service Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to implement authorization in WCF services for an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring and Testing a Custom Role Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and test the operation of a custom role provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling Defined
After watching this video, you will be able to define CSS styling concepts.
-
Java EE 7 Web Development: Adding a Settings Page
After watching this video, you will be able to add a settings view page to filter the items displayed on the main page.
-
ASP.NET: Consume Tokens from a Custom Security Token Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ASP.NET client application that consumes tokens issued by a custom security token service.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Custom Security Token Service Login Page
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ASP.NET Web Forms login page that is used by a custom security token service to authenticate users from a client ASP.NET web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handle Token Formats
After watching this video, you will be able to handle token formats (for example, oAuth, OpenID, Microsoft Account, Google, Twitter, and Facebook) for SAML and SWT tokens.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Clients that Consume Custom STS Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to edit a client application's Web.config file so that the client application may consume tokens issued by a given custom security token service.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Custom Security Token Service Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Visual C# class that implements a custom security token service in an ASP.NET web application.
-
ASP.NET: Retrieving Certificates and Configuring a Custom STS
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom security token service configuration class and create a signing certificate utility that retrieves X509 certificates in an ASP.NET web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Roles and Adding Users
After watching this video, you will be able to explore role creation and user role administration in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring a SQL Role Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a SQL role provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Programmatically Authorizing User Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to use ASP.NET authorization to programmatically create a new role and add users to the new role in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Role Creation and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to assign role authorization rules, add users to roles, and test role authorization in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating New Applications with the Mobile Template
After watching this video, you will be able to develop a basic ASP.NET MVC web application using the Mobile Application template in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a View Switcher using JQuery Mobile
After watching this video, you will be able to add jQuery Mobile to an ASP.NET MVC web application and use it to create a page link that can be used to switch between desktop view and mobile view when using a mobile browser user agent.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the ViewData Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ViewData dictionary object to pass data from a controller to a view in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Run Applications in Browsers
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for running applications in browsers on multiple devices (screen resolution, CSS, and HTML).
-
ASP.NET: Using Custom Display Modes for Smartphones
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user smartphone models in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Generic Display Modes in MVC
After watching this video, you will be able to create view files for the generic desktop browser display mode, create view files for the generic mobile browser display mode, and run a web application and test the desktop and mobile browser display modes on application views using browser developer tools.
-
ASP.NET: Using Custom Display Modes for Tablets
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user tablet models in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying Dynamic Content in a Cached Page
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Response.WriteSubstitution method to display dynamic data in a cached MVC web application view in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing Caching in ASP.NET MVC Application
After watching this video, you will be able to prevent view content caching using the HttpCachePolicy.SetCacheability method in an ASP.NET MVC view in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Planning Applications for Various Screen Resolutions
After watching this video, you will be able to write CSS so as to automatically adjust web page display from a desktop screen to a handheld mobile screen in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Cache Profile
After watching this video, you will be able to create a cache profile in web.config and implement it with the OutputCache attribute on an MVC controller action in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Debug an Azure Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to debug your Azure web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implement dynamic page content
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dynamic page content based on a design.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the HTTP Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the HTTP browser cache in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the Output Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the output cache in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Data Access and Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to add a data access layer and controller to your service.
-
Universal Windows Platform: C# MongoDB Driver
After watching this video, you will be able to install and set up the MongoDB driver for C# and create a data model.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Final Touches
After watching this video, you will be able to style the application and configure the DB connection.
-
ASP.NET: Using jQuery to Call a Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use jQuery to call a web service in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using JS Libraries from a Content Delivery Network
After watching this video, you will be able to add and use jQuery from Microsoft AJAX CDN.
-
ASP.NET: Using an AJAX Helper Script
After watching this video, you will be able to use an AJAX helper function (Ajax.ActionLink) to make an asynchronous HTTP request to server in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using AJAX to Make Partial Page Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to use AJAX to make partial page updates to an ASP.NET MVC web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a jQuery UI Widget
After watching this video, you will be able to add and display a jQuery UI widget in an ASP.NET MVC application view.
-
ASP.NET: Using jQuery to Modify HTML Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to use jQuery selectors to select HTML elements, use the jQuery "val" function to change HTML element values, and use the jQuery "css" function to change HTML element styling.
-
ASP.NET: Extend Objects Using Prototypal Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to use prototypal inheritance in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a jQuery Effect
After watching this video, you will be able to add a jQuery effect to show and hide HTML elements in an ASP.NET web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Using NuGet to Add a JavaScript Library
After watching this video, you will be able to use the NuGet package manager to add a JavaScript library and then use the added library in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Use HTML Helper Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML helper classes.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom HTML Helper Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom HTML helper class in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using HTML Helpers
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML helper methods to create and render form elements in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Partial Views
After watching this video, you will be able to create and render a partial view in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom HTML Helpers using Extension Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom HTML helper using an extension method in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Writing Comments in Razor
After watching this video, you will be able to write comments in MVC Razor code in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Writing Code Blocks in Razor
After watching this video, you will be able to write a simple Razor code block in C# that dynamically processes user input in an MVC view.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Layout Page
After watching this video, you will be able to add and use a new layout page in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Combining Razor Code Blocks with Markup
After watching this video, you will be able to combine MVC Razor code blocks with HTML markup to render view content in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Page Inspector to Browse an Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Page Inspector to browse application code and examine layout and styling in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Use JSON and XML Data Formats
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a JSON and XML media type in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Consuming and Displaying JSON Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ASP.NET Web API framework to retrieve and display JSON data in an ASP.NET MVC application view.
-
ASP.NET: Preserving Object References in XML
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an XML media type formatter to handle circular object references in XML in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Modernizr to Detect Browser Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use Modernizr to detect and respond to client browser features in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Consuming and Displaying XML Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ASP.NET Web API framework to retrieve and display XML data in an ASP.NET MVC application view.
-
ASP.NET: Using a JSON Media-Type Formatter
After watching this video, you will be able to use a JSON media type formatter to format the display of HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Work with ASP.NET Web API Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to define an HTTP PUT method on a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Preserving Object References in JSON
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a JSON media type formatter to handle circular object references in JSON in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using an XML Media-Type Formatter
After watching this video, you will be able to use an XML media type formatter to format the display of HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Searching for DOM Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use the hasFeature method to determine browser support for a given specification.
-
ASP.NET: Detecting Browser Features Using DOM Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DOM to determine browser feature support for the Performance object of the Navigation Timing specification.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom Security Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Visual C# class library that uses the Windows Identity Foundation framework to work with a custom security token format.
-
ASP.NET: Using Federated Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use federated user authentication in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Validating and Writing Custom Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to use a custom security token handler to validate custom tokens and their signatures as well as to write custom tokens to XML and generate token signatures.
-
ASP.NET: Getting Started with a Custom Security Token Handler
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom security token handler class by inheriting and overridding properties and methods from the SecurityTokenHandler class.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a SQL Membership Provider Model
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a model class for a SQL membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring a SQL Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configurea SQL membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Create Custom Membership Providers
After watching this video, you will be able to create custom membership providers in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing a SQL Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to test the operation of a SQL membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configure ASP.NET Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to configureASP.NET Identity in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Forms Authentication Using Simple Membership
After watching this video, you will be able to run and test forms authentication in a browser using a Simple Membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Cookies to Manage User Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to use a cookie to manage user session data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Windows Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows authentication in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Implement Azure caching
After watching this video, you will be able to implement azure caching.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up Forms Authentication User Registration
After watching this video, you will be able to set up forms authentication user registration functionality using a Simple membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up Forms Authentication User Login
After watching this video, you will be able to set up forms authentication user login functionality using a Simple membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Accessing Remote Azure Sites Using Server Explorer
After watching this video, you will be able to access and interact with a remote Microsoft Azure web site using the Server Explorer in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Planning a Web Farm
After watching this video, you will be able to plan a web farm for an ASP.NET MVC web application in a distributed environment.
-
ASP.NET: Session Management in a Distributed Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to manage session information in an ASP.NET MVC web application in a distributed environment.
-
ASP.NET: Connecting an On-premises Server to ACS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure Cloud Service project to access and retrieve data from an on-premises server in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Windows Azure Cloud Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an MVC 5 application and convert it to a Windows Azure Cloud Service project in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Accessing an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to access a Microsoft Azure Redis cache from a Microsoft Azure web site developed using an ASP.NET MVC application template.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a new Microsoft Azure Redis cache using Microsoft Azure Portal Preview.
-
ASP.NET: Use Asynchronous Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Task Parallel library, async await, async controller actions, and async timeouts in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Carrying Out Async Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to test asynchronous method functionality in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an On-premises Server Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to create a console application in Visual Studio 2017 to be used as an on-premises server solution for a hybrid web application.
-
ASP.NET: Designing a Hybrid Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to design a hybrid ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Async Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to handle asynchronous exceptions in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Async Timeouts
After watching this video, you will be able to use asynchronous timeouts in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Async Controller Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to create asynchronous controller actions in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Task Parallel Library
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Task Parallel library to manage concurrent, independent tasks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Design a Web Socket Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to design a web socket strategy.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an Async Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to create an asynchronous MVC controller in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using an Async Await
After watching this video, you will be able to use the async/await asynchronous programming model in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Reading and Writing Binary Data Asynchronously
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write binary data asynchronously from/to a web socket in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Reading and Writing String Data Asynchronously
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write string data asynchronously over a web socket connection in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Choosing a Connection Loss Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to choose a web socket connection loss strategy in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Real-time Communications using SignalR
After watching this video, you will be able to use the SignalR library to implement real-time communications in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Profile Properties to Store State Information
After watching this video, you will be able to use the profile properties feature to store user-specific data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Application State to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to use application state to save and read state information in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Session State to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to use session state to save and read state information for the current browser session in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the ViewBag Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ViewBag object to persist data among views in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the TempData Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use the TempData object to persist view data through a redirect action in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Query Strings to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to use a query string to pass state information from one page to another in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Cookies to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to create and add a structured cookie to an HTTP response in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handling Token Formats for SAML tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a secure token service that manages SAML 2.0 tokens in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working With Custom Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to use a custom security token handler to validate custom token audience URIs, parse custom tokens, and create claims for custom tokens.
-
TestNG: Integrating TestNG with Hudson and Ant
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Hudson to create a job that runs Ant.
-
ASP.NET: Defining HTTP PUT on the Server
After watching this video, you will be able to define an HTTP PUT method on a Web API controller to update a resource in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing HTTP GET
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an HTTP GET method for a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Defining HTTP POST on the Server
After watching this video, you will be able to define an HTTP POST method on a Web API controller to create a new resource in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing HTTP PUT on the Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the main view so that application data can be modified using view bindings to model properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Specifying Non-actions in a Web API Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to use the NonAction attribute to prevent a controller method from being invoked as an action in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Generating URL Links to Web API Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HttpRouteUrl helper to generate URLs in an MVC view that invoke Web API controller methods in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Overriding Web API Controller Action Names
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ActionName attribute to override Web API controller action names in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Defining HTTP DELETE on the Server
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an HTTP DELETE method on a Web API controller to delete an existing resource in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing HTTP POST on the Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the main view so that new application data can be added using view bindings to model properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing HTTP DELETE on the Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the main view so that application data can be deleted using view bindings to model properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Bridge Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use bridge patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Adapter Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use adapter patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Simplifying Design Using Structural Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the complexities in a design and apply a simplification approach using structural patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Case Study of Simplifying Architectural Decisions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how patterns help simplify deciding the right architectural decisions.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Decorator Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use decorator patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Composite Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use composite patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Prototype Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use prototype patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Builder Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use builder patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Managing Construction and Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the need for various construction policies and apply simplification of logic using behavioral patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Façade Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use façade patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Proxy Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use proxy patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Mediator Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use mediator patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Interpreter Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use interpreter patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Command Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use command patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Factory Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use factory patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Null Object Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use null object patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: State Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use state patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Observer Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use observer patterns.
-
Developing with GitHub: Introduction to Version Control
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose and value of version control in software development.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: AntiPatterns and its Negative Consequences
After watching this video, you will be able to identify AntiPattern scenarios and when to avoid them.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Visitors Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use visitor patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Strategy Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use strategy patterns.
-
Developing with GitHub: Configuring Git
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to modify the basic configuration settings of Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Installing Git
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps for installing Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Common Git Terms
After watching this video, you will be able to define the terms commonly used in software development with Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Introduction to Git
After watching this video, you will be able to specify what Git is and what it can do.
-
Python Fundamentals: Setting Up Robot Framework and Selenium 2
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure the Robot framework and Selenium 2 library.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Objective of Design Thinking
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the fundamental objective of design thinking.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Understanding the Design Thinking Process
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the design thinking processes.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: What Is Design Thinking?
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the significance of design thinking.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Design Thinking and Team
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize peoples' role and innovation.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Storytelling and Value Chain Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to use storytelling and analysis approach to build a problem solving process.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Brainstorming and Mind Map
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze information to generate ideas with a team collaboration.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Case Study of Design Thinking Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to apply design thinking approach to building solutions.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Defining
After watching this video, you will be able to create defined and meaningful problem statements.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Empathize
After watching this video, you will be able to list customers and end users' needs and expectations.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Ideate
After watching this video, you will be able to generate ideas around problem statements.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Understanding the Test Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the test mode and its significance.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: How to Prototype
After watching this video, you will be able to build prototypes.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Types of Prototype
After watching this video, you will be able to list and recognize the different types of prototype.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Prototype
After watching this video, you will be able to create prototypes to cover all key aspects of the ideas to the solution.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Understanding the Business Models
After watching this video, you will be able to define business models.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Steps of Prototyping New Ideas
After watching this video, you will be able to prototype new ideas.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Applying Design Thinking
After watching this video, you will be able to apply design thinking.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Iteration and Process Making
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use process.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Process and the State of Process
After watching this video, you will be able to define processes and the various states of process.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: The Need for Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the need for design patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Business Model and the State of Process
After watching this video, you will be able to define business models and the impact of process states.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Defining Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to define design patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Defining Challenges
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the challenges that design patterns help simplify.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: History of Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the history of patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Differentiating Design Patterns with Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to compare microservices and design patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Design Pattern Description
After watching this video, you will be able to describe design patterns in context.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Bringing Patterns to Practice
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the practice and benefits of design patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: OOAD Principles Behind Design Patterns Part 2
After watching this video, you will be able to define the core OOAD principles behind design patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: GoF Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to classify GoF pattern categories.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: State Machine Diagram
After watching this video, you will be able to use state machine diagram as notations to depict patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Class Diagram and Sequence Diagram
After watching this video, you will be able to use class and sequence diagrams as notations to depict patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Structural Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to classify structural patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Behavioral Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to classify behavioral patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Creational Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to classify creational patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Architectural Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to classify architectural patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: MVVM Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use MVVM patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: MVP Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use MVP patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Specification Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use specification patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Service Locator Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use service locator patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Event Aggregator
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use event aggregator.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Lazy Load Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use lazy load patterns.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Integration Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use integrator patterns.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Broker and BBS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and work with broker and BBS.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Droplet
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and work with Droplet.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Endpoint
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and work with Endpoint.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Managing Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to work with logs.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Managing Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to work with metrics.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Identifying Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to identify metrics.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Understanding Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the application log and common errors.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: End-to-end Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to list Cloud Foundry architectural components, manage and service end-to-end Cloud Foundry deployments.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Container
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and work with Container.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Working with Loggregator
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Loggregator.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud Foundry High Availability Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe high availability capabilities in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: High Availability Using BOSH
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a scalable platform for applications in Cloud Foundry using BOSH.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: CF Deployment Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to work with commands used in CF deployment and recovery.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Colocation in Cloud Foundry
After watching this video, you will be able to set up colocation in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Scenario - Backup and Disaster Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to work with backup and disaster recovery processes in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Backup and Disaster Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the backup and disaster recovery process in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Creating User-provided Service Instances
After watching this video, you will be able to create user-provided service.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Managed and User-provided Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe services and their categories.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: High Availability in Cloud Foundry
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate high availability in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Manual Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to work with manual scaling in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Managing Application Request Using Route Services
After watching this video, you will be able to work with route service to manage application request.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Adding Services to Cloud Foundry
After watching this video, you will be able to configure service management in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Manually Provisioning Services
After watching this video, you will be able to provision services manually.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Services and Interaction Strategies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe services and interaction strategies.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Deploying the Service
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy and manage services.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Creating Managed Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create a managed service.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Database Migration - Sample Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate database.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Case Study - Service Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and illustrate the service management lifecycle.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Manifest
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of manifest and their usage in service management.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Managing Service Broker - Case Study
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the capabilities of the service broker.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Blobstore and Diego Cell
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and work with blobstore and Diego Cell.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud Controller and Diego Brain
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and work with Cloud Controller and Diego Brain.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Authentication and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and work with authentication and authorization.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Function Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to use resource-based policies for AWS Lambda.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS IAM Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create a permissions policy.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Access Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to manage access permissions to AWS Lambda resources.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to access AWS using different types of identities.
-
Serverless Architecture: Use CloudWatch Console
After watching this video, you will be able to use CloudWatch console.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)
After watching this video, you will be able to create a private virtual network.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon Cognito
After watching this video, you will be able to set up and use Amazon Cognito.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Storage Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to use AWS storage gateway to connect to Amazon S3.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon DynamoDB
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Amazon DynamoDB Table.
-
Serverless Architecture: Reduced Redundancy Storage (RRS)
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon S3 reduced redundancy storage (RRS).
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon S3
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Amazon S3.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon Aurora Serverless
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon Aurora serverless to run your database in the cloud.
-
Serverless Architecture: Cloud Data Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to use cloud data migration to move data to cloud storage.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to use AWS SDKs with AWS Lambda.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Snowball
After watching this video, you will be able to use AWS Snowball to move data into Amazon S3.
-
Serverless Architecture: Use Amazon S3
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon S3.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Organization and Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to identify an organization and spaces along with their roles in application and infrastructure management.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud Foundry Core Components
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various components of Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Understanding the Need for Cloud Foundry
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the significance of Cloud Foundry as a Platform as a Service (PaaS).
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud Foundry Introduction
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Cloud Foundry platform.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Setting up a Cloud Foundry Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a Cloud Foundry environment for application management.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Authentication and Authorization - Users and Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various mechanisms to create, authenticate and authorize users and define roles.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Use Case Scenario of Organization and Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate use case for organization and spaces in a Cloud Foundry application management lifecycle.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Organization Setup and Working with Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to set up an organization and spaces on the Cloud Foundry application management platform.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Application Components in Cloud Foundry
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the various application components provided in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud Foundry and Infrastructure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Cloud Foundry utilizes infrastructures of various cloud providers.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Managing Applications in Cloud Foundry
After watching this video, you will be able to control application deployment and identify various application states.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Fundamental cf Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the fundamental commands used to interact with Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: CLI Plugins
After watching this video, you will be able to list various CLI plugins and custom plugins.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Setting Up the cf CLI Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to set up CLI environment on various platforms.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Roles and Usage of BOSH
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the importance of BOSH and its deployment features for distributed services.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Manage Apps with cf CLI - Deploy, Start, and Stop
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an application and manage the application status.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to work with fundamental commands to manage routes.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to work with fundamental commands to manage spaces.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Organization
After watching this video, you will be able to work with fundamental commands to manage the organization.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: User and Role Management Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to work with commands for common user and role management.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: CUPS Command Scenario
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the practical usage of CUPS.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Log Management Using cf CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to work with CLI to manage logs.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and work with routing.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud Foundry Open Architecture Mechanism
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the open architecture mechanism and its relevance in Cloud Foundry.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Return Codes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the significance of return codes in the outcome of command execution.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: CLI BOSH Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to work with CLI BOSH commands.
-
JMeter: JMeter Ubuntu Linux Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform the procedure of installing JMeter for the Ubuntu Linux operating systems.
-
JMeter: Recording JMeter Test Scripts Using BlazeMeter
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of record and playback test scripts using the BlazeMeter extension for Chrome.
-
JMeter: JMeter Windows 10 Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform the procedure of installing JMeter for the Windows 10 operating systems.
-
JMeter: JMeter Mac OS X Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform the procedure of installing JMeter for the Mac OS X operating system.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Account
After watching this video, you will be able to create an AWS account.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Serverless Application
After watching this video, you will be able to identify serverless application use cases.
-
Serverless Architecture: Serverless Architecture Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe serverless architecture and AWS serverless applications.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Serverless Application Model (SAM)
After watching this video, you will be able to install SAM Local and Docker.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Console
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AWS Lambda console.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Command-line Interface (CLI)
After watching this video, you will be able to set up AWS command line interface (CLI).
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS IAM User
After watching this video, you will be able to create an AWS IAM user.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Serverless Application Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to access the AWS serverless application repository.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS)
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS).
-
Serverless Architecture: Publish to the Application Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to publish an application to the AWS serverless application repository.
-
Serverless Architecture: Lambda Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create a simple Lambda function.
-
Serverless Architecture: Lambda Deployment Package
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Lambda deployment package.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe AWS Lambda.
-
Serverless Architecture: Use AWS Command Line Interface (CLI)
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AWS command line interface (CLI).
-
Serverless Architecture: Configure Lambda Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure your Lambda functions.
-
Serverless Architecture: Lambda Function Concepts
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Lambda function concepts.
-
Serverless Architecture: Building Lambda Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to build a Lambda function by authoring and deploying your code.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS IAM Role
After watching this video, you will be able to create an IAM role for your Lambda function.
-
Serverless Architecture: Deploying Serverless Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a serverless application using AWS Lambda.
-
Serverless Architecture: Event Sources
After watching this video, you will be able to map an event source to a Lambda function.
-
Serverless Architecture: Invoke Lambda Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to invoke your Lambda function and view the results.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda@Edge
After watching this video, you will be able to use Lambda@Edge to run Lambda functions.
-
Serverless Architecture: Environment Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to use environment variables to create a Lambda function.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to use AWS Lambda scaling.
-
Serverless Architecture: Lambda Function Failures
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Lambda function failures.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon Lambda X-Ray
After watching this video, you will be able to use Lambda X-Ray to optimize performance with AWS Lambda applications.
-
Serverless Architecture: Amazon CloudWatch
After watching this video, you will be able to use Amazon CloudWatch to monitor Lambda functions.
-
Serverless Architecture: Exercise: Use the AWS Lambda Console
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AWS Lambda console.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Services
After watching this video, you will be able to access AWS services from a Lambda function.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS CloudTrail
After watching this video, you will be able to use AWS CloudTrail to log AWS Lambda API calls.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Resource Limits
After watching this video, you will be able to identify AWS Lambda resource limits.
-
Serverless Architecture: AWS Lambda Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to view metrics using CloudWatch.
-
Appium: Configuring the Mac OS X Development Machine
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of configuring Xcode, Ruby, Homebrew, various gems, Ant and Maven to support the development environment on Mac OS X.
-
Appium: Installing Node.js On Mac OS X
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the steps in downloading and installing node.js for Mac OS X.
-
Appium: Installing Appium on Mac OS X
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of installing Appium on Mac OS X.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Archaius
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the kept features of Netflix Archaius.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Ribbon
After watching this video, you will be able to list the key features of the Netflix Ribbon library.
-
Microservices Architecture: Spinnaker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key aspects of Spinnaker and its use.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Nebula
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how the plugins provided by Nebula are used.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Open Source Software (OSS) Center
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the various tools provided in the Netflix OSS.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Components and Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Netflix applies microservices to its solution architecture.
-
Microservices Architecture: Netflix Eureka
After watching this video, you will be able to define how client-side service discovery via Spring Cloud Netflix Eureka works.
-
Developing with GitHub: Changing the Default Editor
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to change the default text editor in Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Git Text Editors
After watching this video, you will be able to define text editors that can be used with Git, including vi, Emacs, and other common editors.
-
Developing with GitHub: Caching Passwords
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to cache your password so you don't have to continually type it in Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Line Endings
After watching this video, you will be able to define line endings and how they should be considered in Git development.
-
Developing with GitHub: Advanced Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to define how to configure advanced settings in Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Cloning Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to clone repositories with Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create repositories with Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Installing a Text Editor
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to install a third-party text editor like Adobe Brackets.
-
Developing with GitHub: Checking Status
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to check status using Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating Aliases
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to create aliases using Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Push Branch Changes
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to push changes to a branch to the GitHub repository.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating and Publishing Branches
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to publish local branches to a GitHub repository using the Visual Studio extension.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating Local Branches
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how local branches are created using the GitHub for Visual Studio extension.
-
Developing with GitHub: Local and Remote Branches
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the local master branch and how it differs from origin/master.
-
Developing with GitHub: Merging Pull Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to merge pull requests using Visual Studio and GitHub.
-
Developing with GitHub: Comparing Branches in Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how branches in Visual Studio are treated.
-
Developing with GitHub: Adding Branches for Pull Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to add a pull request branch in Visual Studio and comment on pull requests.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating and Reviewing Pull Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create pull requests and review them in Visual Studio.
-
Developing with GitHub: Using Collaboration and Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to work with GitHub collaboration and tools.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Explaining Prototypes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how and why prototypes are used.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Using Design Thinking in Design Processes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how design thinking approach is used in software design process.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Behavioral Patterns for Design Problems
After watching this video, you will be able to list a few design challenges and solution by proposing a behavioral pattern to implement.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Proposing Patterns for Design Problems
After watching this video, you will be able to list design challenges and solutions by proposing a structural pattern to implement.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Exercise: Describing Layered Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what a layered pattern is and the benefits of using such pattern.
-
Microservices Design Patterns: Listing Principles and Pattern Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to list the important Object Oriented principles and the essential elements of patterns.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Working with CF Backup and Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to identify and evaluate backup processes and prerequisites.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Working with CF Components
After watching this video, you will be able to set up cf users, deploy and scale applications.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Work with the cf CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to set up cf CLI environment, deploy applications, and manage applications using CLI commands.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Cloud & Cloud Foundry Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the characteristics of cloud and Cloud Foundry components.
-
Microservices Architecture: Monolithic vs. Microservice Development
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the monolithic approach to the microservices one.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices Explained
After watching this video, you will be able to define what microservices are and what they are used for.
-
Pivotal Cloud Foundry Developer: Work with Services and IaaS Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to create services and use cloud-config to deploy IaaS.
-
Microservices Architecture: When to Use Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish when and why to use microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Polyglot Persistence and Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to identify what polyglot persistence is and how it relates to microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Azure Service Fabric Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Fabric approach to microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservice Open-source Approaches
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the state of open-source approaches to microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Virtualization vs. Containers for Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the pros and cons of virtualization vs. containers for microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Avoiding Communication Problems
After watching this video, you will be able to describe key best practices for avoiding troubles with communication.
-
Microservices Architecture: Communication Protocols in Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe common communication protocols used in microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Overview of Microservices Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe microservices architecture.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices Key Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the key technologies and features used to create microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices in the Real World
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some real-world applications of microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Testing Automation for Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement automated testing in microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Designing for Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to specify some of the recommended patterns on how to compose microservices together.
-
Microservices Architecture: Software Design Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to identify key aspects of what software design patterns are.
-
Microservices Architecture: Alternatives to Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe some alternatives to microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices and Enterprise Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to compare microservices with enterprise architecture.
-
Microservices Architecture: Key Patterns for Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the pattern areas recommended for use with microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservice Architecture Pattern Language
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what a pattern language is and how it applies to microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Applying Microservice Architecture Pattern Language
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how the patterns are applied and the typical decisions involved in creating microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices Pattern Language
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the pattern areas recommended for use with microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Designing for Successful Microservices
After watching this video, you will be able to specify some of the recommended fundamentals for creating useful and robust microservices.
-
Microservices Architecture: Strategies for Dealing with Failure
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish the ways that proper design can help prevent and deal with failure.
-
Microservices Architecture: Microservices and Domain-driven Design
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how domain-driven design principles can be used with microservices.
-
Developing with GitHub: Set up and Configure Git
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to set up and configure Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Working with Files
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to rename and delete files using Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Git History
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Git history and how it's used.
-
Developing with GitHub: Advanced Committing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create and merge local commits using Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Introduction to Committing
After watching this video, you will be able to specify local commits and how they're created using Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Branching Workflows
After watching this video, you will be able to define branching workflows.
-
Developing with GitHub: Merging Feature Branches
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to merge feature branches with Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Introduction to Branching
After watching this video, you will be able to describe branching with Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Ignoring Files
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to ignore files using Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: Variations and Mix-ins
After watching this video, you will be able to define branching workflow variations and mix-ins.
-
Developing with GitHub: Merge Conflicts
After watching this video, you will be able to specify merge conflicts and how to resolve them.
-
Developing with GitHub: Branch Management
After watching this video, you will be able to identify branch management considerations.
-
Developing with GitHub: Remotes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe remotes from one Git repository to another.
-
Developing with GitHub: Pros and Cons of Hosting Options
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the pros and cons of the three Git hosting options.
-
Developing with GitHub: Git Hosting
After watching this video, you will be able to define Git hosting options.
-
Developing with GitHub: Distributed Workflows
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different workflow models.
-
Developing with GitHub: The GitHub Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to navigate the GitHub web interface.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating an Account
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to create a GitHub account.
-
Developing with GitHub: What is GitHub?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe GitHub and its features.
-
Developing with GitHub: Create Commits and Work with Files
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create commits and work with files in Git.
-
Developing with GitHub: GitHub and Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe ways in which GitHub integrates with other services.
-
Developing with GitHub: Connecting to a GitHub Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to connect to a GitHub repository using the Git CLI.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating a GitHub Repository
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create a GitHub repository.
-
Developing with GitHub: GitHub Collaboration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use GitHub for collaboration.
-
Developing with GitHub: Levels of Reset
After watching this video, you will be able to define the three levels of reset and how they differ.
-
Developing with GitHub: Compare and Pull a Request
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to compare and pull a request in GitHub.
-
Developing with GitHub: Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how GitHub supports distributed workflows.
-
Developing with GitHub: Mentions and Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to define mentions and notifications in GitHub.
-
Developing with GitHub: Pull Requests and Collaboration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe collaborative features when working with repositories in GitHub.
-
Developing with GitHub: Collaboration Etiquette
After watching this video, you will be able to recall best practices for presenting your work to others.
-
Developing with GitHub: GitHub Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to activate GitHub Pages and apply themes in GitHub Desktop.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating and Adding Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how to create and add repositories in GitHub Desktop.
-
Developing with GitHub: Install GitHub Desktop
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to install GitHub Desktop.
-
Developing with GitHub: Markdowns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe markdown and how it's used in GitHub.
-
Developing with GitHub: Signing In and Adding Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to sign in and add repositories with the GitHub extension for Visual Studio.
-
Developing with GitHub: Uploading a Visual Studio Project
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to upload an existing Visual Studio project to a GitHub repository.
-
Developing with GitHub: Installing the GitHub Extension for Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to set up the GitHub extension for Visual Studio.
-
Developing with GitHub: Using GitHub Desktop
After watching this video, you will be able to work with GitHub Desktop and GitHub Pages.
-
Developing with GitHub: Creating a First Commit
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to create an initial commit from Visual Studio using the GitHub for Visual Studio extension.
-
Developing with GitHub: First Steps with Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to specify the initial steps for working with a GitHub repository in Visual Studio.
-
Developing with GitHub: Pushing a Commit
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to push an initial commit from Visual Studio using the GitHub for Visual Studio extension.
